{"1": {"fulltext": "W,u-\\nI^^HI\\nIn ^H\\nnftwffi\\naSEfi i\\nmm\\niwm\\nKOWfl\\npi", "height": "2955", "width": "1733", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "Class EC\\nBunk. .F b5", "height": "2925", "width": "1761", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2903", "width": "1700", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2877", "width": "1478", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2860", "width": "1489", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2897", "width": "1617", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "i\\nNEW METHOD\\nOF LEARNING\\nTHE FRENCH LANGUAGE;\\nEMBRACING -TH THE\\nStnaletic ana ggntyetic ^ohts of Ittatrmtian\\nBEING\\nA PLAIN AND PRACTICAL^WAY OP ACQUIRING THE ART\\nOP\\nREADING, SPEAKING, AND COMPOSING FRENCH.\\nON THE PLAN OF WOODBURY S METHOD WITH GERMAN\\nBY LOUIS FASQUELLE, LL.D.\\nPROFESSOR OP MODERN LANGUAGES IN THE UNIVERSITY OP MICHIGAN\\nTWENTY-SEVENTH EDITION.\\nNEW YOKK:\\nTYISON PHINNEY, 321 BEOADWAY,\\n(SUCCESSORS OP MARK H. NEWMAN CO.)\\nCHICAGO: S. C. GRIGGS Co., Ill LAKE STREET.\\nBUFFALO: PHINNET CO.\\nauburn: seymour sc alward. cincinnati: moore, wilstach, keys co.\\nDetroit: morse selleok. st. louis: keith woods.\\n1856.", "height": "2836", "width": "1667", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "1C\\nWe have published f or the use of Teachers,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2A Kev to the KxKRClflKS jn Fasqielle sNew FRENpn\\nMethod, with occasional Notes and References to the Rules, ly\\nLouis Fasquelle,LLJ Ac Price 7fl cts. The Key can be sen\\nbv mail, by Beading the publisher the price in F. O. stamps.\\n\\\\i:\\\\vm.\\\\x Ivison.\\n09\\nFntERKP n.-. IBM,\\nn v LOO I B r a I Q D i: i. i. B,\\nIn the Clork t omc* of lb i if thfl Doited Plat*-, for", "height": "2916", "width": "1694", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "ew\\njj* \u00c2\u00a3onsi nf iju nm$ Eangtugt\\nAND LITEKATURK,\\nTHROUGHOUT THE- UNITED STATER\\nSljia bolnme\\nSB JWOST KE8PKCTFULLY DEDICATED.", "height": "2841", "width": "1715", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "WOODBURY S GERMAN SERIES.\\nI. NEW METHOD WITH GERMAN.\\n523 pp. 12mo.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Price, $1 50.\\nII. KEY TO NEW METHOD.\\n80 pp. 12mo. Price, 50 cents.\\nIII. SHORTER COURSE WITH GERMAN.\\n230 pp. 12mo. Price, 75 cents.\\nVI. KEY TO SHORTER COURSE.\\n80 pp. 1 2mo. Price, 50 cento.\\nV. ELEMENTARY GERMAN READER.\\n250 pp. 12mo. Price, 75 cento.\\nVI. ECLECTIC GERMAN READER.\\n280 pp. 12mo.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pri\u00c2\u00ab\\nVD. GEBMAH-EHGLISH AND BIGLISH-GERMAB HEADER,\\n70 pp. 12mo. Price, 25 cento.\\nvin. WbvpVfmtp i 9ttut WlttyvS*\\nj u r 8 r I c r n u n g t c r e iu I i I* cb e n p r a d) e.\\nPrtil $i\\\\\\nJTaoqucllc s J^rcncl) \u00c2\u00a9criea.\\nI. FRENCH COURSE.\\n600 pp. 12ma Price, $1 25.\\nII. KEY TO FRENCH COURSE.\\n|n pp. l Jiiii..\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Pri\\nm. COLLOQUIAL FRENCH READER.\\n260 pp. 18ma Prioey 7r. cento.\\nIV. TELEMAQUE.\\n#90 pp. 12mo. Price, 75 cento,\\nV. NAPOLEON.\\n274 pp. 12mo. Price, 75 cents.", "height": "2897", "width": "1617", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "PREFACE\\nThe universality of the French language furnishes sufficient\\nproof of its utility. Throughout Europe, in many parts of Asia,\\nAfrica, and America, no education is complete without a knowledge\\nof that tongue which in more than one country of Europe is\\nemphatically called the language? Its merits are becoming so\\nwell appreciatea in this country, that it is almost unnecessary to\\nparticularize them, to speak of its unsurpassed precision and clear-\\nness, and of its capability of expressing every idea in the m.jst\\nlaconic and in the most ornamental style. The language of\\nFrance, that happy compound of the Celtic, the Romanic and the\\nTeutonic elements, is equally adapted to the lightest literature\\nand to the most profound diction of science. The rich mines of\\nFrench literature, too long but imperfectly known here, offer in\\nevery department of knowledge treasures equal to those presented\\nby the literature of any other nation.\\nMany works have been published, in this country and in Eng-\\nland, to facilitate the acquisition of the French language but.\\nduring his more than twenty years practice in teaching the mod-\\nern languages, the author of this volume has in vain looked for\\nthe appearance of a book which, like several of the French gram-\\nmars published in Germany, should unite in due proportions the-\\nory and practice. To the high merits of several of the theoretical\\ngrammars, he bears his most cheerful testimony yet, the student\\nmight go through them, and know but little of the idiomatic or\\npractical part of the language. Several of the practical works,\\nthough well executed according to the plans which their authors\\nhad laid, neglect grammatical rules, if not entirely, at least, far\\ntoo much and the student may, after having devoted a long time\\nto the mere memorizing of sentences, find himself in possession of a", "height": "2841", "width": "1715", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "Yl PREFACE.\\nnumber of set phrases, valuable, it is true, but from which, desti-\\ntute of landmarks, the slightest deviation must lead him into\\nunknown regions.\\nA work which, unit/ng practice with theory, should attempt to\\navoid the difficulties mentioned above, had been long contem-\\nplated by the author of these pages, when Woodbury s New\\nMethod with the German made ha appearance. Finding in that\\nwork the two systems, the analytic and the synthetic, beautifully\\nblended and well elaborated, he had no hesitation in adopting the\\nNew Method, so successfully applied by Mr. Woodbury to\\nthe German, as the model on w Inch to construct his long intended\\ntreatise on the French. The result is the present work.\\nThe work commences with a comprehensive treatise on pro-\\nnunciation. The power of the letters, as initials, medials and\\nfinals, is fully explained under the different letters. Peculiar care\\ntaken to render this part sufficiently full, to provide the\\nstudent with a satisfactory guide and adviser, in the principal\\ndifficulties of the French pronunciation. The words presenting\\npecuuarities of pronunciation, are placed as exceptions to the rules\\ngiven in this part\\nIn the commencement of the First Part of this grammar, the\\nrules are given in the most simple form, and the idioms are grad-\\nually introduced and explained; copioi\\nor more theoretical Part, render further information easily attam-\\nafter the rules of every lesson, comes a risumi of ex-\\namples in illustration of them, as also of preceding on\\ntain mg often new idioms and conversational phrase\\nexamples on the rules, the resumes and the French i\\nto be rendered into English consisting almost entirely of ques-\\ntions and answers, combfee, it is thought, all the benefits pre-\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ented by the practical grammars, while the rules in the\\nand the ease with which reference may be had to the\\nPart, present all the advantages of the theoretical treats\\nwill be easily seen that the teacher and Btudent will find here the\\npractice, with as little or as much of the theory as they maydeaire.\\nThe grammatical rules and idioms are introduced gradually, so\\nas not to offer too many difficulties at once. Car. has been\\ntaken not to present the rules as abstract and arbitrary laws, while", "height": "2878", "width": "1674", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "PREFACE. ffi\\ntlie resemblance or difference of construction between the two\\nlanguages is carefully pointed out.\\nExercises to be rendered into French are placed at the end of\\nevery lesson. The materials for these are found in the examples\\nto the rules, in the resumes, in the French exercises and in the\\nvocabularies preceding the same. Besides all this, in accordance\\nwith an admirable feature of Mr. Woodbury s system, the student\\nis furnished with the means of carrying on in connection with the\\nregular course already indicated, a series of exercises in French\\ncomposition, at once easy, interesting, and profitable in the highest\\ndegree.\\nThe grouping of the tenses of the verbs and the classification\\nof the h-regularities, will, it is hoped, simplify this part of gram-\\nmar. In the former, the student will see that by learning a tense\\nin one conjugation, he often learns it in the others in the latter\\nhe will perceive that the deviations of the irregular verbs are\\noften very trifling and confined to particular tenses.\\nAn attempt is made in the Practical Resumes, Lessons 98\\nand 99, to simplify as much as possible the somewhat complex\\nsubject of the past participle.\\nThe rules of the Second, or theoretical Part, are deduced from\\nthe most reliable sources they are nearly all illustrated by short\\nextracts from the best French authors. This will, it is hoped,\\nwhile giving classical authority to the rules, inspire the student\\nwith a desire of becoming more intimately acquainted with the\\nauthors from whose works the examples are taken. It will be\\nperceived, also, that the sentiments contained in the extracts, have\\nnot been overlooked.\\nIn the Second Part, the verbs are given in their fullest form.\\nThe irregular, defective, peculiar (See 49), and unipersonal\\nverbs are placed alphabetically.\\nThe author would here respectfully suggest, not with a view of\\noffering advice to experienced teachers, but as a mode which he\\nhas found beneficial in practice, that the student commence to\\nlearn the verbs from the paradigms in the Second Part as soon as\\nhe has acquired some little knowledge of the pronunciation, and\\nthis simultaneously with his learning the lessons of the First Part.\\nThe verbs in the French, and in the other, so called Romanic", "height": "2841", "width": "1715", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "viii PRKJAPB.\\nlanguages, are more complicated and require more study than the\\nverbs in the German and other Teutonic languages. Having in\\nthis manner acquired some knowledge of the verbs, the student\\nwill, by the time he, in his progress through the first part, reaches\\nthe groupings of the tenses mentioned above, be able to recognize\\nthe verbs as old friends, and better to appreciate the classification\\nf the irregularities. This course is advised not as indispensable,\\nbut as beneficial.\\nThe reading lessons, in prose and in verse, extracted from the\\nbest sources, and containing grammatical references to both parts\\nof the work, will nut be unacceptable to the student. A vocabu-\\nlary for these lessons is placed immediately after them.\\nAmong tho numerous works which have been consulted during\\nthe preparation of this grammar, the author would mention with\\ngratitude the labors of the French Academy, Laveaux, Lemare,\\nBescher, Girault-Duvivier, Boniface, Bescherelle, Landais, etc\\nWith a sincere hope that the present volume imy assist the\\nAmerican student in obtaining a knowledge of tie beautiful\\nlanguage of France, it is respectfully submitted.\\nL F.\\nUWIVF.IWTY Off Mil III lAS\\nAnn Arbor t Sept. 1661, 1861. f", "height": "2878", "width": "1674", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\nA, prep. 142, (2).\\nAbbreviations, p. 275.\\nAccents, Lesson 2.\\nAcheter, to buy, 49, (5) its gov-\\nernment, L. 50, 1.\\nAccorder, s to agree said also of\\nwatcbes, L. 92, 3.\\nActive verb, 43, (2), (3.)\\nActive Voice, used in French in\\ncases where the passive is used in\\nEnglish, L. 35, 2 L. 46 3-6128,\\n(5.) 113, (1.)\\nAdjectives, 14, (1). Quaking\\nadjectives, 14, (2). Degrees of\\nsignification, 14, (2). Gender\\nand number of, 15. Formation\\nof feminine of, 16, L. 13. Irregu-\\nlar adjectives, \u00c2\u00a716, (8). Adjectives\\nbaving no feminine, 16, (9.)\\nPlural of, 17, L. 14. Agree-\\nment of adjective with nouns,\\n18; \u00c2\u00a783; L. 13, L. 14. Relate\\ning to several nouns, 18, (3);\\nL. l4, 1, 2. Determining adjec-\\ntives, 19. Demonstrative, 20\\n93. Possessive, 21 94 Re-\\nmarks on, 95. Agree with ob-\\nject possessed, 21, (2) L. 9, 3.\\nNumeral adjectives, 22 place of,\\n96. Cardinal adjective, 22, (1),\\n(2), (4); Variations of, 23; Ob-\\nservation on, 24. Ordinal num-\\nbers, 23, (3),(5). Observation on,\\n25. Indefinite adjectives, 30\\n97. Verbal adjectives, syn-\\ntax of, 6 65. Remarks on feu,\\nwi, c. 84. Adjective used ad-\\nverbially, 67, (3) 84, (5).\\nPlace of, 85 86 L. 15. Ad-\\njective preceding noun, 85, (11).\\nAdjective different in meaning be-\\nfore and after. 86. Regimen or\\ngovernment of, 87 88 89\\n92 L. 79. Adjective requiring\\na different preposition in French\\nand English, 90.\\nAdverbs, 67. Formed from adjec-\\ntives, 68. Degrees of significa-\\ntion, 69. Adverbs forming a\\ncomparison of themselves, 70.\\nSyntax of, 136. Place of, 136\\nL. 34 L. 41. Observation on,\\n137. Adverts of negation,\\n\u00c2\u00a7138.\\nA droite, to the right, L. 70, 6.\\nA gauche, to the left, L. 70, 6.\\nA fleur de, even with, L. 80, 2.\\nA force de, by dint of, L. 80, 2.\\nA l egard de, with regard to, L. 80, 2,\\nA raison de, at the rate of, L. 80, 2.\\nAu dehors, outside, L. 80, 2.\\nAu dedans, inside, L. 80, 2.\\nAu dela, beyond, L. 80, 2.\\nAge, avoir used for, L. 20, 6.\\nA la campagne, in the country,\\nL. 34, 8.\\nA la chasse, hunting, L. 34, 8.\\nA la pex .he, fishing, L. 34, 8.\\nA 1 anglaise, a la t ju^aise, after the\\nEnglish, French fashions, L. 69, 3.\\nA l ecole, at school; a l eglise, at\\nchurch, L. 25, 6.\\nA Tendroit, right side out; a l en-\\nvers, wrong side out, L. 69, 1.\\nA l insu, unknown to, L. 82.\\nAlphabet, L. 1.\\nAller, to go, used for proximate fu-\\nture, L. 26, 1. Aller trouver, to\\ngo to, L. 26, 3. S en aller, to go\\naway, L. 40 1, 2 L. 47, 1. Aller,\\nto fit, to sit, L. 47, 2. Aller a pied\\na. cheval, en voiture, to walk, ride,\\ngo in a carnage, L. 62, Exam-\\nples.\\nAmis (un de mes), a friend of mine,\\nL. 67, 3.\\nAmuser, (s to take pleasure in, etc.,\\nL. 38, 6.\\nAnalogy between many French and\\nEnglish words, 147.\\nAnswers in French should be ex-\\nplicit, L. 24, 12.\\nApporter, amener, to bring, carry,\\nL. 44, 6.\\nApprocher, (s\\\\) to drau near, L.\\n39, 6;\\nArticles, 13 L. 4, 1,2. Elision\\nof, L. 4, 2; \u00c2\u00a713, (7); \u00c2\u00a7146. Con-\\ntraction of; \u00c2\u00a713, (8) L. 5, 1; L. 25,\\n6. English article, a or an 14;", "height": "2841", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "GENERAL IND1X.\\n(9). Recapitulation of articles. I Cases, \u00c2\u00a72.\\n13. Syntax of. 77. Use of, Ce, demons, prn. 87, (6) 108\\n77. (1), (2), (3), etc. Before\\nwords used in partitive sense,\\nj 116; L. 81.\\nbefore etre, L\\nL. 81. 1.\\ndemons, adj.,\\nCedilla, L. 3, 6.\\nOeque, what, L. 31, 4.\\nCelui qui, he who, L. 81, 4.\\nTJsed for he, she\\n1. C est moi\\n20, (1);L.10,1,2,\\n78, (2), (8), (4), (5). (6) (7)\\n$18, (10); L.6. 1; L. 7. 5;L. 8,\\n4, L 12, 3; L. 20, 8. Article used\\nbefore words in general\\nand abstract noons\\nL. 8, 2, 8 L. 28, 11; L.29 and 80. Chacon, eac* one, v 41, (2).\\nArticle omitted ton comber of Chaque, each, j 30. (4).\\nasovereign L.80 8. Artlclefcused Changer dliabit, to change mttsoomi\\nthe body, L. 68 changer de maisoo, to move, L. 68,\\n1. Changer, to exchange, L. 68, 2.\\nadiecth prep, at the house of, 142,\\n24, 9.\\nof. 80. Remarks on c I :nv noun*. i3,(5), (6). Nnm-\\n[dioms in which the article berofverbs after collective nouns,\\n(\u00e2\u0096\u00a0omitted r it\\nII L.8 11,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 H not aspirate Collocation of words, $144\\nin heroine Ac,, L. 8 11, note. Oombien de temps, komlongj c\\ni\\nI. ::t 8.\\nAnjonrdlim, to- its i\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0II 6.\\nAn li \u00c2\u00abi de, 1 1. 86 I\\nAorevoir\\nAuxiliary v. 1\\nrep. 1 12 1.\\nused Idiomatically Conjugation of verba First oonta-\\nwi(M m paradigm,^ |8. Pecnlia*\\nWen de fois I houofien L 111.\\nOombien y a-t-fll how far? mm\\nlong sin e? I. 67 i\\nComparison of adjectives, L. 17.\\nCompound nouns, 3,(7). ^9;L.\\nConditional mode, 46, 2d, (3).\\nFormation and\\ntermination I Irre-\\ngularitii of L 62 l N\\n126.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0I- l. I Witl\\n:ii i l fcr the day\\nmonth L. 19\\n\\\\v,.ir mil I\\nI\\n[eon\\noh ohand ana\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i pom,\\nI. 67 1 Ivoh ds I tor dimen-\\nitis. ly.\\nIj and\\n1 B 6\\nC*riTAi.s\\nCardinal muni\\nafter\\nK..r the day of the month,\\nition, paradigm, 60.\\nThird conjugation, parad\\n61 Peculi u fries of vx i\\nthird conjni 62.\\nFourth conjugation, paradigm\\nissive verbs, paradign\\nRule, ^66, Reflective verbs, para-\\nItive form of,\\ne torm, 68.\\nInterrogative and negative form,\\ndigm ,i.l -J Terminationsofref-\\nnlari rableof irregu-\\nlar verbi\\nwith, L.\\nConnaitrc quelqn\\nvoi\\\\\\nI. B7, Connail\\nknow etc., L v 7. 6. 8e\\nconnail U\\nConjunctions, 73. Lists of, 7^", "height": "2878", "width": "1674", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\n2). Syntax of, 143. Govern-\\nment of, 127 143. Requir-\\ning subjunctive, 143, (2) infin-\\nitive, 143, (1) conditional or\\nindicative, 143, (3) si, if, 125,\\n(3) L. 62, 6. Examples of con-\\njunctions, L. 100.\\nConvenir, to be becoming, L. 49, 2.\\nCoucher (se), to retire, go to bed, L.\\n37,5.\\nDans, prep, in, 142, (2).\\nDavantage, more, note, L. 16.\\nDay of month, week, not preceded\\nby preposition, L. 26, 10.\\nDegrees of comparison of adjectives\\nL. 16 L. 17.\\nDemain, to-morrow, its place, L. 41, 5.\\nDemander, to ask, its government,\\nL. 50, 1.\\nDemettre (se), le bras, c, to dislo-\\ncate one s arm, c, L. 93, 1. To\\nresign a place, L. 93, 2.\\nDemonstrative adjective, 20. See\\nAdjective.\\nDemonstrative pronoun, 36. See\\nPronoun.\\nDepecher (se), to make haste, L.\\n40, 7.\\nDevant, prep, before, 142, (1).\\nDevenir, to become, L. 85, 5.\\nDevoir, to otce, expressing future,\\nobligation, L. 35, 5.\\nDimension, etc., L. 68.\\nDiphthongs, sounds of, L. 2, 14.\\nDont, prn. of whom, of which, L.\\n31,8.\\nElision, 146. Of article L. 4, 2\\n13. (7).. Of pronoun je, L. 4, 5.\\nOf preposition de, L. 6, 3. Of ne,\\nL. 7, 3. Of pronouns le, la, L.\\n.9,2.\\nEloigner (s to go from, to leave, L.\\n39, 6.\\nEmparer (s to seize, lay hold of, L.\\n93, 3.\\nEmpecher (s to help, to prevent\\none s self 93, 4.\\nEmporter, Emmener, to lake away,\\nL. 44, 6.\\nEn, pronoun, 39, (17) 95, (5)\\n110; 103, (1); 104; L.\\n15, 7 L. 22, 3. Before a past\\nparticiple, 135, (7) L. 42, 11,\\n12. Used instead of possessive\\nadjective, 95, (5) L. 96, 1, 2.\\nEn, prep. 142, (2) L. 34, 5, 6, 7.\\nEndormir (s to fall asleep, L. 39, 5.\\nEnnuyer, to weary, L. 38, 4. S en-\\nnuyer, to become weary, L. 38. 5.\\nEntendre parler, to hear about, of, L.\\n35,7.\\nEntendre, to understand, L. 96, 3. Se\\nfaire entendre, to make one s self\\nunderstood, L. 96, 4. Followed by\\nanother verb, L. 97, 4.\\nEnvoyer chercher, to send for, L.\\n26, 5.\\nEpouser, to marry, said only of par-\\nties, L. 67, 2.\\nEssayer, to try on, L. 47, 4.\\nEst-ce-que, prefixed to the verb,\\nA 98; L. 25.\\nEtre, conjugation of, 47, (5).\\nNumber of etre after ce, 116.\\nUsed for aller, to go, L. 43, 5. For\\nto belong, L. 47, 5 L. 91, 2. Etre\\nriche de, to be worth, L. 49, 5.\\nEtre en retard, to be late, and\\nother idioms with etre, L. 91, 1.\\nY etre, to be at home, in, L, 91, 3.\\nEuphonw t, L. 4, 6.\\nEveiller (s to awake, L. 39, 5.\\nEvery day, tous les jours, L. 26, 8.\\nFacher (se), to be or become angry,\\nL. 40, 4.\\nFaire, before another verb, to cause,\\nto have, L. 32, 3, 4 L. 97, 4.\\nFaire faire, to have made, L.32, 4:\\nL. 63, 1. Faire raccommoder, to\\nhave mended. Faire la cuisine,\\nfaire cuire, to cook. Faire bouillir,\\nto boil, L. 63, 1. Faire peur, to\\nfrighten faire attention, to pay\\nattention; fkire tort, to injure;\\nfaire du mal, to hurt, L. 63, 3.\\nused unipersonally, in speak-\\ning of the weather, L. 33, 5.\\nFalloir, to be necessary, L. 48.\\nFeminine terminations, 6, (2), (3),\\nFeu, adj., hate, 84, (1).\\nFuture absolute, j 45, (2). Use of,\\n124. Formation of, 61 L. 60,\\n1, 2, 3. Irregularities of, L. 61,\\n1, 2, 3, 4. Future anterior, 45j\\n(2), 8. Use of, 124. Forma-\\ntion of, L. 60, 4. Future used in\\nFrench where the present is used\\nin English, L. 61, 5.\\nGender, 4. By the meaning, 5.\\nBy the termination, j 6.", "height": "2841", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX\\nG ner, to incommode, trouble, c., L.\\n83, 6. Se goner, to constrain or\\ntrouble one s self, L. 83, 5.\\nGens, people, L. 95, 2, 3, 4.\\nGovernment. See Regimen.\\nGrc. trill. Bon ere, mal gre, c.\\nL. 88. 5.\\nGuere (ne;, but UUle, L. 17, 6.\\nHater (se). to hasten, L. 40, 7.\\nllicr. yatcrday, its place, L. 41, 5.\\nHoar of the day. I-\\nImperative in 1). Use\\ni i 196. Tmini\u00e2\u0080\u0094 liiiiin of. L.\\n70, 1. [rregokriUee, L 70, 3,4.\\nTwo imperative* ooiriing together,\\n100, 10). Imp n\\nl.y a verb. I- 71. I.\\nImperfect ofindicati\\n119 I. 6 B. Formation\\nand termination, L. 6 Irregu-\\nlarities 1. I\\nImperfect subjunctive, f\\nof, L. 7 Terminations\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2I i.. 7 l 8. formation of,\\n7\\nImporter Dtmporte, M matter,\\nqn tmporte I what L\\nJ.\\nI i\\nindicative m\\nIndicative present I\\nlia Terminal\\nInfinitive modi\\nImportant nil\\nother, put in inlinr\\nIn ordei to L\\nInqnmter, i i i to I\\nInt\u00c2\u00abi i\\nI. _\\nI\\ni\\ni\\nl\u00c2\u00abv J i\\n1. 1.\\nt.\\nLaisker. to Ur\\nan\u00c2\u00ab-tiur rerb U Wl I\\nLa plupart, most. Number of vert\\nafter, L. 85, 3.\\nLe. meaning so, it, c., L. 46. 4, 5.\\nLe mien, mine, c, L. 9, G L. 12. 0.\\nLequel, c, !rA eA. L. 18, G L. 31, 7.\\nLever (se), to rise, L. 37, 6.\\nL un, Tautre, one another, 41, (10);\\nL un et l autre. rfA, 6 41,(11); L.\\n19, 3.\\nMadame, Mademoiselle, used before\\nnames of kindred, L. 24, Beta\\nBefore titles. L. 2 G. Tlural of,\\nL i\\netc, L. GG. Mal de\\ndints I I U Ju in.il le lit\\nL. 66.\\nMarcher, to watt, L. 36, 6,\\nMarier, to marry, to v jor m ti\\nmany, L. 7 i. Be marier, c\\nmorr Etre marii, to\\nk- 7/i/;; 1, 1.7. 2\\nMeasure, weight, price by. I\\nMener, porter, to toXr, to carrv, L.\\nM 6.\\nMettie. to put on L 82, 1. Mettre\\nle convert, lay tkt\\nMettre a men mettre\\npied a tcrre, to alight; mettre a\\ni.l |M.[te. turn OtU\\ntre an t .iit, to or.,\\nl Be mettre\\nI.\\nMettre a I heure, to art f ira/ rA, L,\\nMidi, minnit, -noon, midnight, L.\\nIndicative.\\nImpel i Snli-\\njunctive 6 46, 4th, (6). Inflnitive,\\ni irticiple, 6 -15,\\nnomU\\nI.\\nith ob-\\nMonde, world, Tool\\ndred, L. 24, note. Before titles,\\nB. Plural o\\nMonth, day L. I\\n10.\\nMust./oflotr, c.. L. 48; 6 62.", "height": "2878", "width": "1674", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\nNaitre, to bi bom, Je suis ne, I was\\nbom, L. 43 note.\\nNe, negative, 138. Place of, L. 7,\\n1. Ne\u00e2\u0080\u0094 que, only, L. 19, 2. Ne,\\nidiomatic, 127, 3 138, (4),\\n(6) L. 72, 9. Ne\u00e2\u0080\u0094 plus, no-\\nmore, L. 17, 4. Ne guere, L.\\n.17, 5.\\nNi, neither, nor, L. 7, 4. Article\\nused or not after ni, L. 8, 3, 4.\\nNi l un, ni l autre, neither, L. 84, 4, 5.\\nNegative, second, suppressed after\\ncertain verbs, 138 (2).\\nNeuter verbs. 43 (5). Their aux-\\niliary, L. 43 46.\\nNominative. See Subject.\\nNon, no, Je dis que non, J say no.\\nL. 82, 3.\\nNotre, votre, our, your, c, L. 9, 5.\\nLe notre, ours, L. 9, 6.\\nNoun, 3. Proper, (3). Common,\\n(4). Collective, 3. (5), (6).\\nCompound, 3, (7). Taken in a\\npartitive sense, 13, (10) 78,\\n(1), (2); L. 6, 1; L. 29, 8.\\nTaken in a general sense, 77,\\n(1), (2) L. 8, 2. Gender by the\\nmeaning, 5. By the termina-\\ntion, 6. Plural of, 8 L. 11.\\nPlural of compound, 9 L. 59.\\nSyntax of, 76. Place of sub-\\nject in affirmative and negative\\nsentences, 76, (1), (2). In inter-\\njected sentences, 76, (3). In\\ninterrogative sentences, 76, (4),\\n(5); L. 6, 4; L. 56,1. Place of\\nregimen, 76, (6), (7), (8), (9)\\nL. 56, 2, 3. Respective places of\\npossessor and object possessed,\\n76, (10) L. 5, 3. Of object and\\nits substance, 76, (11) L. 5, 4\\nL. b3, 6. Of object and its use,\\n76, (12), (13), (14) L. 59, 7.\\nNouveau, nouvel, new, L. 13, 6.\\nNu, bare, adj., 84, (2).\\nNul, no, 30, (7).\\nNuile part, no where, L. 25, 8.\\nNumber, 1, (5). See Different\\nParts of Speech.\\nNumber. See Numeral Adjectives.\\nOrdinal adverbs of number, s 29.\\nNumeral collective nouns, 27*.\\nNumerals, fractions, 28.\\nOn, one, people, they, 41, (4), (5)\\n113 L. 35, 1, 2.\\nOrdinal numbers, 22, (3), (5). Not\\nused after nr.mes of sovereigns or\\nfor days of the month. L. 30. 3\\nA 26, (1), (3).\\nOter, to take off, to take away, L. 32, 2.\\nOu, or, agreement of verb with\\nnouns connected by, L. 84, 2, 3.\\nOui, yes, Je dis que oui, say yes, L\\n82,3.\\ni\\nParadigms of auxiliary verbs, 47\\nFor others, see Conjugations.\\nPar ou 1 which way L. 44, 5.\\nParticiple past, 45, 6th, (7). With-\\nout an auxiliary, 66, (3) L.42,\\n10 L. 98, 1. Accompanied by\\nelre,%\\\\Z\\\\, (2); L.42, 6; L. 98,3.\\nIn reflective verbs, 135, (1), (2)\\nL. 45, 2 L. 98, 6 L. 99, 4. In\\nneuter verbs, L. 98, 3. Accompa-\\nnied by avoir, 134, (3) L. 42, 5\\nL. 98, 4. Never agrees with indi-\\nrect regimen, L, 42, 9. Neuter\\nverbs with avoir, 135, (6) L.\\n99, 2. Of unipersonal verbs. L.\\n45, 6; L. 99, 3. Never agrees\\nwith en, 135, (7) L. 42, 11, 12\\nL. 99, 8. Followed by an infini-\\ntive, 135, (3) L. 98, 7 L. 99,\\n5. Of passive verbs, L. 46 L. 98,\\n2. Fait always invariable before\\nan infinitive, L. 63, 2 L. 99, 7.\\nAfter lepeu, \u00c2\u00a7135, (8).\\npresent, 64 L. 97.\\nPartitive sense, nouns taken in, L.\\n6. 1 13, 10 fr 78, (1), (2) L.\\n29,8.\\nPas, point, not, difference, 138, (1).\\nPlace of, L. 7, 1, 2. Omitted when\\na second negative occurs, 138,\\n(3) L. 7, 4. Omitted after certain\\nverbs, 138, (2).\\nPasser (se), to do without, L. 39, 1.\\nPassive voice, 113 (1).\\nPassive verb, 43 (4) L. 46. Con-\\njugation of, 54. Rule, 55. Its\\nparticiple, L. 46, 2 L. 98, 2.\\nPast anterior, 45, (2), 5. Use of\\n\u00c2\u00a7122; L. 55.\\nPast definite, 45, (2), 3. Use of\\n120; L. 51. Its terminations\\nand irregularities, L. 52.\\nPast indefinite, 45, (2), 4. Use of,\\n121 L. 41.\\nPast of subjunctive, 45, (5), 3.\\nPayer, to pay, its government, L. 60.\\nPersonne, no body, 41, (6) L. 7, T\u00c2\u00bb\\nPersons, \u00c2\u00a731, (3).", "height": "2841", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "xiy\\nGENERAL INDEX.\\nPlace, respective, of noun, direct\\nand indirBCt regimen, L. 56, 2, 3\\nft 76, (7), (8), (9). In interjected\\nsentences, 76, (3.) Of noun in in-\\nterrogative sentences. 6 7 (,4).\\n(5) L. 56, 1 L. 6. 4. Of adjec-\\ntive. L. 8, 5 L. 15 85 86. Of\\npronoun subject or nominative, ty\\n98. Of regimen pronoun, L. 9, 1\\nL. 27; L. 28; 101; 1 2.\\nPlace of M aixl y, 104 L. 67.\\nOf adverb. 186; L. 34 L. 41.\\n4,5. Ofverb, 4144.\\nPlaire pklM to, L.\\nin i,. [JaednnJpersaaaJl]y,oonime\\nil vous plaira, it VOU\\\\ I. V1\\nPtaavoir, to\\nPluperfect of Indicative, 45, (2), 6.\\nUse.\\nof subjunctive. 45, (5).\\n1. I.\\nPlural of nouns, B;L.ll. I\\npound Doom Nouns\\nDaring ii I liirul. n\u00c2\u00bb. Noam\\nbaring do nngnlar, $11. Plural\\nofadiectives $17; L M\\nor pnyeica] properties of man,\\nsingle in tlie individual, do! put\\nin tin plural L I\\nPlus .1. man than, before a number,\\nL. SO 7.\\nPlusieui L.18,7\\nPoor, I\\n1 88 1 1\\nI. 1 1\\nLion 71. Table of princi-\\npal\\nmen!\\ni. ut another prepoaitioii\\nr.y meam i\\nrnmiiit\\nl in. Repetition ol\\n1 I j\\nPromi\\nfor pi- an I\\nPrendre government, L\\n60,1.\\nPrendre garde, to tab caret prendre\\nle l -iiil. i ruins;\\nprendre la peine, to UUet ihr tron-\\nprendre lei dei\\nprendre on parti,\\nprendre iu the, da\\nl. 71 B.\\nPrendre le tl taa\\nI. 71\\nPronouns, 31. Personal, 32. Be-\\nmarks on, 33. Use oimoi, tot,\\ninstead of subject or nominative\\npronouns, ty 33, (8), etc. Reflective\\npronoun 88, (12), (13). Sot,\\n(14). Possessive pronoun, 34.\\nRemarks on, 35. Demonstrative\\npronouns, 36. Remarks on, ft 87.\\ndemonstrative pronoun, 37,\\n(6); ft 108; ft 116; L. 81. Used\\nL. 82. C lui. celle, ce-\\nlui-ci. 20; L. in\\nl. In 6. Relative pronouns,\\nft 38. Remarks on, 89. En,\\n110\\n1 Place ,ft 104. J\\n2). Place off, 4104\\n111. Donl, L 81, 8. Syntax ol\\npronouns, 98. Place of subject\\nor nominative 88 Repetition\\nof. t) tee of regimen\\npronouns, ft 100; L. 8, 1 L 27.\\nRespective place of regimen pro-\\nnoiins v, 101 L.28. Rule on tliis\\nsubject, ft 102. Repetition of regi-\\niiii-n pronoun, 106 L\\nUulfs on possessive pronouns, v\\n108 On demonstrative pronouns,\\n107. 0d relative pronouns. i\\nr rap-\\npreased I. 19, 1; 1\\nInterrogatii L l\\nQue, i i never mppn d, L. 19,\\nidiomatic I.\\nft 109 1\\nI. 18 l\\nQaelqo L. 18,\\n7; I.\\nQuel -que, qnelqae\\nthe subjunctive, L. 88,8.\\nQuelque cboso, something, anything,\\nL 7 8. Require 4\u00c2\u00ab before an aaV\\njective I. 18,8. Kotosedmnofi\\native sentences, L. 7, 6.\\nQnelqae pari sfMtart,\\nQuel n ii ii 41. 7.\\nQu esl ee que osedidiomaticalr/lbl\\ni. \u00e2\u0080\u00a2_ 2\\nQuiconque il CO.\\ni A o, c, L.\\n1. 81 8\\ni Bbaolately, ft", "height": "2878", "width": "1674", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0020.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "A L INDEX.\\nXV\\nRappeler ge to remember, recollect,\\nL 37, 2.\\nReading lessons, p. 466.\\nRecevoir des nouvelles, to hear from,\\nL. 35, 6.\\nReflective verbs, 43, (6). Conjuga-\\ntion of, 56 L. 36. Often used\\nin French for the English passive,\\nL. 36, 2. Its auxiliary is etre, L.\\n45; 46. Its participle, 135:\\nL. 45; L. 98, 5; L. 99, 4.\\nRegarder, to concern, L. 94, 5.\\nRemercier, to thank, Je vous remer-\\ncie, equivalent to a refusal, L. 89, 2.\\nResume of rules on participle past,\\nL. 98; L. 99.\\nRien, nothing, etc., L. 7, 7 L. 18, 3.\\nRegime, regimen or object, 2.\\nDirect, 2, (2) 42, (4) L. 56,\\n2, 3 76. Indirect, 2, (3)\\n42, (5); L. 56, 2, 3; \u00c2\u00a776.\\nRegimen or government of adjec-\\ntives, 87; L. 79. After etre\\nunipersonal, 87, (4) L. 79, 3.\\nAdjective followed by de, 88.\\nBy a, 89. By different preposi-\\ntions in botI\\\\ languages, 90.\\nRegimen of verbs, 129 L. 21, 4\\nL. 50. Verbs followed by no\\npreposition. 130 L. 76, 1. By\\nd, \u00c2\u00a7131. By de, 132; L. 21, 4;\\nL. 77. By a preposition in French\\nand by none in English, L. 78, 1,\\n2. By a different prep, in both.\\nL. 78, 3. Regimen of prepositions,\\n139 L. 80. Important rules on\\nregimen, 92 133 140 L.\\n80, 5.\\nRegimen of prendre, to take voler,\\nto steal; acheter, to buy; deman-\\nder, to ask payer, to pay, L. 50, 1.\\nRejouir (se), to rejoice, L. 40, 5.\\nRemettre, to set a dislocated bone,\\nc, L. 93, examples.\\nRepetition of demonstrative adjec-\\ntives, 93. Of possessive adjec-\\ntives, 21, (4). Of articles, 80,\\nL. 6, 5, Of subject or nominative\\npronouns, 99; L. 87. Of regimen\\nor objective pronouns, 105 L.\\n87. Of adverbs, 137. Of prep-\\nositions, 141.\\nRester, used unip. to remain, to have\\nleft, L. 85, 4.\\nReste de, left, L. 85, 4.\\nRetarder, to lose, to put back said of\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2zntcbes, c, L. 92, 1.\\nSavoir, to know, and connaitre, te\\nbe acquainted with, L. 30, 5.\\nSeoir, to suit, become, L. 47, 3. Used\\nunipersonally, L. 49, 1.\\nServir (se), to use, L. 39, 2. Servir,\\nto help at table, L. 89, 1.\\nS il vous plait, if you please, L. 89, 3.\\nSi, conj., 125,(3). Should not pre-\\ncede conditional mode, L. 62, 6,\\nSouvenir (se), to remember, recollect,\\nL. 37, 2.\\nSo, rendered by U, L. 46, 4.\\nSpeech, parts of, 1, (1).\\nStem of a verb, L. 23.\\nSubject or nominative, 2, (1)\\n42 (2). Verb having several sub-\\njects in different persons, L. 83, 2.\\nAgreement of verbs with subjects,\\nL.83, 1; L. 84; \u00c2\u00a7114; \u00c2\u00a7115.\\nSubjunctive mode. 45, 4th, (5).\\nUse of, \u00c2\u00a7127; \u00c2\u00a7143; L. 72, 8, 9,\\n10. Present of, 45, (5), 1. Ter-\\nmination of, L. 72. Subjunctive\\nused after verbs expressing con-\\nsent, command, etc., followed by\\nque, L. 72, 8. After severaluniper-\\nsonal verbs followed by que, L. 73,\\n1. After certain conjunctions,\\n143 L. k 73, 4. After croire, espe-\\nrer, c, interrogative or negative,\\nL. 74, 2. After another verb, un-\\ncertain, and preceded by relative\\npronoun or a superlative, L. 74. 3,\\n4. Past of subjunctive, L. 72, 7.\\nSubstantive. See Noun.\\nSuperlative absolute, 14, (11) L.\\n17, 1. Superlative relative, 14,\\n(9) L. 17, 2.\\nSyntax, 75. Of noun, 76. Arti-\\ncle, 77. Adjective, 83. Pro-\\nnoun, 98. Verb, 114. Parti-\\nciple, 134. Adverb, 136. Pre-\\nposition. 139. Conjunction.\\n\u00c2\u00a7143.\\nTaiee, to conceal, L. 96, 5. Se taire,\\nto be silent, L. 96, 5.\\nTarder, to tarry, to long, L. 58. 3.\\nTel, such, 41 (12), (13). Monsieur\\nun tel, Mr. such a one, 41, 13.\\nTenir, to hold, used in the sense of to\\nkeep. Tenir sa parole, to keep\\none s word, tenir la porte ouverte,\\nto keep the door open, etc., etc, L.\\n90, 1. Tenir un langage, to make\\nuse of language, expressions, etc.,\\nL. 90, 2. Tenir, to be attached,", "height": "2841", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0021.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "XVI\\nGENERAL INDEX\\netc L. 90, 3. Faire tenir, to for-\\nward, L. 90, 6. Se tenir, to re-\\nmain, to abide by, etc., L. 90, 6.\\nTenses of verbs, 45. Formation of,\\n)61). See Different Tenses.\\nTerminations of regular verbs, 60.\\nOf indicative, L. 23, 5. Of imper-\\nfect of indicative, L. 53, 6. Of\\npast definite, L. 51. Of future.\\nL. GO. Of conditional, L. 62. Of\\nimperative, L. 70. Of subjunc-\\ntive. L 72. Of imperfect of Bub-\\njunctive, L. y. Of infinitive, L.\\n21, l. Of present participle, L.\\n28, Of past participle, L. 28, 1.\\nTimes, number of, in a given space,\\ni. 68,1\\nTmit,aU, etc, $80, (15V (16) j $97,\\n(4), (6), (G). Tout, every, I. 26,\\n8. T..111. the whale, b. 26, 9.\\nTout. nftnhi. ipnk, variable by\\neuphony, L. 88,4.\\nTromper, to deceive, L. 38, 1. Sc\\nferomper, be mistaken, etc., L.\\nIK one, a, an, one, 6 l 1 (4); (11);\\nI. 2. Not osed before norma\\nplaced In apposition, L, 80 I\\nUnipersooal vet Para-\\ndigm Of 81 Auxiliary of\\nnupersona] verbs, L 16, B I\\nl. I\\nI. I 6.\\nWhir, i m used to indicatepasl\\njust elapsed, L 26 2 Venlr\\ntronver, com 1 1 I. 26 8.\\nVerbal adject I 7.\\nSubject or nominative\\nmen or object\\nof, v DiflJBrenl sort of\\nrerb\\nL 48. Passive s i I.\\n10, Neuter 48 (5); L. 43.\\nReflective, 43, (6); 56; L. 86\\n2. Unipersonal, 43, 7 61-2.\\nAuxiliary verbs, 43, (8). Use\\nof, 46 L, 43. 45. Modes and\\ntenses of, 45. See Different\\nModes and Tenses. Irregular\\nverbs, L. 24, Table of, $62. Syn-\\ntax of the verb, 114. Agreement\\nof the verb with subject, 114;\\nL. 83 L. 84 L. 85. Verb after\\na collective noun, 115 L. 85, 1,\\n2, 3. Number of verb after ce,\\n116. Verb after nouns indifferent\\npersons, j 117. Use of tenses,\\ni)118. S-i Different Tenses. Regi-\\nmen or government of verbs.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0imen.\\nVeuillez. be so kind, L. 70, 4.\\nVocabulary to the reading lessons.\\np. 486.\\nVoici, hrrc is, L. 34, 4.\\nVoila, there is, L. 34, 4.\\nVoler. to rob, Meal, its government,\\nL. 60 1\\nVbuloir dire, to mean, L. 32. 6, 6.\\n(en), to bear a grudge, c..\\nI. 94,\\nVowels, I. 2.\\nW:i \\\\t. rel. prn.. ce que, L. 81, 4 J qvt,\\nL ::i ..V\\ninterrogative, rendered by,\\nqu est-ee-qui L 82 2.\\nWhole (the). UtOUt, L. 26, 9.\\nWill, need m the sense of\u00c2\u00ab\\ndered by vouloir, L. 60, 5.\\nWords, Variable, 61, (8). Invariable\\nV iTora, to fetters, 4 61-2 s L. 33,4.\\n7 avoir,\\nfollowed by the present when tin\\naction continues, L\\nr,prn.ltadv.\u00c2\u00ab 89, (IK); 103, (2).\\nPlace Of 104; $111: L. 21 II", "height": "2878", "width": "1674", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0022.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "NEW FRENCH COURSE\\nPART FIRST.\\nLESSON I. LEgOff I.\\nTHE LETTERS.\\nThe Frinch alphabet contains twenty-five letters\\nOld names. New names.\\nA\\na\\nB\\nb\\nC\\nc\\nD\\nd\\nE\\ne\\nF\\nf\\nG\\nH\\n8\\nI\\ni\\nJ\\n.1\\nK\\nk\\nL\\n1\\nM\\nm\\nN\\nn\\no\\nP\\nP\\nQ\\nq\\nR\\nr\\nS\\ns\\nT\\nt\\nu\\nu\\nV\\nV\\nX\\nX\\nY\\ny\\nz\\nz\\nah ah\\nbay be barre.\\nsay ke cas, ciL\\nday de 5 dard.\\na a u effet.\\neff fe frere.\\njay* ghe grele.,\\nash he haie.\\ne e idee,\\njee je jais.\\nkah ke kali,\\nell le lit.\\nme mat.\\nenn ne natte.\\no o orge.\\npay pe pere.\\nku ke quadre.\\nerr f re rat.\\ness se soie.\\ntay te tort.\\nu u urne.\\nvay v vase.\\neeks xe T rixe.\\ne grec e grec yeux.\\nzed ze zele.\\nW, caOed in French double V, might be added, as many for-\\neign words which have that letter have been adopted into the\\nFrench language.\\nLike s in pleasure. f Nearly like err in error.\\n1 No corresponding sound in English. Nearly like be in globe.\\nNearly like ke and de in cake and grade. The e of the ether let-\\nters has the same sound.\\nTf kse seia rose.\\n1", "height": "2841", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0023.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "18 LESSON II.\\nLESSON n. LECON IL\\nTHE VOWELS.\\nVowels ar\u00c2\u00ab rendered long or short by certain marks placed over\\nthem These marks, which are three in number, are called accents.\\nThe acute accent is placed over the e to give it a sharp or close\\n8onnd. (See 4, i.)\\nThe grave accent is placed over a, e, u, to give to those vowels\\na grave or open sound. (See 5, e.)\\nThe circumflex accent is placed over a, e, t, o, u, to give to those\\nletters :i long and broad sound.*\\n1. a like a in mass. Ex. face, face bateau, boat; tableau, picture;\\np\u00c2\u00abtte, paic malfluj\\n2. a like a in bar, far. Ex. Age, age; chateau, castle; p ite, paste\\nbhime, W MM crine, cranium.\\n3. e nearly like u in bud, and frequently silent at the end of poly-\\nsyllable*. Ex. h\\\\ the; me, me* It, thee; que, that; mruble,\\npiece of furniture r*up!e, people rime, rim*.\\n4. ft like a in fate. Ex. U\\\\ summer; amitic, friendship 6\\\\ev\u00c2\u00a3,\\nrais ,1 e, ?in rd.\\n5. e like fli in ;viir. Ex. iro, father fr re, brother m *re, mother;\\n1 1 \\\\e,\\n6. e nearly lit Bx. rive, drram extr/me, extreme\\ncrone. erWMI cr/pe, rm,.- font.\\n7. i ii. irly like i in i/i. Ex. midi, mid-day ici, here fini, finished;\\ni. i like In iee. Ex. tie, island} gite, lodging pitre, epistle;\\ndime, fitM; aliime, oigfM,\\n9. o nearly like oin nofc Ex. robe, rooe; globe, giofte cachot, dun-\\ngeon; haricot, faat\\n10. 6 like o in wonr. Ex. ikp6% deposit pnvot, proi\u00c2\u00bbst bientot,\\nsoon; supp. -t, suppart -r.\\n1. u. The exact French sound of this letter is not found in Eng-\\nlish. The position of the lips in whistling, is very nearly the\\nportion which they should have in emitting the French I\\ni/rne, urn; h/ne, moon but, aim tribw, tribe; tribi/t, tribute\\ni\\\\u, elected.\\nThis accent Indicate! the ropp re a rion of the letter B after the vowel\\non which it is pieced, thus: were formerly written, fnu,\\nUstt. bfstc, the 8 was not sounded, but gave to the preceding rowel that\\nprolonged bound now represented by the circumflex accent.", "height": "2878", "width": "1674", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0024.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "LESSON II. 19\\n12. u s the u with a prolonged sound. Ex. mure, mulberry; du,\\ndue cru, growth bruler, to burn.\\n13. y See 28, y.\\nTHE DIPHTHONGS.\\n14. A vowel surmounted By an accent cannot form a dipththong\\nwith another vowel, it must be pronounced separately. Ex\\nobeir, to obey; deite, deity reussite, success. Exceptions, ou,\\nwhere pronounced oo i and e accented (if e follow i), form\\na diphthong.\\n15. A vowel surmounted by a diaeresis follows the above\\nrule. Ex. hai, hated; pa ien, pagan mats, maize. Excep-\\ntions u followed by e at the end of a few words, as in cigue,-\\nhemlock, is pronounced like u alone.\\n16. ai is like a in fate. Ex. j at, I have je ferat, I will make; bate,\\nbay; mai, May; balat, broom.\\nWhen the diphthong ai is followed by s, d, or i, it assumes a\\nbroader sound, resembling the French e, or ai in the English\\nword_patr. Ex. j avais, Ihad; je ferats, I should make; lait,\\nmilk laid, ugly.\\n17. au nearly like oh! in English. Ex. taux, rate; chaud, warm.\\ne preceding au is blended with that diphthong without chang-\\ning its sound. Ex. ~beau, handsome; chateau, castle; tableau,\\npicture eau, water.\\n18. ei nearly like a in fate. Ex. heige, serge; nez ge, snow; setgle,\\nrye retne, queen petgne, comb.\\n19. eu approaches the sound of u in tub. Ex. ]eu,play; lieu, place;\\npew, little; pew, fear chalewr, heat. Exceptions, in eu, had;\\nj eus, c, Ihad; j ettsse, etc., I might have; eu is pronounced\\nlike u alone.\\n20. ia nearly like ia in medial. Ex. il \\\\ia, he bound il crta, he cried\\ndialogue, dialogue.\\n21. ie like ee in bee. Ex. il lie, he binds; il etudte, he studies; harpte,\\nharpy mie, the soft part of bread.\\n22. oi nearly like wa in was. Ex. crotx, cross il bott, he drinks\\nrot, king.\\n23 on like oo in cool. Ex. dowx, soft coup, blow nous, we vous,\\nyou; aou,neck.", "height": "2841", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0025.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "LESSON II.\\n24,\\n25\\n36.\\n27.\\nua\\na\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0g|\\nue\\nC ~-C\\nP\\n8^\\nUl\\no S\\nI\\nHO\\nfl\\nt\\nII salua, he saluted; il remuo, he moved; H\\ncontribua, he contributed.\\nII salue, he salutes; il remue, he moves; il\\ncontribue, Tie contributes.\\nproduit, produce cond u ite, conduct \\\\ut, htm;\\nbruit, noise; il rtduj t, he reduces,\\nduo, duet.\\nf when initial, when coming between two ccnsonants, or when\\nforming a syllable of itself, has the sound of the French t.\\nEx. style, style; type, type yeux, eyes Vpres, Ypres y, there\\nbetween two vowels y has the power of two fs, one of which\\nforms a diphthong with the preceding, and the other with the\\nfollowing vowel the syllabic division taking place between\\nthe f s. Ex. moyen, means essayer, to try nettoyer, to clean\\ncitoyen, citizen abbaye, abbey these words are pronounced\\nas if they were written timi-irn, cssai-icr, iwttoi-ier, citouieiu,\\nabbai-ie. The words pays, country paysage, landscape pay-\\nsan, peasant, are pronounced -t p Wftge,\\ntiii: nasai. BOUBD8.\\nThe combination of the vowels with the consonant morn,\\nwhat the French call ton nasal, the nasal sound.\\nWhen the consonant m or n is doubled, or is immediately fol-\\nlowed by a vowel 4 the oaetJ sound doei not tike place.\\nEx. mnoeeat, mnocml; ieuoobQe, i mm ovable; imitile, useless\\ninoui, unheard tf. Tlie syllables t ;i and im in the words in-\\nwe pronounced as in English the syl-\\nlabic divi.M.-n of i-mi-ti-le and i-nou-i will explain the reason\\nof the sound in those words.\\nample, ample chambre, chamber lampe,\\nlamp.\\nan, year banc, bench dans, in man-\\n2, ion, ci ck.\\nnK7/ibre, limb rmporter, to carry away;\\nW trembler, to tremble.\\nen, in; dent, Coofl prendre, to take;\\nrend re, to render.\\n29\\nM\\n31\\npronounced\\nanhj nearly\\nlike an in\\npant.\\nThe words *mm\\\\ ennuyer, emmn\\\\ T.rnirrcr,rTwrgueiUir, form excep-\\ntions to this rule. The first syllable of ennui, mnin/rr. rmmcur is nasal\\ntnivrcr.eiunguedlir are pronoumv.l ,,-nirnr, rn-orguriUir.\\nf Thiscombination.it lonmi tuns ret den the Preach nasal sound\\nmore accurately than ani the g giving as unpleasant twang not existing\\nin the French nasal syllables.", "height": "2878", "width": "1674", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0026.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "LESSON III.\\n21\\nin\\nsomewhat\\nlike an in\\ncrank.\\n32. en final is sometimes pronounced like en in then. Ex. Eden,\\nEden.\\n33. en in the third person plural of verbs is silent. Ex. ils lisent,\\nils portent, ils donnent pronounce ils Hz, ils port, ils donn.\\n34. im 1 r timbre, stamp impossible, impossible im-\\nportant, important.\\n1 lin, flax pin, pine crin. horse-hair \\\\in\\nwine.\\n35. om] pronounced f tombe, tomb; comble, height; sombre, dark\\nonh, nearly J tomber, to fall.\\non like on in 1 mon, my ton, thy son, his bond, bound\\nsong. pont, bridge.\\n86 um j somewhat hnmble, humble; parfnm, perfume.\\nI like un in 1 un, one chaenn, each one importwn, im-\\nun j hunting. portunate.\\nLESSON EI.\\nLEgoN m\\nTHE CONSONANTS.\\n1. A final consonant is generally silent.\\n2. The letters c, f, 1, r, however, when final, are generally pro-\\nnounced.\\n3. The final consonant of a word is generally carried to the next\\nword, when that word begins with a vowel or an h mute. (See\\n11, h.)\\n4. For illustrations and exceptions, see the several letters.\\n5. B initial is pronounced as in English. In the middle of words,\\nand at the end of proper names, b is sounded. Ex. aodiquer\\nto abdicate, Job, Caleb, Sic. B is also pronounced in radoufr,\\nrefitting of a vessel, and rumo, (pronounced romb,) point of th\\ncompass. It is silent in plomo, lead; aplomo, perpendicular.\\nWhen b is doubled, only one of these letters is pronounced.\\nEx. a66e, abbot saooat.\\n6. C has its proper sound (k) before a, o, u, 1, n, r. Ex. cabane,\\ncottage; con, neck; ecu, crown; enclin, inclined; Cneius,\\nCneius croire, to believe.\\nc before e and i, and with the cedilla (9) before a, 0, or u, has\\nthe sound of s; ceci,this; cendres, ashes; facade, front; fa-\\n$on fashion; recu, received.", "height": "2841", "width": "1706", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0027.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "22 LESSON III.\\nch js pronounced like sh in she. Ex. char, car; cfiarl on, coa J\\ncfaingement, change.\\no in the words vermicelle and violoncelle, is pronounced like c7u\\nch is pronounced like k in a few words derived from the Greek.\\nEx. c7iaos, anac7ironisme, cfcronique, patriarc7iat, orc/iestre, c.\\nIn patriarc7ie, arcfieveque, Acheron, ch is pronounced like sh.\\nIn Michel- Ange, Michael-Angelo, it sounds like k.\\nc final is sounded, except when preceded by n. Ex. avec, with\\narc, bow; sac, bag; sue, juice; Turc, Turk.\\nExceptions: it is silent inaccroc, rent; broc,jug; clerc, clerk,\\nestomac, stomach lacs, snares marc, mark yore, pork tabac.\\ntobacco ch is silent in almanack.\\nc preceded by n is silent. Ex. banc, bench flanc, flank.\\nc is pronounced like g in second, second, and fecond, fruitful.\\nc final is seldom pronounced upon the next word.\\n7. D has the same sound as in English. Ex. (fame, lady. D is pro\\nnounced in the middle of words. Ex. aiverbe, adverb ad-\\nmirer, to admire.\\na is silent at the end of words, except in proper names as in\\nDavid, David also in the word surf, south, and in a few for-\\neign words, as le Cid, the Cid; le Talmurf, the Talmud, c.\\nd final, coming before a word commencing with a vowel or an\\nh mute, assumes the sound of t un grand homme, is pro-\\nnounced grand tomme courf-il, does he sew f vend-il, does he\\nsdU are pronounced cou-til, ven-til.\\n8. F is pronounced as in English. Ex.fi vre,fever; fiacre, hackney-\\ncoach.\\nf final is generally sounded. Ex. soi/, thirst chef, chief; sui/,\\ntaUoxo.\\nExceptions: c\\\\ef, key; che/-d oeuvre, master-piece; ceu/-dur,\\nhard egg ceuj-frais, fresh egg boeu/-frais, fresh beef; boeu/-\\nr:i]c, salt beef. In the plural of the words ceu/ and toeu/,/\\nis always silent.\\nThe f of neu/, nine, is silent before a consonant, and sounda\\nlike v before a vowel or h mute; neu/ livres, pronounce neu\\nlitres neu/ hommes, neu/ enfants, pronounce neu-vomme,\\nneu-venfanls.\\n9. G is always hard (that is like g in game) before a, o, u. Ex.\\n/?arde, guard gond, hinge UgV, acute.\\ng before e and i lias always the soft sound, (that of s in pleasure).\\nEx. ^erbe, sheaf; prendre, son-in-law gihicr, game \u00c2\u00a3p let, vest.\\ngrin, guo, gue, gui, are pronounced gha, gho ghe, ghi, L f", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0028.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "LESSON III.\\n2S\\nu is silent. Ex. il legua, he bequeathed; liguons, let us\\nbequeath; guerre, war, guitare, guitar.\\nExceptions In aiguille, needle, Guise, c, the two vowels\\nare sounded. Theue ofgue final is mute, unless a diaeresis\\nis on the e, as in cigue, hemlock.\\n10 gi is pronounced like ni in union. Ex. regne, reign peigne,\\ncomb dahjner, to deign saigner, to bleed.\\nExceptions Gnide, Progne, stagnant, ignee, c.\\ng final takes the sound of k before a vowel or an h mute;\\nsang humain, human blood, is pronounced san Ttumain.\\n1 1 H is mute or aspirate h mute (having of itself no sound) when\\npreceded by a word subject to elision, 146) is treated as\\na vowel h aspirate is always initial, the breathing or aspi-\\nration is very sligh* but not entirely absent, as is advanced\\nby some grammarians.\\nAs it is important, on account of elision and of the pro-\\nnunciation of the last consonant of a word preceding h, to\\nknow when it is aspirate or not, we will give a list of the\\nwords which commence with h aspirate, omitting however\\nthe derivatives and a few words seldom used.\\nHableur\\nHaras\\nHave\\nHors\\nHache\\nHarasser\\nHavre\\nHotte\\nHagard\\nHarceler\\nHavresac\\nHottentot\\nHaie\\nHardes\\nHeler\\nHoublon\\nHaillons\\nHardi\\nHennir\\nHouille\\nHaine\\nHarem\\nHenri\\nHoulette\\nHair\\nHareng\\nHeraut\\nHouppe\\nEaire\\nHargneux\\nHerisson\\nHouri\\nHalage\\nHaricot\\nHerisser\\nHouppelande\\nHile\\nHaridelle\\nHeron\\nHousse\\nHalle\\nHarnais\\nHeros*\\nHoux\\nHallebarde\\nHarpe\\nHerse\\nEuche\\nHallier\\nHarpie\\nHeurter\\nHuee\\nHalte\\nHarpon\\nHibou\\nHnguenol\\nHamac\\nHasard\\nHideux\\nHuit\\nHameau\\nHater\\nHierarchie\\nHumer\\nHanche\\nHausser\\nHollandef\\nHuppe\\nHangar\\nHaut\\nHomard\\nHure\\nHanneton\\nHaut-bois\\nHonte\\nHurler\\nHanter\\nHautesse\\nHorde\\nHussard\\nHarangue\\n12. J\\nis pronounced\\nlike s in pleasure. Ex.^our, day\\njamais, never.\\nThe h of the other words having the same derivation, heroine, hero-\\nxsme, heroique, c, is not aspirated.\\nf We say, however, du fromage d Hollande, Dutch cheese; de la toile\\nd Hollande. Dutch linen.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0029.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "24 LESSON III.\\nK sounds like k in English. Ex. km, khan; kilogramme, a\\nFrench weight.\\n13. L in the combinations il, ill, not initial, but in the middle or at\\nthe end of words, has the liquid sound found in the English\\nword brilliant. Ex. paiZZe, straw fille, daughter ha.il, lease\\ntravaiZ, labor.\\nExceptions: fiZ, thread; BresiZ, Brazil Nil, Nile; mtZ, mtZie\\nthousand; civil, civil; profit, profile vt ZZe, town, and its deriv\\natives; tranqui/Ze, tranquiZZite, c., quiet, quietness, $/-c.\\nI is silent in bariZ, barrel cheniZ, kennel coutiZ, ticking fiZs\\nson fourniZ, bakehouse fusiZ, gun griZ, gridiron outiZ, tool\\npersiZ, parsley.\\nII in SuZZy has the liquid sound 1 is silent in pouZs, pulse and\\ngentiZshommes, noblemen.\\nThe 1 marked as silent in the words above, is never carried to\\nthe next word.\\n14. M initial are pronounced as in English. For these letters in\\n15. N S combination with the vowels, see nasal sounds, (page 20.)\\nFinal consonants after m and n are generally silent. Ex. temps\\nweather je romps, je prenrfs, break, I take.\\nm is silent in condamner, to condemn automne, autumn.\\nn final, and not belonging to a noun, is carried to the next word,\\nwhen this word begins with a vowel or an h mute, if the two\\nwords arc closely connected. Ex. un bon enfant, a good child\\nmon ami, my friend; pronounce bun nmfant, mon nami.\\n16. P generally sounded as in English. P is however silent in\\nbaptcmc, baptism; bnptiser, to baptize; compte, account;\\ndompter, to subdue; exempt, exempt; sept, seven; septieme,\\nseventh.\\np final is silent. Ex. coup, blow drap, cloth.\\nExceptions: cap, cape; and proper names generally,\\np final is not carried to the next word.\\n7. Q qu is pronounced like k. Ex. f/westion, question qui, wk)\\nqud\\\\iu\\\\ quality: ue final is silent after q. Ex. pratique, pra\\n/tee.\\nExceptions: qu is pronounced as in English in antique*\\n/i/ntcur, 6fuestxe, figidtation, elation, in-ftarto, UqudRn,\\n7?/adrag. naire, adruple, 7uadrupede, Quinte-Curce, Quin-\\ntilien, 71/intuple, (71/irinal.\\nq final is sounded. It is however mute in corj-d Inde, turkey;\\nand in cin7, \u00c2\u00a3ir, when followed by a word commencing with a\\nconsonant.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0030.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "LESSON III. 25\\n18. R The French r is pronounced with greater force thau tho\\nEnglish.\\nrr is pronounced like r. Ex. arriver, to arrive arranger, to ar-\\nrange.\\nExceptions in the future and conditional of acquerir, to ac-\\nquire; courir, to run, and mourir, to die, the two r s are dis-\\ntinctly sounded, Ex. je courrai, je mourrai, je courrais, jo\\nmourrais, j acquerrais, c.\\nr final is pronounced when preceded by a, i, o, u. Ex. car, for\\nfinir, to finish; cor, hunting horn; pur, pure.\\nException: Monsieur, Sir.\\nr preceded by e is generally sounded in monosyllables. Ex.\\nfer, iron cher, dear.\\nr preceded by e is silent in words of more than one syllable.\\nEx. parler, to speak manger, to eat chercher, to seek.\\nExceptions r is sounded in amer, belveder, cancer, cuiller,\\nether, enfer, hiver, Jupiter, Lucifer, magister.\\nThe final r of an infinitive is not often carried to the next\\nword in conversation. In serious reading it is generally\\ncarried to the next word.\\n19. S has generally the same sound as in English.\\ns between two vowels is pronounced as in the English words\\nrose, prose. Ex. base, base vase, vase; pause, pause; choss,\\nthing.\\nExceptions s in words composed of a particle, or an adjective,\\nand a word commencing with s, preserves the hissing sound.\\nEx. parasol, parasol vraisemblable, likely desuetude, desue-\\ntude preseance, precedence, c.\\nsc is pronounced as in English. Ex. scandale, scandal science,\\nscience.\\nech is pronounced like sh, in the words schisme, scMsmatique,\\nscMste, sc/ierif, scheik, sckelling\u00e2\u0080\u0094 It is pronounced sk in\\nscheme.\\n9 final is generally silent. Ex. pas, step; mais, but; jus, juice\\nExceptions: s is pronounced in aloes, aloes; atlas, atlas,\\nblocus, blockade cens, census en sus, besides gratis, gra-\\ntis lapis, lapis iris, iris mais, maize mceurs, manners\\nprospectus, prospectus Rheims, Rheims vis, screw and in\\nLatin and Greek names ending in s Delos, Romulus, c.\\nb is carried to the next word when the word commences with\\na vowel or an h mute; it has then the sound of z bona\\namis, good friends, is pronounced ban zami. In conversation\\n2", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0031.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "26 LESSON III.\\nthe final s of verbs is not generally carried to the r.exi\\nword.\\n20. T is pronounced like t in tal\u00c2\u00bb:s. Ex. turd, lal^\\\\fori^ wngr,\\nt has the sound of the English c in cedar, in the combinations\\ntial, liel, lion, final or in the middle of words. Exs^jar. ial,\\npartial: cssen/iel. essential observation, observation. Words\\nin which those terminations are preceded by s or x, are ex-\\ncepted; the t therefore in bas/ion, ques/ion, mix/ion,\\nretains its proper sound.\\nt lias the sound of c in cedar, in the words inep/ie, absurdity\\nminu/ie, minulia prophelie, prophecy and in words ending\\nin alio, derived from the G reek, and having in English the ter-\\nmination cy, aristocra/ie, dt mocra/ie, 6Yc.; aho in ini/ier, to\\ninitiate.\\nIn o ber words ending in tie, and in those ending in tie and\\ntier, the t has its proper sound. Ex. garan/ie, guarantee\\nmoi/ie, half; amide, friendship ehan/ier, dock-yard; nic/icr,\\ntrade.\\nth sounds always like t alone. Ex. ffce, tea these, thesis.\\nt final is generally silent. Ex. u aim mot, u\\nExceptions: t is sounded in l ru/, chur, correc/, dot, direct,\\ndefici fa/, exact, ne/, pr. -t. ri BOSpeef, stric. e.\\nt in sept, huit, vingt, is soundeil except when it comes before\\na consonant.\\nt is seldom carried to the next word t in et (and) is always\\nsilent.\\n21: V is a little softer than the English v. Ex. i iande, meat voile,\\nveil.\\n2 2. W which is found onV in foreign word-, is pronounced like v.\\nEx. U urtemborg, IVcstphalie. In a few other words it has\\nthe pronunciation of the English w. Ex. whig, tehist.\\n23. X initial, which in Trench is only found in a few words is pro.\\nnounced likeg* Ex. xylon, cotton-plant A avier, ,V\\nA ante, A antippe.\\nXerxes is pronounced gzrrcss.\\nX following an initial e. and i wel or an h, is also\\nRounded like gt. Ex. exil, exile examiner, to examine ex.\\nhiber, to exhibit.\\nX not following an initial e, but coming between two vowels,\\nsounds like k^. Ex. arc, axis; loxe, luxury; Alexandre,\\nAlexander; maxime, maxim; sexe, X\\nf Bonnds like sb in tho following words 6ix, tix dix, ten.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0032.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "LESSON III. 27\\nsoixante, sixty; Bruselles, Brussels; Au-ronne, Auxerre,\\nAi.z-en-Provence.\\nIn sitfieme, diarieme, deua;ieme, di.r-sept, diavhuit, dix-neuf,\\nit is pronounced like z in zone.\\nx final is generally silent. Ex. pri.r, price croiw, cross vote,\\nvoice.\\nExceptions x is sounded like ks at the end of names of\\nGreek and Latin origin. Ex. Ajaar, Stya?, etc. In Aia?-la-Cha-\\npelle it has the same sound.\\nThe x of deua;, si#, dia:, coming before a consonant is silent,\\nexcept in the cases mentioned above i. e., in diar-sept, dix-\\nhuit, dix-neuf.\\nx when carried to the next word, sounds like z.\\n34. Z sounds as in the English words zinc, zone. Ex. zele, zeal.\\nzenith, zenith.\\nz final is generally silent. Ex. nez, nose; chez, with, $-c.\\nallez, go.\\nExceptions gaz, gas. In Metz, Suez, c. it sounds like ss.\\nz final is generally carried to the next word when that word\\ncommences with a vowel, or an h mute.\\nExercise 1. The Vowels.\\n(a) Table, table fable, fable chat, cat eclat, splendor arbre,\\ntree tard, late balle, ball.\\name, soul; blame, blame; batir, to build; pate, paste; age,\\nage mat, mast.\\n(e) me, me; de, of; que, that; elle, she; malle, mail; parle,\\nspeak; fourche, fork salle, hall.\\n(e) pre, meadow alle,gone; donne, given passe, passee, past,\\neleve, raised armee, army.\\n(e) tres, very apres, after achete, buy mere, mother espere,\\nhope; leve, raise; chere, fare; chevre, goat.\\n(6) meme, same careme, Lent arret, arrest tempete, tempest\\ntete, head; bete, beast.\\n(i) lit, bed; dit, said; dire, to say; lire, to read; lime, file; cire,\\nwax rite, rite.\\n(i) diner, to dine; ile, isle; dime, tithe; abime, abyss; epitre,\\nepistle gite, lodging.\\n(o) mot, word cachot, dungeon repos, rest trot, trot globe,\\nglobe carrosse, coach.\\n(6) t6t, soon; plut6t, rather; r6ti, roast meat; dep6t, deposit;\\nprevdt, provost.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0033.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "21 LESSON III.\\n(n) bu, drank; cru, believed; dii, of the; elu, elected; menu,\\nminute; pnjm, foreseen ecu, crown.\\n(u) chute, fall; bn .lot, fireship mur, ripe; dument, duly il\\nfiit, he mighj be nous fumes, we were.\\nTtie Diphthongs.\\n(ai) je donnai, I gave je p:\\\\rlerai, 7 tn /Z s/vafc j allai, I went\\nje eherehai, I taught je menu, I ied j irai, I trill go.\\n(ais) je donnais, teas gi\\\\ ino- je parlerais, 7 would speak j allais,\\nI was going je cheichajf i je menais, u-as\\nleading; j irai*, I would go.\\n(.m, eau) maux, mZt; chameau, camel; ehevaux, horses; beau,\\nhandsome; nouveau, new troupcau, flock.\\n(ei) neig-e, snow; veinc, pern; nine, queen; Seine, Si i .v je\\npeigne, nT7i/ Mill, bosom.\\n(eu) pcu, little peur, /Var; leur, //ifir il meurt, /k it\u00c2\u00ab samr,\\nsister ruf, qgg liu-ur.\\n(eu) like i/. J i us, ZiaJ; tu cus, thou hadst il eut, he had cu,\\nftarf.\\n(ia) liant, binding il lia, Tie bound; partial, partial; il cria, ta\\ncried il Ilia, /if denied il pria, /i/* prayed.\\n(ie) parantie, guarantee il prie, he* r 7i/s il lie, /i\u00c2\u00ab ind5 il rie\\n/ic mny laugh il nie, /i^\\n(oi) loi, il nit, M fed il boit, he drinks roi,\\nlong droit, right il CTO\\n(ou) bout,/-/!^; il t il moud, he grinds coupe,cup;\\nloup, fcnpj rroiite, crust.\\n(ua) nuapc, doud nuance, Made il salua, he saluted il remua,\\nhe moved il contril ua, he contributed.\\n(ue) nue, cloud lae,\u00c2\u00a3readj nfOB,t rece iv ed; il salue, he to.\\nlutes il remuc, M\\n(ui) lui, him luisant, shming euire, to bake cuit, baked nuire,\\nto injure produire, to product.\\n(j) tliyrse, thyrsus type, type style, style yeux, eyes Vvetot,\\nYietot payer, to ay; envoyer, /o spiuf abbaye, abbey,\\nessayer, to try; pays, country pay sage, landscape paytwin,\\npeasant.\\nExercise 2. The Nasal Sounds.\\nMl\\n30. Innocent, innocent inutile, xseless diner, dinner; immortal,\\nimmortal; une, one; lune, moon; dunes, downs.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0034.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "LESSON III. ?9\\nBu\\n31. am ambre, amber; chambre, chamber; Adam, Adam ramper, to\\ncreep ample, ample lampe, lamp.\\nan tante, aunt; manteau, cloak; plan, plan; plancher, floor;\\nrang, rank sang, bloud enfant, child.\\nem remplir, to Jill temple, temple; temps, weather; assemblee,\\nassembly trembler, to tremble membre, limb.\\nen sentir, to feel tente, tent pente, declivity je rends, J ren-\\nder; je prends, I take; je sens, I feel.\\n32. en amen, amen specimen, specimen examen, examination.\\n33. en ils donnent, they give; ils parlent, they speak; ils ecrivent,\\nthey write ils cherchent, they seek.\\n34. im simple, simple; timbre, stamp; daim, deer; faim, hunger;\\nimposteur, impostor important, important.\\nin fin, fine pain, bread demain, to-morrow crin, horse-hair vin,\\nwine bain, bath teindre, to die peindre, to paint.\\n35. om sombre, dark; nora, name; ombre, shadow; tombe, tomb,\\nnombre, number comble, height.\\non pont, bridge honte, shame montre, watch raison, reason\\nmaison, house fondre, to melt non, no.\\n36. um tumble, humble; parfum, perfume humblement, humbly.\\nun lundi, Monday; brun, brown; alun, alum; emprunter, to\\nborrow importun, importunate un, one.\\nExercise 3. The Consonants.\\n(b) baume, balsam; blessure, wound; brun, brown; absolution,\\nabsolution abstrait, abstract abbaye, abbey Jacob, Jacob.\\n(c) cacher, to conceal; coin, corner; decuple, decuple; cire,\\nwax; cinq, five; chercher, to seek; je cache, i conceal; pa-\\ntriarche, patriarch patriarchat, patriarchate chambre, cham-\\nber arche, arch; changer, to change; orchestre, orchestra;\\ncharbon, coal sac, bag sue, juice clerc, clerk banc, bench\\nHone, flank second, second; feeond, fruitful facon, fashion\\nrecu, received.\\n(d) daim, deer don, gift admirer, to admire bord, border; nord,\\nnorth; sud, south; Obed, Obed; Talmud, Talmud; grand\\nge,adcancedage rend-il, does he render? i prexid-i],doeshetakei\\n(f) foin, hay; faim, hunger; froid, cold; bref, short; soif, thirst;\\nsuif, tallow; clef, key chef, chief; chef-d oeuvre, master-\\npiece; ceuf, egg; ceufs, eggs; oeuf frsas,freshegg boeuf, ox,\\nbeef; boeufs, oxen neuf maisons, nine houses neuf chevaux,\\nnine horses; neuf amis, nine friends.\\n(g) gager, to bet; gosier, throat; gibier, game; guide, guide;", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0035.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "LESSON III\\nligue, league; il ligua, he leagKed nous liguons, toe league,\\naiguille, needle; aiguillon, goad; cigui. 1 hemlock: digne,\\nworthy; regne, reign; Espagne, Spain; Pologne, Poland\\nbrugnon, nectarine soignant, taking care jo ignani, joining\\nstagnant, stagnant rang honorable, honorable rank.\\n(k) hate, haste; honte, shame; haut, high herbe, Jierbage al-\\nmanach, almanac.\\nj) jujube, jujube jeune, young juger, to judge; jurer, to swear\\njonc, rush joindre, to join dejeuner, to breakfast Juif, Jew,\\njeu, play.\\n(1) lame, blade; loi, law; illegal, illegal; illieite, unlawful,\\npaille, straw soloil, sun; pareil, similar; bail, lease railler,\\nto rail souiller, to soil; caille, quail; canaille, rabble; ville,\\ntown vii -\u00e2\u0096\u00a0:iul; peri], peril;\\npointilleux, punctilious; baril, barm; l usil, gU*i gentil-\\nhomme, nobleman; gcntilahonimes, noblemen; bouleille, bottle.\\nI iOMTUIDEP,\\n(m n) mon, my; marge, margin noin, name; champ, field; moine,\\nmonk; prompt, quick; condamner, to condemn fain, At\\nson argent, his money; bon appetit, goodapp lite; lien itroit,\\nCU)S\\n(p) partir, roup, blow; i r; drap, cloth;\\nbapU me, ba t\\n(q) qu rir, to fetch; quitter, to leave; mu ique, musie logiqae,\\nrank-, firty ijuoi, what; aijuatitjiif, aquatic Quin-\\ntilifn, Quintilian; cinq,jfi cinq livn\\nft) ranger, to arrange; error, to err; arriv\\ntu pour; je courrai, I will run je COUraia, /tOOJ rir.\\njoui ptikr\\n?o sj eak changer, to change; IV r, bum, hiver, m\\nsilence. v,base; rose,\\n-f, thing ol\\nsol. vjjo\\nBarras, Harms; Romolua, C\\nnoii-\\ntiers, third; tiare, it ara; tort, wrong; portion,* portion;\\nT. in tlu English words corresponding to the French words In which\\nthis letter Is pronounced like c iu cedar, has general the sound of eh;\\nas in motion, i ai tiul, dec.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0036.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "LESSON IV. 31\\nsanction, sanction essentiel, essential; partialite, pa^iality\\nsection, section question, question bastion, bastion obser-\\nvation, observation minutie, minutia democratic, democracy;\\namitie, friendship initiation, initiation mot, word; lot, lot;\\nsept, seven; sept livres, seven books; et, and; vingt livies,\\ntwenty books.\\nvoir, to see; va,go; leve, raise; lever, to raise; \\\\is ge,face\\nvive, f. lively.\\nWestphalie, Weimar, Wurms, Wurtemberg.\\nxylon, cotton plant; Xenophon; exiler, to exile; excuser, to\\nexcuse luxe, luxury Alexandre, Alexander maxime,\\nmaxim; soixantieme, sixtieth; six, six; sixieme, sixth; six\\nlivres, six books Bruxelles, Brussels Aix-la-Chapelle\\ndix, ten Phinix Ajax deux hommes, two men dix amis,\\nten friends.\\nzele, zeal; zone, zone; zoologie, zoology; vous lisez, you\\nread; nez, nose; Metz; allez-y, go there; venez ici, come\\nhere.\\nLESSON IV. LEQON IV.\\n1. [n French the article [J 13, (2.)] has, in the singular, a dis-\\ntinct brm for each gender. Ex.\\nLe fils, the son; La fille, the daughter, the girt\\nLe frerej the brother; La soaur, the sister.\\n2. l.efore a word commencing with a vowel or an h mute, [L. 3, 11,]\\nthe article is the same for both genders. 13, (7.)] Ex.\\nL aieul, the grandfather; L aiicule, the grandmollier\\nL hote, the landlord; L hotesse, the landlady.\\n3. There are in French only two genders, the masculine and the\\nfeminine. 4.] Every noun, whether denoting an animate or an\\ninanimate object, belongs to one of these two genders.\\nMasc. L bomme, the man; Le lion, the lion\\nLe livre, the book; Le papier, the paper;\\nL arbre, the tree; Le bois, the wood;\\nFeu. La femme, the woman; La lionne, the lioness t\\nLa table, the table; La feuille. the leaf;\\nLa plume, the pen; La porte, the daw.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0037.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "8B0S IV.\\n4. AVUR, TO HAVE, IX THE PRESENT OF THE INDICATIVE.\\n-b\\nAffirmatively.\\nInterrogatively.\\nJai,\\nTu as, ft 33.(1.) (2.)]\\nHa,\\nElle a,\\nons,\\n:Z,\\n111.\\nt, f.\\n1\\nAi-je 1\\nAs-tu 1\\nA-t-fl J\\nA-t-clle 1\\nAvons nous 1\\nAve.:\\nOntils m.\\nHast thou 7\\nHas he\\nHave ire?\\n5. The e of the pronoun je is elided when that pronoun come*\\ni or an h mute. 146.]\\n6. In interro i lien i!ie third person singular of a\\n-erb ends with ly followed by a pronoun, a\\nt, called euphonic, must be placed between the verb and the pronoun.\\nA-t-fl 1 he? Artel Has she?\\nvous avez lc\\nThe father has the rural, you have IM\\nwattr.\\nchild hoi\\nI !hc pepper.\\nQui\\nTab\\n^t\\nf. pen\\nVinaigre, m. vinegar.\\nI. Qui ale: 3. A-t-il la farine? 4.\\nteunier a la farine. 8. Le\\ni plume\\nI\\ni\\n.-.la fille a I le Bel. 17. Atja levin!\\nilement le\\n19. Avei vous 1: table. 90. Oui, Madame, jV la table.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0038.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "LESSON V. 33\\nf X. Have you the wheat? a. Te S, T5ir, I have the wheat. 3. Who\\nhas the meat 4. The butcher has the meat and the salt. 5. Haa\\nhe the oats 6. No, Madam, the horse has the oats. 7, Have we\\nthe wheat 8. You have the wheat and the flour. 9. Who has the\\nBait? 10. I have the salt and the meat. 11. Have we the vinegar\\nthe tea and the coffee 12. No, Sir, the brother has the vinegar-\\n13. Who has the horse? 14. The baker has the horse. M5. Have\\nwe the book and the pen 16. No, Miss, the girl has the pen, and\\nthe miller has the book. 17. Have you the table, Sir 18. No, Sir,\\nI have only the book. 19. Who has the table? 20. We have the\\ntable, the pen, and the book.\\nLESSON V. LEQON V.\\n1. The article le, with the preposition de preceding, must be con-\\ntracted into du, when it comes before a word in the masculine singu-\\nlar, commencing with a consonant or an h aspirated. [L. 3, 11. 13,\\n(8.) (9.)\\nDu frere, of the brother Du chateau, of the castle\\nDu heros, of the hero Du chemin, of the way.\\n2. Before feminine words, and before masculine words commencing\\nwith a vowel, or an h mute, the article is not blended with the pre-\\nposition.\\nela dame, f. of live lady, De l amie, f. of the female friend\\ne l argent, m. of the money; De l honneur, m. of the honor.\\n3. In French, the name of the possessor follows the name of the\\nobject possessed. 76, (10.)]\\nLa mai-son du medecin, The physician s house\\nL arbre du jardin, The tree of the garden\\nLa lettre de la soeur, The sister s letter. t\\n4. The name of the material of whic 1 an object is composed follows\\nalways the name of the object; the two words being connected by\\nthe preposition de. (d before a vo el or an h mute.) 76. (11.)]\\nL habit de drap, Wp cloth coat\\nLa robe de soie, K. he silk dress\\nLa montre d or, The geld watch.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0039.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "34\\n57\\nft\\nLESSON V.\\nResume of Examples.\\nLe tailfcurS 1 habit de drap du I The tailor has the physician s cloth\\nA-Mut Mvr. dc to dame J Bi, \u00c2\u00abV\u00c2\u00ab\\nEXERCISE 7.\\nAr-cnt m. lOwr, money Coutoau, m. ia ifc Poite-crayon, m. pencil-\\nBaLm. stocking; Cuir, m. leather; sc; e\\nSS Dame, J- Robo, 1.\\nghapJau.m.A^; Dra,,, .a. doth; BatfcL. m.\u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00bbj\\nt r ,,n. Tailleur, in. /aitor.\\n1 \\\\vez vous la montre d or 1 2. Oui, Madame, j la montre d or\\net le chapeau de aoie. 3. Monaieur, avez vous le livre du tadleur.\\n4 Noil Monsieur, j ai lelivre du medecin. 6. Out Ua le pain du\\no\u00e2\u0080\u009et le pain du boulanger et la farine du meunier.\\nrte-crayond Oui, Monaieur, nooi .avons\\nkporte-crayon d argent 9. Atom uoua I avoiue du chevall 10.\\neetlefoindu oheval. 11. Qui a ThaU dc drap\\ndu charpentierl If onnier a le chapeau de bow du tailleur.\\n13 LetaUli cuir du cordonnier. 11. Avez vous la\\nnr.j ai la table de boia du eharpentier.\\nM q a la montre d argent 19. La aoeurtlu\\n.nieralar- Soulier de cuir? 21.\\nllle loa n. 22. Avona nuns le las de lame?\\ndu tadleur. 24 Qui\\nade colon. 26. La dan.\\na le Soulier de satin de la BOBOI du boi\\nExeuci\\n1 Have voulhe tailor s book? have the pi\\nch. l8 ..Who haa tie gold watch? 4. The lady has the gold watch\\nandmesmerpe; Have you the tailor* ah oe 1 altaji\\nthetad,,-sel.\u00e2\u0080\u009ensi 7.11 ooden table 1 8 Y, oe,S*\\nble. .9.Havetheythe 8 dverkn.feJ10They\\nh:u ,-ne sdv.r knife. II. The lady has the ailver kmfe and Utt\\ngold pencils. 12. H\u00c2\u00ab she the satin Ml\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2tatarhaath. aatin dre\u00c2\u00ab. 14. Who ha* th. wood? 15. The car.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0040.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "LESSON VI. 36\\npenter s brother has the wood. 16. Have you the woollen stock-\\ning? 17. No, Sir. but I have the cotton stocking. 18. Who has the\\nbaker s bread? 19. We have the baker s bread and the miller s\\nflour, 20. Have we the horse s hay? 21. You have the horse s\\noats. 22. Have we the tailor s silk hat? 23. Yes, St, you have the\\ntailor s silk hat and the shoemaker s leather shoe. 24. Have you the\\nciotir^oe of the physician s sister? 25. No, Madam, I hava the lady s\\nBilk a/ess.\\nLESSON VI. LEgON VI.\\n1. The article, preceded by or contracted with the preposition de,\\naccording to Rules 1 and 2 of Lesson 5, is placed in French before\\nwords used in a partitive sense. Such words may generally bo\\nknown in English when some or any is or may be prefixed to them,\\n13, (10.) 78, (1.)]\\nDu pain, Bread, or some bread;\\nDe la viande, Meat, or some meat;\\nDe l argent, Money, or some money.\\n2. The French numeral adjective, un, m. une, answers to the\\nEnglish indefinite article, a or an. 13, (4.) (11).]\\nUn homme, A man\\nUne femme, A woman.\\n3. The e of the preposition de is elided before un and une. 146.1\\nD un livre, m. Of or from a book;\\nD une niaison, f. Of or from a nouse.\\n4. When the nominative or subject of an interrogative sentence is\\nji noun, it should be placed before the verb and immediately after\\nthe verb in simple tenses, ard after the auxiliary in comp ^d tenses,\\na pronoun must be placed, agreeing with the nominative in gender,\\nnumber and person. 76, (4.) (5.)]\\nLe medecin a-t-il de l argent 1 Has the physician money\\nLe boucher a-t-il de la viande Has the butcher meat\\nLe libraire a-t-il du papier 1 Has the bookseller paper\\nLa dame a-t-elie de la soie Has the lady silk\\nResume of Examples.\\nAves vous du pain\\nVous avez du paiu, du beurre, et\\ndu fromage.\\nVbtre froie a-t-il une livre de\\nbeurre\\nHave you bread\\nYou have bread, butter, and cheese.\\nHas your br oilier a pound of butter 9", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0041.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "36 LE880KVL\\nAvez vous le livre d un libraire 7 I Have you a bookseller s book?\\nNon j ai le livre dune dame. No, J have a lady s tnak.\\nan a-t-elle du yncians sister paper ,4\\npapier et do l encre\\no. It will be seen by some of the above examples, that the ar\\ntide most be repeated before every noun used in a partitive sense\\n9. O\\nra. maAogar.-- Livn\\nMoroeau, m.pie\u00c2\u00bb j\\nrd hui, to-day i r\\nPlume,\\narj\\ni\\nLivre, in. book\\ni\\nI. Avezvous dc laviandel Oui, Monsieur, ftl one livre de\\nvian,: ilsa-t-ilun morceau de painl 4. Oui, Madame,\\nil B pain. \u00c2\u00ab6. Le librairea-t.il un livre 1 6. 11 a de\\nM.ur a-t-elle une montre dor? 8.\\nt-il du\\n11.\\na du fromage et du b\\nU. La dame a une\\nctiill. r u her a-t-il\\n17. J ir Q ,iun0\\nir du\\na un livre,\\nir, die a une plume\\n10.\\nI If :lVl pound of tea\\n3. W\\n,!i. 7\\ni meat\\nto-day, Su? lt YeaJ^I have a piece of beef 17. lias your", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0042.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "LESSOR TIL 37\\ncarpenter a mahogany table? 18. Yes, Sir, he has a mahogany\\ntable. 19. Has your sister a glove 20. No, Sir, your sister has a\\nsilk glove. 21. Has the bookseller s son a gold pencil ease? 22.\\nYes, Sir, he has a gold pencil case and a steel pen. 23. Who has\\nyour sister s watch? 24. Your brother has the gold watch and the\\nsilk hat. 25. We have gold, silver, and steel. (See Rule 5.)\\nLESSON vn. LEgON vn.\\n1. To render a sentence negative, ne is placed before the verb, and\\npas after it.\\nJe n ai pas le cheval. J have not the horse.\\nVous n avez pas la maison. You have not the house.\\n2. When the verb is in a compound tense 45, (8.)] the first\\nnegative ne is placed before the auxiliary, and the second between\\nthe auxiliary and the participle.\\nJe n ai pas eu le cheval. J have not had the horse.\\nVous n avez pas eu la maison. You have not had the house.\\n3. K will be seen in the above examples that the e of ne is elided,\\nwhen the verb begins with a vowel. 146.]\\n4. When the words ni, neither rien, nothing jamais, never per-\\nBonne, no one, nobody, occur, the word ne only is used, and those\\nwords take the place of pas. 41, (6.)]\\nJe n ai ni le livre ni le papier. I have neither the book nor the paper.\\nAvez vous quelque chose 1 Have you any thing\\nNous n avons rien. We have nothing, or not any thing.\\nPersonne n a le livre. No one has the book.\\nVous n avez jamais le couteau. You never have the knife.\\n5. A noun used in a partitive sense (Lesson 6, Rule 1) and being\\nthe object of a verb, conjugated negatively, should not be preceded\\nby the article, but by the preposition de only. \\\\_\\\\ 78, (7.)]\\nNous n avons pas d argent. We have no money.\\nVous n avez pas de viande. You have no meat,\\n6. -^lqu un, some one, any one; 41, (7.)] quelque chose, srme-\\nzldr- ncr should only be used in an affirmative or interroga-\\nte n a sentence which is negative and interrogative at\\n^uelqu itn Have we any one\\nquelque chose 1 Have you any thing\\nuqus pas quelque chose 1 Have we not something 1", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0043.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "38 LESSON VII.\\n7. In a negative sentence, ne personne, signifies nobody, not anj\\nbody; and ne ricn, nothing, not any thing.\\nJe n ai personne, have no me. no! any one.\\nVous n avez rien. Youha\\\\ t any thing.\\n8. Avoir, to have, in the Present of the Indicative.\\nvchi. N vcly.\\nJe n ai J have not;\\nhast not; N aa tu pas li\\nH il pasl li\\nShe has\\nNousn i\\nl m. not t\\nllrcc I hey f. not/\\nLe tnilUur at il le boatOO 1\\nLap ni le cuir.\\nUnior the kutkm\\nII\\nh id neither the cloth nor tkt\\nn\\nI\\nnoi any thing.\\nNous n JV..M-* jamais de cafS, (R. 6.) I Winner hot\\n11.\\nAmi. m no ody;\\nQuelqo un, m. some out,\\nI\\nL neighbor.\\nit n-t-il tie la Boie Le chapelier n a paa do aoie\\n\\\\-:-il iiu veloui\\nbicur. i! i, il a lu velo\\nI\\nl\\nMonsieur, il a deux\\nboutons do soie. 11. Qui a voire chien 15. Le voisin a le cliienda\\nmun couwu. 16. N a-t-il p~=. I au\u00c2\u00bb= i 17. Non, Moiuieur", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0044.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "LESSON VIII. 39\\nII a le coeval de votre ami, 18. Avez vous l histoire de France?\\n19. Non, Madame, je n ai ni l histoire de France ni l histoire d Angle-\\nterre. 20. N avez vous ni le livre ni le papier? 21. Non, Mademoi-\\nselle, je n ai ni l un ni l autre. 22. Qui a du papier? 23. Le libraire\\nn a pas de papier. 24. Quelqu un a-t-il un livre 25. Personne n a\\nde livre.\\nExercise 12.\\n1. Has the baker velvet 2. No, Sir, the baker has no velvet.\\n3. Who has silk velvet? 4. The hatter has silk velvet and a silk hat.\\n/6. Have you two silver buttons 6. No, Sir, I have a cloth coat, a\\nsilk hat, and a velvet shoe. 7. Has your neighbor a wooden^ table\\n8. Yes, Sir, he has a mahogany table. 9. Has your cousin a history\\nof England? 10. No, Sir, he has a history of France. 11. I have\\nneither the cloth nor the velvet. 12. We have neither the meat nor\\nthe coffee. 13. Has any one a book 14. Your cousin has a book,\\na velvet coat, and a silk hat. 15. Have you the physician s book\\n1 6. Yes, Madam, I have the physician s book, and the lady s gold pen.\\n17. Has the merchant cloth? 18. The merchant has no cloth, but he\\nhas money. 19. Who has your neighbor s dog? 20. Nobody has\\nmy neighbor s dog. 21. Has^ any one my book? 22. No one has\\nyour bjioJk 23. Has your cousin s brother any thing? 24. No, Sir,\\nhe has nothing 25. Who has your friend s book 26. Your brother\\nhas my cousin s book. 27. Has he the tailor s coat? 28. He has not\\nthe tailor s coat. 29. We have neither the cloth nor the silk.\\nLESSON VIII. LEgON/ VHL\\n1. The verb avoir is used idiomatically in French, with the words\\ntpielque chose, chaud, froid, faim, honte,peur, raison, tort, soif, som-\\ntneil.\\nJ ai quel que chose. Something is the matter with me.\\nI] a chaud. He is viarm.\\nElle a faim. She is hungry.\\nNous avons honte. We are ashamed.\\nVous avez peur. You are afraid.\\nlis ont tort. They are wrong.\\nAvez vous raison 1 Are you right\\nJ ai sommeil. am sleepy.\\n2. A noun, whether taken in a general or in a particular sense,\\nIs, in French, commonly preceded by the article le, in its different\\nforms. 77, (1.) (2.)]", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0045.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "40\\nLESBOS VIIL\\nLe pain est ngcessaire. Bread is necessaty.\\nII a le pain. He has the bread.\\n3. A noun, preceded by the article U, retains that article aftr ni,\\nnor, neither but a noun taken in a partitive sense, [L. 6, 1,] takea\\nafter ni, neither article nor preposition.\\nJe n ai ni l arbre ni le jardin.\\nous n avons ni arbre ni jardin.\\nhare neither the tree mrthe ear dent\\nWt have neither tree ncr garden.\\n4. A noun, taken in a partitive sense, and preceded by an adjee-\\ntive, takes merely the preposition de. 78, (3.)]\\n5. The following adjectives are generally placed before the noua\\nBeau, Handsome; Cher, dear Jeune, yotmgt Meilleur, better;\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2id; Gnu nJoto, pretty Petit, small;\\nMauvais. Yieux, old;\\nVilain\\nii LES.\\niue chose!\\nJc-n air: I. have nothing.)\\nt il chau.ll\\n11 n a ni (Void ni cliuud.\\nilir at-, lie l.iiui mi Botfl\\nKile n a pea him mala boose,\\nml ai il Bommeil I\\nM..ii ami :i a ni Munmcil ni pour.\\nI ill nil .111 Villi\\ni bit ni vin. |K B\\nI\\n.t ni 1.- vin. [I;\\ning the matter irilh you\\nNothing is the matter irith me.\\nIs your brut her tcarm\\nIf is neither irarm nor eold.\\nIs your sistrr hungry or thirsty?\\na. but ashamed.\\nI\\ncale.1\\nm nor afraid.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2me.\\nVMM 7\\n(hr ine1\\nTaire, oi tktctm- Fn-il. in. null, little;\\nPear, f. (fear, afraid;\\nutton; What, irhich\\nCapitaitu captaini Honie.t.shame, ashamed;^ right;\\nin. hammer; Tori in. Wi\\nFaim. f.\\nFtrlilanti\\n1. Qui a 60 m moil *J. M n frere a faim, maia il i\\ni tort I i. Pai raiaon,je n ai pas t. rt.\\nvous le bon faai] le mon frere ti. Je n ai paa 1 fn-il. 7. A\\nfroid aujourd lmi 8. Jfl n ai re, j ai clinud.\\nJe n ai pas de pain. 1 I\\nvoua paa faim? 13. n ai ni faim ni aeif. 13. Avna voui hont*1", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0046.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "LESSON IX. \\\\41/\\n14. Je n ai ni honte ni peur. 15. Avons nous du poivre ou du sel?\\n16. Vous n avez ni pobre ni sel. 17. Quel livre avez vous? 18. J ai\\nle livre de mon cousin. 19. Avez vous le marteau de fer ou le mar-\\nteau d argent? 20. Je n ai ni le marteau deferni le marteau.d argent,\\nj ai le marteau de bois du ferblantier. 21. Avez vous quelque chose?\\n22. Je n ai rien. 23. Avez vous le gros livre du libraire 24. Je n ai\\nni le gros livre du libraire, ni le petit livre du menuisier, j ai le boa\\nJivre du capitaine.\\nExercise 14.\\n1. Are you sleepy, Sir? 2. No, Sir, I am not sleepy, but I am\\nhungry. 3. Have you pepper or salt 2^. I have neither pepper nor\\nsalt I have cheese. 5. Is your brother thirsty or hungry 6. My\\nbrother is neither thirsty nor hungry .07. Is your sister right or\\nwrong? 8.^ She is not wrong, she is right. 9. Is the good joiner\\nafraid? 10 He is not afraid, but ashamed. 11. Have you milk or\\ncheese ?v 12. I have neither milk nor cheese, I have butter. 13. Have\\nyou the line cloth or the good tea? 14. I have neither the fine cloth\\nnor the good tea. 15. Is anything the matter with you, my good\\nfriend?? 16. Nothing is the matter with me, my good Sir. 17. Have\\nyou no bread? 18. Yes, Madam, I have good bread, good butter, and\\ngood cheese. 19. Is the carpenter sleepy? 20. The carpenter is not\\nsleepy, but the tinman is hungry. f 21. Have you the tinman s wooden\\nhammer? 22. I have not the wooden hammer. 23. Which hammer\\nnave you 24. 1 have the steel hammer. 25. Have you a good cloth\\ncoat? 26. No, Sir, but I Ijave a silk dress. 27. Has the tailor the\\ngood gold button? 28. Yes, Sir, he has the good gold button.\\n29. Who has my brother s gold watch 30. Some one has the gold\\nwatch.\\nLESSON IX. LEQON IX.\\n1. The pronouns le, him, it; la, her, it, are, in French, placed before\\nthe verb* These pronouns assume the gender of the nouns which\\nthey represent.\\nVoyez vous le couteau 1 m. Do you see the knife\\nJe le vois. I see it.\\nVoyons nous la fourchette f. Do we see the fork?\\nNous la voyons. We sec it.\\nExcept in the socond person singular, and in the first and\\npersons plural of the imperative used affirmatively.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0047.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "A^untV\\nLESSON IX.\\nThTvow el of the pronouns le and la, is elided before a verli\\ncommencing with a vowel or an li mute. 146.]\\n_yous lo baton I m.\\nJe I al\\nriny-miHf I i.ganpel f.\\nNous Lavouih\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ^_\\nli\\n3. The possessive adjectives mon, m. ma, f. my; ton, m. ta, f. thy,\\nton, m. sa, f. his, ha, agree in gender with the object possessed, thai\\n~^--is with Uili uoiULJoHovvi ig them. 21, (1.) (2.)]\\n*^Ttt n n m|/U y. m r^ My\\nrol f. letter?\\nHm win au i, C u\\nfeminine noun in the singular, commencing with a\\nvow^Lor m h uiuie, theAiasculine form, mon, ton, son is used\\n3.)]\\nJ hair my m\\nit\u00c2\u00ablntml\u00c2\u00ab. f.\\n..ee. f. wi his army.\\nre used\\nwithout TtQiotidn before a noun Qf either gender, in the singular.\\nJ.\\n6. The nine; lo\\ndan, in. h,s r\\nr of the\\ni\\nmien.\\nmine.\\nmouton 1\\nI on le mien!\\nmien,\\nElle I.\\ni\\ncue\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0SV has tu\\nyours.", "height": "2891", "width": "1650", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0048.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "Zf(^S*JM\\nLESSON IX. 43\\nNe l avez vous pas 1 Have you it not?\\nVotre frere ne l a-t-il pas 1 I Has not your brother it\\nExercise 15.\\nAssiette, f. plate Crayon, m. pencil Parent, m. relation\\nBiscuit, m. biscuit; Cuisinier, m. cook Plat, m. disk;\\nBoeuf. m. beef; Pourchette, f. fork; Poisson, m. fish\\nBoucher, m butcher Matelot, m. sailor; Porcelaine, f. china;\\nCommode, f. chest of Mouton, m. mutton, Sofa, m. sofa\\ndrawers; sheep; Tout, all;\\nCouteau, m. knife; Miroir,m. looking-glass; Veau, m. veal, calf\\n1. Avez vous la fourchette d argent? 2. Oui, Monsieur, je l ai.\\n3. Le cuisinier a-t-il le boeuf 4. Non, Monsieur, il ne l a pas. 5.\\nQuel mouton avez vous? 6. J ai le bon mouton et le bon veau du\\nboucher. 7. Votre parent a-t-il la commode 8. Non, Monsieur,\\nil ne Pa pas. 9. A-t-il mon poisson 1G Qui a tout le biscuit du\\nboulanger? 11. Le matelot n a ni son pain ni son biscuit. 12.\\nA-t-il son couteau et sa fourchette? 13. II n a ni son couteau ni sa\\nfourchette, il a son assiette [R. 4]. 14. Quel plat a-t-il? 15. II a\\nlejoli plat de porcelaine. 16. Avez vous le mien oulesien? IX\\nJe n ai ni le votre ni le sien, j ai le notre. 18. Avez vou? peur,\\nMonsieur? 1.9. Non, Madame, je n ai pas peur, j ai faim. 20.\\nQuelqu un a-t-il ma montre d or 21. Non, Monsieur, personne ne\\nl a. 22. Qu avez vous, Monsieur 23. Je n ai rien. 24. Avez vous\\nle sofa d acajou de mon menuisier? 25. Non, Monsieur, je ne l ai\\npas. 26. J ai son joli miroir et son bon crayon.\\nExercise 16.\\n1. Have you the silver pencil case? 2. No, Sir, I have it not. 3.\\nHave you my brother s plate 4. Yes, Madam, I have it. 5. Ha3\\nthe butcher the good biscuit 6. He has it not, he has the good\\nbeef the good mutton, and the good veali 7. Have you my knife\\nand my fork 8. I have neither your knife nor your fork. 9,\\nWho has the good sailor s biscuit 10. The baker has it, and I have\\nmine. 11. Have you mine also?. 12. I have neither yours nor his,\\n|13. Are you hungry 14. I am not hungry, I am thirsty and sleepy.?\\n15. Are you not ashamed? 16. No, Sir, I am not ashamed, but I\\nam cold. 17. Is your relation right or wrong 18. My relation is\\nright, Sir. 19. Has he my china dish or my silver knife 20. He\\nhas neither your china dish nor your silver knife, he has your china\\nV !ate. 21. Has any one my silver pencil-case? 22. No one has it,\\nThe possessive adjective must in French be repeated before every\\nnmn. 21, (4.)]", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0049.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "44 LESSON I.\\nbut your brother has your cloth coat. 23. Have you mine or his 1\\n24. I have yours. 25. Has the baker the mahogany cnest of d^w.\\ners? 26. He has it not, he has the mahogany sofa. 27. Ha* the\\ntinman my plate 28. He has not your plate, he has mine. 29.\\nWhich sofa have you? 30. I have my brother s sofa. 31. i havn\\nneither his nor yours, I have mine.\\nLESSON X. LECON X.\\n1. The demonstrative adjectives ce, m. cette, f. this or that are al-\\nWmya placed before nouns; they agree in gender with these nouns.\\nH*,(i.\\nAv.z vmis ce parapluie 1 m. ami this or that umbrella\\nVous n avcz pas cctte boutdlle, f. You have not this or thai txMle.\\nfore a word QMSCnline singular, commencing with a vowel, or\\nan h m the place of 0ft -20, (1.)]\\nargent 1 Have you m t this or that money?\\n:nK ur. I ,:re had this or that\\n3. When it is deemed nocesssry to express in French, the differ-\\n10 between tin- words i iis and that, the adverbs\\nci and Li may l.c plaeed after the Boons. 20, (2.)]\\nI I parasi l, I have that\\nrasol-ld, pan:\\nve pronouns, celoi, m. cclle, f. this or that, are\\nme, but arc never joined with tbem like adjec-\\nl.)]\\nJ ai mOO I stnl de votro have my umbrella and vnur Mother s,\\nI ma robe et i my sister s, i. e.,\\nsceur, titter,\\n5. The pronouns celui, eelle, with the addition of the words ci and\\ni are i.- the I flrr, the former.\\n37, (i.)] They agree in gender with the word which they n-pre-\\nci mais vous d but you\\nhii-lo. cr\\n6. The pronouns ceci and ecla. are used absolutely, that is, without\\na noun, in pointing out objects.\\nNona n avona pas ceci, nous avons We have not t\\\\is, we have that\\nc\u00c2\u00bbla.\\nCeci ou cola, Tfti or that", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0050.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "1 ESSON X.\\nResume of Examples.\\nAvez vous le lirre de cet homme\\nJe n ai pas son livre, j ai le mien.\\nLe cuisinier a-t-il ce parapluie 1\\nII n a pas ce parapluie-ci, il a ce\\nparapluie-la, (R. 3.)\\nAvez vous celui de votre frere 1\\nJe n ai pas celui de mon frere, j ai\\ncelui de ma sceur, (R. 4.)\\nAvez vous celui-ci ou celui-la 1\\nJe n ai ni celui-ci ni celui-la.\\nQuelle robe avez vous f.\\nJ ai celle-ci.\\nAvez vous ceci ou cela? (R. 6,)\\nHave you that marts book\\nI have not his book, I have mine.\\nHas the cook that umbrella\\nHe has not this umbrella, he has that\\numbrella.\\nHave you your brother s? that afyom\\nbrother.\\nI have not my brother s, I have my\\nsister s; i. e., that of my brother, that\\nof my sister.\\nHave you this one or that one\\nJ have neither the latter nor the former.\\nWhich dress have you\\nJ have this (one.)\\nHave you this or that\\nExercise 17.\\nLettre, f. letter\\nMalle, f. trunk;\\nParasol, m. parasol\\nPoulet, m. chicken\\nPlomb, m. lead;\\nPlus, no longer\\nEncrier, m. inkstand;\\nEtranger, m. stranger,\\nforeigner\\nLait, m. milk\\nParapluie, m. umbrella\\nVolaille, f. poultry.\\nArdoise, f. slate;\\nBalai, m. broom\\nBois, m. wood\\nBouteille, f. bottle\\nDame, f. lady;\\nFromage, m. cheese;\\nJardinier, m. gardener Saliere, f. salt stand\\n1. Votre frere a-t-il son encrier d argent? 2. II ne l a plus il a un\\nencrier de plomb. 3. Avons nous la lettre de Petranger 4. Oui,\\nS|onsieur, nous avons celle de l etranger [R. 4.]. 5. Votre soeur n a\\npas son ardoise, mais elle a son chapeau de satin. 6. Le menuisier\\na-t-il votre bois ou le sien 7. II n a ni le mien ni le sien, il a celui\\ndu jardinier. 8. Avez vous mon bon parapluie de soie? 9. J ai\\nvotre parapluie de soie et votre parasol de satin. 10. Avez vous ma\\nbouteille? 11. Je n ai pas votre bouteille, j ai la malle de votre\\nsceur. 12. Le domestique a-t-il cette saliere? 13. II n a pas cette\\nsalierc-ei, il a celle-la. 14. Avez vous le bon ou le mauvais poulet\\n15. Je n ai m celui-ci ni celui-la. 16. Quel poulet avez vous? 17. J ai\\ncalui du cuisinier. 18. Le boulanger a-t-il de la volaille? [L. 6\\nR. 1.] 19. Le boulanger n a pas de volaille, il a du lait [L. 7. R. 5.]\\n30. Avez vous votre fromage ou le mien 21. Je n ai ni le v6tre ni\\nle mien, j ai celui du matelot. 22. Quelqu un a-t-il faim 23. Per-\\nsonne n a faim. 24. Avez vous quelque chose 25. Non, Monsieur,\\nje n ai rien.\\nExercise 18.\\n1. Has your brother that lady s litnbrella? 2. My brother has that\\nlady s umbrella. 3. Have you this parasol or that one? 4. I have", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0051.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "49 LESSON XI.\\nneither this (one) nor that (one). 5. Have you the stranger s gold\\nwatch? 6. No, Sir, I have the baker s. 7. Who has my slate!\\n8. 1 have your slate and your brother 9. Has the cook a silver\\nsalt stand? 10. The cook has a silver salt stand, and a silver dish.\\n11. Has the cook this poultry or that? 12. He has neither this nor\\nthat. 13. Has he this bread or that? 14. He has neither this nor\\nthat, he has the baker s good bread. 15. Have you my cotton para-\\neol 16. I have not your cotton parasol, I have your silk parasol.\\n17. Has the gardener a leather trunk IS. The gardener has a leather\\ntrunk. 19. Who has my good ch Nobody has your\\nbut some one has your brother s. 21. Have you mine or\\ni _\\\\ have neither yours nor his, I have the stranger s. 23. Has\\nook this bottle or that broom 1 24. He has this bottle. 25. Have\\nlead inkstand 1 26. No, Sir, Hiave a china inkstand 27. Has\\nthe stranger poultry 1 28. The stranger has no poultry but he has\\nVniir brother is hungry and thirsty, afraid and sleepy.\\n30. Is anyone ashamed? 31. No, Sir, nobody is ashamed. 32. Is\\nyour brother right or wrong? 33. My brother is right, and yours is\\nwrong. 31. Your Mater haa neither her satin hat nor her velvet hat.\\nLESSON XI. LErnX XI.\\nIl.lKAl. 8.)\\n1. The plural in French is generally formed, as in English, by the\\naddition of l to die singular.\\nmine, one femme, -1 man, a wommnj\\nI1Z fcinmcs, ten.\\nThe form of the article becomes plural by the addition of\\nand may be placed before plural nouns of either gender.\\nThe men, the women.\\n2. l t Ban not to Rule 1. Nouns ending in 5, x, remain\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0unhanged for the plural.\\nLc 1 i\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00a3*r\\nLa voix lea ix,\\n3. 2d Exception. Nouns ending with au, and eu, take x for thl\\nplur;.l.\\n:iux, The boat, the boats\\nLe lieu, lea lieux, Tie place, tie plact+", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0052.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "LESSON XI.\\n47\\n4. 3d Exception. The following nouns ending in ou, take x for\\nthe plural, bijou, jewel; caillou, pebble; chou, cabbage genou, knee,\\nhibou, owl; joujou, plaything.\\nLes bijoux, les cailloux, les choiix, The jewels, the pebbles, the cabbages;\\nLes hiboux, les genoux, les joujoux, The owls, the knees, the playthings.\\n5. 4th Exception. The following nouns ending in ail change thai\\ntermination into aux for the plural; bail, lease; corail, coral; email\\nenamel; soupirail, air-hole; sous-bail, under-lease travail, labor.\\nLos banx, les coraux, les emaux, The leases, the corals, the enamels;\\nLrs soupiraux, les travaux, les sous- The air-holes, the labors, the under-\\nbaux, leases.\\n6. 5th Exception. Nouns ending in al form their plural in aux.\\nLe cheval, les chevaux, The horse, the horses\\nLe general, les generaux, The general, the generals.\\nBal, ball; carnaval, carnival; chacal, Jackal; regal, treat, follow the\\ngeneral rule.\\n7. 6th Exception. Ciel, heaven; ceil, eye; and ai eul, ancestor,\\nform their plural irregularly.\\nLes cieux, les yeux, les aieux. Tlie heavens, the eyes, the ancestors.\\nFor further rules see 8, 9, and 10 of the Second Part.\\nResume of Examples.\\nLes Anglais ont ils les chevaux\\ndu general 1\\nLes generaux n ont pas les bijoux.\\nLes enfants ont ils les cailloux 1\\nLes yeux de l enfant.\\nLes tableaux de cette eglise.\\nAvez vous les oiseaux de ce bois 1\\nAvez vous les encriers d argent de\\nma sceur 1\\nJ ai les bijoux d argent et d or de\\nPetranger.\\nLes rois n ont ils pas les palais de\\nmarbre 1\\nHave the English the general s horses?\\nThe generals have not the jewels.\\nHave the children the pebbles\\nThe child s eyes.\\n2 J he pictures of that church.\\nHave yon the birds of. that wood\\nHave you my sister s silver inkstands?\\nI have the gold and silver jewels of tlie\\nforeigner.\\nHave not the kings the marble pal-\\naces?\\nBaril m. barrel\\nBas. m. stocking\\nChocolat, m. chocolate;\\nBijou, m. jewel;\\nChou, in. cabbage;\\nDans, in\\nEnfant, m. child;\\nFer, m. iron;\\nJTils, m. son;\\nExercise 19.\\nGeneral, m. general\\nGilet, m. waistcoat;\\nGrand, adj. large, great;\\nJardin, m. garden;\\nJoujou, m. plaything;\\nLegume, m. vegetable\\nMarch and, m. merchant\\na. b ln.(\\nbad;\\nMeunier, m. miller;\\nMorceau, m. piece;\\nOiseau, m. bird;\\nPetit, adj. small;\\nPaire, f. pair\\nPoivre, m. pepper;\\nQu que, what;\\nEtien, nothing.\\n1. Avez ^ous les marteaux du charpentier 2. Nous avonn lea mar", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0053.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "48 LESSON XI.\\nteaux du marechal 3. Lcs marechaux ont ils deux marteaux de\\nbois? 4. Ils ont deux marteaux de fer. 5. Les generaux ont ils\\nles chapeaux de soie de l enfant 6. Ils ont les bijoux et les joujoux\\nde l enfant. 7. Les enfants ont ils les oiseaux de votre bois 8. Ha\\nn onl pas les oiseaux de mon bois, mais ils ont les clievaux de mon\\ngeneral. 9. Ix marechal a-t-il une paire de bas de laine? 1C. Le\\nmarechal a deux paires de bas de laine. 11. Monsieur, n avez vous\\npas froid 12. Nun, Monsieur, j ai chaud. 13. Avez vous du cafe\\nou du choeolat 11. Je n ai ni cafe ni chocolat. 15. N avez vous\\nlioux demon grand jardin 16. J ai les legumes de votre\\npetit jardin. 17. Votre ills, qu a-t-il 18. Mon tils n a rien.\\n19. Avez vous deux morceaux/k pain 20. Le meunier a un mor-\\nceau de pain et deux barils de furine. 31. L epieier a-t-il du cafe, du\\nthe, du chocolat, et du poivrv 22. II a da the et du cafe, et le cho-\\ncolat et le poivre de votre Ekaichsnd. 23. Qui a Jc l argent 24. Jo\\nn ai pas d argent, majs j ai du papier. 20. Avez vous de bon papier!\\n26. J ai de mauvais papier.\\nROI81 20.\\n1. Have you my brother s horses? 2. I have not your brother s\\nhorses, I have your C 3. Have the blacksmiths good\\niron? 4. The blacksmith hi of iron. 6. Have you two\\ni of stockings and two pairs\\nour deter the gold jewels 1 8. .My sister has\\nthe gold jewels .-mil the paper pl.i\\\\ things. 1 lam you the cabbages\\nIn your garden 1 10. We have two cabbages moor garden. 11. Hera\\nyou the silk hats? 12. The generals have the silk hats. 13. Have\\nyou BOfl rl 14. We have neither coffee nor sugar.\\n16. 1 your brother ashamed? 18. My brother is neither\\nashamed nor afraid. 17. Who baa two barrels of Hour 18. The\\nmiller has two barrels of lloiir. Have the birds bread 1 20. The\\nbirds have no bread. 21 Has the merchant tea, chocolate, sugar and\\npepper? 22. It r and pepper, bat he has neither\\nBBOeolata. 23. Whnt hasyoar sister 1 94 She has nothing. 25.\\nWhat is the matter wiih your brother 1 26. Nothing is the matter\\nwith him. 27. Is he not cold? 28. He is not cold, he is warm.\\n29. Is he wrong 80. He is not wrong, he is right. 31. J i\\ntwo cloth coats? 32. I have only one cloth coat, but I hi\\naatin waistcoats. 33. Who has my brother s letter 34 Your sis*\\nUr bas it. 35. Your sister has it not", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0054.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "LESSON XI J.\\nLESSON XII. LEgON XII.\\n1. The plural form of the pronouns le, him or it la, her or it, is\\nJes, them, for both genders. Its place is also before the verb\\nVous les avez. Les avez^vous 1 You have them. Have you them\\nNous ue les avons pas. We have them not.\\n2. The plural of the article, preceded by the preposition de, of, or\\nfrom, is des for both genders.\\nDes livres, des plumes, Of or from the books, of the pens\\nDes freres, des sceurs, Of ox from the brothers, of the sisters.\\n3. The same form of the article is placed before plural nouns used\\nin a partitive sense. [L. 6, R. 1.]\\nJ ai des habits. J have clothes.\\nVous-avez des maisons. You have houses.\\n4. Rule 5, Lesson 7, and Rule 4, Lesson 8, apply also to plural\\nnouns used partitively.\\nNous n avons pas de livres. We have no books.\\nVous avez de bons crayons. You have good pencils.\\n5. The plural form of the possessive adjectives, mon, ton, son,\\nnotre, votre, leur, is mes, my; tes, thy; ses, his, her; nos, our; vos,\\nyour leurs, their, for both genders.\\nMes freres, mes soeurs, My brothers, my sisters;\\nNos livres, nos plumes, Our books, our pens.\\n6. The possessive pronouns, le mien, la mienne, etc. [L. 9, R. 6,]\\nform their plural as follows\\nMas. Fern. Mas. Fern.\\nLes miens, Les miennes, mine Les tiens, Les tiennes, thine\\nLes siens, Les siennes, his or hers; Les notres, Les notres, ours;\\nLes votres, Les votres, yours Les leurs, Les leurs, theirs.\\nVos maisons et les miennes, Your houses and mine;\\nVos champs et les siens, Your fields and his;\\nLes siens, les votres et les notres. His, yours and ours.\\n7. The demonstrative adjectives, ce, cet, cette, have ces for thei\\nplural.\\nCes hommes, ces femmes. These men, these women.\\n8. The demonstrative pronoun, celui, m. this, or that, makes ceux in\\nthe plural. The feminine form, celle, merely takes the s in the\\nplural.\\nMes chandeliers (m.) et ceux de vos My candlesticks and those of your\\nfreres. brothers.\\nVos chandelles (f.) et celles de nos Your candles and those ofow neigh-\\nvoisins. bors.\\n3", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0055.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "LKSSOH XII.\\nRESUME OF EXAMPLES.\\nYotre frere a-t il mes chevaux 1 Has your brother my hitrsei?\\nII n a ni lcs votres ni lea siens. lie has neither yours wr his.\\nA-t-il ceux de nos voLsins Has he those of our n:ighbor$ f\\n11 no lea a pee 1 11 Uu them hot.\\nMa soeur a-t-ellc vos plumes ou\\ncelles de ma cousine\\nElle n a ni les miciines ni celles de\\nma cousine, elk- a les siennes.\\nAvons nuus des martcaux\\nVous n avc/ pee de marteaux.\\nVous avez de j\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00bb!is crayons.\\nAvez vons lcs habits dea enfantl 1\\nJe n ai pas lcs habits dee infants.\\nVous avez les cliapeaux dee damee,\\nAvez vous ccux-ci ou ceux la 1\\nHas my sister your pens or my aux-\\nin s, f. (or those of my cousin).\\nShe has neither mine nor my cousin 1\\nshe has her oicn\\nHave ice hammers?\\nYou have no hammers.\\nYou have pretty pencils.\\nHive you the children s ciothes?\\n1 have not the children s dothes.\\nYou have the ladies hats.\\nHa vc you these or those\\nEXEKCISE 21.\\nAcajou, m. mahogany; Chand.lk. f candle Fusil, m. gun\\nAubergiste, in. innkcep- Cousine, f. cousin; Laine, f. inml\\ner; Crfa, m. horse-hair; Marbre, m. marble\\nBlanc, lie, while; Bbteiate, m. cabinet- Matelas. m. mattress;\\nChaise, t ctatr vm MeiHeure, adj. f better i\\nChandelier, m. candle- Fcrblano. ni. tin; Onvricr, m. trnrkman\\nstiek Fcrblautier. m. tinman Voyageur. m. traveller.\\n1. Avez vous les marteaux dea man cliaux I J. Oui, Monsieur, jo\\nle3 ai. 3. No les avez \\\\..us pas. Nun, Monsieur, nous ne lea\\navons pas. 5. I/ouvricr lea a, 6. L aubergiete a-t-il vos elievaux\\n7. L aubergiete n a ni mea chevaux ni leavetree,!!\\nIx- in. decin a-t-il des li\\\\res Oui, Monsieur, il a de boM litres.\\nmea meilleuree plumes. il, Oui, Moaaieai\\nj ai VOS Illeilkures pinnies, les iiiiemies et eelles de voire cuiisine\\n12. Le voyafreur a-t-il de bone fnana 13. 11 n a paa da bona fusil*,\\nil a des fusils de fcr. 11. l.e matt-lot n a-t-il pas mea matelas de\\ncrin 15. II ne les a pas. 16. Qu a-t-il 1 17. II a les matelas de\\nlaine de I d* niste. 18. L ebeniate a-t-il des lablaa d aeajou iy.\\nOui, Madame, il a des tabic d aeajou et dea tables de marbre hl.inc.\\nvous mea enaieea i u lea irc^. 21. Je n ai ni les rotitaj\\nti les miannna. j ai eelles de l ebeniate. 33. N avea vous par son\\nUk Non, Monsieur, je n ai ni sommeil ni faim. 34, le far*\\nblantie: a-t-il voa chandeliers de far 25. Non, Monsieur, il a ceux\\ndu nurechal.\\nExercise 22.\\n1. Hare yon my tables or youra? 2. I have neither youra nor\\nnine* I have the innkeeper s. 3. Have you them 4. No, Sir, I hart", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0056.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "LESSON XII I. 51\\nthem not. 5. Has your sister my horses 6. Yes, Sir, she has\\nyour two horses and your brother s. 7. Are you right or wrong\\n8. I am right, I am not wrong.) 9. Has the tinman my silver can-\\ndlesticks or yours? 10. He has neither your silver candlesticks nor\\nmine. 11. What has he? 12. He has the cabinet-maker s wooden\\ntables. 13. Has he your mahogany chairs 14. No, Sir, he has my\\nwhite marble tables. 15. Have you these tables or those? 16. I have\\nneither these nor those, I have the cabinet-maker s. 17. Have you\\ngood pencil-cases 18. No, Sir, but I have good pencils. 19. Has\\nthe traveller iron guns 20. Yes, Sir, he has mine, yours, and his.\\n21. Has he not your brother s 22. He has not my brother s. 23.\\nHas the workman my iron hammers 24. Yes, Sir, he has them.\\n25. Has my brother your pens or my cousin s 26. He has mine\\nand yours. 27. Have you the children s clothes? 28. Yes, Madam,\\nI have them. 29. Have you your sister s hat? 30. I have my\\ncousin s, f. 31. Is any thing the matter with your brother? 32.\\nHe is cold and hungry. 33. Have you horses 34. Yes, Sir, I have\\ntwo horses. 35. I have two horse-hair mattresses and one wool\\nmattress.\\nlesson xm. LEgON xni.\\nAGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES FEMININE OF ADJECTIVES.\\n1. The adjective in French, whatever may be its place,* agrees in\\ngender and number with the noun which it qualifies 15,(1.) (2.)].\\n2. Adjectives ending with e mute, i. e. not accented, retain th \\\\t\\ntermination for the feminine.\\nUn gar^on aimable, An amiable boy;\\nUne fille aimable. An amiable girl,\\n3. Adjectives not ending in e mute, take e for the feminine.\\nUn gar^on diligent, A diligent boy\\nUne fille diligente, A diligent girl.\\n4. Exceptions. Adjectives ending in el, eil, en, et, on, as, and q*\\ndouble the last consonant and take e for the feminine. t\\nMas. Fern. Mas. Fern.\\nEssentiel, essentielle, essential; Sujet, sujette,* subject;\\nVermeil, vermeille, vermilion; Bon, bonne, good;\\nAncien, ancienne, ancient; Bas, basse, low;\\n_ r-^JL\\nFor the place of adjectives see L. 15, and Rule 5, L. 8.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0057.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "52\\nL E S 6 N XIII.\\n5. Adjectives ending in /change the /into re; those ending in a\\nchange that letter into se for the feminine.\\nUn habit neuf, Une robe neuve,\\nA new coat; dress\\nUn homme hcureux, Une femme heureuse,\\nA happy man A happy woman\\n6. The adjectives beau, handsome fou, foolish; m ou, soft; nouveau\\nMOB vieux, old, become bel, fol, mol, nouvel, and vieil, before a noun\\nmasculine commencing with a vowel or an h mute; the last conso\\nnant of the latter form is doubled, and e added for the feminine, Ex,\\nbelle, folle, nouvelle, vieille.\\n7. Additional rules and exceptions will be found, 15 of th\u00c2\u00ab\\nSecond Part of this grammar.\\n8. Conjugation of the Pbxssnt of the Indicative of\\nKtke, to Be\\nAffirmatively\\nInterrogatively\\nJe suis,\\nTu es,\\nKile est,\\nJ am\\nart;\\nIt\\nBob-jel\\nKst-il 1\\nlie I\\nAm I?\\nArt thou 7\\nIs he 7\\nIsshe7\\nmines,\\nm.\\nnt f.\\nSniniiU S nous!\\nroui l\\n8ont ils\\nSont ellcs 1\\nAre we 7\\nif% MM f\\nAre they 7\\nAre they 7\\nOF El \\\\MTLES.\\nAvez vons un pardon diligent et une\\nMile diliir.t:\\nr\u00c2\u00ab,Mii t diligent, mais ma\\nfllle cm paiQKHMW R. 6\\naneieime 7\\nCette coutume nest DM ancienne,\\nelle est rmuvelle [R 8 J\\nVutre plume est elle bonno ou\\nman.\\nMi MMV Ml trcs vive, [R. 6]\\nVutre ni.iivm est elle meilleurc que\\nla mienno 1\\nLa in.iison de ma soear n est pas si\\nbonne que la voire.\\nma diligent boy and a di*\\nj I rl f\\nit diligent, but my daughter\\nIs this custom ancient 7\\nThis custom is not ancient, it is nev,\\nIs your pen good or bad 7\\nMil sister is veni lively.\\nIs your house belter than mine 7\\nMil sister s house is not so good M\\nyours.\\nExkkcise 23.\\nBeau, bel, belle, hand- Fille, f. daughter f Fnrasol, m. parasol t\\nsome Habit, m. emit lVtit.-e, small\\nHcureux, -sc, happy; Paressoux,-sc, idle\\nIci, here; !;iine, f. china i\\nMcilleur, c. better; Que. titan;\\nnew; Vieux, vieille, old;\\nRon m. good\\nased;\\nCravalc. f. cravat\\nDame, f. lady\\nr m. inkstand.\\nExcellent, -e, excellent\\nParapluie, m. umbrella Vif, vive, quick, lively", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0058.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "LESSON XIII. 53\\n1. Cette dame est elle contente? 2. Non, Monsieur, cette dame\\nIi estpas contente. 3. Votre fille est-elle vive? 4. Mon fils esttres\\nvif et ma fille est paresseuse. 5. N a-t-elle pas tort 1 6. Elle n a\\npasraison. 7. Votre cousine est elle heureuse 8. Oui, Madame, elle\\nest bonne, belle et heureuse. 9. A-t-elledes amis 10. Oui, Monsieur,\\nelle a des parents et des amis. 11. A-t-elle une robe neuve et de vieux\\nsoulier3? 12. Elle a de vieux soulierset une vieille robe. 13. Votre\\nfrere n a-t-il pas un bel habit [R. 6.] 14. II a un bel habit et une\\nbonne cravate. 15. Avez-vous de bonne viande, Monsieur 16. J ai\\nde la via.ide excellente. 17. Cette viande-ci est elle meilleure que\\ncelle-la? 18. Celle-ciestmeilleure que celle-la. 19. Votre ami a-t-il le\\nbel encrier de porcelaine 20. Son encrier est beau, mais il n est\\npas de porcelaine. 21. Quelqu un a t-ilfaim? 22. Personne n a faim.\\n23. Les generaux sont ils ici 24. Les generaux et les marechaux\\nsont ici. 25. J ai vos parasols et vos parapluies, et ceux de vos\\nenfants.\\nExercise 24.\\n1. Is your little sister pleased 2. Yes, Madam, she is pleased.\\n3. Is that little girl handsome 4. That little girl is not handsome,\\nbut she is good. 5. Have you good cloth and good silk 6. My\\ncloth and* silk are here. 7. Is your sister happy 8. My sister is\\ngood and happy. 9. Has that physician s sister friends? 10. No,\\nMadam, she has no friends. 11. Is your meat good? 12. My meat\\nis good but my cheese is better. 13. Has the bookseller a hand-\\nsome china inkstand? 14. He has a fine silver inkstand and a pair\\nof leather shoes. 15. Have you my silk parasols? 16. I have your\\ncotton umbrellas. 17. Is your brother s coat handsome? 18. My\\nbrother has a handsome coat and an old silk cravat 19. Have you\\nrelations and friends 20. I have no relations but I have friends.\\n21. Is that handsome lady wrong 22. That handsome lady is not\\nwrong. 23. Have you handsome china? 24. Our china is hand-\\nsome and good. 25. It is better than yours. 26. Is not that little\\ngirl hungry 27. That handsome little girl is neither hungry nor\\nthirsty. 28. What is the matter with her 29. She has neither re-\\nlations nor friends. 30. Is this gold watch good? 31. This one is\\ngood, but that one is better. 32. Have you it 33. I have it, but I\\nhave not your sister s. 34. I have neither yours nor mine, I have\\nyour mother s.\\nThe article, the possessive and the demonstrative adjective are re-\\npeated before every noun. Mon frere et ma sceur, my brother and sister.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0059.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "54 LESSON XIV.\\nLESSON XIV. LE\u00c2\u00a3ON XIV. V,\\niGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES PLCRAL OF ADJECTIVES.\\n1. An adjective qualifying a plural noun, or two or more singula!\\nnouns of the same gender, assumes the gender of the noun or noun\u00c2\u00bb\\nand is put in the plural.\\nLes arbres et les fruits sont beaux. The trees and fruits are fine.\\nLes rleurs et les pinnies sont belles. The flowers and plants arc fine.\\nVos jardius sont trcs beaux. Your gardens arc very fine.\\n2. An adjective qualifying two or more nouns of different gender!\\nis put in the plural masculine (J 18.)\\nMon fi ere et ma sceur sont contents. M\\\\i brother and sister are pleased.\\nLe canif et la plume sont bons. The penknife and pen arc good.\\n3. The plural of the feminine of adjectives is invariably formed by\\nthe addition of an s.\\nYi Us a c/. dfl joliet unisons. You hare pretty houses.\\nUUntives. Those young ladies are attentive.\\n4. The plural of the masculine of adjectives is generally formed by\\nthe addition of an s.\\nCes ecolk-rs sont att.-ntits. Those scholars are attentive.\\nmaguitiipucs. Your woodi are magnificent.\\n5. The terminations s and x are not changed for the plural mascu-\\nline.\\nnits sont mnurais. Our fruits are bad.\\nktaB. re hideous.\\n6. To the termination eau, x is added for the plural masculine.\\nVos champs sont trfcs beaux. Your fields arc very fine.\\n7. The termination al is generally changed into aux for the plural\\nmasculine [J 17 (3.)].\\nmines sont egaux. .1/ are equal.\\n8. For more explicit rules and for exceptions, see 17, Second Pari\\n9. Thesent ok m Indicative of ktrk, to de.\\nv ntirely and Interrogatively.\\nI am. not Nc \u00e2\u0096\u00a0uia-Ja pas I not\\nTn r. Thou a, t no!; Art Hum not 1\\nH pasl\\n1 h all\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2unines pas II imes nous pas\\nI I M| not 7\\nlis ne sont pas m. They art noli Y l ihcynotl\\nEllcs ne sout pas f. They aic not Ne sont elles pas I f. Are L/uy not?", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0060.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "LESSON XIV.\\nResume of Examples.\\nAver, vous des e.coliers attentifs\\nMes ecoliers et nies ecolieres sont\\ntres attentifs et tres studieux.\\nCes demoiselles soat elles studi-\\neuses 1\\nElles ne sont pas tres studieuses.\\n(!es regies sont elles generates\\nOes principes sont generaux.\\nLeurs habillenients sont superbes.\\nAvez vous peur de ces chevaux\\nretifs 1\\nVos montres d or sont excellentes.\\nLes miennes sont elles nieilleures\\nque les votres 1\\nLes votres sont nieilleures que les\\nHave you attentive scholars\\nMy scholars {male and female art\\nvery attentive and very studio-.is.\\nAre those young ladies studious\\nThey are not very studious.\\nAre those rules -general\\nThose principles are general.\\nTheir clothes are superb.\\nAre you afraid of those restive horses 7\\nYour gold watclies are excellent.\\nAre mine better than yours\\nYours are better than mine\\nExercise 25.\\nAgreable, agreeable; Mauvais, e, bad; Souvent, often\\nAino, e, elder; Mule, f. mule; Travail, m. labor;\\nAllemande, f. German; Oisif, ve, idle; Tres, very\\nJamais, never; Pantoufles f. slippers; Utile, useful;\\nIndulgent, e, indulgent Personne, m. nobody; Veloura, m. velvet;\\nLaine, f. wool, woollen Retif, ve, restive Vif, ve, quick, lively.\\nMaroquin, m. morocco;\\n1. Les chevaux de notre ami sont ils retifs? 2. Ses chevaux no\\nsont pas retifs mais ses mules sont tres retives. 3. Les chevaux et\\nles mules de votre frere sont excellents. 4. Vos soeurs sont elles\\ntres vives 5. Mes freres et mes soeurs sont tres vifs. 6. Sont ils\\neouvent oi*ifs 7. Non, Monsieur, mes soeurs ne sont jamais oisives.\\n8. Avez vous peur de votre frere 9. Non, Monsieur, je n ai peur\\nde personne. 10. Ne sommes nous pas indulgents 11. Vous etes\\nindulgents, et vous avez raison-. 12. Ai je vos livres? 13. Vous ne\\nles avez pas, vous avez ceux de mon frere aine. 14. Ne les avez\\nvous pas 15. Je ne les ai pas. 16. Avez vous une bonne paire de\\nhas de laine 17. J ai une belle paire de bas de soie. 18. Avez vous\\nle3 bonnes maisons ou les mauvaises? 19. Je n ai ni les bonnes ni\\nles mauvaises, j ai celles de ma cousine. 20. Le travail est il agre-\\nable! 21. Le travail est utile et agreable. 22. Avez vous mes\\nbeaux souliers de maroquin 23. Je n ai pas vos beaux souliers de\\nmaroquin, j ai vos belles pantoufles de velours. 24. Avez vous les\\npantoufles de votre soeur, ou les miennes 25. Je n ti ni les votres\\nni celles de votre soeur, j ai celles de l Allemande.\\nExercise 26.\\n1. Are your brothers and sisters very (bieri) quick (Note, p. 53.)", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0061.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "wO US80S XV.\\n2. My brothers are quick, but my sisters are not quick. 3. Have yon\\nnot two restive horses ?f 4. No, but I have a restive mule. 5. Have\\nyou not two good pairs of silk gloves 6. 1 have a good pair of\\ncotton gloves, and two pairs of silk gloves, j 7. Are you not afraid\\nof your friends? 8. No, Sir, I am never afraid of my friends. 9.\\nam afraid of nobody. 10. Are you right or wrong] 11. I am right\\n19. Have you my beautiful leather slippers, or my old satin slip,\\npcrs? 13. I have your old leather shoes and your velvet slippers.\\n1 J. Are those ladies pleased 15. Those ladies are pleased and they\\n10. Has the German l;uly your father s shoes or mine?\\niiis nor yours, she has my sister s. 18. litis\\nyour elder brother good houses or bad 19. His houses are better\\nthan yours and than mine.* SO. Are his houses old? 81. His\\n22. Have ynu theiu\\nSir, I have them not, I have no houses. 24 Have you my brother s\\n25. Your sister has hers and my mother s. 26. Are\\n27. My scholars ;ire very attentive and very\\nstudious 1 2i They are\\n80. Are you often wrong? 31.\\nor agreeable 33. yea, Sir,\\nagreeable and useful. 84. We have them and you have\\nnot\\nxv. :;v.\\n1. The Q French, follows the noun much more fire.\\n(1.)]\\nbtct$.\\nnouns, hi I\\nent; EL 5.], and will be found 85, (11.)]\\nI\\nlst,Allpaiw\\nnjunction ore nevi r undi\\nry noun, pronoun\\nezt L.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0062.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "LESSON XV. flY\\nNous avons une histoire interessante. We have an interesting history.\\nVous avez des enfants polis. You have polite children.\\n4. 2d, All such as express form, color, taste such as relate to\\nhearing and touching such as denote the matter of which an object is\\ncomposed as also such as refer to nationality, or to any defects of\\nthe body. [j 85, (4.) (5.) (6.) (7.)]\\nNos parents out des chapeaux noirs. Owr relations have black hats,\\nVous avez des pommes douces. You have sweet apples.\\nVoila de la cire molle. There is soft wax.\\nCette dame espagnole a un enfant That Spanish lady has a lame child.\\nboiteux.\\n5. 3d, Almost all adjectives ending in al, able, ible, ique and if.\\nCes hommes liberaux sont aimes. Those liberal men are loved.\\nVoila un esprit raisonnable. That is a reasonable mind.\\nVoila un esclave fugitif. That is a fugitive slave. J\\n6. Some adjectives have a different meaning according to theii\\nposition before or after the noun. 86.]\\nUn brave homme, a worthy man. Un homme brave, a brave man.\\n7. En is used for the English words some or any, expressed or\\nunderstood, but not followed by a noun en has also the sense of\\nof it, of them, thereof, generally understood in English sentences,\\nparticularly in answers to questions. 39, (17.) 5 104, j 110,\\n(2.) (3.)]\\nAvez vous des souliers de cuir 1 Have you leather shoes?\\nJ en ai. I have some, I have {of them).\\nVotre fils en-a-t-il 1 Has your son any\\n8. An adjective used substantively, and having a partitive significa-\\ntion (in a sentence containing the pronoun en), must be preceded by\\nthe preposition de in the same manner as if the noun were expressed.\\n[See R. 4. Lesson 8.]\\nAvez vous de bonnes plumes 1 Have you good pens?\\nNon, mais j en ai de mauvaises. No, but I have bad ones.\\nBesume of Examples.\\nAvez vous de beaux jardins 1\\nOui, j en ai de beaux. [R. 7.]\\nVotre frere n a-t-il pas des souliers\\nnoirs 1\\nII n en a pas, mais ma sceur en a.\\nN a-t-elle pas aussi une robe\\nblanche 1\\nOui, elle en a une.\\nNon, elle n en a pas.\\nQui en a une\\nQui n \u00c2\u00abn a pas 1\\nHave you fine gardens\\nYes, I have fine ones.\\nHas not your brother black shoes\\nHe has none, but my .vster has son\\nHas s/ie not also a whue dress\\nYes, she has one.\\nNo, she has none.\\nWho has one\\nWho has none\\n3*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0063.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "58\\nLESSON XV.\\nLe bnucher n a-Ml pas de la viande\\nfraiche 1\\nII en a, il n cn a pas.\\nII en a beaucoup.\\nII n en a guure.\\nII en a deux, livres.\\nHas not the butcher frtsk meat?\\nHe has sorre, he has none.\\nHe has vmcA (\u00c2\u00bbf U).\\nHe has bul Utile {of il).\\nHe has two pounds {of il).\\nExercise 27.\\nAmusant, e, amusing; Bijou, m. jewel; Laine, f. irool;\\nAmcricain, e. American Blanc, he, white; Mademoiselle, f. JWss,\\nAnglais, e, English; Brave, brave, worthy; Monsieur, m. Sir, Mi\\nArabian; Chile, m. shawl; Gentleman;\\nAubergiste, m. innkeep- Conicau, m. knife Parent, m. relation;\\ncr Francais, e, French; Soldat, m. soldier;\\nBeaucoup, much, many ;Gucre, tittle, but little; Terra, f. land.\\nBeige, 13 Guitare, f. guitar\\nI. Avez vous une bonne guitare? 2. Oui, Monsieur, j ai une\\nguitare excellence. 3. Avez vous de bons habits 4. Oui, Madame,\\nj ai de bons habits noirs et de belles robes blanches. 5. Votre mere\\nn a-t-elle pas mi elude de soie 6. Oui, Mademoiselle, ellc en a un\\nat on de laine. 7. L aubergiste a-t-il de bons chevaux\\nanglais! 8. L aubergiste a des ehevaux anglais, francais et\\narabes. II en a de supcrbes. 10. l. aini de votre fro re a-t-il des\\nbijoux d or? 11. Oui, Monsieur, il en a. VI. A-t-il auaai des bijoux\\n13. II en ausai. 14. En a-t-il beaucoup? 15. Non,\\nMonsieur, il n en a gut -rc. 16. Votre ami a-t-il des parents 17.\\nui. Monajfinr. il n a. 18, Ce Monsieur a-t-il une bonne plume\\nd aeier on une belle plume d r I 19. I! en a une d aeier et nous en\\navons une dor. 80. Le genera] n a-t-il jms de bona solda\\nIi en a de Me bravi Vmoricsini n ont ils pas do bonne\\nhml 3. Ils en ont d exeellente. 2 J. Ix- marchand a-t-il des cuu-\\nttaux anglais on ftuftcaial 25. Lcs couteaux du marchand ne sont\\nni anglais ni francais, ils sont beiges.\\nExeucise 28.\\nl. Haa your brother Arabian boraeal 2. Ves, Sir, he has some.\\n3. Has he handsome Ones! 1. Yea, Sir, be has handsome ones.\\n6. Are the good Americans wrong? 6. No. Mi-*, the J are not\\nwrong, they are right 7. Have you a French shawl 1 8.\\n1 have one, I have a handsome French shawl. Has your innkeeper\\njour aflver knift or mine? 10. He has neither yours nor mine, he\\nha* his sister s handsome steel knife. 11. Has the Belgian a good\\nguitar? 12. lie has an excellent French guitar. 13. He has an ex-\\ncellent one. 14. Has the gentleman amusing books? 15. Yes, Sir\\nha has two. 16. Has the general Franch or Arabian horses 17", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0064.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "LESSON XVI. 69\\nHe has neither French nor Arabian horses, he has English horses.\\n18. Who has Arabian horses? 19. The Arabian has aome. 20.\\nHas the Englishman any 21. The Englishman has some. 22. Has\\nyour friend s sister a good steel pen? 23. My friend s sister has\\none, but my relations have none. 24. Are you not wrong, Sir\\n25. Yes, Madam, I am wrong. 26. Are those knives English 1 27.\\nNo, Sir, they are Belgian. 28. Have you relations 29. I have\\ntwo, and they are here O ci). 30. Has the English butcher meat?\\n31. Yes, Sir, he has much. 32. Has he much money 33. He has\\nbut little. 34. Has the Belgian general brave soldiers 35. Yes,\\nSir he has good ones.\\nLESSON XVI. LECOST XVI.\\nPLAN OF THE EXERCISES IN COMPOSING FRENCH.\\nHitherto the student has been occupied exclusively in acquiring\\nfacts, forms and principles, and in translating, by the aid of these,\\nFrench into English and again English into French. Following still\\nthe plan of the work, let him now undertake the higher business of\\nendeavoring to compose in French. With this intent, let him take\\nsome of the words, given for this purpose, in the lists at page 267,\\nand seek to incorporate them in sentences entirely his own. The\\nwords taken from the lists, are to be used merely as things suggest-\\nive of thought. The form which, in any given case, the sentence\\nmay assume, should be determined by the models found in the Lea-\\nsons preceding for, every sentence which the pupil has once mas-\\ntered in the regular course of the Lessons, is or should be to him a\\nmodel, on which he may at pleasure build other constructions of his\\nown. Indeed, this constructing sentences according to models, that\\nis, shaping one s thoughts according to the forms and idioms pecu-\\nliar to a foreign tongue, is the true and only secret of speaking and\\nwriting that language well. The pupil, therefore, as he passes along\\nin the ordinary course of the Lessons, should frequently be found\\napplying his knowledge in the way of actually composing independ-\\nent sentences. In this way, he will soon acquire a facility and ac-\\ncuracy in the language, which are hardly otherwise attainable at all*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0065.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "60 LH8SON XVI.\\nComparison.\\n1. Adjectives and adverbs are always compared in French, as\\nthey often are in English, by means of adverbs.\\nPlus beau, plus souvent, More beautiful, oftener.\\n2. The first part of the comparison for the degree in quality is\\nor as much; _\\nThese adverbs como almost always be-\\n,rre L. i j\\nfore an adjective, a participle, or an ad-\\nPas aussi, pas si, not so, not as; J r\\nMoins, less;\\nI verb.\\nAussi grand, as tall grand, ^Jkr.\\nPas aussi grand, not as tall. Moins grand, Us* toll, not as tall\\nich, as many; Coming almost always before a\\ntiore; I noun, an adjective used -sub*\\nTas autant de, not as much or as many f stantivd ve or do-\\nfewer; J monatratlve pronoun.\\noka. Antanl dones.\\n4. T: by\\nQne, as, l quantity\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i. the word following the llrst adverb 14 the. com;\\nAutan-\\nutter.\\nit sister.\\npart\\nm much sugar 0$\\ni:\\nbooks at\\nhooks r\\n:-ci quo do coux\\n|ei que de\\nof Ohm as of those.\\nHe is as happy as you.\\nHave you more plate* than dishett", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0066.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "LESS05 X Y I.\\nCI\\nJ ai plus de ceux-ci que de ceux-la.\\nEst-il plus complaisant que ses\\nfreres 1\\nLe Franfais a-t-il moius de legumes\\nque de fruits 1\\nII a moins de livres que de manu-\\nscrits.\\nU n a pas autant de ceux-ci que\\nde ceux-la 1\\nEn a-t-il moins que votre frere 1\\nII en a tout autant.\\nJ have more of these than of those.\\nIs he more obliging than his brothers 1\\nHas the Frenchman fewer vegetables\\nthan fruits?\\nHe has fewer books than manuscripts.\\nHe has not so many of these as of\\nthose.\\nHas he less {of them) than your\\nbrother\\nHe has quite as many.\\nExercise 29.\\nBleu, e, blue\\nCourage, m. courage\\nDavantage,* more\\nDrap, m. cloth;\\nEnnemi, m. enemy;\\nEspagnol, e, Spaniard Jardin, m. garden\\nEstampe, f. engraving Manteau, m. cloak\\nm. manu-\\nFer, m. iron Manuscrit,\\nFromage, m. cheese script\\nHollandais, m. ZftifcA- Marechal, m. blacksmith;\\nman Modestie, f. modesty\\nItalien, ne, Italian Soie, f. silk\\nTres, very;\\nVerre, m. glass.\\n1. Etes vous aussi content que votre frere 2. Je suis aussi con-\\ntent que votre frere. 3. Votre pere a-t-il autant de courage que de\\nmodestie 4. II a moins de modestie que de courage. 5. Le\\nlibraire a-t-il autant de manuscrits que d estampes 6. II a plus de\\ncelles-ci que de ceux-la. 7. A-t-il autant d amis que d ennemis?\\n8. II a plus de ceux-ci que de ceux-la. 9. A-t-il autant de pain que\\nde fromage? 10. II a tout autant de celui-ci que de celui-la.\\n11. Le marechal a-t-il plus de chevaux que votre frere? 12. II en a\\nplus que mon pere et plus que mon frere. 13. N avez vous paa\\nfroid? 14. Non, Monsieur, je n ai pas froid, j ai tres chaud. 15. Avez\\nvous deux manteaux de drap? 16. J en ai un de drap et un de ve-\\nlours bleu. 17. N avez vous pas plus de verres que d assiettes?\\n18. Nous en avons davantage.* 19. Le marechal a-t-il plus de fer\\nque d acier? 20. II n a pas autant de celui-ci que de celui-la.\\n21. II a moins de celui-ci que de celui-la. 22. Les Hollandais ont ils\\nde beaux jardins? 23. Leursjardins sont tres beaux. 24. Lea\\njardins des Italiens sont plus beaux que ceux des Espagnols.\\nExercise 30.\\n1. Are you more attentive than your sister? 2. I am not so atten-\\ntive as your brother. 3. Have you more courage than my brother\\n4. 1 have quite as much. 5. Has the blacksmith as much money as\\niron 6. He has more of the latter than of the former. |L. 10, R. 5.]\\nDavantage means more. It can never be placed before a xioun it\\nlie used instead of plus, at the end of a sentence.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0067.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "62 J,KSSON XVII.\\n7. Has he more modosty than the Spaniard 8. He has more. 9. He\\nhas more than your friend s sister. 10. Are you not cold, Sir!\\n11. No, Sir, hut I am afraid and sleepy. 12. Has the Dutchman\\nmore cheese than the Italian? 13. He has more cheese and more\\nmoney. 14. Have you as much English silk as Italian silk? 15. I\\nhave more of this than of that. 1G. Who has more friends than the\\nSpaniard? 17. Your friend has more. 18. Has the Spaniard as mik.h\\nof your money as of his? 19. He has less of mine than of his. 20.\\nHave we more silk cloaks than cloth cloaks 21. We have more of\\nthese than of those. 22. Have you good cloaks? 23. Yes, Sir, I\\nhave good cloaks, good hats, and good leather shoes. 24. Have you\\nmore plates than dishes? 25. I have not more plates than dishes;\\nbut I have more glasses than plates. 20. Are you not very cold?\\n27. No, Sir, I am neither cold nor warm. 28. Has your carpenter\\nwood 29. Yes, Sir, he has wood, money, cheese and meat. 30. Who\\nhas more money than the carpenter? 31. The Dutchman has more.\\n32. Who has more engravings than books? 33. The bookseller has\\nmore of these than of those. 31. An- you as attentive as your\\nfriend 35. I am more attentive than my friend.\\nLESS xvii. n xvn.\\nCOMPARISON, ENCORE, AC.\\n1. The superlative absolute i* formed by placing tres, fort, or bien,\\nvery, before the adjective. 14, 11.]\\nOes chandelbra sont treVntQea, T%e$ecandL v useful.\\nNotre tailleur Btl I ieti obligeaDt Our tir.lor is very oMiginf,\\n2. The superlative relative is formed by adding the article le, la,\\nlea, to a comparative. [J 14, (9.)]\\nVotre neveu -^t pftu savant le tons. Your urpheir is the most learned o/aQ.\\n3. Encore i need in French in the sense of m re, some more, anf\\nmore, still, used affirmatively and interrogatively, Out not nega-\\ntively.\\nAve* vous encore du cafe 1 Havt you ami man\\nl fflfiet.\\nJ ha\\\\* some more, or some bjt.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094plus is used in the sense of not any more, and no more, m\\nR\\nJe n ai plus dc livres. have no metre books.\\nJe n ai plus in choc 1st **M ne chotoUU Ufl.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0068.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "LESSON XVII.\\n63\\n5. Nc guere means but Hale, but few.\\nJe n ai guere d amis. I have but few friends.\\nJe n en ai guere. J have but few but little.\\n6. The pronouns* moi, toi, lui, eux, are used instead of the nomi-\\nnative pronouns je, tu, il, ils, after the que of a comparison, and when\\nthe verb is understood.\\nVous etes plus heureux que moi.\\nVous avez plus de merite que lui.\\nYou are happier than I.\\nYou have more merit tlixm he.\\nResume of Examples.\\nT )tre marchand est bien obligeant.\\nV )ila le meilleur de ces ga^ons.\\nNous avons encore des amis.\\nVous avez encore du credit.\\nAvez vous encore une piastre 1\\nLe macon a-t-il encore des briques 1\\nII n en a plus.\\nII n a plus de briques.\\nII n en a guere.\\nII n en a plus guere.\\nJe n ai guere de livres.\\nAvez vous plus de courage que lui?\\nII a moins de courage que moi.\\nCombien de piastres avez vous en-\\ncore 1\\nYour merchant is very obliging.\\nThat is the best of those bmjs.\\nWe have some more (or still) friends.\\nYou have still (or yet) credit.\\nHave you a dollar left\\nHas the mason more bricks\\nHe has no more he has none left.\\nHe has no more bricks.\\nHe has but few.\\nHe has but few left.\\nI have but few books.\\nHave you more courage than he\\nHe has less courage than I.\\nHow many dollars have you still, or\\nhave you left 1\\nExercise 31.\\nCorrect, e, correct; Neveu, m. nephew; Soeur, f. sister;\\nCredit, m. credit Niece, f. niece Salade, f. salad;\\nBeaucoup, much; Nouvelles, f. news; Tante, f. aunt\\nBoyer, Bnyer; Quel, which, which one; Tous, all;\\nDictionnaire, m. diction- Savant, e, learned; Ville, f. town, city,\\nary;\\n1. Votre dictionnaire est il tres correct 2. II est plus correct que\\ncelui de Boyer. 3. Votre dictionnaire est le plus correct de tous.\\n4. Quel est le meilleur de ces jardins? 5. Celui-ci est le meilleur de\\ntous les jardins de la ville. 6. Avez vous encore de l argent? 7. Je\\nn ai plus d argent,mais j ai encore du credit. 8. Avons nous encore de\\nIf- saiade? 9. Nous n en avons plus. 10. Nous n avons plus de\\nviande. 11. Qui en a encore? ]2. Mes freres et mes soeurs en ont\\nencore. 13. En avez vous encore beaucoup? 14. Je n en ai plus\\nguere. 15. Votre tante a-t-elle plus de robes que votre niece? 16.\\nElle n en a pas beaucoup. 17. Votre neveu est il plus savant que\\nvotre niece? 18. II n est pas aussi savant qu elle. 19. Elle est plus\\nBavante que lui. 20. Avez vous encore froid? 21. Je n ai plus froid,\\nj ai bien chaud. 22. N avez vous plus de nouvelles 23. Je n en ai\\nplus. 24 En i.vez vous beaucoup? 25. Je n en ai gu\u00c2\u00a3re.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0069.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "64\\nExercise 32.\\n1. Has your brother a very good dictionary 2. His dictionary ii\\nnot very correct. 3. Has your father more courage than he 4. He\\nhas much more courage than your nephew. 5. Have your brothers\\ncredit? 6. They have but little credit, but they have money. 7. Is\\nour aunt obliging? 8. My aunt is very obliging. 9. Have you still\\nooks, pens, and paper? 10. I have no more books, but I have still\\ngood pens and excellent Engli h paper. 11. Who has still paper?\\n12. I have no more, but my brother has some more. 13. Have you\\nany news, Sir? 14. No, Madam, I have none to-day. 15. Have you\\nas much wood as my brother s son I ]t\\\\. 1 have more than you or he.\\n17. Are you still wrong? 18. No, Sir, I am no longer (plus) D I\\nI am right 19. Are your sisters still hungry 1 30. They are neither\\nhungry nor thirsty, but they are still sleepy. 91. Is your niece as\\nlearned as he 22. She is more learned than he and /ur) his aunt.\\nU3. Have you DO BOWS, Sir. -J I. No, Madam, I have DO more I\\nWho has news! -JC. 1 have n more. 21. Have you them all?\\nI have then all. 39. Has your aunt much of it left?\\n30. She has but little more of it. 31. Has your brother any more\\nEnglish horsst I 88. H has no more. 33. He has two more. 34.\\nII you a h.iiid-om.- Preach shawl left 35. I have no more French\\nshawlSi but I have an El\\nLESSON XYIH. LE0ON XVIII.\\n1. The adverbs of quantity, combien, how much, how many; Imp,\\ntoo much, tnn many bsauconp, much, many BSi peu, lit-\\nand the word pas, meaning no, when\\ncoming before a noun or an adjective, arc followed by the\\ntion dr.\\nic-n de fieun I If\\nI\\nop de loi-ir. i nurh Uifure.\\nrnps.\\nJ. The adverb biro, used in the sense of beaueoup much, many,) is\\nfollowed bv the pre] ned to or blended with t:\\nI..\\nVous avi-z Men de la complaisance. V u have much kindntu.\\nElle a Li\u00c2\u00abu dm amis. \\\\at many friends.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0070.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "LESSON XVIII. 65\\n3. Quelque chose, something, any thing [L. 7, 6.] and rien, nothing,\\nnot any thing, take de before an adjective.\\nVotre ami a quelque chose d agre- Your friend has someth Mg pleasant.\\nable.\\nAvez vous quelque chose de bon 1 Have you any thing good\\nJe n ai rien de bon. have nothing {not any thing) good.\\n4. Quel, m., quelle,/, quels, m. p., quelles,/.^., are used interro-\\ngatively for which or what before a noun.\\nQuelle serviette avez vous 1 What or which napkin have you\\nQuelles bourses votre ami a-t-il 1 What purses has your friend\\n5. Que is used for what before a verb.\\nQu avez vous 1 What is the matter with you\\n6. Lequel, m., laquelle, lesquels, m. p., lesquelles, p., are\\nused absolutely for the word which, not followed by a noun, and\\nequivalent to which one, which ones.\\nLequel votre fils a-t-il 1 Which (one) has your son\\nLesquelles avons nous 1 Which (ones) have we\\n7. Quel ques is used before a plural noun for a few, some; quelquea\\nuns, m., quel ques unes,/, are used absolutely, with the same mean,\\ning Plusieurs means several, and is invariable.\\nLe Danois a-t-il quelques pommes Has the Dane a few apples?\\nII en a quelques unes. He has a few.\\nII en a plusieurs. He has several.\\nResume of Examples.\\nCombien de poires avez vous\\nNous avons beaucoup de poires.\\nNous en avons beaucoup.\\nNous avons assez de cerises.\\nNous n en avons pas assez.\\nVous n avez guere de peches.\\nVotre jardinier a bien des peches.\\nN avez vous pas de peches 1\\nJ ai beaucoup de peches et d abri-\\ncots.\\nLe boucher a-t-il quelque chose de\\nbon.\\nH a quelque chose de bon et de\\nmauvais.\\nII n a rien de bon.\\nQuelles poires avez vous 1\\nNous avons celles de votre soeur.\\nQuel habit m. avez vous 1\\nNous avons celui du tailleur.\\nQu avez vous de bon 1\\nLequel avez vous 1\\nLesquels votre frere a-t-il 1\\nJ ai du fruit mur 1\\nHow many pears have you\\nWe have many pears.\\nWe have many (of them).\\nWe have cherries enough.\\nWe have not enough (of them).\\nYou have but few peaches.\\nYour gardener has many peaches.\\nHave you no peaches\\nI have many peaches and apricots.\\nHas the butcher any thing good\\nHe has something good and bad.\\nHe has not any thing (nothing) good\\nWhat or which pears have you\\nWe have your sister s.\\nWhich or what coat have you\\nWe have the tailor s.\\nWhat have you good\\nWhich (one) have you\\nWhich (ones) has your brother t\\nI have ripe fruit.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0071.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "LISBON XVIIL\\nExercise 33.\\nAbricot, m. cpncot Fleur, f. flower; Pommes, f apple;\\nAnuna, m. pineapple; Legume, m. vegetable; Pomme-de- terre, f. p+\\nBcurre, m. bvtUr; Magasin, m. warehouse; talv\\nCerise, f. cherry; Oncle, m. uncle; Prune, f plum;\\nSpicier, m. grocer; Poire, f. par; Sucre, m. sugar;\\nStranger, e, foreign Poivre, ni. pepper Die, ui. lea.\\nJardin, m. garden\\n1. Combien do poromea-de-terre votre frere a-t-il 2. II n en a\\npas beaucoup. 3. L epteier a-t-il beaueoup de suerc dans son mo-\\ngasin 4. 11 n en a guere, mais il a beaucoup de beurre et de poivre.\\n5. Votre jardinier a-t-il beaucoup de cerises 6. II a plus de cerises\\nque de prune.-*. 7. Les prunes sont ellea meiUeures que lea cerises\\n8. Les cerises sunt ineillcures que lea prunes. 9. Avez vous quel-\\nques poires mures? 10. Nous en avons quclques unes, nous avons\\naussi beaucoup d ananas et d abricots. 11. Votre oncle a-t-il quel-\\nque chose de DOD dans son jardin? 12. II a quclquc chose de l on\\net de beau. 13. II a de beaux legumes et de belles lleurs. 11. A\\\\cz\\nvous des Beura etfangeres 1 15. Pen ai quelques unes. 16. Lee-\\nquelle.* avez vous 1 17. raicellesde votre frere et cellee de votre\\njardinier. IS. N avez vous 19. Nun, Mon-\\nsieur, je ne les ai pas. 20. C^ui en a beaucoup? 31. l ersonne n en\\na beaueoup. 22. J en ai qnelqnes ones. S3. Avez vous Rl\\nthe. 24. J en ai a\u00c2\u00bbr... 2 JYn ai plus que lui.\\n34.\\nI, Has your gardener many getable r, he has many.\\n3. I low many gardens has he 4. He has several gardens ami seve-\\nral houses, 5. Haw you manybooksl I have but few, but my\\nfriend has many. 7. What coat has your brother 8. He hsi\\ncloth coat. 9. Has your uncle many peaches 1 10. He has but fcw\\npeaches, but he has many cherries. 11. How many plums has .he\\ntailor? 12. The tailor has no plums, he has cloth. \u00c2\u00abnd silk. 13. What\\nBilk has your friend the merchant? 14. He has a great deal [beau*\\ncoup) of silk, and a great deal of money. 15. Has the gardener any\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0od n (dans) his garden 1 16. He has many pincafpU-s.\\ntables than fruit 1* He has more of this than\\nof those. 19. Has your uncle m. 9 He has\\na few, and be has many apples and plum-. 21. H.\\n22. I have still many, but my brother lias no more. 23. Which\\nI He has large (grost t) peaches. 25. Which\\n(ones) luivc you? 26. I havj the best peaches. 27. Has the mcr\u00c2\u00bb", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0072.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXX.\\n67\\n\u00c2\u00ab*ant any thin* good in his warehouse 28. He has nothing good in\\nhis warehouse, but he has something good m his garden. 29. How\\nmany potatoes has the foreigner? 30. He has not many. 31. Has he\\ngood vegetables 32. He has good vegetables. 33. Is he right or\\nwrong 34. He is right, but you are wrong. 35. He has neither\\nthis book nor that, he has the bookseller s.\\nLESSON XIX.\\nLEQON XIX.\\n1. The relative pronoun, que, whom, which, that, and the conjunc-\\ntion, que, that, are never omitted in French, a*id must be repeated be-\\nfore every verb depending on them. 109.j\\nLes crayons que j ai sont meilleurs The pencils {which) I have, are better\\nque ceux que vous avez. than those {which) you have.\\n2. Ne, before the verb, and que after it, are used in the sense of\\nonly, but.\\nJe n ai qu un ami. I have but otic friend.\\n3. L un et l autre, means both les uns et les autres, these and\\nthose, the latter and the former. 41, (11.)]\\nVous avez l un et l autre. You have both.\\n4. Cardinal and ordinal numbers as ear as twenty. 22, 23.}\\nCardin\\nal.\\nOrdinal\\nUn, m. uie, f.\\nOne,\\nPremier, m. e,f.\\nSecond, m. e,/.\\nFirst,\\nDeux,\\nTwo,\\nSecond,\\nDeuxicme,\\nTrois,\\nThree,\\nTroisicme,\\nThird,\\nQuatre,\\nFour,\\nQuatrienie,\\nFourth,\\nCinq,\\nFive,\\nCinquieme,\\nFifth,\\nSix,\\nSix,\\nSixieme,\\nSixth,\\nSept,\\nSeven,\\nSeptieme,\\nSeventh,\\nHuit,\\nEight,\\nHuitieme,\\nEighth,\\nNeuf,\\nNine,\\nNeuvieme,\\nNinth,\\nDix,\\nTen,\\nDixieme,\\nTenth,\\nOnze,\\nEleven,\\nOnzieme,\\nEleventh,\\nDouzc,\\nTwelve,\\nDo\\\\izieme,\\nTwelfth,\\nTreize,\\nThirteen,\\nTreizicme,\\nThirteenth,\\nQuatorze\\nFourteen,\\nQuatorzieme,\\nFourteenth,\\nQuinze,\\nFifteen,\\nQuinzieme,\\nFifteenth,\\nSeize,\\nSixteen,\\nSeiziemc,\\nSixteenth,\\nDix-sept,\\nSeventeen,\\nDix-septieme,\\nSeventeenth,\\nDix-huit.\\nEighteen,\\nDix-huitieme,\\nEighteenth,\\nDix-neuf,\\nNineteen,\\nDix-neuvieme,\\nNineteenth,\\nVin S fc\\nTwenty.\\nVingtieme,\\nTwentieth.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0073.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "68 LESSON XII.\\n5. The cardinal numbers are used, in French, for the day of the\\nmonth, except the first, for which the ordinal number premier is\\nsubstituted\\nLe dix aout, le cinq juillet. The tenth of August, the fifth of July.\\nLe premier an moifl prochain, The first of next \u00c2\u00bbu\u00c2\u00bbith.\\n6. The verb avoir, to liave, is used actively, 26, (1.)] for the day\\nof the month. The verb etre may also be used\\nQrtil jour du mois avons nous 1 Waat day of the month have we\\nr Us le vin^t. We have the twentieth.\\n.uijounl hui le dix. To-day is the tenth.\\n7. Before the word onze, the article le or la is not elided. 1 46.]\\nNous avons 1c onze de decembre. We hare (it is) the Wth of December.\\nKPUM.\\nIfonvrfer a-t-il les outils que vous Has the workman the tools which you\\navez 1 have?\\nI tons qaej al BOOt elke aud Are the houses which I have as good\\nbonnet que ceuea qne roaa avcz as those which you have\\nComUen de franca n B m many francs have you?\\nJen aJ qne lix franca, maia mon\\nbo a plus de vinjrt\\nDona le qnatoraa du moisl\\nI have only ten francs, but my brnther\\nhas more than twenty (of them).\\nHave we the fourteen! h day of the\\nmonth?\\n6 MM have only the eleventh.\\noatonr, n us n avona que la\\nI le oea denz volumes avcz Wiich of those two volumes have you?\\nJ ai Inn c-t la M both.\\n01 la [inmUro place ;i you the first or the second\\nlruxi*me1 place?\\nJ ai la premiere, ct mon frirc a la hove the first, and my brother has\\nthe second.\\nAuiouril hui, to-daffi Farrier m Ptbmaeyi CiuiW m. tool\\nCanelle, f. etw m. franc i Onvrage, m. work;\\nCentime, m. centime Histoire f \\\\istoryi Oenvrea, f. morkt,\\nHtk part of a Italieii in. Italian i Place, .place;\\nKilogramme, m. Wo- Quart, n. quarter;\\nC !nliien, Aoiff much, hoie grammt about two Septembre, m. Bifttte*\\nf. cravat afennlaier, m. joiner} Volume, ni. volume,\\nalf; Monaaebne, f. muslin;\\nI. I* cheval que vous avez est il Inn? 3. II o-t mcilleur que crlui\\nque vons avez et que celuidenotre ami. 3. Comhien d enf.r\\nD ai qu un, rnnis l ltalien en a plus que moi. 5. Avona\\nnous le dix eeptembrc? 6. Non, Monsieur, nous avona le ncuf", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0074.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "LESSON XIX. 69\\nfevrier. 7. Avez vous ma cravate de soie on ma cravate de mousse-\\nline? 8. J af l une et l autre. 9. Avez vous huit kilogrammes de\\ncanelle? 10 Non, Monsieur, je n en ai qu un demi kilogramme. 11.\\nCombien de francs avez vous, Monsieur? 12. Je n ai qu un demi franc,\\nmais mon ami a un franc et demi 13. Votre soeur a-t-elle vingt cinq\\ncentimes? 14. Oui, Monsieur, elle a un quart de franc. 15. N avons\\nnous pas le premier aout? 16. Non, Monsieur, nous avons le six sep\\ntembre. 17. Est-ce aujourd hui le dix 18. Non, Monsieur, c est le\\nonze. 19. Votre frere a-t-il la premiere place? 20. Non, Monsieur,\\nil a la dixieme. 21. Votre menuisier a-t-il beaucoup d outils? 22.\\nOui, Monsieur, il en a beaucoup. 23. Cet ouvrage a-t-il dix volumes\\n24. Non, Monsieur, il n en a que neuf. 25. J ai le sixieme volume\\ndes oeuvres de Moliere et le premier volume de l histoire de France\\nde Michelet.\\nExercise 36.\\n1. Is that cinnamon good 2. That cinnamon is better than yours\\nand your brother s. [R. 1.] 3. What day of the month is it to-day?\\n4. It is the sixth. 5. Has your father twenty francs 6. No, Sir, he\\nhas only six francs fifty centimes. 7. How many volumes has your\\nwork 8. It has many, it has fifteen. 9. Has the joiner read (lu) the\\nsecond volume of Michelet s history of France? 10. Yes, Sir, he has\\nread the second volume (of it). 1 1. Has your friend,Moliere s works?\\n12. He has only two volumes of them. 13. Have you my cloth coat\\nor my velvet coat? 14. We have both. 15. We have this and that.\\n16. How much cinnamon have you? 17. We have two kilogrammes.\\n18. How many centimes has the merchant? 19. He has twenty-six.\\n20. Have you the third or the fourth place? 21. I have neither the\\nthird nor the fourth, I have the tenth. 22. Are you not ashamed to-\\nday? 23. No, Sir, I am not ashamed, but I am afraid. 24. Have you\\na quarter of a franc 25. No, Sir, but I have half a franc. 26. Have\\nwe the sixth of July 27. No, Sir, we have the fourth of March.\\n28. Has your uncle six children? 29. No, Sir, he has only one\\n30. Have you ten kilogrammes of meat 31. I have only five kilo\\ngrammes. 32. -Is the butcher s meat good? 33. It (elle) is not verj\\ngood. 34. How many kilogrammes have you (of it) 35 1 have\\nonly two, but my brother has four.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0075.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "70 LEESOX IX.\\nLESSON XX. LEgON XX.\\n1. For the time of the day, the verb etre, is used unipersonally m\\nFrench, in the same manner as the verb to be is used in English fot\\nthe same object. The word heure, sing, heures, plur. represent*\\nthe English expressions, 6 clock, or time, and must always be ex\\npressed.\\nQuelle hcure est il 7 What o clock (time) is it?\\n11 eat une hemfe it one o clock.\\nII est dix heures. It is ten, it is ten o clock.\\n2. Midi is used for twelve o clock in the day, and minuit, for mid-\\nnight, or ticehe at night. Douze heures is never used except in the\\nsense of twelve h/wrs.\\nEst il midi 1 Est il iuinuit 1 Is it noon Is it midnight\\n3. Et quart, ft demie, 84, 2.)] answer to the English expres-\\nsions, a quarter, half-y\\n11 est MBf heures et quart is a quarter after nine.\\nII est mi li at demi. It is half after tv\\nIl e^t une heore et demie. It is half after one.\\n4. Motel mi quart, moins vingt minutes, answer to the English\\nexpressions, a quarter before, twenty minutes before, I\\n11 est d X Inures m ins un quart. It wants a quarter of ten.\\n11 \\\\st leuf luures nioins dix mi- it (en minutes be/ore nine.\\n5. The w..ril d.-mi, preceding the word heure, does not vary\\nafter it, il ifl variable. 84, (2.)]\\nUne demi heure. Half an hour.\\nire it demie. An hour and a half.\\n6. The verb avoir, is used actively [}43, (2,) (3,)] in French in\\npeaking of age, and the word an, year, is always expressed.\\nQuel Igc avcz vous 1 c old are you? i.e., What. Ag*\\nhave yon\\nJ ai plus do vingt ans. more than twenty.\\n7. Plus de, moins de, are used for more than, less than, before a\\nnumber.\\nA\u00c2\u00bbons nous plus de dix metres de Have wemorrfhan tenmetres of this\\ntoiled Ilollande I Holland (Holland linen) T\\nVous en avvz moius de six aunes. You have less than nx tits of it.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0076.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "I ESSON XX.\\n11\\nResume of Examples.\\nII n est pas encore deux heures.\\nEst il une heure et deinie 1\\nII est raidi et quart ou midi et demi.\\nII est huit heures moins un quart.\\nQuel age votre flls a-t-u\\nII n a que dix-huit ans.\\nVotre beau-frere n a-t-il pas plus de\\ndix-neuf ans 1\\nMa belle soeur n a pas moins de dix-\\nhuit ans et demi.\\nEst il plus de dix heures d votre\\nmontre 1\\nII n est que neuf heures a. mon\\nhorloge.\\nVotre tils est il plus age que le\\nmien 1\\nII est plus jeune que le votre.\\nIt is not yet two o clock.\\nIs it half-past one 1\\nIt is a quarter or half-past twelve.\\nIt wants a quarter of eight.\\nHow old is your son\\nHe is only eighteen years old.\\nIs not your brother-in-law more than\\nnineteen years old\\nMy sister-in-law is not less tlurn eigh-\\nteen years and a half.\\nIs it more than ten o clock by your\\nwatch\\nIt is only nine by my clock.\\nIs your son older than mine\\nHe is younger than yours.\\nExercise 37.\\nAgS, e, old; Cela, that; Jour, m. day;\\nAune, f. ell; Cinquante^/ity; Maintenant, now\\nBeau-frcre, m. brother- Cousin-germain, m. first Mars, m. March\\nin-law; cousin; Metre, m. met/re, a\\nBeau-fils, x^pn-in-law; Enfant, m. child; French measivre about\\nBeau-pere, m. father-in- Fevrier, m. February; three French feet;\\nlaw; Horloge, f. clock; Mois, m. month\\nBelle-mere, f. mother-in- Indienne, f. printed cat- Ruban, m. ribbon\\nlaw ico Tard, late\\nBelle-sceur, f. sister-in- Jeune, young Verge, f. yard.\\n1. Vd^Tbeau-frere est il plus age que le mien? 2. Le v6tre est\\nplus jeune que le mien. 3. Quel age a votre belle-mere 4. Elle\\na pres de cinquante ans. 5. Quelle heure est il maintenant 1 6.\\nII est six heures passees. 7. fites vous certain de cela? 8. Oui,\\nMonsieur, j en suis certain. 9. Est il plus de deux heures a votre\\nmontre? 10. II n est que midi a. ma montre. 11. Avez vous plus\\nde cinq ans, mon enfant? l^,Je n ai pas encore quatre ans. 13.\\nAv^fiBfej^yj ^^s is^Mi^ffes d indienne 14. J enai moins de trois\\nmetres. 15. dombie*na1iuriesdej:uban votre beau-pere a-t-il? 16.\\nII n a guere de ruban, il n en a qu une demi-aune. 17. Est il midi\\nmoins un quart 1 8. II est plus tard, Monsieur, il est midi et quart.\\n19 Quel jour du mois avons nous? 20. Nous avons le six octobre.\\n21 N est-ce pas le huit fevrier que 22. Non, Madame, e est le huit\\nmars. 23. Combien de jardins a votre cousin-germain 24. II n ea\\na qu un, mais il est tres beau. 25. II en a plus de dix.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0077.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "V2 1SSB0N XXI.\\nExercise 38.\\nI. How old is your brother-in-law? 2. He is fifty years old. S.\\nIs your sister-in-law older than mine 4. No, Sir, my sister-in-law\\nis younger than yours. 5. Is your son twenty-five years old 6.\\nNo, Madam, he is only sixteen. 7. What day of the month have we\\nto-day? 8. We have the eleventh. 9. Have you the twentieth vol-\\nume of Chateaubriand s works? 10. No, Madam, we have the\\neleventh. 11. What o clock is it. Sir? 12. It is only twelve o clock.\\n13. Is it not later? 14. It wants a quarter of one. 15. It is a quar-\\nter after five. 16. How many yards of this holland (toile cTHoU\\nlande, f.) have you 17. I have ten ells and a half. 18. I have six\\nf it, and sixteen yards of Italian silk. 19. Is your mother-\\nin-law younger than your father-in-law? 20. She is younger than\\nho. SI. An yon twenty years old? 22. No, Sir, I am only nine-\\nteen and a half. 23. Are yon sure (itr) that it is ten o clock. 24.\\nlam, 1 am sure of it. 25. Is it twenty minutes of ten? 26.\\nit is a quarter before twelve (mutt). 27. How many houses\\nhave yon 28. I have only one. but my sister-in-law has f\\nHave you mine (f.) or yours 30. I have neither yours nor mine, I\\nhave your son-in-law 31. Has your mother-in-law fire yards of\\nthat priii! She has only two yards of if* 33. What\\no clock is it by (a) your watch? 34. It is half-past four by my\\nwatch. 35. It is more than seven o clock by mine l la mienne).\\nLESSON XXI. LEQON XXI.\\nTHE FOUR CONJUGATIONS 07 VERBS.\\n1. The four classes or conjugations, into which the French verbs\\nare divided are distinguished by the endings of the present of the In-\\nfinitive 44]. The first conjugation a^p in er as chanter, to sing\\ndonner, to give parler, to speak cherchei*4^\u00c2\u00abrt ^^4^\\nThe second conjugation ends in ir as, cherir, to cherish punir, to\\npunish; munir, to prmiile finir, to finish.\\n^he termination of the infinitive of the regular verbs of the third\\nconjugation, is evoir as, devoir, io owe recevoir, to receive; that of\\nthe irreirular verbs is oir, as valoir, to be worth.\\nThe fourth conjugation ends in re as, rendre, to render fendnv\\nt\u00c2\u00bb split tendre, to stretch vendre, to sell", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0078.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXI.\\n13\\n2. A verb preceded by another verb (other than the auxiliaries\\navoir and etre), or by a preposition (other than en), is put in the present\\nof the infinitive.\\nII va travailler ou lire, He is going to work or to read.\\n3. In French, verbs are often connected with others by prepositions\\nnot answering 1 literally to those which accompany the same verbs in\\nEnglish. They also often come together without prepositions. The\\nstudent will find in j 129, and the following sections of the Second\\nPart, lists of verbs, with the prepositions which they require after\\n4. The following idioms are followed by the preposition de when\\nthey come before a verb: 132) avoir besoin, to want; avoir cou-\\ntume, to be accustomed avoir dessein, to intend, to design avoir envie,\\nto have a wish, a desire; avoir honte, to be ashamed; avoir intention,\\nor, 1 intention, to intend avoir le temps, to have time or leisure avoir\\nIe courage, to have courage avoir peur, to be afraid avoir raison, to\\nbe right avoir regret, to regret avoir tort, to be wrong avoir sujet\\nto have reason avoir soin, to take care.\\nCet enfant a besoin de dormir,\\nVous avez honte de courir,\\nThat child wants to sleep.\\nYou are ashamed of running.\\nResume of Examples.\\nAvez vous quelque chose a. dire 1\\nJe n ai rien a dire.\\nVotre soeur n a-t-elle rien a ecrire 1\\nElle a deux lettres a ecrire.\\nA-t-elle le temps de les ecrire\\nElle n a pas dessein de les ecrire.\\nElle n a pas 1 intention de les ecrire.\\nElle n a pas envie de les ecrire.\\nAvez vous peur de danger 1\\nJe n ai pas honte de danser.\\nVotre cousin a raison de sortir.\\nN avez vous pas soin d ecrire 1\\nAvez vous le courage d aller a la\\nguerre.\\nHave you any thing to say?\\nI have nothing to say.\\nHas your sister nothing to write\\nShe has two letters to write.\\nHas she time to write them\\nShe does not design to write them.\\nShe does not intend to write them.\\nShe has no desire to write t/tem.\\nAre you afraid to dance\\nI am not ashamed to dance.\\nYour cousin is right to go out.\\nDo you not take care to wiite 7\\nHave you the courage togotothewi\\nExercise 39.\\nAcheter, to buy Faire, to make Marcher, to walk\\nChamp, m. field Fatigue, e, tired, weary Mars, m. March\\nDanser, to dance Gazette, f. newspaper; Ne rien, nothing\\nDe bonne heure, early Juillet, in. July Page, f. page\\nDormir, to sleep Juin, m. June; Seize, sixteen\\nEcrire, to write; Lire, to read; Travailler, to vwrlc, labor.\\n1. Votre belle-mere a-t-elle quelque chose a faire? 2. Elle n a rien\\nk faire. 3. A-t-elle deux pages a ecrire 4. Non, Monsieur, elle\\n4", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0079.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "74 LISBON 1X1.\\nn enaqu une. 5. Avezvous l intention de lire cettc gazette* 6. Oni\\nMadame, j ai l intention de la lire. 7. Avez vous raison d acheter un\\nhabit de velours? 8. J ai raison d en acheter un. 9. Vctre petite\\nfille a-t-elle besoin de dormir 10. Oui, Monsieur, elle a besom de\\ndormir, elle est fatiguce. 11. Avez vous peur de tomber 12. Je\\nn ai pas peur de tomber. 13. Le jardinier a-t-il le temps de travailler\\ndans les champs 14. II n a pas en vie de travailler dans les champs.\\n15. Vo3 champs sont ils aussi grands que les miens? 16. llssont\\npius grands que les votres. 17. Ave/, vous hontc de marcher?\\n18. Je n ai pas lionte de marcher, mais j ai honte de danser. 19. Quel\\nAge a votre Ills 20. II a seize ans. 21. Avons nous le deux mars\\nou le cinq juin? 22. Nona avons ie vingt-huit juillet. 23. Est il\\nmidi? 24. Non, Monsieur il n est pas encore midi, il n est que onze\\nheures et demie. 25. 11 eat encore de bonne heure.\\nExercise 40.\\n1. What has your brother-in-law to do? 2. lie lias letters to\\nwrite. 3. Does he want to work 4. Yes, Sir, he wants to work.\\nhfl intend to read my book 0. He doea not intend to read\\nyour book, he lias no time. 7. Is your sister ashamed to walk?\\nBOt ashamed to walk, but my brother M ashamed to\\ndance. 9. Has your cousin any thing to say? 10. My cousin has\\nnothing to say, she is afraid i 11. Initiate? 13. No,\\nMadam, it is m arly. 13. Have you a wish to rea.l my\\nJO to the war? 15. I\\nhave not the courage to go to the war. 1 I y nr sister right to\\nbuy a \u00c2\u00bbiK. 11 ri-ht t buy one. 18. Docs\\nthat child want to sleep? IB, No, Sir, that child does not want to\\nBleep, he is not tired. 20. Has your brother s gardener a wish to\\nwork in my garden? 21. He baa a wish to work in (drat) mirjo.\\n22. How old is that child? 23. That child is ter. _t What\\nistheday of the month 1 25. It is the ninth of March. 26. Are you\\nafraid to walk 27. 1 am not afraid to walk, but I am tired. 9 Have\\nyou time to read my brother s book? 29. I have tin;.- to read his\\nbook. 30. Has the joiner a wi-h to speak? 31. He has a wish to\\nwork and to read. M 0 afraid of falling? 33. 1 1\\nafraid of fulling, but he is afraid of working. 34. What oVlock is it 1\\n35. It is twelve.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0080.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "LESSOK XXII. 75\\nLESSON xxn. LEgON xxn.\\n1. The expressions avoir besoin, to want avoir soin, to take care\\navoir honte, to be ashamed avoir peur, to be afraid, require also tha\\npreposition de before a noun. Those idioms mean literally, to have\\nrued, to have care, c.\\nAvez vous besoin de votre frere 1 Do you want your brother\\nJ ai soin de mes effets. I lake care of my things.\\nII a honte de sa conduite. He is ashamed of his conduct.\\nElle a peur du chien. She is afraid of the dog.\\n2. As these expressions require the preposition de before their ob-\\nject, they will, of course, require the same preposition before the\\npronoun representing that object.\\nJ ai besoin de vous. I want you.\\nJ ai soin de lui. take care of him.\\nDe qui avez vous besoin Whom do you want\\nDe quoi a-t-elle besoin 1 What does she want?\\n3. When the object is not a person, and has been mentioned before\\nthe pronoun en takes the place of the preposition de, and that of the\\npronoun representing the object.\\nAvez vous besoin de votre cheval Do you want your horse 7\\nJ en ai besoin. want it.\\n4. The expressions etre fache, to be sorry etre etonne, to be as-\\ntonished etre content, to be satisfied, require the preposition de be-\\nfore a noun or pronoun. 88.]\\nJe suis fache de son malheur. J am sorry for his misfortune.\\nJe suis etonne de sa conduite. lam astonished at his conduct.\\nJe suis content de lui. J am pleased with him.\\n5. Etre fache, in the sense of to be angry, requires the preposition\\neontre.\\nVous etes fache eontre moi. You are angry with me.\\n6. For rules on the government of adjectives, see 87, and fol-\\nlowing Sections.\\nR^sumS of Examples.\\nAvez vous besoin d argent 1\\nJ ai besoin d argent.\\nJe n en ai pas besoin. [R. 3.]\\nEn avez vous besoin 1\\nJ en ai besoin, et mon frere en a\\nbesoin aussi.\\nAvez vous besoin de votre frere 1\\nDo you want money\\nI want money.\\nI do not want any.\\nDo you want any 7i\\nI want some, and my brother wants\\nsome too.\\nDo you want your brother", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0081.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "LISBON XXII.\\nJ ai besoin de lui\\nDe quoi avez vous besoin\\nJ ai besoin d un dictionnaire.\\nAvez vous soin de votre livre 1\\nJ en ai soin.\\nAvez vous soin de votre pere 1\\nJ ai soin de lui.*\\nVotre fWre est il fachd eonrre moi\\nII est fiohe eontre votre scuur.\\nAvix. v.ms pen de M ehien\\nJ en ai j eur.\\nDe qui avez vous hontel\\nJe n ai hoiite de personne.\\nAvez vous besoin de quelqne\\nchose\\nJe n ai besoin de ricn.\\nI want him.\\nWhat do you want\\nI want a dictionary.\\nDo nou take cart of your bock\\nI take care of it.\\nDo you take care of your father?\\nwt of him.\\nIs your brother tmgff irith me T\\nBe is a mcry with your sister.\\nArc you afraid of this dag?\\nI am afraid of him.\\nOfvohom arc you ashamed?\\nJ am ashamed of nobody.\\nDo you want any thing\\nI want nothing.\\nExercise 41.\\nBesoin, m. want, need Fatigud. e, weary, tired Parler, to speak;\\nCondnito, f. conduct Garcon, m.boy; Keposer, to rest;\\nPofttqPP, m. srrrayit J vimv homme, m. wown^Soin, m. care\\nKtl.ts, in. things rlothrs; man Travailler, to work;\\nEtoiitic, e, astonishci! Lire to read Yieux, old.\\nFich6, e, sorry, angry,\\n1. Qui a besoin de pain? 2. Pcrsonne n en a besoin. 3. N avea\\nvous pns besoin de votre doinestiijiie 4. Oni, Monsieur, j ai besoin\\nde lui.* 6. Voire jardinier a-t-il soin de voire jardin 6. Qui,\\nM.id.iiin-. i! ra -..in. 7. A-t-il bien soin de son vicux pere? 8. Oui,\\nur, il a bien soin de lui. Voire girfOI] a-t-il honte de u\\ncenduite ,-ieur, il en a lionte. 11. Avez vous peur\\ni lieval-ei on de eelui-la 12. Je n ai peur ni de celui-ci ni do\\ncelui-l.i. 18. NotM domestic|iie a-t-il soin de vos etl ets 1-J. II en\\na bwn soin. 15. Avez vous peur de parler on de lire? 16. Je n ai\\npeur ni de parler ni de lire. 17. P.tes vous etonne de eette at!\\n18. Je n en siii-* pM ei..nn. 10. Bu i tes vous faehe 20. Oui,\\nMonsieur, j en nil bien tVu-lie. 9 1 Avei vous besoin de ce garcon 1\\n22. Oui, Madame, j ai besoin de lui. 23. N avez vous pas besoin de\\nson livre 94 Je n en ai pas besoin. 25. Avez vous envie de\\ntravailler ou de lire 26. Je n ai envie ni de travailler ni de lire,\\nj ai envie de ine repotat tar je mil fatigu6.\\nBuioin 42.\\n1. Do you want your servant 2. Yes, Sir, I wnnt him. 3. Doe*\\nyour brother-in-law want you 4. He wants me and my brother. f\\nThe word en should be avoided aa much aa possible In relation t*\\npersons,\\nf Repeat the preposition de.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0082.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXIII. *l*l\\n5. Docs he not want money 6. He does not want money, he has\\nenough. 7. Is your brother sorry for his conduct? 8. He is very\\nsorry for his conduct and very angry against you. 9. Does lie take\\ngood (Men) care of his books? 10. He takes good care of them.\\n11. How many volumes has he? 12. He has more than you, he has\\nmore than twenty. 13. What does the young man want? 14. He\\nwants his clothes. 15. Do you want to rest (vous reposer) 16.\\n[s not your brother astonished at this 17. He is astonished at it.\\n18. Have you a wish to read your brother s books? 19. I have a\\nwish to read them, but I have no time. 20. Have you time to work\\n21. I have time to work, but I have no time to read. 22. Does the\\nyoung brother take care of his things 23. He takes good care of\\nthem. 24. Is that little boy afraid of the dog? 25. He is not afraid\\nof the dog, he is afraid of the horse. 26. Do you want bread 27.\\nI do not want any. 28. Are you pleased with your brother s con-\\nduct 29. I am pleased with it. 30. Has your brother a wish to\\nread my book? 31. He has no desire to read your book, he Is\\nweary. 32. Is that young man angry with you or with his friends?\\n33. He is neither angry with me nor with his friends. 34. Do you want\\nmy dictionary 35. I want your dictionary and your b \u00c2\u00bbtiier s.\\nlesson xxin. LEgoN xxni.\\n1. If the ending or distinguishing characteristic of the conjugation\\nof a verb, in the present of the infinitive, be removed, the part re-\\nmaining will be the stem of the verb:\\nChant-er Fin-ir Rec-ercir Rend-re\\n2. To that stem are added, in the different simple tenses of a reg-\\nular verb, the terminations proper to the conjugation to which it be*\\nongs 60.]\\n3. Participle Present.\\nCh nt-ant Fin-issant Rec-evant Rend-ant\\nSinging Finishing Receiving Rendering\\n4. Participle Past.\\nChant-6 Fin-i R ef -u Rend-u\\nSung Finished Received Rendered", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0083.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "79\\nLESSON XXIII.\\n5. TKKMISAriOS OF THE PRESENT OF THE IXDICATTvTI.\\nJe\\nTu\\nII\\nNous\\nVooi\\nEta\\nchant -e\\nsing\\npari -es\\nsjtaktst\\ndonri -e\\ngirt*\\ncherch -ons\\nseek\\nport -ez\\ncarry\\naim -ent\\nlevcjik.\\nfinish\\nclier -is\\nfourn -it\\nfurnishes\\npun -issons\\npi/nuA\\nsais -issez\\nscut\\nun -bsent\\nunite\\nrcf -ois\\napcr? -ois\\nprreeivest\\nper^ -oit\\ngathers\\ncouc -cvons\\nconc\u00c2\u00ab r\u00c2\u00ab\\nd -cvez\\nMM\\nde$ -oivcnt\\nrend\\nrender\\nvend -a\\ntend\\ntends\\nentend -oni\\nhear\\npct-d -ez\\nUN\\nmord -ent\\nMi\\n6 The present of the in.ii.-ative baa but one form in French, there-\\nfore Je chante, may be rendered in English by, sing, do stng, or\\nI am si\\n7 The plural of the present of the indicative may be formed from\\nthe participle present by changing ant into ons, ent. Ex: chantant,\\nMM clmnJons; linissant, nous fuussons reccvant, MM I UMUHIj\\nrendant, Ml mulons.\\n8. This rule holds good not only in all the regular, but la almost\\nall the irregular verbs.\\n9 Verbs ma y be conjugated interrogatively in rench (except in\\nth e fir ruler of the present of the indicative,) [J 98 (4.) (5.),]\\nby placing the pronoun after the verb in all the simple tenses, and\\nbetween the auxiliary and the participle in the compound tenses.\\nChanter, vonn bienT *#*2\\nAv tantel tyammmgwMl\\np\u00e2\u0080\u009e bten chant* 1 Have you not sung xcell\\nJos pa* hicn 1 p* \u00c2\u00ab*J* h* 7\\npwle-Cl bicn 1 [L.4, R. Doa your father speak teeti?\\n:..g. EL 1\\n10 The verb porter means to carry. It means also to \u00c2\u00bbrrar, in\\nspeaking of jennenU appoiter means to bring, and emporter to carr^\\nauay, aimer .mans (o !mr, CO 10*. to 6e/bnd o/, and takes the prepo-\\nsition a before another verb.\\nQuel habit portal t^SSL*\\nJe porta un habit de drop noir. wto* coat of bine k cloth\\nfrere 4 u apporteXu [L. 4, Pa* *w ww ra ttrr on.*?\\nQ LppOfta dc Urgent I son ami. He brings money to his\\n11. A noun used in a general sense 77 (1.)] takes the article le,\\nla, 1 or lea.\\nAlroc* MM le bcenf ou le mouton 1 Do you like beef or\\nJe n aimo ni le becuf ni le uiouton. 1 UU neUher 6etf nor", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0084.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXIII.\\n19\\nResume of Examples.\\nChantez vous une chanson ita-\\nlienne\\nNous chantons des chansons alle-\\nmandes.\\nPortez vous ce livre a 1 honame 1\\nNon, je le porte a mon frere.\\nEmportez vous tout votre argent 1\\nJ en emporte seulement une partie.\\nFinissez vous votre le^on aujour-\\nd hui\\nNous la finissons ce matin.\\nN aimez vous pas les enfants atten-\\ntifs?\\nJe les aime beaucoup.\\nNe recevez vous pas beaucoup de\\nlettres 1\\nNous en recevons beaucoup.\\nVendez vous beaucoup de marchan-\\ndises 1\\nNous en vendons beaucoup.\\nVotre frere aime le bceuf et le mou-\\nton.\\nDo you sing an Italian song\\nWe sing German songs.\\nDo you carry this book to ike man 7\\nNo, I carry it to my brother.\\nDo you carry away all your money\\nJ carry aivay only a part of it.\\nDo you finish your lesson to-day? J\\nWe finish it this morning.\\nDo you not like attentive children\\nI like them much.\\nDo you not receive many letters\\nWe receive many letters.\\nDo you sell many goods\\nWe sell many.\\nYour brother likes beef and mutton,\\nExercise 43.\\nWe shall hereafter put a hyphen between tKe stem and the termination oj\\nthe verbs placed in the vocabularies. Tile nWmber indicates the conjugation.]\\nNon seulement, not only\\nLecture, f. reading\\nPaille, f. straw\\nPerd-re, 4. to lose\\nPort-er, 1. to carry, to\\nwear\\nRec-evoir, 3. to receive\\nSouvent, often\\nToujours\\nAim-er, 1. to love,\\nlike, to be fond of;\\nAutre, other\\nAssez, enough;\\nChapeau, m. hat;\\nCher-ir, 2. to cherish\\nDonn-er, 1. to give;\\nFin-ir, 2. to finish;\\nFourn-ir, 2. to furnish;\\nGard-er, 1. to keep\\nGuere, but little\\nHabits, m. p. clothes,\\nCherch-er, 1. to seek, to garments;\\nlook for Mais, but\\nConipagnon, m. compan- Maison. f. house\\nion Marchand, m. merchant Travail, m. labor\\nDame, f. lady; Marchandises, f.p. goods; Trouv-er, 1. to find;\\nDe bonne heure, early Neveu, m. nepliew Vend-re, 4. to sell.\\nD-evoir, 3. to owe\\n1. Votre mere aime-t-elle la lecture [R. 11.] 2. Oui, Mademot\\n6elle, elle l aime beaucoup plus que sa soeur. 3. Quel chapeau votre\\nneveu porte-t-il 4. II porte un chapeau de soie, et je porte un cha-\\npeau de paille. 5. Cette dame aime-t-elle ses enfants? 6. Oui,\\nMonsieur, elle les cherit. 7. Fournissez vous des marchandises a\\nces marchands 8. Je fournis des marchandises a ces marchands, et\\nils me donnent de l argent. 9. Vos compagnons aiment ils les beaux\\nhabits? [R. 11.] 10. Nos compagnons aiment les beaux habits et\\nles bons livies. 11. Cherchez vous mon frere 12. Oui, Monsieur,\\nje le cherche mais je ne le trouve pas. 13. Votre frere perd-il son", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0085.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "80 LE88 S XX^II.\\ntemps. 14. II perd son temps et son nrgetiL 15. Perdons nous\\ntoujours notre temps? 16. Nous le perdons treP*\u00c2\u00a7ouvent. 17. De-\\nvez vous beaucoup d argent 18. J en dois assez, mais jcn en dois\\npas beaucoup. 19. Yendez vous vos deux maisons a notre mcde-\\ncin 20. Je n en vends qu une, je garde l autre pour ma bellevsceur.\\n21. Recevez vous de I argent aujourd liui 22. Nous n en reeevons\\ngucie. 23. Yotre menui ier Unit il son travail de bonne heure\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2J\\\\. II le iinit tard. 25. A quelle heure le unit il 26. II le finit\\nniidi et demi. 27. Nous finissona le notre a due lieures moins vingt\\nminutes.\\nCIS! 4 1.\\n1. Does your companion like reading! 2. My companion does\\nnot like reading. 3. Does your father like good books? [R. 11.]\\n4. He likes good books and good clothes.* 5. Do you owe more\\nthan twenty dollar ten, bat my brother owes more\\nthan fifteen. 7. Are yon iah your work early 1 8.1am\\nright to finish mine early, and you are v. long not to ne pas) fin-\\nbut little. II. Do to that little child 1 12.\\nwant\\nW\\\\ not sell our\\ni finish your work\\nthis morning (marin)*. 18? Vet, Sir. I finish it this morning early.\\nIT. D un, he\\n.v nephew Kr, we\\nEm. 21. DOt only his\\n04 lost to-\\nday 2). H ore than ten i\\nfinish niir\\n27. I*\\nI le i-\u00c2\u00ab twelvo\\nyour brother like meat?\\n2. 1 i i: goods at\\n.lock. ji them at half after twelve. 35. We\\nthem ten m\\nRepeat the article.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0086.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "LESSON ZZIV. 81\\nLESSON XXIV. LEgON XXIV.\\n1. There are in French, as in other languages, verbs which are\\ncalled irregular, because they are not conjugated according to the\\nrule, or model verb of the conjugation to which they belong. 62.]\\n2. Many irregular verbs have tenses which are conjugated regu-\\nlarly.\\n3. The singular of the present of the indicative of the irregular\\nverbs, is almost always irregular.\\n4. In verbs ending in yer, the y is changed into i before an e mute.\\n49.]\\n5. Present of the Indicative of the Irregular Verbs.\\nAller, 1. to go; Envoyer, to send Venir, 2. to come\\nJe vais, I go, do go, or J envoie [R. 4.] I send, do Je viens, J come, do come,\\nam going send, or am sending or am coming\\nTu vas, Tu envoies, Tu viens,\\nII va, II envoie, II vient,\\nNous allons, Nous envoyons, Nous venons,\\nVous allez, Vous envoyez, Vous venez,\\nlis vont, lis envoient [R. 4.] lis viennent.\\n6. All verbs ending in enir are conjugated like venir.\\n7. The student will find in 62 the irregular verbs alphabetically\\narranged. He should always consult that table, when meeting with\\nan irregular verb.\\n8. The expression, a la maison, is used for the English at home, at\\nhis or her house, c.\\nLe chirurgien est il a la maison 1 Is the surgeon at home\\nMon frere est a la maison. My brother is at home.\\n9. The preposition chez, placed before noun or pronoun, answers\\nto the English, at the house of, with (meaning at the residence of),\\namong, etc. 142, (3.)]\\nChez moi, chez lui, chez elle, At my house, at his house, at her house.\\nChez nous, chez vous, chez eux, m. At our house, at your house, at their\\nchez elles, f. house.\\nThat is literally, at the house of me, at the house of him, c.\\nChez mon pere, chez ma soeur, At my father s, at my sister s.\\n10. The word avec answers to the English with, meaning merely\\nin the company of\\nVenez avec nous, ou avec lui. Come with us, or with Mm.\\n11. The word y means ie it, at it, at that place, there. It is\\n4*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0087.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "82\\nLESSON XXIV,\\nally placed before the verb, and refers always to something men\\ntioned. [j 39, 103, 104.]\\nVotre sceur est elle chez vous Is your sister at your house\\nOui, Monsieur, elle y est. Yes, Sir, she is there.\\n12. In French, an answer cannot, as in English, consist merely of\\nan auxiliary or a verb preceded by a nominative pronoun as, Do\\nyou come to my house to-day? do. Have you books? J havt.\\nThe sentence in French must be complete; as, go there; I have\\nsome. The words oui or non, without a verb would however suffice.\\nYencz vous chez moi aujourd hui 1 Do you come to my house to-day?\\nOui, Monsieur, j irai. Sir, I will.\\nAve/, row U-s livres chez vous 1 Have you books at home f\\nOui, Monsieur, nous en avous. Fes. Sir. we have.\\nResume of Examples.\\nOu est lo colonel\\niiez son frdre ain6.\\nI pas dM nous?\\nNon, M iiMeur. il n y est pas.\\ninure Mt ello a la\\nMadame, elk n y est pas.\\nAlleZ vous cliez DOOa, ou chez lui\\nNous allons cha Ifl capitaine.\\nMonsieur, il eat ches nous.\\nu paa voe habits chez\\nvon sceurs\\nlies.\\nN alk-z vous pas chez M monsieur 1\\nJe n rail paa,Je n al j as k tempi\\nd y aller aujourd hui.\\nWhere is the colonel J\\nHe is at his eldest brother s.\\nJs he not at our house\\nhe is not.\\nIs your mother at home\\nMs, Madam, she is not.\\nDo you go to our house, or to his\\nhouse?\\nH the captain s.\\nhe not at your brother s 7\\nhe is at our house.\\nu t send your clothes to your\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2inn to their house.\\nDo you not go to that gentleman s\\nI [R. 12. J have not time to\\ngo there to-day.\\nExercise 45.\\nAll-er. 1. ir, r g$ Hoiioger, ra. wakh-ma- Rclicur, m. book-binder\\nAmi m. I -ur, 1. to remain,\\nAssoci6,m. partner Hoik I lite;\\nGapitaine, m captain i Magasin, m. warehouse s Rusv\\nDeineur tr. 1. to VUM; Ven-ir, 2. Ir, to come;\\nMatin, m. morning A -hbor.\\nQilet. in wmttiMl lVintiv i.\\nallei vous mon ami 2. Je vais chez Monsieur tot\\nest il I la DEUdaon 3. 11 v est ee matin. 4. D us? 6.\\nNous venous de chez vous et de chez voire sfrur. 6. Qui\\nThe French in speaking to a person whom they respect, prefix th i\\n.sieur, Madame, or Mademoiselle to the word representing thelf\\nInterlocutor s reiatieas, or friend*.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0088.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXIV. -83\\nnous? 7. Mon voisin y est aujourd hui. 8. Ou avez vous l inten-\\ntion de porter ces livres 9. J ai l intention de les porter chez le fils\\ndu medecin. 10. Avez vous tort de rester chez vous 11. Je n ai\\npas tort do rester a la maison. 12. L horloger a-t-il de bonnea\\nmontres chez lui? 13. II n a pas de montres chez lui, il en a dans\\nson ruagasin. 14. Chez qui portez vous vos livres? 15. Je les\\nporte chez le relieur. 16. Allez vous chez le capitaine hollandais?\\n17. Nous n allons pas chez le capitaine hollandais, nous allons chez\\nle major russe. 18. Est il chez vous ou chez votre frere? 19. II\\ndemeure chez nous. 20. Ne demeurons nous pas chez votre tail-\\nleur? 21. Vous y demeurez. 22. Votre peintre d ou vient il? 23.\\nII vient de chez son associe. 24. Ou portez vous mes souliers et\\nmon gilet 25. Je porte vos souliers chez le cordonnier et votro\\ngilet chez le tailleur.\\nExercise 46.\\n1. Where does your friend go 2. He is going [L. 23, R. 6. J to\\nyour house or to your brother s. 3. Does he not intend to go to\\nyour partner s 4. He intends to go there, but he has no time to-day.\\n5. What do you want to-day 6. I want my waistcoat, which (qui)\\nis at the tailor s. 7. Are your clothes at the painter s 8. They are\\nnot there, they are at the tailor s. 9. Where do you live, my friend\\n10. I live at your sister-in-law s. 11. Is your father at home? 12.\\nNo, Sir, he is not. 13. Where does your servant carry the wood?\\n14. He carries it to the Russian captain s. 15. Does the gentleman\\nwho (qui) is with your father live at his house? 16. No, Sir, he\\nlives with me. 17. Is he wrong to live with you 18. No, Sir, he is\\nright to live with me. 19. Whence (d ou) comes the carpenter?\\n20. He comes from his partner s house. 21. Has he two partners?\\n22. No, Sir, he has only one, who lives here (ici). 23. Have you\\ntime to go to our house this morning 24. We have time to go\\nthere. 25. We intend to go there and to speak to your sister. 26.\\nIs she at your house 27. She is at her (own) house. 28. Have you\\nbread, butter, and cheese at home 29. We have bread and butter\\nthere. 30. We have no cheese there, we do not like cheese. 31.\\nIs your watch at the watchmaker s? 32. It (elk) is there. 33.\\nHave you two gold watches 34. I have only one gold watch. 35.\\nWho intends to go to my father s this morning 36. Nobody in-\\ntends to go there.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0089.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "84 JLB8 80 5 XXT\\nLESSON XXV. LEQJON XXV\\n1. In the first person singular of the present of the indicative of\\nalmost all those French verbs, which in that person have only one\\nsyllable, the common interrogative form [L. 23. 9.] is not .lowed.\\nTo render the verb interrogative, the expression csl-ce que is prefixed\\nto the affirmative form. 93, (5.) (6.)]\\nla -lu dran Do I\\nat Do 1\\nThe first parson singular of the Indicative of avoir, to have;\\ntore, to 08 altar, togo; ponvoir, to be able; devoir, to owe; savoir,\\nr, be conjugated interrogatively according\\nto the general rule.-.\\ni pa 1 HI i/ ur han dkerchiefs\\ntjou?\\n3. The form i sf-CS que is always allowable, and sometimes prefer-\\nable, when the first person singular of the present of the indicative\\nof a verb baa BeversJ syllables, 96, (6.)]\\nD I\\n4 i y, [n Bunill nsed with all the\\nnjugated InterrogB,\\nItead of, que hsei\\nI\\nrIVE PliKSKNT CJ\\n1\u00c2\u00b0 come.\\nje vieUil d*\\ni vumlc4*.ing1\\ntu 7\\nVi.nt-il]\\ndoojsI\\nat ilsl\\nG. The article le, llrJ int\\nau before a noun masculine commencing with a consonant, or an\\nenpbat pln**l I1 im i\\\\ 13 8\\nAllez vous au V.il on an n.: 1. I D\\n7. A Pegbec\\nalluns ul Igfl\\n8. Quelque part, means somewhere, anywhere; nulle part, no-\\nwhtrt", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0090.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "LESBO JT XIT,\\n85\\nVjtre neveu ou est il 1\\nn est quelque part.\\nII n est nulle part.\\nWhere is your nephew 7\\nHe is somewhere.\\nHe is nowhere.\\nResume or Examples.\\nEst-ce que je vais a, l ecole 1\\nVous Uez a l eglise aujourd hui.\\nEst-ce que je commence mon tra-\\nvail?\\nEst-ce que je parle anglais 1\\nEst-ce que j envoie ce livre a mon\\nfrere?\\nAllez vous au marche demain 1\\nJ y vais apres-demain.\\nEnvoyez vous vos enfants a. l ecole 1\\nJe les envoie chez le professeur.\\nJe les y envoie cette apres-midi.\\nVos habits ou sont ils 1\\nlis sont quelque part.\\nIls ne sont nulle part.\\nEst-ce que je demeure chez vous 1\\nEst-ce que je mange trop\\nDo I go to school t\\nYou go to church to-day.\\nDo I begin my work\\nDo I speak English\\nDo I send this book to my brother?\\nDo you go to market to-morrow 7\\nI go there the day after to-morrow.\\nDo you send your children to school 7\\nI send them to the professor s.\\nI send them there this afternoon.\\nWhere are your clothes\\nThey are somewhere.\\nThey are nowhere.\\nDo I live at your house\\nDo I eat too much 7\\nAbsent, e, absent Cuir, m. jgather Perruquier, m. Aair-dres-\\nAdresse, f. address; Depuis, since; ser;\\nBanque, f. bank; Ecole, f. school; Point, not;\\nBanquier, m. banker Ecolier, m. scholar Poste, f. post-office\\nBillet, m. note ticket Eglise, f. church Kouge, red\\nChapelier, m. hatter; Marche, m. market; Village, m. village;\\nConcert, m. concert Noir, e, black Vert, e, green.\\nCoup-er, 1. to cut;\\n1. Ou est-ce que je vais? 2. Vous allez chez le chapelier. 3. Est-ce\\nque je vais a. la banque 4. Vous allez a. la banque et au concert.\\n5. Est-ce que je coupe votre bois? 6. Vous ne coupez ni mon bois\\nni mon habit. 7. Est-ce que je porte un chapeau vert 8. Vous ne\\nportez pas un chapeau vert, vous en portez un noir. 9. Votre\\necolier va-t-il quelque part? 10. II va a. l eglise, a l ecole et au\\nmarche. 11. Ne va-t-il pas chez le perruquier? 12. II ne va nulle\\npart. 13. Ne portez vous point des bottes de cuir rouge? 14. J en\\nporte de cuir noir. 15. N allez vous pas chez le banquier? 16. Je\\nne vais pas chez lui, il est absent depuis hier. 17. Vient il a la\\nbanque ce matin? 18. II a l mtention d y venir, s il a le temps.* 19.\\nA-t-il envie d aller au concert 20. II a grande envie d y aller, mais\\nil n a pas de billet. 21. Demeurez vous dans ce village? 22. Oui,\\nThe i of is elided before il, ils, but in no other case,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2nly instance of the elision of i.\\nThis is the", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0091.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "Monsieur, j y demeure. 24. Envoyez vous ce billet a la poste? 25.\\nJe l envoie a son adresse.\\nExercise 4S.\\n1. Do I wear my large black hat 1 2. You wear a handsome grefln\\nhat 3. Does the banker go to the hair-dresser s this morning? 4.\\nHe goes there this morning. 5. Does he intend to go to the bank\\nthis morning? 6. He does not intend to go there, he has no time.\\n7. Do you send your letters to the post-olliee 8. I do not send\\nthem, they are not yet written (icriles). 9. Do I send you a note\\n10. You send me a ticket, but I have no wish to go to the concert\\nyour brother go to school to-morrow 12. He goes (there)\\nto-day, and remains at home to-morrow. 13 Do I go there 14. You\\ndo not go anywhere. 15. Where do you go? 1G. I am going to\\nyour brother is he at home 17. He is not at home, lie If\\niterday. 18. Does your brother live in this village? 19. He\\ndoes nut, [L, 24. IS.] lie lives at my nephew s, JU. Are you wrong\\nto go to school! 21. No, Sir, 1 :.m light to go to church ami to\\nschool. 22. Do you wish to come to my house I 23. I like to go to\\nyour house, and to your brother s. 24. When are you coming to\\nour hou* -morrOW, if I have time. 26. Does the banker\\nlike to come ben I 87. H likes to conn- to your house. 28. Is the\\nbab 4reeter coming 1 29. He it net yet coming. 30. What are you\\nsending to the scholar I 31. I am sending books, paper, and clothes,\\nre is he 33. He is at school. 84. Is the school in the vil-\\nlage 35. It is there.\\nLESSON XXVI. X XXVI.\\n1. The verb aller, is need, in French, in the same manner as the\\nverb to go, in Rngtishj t\u00c2\u00ab indicate a proximate future.\\nAllez v. Uin! Are yen this morning?\\nI\\n2. The verb venir is used idiomatically, in French, to indicate a\\npast just elapsed It requires, in this signification, the pr.\\nde before another verb.\\nJe Ticns d 6crire met l -ttros. J ha i my Utleit.\\nNous venons de reccvoir des lettrcs. Wc have just rtcnixJ I\\n8. Aller treuver, venir trouvor, are used in the sense sf it go to,", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0092.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "IE SS ON XXVI. 87\\nto come to, in connection with nouns or pronouns representing per-\\nsons\\nAllez trouver le ferblantier. Go to the tinman.\\nJ ai envie d aller le trouver. have a desire to go to him.\\nVenez mo trouver a dix heures. Come to me at ten o clock.\\n4. Aller chercher, means to go for, to go and fetch\\nAllez chercher le medecin. Go and fetch the physician.\\nJe vais chercher du sucre et du cafe. am going for coffee and sugar\\n5. Envoyer chercher, means to send for, to send and fetch\\nEnvoyez chercher le marchand. Send for the merchant.\\nJ envoie chercher des legumes. I send for vegetables.\\n6. The first and second persons of the plural of the imperative\\nare, with few exceptions, the same as the corresponding persons of\\nthe present of the indicative. The pronouns nous, vous, are not\\nused with the imperative.\\nI. Plural of the Imperative of Aller, Envoyer, and\\nVenir.\\nAllons, let us go Envoyons, let us send Venons, let us come\\nAllez, go Envoyez, send Venez, come.\\n8. Tous, m. t jutes, f. followed by the article les and a plural noun,\\nare used in French in the same sense as the word every in English.\\nVotre frero vient tous les jours. Your brother comes every day.\\nVous allez a l ecole tous les matins. You go to school every morning.\\n9. Tout, m. toute, f. followed by le or la and the noun in the\\nsingular, are used for the English expression the whole coming before\\na noun.\\nII reste ici toute la journee. He remains here the whole day.\\n10. A day of the week or of the month, pointed out as the time\\nof an appointment or of an occurrence, is not preceded by a preposi-\\ntion in French.\\nVenez lundi ou mardi. Come on Monday or Tuesday.\\nVenez le quinze ou le seize avril. Come on the fifteenth or sixteenth\\nof April.\\nII. When the occurrence is a periodical or customary one, the\\narticle le is prefixed to the day of the week or the time of the day.\\nII vient nous trouver le lundi. He comes to us Mondays.\\nU va trouver votre pere l apres-midi. He goes to your father in the afternoon.\\nResume of Examples.\\n;re pere. I J am going t\\nirdel argent. We have just\\nQue venez vous de faire 1 What have you just done?\\nJe vais parler a. M. votre pere. I J am going to speak to your father.\\nNous venons de recevoir de l argent. We have just received money.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0093.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "LXSSO\\nXXVL\\nJe vieua de d6chirer mon habit.\\nVotre frere va-t-il trouver son ami 1\\nII va le trouver tous les jours.\\nII vient me trouver tous les lundis.\\nAllez vous chercher de l argcut 1\\nJe n en vais pas chercher.\\nEnvoyez vous chercher des livrcs\\narabes\\nAllcz vous chcz cette dame lundi 1\\nJ ai l intention d y aller mardi.\\nJ y vais ordinaircnient le mercredi.\\n11 va a l 6glise le dimauclie.\\nI have just torn my coat.\\nr brother go to his friend\\nI to him every day.\\nHe comes to me every Mon*\\\\ny.\\nDo vo u go and fetch money\\nI do not. [L 24. 12.1\\nDo you said for Arabic books 7\\nDo you go to thai lady s hous* 0%\\nay J\\nintend to go there on Tuesday.\\n,il go there Wednesdays.\\nHe goes to chmch Sundays.\\nMardi, m. Tuesday;\\nMercredi, m. Wednes-\\nday\\nMusique, f. music\\nProchain. e.\\nVendredi. iu. Friday\\nKcst-cr, 1. to remain,\\nS.imedi. Saturday\\nTeinturicr. m. dyer.\\nExercise 49.\\nAnnee, f. year; Pll\u00e2\u0080\u0094 I Jill, III S\\nA{ prend-re. 4. ir. tolcarn; K\\nApres-midi, f. afternoon ficri-re, 4. ir. to write\\nCommenc-cr, 1. case- Eoeelgn-er, 1. 1 teach;\\nmence\\nCompagne, f. compan- Jeudi. ni. Thurstiay\\nion Jnurnee, f. day\\nf. ac- Irian. luis a\\nquoin Lundi. in .1/\\nDeniain. to \u00e2\u0096\u00a0WW J Malade. sick;\\n1. Qu allcx vuiit faire J. Je vais apprendre mes lecons\\n3. N al!.-z rove pas eerire roa eonnaiaaanoesl 4. Je mti\\n.:ic. 5. Qui vient dfl us parh-r 8. l- Irlandais vient da\\nnous parlrr. 7. Quand l! Ucllf fOUI BBMigMf la mu-\\nriqne s. Bile \\\\a me I enseigner I annee proehaiae. Ya-t-clle\\ncommencer mardi ou metered] 10. Elk M W 0(MHMMa ni DMfdl\\nni metered!, tUt ^intention de eommencer jeudi, al eUe It temps.\\n11. Yotrc OOmiUfllMl va-t-clle lY^ii-c U BJ les dimaiiclies 1J. Kilo\\ny va ton* les dimanches et tous 1. s inercrcdis. 13. Qui allez v.uis\\ntrouver? 11. le M nil tn.mer per-Minc. IV a\\\\e/. vous pas\\nl intention de venir me trouver demainl 16. J ai l intention d aller\\ntrouver vi tre teinturicr. 17. F.n heithei It D decin\\n18. Quami je soil inalade, ji- I envoie chercher. 19. keste-t-il avee\\nvous loose la jonrtJtt 80. II ne reete chex moi que qvtJqatt\\nminutes. 21. Allez fi le matin! ie matin\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0I Wtprtt mldl 28. Yalta vote toot lee jewel 84. J y vais tous\\nles jours except. Ic lundict le diinanclie. 25. Le samedi je reste chit\\nnous, et le dimanche je vais lY^lise.\\n;;ci8E 50.\\n1. What is the Irishman going to do? 2. He is going to teach\\nmusic. 3. lias he just commenced his work 1 4. He has just com", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0094.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXVII. 89\\nmenced it. 5, Who has just written to you 6. The dyer has just\\nwritten to me. 7. Does your little boy go to church every day?\\n8. No, Sir, he goes to church Sundays and he goes to school every\\nday. 9. Do you go for the physician? 10. I send for him because\\n(parceque) my sister is sick. 11. Do you go to my physician or to\\nyours? 12. I go to mine, yours is not at home. 13 Where is he?\\n14. He is at your father s or at your brother s. 15. Do you inten\\nto send for the physician 16. I intend to send for him. 17. Am I\\nrignt to send for the Scotchman? 18. You are wrong to send for\\nhim. 19. Do you go to your father in the afternoon? 20. I go to\\nnim in the morning. 21. Does your brother go to your uncle s every\\nMonday 22. He goes there every Sunday. 23. Are you going to\\nlearn music 24. My niece is going to learn it, if she has time.\\n25. Am I going to read or to write 26. You are going to read to\\nmorrow. 27. Does he go to your house every day? 28. He comes\\nto us every Wednesday. 29. At what hour? 30. At a quarter\\nbefore nine. 31. Does he come early or late? 32. He comes at a\\nquarter after nine. 33. What do you send for? 34. We send for\\nwine, bread, butter and cheese. 35. What do you go fpr? 36. We\\ngo for vegetables, meat and sugar. 37. We want sugar every\\nmorning.\\nLESSON XXVIL LEgON XXVII.\\nPLACE OP THE PRONOUNS.\\n1. The personal pronoun used as the direct regimen 2, (2.) 42,\\n(4.)] or object of a verb,* is in French placed before the verb, except in\\nthe second person singular or in the first and second persons plural\\nof the imperative used affirmatively.\\nII me voit, il l aime. He sees me, he loves him.\\nII nous aime, il vous aime. He loves us, he loves you.\\n2. The personal pronoun representing the indirect regimen of the\\nverb, 2, (3.) 42, (5.)] answering to the dative of the Latin, and to\\nthe indirect object of the English with the preposition to expressed\\nor understood, is also in French placed before the verb:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nThe young student will easily distinguish the personal pronoun used\\nas the direct regimen of a verb, by the fact that there is in English no\\npreposition between the verb and this pronoun.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0095.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "90 LESSON XXVII.\\nII me parle, il lui parle. He speaks to me, he speaks to kirn\\nII nous donne une fleur. Be gives us a flower*\\nII vous parle, il leur parle. He speaks to you, he speaks to them.\\n3. The personal pronoun is generally placed after the following\\nrerbs: aller, to go; aceourir, to run to; courir, to run; venir, to\\ncome; penser a, songer a, to think q/\\\\-\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nII vieiit a iuoi. He comes to me.\\nII peQM a vous, a eux. Ma of you, of them.\\n4 In the imperative used affirmatively, the pronouns follow the\\nverb\\nAimez les, parley lour. Love them, speak to them.\\n5. The words en and \\\\j follow the above rules, except the 3d.\\nof it, 1 think of it.\\n6. The pronoun used as indirect regimen, answering to the geni-\\ntive or ablative of the Latin, and to the indirect object which in\\nEnglish is separated from the verb by a preposition other than to, is\\nin French always placed after the verb\\nJo pttfa lui. .1.-11. lVux. of him, of her, of them.\\nrom it awe ens. I n main vith you and icilh tkem.\\n7. All pronouns need M objects of verbs, must be repeated\\nj c |e| :i j m j,- lcs love them, raped and honor tkem\\nhoi.\\nI Do yon hear or understand me?\\njos. ur hear you.\\nH\\nBUS el il DOW\\na dames 1\\nunderstand them.\\nII\\nyour friend?\\nI him.\\nut those ladies?\\nI\\nla envie Fear parler.\\nPortal lui \u00e2\u0080\u0094lie lui pa: I Peak t*\\nAltai a lui. our./. n lui.\\nTarlez leur,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ne leur parle/. pi-.. do not speak to tkem.\\n51.\\nAnVro, f. affair i\\nArlue. m\\nPoirier, m\\nI\\nCoHiinuiii-iu-er. I. tea ./)i- Example, m out respect.\\nmuu\\nThe preposition to is understood. He gimt a /lover to us.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0096.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXVII. 01\\n1. Allez vous lui ecrire 2. Je vais lui ecrire et lui communiquer\\ncette nouvelie. 3. Allez vous lui parler de moi 4. Je vais lui par-\\nler de vous et de votre compagnon. 5. Leur envoyez vous de beaux\\narbres 6. Je leur envoie des pommiers, des poiriers, et des cerisiers\\n7. Ne m envoyez vous pas des cerisiers 8. Je ne vous en envoie\\npas, vous en avez deja. 9. Avez vous raison de leur parler de cette\\naffaire? 10. Je n ai pas tort de leur parler de cette affaire. 11. Ve-\\nnez a nous demain matin. 12. Venez nous trouver, cette apres-midi.\\n13. Ailez vous les trouver tous les jours 14. Je vais les trouver\\ntous les soirs. 15. Leur donnez vous de bons avis? 16. Je leur\\ndonne de bons avis et de bons exemples. 17. Nous parlez vous de\\nvossoeurs? 18. Je vous parle d elles. 19. Ne nous parlez vous pas\\nde nos freres? 20. Je vous parle d eux. 21. Ne les aimez vous\\npas 22. Nous les aimons et nous les respe.;;i,ons. 23. Pensez vous\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2a ce livre ou n y pensez vous pas? 24. Nuus y pensons et nous en\\nparlons. 25. Nous n y pensons pas.\\nExercise 52.\\n1. When are you going to write to your brother 2. I am going\\nto write to him to-morrow morning. 3. Do you intend to write to\\nhim every Monday 4. I intend to write to him every Sunday. 5.\\nHave you a wish to speak to hira to-day 6. I have a wish to speak\\nto him, but he is not here. 7. Where is he 8. He is at his house.\\n9. Do you speak to them 10. Yes, Sir, I speak to them about (de)\\nthis affair. 11. Do they give you good advice? 12. They give me\\ngood advice and good examples. 13. Do you go to your sister every\\nday? 14. I go to her every morning at a quarter before nine. 15.\\nDoes she like to see (voir) you? 16. She likes to see me and she\\nreceives me well. 17. Do you think of this affair? 18. I think of it\\nthe whole day. 19. Do you speak of it with (avec) your brother?\\n20. We speak of it often. 21. Do you send your companion to my\\nhouse 22. I send him every day. 23\\\\ Are you at home every\\nday? 24. I am there every morning at ten o clock. 25. Do yculike\\nto go to church? 26: I like to go there every Sunday and every\\nWednesday. 27. Do you speak of your houses 28. I speak of\\nthem (en). 29. Does your brother speak of his friends 30. Yes,\\nSir, he speaks of them (d eux). 31. Does he think of them 32.\\nYes, Sir, he thinks of them (d eux). 33. Does he think of this news\\n14. Yes, Sir, he thinks of it (y). 35. I love and honor them.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0097.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "02 LKSSOIf XXVIII.\\nLESSON XXVIH. LECON XXVIE.\\nRESPECTIVE PLACE OF THE PROXOUXS. See 101\\n1. When two pronouns occur, one used as a direct regimen or ob.\\njcct (accusative), the other used as the indirect regimen or object\\ndative), the indirect object, if not in the third person singular or plu-\\nral, must precede the direct object. 101, (1.)]\\nJe vous le donne. N il to you.\\nII me le AoflM. K*** il me\\n11 nuib le douue. 11 ..ires it to us.\\n2. When the pronoun used as an indirect object [dative, Rule 2\\nin the third person lingular or plural, it must be placed\\nafter the direct object 101,\\nlui .li.nnons. re it to kirn.\\nRons le leor doonons. FF I I them.\\n3. Tlie above rules of precedence apply also to the imperative used\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0y\\npaa |R. 1 Do not give it to us.\\nlui donna pea, [R. J f\u00c2\u00bbw\\n4. Willi the imperative used aflirmatively, the direct object pre.\\nCedes i;. inuiri-ct objc 1 101, (.5.)}\\nto us.\\nicur. SAw rt to them.\\n6. En and y always follow tlie other pronouns\\nJ give him some.\\n!s us thither.\\n6. Pm icativb or thb Irregular Vbkm,\\notte; m, to will, be vil- Pouvom, to be ablet\\nI do see, or i vux. 1 will or am Jo puis. I can, I may, I\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ible\\nTn Tu pens,\\nII v,.it. u v.i.t il peal)\\nNotu v..r.: Nous ponvons,\\nVoai Vow poarea,\\nil.nt, Mv.nt.\\n7. The above verbs take no preposition before another verb.\\n8. The preposition, pour, is used to render the preposition to, wh\u00c2\u00ab*\\nthe latter means tn order to.\\nJe Tais chez vous pour parlor a vo- I go to your house to speak U ym\\ntro frire et pour vous voir. brother and to see you.\\nAfter the verbs pouvoir, to be able o\u00c2\u00bber, to dart aavolr, to bw\u00c2\u00bb\\nthe negative pas may be omitted.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0098.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXVIII.\\n93\\nJ ai besoin d argent pour acheter want money to {in ordei to) bup\\ndes marchandises. goods.\\nResume of Examples.\\nVoulez vous nous le donner 1\\nJe veux vous le preter.\\nPouvez vous me les donner 1\\nJe ne puis vous les donner.\\nVotre frere peut il le lui envoyer 1\\nII ne veut pas le lui envoyer.\\nQui veut le leur preter\\nPersonne ne veut le leur preter.\\nEnvoyez les nous.\\nNe nous les envoyez pa*.\\nDonnez nous en.\\nNe leur en envoyez pas.\\nEnvoyez le leur, pour les conJenter.\\nJe puis vous l y envoyer.\\nWill you give it to us?\\nI will lend it to you.\\nCan you give them tome?\\nI cannot give them to you.\\nCan your brother send it to him?\\nHe will not send it to him.\\nWho will lend it to them\\nNo one will lend it to them.\\nSend them to us.\\nDo not send them to us.\\nGive us some (of if).\\nDo not send them any.\\nSend it to them (in order) to satisfy\\nthem.\\nI can send it to you there.\\nExercise 53.\\nCommis, m. clerk Guere, but little Poisson, m. fish;\\nCounaissance, f. acquain- Marchande de modes, f, Pologne, f. Poland;\\ntance; milliner; Preter, 1. to lend;\\nCroi-re, 4. ir. to believe; Montr-er, 1. to show; Semaine,/. week;\\nDette, f. debt Oubli-er, 1. to forget Souvent, often\\nD-evoir, 3. to owe Pay-er, 1. to pay Voyage, m. journey.\\n1. Voulez vous donner ce livre a mon frere 2. Je puis le lui\\npreter, mais je ne puis le lui donner. 3. Voulez vous nous les en-\\nvoyer 4. La marchande de modes peut vous les envoyer. 5. Les\\nlui montrez vous 6. Je les vois et je les lui montre. 7. Avez vous\\npeur de nous les preter? 8. Je n ai pas peur de vous les preter. 9\\nNe pouvez vous nous envoyer du poisson? 10. Je ne puis vous en\\nenvoyer, je n en ai guere. 11. Voulez vous leur en parler? 12. Je\\nveux leur en parler, si je ne l oublie pas. 13. Venez vous souvent\\nles voir 14. Je viens les voir tous les matins, et tous les soirs. 15.\\nNe leur parlez vous point de votre voyage en Pologne? 16. Je leur\\nen parle, mais ils ne veulent pas me croire. 17. Est-ce que je vois mes\\nconnaissances, le lundi? 18. Vous les voyez tous les jours de la\\neemaine. 19. Vous envoient elles plus d argent que le commis de\\nnotre marchand? 20. Elles m en envoient plus que lui. 21. En\\nenvoyez vous au libraire? 22. Je lui en envoie quand je lui en dois.\\n23. N avez vous pas tort de lui en envoyer 24. Je ne puis avoir\\ntort de payer mes dettes. 25. Ils vous en donnent, et ils Youe en\\npretent quand vous en avez besoin.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0099.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "04\\nExercise 54.\\nI. Will you send us that letter? 2. I will send it to you, if you\\nwill read it. 3. I will read it if (si) I can. 4. Can you ltnd me your\\npen 5. I can lend it to you, if you will take eare of it [L. 22, (3.)]\\nMay I speak to your father? 7. You may speak to him, he is\\nhere. 8. Are you afraid of forgetting it? [L. 21, (4.)] 9. I nm\\nnot afraid of forgetting it. 10. Will y u send them to him? 11. I\\nintend to send them to him, if I have ume. 12. Do you speak to\\nhim of your journey? 13. I speak to him of my journey. 14. I\\nspeak to them of it. 15. Can you communicate it to him? 16. I\\nhave a wish to communicate it to him. 17. Do you see your ac-\\nquaintances every Monday IX. I see them every Monday and every\\nThursday. 19. Where do you intend to see them 20. I intend to\\nsee them at y ur brother s and at your sister-. 81. Can you send\\nhim there every day 22. I can send him there every Sunday, if he\\nwishes Y j.i. Can you give them to mel -1. lean\\ngive them to you. 36. Who will lend them books. I 86. No one\\nwill lend then any. J7. Your bookseller is willing to sell them\\ngood books and good paper. 88, Is be at home I 89, He is at his\\nbroth arong to pay your debts? 31. lam right\\nd it to 01 33. 1 am willing to send\\nit to them to us?\\n35. We are willing to give them to your acquaintances.\\nLESSON* XXIX. LECON XXIX.\\nU8K OF THE ARTICLE 77.)\\n1. The nrticlc le, la, lee, ei already stated, is used in French before\\nnouns taken in a general MB\\nLeu janlins sont lot ornemonti del Gardens art the ornaments of vil\\nvillas agnca. .:-\\\\d of rural l\\n2. The article is also used in French, as in English, before nouni\\ntaken in a particular sense\\nLea janlins do cc village sont su- Tie gardens of this villagt art su-\\nperb.\\n3. It is also used before abstract nouns, before verbs and adjcctivM\\nased substantively", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0100.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXIX.\\n95\\nLa paresse est odieuse. Idleness is odious.\\nLa jeunesse n est pas toujours do- Youth, is not always tractable.\\ncile.\\nLe Loire et le manger sont neces- Eating and drinking are necessary to\\nsaires a la vie. life.\\n4. The article is used before the names of countries, provinces,\\nrivers, winds and mountains 77, (3.) (4.)]\\nLa Francs est plus grande que France is larger than Italy.\\nl ltalie.\\nLa Normandie est tres fertile. Normandy is very fertile.\\n5. The article is used before titles\\nLe general Cavaignac.\\nLe marechal Ney.\\nGeneral Cavaignac.\\nMarshal Ney.\\n6. In respectful address or discourse, the words, Monsieur, Ma-\\ndame, Mademoiselle are placed before titles and designations of\\nrelationship\\nMonsieur le president.\\nMadame la comtesse.\\nMademoiselle votre soeur.\\n{Mr.) President.\\n{Madam) Countess.\\n{Miss) your sister.\\n7. The plural of Monsieur, Madame and Mademoiselle, is Messieurs,\\nMesdames, and Mesdemoiselles.\\n8. The student should be careful to distinguish a noun taken in a\\ngeneral or in a particular sense from one taken in a partitive sense.\\n[J 78.]\\nGeneral or particular sense. Partitive sense.\\nNous aimons les livres, Nous avons des livres,\\nWc like books. We have books i. e. some books.\\nNous avons les livres, Vous avez ecrit des lettres.\\nWe have the books. You have written letters, i. e. some\\nletters.\\nResume of Examples.\\nLa modestie est aimable.\\nLe courage est indispensable au\\ngeneral.\\nLes fleurs sont 1 ornement des jar-\\ndins.\\nLes fleurs des jardins de ce chateau.\\nAvez vous l intention de visiter la\\nFrance 1\\nJ ai l intention de visiter l ltalie.\\nLe capitaine Dumont est il ici\\nLe major Guillanme est chez lui.\\nVoyez vous Madame votre mere?\\nJe vois Monsieur votre frere.\\nMen frere n aime pas les louanges.\\nModesty is amiable.\\nCourage is indispensable to the gent\\nral.\\nFlowers are the ornament of gardens*\\nThe flowers of the gardens of this\\nvilla.\\nDo you intend visiting F-ance f\\nI intend visiting Italy.\\nIs captain Dumcnit here\\nMajor William is at home.\\nDo you see your motliei\\nI see yowr ir other.\\nMy brother is not fond of", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0101.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "LISSOX XXIX.\\nExercise 55.\\nAim-er, 1. to be fond of, Demeur-er, 1. to dwell, Legume, m. vegetable t\\nto like lire Loin, far\\nApportrer, 1. to bring \u00c2\u00a3tudi-er, 1. U study; Lundi, m. Monday;\\nBois ra. wood, forest Flcur, f. ji Pcche, f. peach;\\nCapitainc, m. captain Fraiso. f. strawberru Prune, f. plum.\\nCaporal. m. corporal; Framboise, f. raspberry;\\n1. Aimez vous le pain ou la viande 2. J aime le pain, la via\\net le fruit- 3. Avons nous de9 peches dans notre jardin? 4. Nous y\\navons des peches, des fr. t.oises ct des cerises. 5. Mon-\\nsieur votre Mm airue-t-il les cerises 6. II n aime guere les cerises,\\nil pre fere les prunes. 7. Avez vous des legumes? 8. Je n aime\\npoint les legumes. 9. Nous n avons ni legUIMO ni fruit*. [L.8. 3, 4.]\\n10. Nous n aimons ni les legumes nj lea fruita. 11. Allez vous tous\\nles jours dans le bois de Monsieur TOtre frfere 12. Je n y vuis pas\\ntous les jours. 13. Voire mrur npporle-t-elle les llcurs 14 Elle\\nles appoite. Uk Hftiam rotre meqe appo rt a t o U o dea ileurs?\\n16. Elle en apporte tons les lun.lis. 17. VoyM vous le general Ber-\\ntnind 18. Je ne le vois pas, je vuis le caporal Duchri;.\\ndemoiselles vos I i so?urs sont\\nfatiguecs d t tudier. 21 lo president est-il chez lui?\\nirleeoloMl Dumont 23. De-\\n-:-il loin li i.i 2\u00c2\u00bb. II ne demenra pas lob) \u00e2\u0080\u00a2d ici. 25. OH\\ndeme run.\\nicise 56.\\n1. Dow your !\u00c2\u00bbixtor like flowers? likes flowers, and\\nmy brother is fond of hooks. 3. Is he wrong t like Looks i\\nSir, he is right to like booka and (lowers. 6. Have you many flowers\\nin your gardens (i. \\\\\\\\Y i, a \\\\e many flowon and much fruit 7. Is\\nyourcousin (bad of raapberrieal 8. My cousin ia fond o(\\nand *straw -(he captain fond of praiOMl 10. He is not\\nfond of praiaofl. IL Has the gardener brought you vegetables*\\n12. He has brought me vegetables and fruit.* 13. Is he ashamed to\\nbring you ra II. [a itbef ashamed nor afraid to sell\\nTegetables. 15. Is your mother tiro- 1 other is not tired.\\n17 Is your brother at colonel D s! 18. He lives at colonel D s, but\\nhe is not at home at present (d prlsent). If*. How many peachea\\nhave you! 20.*! have not many peaches, but I have many plums.\\n21. Does CapL B. like peaches! 22. He likes peaches,* plums,\\nTho student moat not forget that the article is repeated beJbre erarf", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0102.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "USiON XXX. 91\\nraspberries, and strawberrie?. 23. Are you going into (dans) your\\nbrother s wood? 24. I go there every morning. 25. Is general L,\\nhere? 26. No, Sir, he is not here, he is at your cousin s. 27. Does\\nyour friend, General H. live far from here 28. He does not live far\\nfrom here, he lives at his brother s. 29. Have you fine flowers in\\nyour garden? 30. We have very fine flowers; we are fond of\\nflowers. 31. Do you give them to him? 32. I give them to you.\\n33. I give you some. 34. I give them some. 35. Give us some.\\n86. Do not give us any.\\nLESSON XXX. LEQON XXX.\\nUSE OF THE ARTICLE CONTINUED.\\n1. Adjectives of nation will, according to R. 3 of the last lesson,\\nbe preceded by the article\\nII apprend le fran^ais, l anglais, He learns French, English, German\\nl allemand et l italieu. and Italian.\\n2. After the verb parler, the article may be omitted before an ad-\\njective of nation, taken substantively\\nVotre frere parle espagnol et portu- Your brotJier speaks Spanish and\\ngais. Portuguese.\\n3. The article is not used in French before the number which fol-\\nlows the name of a sovereign. This number, (unless it be first and\\nsecond) must be the cardinal, and not the ordinal: 26, (3.)]\\nVous avez l histoire de Henri qua- You have the history of Henry the\\ntre. Fourth.\\n4. A word placed in apposition with a noun or pronoun is not in\\nFrench preceded by un, une, a or an, unless it be qualified by an ad-\\njective or determined by the following part of the sentence.\\nVotre ami est medecin. Your friend is a physician.\\nNotre frere est avocat. Our brollier is a barrister.\\nVotre ami est un bon medecin. Your friend is a good physician.\\nNotre frere est un avocat celebre. Our brother is a celebrated advocate.\\n5. Present of the Indicative of the Irregular Verbs;\\nApprendre, to learn; ConnaItre, to know Savoir, to know;\\nJ apprends, J learn, do Je connais, know, or Je sais, know., or do\\nlearn, or am learning do know know\\nTu apprends, Tu connais Tu sais,\\nII apprend. II connaifr, II sait,\\nNous apprenons, Nous connaissons, Nous savons,\\nVous apprenez, Vous connaissez, Vous savez,\\nlis apprennent. Us connaissent. Us savent.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0103.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "qq IESSOS IXX.\\n6. Connaitre means to be acquainted with savoir, to know, is said\\nouly of things.\\nOonnaissez vous ce Francis, cet\\nAnglais, cct Alleniaud, ct cct\\nEspagnoll\\nSavcz vous le fran^ais, 1 anglais,\\nValk-uiand, ct l espagnol 1\\nDo you know that Frenchman, thai\\nEnglishman, thai German, ani\\nthat Spaniard\\nDo you. know French, English, Ger-\\nman, and Spanish?\\nResume of Examples.\\nMaine G. bbH to ftaneaia\\nI] m te sail pat, mala D I appread.\\nDocteur L. 1\\nje ne le oonaafa paa,maiaj\\nil demenre.\\nCe monsieur ost il pefeatn I\\nNon, il est architecte.\\nOc monsieur eat un arcbifc\\nlingua.\\n.M.ais parle grcc Bt arabo.\\n11 parle lo BjlM I axabfl ft 1 italiin.\\nAvrz vous vr. I B*M ,1(\\nLoBBI lix-liuit\\nD\u00c2\u00abfj captain G. know French?\\not know it. but learns it.\\nDo v\u00c2\u00bbu know Dr. L.\\non not acquainted with him, but\\nm a painter?\\nI it a distmguis/.ed\\n.nehman speaks G\\nArabic.\\nArabic, and\\nItalian la not\\nil\\nI nth\\nAllemnnrl e, tfcrwaaj Hongroia,e\\nChftoi\\nm. upholsterer.\\nI \u00e2\u0080\u0094r? 2. o\u00e2\u0080\u009ei, Madame, je leeoaaafa\\nfcrtbien. pays U eatl 4. Death*\\n6 Park-t-U lUemand I 6. 11 parle allemand, polonato,\\ndois Qpaa med Non, Monatonr, awnt\\nI* revolution, iletail eapitaine, 9. Vvez voaa envie ffapptandii le\\ni, gree modern* IL\\nConn:. q\u00c2\u00ab Ptrtonl Jo\\nne lea connais pas. ,3. S.,v./. v. .us ik d.-mnirvnt 14 Ha da-\\nmeurent cbe/. to at) leader de voir, frera. 16. tfav\u00c2\u00ab vous P a\u00c2\u00ab 1 m\u00c2\u00bb-\\ntoire de Louis r.r.a^r/..-. dans Notre bibliottteqH l\u00c2\u00ab\\ncello do Louis qnatone, ni eelto da Henri qnati voua\\ntort d apprendre to chinoia is. Je n ai pas tort d\u00c2\u00bbappnodr\u00c2\u00ab to .-In-\\nnois. 19. Voa compagnona apprennent ih\\n20 lis aavent ptaaianra languea anci\\nToua anglaial 23. Je saia l anglaia ct je le parle. 23. Connaieaai", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0104.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXXI. 99\\nvous l Anglais que nous voyons 24. Je ne le connais pas. 25, II\\nne me connait pas et je ne le connais pas.\\nExercise 58.\\n1. Does our physician know French 2. He knows French, Eng-\\nlish, and German. 3. Does he know the French physician? 4. He\\nknows him very well. 5. Are you acquainted with that lady 6. I\\nam not acquainted with her. 7. Is she a German or a Swede 8.\\nShe is neither a German nor a Swede, she is a Russian. 9. Do you\\nintend to speak to her 10. I intend to speak to her in (en) English.\\n11. Does she know English? 12. She knows several languages;\\nshe speaks English, Danish, Swedish, and Hungarian. 13. Is your\\nbrother a colonel 14. No, Sir, he is a captain. 15. Is your up-\\nholsterer a Dane 16. He is not a Dane, he is a Swede. 17. Are\\nyou a Frenchman? 18. No, Sir, I am a Hungarian. 19. Do you\\nknow Chinese 20. I know Chinese, Russian, and modern Greek.\\n21. Are you wrong to learn languages 22. I am not wrong to\\nlearn languages. 23. Do you know the Englishman who lives at\\nyour brother s 24. I am acquainted with him. 25. I am not ac-\\nquainted with him. 26. Do you like books? 27. I am fond of\\nbooks. 28. Have you a desire to learn Russian 29. I have jio de-\\nsire to learn Russian. 30. Have you no time 31. I have but little\\ntime. 32. What do you learn? 33. We learn Latin, Greek, French,\\nand German. 34. Do you not learn Spanish? 35. We do not\\nlearn it.\\nLESSON XXXI. LEQON XX* I.\\nRELATIVE PRONOUNS, 38).\\n1. Qui, used as nominative, may relate to persons or to things:\\nLes fleurs qui sont dans votre jardin. The flowers which are in your garden.\\n2. Qui, used as the object of a verb, can only be said of persons.\\nIt is used interrogatively with or without a preposition\\nQui votre frere voit il Whom does your brother see\\nDe qui parlez vous ce matin 1 Of whom do you speak this morning\\n3. Que may be said of persons or things. It can never be under-\\nstood, and must be repeated before every verb. [L. 19. 1.]\\nLes personnes que nous voyons. The persons whom we see.\\nLes langues que nous apprenons. The languages which we learn.\\n4. Ce que is employed for that which, or its equivalent what:\\nCe que vous apprenez est utile. That which you learn is useful.\\nTrouvez vous ce que vous cherchez. Do you find what you seek?", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0105.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "100\\nLESSON IXIL\\n5. Que answers to the English pronoun what, used absolutely be-\\nfore a verb:\\nQue penscz vous dfl ccla I l \u00c2\u00b0f that\\n6. Quoi, when not used as an exclamation, is generally preceded\\nky a preposition, and relates only to tin:\\nDe n ,,i Tonka row parler 1 O/VW rfo ivu ?r/.\u00c2\u00abA to speak\\nA ij\\n7. LeqoeL, m., laqoelle, t, leeqoela, m p., leeqoellea, t .,which, oi\\ntrhi c/i 0M 1- I s 8.] or irhich anM, relate to persons or things. They\\nmay be p r eceded by a prepoeitioii:\\nIC hnr V u brought?\\noal V 7\\n8. Dont, of which, or tf whom, whose, may relate to persons or\\nthings, in the maaeoUne or feminine, singular or plural. It can never\\nbe naed abeolaielj and must always be preoeded by ai eofteeedea*.\\nIt is preferable to da qui or dnqnel, fee.\\nyoung ladm of whom your sislt*\\nspeaks I\\nKRB8,\\nDim:, 4. to urn. Fai-hf:. 4. fa MaTT-aa, 4. to put.\\nI dojntt,ot\\nam\\nII .lit.\\nNona\\nammo. am p*tmg.\\nTu neta,\\nII met,\\nNona mettona,\\nVous mettea,\\nUs mettent\\nOonnafaaea rooi le monsieur \u00c2\u00abu i\\npari\\nI\\nL AngU\\nptol dont la M\\nitinl\\nusdttes.\\nPonrqai fait\u00c2\u00abH voui i\\nNous parlous do ccdontvousparlez.\\ntkt gtnlltmm v h,\\n(0 Aim.\\nIn you?\\nI njfair?\\nwhom you speak\\nher*.\\nII\\nll\\nqMeJttafewaraitarf\\nII rrtn.\\nHe speak oftXat of v \\\\k\\\\ you speak.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0106.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "I\\nLESSON XXXI. 101\\nExercise 59.\\nArriv-er, 1. to anive; Habillement, m. dress, Plaisir, rx. pleasure:\\nAvec, with; clot/ies; Presquo, almost;\\nCoffre, m. trunk; Hollandais, e, Dutcli; Rien, nothing;\\nCommand-er, 1. to order; Linge, m. linen; Soulier, m. shoe;\\nEcossais, e, Scotch; Monsieur, m. gentleman Vvai, e, true.\\nEnfant, m. child; Nom, m. name;\\n1. Qui connaissez vous? 2. Nous connaissons les Hollandais dont\\nvous nous parlez. 3. Quelles lecons apprenez vous 4. Nous ap-\\nprenons les lecons que vous nous recommandez. 5. Ce que je vous\\ndis est il vrai 6. Ce que vous nous dites est vrai. 7. De qui nous\\nparlez vous 8. Nous vous parlons des Ecossais qui viennent d arri-\\nver. 9. Savez vous qui vient d arriver 10. Je sais que le monsieur\\nque votre frere connait vient d arriver. 11. Vos soeurs que font\\nelles? 12. Elles ne font presque rien, elles n ontpresque rien a. faire.\\n13. Que mettez vous dans votre coffre? 14. Nous y mettons ce que\\nnous avons, nos habillements et notre linge. 15. N y mettez vous\\npas vos souliers? 16. Nous y mettons les souliers dont nous avons\\nbesoin. 17. De quoi avez vous besoin? 18. Nous avons besoin de\\nce que nous avons. 19. Cet enfant sait il ce qu il fait? 20. II sait\\nce qu il fait et ce qu il dit. 21. Ne voulez vous pas le leur dire?\\n22. Avec beaucoup de plaisir. 23. Faites vous ce que le marchand\\nvous commande 24. Nous faisons ce qu il nous dit. 25. II parle\\nde ce dont vous parlez.\\nExercise 60.\\n1 Have you what (ce dont) you want 2. We have what we want.\\n3. Is the gentleman whom you know, here 4. The lady of whom\\nyou speak is here. 5. Is she just arrived? [L. 26. 2.] 6. She is just\\narrived. 7. Do you know that gentleman 8. I know the gentleman\\nwho is speaking with your father. 9. Do you know his name 10. 1 do\\nnot know his name, but I know where he lives (demeure). 11. What\\ndo you do every morning? 12. We do almost nothing; we have very\\nlittle to do. 13. Does the tailor make your clothes? 14. He makes\\ntoy clothes, my brother s, and my cousin s. 15. Do you know what\\nyou say? 16. I know what I say, and what I do. 17. Do you know\\nthe Scotchman of whom your brother speaks? 18. I know him well.\\n19 What does he put into his trunk? 20. He puts his clothes.\\n21. Is that which you say, true? 22. What I say is true. 23. Do\\nyou understand that which I say to you? 24. I understand all that\\nyou say. 25. Of whom does your brother speak 26. He speaks of\\nthe gentleman whose sister is here. 27. Is your brother wrong to", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0107.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "102 LESSON XXXII.\\ndo what he do. s? 28. He cannot be wrong to do it. 29. What are\\nyoulin^ 30. I am doing that which you do. 31. Where do you\\npu my bocks 32. Into (dans) your brother, trnnk 3. Is you\\nMother here 34. Me is not here. 35. He ie at my brother s, or at\\nmy father s.\\nLESSON XXXII. LE0ON XXXLL\\n1 The verb nu-ttre i- used in the MM MM as the English to put\\non, in speaking rf geiMflM. Mettre le convert, means to lay the\\ncloth, 0T M M Uibb-:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n2. 6t.-r in.\\n^ledinerl H ^**M-rf\\n3 The rerh bin :lll lh,r wb the 8en9e of\\nllt i! bi.ir une MbOfl 1 Jnjttjf have\\nfait Wtlr plus d B\\nIV be need in the name sense before ita -wn InnnHhreH-\\nL\u00c2\u00ab.e.]fbUoMdbydirei8Med in the sense of to\\nmean\\n\\\\es?\\n,.r black coalM^\\nll \u00e2\u0080\u009eij your rloakl\\n1 am afraid to take*\\nEhyou have ymr shoes mended?\\nj.ii penr de l\u00c2\u00ab\\nDOtr I\\nj,- m\\nPOWQUOJ D fttl I WWI 1\\nman\\ntv..i\u00c2\u00abl. j ai peer de leeer.\\nHTomin...l.r von sou\\nBooermeehablta. Ihave\\n[hire une rmre of boots mm*.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0108.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXXII.\\n103\\nJe fain abuser un puits.\\nVotre frere que veut il dire 1\\nQue veut dir^. cela 1\\nCela ne veut rien dire.\\nOtez vous vos souliers et vos bas 1\\nJe n ote ni les uas ni les autres.\\nLe diner est pret le domestique va\\nmettre le couvert.\\nVoulez vous oter le couvert 1\\nJe vais mettre le couvert.\\nJe vais oter le couvert.\\nJ have a well dug.\\nWhat does your brother mean\\nWhat does that mean\\nThat means nothing.\\nDo you take off your shoes and stock-\\nings\\nI take off neither these nor those.\\nDinner is ready; the servant is\\ngoing to lay the cloth.\\nWill you take away the things ft on\\nthe table\\nI am going to lay the cloth.\\nI am going to take away the things.\\ndrm\\nExercise 61.\\nGat-er, 1, to spoil\\nGilet, m. waistcoat\\nGrand, e, large, very\\nManteau, m. cloak\\nNoir, e, black;\\nPantoufle, f. slipper;\\nPourquoi, why;\\n1. to\\nPret, e, ready\\nRaccommod-er,\\nmend\\nTout-a-l heure,\\nately\\nUniforme, m. uniform;\\nVelours, m. velvet.\\nApothicaire,\\ngist;\\nApres, after;\\nCave, f. cellar;\\nCreus-er, 1. to dig\\nDimanche, m. Sunday i\\nDiner, m. dinner;\\nFache, e, sorry, angry\\n1. Le general N. met il son uniforme? 2. H ne le met point.\\n3. Pourquoi ne portez vous point votre manteau noir 4. J ai peur\\nde le gater. 5. Mettez vous vos souliers de satin tous les matins?\\n6. Je ne les mets que les dimanehes. 7. II est midi le domestique\\nmet il le couvert 8. II ne le met pas encore il va le mettre tout-a-\\nl heure. 9. Le diner n est il pas pret? 10. Le domestique 6te-t-il\\nle couvert? 11. II ne l ote pas encore, il n a pas le temps de l oter.\\n12. Otez vous votre habit quand vous avez chaud? 13. Je l ote\\nquand j ai trop chaud. 14. Faites vous faire un habit de drap? 15.\\nJe fais faire un habit de drap et un gilet de~satin noir. 16. Ne faites\\nvousj^int -raccommoder vos pantoufles de velours 17. Ne faites\\n\\\\\u00c2\u00a3]^PP creuser une cave? 18. Je fais creuser une grande cave.\\n19. L apothicaire que veut il dire? 20. II veut dire qu il a besoin\\nd argent. 21. Savez vous ce que cela veut dire? 22. Cela veut dire\\nque votre frere est fache contre vous. 23. Avez vous envie de met-\\ntre votre manteau 24. J ai l intention de le mettre, car j ai grand\\nfroid. 25. Je vais l oter, car j ai chaud.\\nExercise 62.\\n1. Do you take off your coat 2. I do not take off my coat, I put\\nit on. S. Do you take off your cloak when you are cold 4. When\\nI am cold I put it on. 5. Does your little boy take off his shoes and\\nstockings [j 21, (4.)] 6. He takes them off, but he is going to put\\nthem on again (remeitre). 7. Does that little giH lay the cloth? 8.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0109.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "104 LESSON XXXIII.\\nShe lavs the cloth every day at noon (midi). 9. Do. s she take awaj\\nthe things after dinner? 10. She takes away the talnga every iay.\\n11. Do yoa intend to have a coat made 12. I intend to have a coal\\nmad- *13 I am going to have a co.it and a vest made. 14. Does\\nyour brother have hifl boots mended! 15. He has them mended.\\n16 W i 17. I do not know what he means.\\n]8 Is r With my brother? 19. He is neither\\nur brother. 20. Is he afraid to spoil his\\nH. He is not oil it- 22. Doee tke droggiat want\\n24. Has yuiir sisier taken\\n36. Why\\ndo you i i off becauee they hart\\nI to have a house built? 29. I in-\\ntailor sju.il your e\\n33. No person\\n1 wear a black hat.\\nill. XXXIII.\\n1 v in tlie tllird P ,-rs n\\neuta fro nou\\nthe termination of the el\\n.und In the personal form in the some j 62.\\n3. J Of N nnB\\nI. SHOW, it u\\nG\u00c2\u00abk i !Aaw\\n4 U may be fol.owed oy a\\nlingular\\nU y \u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00ablu rlbler an m\\nII y .arc appks in your \u00c2\u00a3\u00c2\u00abrdM%.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0110.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "X X X 1 1 1.\\n105\\n5. In relation to the weather, the verb faire is used unipersonally\\nin the same manner as the English verb to he.\\nII fait beau temps aujourd hui.\\nII fait chaud, il fait iroid.\\nIt is fine weather to-day.\\nIt is warm, it is cold.\\nResume of Examples.\\nPleut il ce matin\\nII ne pleut pas, il neige.\\nII va pleuvoir ce matin.\\nNe gcle-t-il pas ce matin 1\\nII ne gele pas, il fait du brouillard.\\nY a-t-il du sucre chez vous 1\\nII y en a beaucoup chez mon frere.\\nY a-t-il plusieurs personnes chez\\nmoi 1\\nII y a plus de cent personnes.\\nN y a-t-il personne a. 1 eglise\\nII n y a encore personne.\\nEst il trop tot 1\\nAu contraire, il est trop tard.\\nFait il froid ou chaud aujourd hui 1\\nII fait chaud et humide.\\nFait il du vent ou du brouillard 1\\nII fait un temps bien desagreable.\\nDoes it rain this morning\\nIt does not rain, it snows.\\nIt is going to rain this morning.\\nDoes it not freeze this morning\\nIt does not freeze, it is foggy.\\nIs there any sugar at your house\\nThere is a great deal at my brother s.\\nAre there several persons at my house\\nThere are more than one hundred\\npersons.\\nIs there nobody at church\\nTliere is as yet no one tliere.\\nIs it too soon N\\nOn the contrary, it is too late.\\nIs it cold or warm to-day\\nIt is warm and damp.\\nIs it windy or foggy\\nIt is very disagreeable weather.\\nExercise 63.\\nAssemblee, f. assembly, Convert, e, cloudy; Manuscrit, m. maniu-\\nparty; Ecurie, f. stable script;\\nBibliotheque, f .library Epais, se, thick Veau, m. veal\\nBrouillard, m./og Foin, m. hai/; Vent. m. wind\\nChambre, f. room; Gibier, m. game; _ Volaille, f. poultry.\\nCinquante, fifty Humide, damp\\n1. Quel temps fait il aujourd hui? 2. II fait un temps superbe.\\n3. Fa il tres beau temps aujourd hui? 4. II fait un temps couvert\\net humide. 5. Pleut il beaucoup ce matin? 6. II ne pleut pas en-\\ncore, mais il va pleuvoir. 7. Fait il du vent ou du brouillard 8. II\\nne fait pas de vent. 9. Le brouillard est tres epais. 1C, Combien\\nde personnes y a-t-il a l assemblee? 11. II y a plus de deux cents\\n[L. 20. 7.] personnes. 12. N y a-t-il pas beaucoup de manuscrits\\ndans votre bibliotheque? 13. II n y en a pas beaucoup, il n y en a\\nque cinquante-cinq. 14. Fait il trop froid pour vous dans cette\\nchambre? 15. II n y fait ni trop froid ni trop chaud. 16. Y a-t-il\\nbeaucoup de foin dans votre ecurie? 17. II y en a assez pour mon\\ncheval. 18. Restez vous a ia maison quand il pleut? 19. Quandil\\npleut je reste a la maison, mais quand il fait beau temps je vais choz\\nmon cousin. 20. Y a-t-il de la viande au march\u00c2\u00a9 21. II y en a\\n6*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0111.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "106 LESSON XXXIV.\\nbeaut o up. il y a aussi du gibier. 22. II y a du venu, du mouton et\\nde la volaille. 23. N y a-t-il pas aussi des legumes et des fruita!\\n24. II n y en a pas. 25. II y en a aussi.\\nExercise G4.\\n1. Are you cold this morning? 2. I am not cold, it is warm this\\nmorning. 3. Is it foggy or windy 4. it is neither foggy nor windy,\\nit rains in toireute l verse). 5. Is it going to rain or to snow? 6.\\nIt is going to freeze, it is very cold. 7. It is windy and I oggy. 8.\\nIs then any body at your brother s Unlay 9. My brother is at\\nnome, and my sister is .-it etiureh. 10. Is there any meat in the mar-\\nket ii. There hi meat and poultry. 1-. Is, it too warm or too\\ncold, for your sifter, in this room? 13. It is not so warm in this\\nroom, as in your brother s library. 14. Are there good English\\nbooks in your sister s lil.rary 15. There are some good ones.\\nAre there peaches and plums in your garden 17. There are many.\\n18. Do you remain at your brother s, when it SHOWS I 1! When it\\nwe remain at home. 90. Are there ladies at your mother s/\\n21. Your two sisters are there to-day. 22. Ha\\\\e you time to go\\nand feteh r I have no time this morning. 21. Is your\\nhoree in the stable I 86. It ii not there, it is at my brother s* 26.\\n,t hail this BOming It does not hail, it freezes. 28.\\nWhat weather is it this moningl 89. It is very fine weather.\\nwarm 81. It is neither tOO warm nor too cold. 32.\\nX It is going to snow. 34. Does it snow\\nlay 35. It does not snow every day, but it snows very often\\n(ssSMMSf).\\nOSSON wwiv. LB0OH XXXIV.\\nOf iii i: auvkkii. 136.)\\nI. In simple tenses, the sdverb generally follows the wrb, and Is\\nMen.\\nti moiselle lit trta mal. IVuit young r% badly.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a02. W .it n a verb il in the infinitive, tin- two negatives ne and pa%\\nr.id rien, should be fit\\nJVpaii parlcr, no pas lire. S ot to tpeal, not to read.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0112.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXXIV. 107\\n3. The adverb assez, enough, tolerably, precedes generally the\\nother adverbs. It precedes also adjectives and nouns\\nVous ecrivez assez correctement. You write pretty correctly.\\nVous avez assez de livres. You have books enough.\\nCet enfant est assez attentif. That child is attentive enough.\\n4. Voici means, here is voila, there is\\nVoici le livi-e que vous aimez. Here is the book which you like.\\nVoila le monsieur dont vous parlez. There is the gentleman of whom yov,\\nspeak.\\n5. Dans is used for in or into, when the noun which follows it is\\npreceded by an article, or by a possessive, demonstrative, or numeral\\nadjective. 142, (2.)]\\nLe crayon est dans le pupitre. The pencil is in the desk.\\nMettez cette lettre dans votre malle. Put this letter into your trunk.\\n6. En renders to, in, or into, coming after the verbs to be, to go, to\\nreside, followed by the name of a^ part of the earth, a country, or\\nprovince\\nNotre ami est en France. Our friend is in France.\\nVous allez en Italie. You go to Italy.\\n7. The preposition a. is used for the words at or to, in or into, be-\\nfore the name of a town, city, or village, preceded by the verbs men-\\ntioned above\\nII va a. Paris le mois prochain. He is going to Paris next month.\\n8. The same preposition is used in the expressions, a la campagne,\\na la ville, a la chasse, a la peche, c.\\nNous allous a la campagne. We go into the country.\\nVous n allez pas a la ville. You do not go to the city.\\nJe vais a la chasse et a la peche. I go hunting and fishing.\\n9. Indicative Present of the Irregular Verbs,\\nCondui-re, 4. to conduct. Ecri-re, 4. to write. Li-re, 4. to read.\\nJe conduis, I co /iduct. do J ecris, I write, do write, Je lis, I read, do read or\\nconduct, or am con- or am writing am reading;\\nducting\\nTu conduis, Tu ecris, Tu lis,\\nII conduit, II ecrit, II lit,\\nNous conduisons, Nons ecrivons, Nous lisons,\\nVous conduisez, Vous ecrivez, Vous lisez,\\nlis conduisent. lis ecrivent. Us lisent.\\nKesume of Examples.\\nVotre parent ecrit il bien 1\\nII ecrit assez bien et assez vite.\\nNous avons assez de livres.\\nDoes your relation write weU\\nHe writes well enough and rapidly\\nenough.\\nWe have books enough.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0113.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "108\\nLESS03 XXXIV.\\nNous sommes assez attentifs a nos\\nlerOTlS.\\nVoila la demoiselle dont vous parlez.\\nVotre cheval n est il pas dans le\\nchamp 1\\nII n y est pas, il est dans le jardin.\\nAll vi\\nOucoii.i m.-mmc\\nJo lo conduis en Allem\\nDemeoi illc\\nNona daaneurona ft la\\npftcne.\\nattentive enough to our let-\\nthe younc lady of whom yon\\nspeak.\\nIs not your horse in the field\\ni the garden.\\nC vet this year?\\nParis and to I.\\nI i/ouiig man?\\nI take hn: G\\nWc lire in the country.\\nBnbae, f. Switzerland i\\nate i\\nCouxmis, in. clerk; .irney.\\nat encore U l plus la mime,\\njVn ut I. 11\\nd argent pour acbi mt, fnaia j ai\\nh\\\\ re, en\\navez\\nvous i\\nvous I i villa 19. II ne\\nr-t-il i\\nallcr 11 va\\ni\\nI intention da\\nDm\\nMilan ni I\\nBaJajnl\\n23. II ne dement Votre\\ndomes: I eat ft 1* cole.\\n00.\\nI, Does;, :i 7 3. He write* toler-\\na\\\\\u00c2\u00bb.y well, but not 8. Have j enottflfa\\nin TOOI lil it I intend to buy\\naomc more. 5. V. I 6. I\\nintend to read it 7. Does your son like to go flailing? 8. He liken", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0114.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXXV. 109\\nto go fishing and hunting. 9. When does he like to go fishing 1\\n10. When I am in the country. 11. What do you do when you are\\nin the city 12. When I am in the city, I read and learn my lesson.\\n13. Do you intend to go to France this year? 14. I intend to go to\\nGermany. 15. Will you go to the city if it (s iZ) rains? 16. When it\\nrains I always remain at home. [R. 1.] 17. How many friends have\\nyou in the city? 18. I have many friends there. 19. Are there many\\nEnglish in France? 20. There are many English in France and in\\nItaly (Italie). 21. Are there more English in Germany than in Italy?\\n22. There are more English in Italy than in Germany. 23. Is it fine\\nweather in Italy 24. It is very fine weather there. 25. Does it\\noften freeze there 26. It freezes sometimes there, but not often.\\n27. Does that young lady read as well as her sister? 28. She reads\\nbetter than her sister, hut her sister reads better than I. 29^ Is there\\nanyone at your house? 30. My father is at home. 31. Is your\\nbrother-in-law absent? 32. My brother-in-law is at your house.\\n33. There is no one at home to-day.\\nLESSON XXXV. LEgON XXXV.\\n1. The indefinite pronoun on has no exact equivalent in Englisn.\\nIt may be rendered by one, we, they, people, c, according to the\\ncontext. On has, of course, no antecedent, and seldom refers to a\\nparticular person, [J 41, (4.) (5.) 113.]\\nOn doit honorer la vertu. We should honor virtue.\\nOn nous apporte de l argent. Money is brought to us,\\n2. As may be seen in the last example, on is often the nominative\\nof an active verb, which is best rendered in English by the passive\\n[5113,(1.)]:-\\nOn dit que votre epouse est ici. It is said that your wife is here.\\nOn raconte des histoires singulieres. Singular histories are related.\\nOn recolte beaucoup de ble en Much wheat is harvested {grown) in\\nFrance. France.\\n3. Avoir lieu, answers to the English expression, to take place\\nCela a lieu tous les jours. That takes place every day.\\n4. Au lieu de, answers to the English, instead of. The verb which\\nfollows it must, according to Rule 2, L. 21, be put in the infinitive:\\nAu lieu d etudier, il jouo. Instead of studying, he plays.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0115.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "110\\nLESSON XXXV.\\n5. Devoir, to nice, is used before an infinitive, like tbe English Terb,\\nlo be, to express obligation\\nJe dois lui eciire demain. Ml to writ* to Aim to-morrow.\\nNoi devons y alkr demain. W *g* *m to-morrow.\\n6 Reeevoir des nouvelles, means, to hear from\\nDevcz vous recevoir da nouvclles Are you to hoar from your sister?\\nde votre sceur.\\n.ndr, r-rkr, answers to the English phrase, to hear of ol\\n^ntenda vous souveut parler do Do you often hear ofyourfrwnds?\\nvos amis 1\\nBt mpi m\\nm cUy 7\\nQue di- vill\\njours 1\\nie cHose do i\\nami I\\nUdoUw\\nBOB Tcre.\\n11 dame au lieu dc IBM\\ni heard of hi\\ni Mm.\\nj\\nfUtet tits even-\\n(Ml morning.\\nI\\nU f tnstead of walking.\\n1 Voiuappo\\nMMMta Pas tOUS\\n.....mdon\\nla 7.\\ndemon fibl\\n...d.t\\nU.Quaod do.t DjoapMHTM\\nvovag\u00c2\u00ab- 12. On dit quil doit b MnnMNI lc mo.s prochain. IS.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0116.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXXVI. Ill\\nCe mariage a-t-il lieu aujourd hui ou demain? 14. On nous dit qu i]\\ndoit avoir lieu cette apres-midi. 15. II aura lieu a cinq heures et\\ndemie. 16. Avez vous envie de venir au lieu de votre frere? 17.\\nMon frere doit venir au lieu de notre cousin. 18. Avez vous l in-\\ntention de lui dire ce qu il doit faire? 19. II sait ce qui. doit faire.\\n20. Savez vous ce qu on dit de nouveau? 21. On ne dit rien de\\nnouveau. 22. Trouve-t-on beaucoup d or en Califomie 23. On y\\nen trouve beaucoup. 24. Y trouve-t-on aussi des diamants? 25.\\nOn n y en trouve point, on n y trouve que de l or.\\nExercise 68.\\n1. What do people say of me? 2. People say that you are not\\nvery attentive to your lessons. 3. Is it said that much gold is found in\\nAfrica 4. It is said that much gold is found in California. 5. Do they\\nbring you books everyday? 6. Books are brought to me [R. 2.]\\nevery day, but I have no time to read them. 7. What should one do\\n(doit on faire) when one is sick 8. One should send for a physician.\\n9. Do you send for my brother 10. I am to send for him this\\nmorning. 11. Do you hear from your son every day? 12.^1 hear\\nfrom him every time that your brother comes. 13. Does the sale\\n(yente, f.) take place to-day 14. It takes place this afternoon. 15,\\nAt what time Qieure) does it take place 16. It takes place at half\\nafter three. 17. I have a wish to go there, but my brother is sick.\\n18. What am I to do 19. You are to write to your brother, who,\\nit is said (dit on), is very sick. 20. Is he to leave for Africa? 21.\\nHe is to leave for Algiers. 22. Do you come instead of your father 1\\n23. I am to write instead of him. 24. Does the concert take place\\nthis morning 25. It is to take place this afternoon. 26. Do you\\nknow at what hour? 27. At a quarter before five. 28. Is your\\nbrother coming 29. My brother is not coming, he has no time\\n30. Are you angry with your brother 31.1 am not angry with\\nhim. 32. Is any thing new said? (Is there any thing new?) 33\\nThere is nothing new. 34. What is said of him 35. Nothing i\\nsaid of him.\\nLESSON XXXVI. LEQON XXXVI.\\nREFLECTIVE VERBS. 43, (6.) 56.)\\n1. A verb is called reflective or pronominal, when it is conjugated\\nwith two pronouns of the same person, i. e., the usual nominative", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0117.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "112 LESSON XXX YL\\npronoun and the pronouns me, te, se, c. 56.] la these verbs tat\\nsubject is represented as acting upon itself:\\nJe m applique d 1 etude. I apply (myself) to study.\\nJe uie propose de voyager. I propose .ravel, i. e. tl\\nis my inUnlion to travel.\\nIn these verbs, the second pronoun is in fact only the objective\\npronoun direct or indirect, which, according to Rules 1 and 2, Lesson\\nbefore the verb.\\n1. The reflective form of the verb, which is much more frequently\\nn French than in English, often answers to the passive form\\nso common in the latter language\\nThat is crn rren/ dan\u00e2\u0080\u0094 literally,\\nCelase -urs.\\nCctte inarchantlise so vend i amditt is rasilu sold.\\nnient. tuutiM sells itself easily.\\nl thus.\\nCela \u00c2\u00abe fait am*,.\\n3. The verb se porter, literally to carry one s self, is used idiomati-\\ncally for to do or to be in speaking of health\\nj.- i i eeflL\\n4. S osseoir, [J reflective verb:\\nV \u00e2\u0096\u00a0\\\\,r s it s down.\\n6. Se promnBff means u.uk. t rrd. for pleasure, or health\\nI\\nJe DM I\\n6. Marcher, all. r iify to tralk or to\\nride, when m the manner of progressing a\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0u tcalk mus t\\nI V on horseback and in a carrift.\\n7. i r or thk la v thb\\n0c ro\u00c2\u00bbT-E\u00c2\u00ab, 1. to be or!? B j ft o nl\\nparte, J i \\\\s, IsU down.\\ndown)\\nTn M i Tu pr\\n\\\\..iis nuiis as\\n:..nt. lis s a\\n8. The reflective pronouns in the imperative of eflcctive", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0118.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXXVI.\\n113\\nfollow Rule 4, of L. 27 and Rules 3, 4, of Lesson 28 and also, 100.\\n(30(3.):-\\nAsseyons nous, asseyez vous. Let us sit down, sit down.\\nNe nous asseyons pas. Let us not sit down.\\nBesum\u00c2\u00a3 of Examples.\\nA quoi vous appliquez vous 1\\nJe m occupe de mes affaires.\\nJe m adresse a mes amis.\\nVous adressez vous a votre pere.\\nJe m adresse alui 100, (4.)]\\nComment se porte Monsieur votre\\npere 1\\nII se porte passablement bien.\\nPourquoi ne vous asseyez vous pas 1\\nJe m assieds quand je suis fatigue.\\nJe n ai pas le temps de m asseoir.\\nVous promenez vous tous les jours 1\\nJe me promene en voiture au-\\njourd hui.\\nVos amis se promenent ils a. cheval\\nN aimez vous pas a marcher 1\\nJ aime beaucoup a aller a cheval.\\nAimez vous a vous prom ener\\nAsseyons nous, s il vous plait.\\nNe nous asseyons nous pas 1\\nNe nous asseyons pas, il est trop\\ntard.\\nCombien ce drap se vend il la*\\nverge\\nII se vend vingt-cinq francs le\\nmetre.\\nComment cela s appelle-t-il 1\\nComment vous appelez 49, (4.)]\\nvous\\nTo what do you apply y\\nI occupy myielfwith my ajfavi\\nI apply to my friends.\\nDo you apply to your father?\\nI apply to him.\\nHow is your father\\nHe is tolerably well.\\nWhy do you not sit down,\\nI sit down when I am weary.\\nI have no time to sit down.\\nDo you take a walk every day\\nI lake a ride to-day (in a carriage).\\nDo your friends take a ride?\\nDo you not like walking\\nI like riding much.\\nDo you like walking {for pleasure)\\nLet us sit down, if you please.\\nDo we not sit down\\nLet us not sit down, it is too late.\\nHow much is that cloth sold a yard\\nIt is sold twenty-Jive francs the\\nmetre.\\nHow is that called? What is the\\nname of that\\nWhat is your name How do you\\ncall yourself?\\nExercise 69.\\nBanquier, m. banker Magnifique, magnificent; Pied, m. foot\\nComment, liow Matin, m. morning Port-er, to carry, wear\\nCheval, m. horse Mieux, better Quelquefois, sometimes;\\nDrap, m. cloth; Oblige, e, obliged; Quitt-er, 1. to leave;\\nFatigue, e, weary, tired Part-ir, 2. ir. to set out Voiture, f. carriage.\\n1. Comment ce monsieur s appelle-t-il? 2. Je ne sais comment\\ns appelle. 3. Cette dame ne s appelle-t-elle pas L. 4. Non,\\nMadame, elle s appelle M. 5. Monsieur votre pere se porte-t-il bien\\nce matin 6. II se porte beaucoup mieux. 7. Fait il beau temps\\naujourd hui? 8. II fait un temps magnifique, n allez vous pas vous\\nThe English a or an before a measure is rendered into French by the\\narticle le, or la, c.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0119.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": "114 LESSON XXXVII.\\npromener 9. Nous n avons ni cheval ni voiture. 10. Xe pouvez\\nvous marcher? 11. Je suis trop fatigue pour marchei. IS. N allez\\nvous pas a cheval tous les matins? 13. Je me promcne tons lea\\nmatins. 14. Comment vous promenez vous 15. Quelquefois a\\npied et qnelquefoifl en voiture. 16. A qui vous adressez vousquand\\nvous avcz besoin d argeut 17. Je m adreese a mon banquier\\n18. Nt voulez vous pas vous aaeeoir! 19. Nous vous soinmes bien\\nobliges. 20. Ce drap e vend il fort bien 21. II se vend fort eher.\\n22. Ne devcz vous pas aller a la campagne, a il fait beau temps?\\ndoit il quitter la villa aujourd hui? 24. 11 doit partir\\nMa MBUr se prom. ne tons Irs matins.\\nsro.\\n1. Does your sister walk every day 1 2. She takes a walk every\\nmorning. 3. Sin- Like* riding 0D horseback and in a carriage.\\n4. What is that link- girl railed 5. She is called L Is not that\\ngentleman called 1... 7. No, Sir, he ia called (Land his cousin is\\ncalled il. 8. How iayonr brother 1 fcty brother ia very well, bat\\nwell. 10. How are your two daaghtera 1 II. They\\nday. 12. Will you not ait down, gentlemen 1\\nIt, art- much obliged to you. Madam, we have Dot time.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2V Well. Ift II, .w is\\n(Tame) I 17. II\\nBneweatbet to day1 19. I: hi very fine weather, will yon\\nnot take I walk I U 1 |,a\\\\.- no time to walk. 81. To whom doea\\nyour brother apply 1 brother. 88. fa his\\nbrother at horn. \u00e2\u0080\u00a2_\u00e2\u0080\u00a2 I S:r. Bl I .in- 86. When\\nIntend 1 intenda to go tO France in ono\\nmonth. \u00c2\u00b07. Is your ftiater to Leave to-morrow mon\\nI w hat .o people\\nII. Are you too\\nmuch htigned to wa ted, but I have\\nto walk. 33. Do you like walking or riding 1 .J. I like\\nriding, when 1 have a good bora* I not like walking.\\nxxxvn. i. iv a xxxvir.\\nl. The reflective p ronoun poeaeaafea, lav\\nlive. In si;. .rliclo takea the\\nplace of this adjeotfvt 7, (9.)]", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0120.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXXVII.\\n115\\nVol J chauffez vous les pieds 1 Do you warm your feet\\nJe me chauffe les mains et les pieds. warm my hands and feet.\\n2. Se souvenir [2. ir. See 62.], se rappeler 49, (4.)], correspond to\\nihe English verb to remember. Se rappeler takes a direct object, that\\nis, no preposition intervenes between the verb and its object, if the\\nsame be a noun or a pronoun\\nVous rappelez vous ces demoisellesl Do you remember those young ladies\\nJe ne me les rappelle pas. do not remember them.\\n3. Custom seems, however, to sanction the use of the preposition\\nde between the verb se rappeler and an infinitive\\nNous ne nous rappelons pas d en We do not remember having been de-\\navoir ete prives (Condillac). prived of it.\\n4. Se souvenir, takes the preposition de before a noun or pronoun\\nas well as before an infinitive\\nVous souvenez vous de cette affaire 1 Do you remember that affair\\nJe ne m en souviens pas. J do not remember it.\\nJe me souviens de lui avoir ecrit. J remember having written to him.\\n5. Se coucher, corresponds to the English verbs to retire, to go to\\nbed\\nJe me couche de bonne heure. I retire early.\\n6. Se lever 49, (6.)] means to rise, to get up\\nJe me leve au point du jour. rise at the break of day.\\nResume of Examples.\\nVous coupez vous les ongles 1\\nJe me coupe les ongles et les che-\\nveux.\\nVous coupez vous les doigts 1\\nJe me coupe souvent les doigts,\\nquand je taille ma plume.\\nVous rappelez [ty 49, (4.)] vous les\\nmalheurs du frere de votre ami 1\\nJe me rappelle ses malheurs.\\nJe me les rappelle distinctement.\\nJe me rappelle de l avoir vu.\\nVous souvenez vous de cela 1\\nJe ne m en souviens pas du tout.\\nA quelle heure vous couchez vous 1\\nNous nous couchons tous les jours\\nau coucher du soleil.\\nNous nous levons de meilleure heure\\nque vous, au lever du soleil.\\nfl se leve a cinq heures du matin, et\\nil se couche a dix hemes et de-\\nnue du soir.\\nDo you cut your nails\\nI cut my nails and hair.\\nDo you cut your fingers 7\\nI often cut my fingers, when I merit*\\nmy pen.\\nDo you remember the misfortunes of\\nyour friend s brother\\nI remember his misfortunes.\\nI recollect them distinctly.\\nI remember having seen htm.\\nDo you remember that\\nI do not remember it at all.\\nAt what hour do you retire\\nWe go to bed every day at sunset.\\nWe rise earlier than you, at sun-\\nrise.\\nHe rises at five o clock in the morn-\\ning, and goes to bed at half after\\nten in the evening.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0121.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "116 LESSON XXXVII.\\nExercise 71.\\nAssocie, m. partner De meilleure heurc, rerruquier, m. .tan*\\nJ3ois, ru. wood; earlier; dm\\nBoucher m. butcher Doigt m. finger; Pocle. m. I\\n8e briil-er. 1. ref. to Per, m. iron; Poucc, in. thumb;\\nburn one s self. W\\\\\\\\.\\\\n. fire Promesse, f. promise:\\nCharpentier, in. carpers Main, f. hand souvenir, to rcmem-\\nter. S occuper, 1. to occupy bcr (see Venir, ^62.);\\nIS:; chauffer, l. ref fo o;i r j self. TravaiD-er, 1. to work.\\nwarm one s self. ParfaiUuient, perfectly\\nI. Le perruquicr se coupe-t-il le poucc 2. Non, Monsieur, il s*.\\ncoupe les chevenx, 3. Le eluurpentier ne *e coupe-t-il pas la main\\n4. 11 ne B6 coupe pas la main, il coupe le bois. 5. Ne vous rappeloz\\nvous pas eette dame 6. Je me rappelle eette dame et ees me sicurs.\\n7. De quoi vous occupc/. voua 8. Nuns nous OOCUpOM de nos af-\\ndee fusils qu*a votre para 10. Je\\nne in en suuvions point da tout 1 I. Cette petite Bile ne M briilc-t-\\nelle pas. 12. Elle ne se bru .e pas, il n y a p:is de leu dan-, le\\n13. Poutquoi le boucher do se chauffe-t-il pas. 14 Parcequ fl n a\\npas froid. 16. Cea ent ants ae h -vent ilfl de mrillcurc heure que Boil\\n1G. lis se eouehent de bonne heure, leg matins a.\\nsix heurea 17. -coir. IS. 11 n a\\npas le tempi I s promes-\\np.irfaiteincnl. 81, Ne VOW cliaufTcz\\npea quad vow avw freed I Je ne me chaafle presqw j.i-\\nimeil I 1 1. On ae\\ncouche quad on eeameil, et on mange quad on bint, i2j.\\nQuai. de bonne h \u00c2\u00abiuand\\nOn se portc bum, on doit (should) se lever de bonne heure.\\nI, Do you rise early when you are well? 2. When I :im well, I\\nrery morning at \u00c2\u00a7ve o clock. 3. Do you remember your eowin\\nJ i. I remember bim perfectly well. 5. Do you go to bed early?\\n6. We u r o to bed al ton o clock. 7. Does not the tailor burn his\\nfingers? 8. He does not burn liis lingers, his iron la not warm. 9.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0penter cut bia thumb 10. He cuts neither his thumb\\nnor his hand. 11. Why do you not warm yourself 1 12. I do not\\nwarm myself, because 1 am not cold. 13. Is it not very cold to-day?\\n14. It is not cold to-day, it rains. 15. Does your hair-dr\\naunrise I 16. The carpenter rises at nnnrJM bed at sun-\\naeL 17. Do you rise earlier than P 18. We riot ffrarj morning at", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0122.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXXVIII. 117\\nthe break of day. 19. Do you cut your hair often 1 20. I cut my\\nnair and my nails evory month. 21. Do you remember that gentle-\\nman 22. I remember him very well. 23. I do not remember him.\\n24. Do you jut your fingers when you mend a pen 25. I cut my\\nhand when I work. 26. Do you remember what you learn 27. I\\ndo not remember all that {tout ce que) I learn. 28. Do you know if\\nyour father is well 29. He is very well to-day. 30. Is not your\\nmother well? 31. She is not very well. 32. Do you remember\\nyour friend s misfortunes 1 33. I remember them. 34. I remember\\nthat.\\nlesson xxxvm. LEgcw xxxvm.\\n1. The verb tromper, conjugated actively, corresponds to the Eng-\\nlish verb to deceive\\nII trompe tout le monde. He deceives every body.\\n2. Conjugated reflectively, se tromper means to be mistaken lite-\\nrally, to deceive one s self:\\nOn se trompe bien souvent. One is often mistaken.\\n3. Ennuyer, [5 49, (2.)] used actively, means to weary the mind, tc\\nlease, to bore\\nCet homrae ennuie ses auditeurs. That man wearies his hearers.\\nVous nous ennuyez par vos de- You tease, or weary us by your ques-\\ntions.\\n4. S ennuyer has no exact correspondent in English. It signifies\\ngenerally, to be or to become mentally weary of any thing or place\\nNous nous ennuyons ici. We are weary of being here.\\nVous ennuyez vous a la campagne Are you weary of being in the country\\nJe m ennuie partout. I find no amusement anywhere.\\n5. Je m ennuie means in fact, lam mentally weary, I want change,\\namusement, occupation, c.\\n6. S amuser, answers to the English expressions, to amuse one s self\\nto take pleasure in, to spend one s lime in, to find amusement in, to\\nenjoy one s self:\\nNous nous amusons a. la campagne. We enjoy oursaves in the country.\\nVous vous amusez a des bagatelles. You spend youi time in trifles.\\nResume of Examples.\\nOn se trompe souvent soi-meme en\\ncherchant a tromper les autres.\\nVotre commis ne se trompe-t-il pas 1\\nU so trompe bien rarement.\\nWe often deceive ourselves while seek-\\ning to deceive others.\\nIs not your clerk mistaken 1\\nHe is very rarely mistake*.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0123.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "118 LESSON XXXVIII.\\nNe vous trompez vous pas frequein-\\nmont 1\\nTout le monde est sujet a se trom-\\nper.\\nCe marchandtrompetoutle monde.\\nSa conversation nous ennuie.\\nVous ennuyez vos amis par vos\\nplaint\\nEst-ce que je ne vous ennuie pas 1\\nAre you not ft tquently mistaken?\\nEvery one is cpt to be mistaken.\\nThat merchant deceives every body.\\nHis conversation wearies us.\\nYou weary your friends by your am\\nplaints.\\nDo I not wean/ uou\\nVous ennuyez vous cues nous weary of remaining with us?\\nJe lu cnuuica la ville et je m amuse I become iceanj of the city and Jiud\\na. la eampagne. amusement in the country.\\nA quoi TOM amuses vous? do you amuse ymaself?\\nJe m amuse a lire l allemand. I amuse myself m reading German.\\nExercise 7\\nApprond-re. 4. ir. to Entond-re, 4. to heir Quand\\nlearn Ennuyer, 1. See 49. (2.) Quelquefoia, sometimes\\nBaoqmier, m. banker; Lant;r EUo-evoil, 3. to receive;\\nClient, m. client, cus- Maude, sick Rev-enir, 2. ir. to come\\ntomer Klemoire, in. bill; baek\\nDemenr-er, 1.1 I or, 1. to prefer; Tromp-er, 1. to deceive.\\n1. Aimez vous ademcurer ;i la eampagne 3. pretere la cam-\\nla ville. 3. Vous ennuyez vous souvent a la eampagne\\n4. Quand je in ennuii la eampagne, je reviens a la ville. 6. Recoit\\nmveUes da General L On o entend pu parler dfi lui.\\nIS quelquefois? 8. Tout le monde se trompe\\nquelquefoia, 9. Le benqnier Lrompe-t-il sea clients 10. II ne\\ntrompe in at* amia, il m trompe paanonaa. II. Ne\\nvouatrompai roue pea dans memoirel 12. Je ne mc trompe pas.\\n13. Voua amuaes Torn a lire on .1 satire 1 14. Je m amuse a ap-\\nprendre l allemand et le t r.in ;:iis. 15. Aval TOO! tort d apprendre\\nlee languea-1 i\u00c2\u00abJ. J ai paiaoa da lee apprendre. 17. Vous ennuyez\\n\u00c2\u00ab-nt 1H. Je m ennuic quand je n ai Hen a faire. 19. A\\nquoi vuns smuaes roue quand vous fetes .1 la eampagne 20. Nous\\nnous promenons le matin, et nous travail Ions le reate de la journee\\n21. Vous portez vous toujoura bien? 22. Nous sommes quelque-\\nfois malades. 23. Envoyez vous chcrcher le medecin 24. Nous\\nPenroyona eherrher. 26. Je vaia le onaronar.\\nExercise 71.\\n1. Are you not mistaken? 2. I am not mistaken. 3. Is not the\\nbanker mistaken 4. He is not mistaken, but his clerk is certainly\\n(cerlainemenl) mistaken. 5. Does lie not deceive you? 6. He does\\nnot deceive me, he deceives nobody. 7. Are you not wrong to de-\\nceive your father? 8. I do not intend to deceive him. 9. Does not", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0124.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "LESSON XXXIX. 119\\ntne merchant make a mistake? 10. He makes a mistake in the bill\\nwhich he writes. 11. Do you like the country or the city? 12. I\\nprefer the city I soon become weary of the country. 13. Does not\\nthat child weary you by his questions 14. Does not that long story\\n(recit, m.) weary you? 15. It does not weary me, it amuses mo.\\n16. Do you amuse yourself when you are in the country? 17. I\\namuse myself, I learn French and Italian. 18. Are you not weary\\nof remaining at your uncle s? 19. I am never weary of remaining\\nthere. 20. Is your brother often mistaken? 21. Every body is\\nsometimes mistaken. 22. Does his conversation weary you? 23.\\nOn the contrary, it amuses us. 24. Is your brother heard from\\n25. Nothing is heard of him. [L. 35.] 26. Is your sister well 27.\\nNo, Sir, she is sick. 28. Do I weary you 29. You do not weary\\nme. 30. Ami mistaken? 31. You are not mistaken. 32. Is he\\noften mistaken 33. He is often mistaken. 34. Do ycu not rise\\nlate 35. No, Sir, I rise early.\\nLESSON XXXIX. LEgON XXXIX.\\n1. The reflective verb, se passer, is used idiomatically in the sen 99\\nof to do without. It is followed by the preposition de, when it\\ncomes before a noun or a verb\\nVous passez vous de ce livre 1 Do you do without that book\\nJe ne puis m en passer. p cannot do without, it.\\n2. Se servir [2. ir. see 62.], to use, also requires the preposition\\nde before its object :-r\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nJe me sers de votre canif. J use your penknife.\\nJe ne m en sers pas. J do not use it.\\n3. The second example of the two rules above, shows that, when\\nthe object of those verbs is a thing, it is represented in the sentence\\nby the pronoun en*:\\nJe m en sers, je m en passe. J use it, I do without it.\\n4. The pronoun* used as indirect object of a reflective verb, if rep-\\nlesenting a person, follows the verb \\\\_\\\\ 100, (4.)]\\nJe puis me passar de lui. I can do without hipi.\\nJe m adresse a vous et 5 elle. I apply to you and to Iter.\\n5. S endormir [2\\\\ ir. see 62.] to fall asleep, an 1 s eveiller, to\\nawake, are also reflective.\\nThe rule does not apply to the reflect ve pronoun, which is some-\\ntimes an indirect object.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0125.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "120\\nLESSON XXXIX.\\nJe m endors aussitot que je me I fall asleep as soon as I go to bed.\\ncouche.\\nJe m oveille a six heures du matin. awake at six o clock in the morning,\\n6. S approcher, to come near, to approach s eloigner, to draw back,\\nto leave, take the preposition de before a noun. Their object, when\\na pronoun, is subject to Rules 3 and 4 above\\nVotre fils s approche-t-il du feu 7 Docs your son draw near the fire?\\nII ne s eu approehe pas. He does not come near it.\\nII s eloigne de moi et de vous. He goes from mc and from you.\\nB of Examples.\\nVous servez vous de ce coutcau\\nJe ne m en sers pas, il ne coupe pas.\\nDe quels coutcaux vous sen\\nNous nous servons de OOOtoMU\\nd acier.\\nPouvez vous vous passer d argentl\\nNona ne poavona notm en pernor\\nVous pa-.se/. vous ilr voire ln. iit r\\nNona nous pu.s.Miiis de lui.\\nVoUMl Iresv/. Volls;..\\nNous imiis a.lre.ssotis a eux et a.\\nfkefletneat\\nJe in i Vi -ill. d .lire.\\nPourquol vous approchea vous du\\nfeu I\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i approeh* parcequo j ai\\nfroi.l.\\nNous nous tloifDOOl ilu f ii.\\nNolls -Lis.\\nNous nous uppioehons do notre\\nNous nous approchons de lui.\\nDo you use that knife 7\\nI do not use it, it does not cut\\nnircs do you use?\\nWe use sir, I knives.\\nCon you do without money?\\nlot do without it.\\nDo yon do without your teacher\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0thout him.\\nDo you apply to those gentlemen?\\nWe apply t them and to you.\\nI tatUff.\\nJ air ale v -y early.\\nWhy do you come near the fire 1\\n1 or it because J am cold.\\nm the fire.\\nom it.\\nWe go near aur father.\\nWe go near him.\\nExercise 75.\\nAussi. also; Encre, f. ink Ordinaircment,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094que, as soonFentlrc. f. window* ally;\\nas; Pen m.firr; Plume, f. pen\\nCanif. m. penknife Pourchette, f. fork i I mirquoi. why;\\nlie, young lady, Hi-ure. hour, o clock; Pr6t-er, 1. to tend\\nDomestique, m. .vr-Moins, lea, btftrti Quart, m. quarter\\nrani; Oblige, o. oiUgedi Taill-er, 1. to mend.\\n1. Ponvez vous rov ere I 2. Nous pouvons nous en\\n:ous n avons lien a tain. 3. Vous senez vous de votre\\nplume 4. Je M m en sers pas en avez VOU8 besoin I 5. No voulez\\nvous pas vous approcher ilu leu 6. Je vou- suifl bien oblige, je n ai\\npas froid 7. Pourquoi ces demoiselles B eloigMOt ellcs de la fen\u00c2\u00bbV\\ntre! 8. Elles e en eloignent parcequ il y fait trop froid. 9. Ce\u00c2\u00ab\\nenfant* ne s adreasent ils paa i vous? 10. He s adreaeent a mol", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0126.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "IES80N XL. 121\\net a mon frere. 11. A quelle heun vous eveillez vous le matin?\\n12. Je in evcille ordinairemcnt a. si 1 hcures nioins un quart. 13.\\nVous levez vous aussitot que vous vous eveillez 14. Je me leve\\naussitot que je m tsveille. 15. De quels livres vous servez vous\\n16. Je me sers des miens et des votres. 17. Ne vous servez voua\\npas de ceux de votre frere? 18. Je m en sers aussi. 19. Les plumes\\ndent [L. 31. R. 8,] vous vous servez sont elles bonnes 20. Pour-\\nquoi votre ami s eloigne-t-il du feu? 21. II s en eloigne parcequ il\\na trop chaud. 22. Pourquoi votre domestique s en approche-t-il\\n23. II s en approche pour se chauffer. 24. Vous ennuyez vous ici\\n85. Je ne m ennuie pas.\\nExercise 76.\\n1. Will you lend me your penknife 2. I cannot do without\\nt, I want it to mend my pen. 3. Do you want to use my book\\n4. I want to use it, will you lend it to me 5. What knife does,\\nyour brother use 6. He uses my father s knife and my brother s\\nfork. 7. Will you not draw near the fire 8. We are much obliged\\nto you, we are warm. 9. Is that young lady warm enough? [L. 34,\\n3.] 10. She is very cold. 11. Tell her (diles lui) to come near the\\nfire? 12. Why do you go from the fire? 13. We are too warm.\\n14. Does your brother leave the window? 15. He leaves the win-\\ndow because he is cold. 16. To whom does that gentleman apply\\n17. He applies to me and to my brother. 18. Why does he not ap-\\nply to me? 19. Because he is ashamed to speak to you. 20. Do\\nyou awake early every morning? 21. I awake early, when I go to\\nbed early. 22. Why do you go to sle,ep 23. I go to sleep because\\nI am tired. 24. Are you afraid to go near your father? 25. I am\\nnot afraid to approach him. 26. Can you do without us? 27. We\\ncannot do without you but we can do without your brother. 28.\\nDo you want my brother s horse? 29. No, Sir, we can do without\\nit. 30. Do you intend to do without money? 31. You know very\\nwell that we cannot do without it. 32. Is your brother weary of\\nbeing here 33. He is not weary of being here. 34. Come near\\nthe fire, mv child.\\nLESSON XL. LEQON XL.\\n1. The verb aller (1. ir. 62.), conjugated reflectively, and pre-\\nceded by the word en, i. e. s en aller, corresponds to the English ex-\\npTew\u00c2\u00bbion8 to go away, to leave:\\n6", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0127.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "122\\nLESSON XL\\n2. Indicative Present of the Verb s en Aller, to Go awat\\nJe m en vais, sv away j Nous nous en al- We go away;\\nTu t en vas, Thau art going Ions.\\naway; Vous vous en allez, Yon are going\\nH s en ra, He goes away a way\\nlis s en vont. T/4cy go awuy.\\n3. Thi same Tense Conjugated Interrogatively.\\nEst-ce que jc m en Z o I go away 7 Nous en allons Do we go away?\\nvais 7 nous 7\\nT en vas tu7 .Art f\u00c2\u00abW ^y/ /i^ Vous en allez Do you go away?\\naway? v\u00c2\u00ab us 7 Are they going\\nS en va-t-in Is he going away S en vont ils? away)\\n4. Se facher, /o be or become angry, requires the preposition contre\\nor de before the noun or pronoun following it\\nSe fichc-t-il contre votrc fnirc 7 Does he become angry against jomt\\nbrother 7\\nHe him.\\nangry al nothing.\\n6. Se rtjouir, to rejoice, is followed by the p-vposition d\u00c2\u00ab:\\nJe me rtjoui- de retro l iilicnr. rejoiet at your kapptmtu.\\npbire [4. ir. in 88,] to take pleasure, to delight in anything\\nto like to be in a place, |*Ju I object\\nJe me plais a la earapagne. like to be in the e/mntiy.\\nJe DM plais a ctudier, a 1 i r i I take pleasure in st inlying, in reading,\\n7. Se depecher, se hater, to make haste, take de before their or\\nct:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDfipeehez TOM tie finir von lemons. Matt haste to finish yo\\nPourquoi no vous depiche; v us j as7 Why tin you iu4 make haste 1\\nH se ficlie contro lui.\\nVous vous ffiehez dun rien.\\nto mart-hand s en va-t-il aujour-\\nd hui I\\nNous nous en allons dentin\\nJe m en vais qnaodje sob\\nPottranoi row Achea vona oootra\\nlui!\\nII se plait d jouer, il D ttodk j.v\\nniais.\\nTom plaisez vous cbe* ffM parents I\\nDe quoi vous rekmiaaes nsl\\nNous nous rejooJsBons de rotre\\nsucces.\\nns m rMotnaMOS.\\nPourqvol row depochez vous 7\\nNous nous dgpdchous d ecrtro.\\nNous notM plaisons en Angleterro.\\nNona do nous plaisons pas d Taxis.\\nvierrhant go away let-dam?\\ntnth him 7\\ntreasure inpuiying, nevm\\n.e to be at your relations f\\nAt what I\\n^ess.\\ni!\\nII\\nMV n-.aki\\nWe like to be in England.\\nWt do not, like U bt in Paris.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0128.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "LESSON XI*\\n123\\nNous ne nous y plaisons pas.\\nVous plaisez vous a. New York?\\nNous iious y plaisons.\\nWe do not like to be there.\\nDo yon like to be in New Y01 k\\nWe like to be there.\\nExercise 77.\\nAmbassacleur, m. am- Jouer, 1. to play, Prochain, e, next\\nbassador; Malheur, m. misfortune; Retourn-er, 1. to return;\\nAnivce, f. arrival; Mieux, belter t Semaine, f. week;\\nAutrui, m. others; Midi, noon; Tante, f. aunt;\\nCour-ir, 2. ir. to run Parceque, because; Turc, turque, Turkish.\\nJamais, never;\\n1. Vous en allez vous bientdt? 2. Je m en vais la semaine pro-\\nchaine. 3. Pourquoi vous en allez vous 4. Parceque je ne me plais\\npas ici. 5. Vous plaisez vous mieux chez votre tante qu ici 6. Je\\nm y plais mieux. 7. N avez vous pas tort de vous en aller si tot\\n8. J ai raison de m en aller. 9. Ne vous rejouissez vous pas des mal-\\nheurs d autrui? 10. Nous ne nous en rejouissons point. 11. Cet\\nhomme se fache-t-il contre le jardinier? 12. II se fache contre lui parce\\nqu il ne veut pas se depecher. 13. Se fache-t-il bien souvent? 14.11\\nse fiche a. tout moment, il se fache d un rien. 15. Ne vous depechez\\nvous jamais? 16. Je me depeche toujours quand j ai quelque chose a\\nfaire. 17. Ne vous plaisez vous pas a. courir et a. joue*r? 18. Je me\\nplais a jouer et mon frere se plait a lire. 19. Vous rejouissez vous\\nde Parrivee de l ambassadeur turc? 20. Je m en rejouis. *21. Ne vous\\nplaisez vous pas en Amerique 22. Je m y plais beaucoup mieux\\nqu en France. 23. Votre ecolier ne se plait il pas chez vous 24. II\\nse plait chez moi, mais il desire retourner chez son pere. 25. Depe-\\nchez vous, il est deja midi.\\nExercise 78.\\n1. At what hour does your friend go away? 2. He goes away\\nevery morning at nine o clock. 3. Do you go away with (avec) him\\n4. I go away with him when I have time. 5. Will you make haste\\nto finish your letter? 6. I make haste to finish it. 7. Does the gar-\\ndener get angry with his brother? 8. He gets angry against him when\\nhe does not make haste. 9. Make haste, my friend, it is ten o clock;\\n10. Why do you not make haste? 11. 1 like to play, but I do not like\\nto study. 12. Do you like to stay at my house 13. I like to stay\\nthere. 14. Are you rejoiced at the arrival of your mother? 15. I\\nrejoice at it. 16. Is not your brother wrong to go away so soon\\n17. He is right to go away, he has much to do at home. 18. Do you\\nrejoice at other people s misfortunes? 19. I do not rejoice at them.\\n20. I rejoice at your success. 21. Does not your brother draw near\\nthe fire? 22. He goes from the fire, he is too warm. 23. Does that", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0129.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "124 LESSON XL I.\\nyoung lady get angry against you? 24. She gets angry at trirles (da\\nrlni). 25. Do you like to be in Paris? 26. I like to be there. 27.\\nCan you do without me to-day 28. We cannot do without you\\nmake haste to finish your work (overage). 29. Do you want your\\npenknife? 30. I want to use it. 31. Make haste to rise.it is six\\no clock. 32. Is it line weather? 33. No, Sir, it rains. 34. Is your\\nfather well this morning? 35. Yes, Sir, he is very well.\\nLESSON XLL LECON XLL\\nTHE l AST INDEFINITE. \\\\ij 121.]\\n1. The past indefinite is composed of the present of the indicative\\nof one of the auxiliary verbs, avoir and itre 45, (8.)], and the par-\\nticiple past of a verb. See the different paradigms of verbs, 47 and\\nfollowing sections:\\nJ ai parlc, Je Miis aniv6. 1 t spoken, I am arrived.\\n2. The past Indefinite is used to express an action entirely com-\\npleted, but performed tl I time of which a part is not yet elapsed,\\nor at time entirely peat, but not specified. 121, (1.) (2.)]:\\nJ ai vii vntre pen OB matin. I hair fin vnur father this warning.\\nJe tie vuii-. ii u 16. hare met yet spoken to you.\\n3. The past Indefinite may also be used, when the time is sped-\\nJe lui ai terrl la Bemetne dernlere. wr et e to him last ireek.\\nJe lui ai cuviiVl uiir Litre k mois sent him. a Utter last month.\\ndernier.\\n4. In this tense and in other compound tenses, the adverb is gene-\\nrally placed between the auxiliary and the participle 13(i, (30]*\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nVous nous avez smivent parld. You hair often spoken to us.\\nJe ne l el pee encore yu. I ha him.\\n5. The adverbs aujourd hui, tit-day; demain, tu-morrow hier, yester-\\nday; polysyllabic adverbs of manner ending in merit, and long ndverba\\ngenerally, do not come between the auxiliary and the participle, but\\nfollow Rule 1. L 34. See 136, (5.):\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nVous avc7. hi deniiereiiH nt. Yem read lately.\\n6. The udpenonaJ verb y avoir, [L. 33. II. 3. 4,] placed before a\\nword expressing time, eorreeponda with the Englieh word, eve;\\nii line lcttrc. il y huit jours. received a letter eight days ago.\\n..us ,i\\\\ez taheM uuc mauiou, il y a You ln/ug/U a House a year ago.\\nuo an.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0130.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "LESSON XLI.\\n125\\nResume of Examples.\\nVos neveux nous ont parle.\\nNous avons parle a votre pore.\\nLe tailleur a-t-il fait raon habit 1\\nLe boulanger a mis son chapeau.\\nLe cordonnier a ote ses souliers.\\nVotre f rcre a dit quelqne chose.\\nVotre soeur qu a-t-ellc dit 1\\nN avez vous rien dit a mon cousin\\nJe ne lui ai rien dit.\\nJe ne l ai jamais rencontre.\\nJe ne leur ai jamais parle.\\nQu avez vous fait aujourd hui?\\nHier, nous n avons pas travaille.\\n[$130.]\\nLeur en avez vous souvent parle 1\\nJe leur en ai souvent parle.\\nJe ne le leur ai pas encore dit.\\nN avez vous pas assez ecrit 1\\nII m a ecrit, il y a longtemps.\\nII nous a repondu, il y a un mois.\\nYour nephews ipok: to us.\\nWe spoke 10 your fallter.\\nHas the tailor viacL? my coat\\nTiie baker has put on his hat.\\nTiie shoemaker has taken his shots off.\\nYour brother said something.\\nWhat did your sister say?\\nHave you told my cousin nothing 7\\nI have told him nothing.\\nI have nevx.. *t him.\\nI never spoke to l/iem.\\nWlial have you done to-day\\nWe did not work yesterday.\\nHave you often spoken to Uicvi about\\nit?\\nI have often spoken to them about it.\\nI have not yet said any thing to them\\nabout it.\\nHave you not written enough\\nHe uvole to vie a long time ago.\\nHe replied to us a month ago.\\nAvocat, m. barrister;\\nCela. ceci. thai, this\\nDit, from dire, said;\\nEtudi-er, 1. to study;\\nGant, m. glove;\\nExercise 79.\\nGarcon, m. boy\\nHier, yesterday\\nJournee, f. day;\\nLu. from lire, read\\nMinistre, m. minister\\nMis,/?w/i mettre, put on\\nPlant-er, 1. to plant;\\nPoirier, m. pear-tree\\nSoulier, m. shoe\\nVu, from voir, seen.\\n1. Qui vous a dit cela? 2. L avocat me l a dit. 3. Lui avez vous\\nparle de cette affaire? 4. Je ne lui en ai pas encore parle. 5. L avez\\nvous vu dernierement 6. Jel ai vu il y a quelques jours. 7. N avez\\nvous pas ecrit hier? 8. Nous avons lu et ecrit toute la journee. [L.\\n26, (9.)] 9. N avez vous pas ote vos gants et vos souliers? 10. Je\\nn ai pas ote mes gants, mais j ai ote mon chapeau. 11. Le tailleur\\nn a-t-il pas mis son chapeau? 12. Oui, Monsieur, il a mis son cha-\\npeau. 13. Qu avez vous fait a. ce petit garcon 14. Je ne lui ai rien\\nfait. 15. Ne lui avez vous point dit que je suis ici 16. Je ne le lui\\nai pas encore dit. 17. Qu avez vous etudie ce matin 1 8. Nous avons\\netudienosleconset nous avons lu nos livres. 19. Le jardinier du mi-\\nnistre a-t-il plante le poirier 20. II l a plante :1 y a plus de huit jours.\\n21 Avez vous achete un habit de drap noir? 22. J en ai achete un.\\n23. L avez vous porte aujourd hui 24. Je ne l ai pus encore porte.\\n25. Nous avons mis nos souliers et nos bas ce matin.\\nExercise 80.\\n1. Have you studied to-day? 2. We have no time to study, we", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0131.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "126 LESSON XL II.\\nhave read a page. 3. Have you not written to my brother 4. 1\\nhave not yet written to him. 5. Has not the German written to my\\nmother? 6. He has not yet written to her. 7. Have you told (.1)\\nmy mother that I have taken (pris) this book 8. I have not yet\\nBeen your mother. 9. What have yon done this morning 1 10. We\\nhave done nothing. 11. Have you taken off your coat 12. I have\\nnot taken off my coat, it is too cold. 13. Has the bookseller ivriU\\nten to your brother 14. He wrote to him a long time ago. 15.\\nDid he write to him a month ago 10. He wrote to him more than\\na year ago. 17. II..,e you planted a pear-tree IS. We have planted\\nseveral. 19. Is it too cold to (jxrnr) plant tree* I 20. It is too warm.\\n21. What has the gardener done to your little boy 1 513. He has done\\nnothing to him. 23. Has any one done any thing to him? 24. No\\none lias done any thing to him. 25. Is any thing the matter with him\\n20. Nothing is the matter with him. 27. Has your father put on his\\nblack ball 38, No, Sir, he has not put on hia black hat. 39. What\\nhas yum brother said 1 80. Ho has said nothing. 31. Has your sit-\\nter told you lh.it :*2. She told it me. 33. Did you not work yes-\\nterday 34. We did not work yesterday, we had nothing to do.\\n35. Your little boy has done nothing to-day.\\nLESSEN XLII. LE0ON XLII.\\nTIIK TAST rAHTICHU.K. 134.]\\n1. The past participle, which in French forms a pnrt of every COBS*\\npound t. i^ susceptible f changes In its termination.\\n2. The student will find in the table of the terminatioi\\nregular r .rent changes which the past participle\\nof those verbs undergoes. The feminine terminations of the past\\npartii iple of the irregular verbs, will be found in the alphabetical\\ntable,\\n3. The teal letter of the feminine termination is always an i mute.\\n4. The plura. of i p.i^t participle not ending with nn r, i- formed\\nby the addition of that letter t the singular, masculine or femi-\\nnine.\\nTin participle past, arooropi luxiliary avoir, Bevel\\nagrees with the nominative or subject [ij 134, (3.)]:\\nLet demolacuea out i i- r l*dtn\\nCes messieurs ont lu toute la journcc. Those gentlemen read Uu tckoU day.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0132.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "LESSON XIII.\\n127\\n6. The participle past, having etre as its auxiliary, assumes in its\\ntermination the gender and number of the subject 134, (2.)]\\nMa fille est arrivee ce matin. My daughter arrived this morning\\nNos freres ne sont pas venus. Our brothers are not come,\\n7. The participle, accompanied by the auxiliary avoir, agrees in\\ngendei and number with its direct object or regime direct, [5 2, (2.)\\nJ 42, (4 when that object precedes it 134, (4.)]\\nLes dames que nous avons vues. The ladies whom we have seen.\\nLes lettres que nous avons lues. The letters which we have read.\\n8. When the regime direct or objective (accusative) follows the\\nparticiple, no agreement takes place 134, (5.)]\\nAvez vous vu les dames 1 Have you seen the ladies\\nAvons nous lu les lettres 1 Have we read the letters\\n9. A participle past never agrees with its regime indirect, or indi-\\nrect object (dative or ablative) 2, (3.) 42, (5.)]\\nLes dames a. qui nous avons parle. The ladies to whom we have spoken.\\n10. The participle past used adjectively, that is, without an aux\\niliary follows the rule of the adjective, 66, (3.) 134, (1)\\nDes livres bien imprimes. Well printed books.\\n11. The participle, preceded by the relative pronoun en, remains\\ninvariable, although the en should relate to a feminine or plural\\nnoun [j 135, (7.)]\\nAvez vous apporte des plumes 1\\nJ en ai apporte.\\nHave you brought pens 1\\nI have brought some.\\n12. The presence of en does not, however, prevent the agreement\\nof the participle, when it is preceded by a direct regimen 135,\\n(7-)]\\nLes plumes que j en ai apportees. The pens which I have brought from it.\\nResume of Examples.\\nVos soeurs ont elles ecrit 1\\nElles n ont pas encore ecrit.\\nLes lettres que nous avons ecrites.\\nAvez vous ecrit vos lettres 1\\nJe les ai lues, je les ai ecrites.\\nLes avez vous apportees 1\\nJc ne les ai pas apportees.\\nAvez vous appele ces dames 1\\nJe ne les ai pas appelees.\\nQui avez vous vu ce matin\\nNous avons vu ces demoiselles.\\nNous les avons vues.\\nNous ne leur avons pas parle.\\n^vez vous des livros relies 1\\nHave your sisters written\\nT/iey have not yet written.\\nTlie letters which we have written.\\nHave you written your letters\\nI have read them, I liave written [hem.\\nHave you brought them\\nI have not brought tliem.\\nHave you called those ladies\\nI have not called them.\\nWhom have you seen this morning?\\nWe have seen those young ladies.\\nWe have seen them.\\nWe have not spoken to them.\\nHave you bound book:", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0133.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "128\\nLESSON LZIL\\nJ ai des livres brocMs.\\nAvez vons achcte des pommes\\nJ en ai achcte.\\nNous en avona achcte.\\nNous les en avoas persuades.\\nhave unbound (stitched, in papa\\ncovers.) bunks.\\nHave y u bought apples?\\nI have bought stime.\\nbought some.\\npersuaded them of it.\\nExercise 81.\\nAtliet-er, 1. to buy. j49, Donn-er, 1. to girc Gard-cr, 1. to keep;\\nDit. from Dire, 4. ir. G ravu re. f. engraving t\\nOub!i-er, 1. to f\\nAjipcl-er, l.tocall. 49, Entendre. 4. to hear Itcc-cvoir, 3. to receives\\n(1 Examin-cr, 1. to exam- Reli-er. 1. to Hud\\n1 Kvrims, m. p. incomet\\n7 031 1\\n1. to break; Xu./rom voir. 3. ir. seen.\\nCommission, f. errand;\\nvousapporte nos habits -2. Nous ne les avons paa\\nencore i. Nona ne les avoni\\npas ouLlies, mais nous n avons pas en le tempa Je les apportar. 6\\nPourquoi marchands? G. Je lesai appcles,\\nmais its ne m ndo cette uiu-\\najgne v\\nque j ai I voua don-\\none, jo les ai\\nires? 13. Je les ni\\nbien cx.-unin 11 s ai point\\n16 a-t-clle W\u00e2\u0080\u0094 6 ccs tasses?\\nLlle ii i .ivres re\u00c2\u00ab\\nB 1. Nous avez\\nvous dil \u00c2\u00a3g vous lea\\navez onbtieea. mmission.\\nicise 82.\\nI. Have you seen 2. I have nol tbjOB, 3.\\nHave you bfOl Q them, I\\nhave left r mother called\\n:n. 7. 1\\nlold it me. 1 rand 1 1. We\\n.ten it, we b IS. Where\\nWe left it at the merchant** 14.\\ni i bought the beautiful (beUes) engrcringa which I sav/ at", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0134.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "LESSON XLIII. 129\\nyour bookseller s? 15. 1 have not seen them. 16. Has your mother\\nbought them 17. She has bought booKs, but she has bought no\\nengravings. 18. Has that little girl broken my cups? 19. She has\\nbroken them on purpose. 20. Does that lady receive her income\\nevery month? 21. She receives it every six months. 22. Is the\\nhouse which you have bought large? 23. I have bought no house.\\n24. Did you receive a letter from your father yesterday 25. I re-\\nceived a letter from him four days ago. 26. Have you spoken to\\nthose ladies? 27. I have spoken to them. 28. Have you given\\nthem flowers? 29. I have given them some (en). 30. Are the\\nbooks which you have bought bound? 31. No, Sir, they are in\\npaper covers. 32. Have you examined that house 33. I have not\\nexamined it. 34. Your brother (en) has examined several (plusieurs)\\nLESSON XLHL LECON XLHI.\\nUSE OF THE AUXILIARIES 46).\\n1. The active verb [9 43, (2.) (3.)] that is, the verb which has\\nor may have a direct regimen or object, always takes avoir, as its\\nauxiliary 46, (1.)]\\nNous avons ecrit a notre banquier. We have written to our banker.\\n2. Almost all neuter verbs, i. e. verbs which cannot have a direct\\nobject, take the auxiliary avoir, when they express action\\nNous avons couru, marche, parle. We have run, walked, spoken.\\n3. The compound tenses of a few neuter verbs, expressing action,\\nare, however, conjugated with tire aller, to go; arriver, to arrive;\\nchoir, tomber, to fall deceder, mourir, to die naitre, to he born\\nvenir, to come parvenir, to succeed devenir, to become revenir, to\\nreturn\\nA quelle heure etes vous venu 1 At ivhat hour did you come\\nJe suis ne en France. J was bom in France.\\n4. A few neuter verbs 46, (3.)] take avoir, when they express\\naction, and etre, when they express situation\\nObserve that when the person spoken of is living, the French use the\\npresent and not the past of the auxiliary with the past participle of\\nnaitre, to be bom Cette dame est nee en Angleterre. That luly (is)\\nwas bom in England Mon frere est ne en France. My brot/ie\u00c2\u00b0 was\\ntorn in France.\\n6*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0135.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "ISO\\nLESSON XLIII.\\n//(i5 your brother gone out this\\nimg 1\\nIs your brother gone out?\\nVotre frerc a-t-il sorti ce matin\\nVotre frere est il sorti 1\\n5 The past indefinite of the verb ctre, [4. ir.] (J ai ete, c) ia\\nused instead of the preterite indefinite of aller (Je suisalle;) when\\nspeaking of a place where one has been\\nLc medecin a etc a Paris. T.hc physician has been at Paris.\\nJ ai ute a. leglise cc matin. I at to church this viorning.\\nC. When, however, we are still in a given place or on the road\\ntowards it, the expression, Je suis allc, .c. is used:\\nLe mddecin est alio a Londres. T,\\\\c physician is gone to London\\nVotre seen i _;lise. ter is gone to diurcA.\\nuft of Examples.\\nAvez vous 6t6 an bal liier an soir\\nNous n y avoiis pu ele.\\nOn cette demoiselle a-t-clle 6t6?\\nElle a etc elicz son frerc et chcz\\nnous.\\nOu vutro soeur est cllc all6c cc\\nmatin\\nElk- est sllee tr on ver n oa Ina\\n..us pu sorti sojoord hoJ 1\\nnrtL\\non est blonsii or Is general\\nil est\\nOu ce monslenr eat il no 7\\nniece a-t-clle etc voir son\\nI v lc voir liicr.\\nElle eat all6e le roil hier.\\nDid you go to the ball last evening\\nI I gO.\\nWhither did thai young lady go?\\nI to her brothers and to our\\nhouse.\\nyour sister gone this morn-\\ngont to her cousin.\\nnot go u! to-day?\\nI N out.\\nWhere is the general?\\nJ do not kmnr, Sir, he is gone out.\\nU fttgei flenutn born\\nor Lyons.\\nDid your niece goto visit her brother?\\nShe went to see him yesterday {and\\nis back).\\nto see him yesterday {and is\\nnot back.)\\n[SB 83.\\nPlWultillo, f. jncdry Ma. on, m. mason m. goldsmith\\nQhapelier, m. hoi i In m. warehouse l art-ir, J. ir. to set ou*;\\n\u00c2\u00a3td. {from utn-, 4. Ir.) Maude Ketonrn-er, 1. to\\nbeen Merchandise, f. merchan- turn\\n7 in; r:. to go out\\nJi r, m. walch-m utre, 1. ir.Yeim. from vciiir, 2.\\nker to bi ir. inc.\\nidle lieure voire BCBUr eel elle venue J. Kile est f cnue\\nA huit UeuiQa BOine un (juart. 3. Ces demoiselles sunt BjIsM\\nRouen ou Caen. 4. Elles ne sont nees ni a Kouen ni\\nelles sont ik-cs a Strasbourg. 5. L horlugcr est il ohn lui 6. Non,\\nMonsieur, il est alii I son magasin. 7. A-t-il wtw A Paris cette", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0136.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "LESSON XL 1 1 1. 131\\nan nee? 8. Oui, Madame, il y a ete. 9. Y a-t-il aehete des marchan-\\ndises 10. II y a aehete de la bijouterie. 1 1. Avez vous ete trouver\\nmon pere? 12. J ai ete le trouver. 13. Votre chapelier a-t-il sorti\\naujourd hui 14. II n a pas sorti, il est malade. 15. Le macon es t il a\\nlamaison? 16. Non, Madame, il est sorti. 17. Quand est il sorti\\n18. II est sorti il y a une heure. 19. Votre chapelier est il arrive\\naujourd hui ou hier? 20. II est arrive hier a quatre heures du matin.\\n21. Notre taitleur a-t-il ete voir son pere aujourd hui? 22. II est\\nparti pour Lyon. 23. L orfevre de mon cousin n est il pas parti\\npour l Espagne 24. Non, Monsieur, il est retourne en Allemagne.\\n25. Ma soeur a ete a. l eglise ce matin, et elle est allee a. l ecole, il y a\\nune demi-heure.\\n1. Is the physician at home? 2. No, Sir, he is not at home; he is\\nout. 3. Have you been out this morning 4. No, Sir, I have not\\nbeen out; I am sick. 5. Is your sister s little girl out? 6. Yes, Sir,\\nshe is out, she is at my brother s. 7. At what hour did the hatter\\narrive 8. He arrived last evening at nine. 9. Did the jeweller go to\\nParis or to Lyons this year? 10. He went to Paris six months ago,\\nbut he is back (de retour). 11. Did you go to my brother or to my\\nsister? 12. I have not had time to go to them. 13. Where was that\\ngentleman born? 14. He was born in England, in Exeter or in Ports-\\nmouth. 15. Was not your sister born in Paris? 16. No, Sir, she\\nwas born in Madrid, in Spain. 17. Did you tell me that your brother\\nhas bought a good house 18. He has bought a very good house in\\nLondon. 19. Do you know at what time the watchmaker arrived? 20.\\nHe arrived this morning at a quarter before five. 21. Has he brought\\nmuch jewelry 22. He has not brought much jewelry, but he has\\nbrought many watches (montre, f.). 23. Has he been in France or\\nin Germany 24. He has been in France, in Germany, and in Swit-\\nzerland (Suisse). 25. Is your sister in (d, la maison), Sir? 26. No,\\nSir, she is out she is gone to church. 27. Did she go to school\\nyesterday 28. She went to school and to church. 29. Is she there\\nnow? 30. No, Sir, she is back. 31. Is the hatter arrived? 32. Yes,\\nSir, he is arrived. 33. When did he arrive U 34. He arrived yester-\\nday at nine o clock in the morning.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0137.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "iss\\nLISBON XLIY,\\nLESSON XLIV.\\nLECON XLIV.\\n1. Combien de temps corresponds with the English expression\\nkow long.\\nCombien de temps avcz vous dc- ILnc long did you live in Italy?\\nmeuri en Italic\\n2. C jcabicn de fois answers to the English, how often, how man)\\nt imps\\nCambifnde fois y area TOllfl etc I Hov many times have you, been Lien?\\n3. Jusqu o i i oaed for how far, what distance, a\\nJuqu oik aw ll r- a been?\\n4. Jnaqu a quelle benre {till what hour,) means also, how late.\\nJ oaqn a queue benre area vous at- How late did you trait\\n5. LVoft means tpaenee; par on, which way, in what di rec t io n\\nu my friend w\\nH\\n6. Mener[{ 19. ,porl r, to carry amener, apporter, to (ring\\nmporter, to We use\\nI in the\\nPorter\\napporter, to bear, to carry away, c.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0hoot.\\ncc livrc u foot wiir sister.\\noa moo ami\\n11 allc I\\n1\\nJl v.i y recti r jusqu au prlnl\\n1\\ndcmeuif Bix nns.\\nJnaqn\\nl\\nHo beurc avcz voh.9\\na a niinuit.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0080\u00a2lie.\\nrona oaUe petite lillo u\\nl ecolel\\nzone?\\ni\\nto stay there?\\nin London?\\nChamps Elf-\\nI/fie late did i ru write?\\n-nan Ifldiex?\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0me?\\ni\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2id) that little girl U", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0138.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "LS8SOH X1IV. 183\\nJe ne l y mene pas, je 1 y porte, elle\\nest trop petite pour marcher.\\nAmenez vous vos enfants\\nPortez vois une lettre a la pcste\\nJ emmene mon cheval, j emporte\\nma mont. e.\\nI do not lead her there, I carry kei\\nthere; she is too imall to walk.\\nDo you bring your children\\nDo you take a letter to the post-office\\nI bring away my horse, I bring awau\\nmy watch!\\nExercise 85.\\nBruit, m. noise; Ici, here; Pied, m. foot\\nDrap, m. cloth; Loin, far; Quitt-er, 1. to leave;\\nEleve, m. pupil; Magnifique, magnificent; Soieries, f. p. silk goods;\\nFils, m. son; Midi, noon; Voiture, f. carriage;\\nFin, e,fine; Nouvelle, f. news; Voyageur, m. traveller.\\n1. Le jeune homme est il alle loin 2. II n est pas alle bien loin,\\nil n est alle que jusqu a Paris. 3. Vos enfants font trop de bruit,\\npourquoi ne les emmenez vous pas 4. lis sont malades, ils ne peu-\\nvent marcher. 5. Comment les avez vous amenes ici 6. Je les ai\\namenes en voiture. 7. A quelle heure amenez vous le medecin\\n8. Je l amene tous les jours a. midi. 9. Combien de fois par jour\\nmenez vous vos eleves a. l eglise? 10. Je les mene a l eglise deux\\nfois par jour. 11. Combien de fois y avez vous ete? 12. J y ai ete\\nplusieurs fois. 13. Par ou ces voyageurs sont ils venus 14. Ils sont\\nvenus par Amiens et par Rouen. 15. D ou apportez vous cette nou-\\nvelle? 16. Je l apporte de Cologne. 17. D ou avez vous amene\\nces superbes chevaux 18. Je les ai amenes d Angleterre. 19. Si vous\\nquittez la France, avez vous l intention d emmener votre fils? 20. J ai\\nVintention de l emmener. 21. Qu avez vous apporte de France? 22.\\nNous avons apporte de magnifiques soieries, des draps fins et des cha-\\npeaux de Lyon. 23. Avez vous amene votre fille a pied ou a. cheval? 24.\\nJe l ai amenee en voiture. 25. Vos freres nous ont apporte des livres.\\nExercise 86.\\n1. How long did your son live in London? 2. He lived there\\nten years. 3. How far is the physician gone 4. The physician\\nis gone as far as Cologne. 5. Has he taken his son with him 6.\\nHe has not taken him. 7. How have you brought your two little\\ngirls 8. I brought one in a carriage, and I carried the other. 9.\\nIs ehe too little to walk? 10. She is not too small to walk, but she\\nis sick. 11. Have you brought your horse 12. We have brought\\ntwo horses. 13. Have you brought the books which you have pro-\\nmised me (jpromis)1 14. I have forgotten to bring them. 15.\\nHas that lady brought her eldest (aine) son? 16. She has brought\\nall her children. 17. How did they come? 18. They came in a\\ncarriage. 19. Which way did your brother come from Germany!", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0139.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "134 LESSON XLV.\\n20. He cama by Aix-la-Chapelle and Brussels. 21. Do you intend\\nto take your son to school this afternoon 22. I do not intend to\\ntake him there, it is too cold. 23. Is that child too sick to walk\\n24. He is too sick to walk, and I intend to carry him. 25. Why do\\nyou not take him in a carriage? 26. My brother has taken my\\nhorse away. -7. Have you brought the physician 28. I have not\\nbrought him, no one is sick at our house. 29. Will you take this\\nbook to church 30. I have another, I do not want it. 31. Have\\nyou taken my letter to the post-offiee 3:2. I have forgotten it.\\n33. How late did you write? 34. I wrote until midnight (minuW).\\n85. Whence do your sisters come 36. They come from Paris.\\nLESSON XLV. LE\u00c2\u00a3ON XLV.\\n(See Lesson 36.)\\n1. The reflective or pronominal verb always takes etre as its\\nauxiliary 46]\\nViiir. oonsfaa I est promenft. Y. ur eousm\\\\ ha. takm a umOt,\\nNos amis M BOOl U Our friends have fluttered themselves.\\n2. Although the past participle of a reflective verb be conjugated\\nwith tre, it agreea with its direct regimen, when that ragjfflea pre-\\nmvariable when the regimen follows it. The student\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0boald he earet ul to tee, if the reflective proDoan be a direct or an\\nindirect regimen 135.]:\\nVoiis VOUI 6te^ moi- You have faltered yourselves, young\\nselles. I atlies.\\nElles as sont donnc la main. tM given (to) each otter the\\nhand.\\nIt will be easily perceived that K in the first sentence is a direct\\nregimen, and that the same word in the second represents an indi-\\nrect objeet.\\n3. Verba essentially unipersonal, i. v.. vrrhs which cannot be con-\\njugated Otherwise, take avoir U an auxiliary:\\nII a plu, il a ncige, il a gi It rained, it snowed, it froze.\\n4. Verbs occasionally iini| er.sonal, take itre as :in auxiliary:\\nII lui est arrive un mallicur. A misfortune has hap/Kited to him.\\nft. Faire [4. ir.] used unipersonally, and V avoir, to be there, Ukc\\nthe auxiliary avoir:\\nA-t-il fait beau temps 1c mois passe 1 Was it fine iceaiher last month\\nY a-t-U M beaucoup de moode 1 W*r* thtn many ptopU then?", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0140.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "LESSON XLV.\\n136\\n6. The participle past of a unipersonal verb is always invariable\\n[{135,(6.)]:-\\nLes pluies qu il yaeu cet ete. The rains which we have had this\\nResume of Examples.\\nLes Italiennes se sont elles prome-\\nnees\\nOui, Monsieur, elles se sont prome-\\nnees.\\nNous nous sommes apercus de cela.\\nVotre mere s est elle bien portee 1\\nVos soeurs se sont elles assises 1\\nCette marchandise s est elle bien\\nvendue 1\\nVos enfants se sont ils appliques a.\\nl etude 7\\nIls s y sont appliques.\\nNous nous sommes donne de la\\npeine. 135, (1.)]\\nQuel temps a-t-il fait ce matin 1\\nN a-t-il pas fait beau temps 1\\nQuel malheur vous est il arrive 1\\nVous est il arrive quelque cbose 7\\nII ne m est rien arrive.\\nDid the Italian ladies walk\\nYes, Sir, they have taken a walk.\\nWe perceived that, or we took notice\\nof that.\\nHas your mother been well\\nDid your sisters sit down\\nDid that merchandise sell well\\nDid your children apply to study\\nT/iey applied to it.\\nWe gave (to) ourselves much trouble.\\nWhat weather was it this morning\\nWas it not fine weather?\\nWliat misfortune has happened to\\nyou?\\nHas any thing happened to you\\nNothing has happened to me.\\nExercise 87.\\nAcier, m. steel; Grel-er, 1. pec. to hail; Se tromp-er, 1. ref. to be\\nS adress-er, 1. ref. to ap- Hollandais, e. Dutch; mistaken;\\nply; Neig-er, 1. pec. to snow; Se serv-ir, 2. ir. ref. to\\nS aperc-evoir, 3. ref. to Peine, f. trouble use;\\nperceive; Plu, from pleuvoir, rain- Se vend-re, 4. ref. to sell.\\nS asse-oir, 3. ir. ref. to ed;\\nsit down Plume, f. pen\\nS ennuy-er, l.pec.[\u00c2\u00a749.] Se port-er, 1. ref. to be\\nto grow weary or do\\n1. A qui vos soeurs se sont elles adressees? 2. Elles se sont\\nadressees a moi. 3. Ne se sont elles pas trompees? [L. 38. 1.] 4.\\nElles se sont trompees. 5. Vous etes vous apercu de votre erreur?\\n6. Je ne m en suis pas apercu. 7. Vous etes vous ennuyes a la\\ncainpagne 8. Nous nous y sommes ennuyes. [L. 38. 4.] 9. Ces\\ndemoiselles se sont elles ennuyees chez vous] 10. Elles s y sont\\nennuyees. 11. De quoi vous etes vous servie pour ecrire, Mademoi-\\nselle? [L. 39.2.] 12. Je me suis servie d une plumfc d or. 13.\\nCes ecolieres ne se sont elles pas servies de plumes d acier? 14.\\nElles se sont servies de plumes d argent. 1 5. La Hollandaise s est\\nelle assise 16. Elle ne s est point assise. 17. Lui est i arrive un", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0141.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "136 LESSOW XLVL\\nmalheur? 18. II na lui est rien arrive, elle ne se porte p:\\\\s bjcn. 19\\nNe s est elle pas donne 135, (1.)] de la peine pour rien? 20.\\nCctte soie ne s est elle pas bien vendue 21. Elle s\\\\st tres Lien\\n.endue. 22. N a-t-il pas fait beau temps toute la joumec 23.\\nNod, Monsieur, il a phi, il a neige et il a grele. 24. N est-il rien\\narrive aux deux dames que nous avons vues ee matin 25. Non,\\nIfadame, il ne leoi est rien arrive.\\nExkkcise 88.\\n1. Has it rained to-day? 2. It has not rained, but it lias hailed\\nand snowed. 3. Has any thing happened to your little buy 4.\\nNothing has happened to him, but he is siek to-day. 5. Did youi\\nI down at your house I 6. She did not sit down, she was\\nsiek. 7. Did that cloth seil well 8. It Bold very well, we have sold\\nit all. 9. Did yon perceive your error (errevr) 1 10. Wo perceived\\nit. 11. Wire not your sisters, mistaken in this affair 1 12. They\\nWere not mistaken. 18. Were not your eousins weary of being in\\nthe country 14. They were weary of being at my brother s. 15.\\nWhat have you u-.d to write your exercises? 16. 1 DSed a gold\\npen. and my brother DSed a silver pen. 17. Have you DSed my pen-\\ni used it 19. What has happened to yon 1\\nhappened to me. 91. Has your mother neon well 1 22.\\nBhehasnol beenwi apply to their studies,\\nThey applied to their studies and have finished their\\ni tins morning 1 26. It was very\\nr. 87. I las j our sister taken much trouble In this affair\\nbaa taken much trouble for nothing. 29. Did the Dutch\\nik? 30. They walked thia morning. 81. How far did they\\nwalk. 3J. They w., 01 your brother s. 33. Have you\\ncfa other the hand I 84 We -hook hands. 35. Those ladies\\nnattered them much (beaucoup).\\nLESSON XLVL i N XLVI.\\nmi. 5 1 1.\\n1. The passive verb is conjugated by adding to the verb lire iii all\\nits tense-, the peal participle of an active verb. See model)\\n2. This participle musl agree in gender and number with the sub-\\njoet 131, (SO L K", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0142.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "ON X L V I.\\n187\\nCes vieillards sont respectes. Those old men are respected.\\nCes enfants sont aimes de tout le Those children are loved by every body.\\nnionde.\\n3. The genius of the French language seems to prefer the active\\nto the passive voice. Many expressions which are in the passive ir\u00c2\u00bb\\nEnglish, are accordingly rendered into French by the active or re\\nflective 128, (5.) 113, (1.)]\\nCctte maison est a. louer ou a vendre.\\nMa sceur est a plaindre.\\nCet homme est a craindre.\\nCet homme s appelle H. [L. 36. R. 2.]\\nCet homme se trompe. [L. 38. R. 2.]\\nOn dit que cela est ainsi. [L. 35. R. 2.]\\nOn nous a dit cela. [L. 35. R. 2.]\\nThat house is to be let or sold.\\nMy sister is to be pitied.\\nThat man is to be feared.\\nThat man is called H.\\nThat man is mistaken.\\nIt is said that it is so.\\nWe have been told that.\\n4. In an answer to a question [see L. 24. R. 12.], the pronoun le\\ncorresponds in signification with the English word so, or it, expressed\\nor understood. Le refers then to a noun not determined (not pre-\\nceded by an article or a possessive adjective), to an adjective, to a\\nverb or even to a whole sentence\\nCes enfants sont ils aimes 1\\nlis ne le sont pas.\\nCes demoiselles sont elles sceurs\\nElles ne le sont pas.\\nAre those chilaren loved\\nThey are not (so).\\nAre tlwse young ladies sisters?\\nThey are not.\\n5. When le refers to a determined noun, it often corresponds in\\nsignification to the pronoun he, she, or they, which may or may not be\\nexpressed in the English sentence. Le must then assume the gender\\nand number of the noun to which it refers.\\nEtes vous la sceur de mon ami 1\\nJe la suis.\\nAre you the sister of my friend\\nI am (she).\\nResume of Examples.\\nLeur conduite est elle approuvfie 1\\nElle n est approuvee de personne.\\nCette dame est elle estimee et res-\\npectce 1\\nElle n est ni estimee ni respectee.\\nCes marchandises sont a vendre.\\nCes enfants sont bien a plaindre.\\nA-t-on dit quelque chose a mon frere?\\nOn ne lui a rien dit.\\nSavez vous comment cela s appelle 1\\nMadame, etes vous maitresse ici 1\\nJe ne le suis pas, Monsieur.\\nEtes vous la maitresse de la mai-\\nson\\nJe la suis.\\nIs their conduct approved\\nIt is approved by nobody.\\nIs thai lady esteemed and respected\\nShe is neither esteemed nor respected.\\nThose goods are to be sold (for sale).\\nThose children are to be pitied.\\nHas any thing been said to my brothe-?\\nNothing has been said to him.\\nDo yott, know how that is called\\nMadame, are yon mistress here\\nI am not (so), Sir.\\nAre you tlie mispress oftfe hmtse\\nI am (she).", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0143.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "138 LESSON LXVL\\nExercise 89.\\nB appel-er, 1. pec to icCroi-re, 4. ir. to believe Pun-ir, 2. to punish;\\ncalled 49, (4.)] i Ecolier, m. scholar Rarcment, seldom\\nA ltour. m. author Jardin. ni. garden Rulieor, m. bookbinder\\nBlam-er. 1. to blame; L ii-er. 1. In Id, to praise; Souveot\\nCar. for; Mere. f. m Us-er, 1. mar out;\\nCouduitc, f. conduct Pan Vend-re, 4. to sell.\\n1. Votre mere est elle aimee de sa soeur? 2. Elle est aimee de\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2on frere et de sa soeur. 3. Lesltaliens sont ils aimes desFraneais?\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ofiata ne sont ils pas blames 5. Ils sont blames quelque.\\nfois. 6. Sont ils souvent punis I 7. lis .sont raremeat punis. 8.\\nPar qui ttes vous puni quand vous t -tes paresseux 9. Je ne suis\\njamaifl puni. 10. Sa conduite a-t-elle i -te approuvee 11. Elle a\\nOtv approuvee de tout le monde. 12. Bile a et6 approuvee par* sea\\namis. 13. Cet auteur e t il estime 14. II est e-time de tout le\\nmonde. 15. Le jardin du relieur e. t il a vendre 1 1 a louer\\nOn lit qu il eat a louer. 17. Le menuiaier a-t-il (ait fairs un habit\\nIS. 11 en a Gut burs deux. 19. Lea habits que vous avei schetea\\nsont ils uses (toorn ou/) SO. Da sout uses,j en ai fait fairs d autrea.\\n31. DiUon que noa amis sont aimes de tout le monde 1 J-j. On ne le\\nLea dames que nous avooa nee\\nPegiiee bier an Boir, s..nt ell lea ne le sont paa, on\\ndit ou elles aont I i dit que 1 offieier qui vieat d ar-\\nriver a 1\\n00.\\n1. Are you blamed or praised I J. I an neither blamed nor\\nDotyonreoo I by every bodyl 4. She is\\nostfinmnd by nobody. Whaf has been ^ii l t my brother 1\\nid of bim. 7. Do you know if your brother s\\nto be let B. I bave been told 1 that it Is to be\\ntold. 1 Is not an Idl The idle man is to\\n1J Mo\\nalways punished woen be i- idle. 18. Are your acholara praJaed\\nwhen they are diligent (diligent 1 1. They are praised when lloy\\narc diligent, and they are blamed when they are idle. 15. Is that\\nseined and respected 1 16. She is loved, esteemed and re-\\nby everybody. 17. What baa been told you? 18. We have\\nbeen to! 1 that your brother is respected by every body. 19. Madam,\\nare you Mr. S. s sister. SO. No. Sir. I 11. Madam, are\\nThe prepositions de and par are used Indifferently afU-r many passive", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0144.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "LESSON XLVII. 139\\nyou pleased with your son s conduct? 22. No, S:r, I am not, for he\\nis blamed by every body. 23. How is that large (gros) man called\\n24. It is said that k e is called H. 25. What is your brother s name\\n26. He is called James. 27. Have you been told that my brother\\nis arrived? 28. We have been told so. 29. Are the goods which\\nyour brother has brought, for sale? 30. They are not for sale. 31.\\nHas the bookbinder had a coat made 32. He has had a coat made.\\n33. Is his other coat worn out 34. The coat which he bought last\\nyear is worn out.\\nLESSON XLVH. LE\u00c2\u00a3ON XLVII.\\n1. In the compound tenses of the verb s en aller, to go away\\n[L. 40. 1, 2.], the pronoun en will of coursa keep its general place,\\nafter the other pronouns and before the auxiliary. It must never\\ncome between the auxiliary and the participle\\nJe m en suis alle, I went away; Nous nous en We went avjay\\n.sommes alles,\\nTu t en es alle, Tlwu wentest Vous vous en etes You went away\\naway alles,\\nII s en est alle, He went away lis s en sont alles, They went away\\nLes dames s en sont allees. The ladies are gone away.\\nLes messieurs s en sont alles. The gentlemen are gone away.\\n2. The verb aller when referring to articles of dress answers to the\\nEnglish to fit, to sit\\nMon habit va bien. My coat fits or sits well.\\n3. Seoir [3. ir. see table 62.] answers to the English to suit, to\\nbecome\\nCe chapeau ne vous sied point. That hat does not become you.\\n4. Essayer (5 49.) corresponds in signification to the English to\\ntry on\\nJ ai essayc mon gilet, il me va bien. have tried my waistcoat, it fits me\\nwell.\\n5. \u00c2\u00a3tre is often used in French for appartenir, to belong 106,\\n(3.)]:-\\nM \u00e2\u0080\u009e.s\u00e2\u0080\u009e\u00e2\u0084\u00a2 o S To whom does thr-ihouze belong?\\nA qui est cctte maison? j w mi\\nEUe est a. mon cousin. It is my cousin s.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0145.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "140\\nLESSON XL VI I.\\nResume of Examples.\\nA quelle bcure vous en etes vous\\nalio]\\nJe rn en suis alio a. ncuf hoims.\\nvous allocs Hop tot,\\nus em sonimes alle.s trap\\nObo TOM va-trlk 1\\nI pa* bi n.\\nried ii fbrt l ii-n 7\\nJo I aJ\\nbien.\\nII lui va bun (regime indirect).\\ni pu l i n\\nI a raoi 1\\nAt what hour did ijm go away?\\nI went away at nine clock.\\nDid you ^o away too soon, ladies?\\nWe went away too late.\\nDoes that dresf fit you icell\\ni fit rue welt.\\nc,xiL become you veni well?\\nI ied u on. Out it Joes not fit\\nJ; fits Urn\\nIt hurts me. it presses vie too much.\\nAre those books ynns or mine?\\nme nor to you.\\nII then?\\nH liiite yonbi\\nI have brought BW brother\\n81.\\nBeau f; N, lf ve neWt\\nr boot; r rss.\\nabout.\\nv I me vont pas\\nj. EUea\\nLe cordonniei\\nalio 6. II ne a en eat paa encore alle. A quelle nenre\\n8. Klles s en\\nBOIj[ beurea da laprea-midi. 9. [/habit que voaa\\nre io. II o eet ni ft In! ni ft not,\\nbean iV.-p-. II. Lui va-t-il bien I IS, II Inlra fort Men,\\net il lui iied Lion. 18. Oa I a Uil fait fnire 14 H P\u00c2\u00ab Wl Cure en\\nip ie lit llade-\\n17. Yutro pilot va-t-ii\\nii de votre b eaueonp aUenc\\nhabit ne toun \u00e2\u0096\u00a0-i.--t.il paal laurait (cmncl)\\nr, il eat de beancoup trap large. 31.\\nnff 23. Je I ai eaaayi mai\u00c2\u00ab la coulenr ne ma\\nallfl trop elaire 34. Kile eat I 1 Le\u00c2\u00ab couleura\\nfonc\u00c2\u00ab i nt {anuria.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0146.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "lesson xlviil 141\\nExercise 92.\\n1. Are 5 our fries ids gone away 1 2. They are not yet gone away,\\nthey are still here. 3. At what hour did your mother go away 4\\nShe went away early this morning. 5. Did your little sister go away\\nlate? 6. She went away too soon. 7. Does your sister s new dress\\nbecome her 8. It does not become her. 9. Why does it not bo\\ncome her? 10. Dark colors never become her. 11. Do light colors\\nbecome your brother s wife 12. They become her very well. 13.\\nAre your new boots too narrow or too wide 14. They are neither\\ntoo narrow nor too wide, they fit very well. 15. Does your brother s\\nwaistcoat fit him 16. It fits him, but it does not become him. 17.\\nLight colors never become him. 18. Does your coat press you?\\n19. It does not press me, it is by far too wide. 20. Whose house is\\nthat? 21. It is my father s and brother s. 22. Whose books have\\nyou brought this morning 23. I have brought my brother s and\\nmy sister s. 24. Whose dresses are those 25. They are my mo-\\nther s, my sister s, and my cousin s. 26. Are not those German\\nbooks yours 27. They are not mine, they are my friend s. 28.\\nAre those pens yours or mine 29. They are neither yours nor\\nmine, they are my brother s. 30. Does this hat fit you? 31. Yes,\\nSir, it fits me, but it does not become me. 32. Is your hat too\\nsmall? 33. It is too large {grand). 34. Are your gloves too large\\n35. They are too small, I cannot put them on.\\nLESSON XLVm. LECON XLVHI.\\n1. The verb falloir [3. ir.], to be necessary, is always conjugated\\nunipersonally. See table, 62.\\nII faut, il a fallu. It is necessary, it was or has been we-\\nll faut etudier tous les jours. It is necessary to study every day.\\n2. As falloir has always a unipersonal pronoun for its nominative\\nor subject, a pronoun in the indirect regimen (dative me, te, lui,\\nnous, vous, leur), placed before the verb, will be equivalent to the\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2wonoun used as nominative to the English verbs must, to be\\niliiged) c.\\nII me faut ecrire un thSme. I must write an exercise.\\nOu nous faut il aller 1 Where must mm go", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0147.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "142 LESSON XLVIII.\\n3. Falloir i 3 used in the signification of to icant, to nad, to 1 1 undc\\n(lie necessity of having:\\nII me faut un livre. need a book.\\nII lui faut de l argent. He is in want ofmo uy.\\n4. When must is used in the last acceptation, and lias a noun as\\nits nominative, the noun in the corresponding French sentence should\\nbe in the indirect regimen preceded by a\\nII faut un livre d ma soeur. M i sister viust have a bcok {needs a\\nbook).\\nvA of Examples.\\nPour nppremlre une langue il faut\\nfttadier.\\n11 faut aUet a. llflg^fBe ct a lccolc.\\n1 1 faut r.-stcr a la in:\\nmo faut lire un boo livre.*\\n11 lol faut aller voir tt mere.\\nQue linns fan! il lain 1\\n(jm- leurflrat-il lire\\nQue 1-ur faut il!\\n11 (ear bntde l argent on dn credit.\\nait il dnqUAnte francs 1\\nTo learn a language it is\\nto study.\\nIt is necessary to go to church and to\\nsehooL\\nV is iiecess.ni/ to remain at home.\\nI must raid a good book.\\ni sm her mother.\\nIT\\nWhat vi u si they rend\\nWhat do they irant or need 7\\nurn st have money of\\nr mutt yo:t ha c fifty\\n11 nn- faut einqnante-dnq franca i m \u00c2\u00abr need fifty-five francs\\nCombien d argent faut-il u votre money docs your father\\nIl lui hi ftnt beauconp. n wamta much (of it).\\nlfoasaTODSoeqn11[E.8.]noasika n vhatwe w am.\\nBxkkoibb 93.\\nAller trouvcr, to go to Port, very, very much\\nModtBtS, milliner;\\nCliirut^i.-irm !._\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0096\u00a0 OuTWfe,BB. work I\\nCentime, m. inn;, oj a Dette, f Payer, 1. pee. ft 49, (2.)],\\nfranc; Knvuv er, 1. ir. 40, nay;\\nCombien, how m Peme, f. trouble;\\nany? Pin I Quand, when.\\n1. Que faut il faire aujoiird hui 2. Aujonrd hui il faut travailler.\\n8. A-t-il fallu travailler fort pour finir I onvrage a temps 1 4. II a\\nfallu travailler tOUte la JOOrnee. r Quand faut il i crirc a notre\\nami i. II faut lui erire aujourd hui. 7. Me faut il aller trouvcr\\nmon pere? 8. D Tons fkut aller le troover, il d pnrier. 9.\\nA-t-il boaofo tie qvelqne chose 1 1 11 lui font lies livres, desplumca\\net de l enere. 1 1. Ne lui faut il pas anssi de l argent 1- 11 lui en\\nAnother conatructiun of these wntencea will Ui fouiil Le-uwo 22,\\n1. 1", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0148.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "LESSON XLJX. 143\\nfaut beaucoup pour payer ses dettes. 13. Vous faut-il encore quelque\\nchose? 14. II ne me faut plus rien, j ai tout ee qu il tne faut. 15.\\nNe faut il pas du papier a votre sceur? 16. II ne ]ui en faut pas da-\\nvantage.* 17. Que faut il envoyer au chirurgien? 18. II faut lui\\nenvoyer de 1 argent, il en a grand besoin. 19. La modiste a-t-elle\\ntout ce qu il lui faut? 20. Elle n a pas tout ce qu il lui faut. 21.\\nCombian vons faut il? 22. II me faut cinq francs. 23. Ne vous\\nfaut il pas davantage 24. II ne me faut pas davantage. 25. Que lui\\nfaut il pour sa peine 26. II deinande un franc vingt-cinq centimes.\\nExercise 94.\\n1. What must we do 2. You must bring your book and learn\\nyour lesson. 3. Is it necessary to write to your brother to-day 4.\\nIt is not necessary to write to him. 5. Has it been necessary to\\nspeak to your father? 6. It has been necessary to speak to him. 7.\\nIs it necessary to go to D. to-day 8. It is necessary to go there\\n(y). 9. Must I go to your sister? 10. You must go to her, she\\nwishes to speak to you. 11. How much money must your. brother\\nhave? 12. He must have ten francs fifty centimes. 13. How many\\nbooks does your sister want? 14. She must have many books, she\\nreads (lit) much. 15. What will you send to the surgeon 16. We\\nmust send him our horse; his own (le sieri) is sick. 17. Must he\\nnot have paper? 18. He must have some; he has letters to write.\\n19. Must he have much? 20. He must have a quire (main, f.). 21.\\nDo you want any thing more? (See No. 13, in the French exercise\\nabove.) 22. I need something more. 23. I need nothing more.\\n24. Must you have one hundred francs? 25. I must have ten dol-\\nlars. 26. What does the surgeon want? 27. He must have money\\nto (pour) pay his debts. 28. Has the tailor all that he wants? 29.\\nHe has not ah that he wants. 30. The milliner has received all that\\nshe wants. 31. What must you have for your trouble? 32. How\\nmuch do you want? 33. How much do we want? 34. What must\\nId;? 35. You must write a letter. 36. What must she write?\\n37. She must write four pages. 38. She must go to church.\\nLESSON XLIX. LEgON XLIX.\\n1. The verb seoir [3. ir. Lesson 47, R. 3.], is also used uniper*\\nBonally\\nU ne vous sied pas de parler ainsi. M does not becoiie you to speak thus.\\nThis adverb can never be placed before a substantive.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0149.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "144 LESSON XLIX.\\n2. The verb convenir [2. ir. see 62.], to suit, is at times used uni.\\npersonally. It then signifies to be suitable, advisable, cce.\\nII convient de lui ecrire. It is advisable to write to him.\\n3. The irregular verb valoir [see table, J 62.] corresponds in sig-\\nnification to the English expression, to be worth\\nCettemaisonvaut cinq mille francs. That house is worth five thousand\\nfrancs.\\n4. Ne rien valoir means to be good for nothing; ne pas valoir\\ngrand ehose, to be worth little, not to be good for much.\\nCe drap ne rant rien. That cloth is good for nothing.\\nNotre maison ne rant pas grand ehose. Our House is nut good for much.\\n5. Etre riche de amoBto be worthy to possess; when a person\\nis the nominative of the verb, valoir is never used in this sense.\\nCette pris. nine est riche de cinq T%at person is worth five thousand\\nmili do!\\n6. Valoir miens, conjugated unipersonally, means to be better;\\nvaloir la peine, to be worth the uliile\\n11 rant mieiix travailler que 1 etre D it bt tier to labor than to be idle.\\noiaif\\n11 m rant paa la peine de parier is not worth the while to speak vhe%\\nquand on n a rien ii dire. one 1 1 say.\\nIPUS.\\ndoes not become you to reproach us.\\nIt is not suitable for you to speak so.\\nII M vous sied paa de nous fl\\nrepfo\\nII ne v.ms oonvient paade parier de\\nla Rorle.\\nII ne nana oonrienl paa dy aller.\\nCombieo voire jardin rant il\\nII raut beancoup ius que li\\nIt ae rant |as antanl que b\\nNotre maiaon ne rant rien.\\nTchoso.\\nCela ne vaut DBA la\\nCo chit, an pent valoir cent milk\\nfranca\\nDe combieo rotrc onclc est il riche 1\\n11 est richede deux cent mflk\\nsuit HI to go there.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2en worth 7\\nIt is much more valuable than yours\\nit worth so much as mine.\\nOur house is good for nothing.\\ni much.\\ntoktk.\\nbe worth one hundred\\n:nd I runes.\\nHow mush is your uncle worth 7\\nHe is worth two hundred thousand\\nfrancs.\\nIs it not better to read than to plan f\\nNc vaut il pas mieux lire qnejoner 1\\nExercise 05.\\nAssurer, 1. to assure Caas-cr, 1. to break Coutcau, m. knife;\\nAu jiiHte, precisely Centaine, f. about a hun- March*, m. market\\nAiHre chose, something dred MArit-cr, I. to\\nelse i Ohaino, f. chain i m*Ht", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0150.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "IKES ON XL IX. 145\\nMontre. f. watch Pouvoir, 3. ir. to be able Tout au plus, at most;\\nNegligence, f. neglect Reproch-er, 1. to re- Va. from allov, to go\\nNegoeiant, merchant; f roach VingtainCjf. about twenty.\\n1. Vous sied-il do nous reprocher notre negligence? 2. II me\\nBied de vous faire des reproches quand vons le meritez. 3. Vous\\nconvient il d aller trouver mon frere? 4. II ne me convient pas\\nd aller le trouver, j ai autre chose a faire. 5. Combien ce champ\\npeut il yaloir? 6. II peut valoir une vingtaine \\\\_\\\\ 27, (2.)] de mille\\nfrancs. 7. Valez vous mieux que votre frere. 8. Mon frere vaut\\nbeaucoup mieux que moi. 9. Ce couteau ne vaut il pas plus que le\\nvfitre? 10. Le mien est meilleur, il vaut davantage. 11. Combien\\nvotre montre vaut elle? 12. Elle ne vaut pas grand chose, elle no\\nva pas bien. 13. De combien le negotiant, est il riche 14. Je ne\\npuis vous le dire au juste, il est riche d une centaine de mille francs.\\n15. Ne vaut il pas mieux rester ici que d aller au marche? 16. II\\nvaut mieux aller au marche. 17. Votre chaine d or vaut elle plus\\nque la mienne 18. Elle vaut tout autant. 19. Elle ne vaut pas\\ngrand chose, elle est cassee. 20. Cela vaut il cinquante francs?\\n21. Cela vaut tout au plus deux francs? 22. Avez vous demande\\nau marchand ce que cela vaut 23. Je ne le lui ai pas demande 24.\\nII m assure que cela vaut une centaine de francs.\\nExeecise 96.\\n1. How much is my house worth 2. It is worth about twenty\\nthousand francs. 3. Is that horse worth as much as this one 4.\\nThis horse is worth two hundred dollars, and that one three hundred.\\n5. Is it worth the while to write to your brother? 6. It is not worth\\nthe while. 7. Is it worth the while to go out when one does not\\nwish to walk 8. It is not (n en) worth the while. 9. Does it suit\\nyou to write to my brother to-morrow 10. It does not suit me to\\nwrite to him. 11. Does it become you to reproach me with my neg-\\nlect? 12. It becomes me to blame (blamer) you when you deserve it.\\n13. What is that man worth? 14. I cannot tell you exactly, about\\nfifty thousand francs. 15. Is that cloth good? 16. No, Sir, it is good\\nfor nothing. 17. Is your gun worth as much as mine? 18. Yes, Sir,\\nit is worth more. 19. Will you go to my father s 20. No, Sir, I\\nhave something else to do. 21. Is it better to go to market early\\nthan late 22. It is better to go early. 23. How much may your\\nho^se be worth 24. It is not worth much, it is very old. 25. Is\\nyour watch better than mine 26. It is not worth much, it does not\\ngo. 27. Is that book worth two francs? 28. It is worth one, at\\n7", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0151.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "146\\nLESS ON L.\\nmost. 29. Have you asked your sister what th;it book is worth\\n30. I have not. [L. 24, R. 12. L. 46, R. 4.] 31. What must I do?\\n32. You must speak to your father. 33. .Must he have money 34.\\nHe must have some. 35. Has he net sold his horse? 36. He has\\nsold it, but it was not worth much.\\nLESSON L.\\nLECON L.\\n1. When the verbs prendre [4. ir. r 68.], to take; voler, to rob\\nto steal; aeheter, to buy demander, to ask for paver, to j n art f o!-\\nlowed by one regimen only, t by several regimens in the same rela-\\ntion; these regimens, if nouns, most nol be separated from the verb\\nby a preposition; if pronouns, they take the form of the direct regi-\\nmen, le, la, les\\nAw/ vmis pt is le you taken the hook?\\nAves vona pay. le librairel Bar?\\nAve/, vona ihiineniH rotre argent H ted/or your\\nLaw/. Tom rlitmnndf iJ you asked fir mm?\\nten the verba shove menti 1 are accompanied b]\\nregimens holding different relations, the regimen representing ilie\\nthing or object will direct, and come under the shove rule, and\\nthat representing the person, will, if a noon, be preceded by the\\non and, if a pronoun, sssvme the form f the indirect\\nregimen lui, to him, t h r leor, to Hum\\n.I .ii pris |fl\\n.I.ii payl le livri- SO. liluiiiro.\\nJo Is lui ai pSJS, A\\n3. Demander is used also in the K ;uirr foT to\\nfor:-\\nJ ai d.-mandu ce monsieur. I far that gentleman.\\nI tm inn brother.\\n1 Ike book.\\nI htm Jot it.\\nVous a-t-on vole vos Uvrce 7\\nOn me km I 2).\\nA-t on payl lei soolien so oorden-\\nnier 1\\nOn ne le* lui s pea enoore pay6s.\\nQu a-Uon prll ii votro pore 7\\nOn lui a prll KM nr.\\nI rien pay! 7\\nOn in a psyl j res ni t. ut.\\nJ ai ach .-t6 dvs livres au libraire.\\nB ar books ft\\nTV haif hen ylolen from me.\\ni uh maker been paid fir\\nyet t rn pni for dm,\\nii been taken from yc\\nfat fur\\nU h i lira frtm hi\\nI\\ntvu^/u books from Uu bookseller.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0152.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "Qui avez vous demande\\nJ ai demande mon frfero aine.\\nAvez vous deniande de l argent a.\\nvotre ami 1\\nJe ne lui en ai pas demande.\\nN L. U1\\nWhom have you asked for?\\nI inquired fur my eldest brother.\\nHave you asked your friend for\\nmoney\\nI have not asked him for any.\\nExercise 97.\\nChapelier, m. hatter; Loyer, m. rent; Renseignements, m. p,\\nCrayon, m. pencil; Pantoufle, f. slipper; information; t\\nDemeur-er, 1. to dwell; Paysan, m. peasant Revenu, m. income\\nFenetre, f. window; Proprietaire, m. land- Tout, e, all;\\nFrapp-er, 1. to knock; lord; Voyageur, m. traveller.\\nLegume, m. vegetable Rend-re, 4. to return\\n1. Que vous a-t-on pris? 2. On m a pris mes livres, mes crayons et\\nmon canif. 3. Savez vous qui vous les a pris 1 4. Je ne connais pas\\ncelui qui me les a pris, mais je sais qu il demeure ici. 5. Avez vous\\ndemande vos livres? 6. Je les ai demandes a mon cousin. 7. Vous\\nles a-t-il rendus 8. II me les a payes. 9. Vous a-t-on vole beaucoup\\nde fruit cette annee? 10. On m a vole des legumes, mais on ne m a\\npoint vole de fruit. 11. Avez vous paye votre chapeau au paysan?\\n12. Je ne le lui ai pas paye, je l ai paye au chapelier. 13. A qui avez\\nvous demande des renseignements 14. J en ai demande au voyageur.\\n15. Savez vous qui vient de frapper a la porte? 16. C est M. L., qui\\nvous demande. 17. Qui avez vous demande? 18. J ai demande votre\\nfrere. 19. Votre frere a-t-il paye toutes ses dettes? 20. II ne les a\\npas encore payees, parce qu il n a pas recu ses revenus. 21. Lui avez\\nvous paye ce que vous lui avez achete 22. Je le lui ai paye. 23.\\nNe leur avez vous pas paye votre loyer 24. Je le leur ai paye. 25.\\nlis nous ont paye notre maison.\\nExercise 98.\\n1. Have you paid your landlord? 2. I have paid him my rent. 3.\\nHave you paid him for the windows which you have broken 4. I\\nhave paid him for them. 5. Has the. hatter paid for all his hats 6.\\nHe has not paid for them, he has bought them on credit (d credit).\\n7. Do you pay what you owe, every day? 8. I pay my butcher\\nevery week. 9. Have you paid him for his meat? 10. I have paid\\nhim for it. 11. For whom did you inquire this morning? 12. I\\ninquired for your brother. 13. Why did you not inquire ibr my\\nfather? 14. I know that your father is in England. 15. Has the\\nhatter been paid for his hats? 16. He has been paid for them. 17.\\nHas your money been taken from you 18. My hat has been stolen\\nfrom me. 19. Have you asked your brother for your money? 20.\\nI have asked him for it, but he cannot return it to me. 21. Has he\\nno money 22. He has just paid all his debts, and he has no money", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0153.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "148\\n1ESSOM LI.\\nleft (de resti). 23. Have you asked your father for money? 24. I\\nnave not asked him lor any, I know that he has none. 25. From\\nWhat bookseller have you bought your books? 26. I bought them\\nfrom your bookseller. 21. Are you wrong to pay your deb\\nI am right to pay them. 20. Who is inquiring for me 1 30. The\\nphysician is inquiring for you. 31. Who knocks 1 32. Your shoe,\\nmaker knocks.\\nLESSOX LI.\\nTHE TAST DEFINITE.\\nLE(;ON LI.\\nft 120.)\\n1. The past definite may be called the narrative or historical tense\\nof the French. It is used to express an action entirely past, definite\\nand complete in itself. The time mual be specified, and every por-\\ntion of it must be elapsed. One night at leaat should have occurred\\nsince the action took place.\\nMen (rare partit bier pour Paris. Afy brother left yetterday for Paris.\\n2. The student will bear in mind that the past indefinite [I* 41.]\\nmay be used for the past definite. The past definite, however, may\\nnever be need for the indefinite. In conversation the indefinite is\\noften preferred to the definite, a.s the latter would at times appear\\nto,, formal 191, (8.)]s\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nlly be rendered in English by the.\\nsimple form of the imperfect, or by the same tense conjugated with\\nThe p.ist definite Ban never be rendered in English, by the par-\\nticiple present of the \\\\erl preceded by uas.\\nJ alJai a 1 eglise hier matin. tmit, or did go to church yesierdaf\\nmorning.\\n4.\\nTekmin I\\nI Of Tin: Past DBPUrm Koru\\nCohj Bee I- 28, and CO.\\nJc\\nchant -ai\\nfin -is\\n-us\\nrend -is\\nMatin\\nJin,. l,rd\\nrendered\\nru\\npan -as\\n-is\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ni\\nVell.l -is\\n(ionn -a\\nchrritkedtt\\nrreeivedtt\\nlotdttl\\nii\\n-it\\nperf -ut\\ntend -it\\ngirt\\nfurmifitd\\ngathered\\ntended\\nNous\\nclierch -inics\\npan\\numes\\nelltelld -inns\\nMaj*l\\npuni. ktd\\ntnnetired\\nheard\\nVous\\nport -atcs\\n\u00c2\u00ab1\\nperd -ites\\ntarried\\nstr.td\\nlis\\naim\\nun -ircnt\\n-ureiit\\nmord -ircnt\\nUced, lihed\\nunited\\ndectired\\nM\\n5. It will be seen that the terminations of the second and fourtk\\nconjugations axe alike", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0154.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "LESSON LL 149\\nResume of Examples.\\nOn nous parla de vons hier.\\nLe banquier nous donna de l argent\\nl annee dernicre.\\nLe banquier nous a donne de l ar-\\ngent.\\nLe professeur nous parla de vous\\nl annee dernicre.\\nII nous a parle de ses amis et des\\nnotres.\\nPendant notre voyage, il nous ra-\\nconta ses aventures.\\nII nous a raconte l histoire de sa\\nvie.\\nThey spoke to us of you yesterday.\\nThe banker gave ws money last year.\\nThe banker has given us money.\\nThe professor spoke to us about yon\\nlast year.\\nHe spoke to us of his friends and of\\nours.\\nDuring our journey he related to us\\nhis adventures.\\nHe related to us the history of Ms life.\\nExercise 99.\\nAine, e, elder, eldest; Se lev-er, 1. ref. to rise; Remerci-er, 1. to thank;\\nAvec, with; Lorsque, when Sejour, m. slay;\\nSe couch-er, 1. ref. to go^eut ve, new; Semaine, f. week;\\nto bed Ordinairement, general- Soldat, m. soldier\\nDernier, e, last ly Tard. late\\nS echapp-er, 1. ref. to Pendant, during; Trop tot, too soon.\\nescape; Pri-er, 1. to beg\\nHabillenient, m. dress Proprietes, f. p. properly;\\n1. Le banquier recut il beaucoup d argent la semaine derniere\\n2. II en recut beaucoup. 3. Aussitot que vous apercfites votre frere,\\nne lui parlates vous pas? 4. Des que je l apercus, je lui parlai. 5.\\nAvez vous deja porte vos habillements neufs? 6. Je ne les ai pas\\nencore portes. 7. Quand il vous donna de l argent, hier, le remer-\\nciates vous? 8. Je le remerciai et je le priai de vous l-emercier. 9.\\nAvez vous trouve vos livres? 10. Je ne les ai pas encore trouves.\\n11. Lorsque vous vintes nous voir ne finites vous pas vos aflaires\\navec mon pere 12. Je les finis alors et je le payai. 13. N avez\\nvous pas vu votre soeur ainee pendant votre sejour a. Lyon 14. Je\\nne I ai pas vue. 15. Ne vous couehates vous pas trop tot hier au\\noir? 16. Je me couchai tard. 17. A quelle heure vous 6tes vous\\neve ce matin? 18. Je me suis leve a cinq heures; je me leve ordi-\\nnairement de bonne heure. 19. Ne cherchates vous pas a vous\\nechapper de votre prison l annee derniere 20. Je n ai jamais cherche\\nm echapper. 21. Avez vous vendu vos proprietes? 22. Je ne\\nles ai pas vendues. 23. Qu avez vous donne au soldat. 24. Je ne\\nlui ai rien donne. 25. Pendant son sejour a B., nous lui donnamea\\ntout ce qu il voulut.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0155.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "160 LESSON LIL\\nExercise 100.\\n1. What did you leceive last week 2. We received fifty francs\\nfrom your friend, and twenty-five from your brother. 3. Did you\\ntake your son to church with you yesterday 4. I did not take hire\\nthere (y). 5. What did you lose last year 6. We lost our money,\\nour clothes and our horses. 7. Have you looked (cherclus) for them\\n8. I looked for them, but did not find them. 9. Did they speak of\\nyour brother yesterday? 10. They spoke of him and of you. 11.\\nWhat did the physician give you 1 12. He pave me nothing. 13.\\nAt what hour did your sister rise yesterday? 14. She rose at fivt\\no clock. 15. Did you rise early this morning I 16. We rose at\\nhalf-past six. 17. Has your cousin sold all his property 1 18. Ho\\nhas not sold it, he has given it to his eldest sister. 19. Has the trav-\\neller related his adventures to you 1 ~o. He related them tome. 11,\\nDid that man i: o \u00e2\u0096\u00a0peak to your father 23. lie tried to\\nspeak to him. ^;S. Did the professor speak of your brother during\\nhis stay at your house 24. He spoke of him. -J j. I las your friend\\nworn his oeWCOal 86. He has not worn it yet. J7. Have you\\nthanked your brother I 28. 1 have thanked him. 29. What have\\nyou given to your eldest sistir 80. I have given her nothing,!\\nhave nothing to give her. 31. When your brother gave you a book\\nlast year, did you thank him 82. 1 did not thank him. 33. Is it\\nI. It is not late, it is only six. li. j. I, it tine weather or bad\\nweather 3 j. It is very line weather.\\nLBBSOK LI I. LEpON LIT.\\n1. The terminations of the past definite of irregular verbs, are sel-\\ndom arbitrary,* but an Irregular verb of one conjugation will some-\\ntimes, in tliis tense, assume the terminations of another conjugation.\\nIn a few instances the of the verb is entirely changed.\\n1\\nJ o -na\\nf -us\\nTu\\n11\\nf -ut\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2nines\\nf -nones\\n-atea\\nf -utes\\nlb e -urcnt\\nf -urcnt\\nI,!\\nV -IS\\n1 -US\\nV -M\\n1 -US\\nv -it\\n1 -lit\\n1 -Ames\\nv -ttcs\\n1 -uruut\\nThis termination is arbitrary only in rerba ending in rasr in which\\nan r, comes after the i of the termination vinnus, tinmes, Ac", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0156.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "LESSON LII.\\n151\\n2. Avoir and $tre, t will be perceived, take in (his tense a new stem,\\nc us, /-us etre and lire, though belonging to the 4th conjugation, take\\nthe terminations of the 3d, and voir, a verb of the 3d, takes the ter-\\nminations of the 4th.\\n3. In other instances, the stem of the verb drops some of its letters,\\nand sometimes adopts others. This may be seen in the verbs\\nVenik,\\nPrendre,\\nCraindre,\\nConnaitre,\\nConduire,\\nto come\\nto take\\nto fear\\nto know\\nto conduct.\\nJe v -ins\\npr -is\\ncraign -is\\nconn -us\\nconduis -is\\nTu v -ins\\npr -is\\ncraign -is\\nconn -us\\nconduis -is\\n11 v -hit\\npr -it\\ncraign -it\\nconn -ut\\nconduis -it\\nNous v -intnes\\npr -imes\\ncraign -imes\\nconn -umes\\nconduis -imes\\nVous v -intes\\npr -ites\\ncraign -ites\\nconn -utes\\nconduis -ites\\nlis v -inrent\\npr -irent\\ncraign -irent\\nconn -urent\\nconduis -irent\\n4. Like venir, are conjugated all verbs ending in enir like crain-\\ndre, connaitre, and conduire, those ending in indre, aitre and uire\\nand like prendre, those composed of this verb and a prefix as, com-\\nprendre, surprendre, c.\\n5. We would at all times refer the student to the table of irregu\\nlar verbs. 62, for those tenses of the irregular verbs with which he\\nis not familiar.\\nResume of Examples.\\nNe conrluisites vous point votre ills.\\nen Espagne Panose dernicre 1\\nJe l y conduisis et je l y laissai.\\nAussitot que vous vites votre frere,\\nne le reconnutes vous pas 1\\nJe le reconnus aussitot que je\\nI aperfiis.\\nLe pharmacien ne vint-il pas vous\\nvoir 1\\nD vint me voir il fut bien etonne\\nde trouver chez moi, un de ses\\nanciens amis.\\nNe prites-vous pas conge de vos\\namis, hier?\\nJe pris conge d eux, et je les priai\\nde m ecrire.\\nDid you not take your son to Spam\\nlast year\\nI took him thither and left kirn.\\nAs soon as you saw your brother, did\\nyou not recognize him\\nI recognized him as soon as I per-\\nceived him.\\nDid not the apothecary come to see\\nyou?\\nHe came to see me; he was muck\\nastonished to find one of his old\\nfriends at my house.\\nDid you not take leave of your\\nfriends yesterday\\nI took leave of them, and begged\\nthem to write to vie.\\nExercise 101.\\nAccompagn-er, 1. to ac-De mon mieux, as well Histoire, f. history;\\ncompany as I could; Inform-er, 1. to infor;\\nla fin, at last; Se depech-er, 1. ref. foNotaire, m. notary;\\nAmicalement. kindly; make haste; Lu, from lire, 4. ir.\\nArrivee, f. arrival; Dcs que, as soon as; read;\\nAttend-rc, 4. to wait for Ecolier, m. scholar Peintre, m. painter\\nAu secours, to the assis- S ennuy-er, 1. pec. to be- Sans, without\\ntance come iveary Secour-ir, 2. ir. to\\nConge, m. leave; Se hat-er, 1. ref. to cour.\\nfjour-ir, 2. ir. to run fiasten", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0157.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "152 LESSON LIZ.\\n1. Nos ecoliers s ennuverent-ils hier, d attcndro si longteuipal\\n2. lis furent obliges d attendre si longtemps, qu a la fin ils perdireni\\npatience. 3. Ne rceutes-vous point votre parent amicalement iors-\\nqu il vi:it vous voir 4. Je le rccii9 do mon mieux. J. Ne lutes-vous\\npas !:i lettre de votre frere avanthier? G. Je la his et je i envoyaj a\\ninon onule. 7. Ne courates-voua pas au secours de votre frere\\nit que vous le vltea ea danger 1 8. Je me hatai de leeecourir.\\nlesdevenirl 10. Nous nous sommes\\nrcu mon frere ne m in-\\nformat n informai. 13. A\\nquelle benre He venue anjoard hail 14. Ello est\\nas prior do\\nrent me voir, maia ils mo quitterent\\nme parler de lent ma pas on\\ni l annee deraiere un tableau d histoire.\\nLe peintre italien 2 I. 11 le linit hier.\\ntil. II Pa V ee m iti i. 22. e nouvelle\\njeune homme a-t-il pria conge\\n24. II a pria conge do lui 25. II prit conge do hi!\\n1. DM; Ho accompanied\\nJ. Did your companion\\ntuki I me this morning,\\nG. I\\ni tii\\nthe i -pael nine.\\n1 day\\nrtm\\n12. 1 ha\\n17. Did yon\\ni bo my\\n1 last\\nipanj\\nfor\\nt for\\nI, He took\\nWore VOU not", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0158.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "LESSON LIII. 153\\nastonishod yesterday to see that lady? 30. I was not astonished to\\neee her. 31. Did you make haste to read your book last night\\n{hier au soir) 1 32. I made haste to read it. 33. Have you finished\\nit 34. I have not yet finished it\\nLESSON LIH. LEgON LIH.\\nTHE IMPERFECT. 119.)\\n1. The imperfect or simultaneous past tense may be called the\\ndescriptive tense of the French. The action which it represents, or\\nthe situation which it describes, is imperfect of itself. This tense\\nleaves the beginning, duration, and end of an action undetermined.\\nIt may often be rendered in English by the auxiliary was, c. and tho\\nparticiple present of the verb 119, 120.]\\nJ ecrivais ce matin quand vous etes I was writing this morning when you\\nentre. came in.\\nJe passais hier quand vous m ap- J was passing yesterday when you\\npelates. called, me.\\n2. The imperfect is also used to express an action which is cus-\\ntomary or often repeated. It may then be rendered in English by\\nthe word, used to, placed before the verb\\nL annee derniere, j allais tous les Last year, I went {used to go) every\\njours a l ecole. day to school.\\nQuand nous demeurions a la Wlien we were {used to be) in the\\ncampagne, nous nous couchions country, use used to go to bed at nine\\nordinairement a neuf heures. o clock.\\n3. The imperfect can seldom be rendered in English by the past\\ntense which takes did* as an auxiliary. The past definite never\\ncorresponds in meaning to the English imperfect composed of the\\nauxiliary was, and the participle present. It cannot be rendered\\nby the verb preceded by used to.\\nJ allais a la cliasse hier matin zoas going hunting yesterday morn-\\nquand nous nous rencontrames. ing when we met {did meet).\\nJ allai a la chasse hier matin. went {did go) hunting yesterday\\nmorning.\\n4. The imperfect is formed from the participle present, by changing\\nant into ais, c. 61. It may also be formed by adding ais, etc. to the\\nExcept when, in interrogative sentences; did is used as an auxiliary\\nto used to expressed or understood.\\n7*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0159.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "164\\nlesson l:\\nstem of the ve?b for the 1st and 4th conjugations, issais, etc. foi\\nthe 2d, and roots, etc. for the 3d.\\n5. Terminations of the Imperfect of the four Coxjuga*\\nJe chant -ais\\nwas singing\\nTu pari -ais\\nThou wist ipc.ikmg\\n11 donu -ait\\nHe was giving\\nNous cherch -ions\\nWe were licking\\nVous port -iea\\nYou were carrying\\nlis aim -atent\\nTktf were loving\\nfin\\nwas finishing\\ncher\\nwatt cherishing\\nr.iiini -iaaatt\\nteas furnishing\\npan\\nwere punishing\\n:-ais\\nwere seizing\\nu:i\\nwere uniting\\nrec -evais\\nwas receiving\\naperc -evais\\nMd perceiving^\\nperc -eras\\niroj gathering\\nOODC -evioiis\\n\u00c2\u00bb(r( conceiving\\nd -eviez\\nn it;-,\\nL-rrf deceiving\\nrend -ais\\ntoo* rendering\\nvend -ais\\ntrait selling\\ntend -ait\\nteas tending\\nentend -ions\\ntrrr* hearing\\npard -iez\\ntrrre losing\\nmoid -aient\\nu-fre biting.\\n:i-LES.\\nJe chantais quand on m appotta\\nrotre latere.\\nJ aimai autreftne a lire l\\nan^l\\ndana votre chambre loreejne\\nit re.\\nComment voire pare ae portahVfl,\\nloraqoeToosdemeorieienJ\\noe anemia InJ\\nii bier tOOtfl la ma:\\nloraqne\\nrotre ami nooa rencontre.\\ni are.\\nir^w sinking when they brought mi\\nyou i\\nI used to like formerly to read the\\npoets.\\nI room when you came\\nin.\\nII you r father when you lived\\nI\\n,1 u paid my father what you\\ni you had prome\\nised\\nJ spoke mornipg:\\nI was sp vr father w.ien\\nI brother.\\nI\\nformerly\\n1 Vim;\\nCfhambre\\nCrayon\\nBetroar-er\\n1. to find\\nBcolier, m. a\\nIs cir. 8,\\nMi lit i\\npper\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0cue;\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0in\\nl. De qoJ pariiex-voua ee matin quand je ns vena voua trouvcr*\\niiif parlait de BOD I rlaia du miei\\naajeui le huMif que le mouton, antrefoial 4 Painuia le\\nboaafj mais je n ai jamais aime le mouton. b. Ne vendiex-vooa paa\\nbeaaeonp h- livrea, loraqne voua demeurii\\nbeaoooap paieaoaM j etaia Libraire, 7. Le libraire a til rendu beeav\\ncoup da crayons ce matin? 8. 11 a venda beaucoap i\\njourd hui. y. Vendies-woa baanooop de pa reh e mi n loraque vous\\natiez libraire? 10. J\u00c2\u00ab n en veudaia preaque paa. 11. Voire frere", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0160.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "LESSON LI II. 16b\\npoilait-il un habit vert lorsqu il demeurait a Londres? 12. II portait\\nan habit brun et des pantoufies noires. 13. Q,ue cherchiez-vous\\n14. Je cherchais mon livre. 15. Depuis quand l aviez-vous perdu.\\n16. J e l avais perdu depuis hier. 17. L avez-vous retro uve? 18. Je\\nI avais retrouve, mais je l ai perdu de nouveau. 19. Ce boulanger\\nvous fournissait-il de bon pain 20. II nous en fournissait d excel-\\nlent? 21. Punissiez-vous souvent vos ecoliers? 22. Je les punissais\\nquand ils le meritaient. 23. Oi etiez-vous ce matin quand je vous\\ncherchais. 24. J etais dans ma chambre. 25. Je finissais mon\\ntheme.\\nExercise 104.\\n1. Who was at your house this morning? 2. My friend G. was\\nthere, and was looking for you. 3. Were you looking for me this\\nmorning 4. I was not looking for you, I was looking for your\\nscholar. 5. Did you speak to my father yesterday 6. I was speak-\\ning to him when they brought me your letter. 7. Did you use to\\nsell much meat when you lived in B. 8. I sold much meat because\\nI was a butcher. 9. Did your father use to wear a white hat when\\nhe lived in London 10. He used to wear a black hat, and my brother\\nwore a black coat. 11. Were you singing when my father came?\\n12. No, Sir, I was finishing my exercise. 13. Had you lost your\\npencil this morning? 14. I had lost it, and was looking for it when\\nyou spoke to me. 15. Has your brother paid all that he owed?\\n16. He has not paid for his coat. 17. How was your mother when\\nshe lived in Italy 18. She was very well. 19. You used to like\\nreading, (la lecture), did your sister (use to) like it also 20. She\\nliked it also. 21. Where was your sister this morning when I was\\nlooking for her? 22. She was at my mother s. 23. What song were\\nyou singing this morning? 24. 1 was singing an Italian song. 25.\\nHave you been afraid to speak to me? 26. I have never been afraid\\nto speak to you. 27. Have you brought my book 28. I have not\\nbrought it. 29. Of what were you speaking 30. I was speaking of\\nnothing. 31. What were you giving to my brother? 32. I was net\\ngiving him anything. 33. What were you carrying? 34. I was\\nearrying a tree. 35. Where were you carrying it 36. I was carry-\\ning it home.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0161.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "156 LESSON LIV.\\nLESSON LIV. LECON LIV.\\nthe nir::r;Fi;cT CONTINUED.\\n1. The imperfect of the indicative of every French verb, regiJar or\\nirregular, cods in a\\n2. No verb of the first bo R, is irregular in this tenso.\\n3. The only irregularity found in the irregular verbs of the second\\ngation in, is that, I ij Brfect, the stem of these verbs\\nLike= eonr-ir, je cou-\\nThe irregular change that\\ntermination (oir) alar verbs of the same:\\nprions: Be-oir, to become,\\nvoir. 62.]\\nthe irregular verbs of the fourth\\nconjugation under s admit of a\\ncomplt.: We, however, offer the following\\nJe pren i tc.\\nI\\nin whic i prendre comprendfe,\\nj\\n-Exception*:\\ni\\nore regular in this tense.\\n8. The hich the French grnrnmatjaoa dc-\\nrirr vc-\\nnaut, valant, t, ocndoiaaM\\nExec;\\nlipun.\\nlui.\\n11 cu avait gtaud besoii\\n.raiU monty?\\nHe hud b", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0162.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "LESSOR LIT.\\n157\\nQuelle voiture conduisiez-vous 1\\nPour qui me preniez-vous 1\\nJe venais vous trouver quand je\\nvous rencoutrai.\\nA qui ecriviez-vous ce matin\\nJecrivais\\nfrSre.\\nma sosur et a mon\\nWhat carriage were you driving\\nFor whom were you taking me\\nI was coming to you when I met you.\\nTo whom were you writing this morn~\\ning\\nI tvas writing to my sister and to my\\nbrother.\\nExercise 105.\\nOubli-er, 1. to forget; Teind-re, 4. ir. to dye;\\nPeche, f. fishing Teinturier, m. dyer\\nPeind-re, 4. ir. to paint; Toile, f. linen cloth;\\nReven-ir, 2. ir. to re- Rencontr-er, l.to meet;\\nturn Val-oir, 3. ir. to be loorth\\nSav-oir, 3. ir. to know Veu-ir, 2. ir. to come, to\\nSe tromp-er, 1. to be have just;\\nmistaken; Vite, quickly.\\nAutrement,\\nCass-er, 1. to break\\nChasse, f. hunting;\\nDire, 4. ir. to say;\\nMontre, f. watch;\\nMoms, (au) at least;\\nMort, e, dead;\\nOffcns-er, to offend;\\n1. Pourquoi n ecriviez-vous pas plus vite ce matin? 2. Parceque\\nj avais peur de me tromper. 3. Ne craigniez-vous pas d offenser\\ncette dame 4. Je craignais de l offenser, mais je ne pouvais faire\\nautrement? 5. Que peigniez-vous ce matin? 6. Je peignais un\\ntableau d histoire. 7. Votre teinturier que teignait-il 8. II teignait\\ndu drap, de la soie et de la toile. 9. De quelle couleur les teignait\\nil? 10. II teignait le drap en noir, et la soie et la toile en vert. 11.\\nConduisiez-vous le jeune Polonais a l ecole lorsque je vous ai rencon-\\ntre? 12. Je conduisais mon fils aine a. l eglise. 13. Que lisiez-vous\\n14. Je lisais des livres que je venais d acheter. 15. Ne saviez-vous\\npas que ce monsieur est mort 16. Je l avais oublie. 17. Combien\\nla montre que vous avez cassee valait-elle 18. Elle valaitau moins\\ndeux cents francs. 19. Ne valait-il pas mieux rester ici que d aller a\\nla chasse? 20. II valait beaucoup mieux aller a l ecole. 21. Votre\\nami que vous disait-il 22. II me disait que son frere est revenu\\nd Espagne. 23. N alliez-vous pas a la chasse tous les jours lorsque\\nvous demeuriez a la campagne 24. J allais souvent a la peche.\\n25 Mon frere allait tous les jours a l ecole quand il 6tait ici.\\nExercise 106.\\n1. Were you afraid this morning when you came to our house\\n2- I was afraid. 3. Of what were you afraid? 4. I was afraid of\\nthe horse. 5. Was not your friend afraid of falling? {de iomber,\\nSee L. 21. R. 2, 4.) 6. Ke was not afraid of falling, but he waa\\nafraid of making a mistake (de se tromper. See 2. in Exercise above).\\n7. Were ysu not afraid of offending your brother? 8. I was afraid\\nof offending him. 9. Were you +aking your sen to school? 10.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0163.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "158 LESSON IV.\\nwas conducting him to school. 1 1 Was the dyer dyeing your coat\\n12. He was not dyeing my coat, he was dyeing silk. 13. What color\\nwas he dyeing the silk 14. He was dyeing some red and sorno\\ngreen. 15. Was he dyeing his linen cloth black or green 1\\n16. He was neither dyeing it black nor green, lie was dyeing it\\npink (rose). 17. Were you awaife (sroea oous) that your uncle is\\ndead? 18. I did not know it (imperftct). 19. What was the gen.\\ntleinan reading 20. He was reading a letter which lie had just re-\\nceived. 21. Were you cold when you came here 22. 1 was Jold,\\nhungry and thirsty. 23. Were you not ashamed of your conduct\\n(conduile). 21. I was ashamed of it. 25. Were you not in want\\nv. 20. I was not in want of it 27. Did you not want\\nyour father 2 We did not want him. 2D. Whither were you\\nan I met you! 30. 1 was going to your house. 31. Were\\nyou driving your brotiu ft carriage 32. 1 was driving my own (la\\n83. Were yon writing to me or to my father? 31. 1 was\\nwriting to your friend 1 ennatn. 35. Your friend was taking me for\\nyour eldest brother.\\n9QM l.V. ION I.V.\\nTm; pASI mi. ill 122, 123.)\\ni. X i pari anterior is formed from the past definite of the mix.\\ni the past partieipk of the verb:\\ninterior ,-v rally momentary action,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009el iu .j, to wther action. The latter immediately\\nfollows the former, and often dependa upon it. The action m\\nternary one. The past anterior is\\noften preceded que,ausaiUM iue, as soon\\nas; quand,lon\\nDee que I eusflnimattotv je m en i I taslc\\nallai.\\n3. This tense partakes of the nature of the pasl definite.\\n4 The plupi imperfect of the auxiliary,\\nand the past participle of the verb\\nvena, I\\nthis tense might be all the rules on the mi\\nof the Imperfect The action which ij m the sit uation\\nwhich U frequent y a customary one, or one often re-\\npeated", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0164.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "LESSON LV.\\n159\\nDes que j avais fini ma tache je As soon as my task was finished I used\\nm en allais. to go away.\\nResume of Examples.\\nAviez- vous eu soin de vos effets 1\\nJ en avais eu soin.\\nN aviez-vous pas eu besoin de moi 1\\nJ avais eu besoiu de vous et de votre\\nfrere.\\nN aviez-vous pas eu l intention de\\nme parler 1\\nNous avions eu envie de dormir.\\nDes que vous eutes fini votre lettre,\\nne la portates-vous pas a la poste 1\\nDes que vous aviez fini vos lettres.\\nne les portiez-vous pas a la poste 1\\nDes que vous futes arrive, ne com-\\nmen ;ates-vous pas a dcrire 1\\nDes que vous etiez arrive, ne com-\\nmen9iez-vous pas a ecrire 1\\nHad you taken care of your things?\\nJ had taken care of them.\\nHad you not wanted me\\nI had wanted you and your brother.\\nHad you not intended to speak to me 7\\nWe had had a wish to sleep.\\nAs soon as you had finished your Utter\\ndid you not carry it to live posl-officel\\nAs soon as your letters were finished,\\ndid you not {commonly) take them\\nto the post-office\\nAs soon as you had arrived did you\\nnot commence writing\\nAs soon as yo-u, used to arrive, did you\\nnot {generally) commence writing\\nExercise 10*7.\\nArret-er, 1. to stop; Egar-er, 1. to mislay;\\nBal, m. ball Invit-er. 1. to invite\\nBourse, f. purse Se lev-er, ref. to rise\\nSe coucher, 1. ref. to go Malade, sick;\\nto bed Musicien, m. musician\\nDangereusement, dan- Oubli-er, 1. to forget;\\ngerously Part-ir, 2. to set out\\nDiner, m. dinner\\nPerd-re, 1. to lose;\\nB,emont-er, 1. to wind\\nup;\\nBetrouv-er, 1. to find\\nagain\\nSort-ir, 2. ir. to go out;\\nSpectacle, m. play.\\n1. Ne saviez-vous pas oii le musicien etait alle? 2. Je savais\\nqu il etait alle a Paris. 3. Ne vous avait-on pas dit que votre frere\\nest morH 4. On m avait dit qu il etait dangereusement malade. 5.\\nNe vous couchiez-vous pas ordinairement, des que vous aviez fini vos\\nlegons 6. Des que je les avais finies, j allais au spectacle. 7. Des\\nque vous eutes fini vos lecons, que fites-vous hier au soir 1 8. Aus-\\nsitot que je les eus finies, j allai au bal. 9. Cette petite fille n avait-\\nelle pas envie de dormir] 10. Elle avait plus envie de dormir que\\nd etudier. 11. Qu aviez-vous faitde (with) votre livre quand je vous\\nle demnndai. 12. Je l avais egare. 13. Ou l aviez-vous egare 14.\\nJe l avais oublie dans le jardin. 15. Pourquoi votre montre etait-\\nelle arretee 1 16. Parce que j avais oublie de la remonter. 17. L hor-\\nloger ne l avait-il pas remontee 18. II avait oublie de le faire. 19.\\nN aviez-vous pas perdu votre bourse 1 20. Je l avais perdue, mais je\\n1 ai retrouvee. 21. Votre cousin etait-il parti? 22. II n etait pas\\nencore parti. 23. Etait-il sorti 1 24. II etait sorti avec ma mere.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0165.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "160 LESSOR LVL\\n25. Ou etait-il alle 26. II etait alle chez mon frere, qui 1 ivnil\\ninvite a diner.\\nExercise 108.\\n1. Had you not intended to speak to my brother 2. I had in-\\ntended to speak to him, but he was gone. 3. Did your sister go to\\nbed last evening as soon as she had read (lit) her book 4. She\\nwent to bed as soon as she had read it. 5. Did she usually go to\\nbed as soon as she bad read her book? 6. She generally went to\\nid read six pages. 7. Were you told thai your\\nsister was sick 8. I was told that she had been dangerously sick.\\n9. Did you know what you had done with your pen? 10. I knew\\nthat I had mi-laid it. 11. Had your Bister mislaid hers? IS. She\\nhad left (Zaissee) it in my room. 13. How many of your hooks have\\nyou mislaid 1 14. I had mislaid five, bat my brother lias found them.\\n15. Where had yon left them? 16. I had left them in the garden.\\n17. Was your brother s watch stopped. 18. It was stopped. 19.\\nWhy was it stopped? 20. He had forgotten to wind it up. 21.\\nBad he not lost bis k 32. He had not lost it. 23. Had\\nyou wanted my father 01 me? 21. I had wanted your little girL\\n2j. Was she oat 1 2 oat with your brother. 27. Was\\nshe gone one thither. 2 Was the\\nie intended to leave at the.\\n81. Had yoa spoken to him when 1 came yesterday 1 32. I had\\nU) him. 33. Had yo r is here M.\\nI had told him. 86. I- he still herel No, Sir* he ia gout, hj\\nwent this morning at\\nLVL I.F.rnX LV1.\\nl. We have given [I. 81 B I.)] B ru c for the plj\u00c2\u00abce of\\nthe noun. Bubject r nominative of an interrogative sentM\\nBtudent, we have hitherto refrained from intro-\\nanother construction whi d ed by the Frenehj\\ninstead of that given in the role. When a sentence commences\\nwith oft, where i que, combien, horn much, how\\ntunny; and quand. the noun may be placed immediately after\\nthe verb. Thii n ia similar to (hat of the English inter-\\nrogative sentence wlicn the verb has no auxiliary 16,\\nirr our fric-.ds and frictions i\\nQu 6crit retre aeneapenaant i What imut y\u00c2\u00bbur nnspondtnt?", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0166.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "LH8S0N LVI. 16.1\\nU. When there are in a French sentence two regimens of equal\\nength, the direct should precede the indirect 76, (7.)]\\nAvez-vous donne les jouets a Ten- Have you given tlie child the play-\\nfant 1 tilings\\nAvez-vous donne cette lettre a. Have you given the man that letter\\nl homme 1\\n3, The regime indirect precedes the direct, when the latter is fol-\\nlowed by a relative pronoun, or by other words qualifying it, and\\nrendering it much longer than the indirect 76, (8.)]. The indirect\\nregimen should also precede the direct, when the sentence would\\notherwise be equivocal 76, (9.)]\\nAvez-vous donne a l enfant, les jouets Have you given the child, the play-\\nque vous lui aviez promis 1 things which yon had promised\\nhim\\nResume of Examples.\\nQuel age a cette demoiselle 1\\nQue veulent dire ces messieurs 1\\nOu sont alles messieurs vos freres 1\\nCombien d enfants a ce monsieur 1\\nAvez vous paye cet argent au mar-\\nchand 1\\nJ ai paye mon habit au tailleur.\\nVous avez paye au tailleur, le gilet\\nque vous avez achete.\\nN aviez-vous pas demande cela a\\nl enfant\\nHow old is that young lady?\\nWhat do those gentlemen mean\\nWhere are your brothers gone\\nHow many children has that gentle-\\nman\\nHave you paid the merchant that\\nmoney\\nI paid the tailor for my coat.\\nYou have paid the tailor for the coat\\nwhich you have bought.\\nHad you not asked the child for that\\nExercise 109.\\nAccompagn-er, 1. to oc-Chaine, f. chain; Dernier, e, last;\\ncompany; Chapeau, m. hat, bon-Frcs, near, nearly;\\nAine, e, eldest net Rend-re, 4. to return\\nAssocie, m, partner Cinquante, f. fifty Serrurier, m. locks?nith\\nAubergiste, m landlord Clef, f. key Serviette, f. napkin.\\nBouteille, f. bottle Commis, m. clerk\\n1. Ou etaient vos parents Pannee derniere? 2. lis etaient en An-\\ngleterre. 3. Oii sont restes les messieurs qui vous accompagnaient\\nce matin 4. Us sont restes chez leur3 associes. 5. Que lisaient\\nvos amies lorsque vous les avez quittees 6. Elles lisaient les nou-\\nvelles qu elles venaient de recevoir. 7. Que dit monsieur voire\\npere 8. II ne dit rien. 9. Quel age a ce monsieur? 10. II a pres\\ndo cinquante ans. 11. Quel age o-nt vos enfants? 12. L aine a dix\\nans, el le plus jeune a six ans. 13. Avez-vous demande votrechaine\\nd or a ce monsieur? 14. Je la lui ai demandee. 15. Avez-vous\\nrendu au commis, 1 argent qu il vous avait prete 16. Je le lui ai\\nrendu. 17. Aviez-vous envie d envoyer vos clefs au serru?ier? 18.\\nJ avais envi8 de les lui envoyer, car elles sont cassees. 19. Aviez-", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0167.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "162 LESSON LVII.\\nvous oublia de payer votre habit au tailleur? 20. J avais oublie de\\nIc lui payer 21. Valait-il la peine d envoyer cea plumes a l eeolier?\\n22. II ne valait pas la peine de les lui envoyer, il en avait d aulres.\\n23. Valait-il la peine d envoyer ees bouteilles a l aubergiste 24 11\\nvalait la peine de les lui envoyer, ear il n en avait pas. 25. Avez-\\nvous demande des serviettes a votre pere 2G. Je n ai pas voulu\\nJui er demander.\\nExercise 110.\\n1. What does the lailor mean 2. I do not know what he means.\\n3. Where [a your eldest sister? -1. She is at my brother s, or at\\nmy sifter s, b. What mi the locksmith Baying to you G. He was\\nsaying that he has brought my key. 7. How many tetters have you\\ncarried to the post-office 1 B. I have carried Beven, three for you,\\nand four for my father! Have you given my sister tlie letter\\nWhich I have written I 10. I have not given it to her, I left il upon\\nmy table. 11. Where is the gentleman who has brought that pen-\\nIS. He lives at my father s, do you wish to speak to him?\\n13. I wished to send him a letter which 1 brought from England.\\n14. Have you returned to that man the money which he had lent\\nyou I \\\\b. I have returned it to hii your mother paid the\\nmilliner (modish for her bonnet I 17. She has not yet paid her for\\ni:. ]s. How old ia the shoemaker s eldest son 1 19. He is twenty-\\nyon s uMi to send your brother the key of your\\n21. I had a it to him. -jj. Was it worth the\\nwhile to give your bn I was worth the while\\nto give it to him. for ear) lie wanted it. J I. Was it worth the while\\nto the druggist (apolhi It was\\nworth the while to send them to him. 26. Where is the landlord?\\n27. He is in England 28. Is your Bister al home! 29\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0he is gone out. 30. How many children has the locksmith 1 31.\\nHe has ten. 83, How many books has the physician 1 83, He has\\nfive hundred volumes. 84. Have you given the gentleman that let-\\n,o. I have forgotten to give it to him.\\nSON I. VII. ON LVil.\\nI. The French avoid placing the verb a: atencM\\nlowing, when the nominative is noun:\\nire M 11. T If il hm.\\ni est mon i re. J trU.\\nI -ua oil est Georgu 1 Do you know vkere Qtw.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0168.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "LESSON LVII.\\n163\\n2. In speaking ot a state, condition or action, commenced in the\\npast, but still continuing, the French use the picsent of the indica-\\ntive. The past is commonly used in English in similar cases\\nCombien de tea ps y-a-t-il qu il est How long has he been here,?\\nici 1\\nII y a deux heures qu il ecrit. He has been loriling these two hovjrs.\\n11 y a uu mois qu il demeure a Paris. He has lived in Paris one month.\\nII y a deux ans qu il est mort. He has been dead tliese two years.\\n3. When however the state no longer continues, the past may be\\nused in French, in the same manner as it is used in English\\nCombien de temps avez-vous de- How long did you live in L.\\nmeure aLI\\nCombien de mois avez-vous appris How many months did you learn\\nl allcmand German\\nII y un mois que je ne l ai vu. J have not seen him this month.\\n4. Combien y a-t-il Combien de mil es y a-t-il Quelle\\ndistance y a-t-il answer to the English expressions How far\\nHow many miles is it What is the distance, c.\\nCombien y a-t-il de Paris a. Londres 1 How far is it from Paris to London\\nResume op Examples.\\nCombien de temps y a-t-il que vous\\navez cette niaison 1\\nII y a deux ans que nous l avons.\\nCombien de temps avez-vous eu\\ncette niaison 1\\nNous l avons eue dix ans.\\nCombien de temps y a-t-il que votre\\nfrcre apprend le grec 1\\nII y a six ans qu ill apprend.\\nQuelle distance y a-t-il de Calais a.\\nBoulogne 1\\nII y a huit lieues de Calais a Bou-\\nlogne.\\nHow long have you had that house\\nWe have had it these two years.\\nHow long did you have that house!\\nWe had it ten years.\\nHow long has your brot/ier been\\nlearning Greek\\nHe has been learning it six years.\\nHow far is it from Calais to Bou-\\nlogne\\nIt is eight leagues from Calais to\\nBoulogne.\\nExercise 111.\\nAffiche, f. bill Demi, e, half; Morceau, m. piece\\nAn, m. annee f. year Fatigue, e, tired; Ne, from naitre. 4. to be\\nAttend-re, 4. to expect, to Imprimeur, m. printer born\\nwait for Lieue, f. league; Verger, m. orchard\\nCompagnie, f. company Maintenant, now Vienne, Vienna.\\nCopenbague, Copenha- Mois, m. month\\ngen;\\n1. Combien de temps y a-t-il que M. L. demeure a. Paris? 2. Il-y-\\ndix ans qu il y demeure. 3. N a-t-il pas demeure a Lyon 4 II y\\na demeure autrefois. 5. Pouvez-vous me dire ou est le fils du\\neapitaine. 6. II y a un an qu il est en Angleterre. 7. Savez-vous ou", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0169.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "164 LESSON LVII.\\ndemeure M. B. 8. II demeurait autrefois a Rouen je ne sais pas oil\\nil demeure maintenant. 9. Y a-t-il longtemps que vous etes ici\\n10. II y a plus de deux moisque nous sommes ici. 11. Combicn de\\ntemps v a-t-il que vous avez ce verger 12. II yauuan que noua\\nSavons. 13. Oh cet imprimeur est-il nc 1-1. II est no Falaise.\\n15. Savez-vous combien il y a de Paris a Yienne 16. II y a trois\\ncent six lieues de Paris a Yienne et deux cents lieues de Vienne a\\nCopenhague. 17. Y a-t-il longtemps que la compagnie est venue?\\n18. II y a plus de deux heures qu elle est ici. 19. Y a-t-il long-\\ntemps que vous avez hi cctte affiche. 20. 11 y a plus de trois\\nheures que je l ai hie. 21. N y a-t-il pas plus d une demi-lieure quo\\nlit I SSL 11 y i Longtemps qu elle lit, qu elle en est\\n23. V a-t-il longtempa que vous atteiidez ce moreeau do\\nmusique. J 1. 11 y a plus d un an que je l attends.\\n1 L2.\\n1. HOW long has the printer been lure. 2. He has been hero\\nmore than a year. 3. Do you not know where my father lives? 4.\\n1 but 1 have no time to go to his house to-day.\\n5. I low long has the physician lived in Paris 6. He has lived thero\\n7. 1 1 -.v did he live ii; fa lived in\\nmii tell me where the lock-\\nBtnilh live* 1 10. 11 11. Have you been\\nr this book? 12. I have been waiting lor it more\\nn been learning Greek 14.\\nHe has been learning it these two years. 15. Was not your sister\\nbom in F was born at Paris. 17. How long\\nhas your brother had this orchard 1 i^. lie has had it more than\\nBis months. 19. How fir i it from Pai Iris one\\nhundred ami rbtteen leagues from P 21. N it farther\\n(plus U\u00c2\u00bb rurin -_ It\\nis farther from Lyons to Turin than from Lyons to Geneva. 23.\\n..\\\\r in Germany 1 34. He lived in Gesw\\nmany two\\n26. We have been here six montha 27. How long\\nM yon live In\\nyean. 31. Have you been learnii g Giiiimii moil than one\\nB9L I have been learning i: m- re than four cat*. 33. Yoiu\\nMister has been learning music one year and a naif.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0170.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "LKSSON LVIII. 16JJ\\nLESSON LVIII. LEQON LVIII.\\n1. Clianger [1. see 49, (l. )],used in the sense of to change, to leave\\none thing for another, is followed by the preposition de changer\\nd habit, de chapeau, etc., to put on another coat, hat, SfC. changer\\nd avis, to change one s mind changer de maison, to move, to chang\\nhouses changer de place, changer de pays, changer de climat, to go\\ntc another place, country, climate changer de nom, to change one s\\nname. The student will perceive that the noun following changer, is\\nnot preceded by a possessive adjective, like the noun of the English\\nsentence\\nVoulez-vous changer d habit 1 Will you change your coat\\nCe monsieur a change de nom. That gentleman has changed his name.\\n2. Changer contre, means to exchange for changer pour, to change\\nfor, to get change for\\nVoulez-vous changer votre chapeau Will you exchange your hat for mine\\ncontre le mien 1\\nChangez ce billet pour de l argent. Change that bill for silver.\\n3. Tarder means to tarry, to be long in coming. Tarder, used\\nunipersonally, and preceded by an indirect object, means to long, to\\nwish for\\nVotre sceur tarde bien a, venir. Your sister is very long coming.\\nII me tarde de la voir. J long to see her.\\nResume of Examples.\\nN avez-vous pas change d apparte-\\nmentl\\nNous avons change de maison.\\nVotre frere a change de conduite.\\nCette dame a change de religion.\\nContre quoi avez-vous change votre\\ncheval 1\\nJ ai besoin de monnaie, pouvez-vous\\nme changer cette piece de vingt\\nfrancs 1\\nCe gar^on a beaucoup tarde.\\nII nous tardait d arriver.\\nII leur tardait de revoir leurs amis.\\nHave you not taken another apart-\\nment?\\nWe have changed houses.\\nYour brother has changed his con-\\nduct.\\nThat lady has changed Mr religion.\\nFor what have you ezclianqed your\\nhorse\\nI want change, can you change me\\nthis twenty franc piece\\nThat boy tarried very much.\\nWe longed to arrive.\\nThey longed to see their friendi\\nagain.\\nI long to see France again.\\nU me tarde de revoir la France\\nExercise 113.\\nAir, m. air; Blanc, che, white; Gris, e, gray;\\nAvis, m. mind, mean- Combat, m. combat Guinee, f. guinea\\ning t Conduite, f. conduct i Jeune, ymng t", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0171.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "166 LESSON LVIII.\\nMaitre, m. master; Passe, e, past, last Vie, f. life, conduct\\nManteau, m. cloak; Pays. m. country Visage, in. countenance\\nMonnaie, f. change; Rentr-er, 1. to come in face.\\nMouille. e, wet; again;\\nParceque, because;\\n1. Cet homme n a-t-il pas change de vie? 2. II a change de con.\\nduite. 3. Cette grande maison n n-t-elle pas change de maitre. 4.\\nElle a change de maitre, le capitaine G. vient de l acheter. 5. Voua\\nnouille, pourquoi ne changez-vous pas de manteau? 6. Parce-\\nque je n en ai pas d autre. 7. Votre cousine ne change-t-elle pas\\nsouvent d avis S. Elle en change bien souvent. 9. Pendant le\\ncomhat, ce jeune soldat n a-t-il pas change* de visage? 10. II n a\\npoint c 11. Ce malade ne devrait-il pas changer\\nd air? 12. Le medecin lui reoommande de changer de pays. 13\\nit votre cheval gris 14 Je ne l ai plus, je l ai change contre\\nnnblane, 15. Avec qui l avez-vous change? 16. Je l ai change\\navec le jeune homme qui demeurait ici le mois passe, 17. Le mar-\\nohand pent il me changer cette piece de quarante francs? 18. II ne\\nsaurait (cannot) VOUS la changer, il n a pas de monnaie. 19. Avcz-\\nmonnaie d*une guinea {change for a guinea). 20. Combien\\n08 une gaineel 21. II v en a vingt-et-un.\\n._. i taroVt-ilpaa arentrer! 23. II tarda bean*\\neonp. 21. Ne voua tarde-t-fl pas d aller en Italic? 25. II uie tarde\\nd y slier.\\n1 11.\\n1. Why do y. ii not shSBgfl your COal 2. For a very good rea-\\nson, Qlillll. tj bMMM 1 bare no Other. 3. Has your father changed\\nBOOeea I I WO intend lo do BO lr fnirr) to-inoriu\\\\v.\\nia that child changed his conduct I S. I If has changed his con-\\nduct. In- i- (mamleiiani). 7. Have you changed your\\nreligion have not changed my religion. 9. Do you\\nnut change your place very often I l I change my place when I\\nam tired. 11. Dues imt y.oir si~ier change her mind even* day\\n1^. Bhe does not Change her mind c\\\\cry day. 13. Was not your\\nbrother afraid, did nut his countenance change 1 1-1. His eounte-\\nnance changed, but he was nol afraid. 15. Hare yoa not changed\\nr. 16. I h ive not chai my room is\\ni.. in France. 18. I long to\\n19, Does nut your mother tarry too Itngl 80. She is\\nvery long in Coming. 21. II ed the forty franc i\\n-j. I ii. re not changed it yet 23. V. hj have you not\\n34. Because your lather has no change. 25. Have you the change", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0172.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "LESSON LIX. 167\\nfor a guinea? 26. No, Sir, I have only twelve shillings. 27. How\\nmany cents are there in a dollar? 28. There are one hundred. 29.\\nHas that gentleman exchanged that horse 30. Yes, Sir, he has ex-\\nchanged it for a warehouse. 31. Will you exchange your hat for\\nmine 32. No, Sir, your hat is too small for me. 33. With whom\\nhave you exchanged your horse 34. I have exchanged it with my\\nbrcther. 35. I have exchanged it for a white one.\\nLESSON LIX. LEQON LIX.\\n1. We have given, in Lesson 11, rules for forming the plural of\\nnouns, but have in accordance with our plan of not presenting too\\nmany difficulties at once, deferred until the present Lesson, the rules\\nfor the formation of the plural of compound nouns.\\n2. When a noun is composed of two substantives, or of a substan-\\ntive and an adjective, both take the form of the plural un chef-lieu,,\\ndes chefs-lieux, achief place, chief places ;un gentilhomme, des gentils-\\nhommes, a nobleman, noblemen 9, (1.) (3.)].\\n3. When, however, two nouns are connected by a preposition, the\\nfirst only becomes plural Un chef-d oeuvre, des chefs-d oeuvre, a\\nmaster-piece master-pieces 9, (2.)].\\n4. In words composed of a noun and a verb, preposition or adverb,\\nthe noun only becomes plural; Passe-port, passe-ports, passport,\\npassports 9, (6.)].\\n5. Words composed of two verbs, or of a verb, an adverb, and a\\npreposition, are invariable: un passe-partout, des passe-partout,\\nmaster-key, master-keys 9, (8.)].\\n6. We have seen [L. 5. R. 4.] that the name of the material al-\\nways follows the name of the object, and that both are united by the\\npreposition de. The name of the profession or occupation also fol-\\nlows the noun representing the individual, and the same preposition\\nde connects the two un maitre d armes, a fencing master; un maitre\\nae dessin, a drawing master un marchand de farine, a dealer in flour\\n76, (12.) 81, (4.)].\\n7. The name of a vehicle, boat, mill, c, always precedes the noun\\ndescribing the power by which it is impelled, or the purpose to\\nwhich it is adapted; the name of an apartment, that of the use to\\nwhich it is appropriated. The connectinf preposition is a un moulin-\\na-vapeur, a steam mill un bateau-a-vapeur, a steamboat un moulin-\\na-eau, a water-mill; la salle-a-manger, the dining-room 76 (13.)\\n(14) $81,(4.)^.;].", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0173.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "_68 LESSON* LII.\\nRtBUMf of Examples.\\nLille ct Arras sont lcs ehets-licux\\ndes departementa du Nurd ct du\\nPas-de\\nI les bateanx-\\na-vapcur sont Ires nombreux en\\nAnieriquc.\\nC it-- maisoa contient un salon une\\nsallc-a-mangcr, une cuisine t plu-\\nueher.\\nLisle an! Arras are the chief placet\\nof the departments of the North and\\nI Udetu.\\nRailroads and steamboats arc vciy\\nnumerous in America.\\nThat house contains c draicimr-room,\\na dining-room, a kite\\nplus com- Windmills are more common in\\nD France que lcs moulins- France than water or stet\\naVean mi aVvapev.\\n1 1\\nArmcs jin, m. drawing Ordinaire, usual;\\nBat-ir. 2. Roue, f\\nhonteWe, f. bottle r\\\\. to travel;\\nCabriolet, m I sail.\\nChat-huant, m pro-\\nCbanve-aouris, f. bat vide one s self\\n.-il avoir un passe-port pour voyager en France 2. 11 faut\\nun. 3. Lea its pour\\ngleterre. ur lea rhnmina do fori fi.\\nr sur lea chcinins-dc-lVr que sur lcs chemins\\nordinair. -partout 8. Je n ai\\npoint de pas-\\ntore i quatre chevaux UL\\nNob, ifonaiear.Boaa a avona qn nn cabriolet a ancheva]. 18\\n41 l-.iti un !imulin-. :-vapciir 14. II a fait butir deux moulins,\\nMinn a-t-il n\\nmaltre d anneal 16. Non, Monaienr, il a deja an w\\net un Diaitn- di chambree-a-eoucbaf avez\\nvous 18. Nous en avons deux. 19. Avez-vous une bouteille de\\nvin 20. Non, Mofcaieor, maia j ai une boateUle-a-rio yuine-bmtU)\\n[}81.]. 21. Voyez-vous lcs cliats-luia: maia jo voia\\nlee chauves-souris. 23. J ai une voiture a quatre roues.\\n1 1 6.\\n1. Is your father in England 1 2. No. Sir, he is in France with\\nmv brother. I L 1 Sir, they havo\\ntaken two. 5. Is it necessary to have a passport to travel in Amer-\\nica? 6. No, Sir, but it is Deeeaaary to have one to travel in Italy.\\n7. la there a steamboat from Calais to Dover (Dourres) T 8. There", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0174.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "LESSON L X.\\n1GU\\nare several. 9. Is there a railroad from Paris to Brussels (Brib-\\nxelles) 10. There is one from Paris to Brussels, and one from Paris\\nto Tours. 11. Has your brother bought a wind-mill? 12. No, Sir,\\nbut he has built a steam-mill. 13. Are there many wind-mills in\\nAmerica? 14. No, Sir, but there are many water and steam-mills.\\n15. Have your sisters a dancing-master? 16. They have a dancing-\\ncaster and a music-master. 17. Does your cousin learn drawing\\n18. He does not learn it, he cannot find a drawing-master. 19. Is\\nthe fencing-master in the dining-room 20. No, Sir, he is in the\\ndrawing-room. 21. Is your cousin in his bed-room? 22. No, Sir,\\nhe is out (sorli). 23. How many rooms are there in your house.\\n24. Five a kitchen, a dining-room, a drawing-room, and two bed-\\nrooms. 25. Are there owls here 26. Yes, Sir, and bats too. 27.\\nHave you seen those master-pieces 28. Yes, Sir, I have seen them.\\n29. Have you sent them to the chief place of the department 30.\\nI have sent them there. 31. Have you a two-horse gig? 32. I have\\na four-horse one. 33. Has your brother a two-wheel carriage 34,\\nHe has a two-seat carriage 1 deux sieges).\\nLESSON LX. LEgON LX.\\nTHE TWO FUTURES, SIMPLE AND ANTERIOR. 124.)\\n1. The future of every verb in the French language ends with rat,\\nras, ra, rons, rez, ront.\\n2. This tense, in all the regular verbs, as also in the irregular verbs\\nnot mentioned in the next lesson, may be formed from the present\\nof the infinitive by changing the r of the first and second conjuga-\\ntions, and the oir and re of the third and fourth, into the termlratidSJi\\nalrsady given and here again repeated.\\n3. Conjugation of the Future Simple of the Regular\\nVerbs.\\nJe chante -rai\\nKill sing\\nTu parle -ras\\nwilt speak\\nII donne -ra\\nshall give\\nNous clierche -rons puni -rons concev -rons\\nwill seek shall punish will conceive\\nVousporte -rez saisi -rez dev -rez\\nwill carry will seize will owe\\nlis aime -ront uni -ront decev -ront\\nteiUlvr*\\nfini -rai\\nwill finish\\ncheri -ras\\nwilt cherish\\nfourni -ra\\nwill furnish\\nrecev -rai\\nw ill receive\\napcrcev -ras\\nwilt perceive\\npercev -ra\\nwill rrather\\nrend -rai\\nwill render\\nvend -tas\\nwilt sell\\ntend -ra\\nwill tend\\nentend -rons\\nwill hear\\nperd -rez\\nwill lose\\nmord -ront", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0175.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "2\u00c2\u00ab70 LKSSOWLX.\\n4 The future anterior is merely the past participle of the verb,\\nconjugated with the future of one of the auxiliaries ,w, are\\nJ aurai finite me serai Matte. I shnUJ^-c do^ I skallhavc JlaJ crcn\\n5 The student, when rendering English into French, should be\\ncareful to distinguish u-ill, taken as an auxiliary, from the same word\\nemployed as a principal verb. In tins latter case, it is always eqmva-\\nknttotheverbjo r^,or to be willing, and should not be rendered\\nby the future of the verb, but by the present of vouloir\\nNe voulez-vous pas lui Ocrire 1\\nIf Of EXAMI LES.\\nQuand parlcrez--ous ace monsieur 1\\nVous fournira-t-il des provisions 1\\nlis ne ),lirs r. Vi-nus.\\nadres-TOua pas vos propria\\n_\\nQue vouli-7.-vi u-* arob 1\\nE\\n10181 1 it\\n7 *So nromen-cr, 1. ref.\\narc\\nMenerez-vous to* enfiu* J\\nmarch. IU J T-\\n6 Jc le mineral a I ecurie. 7. Lui\\ntfcjaidonneraidufoinetdera\\nVeau! 10. J, It B U\u00c2\u00b0jl\\nccquovousdevez. 12. Nevoulcr-v\u00c2\u00ab\\nmepromener-ucetteapr^nia, 14 J\\nouLhevaP 16. Jt me prom\\nnera on voiturc. 16. Marcucre^vou. Icaueuup d^u, vulr* voyage\\nU you speak U thai gatUf\\nvisum?\\n\\\\i v fid a, *ur pn/ertqt\\nset?\\nnod 1\\nH", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0176.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXI. 171\\na Paris? 17. Nous ne raarcherons pas du tout. 18. N appellerez.\\n49, (4.)] vous pas, le colporteur? 19. Je ne l appellerai pas.\\n20. N aeheterez-[\u00c2\u00a7 49, (5.)] vous pas ce chateau. 21. Nous l ache-\\nterons si nous pouvons. 22. Ne gelera-t-il pas [H 9 5 -)j cette\\nnuit? 23. Je no le crois pas, il fait trop chaud. 24. Ne seineroz-\\n[J 49, (G.)] vous pas tout le ble que vous recolterez? 25. Jc n en\\neemerai qu une partie, je vendrai le reste. 26. Je cachetterai uie3\\nlettres et je les porterai a. la poste.\\nExercise 118.\\n1. Will not the gentleman call his children? 2. He will call his\\nchildren and his sister s. 3. Will you not bring your children?\\n4. I cannot bring them. 5. Will you not take a ride this afternoon\\n6. We will ride in a carriage to-morrow. 7. Will you not buy my\\nfather s horses 8. I shall not buy them I have no money. 9. Will\\nyou not call the pedlar 10. I do not wish to call him I do not wish\\nto buy any thing. 11. Will you pay the tailor? 12. I will pay him\\nfor my coat. 13. Will it not freeze to-morrow? 14. It will freeze\\nto-morrow; it is very cold. 15. Will you not sow oats in this field\\n(champ) 1 16. I will not sow oats I will sow wheat there. 17. Will\\nyou take your sister to school 18. I will take her there this after-\\nnoon. 19. Will you not take your son to market? 20. I will not\\ntake him there. 21. Will not the gardener take his horse to the\\nwatering place? 22. He will take him there. 23. Will you give\\noats to your horse 24. I will give him hay. 25. Will you bring\\nyour son with you? 26. I will bring him to-morrow. 27. Will he\\nbring his horse? 28. He will bring his horse and carriage. 29. Why\\ndo you carry that little child? 30. He* is too sick to (pour) walk.\\n31. Will your brother sell his property? 32. He will only sell part\\nof it. 33. Will not your servant carry the letter to the post-office\\n34. I will seal it and give it to him. 35. Will you feed my horse?\\n36. I will feed him and give him some water.\\nLESSON LXI. LEgON LXI.\\nIRREGULARITIES OF THE FUTURE.\\n1. The two irregular verbs of the first conjugation aller, logo, and\\nenvoyer, to send, make in the future firai,fenverrai [see 62.]\\n2. All the verbs of the second conjugation, which end in enir, change\\nthat termination into iendrai t c, for the future as, tenir, to Ibdld,", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0177.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "172\\nLESSON LX1.\\nrenir, to come;je tiendraije viendrai. Acquerir, to acquire conquerir\\nw conquer reqm rir, to require mourir, to die and courir, to run, and\\n.ts compounds, doutti the r in the future .-faequerrm^je mourrai,\\nje cour rai. Cueillir, to gather, and its compounds, change the i pre-\\nceding the r into e \u00e2\u0080\u0094je cucilleral\\n3. In the third conjugation, s asseoir, to sit down, and seoir, to sti,\\nmake/0 m assitrai and je siirai. Falloir, to be necessary, vouloii, to\\nbe willing, and valoir, to be worth, make ii faudraje voudrai, and je\\nvaudrai. Voir, to see, and revoir, to see again, make terra/, e\\nreverrai. Pouvoir, to 6c aWe, makes je pourrai, and pourvoir, to pro-\\nride, peurwwoi Savoir, to know, and avoir, to hare, make e saurai,\\n4. Etre, to 6 faire, to make, and its compounds, are the only verbs\\nof the fourth conjugation, which arc irregular in the future :\u00e2\u0080\u0094je serai,\\njeferai, Su.\\n6, The futures simple and anterior, arc used in French after an\\nadverb of time, in C8SM similar to tln.se in which the English use\\nthe present and perfect of the indicative, with ix/ufurc meaning:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\ntoad tow wrrw ow mmtem When wn tee y,\\ngS one row aun reon ottte 4 oj p* Au\\nlettre\\nI\\nNuns trout en Fraaoe el\\nHotu row eeverrow chon\\nN,- viettdrea vows pas dow trouver.\\nQuand Di v ten dr o n l jautai m\\nlettre.\\nQ la peine I\\nCel halnt ira-t il Men 1\\n11 hudra tour envoyor de largest\\ngoto France this year?\\nand Italy.\\nii Tot you.\\nM you not to h 2\\nsA/j// have tny let-\\nbe worth the whiU?\\nWill thai coat fit well?\\nIt will be necessary to send then\\nmoney.\\nir. to\\nCISE 110.\\nLenten*\\nMar. Ii I\\nHo) m-\\nl ait-ir. 1. ir. to set out,\\nto It\\nTcrmctt-rc, 4. ir. to per.\\nmil\\nrinisir, m. pleasure;\\nBort-ir, 2. ir. to\\nHi.ntot. toon\\nCommit re, i.\\nknow i\\nDemenre, f dwelling\\ntry\\ntart\\nL V\\\\icnuV ions voir demainl 2. J irai vous voir, si\\nie team le uennet 3. N cnverrcz-vous pas chereher Ic m\\nvotre tils est unlade 4. Je firai chereher moi-D* me. 6. Quand je\\nMBJ MljWJ|Jl uiarcucrai plue lentenienU 7. Quand you* connaiuer", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0178.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXI.\\n17$\\n\u00c2\u00aba demeure irez-vous le voir 8. J irai le voir aussit6t que jo saurai\\noh il demeure. 9. Ne le verrez-vous pas aujourd hui? 10. Je le\\nverrai eette apres-midi. 11. Ne pourrez-vous point nous accoin-\\npagner? 12. Je le ferai avec beaueoup de plaisir. 13. Ne leur en-\\nverrez-vous point des fraises? 14. Je leur en enverrai quand les\\nmiennes seront mures. 15. Ne faudra-kil pas leur ecrire bientot?\\n16. Quand nous aurons recu des nouvelles d leur parent, il faudra\\nleur ecrire. 17. Que ferons-nous demain? 18. Nous irons a la\\nchasse. 19. N irez vous pas chez votre pere? 20. Nous irons cer-\\ntainement. 21. Quand votre guitare sera arrivee, la pretercz-vous.\\n22. Je ne pourrai la preter. 23. A quelle heure partirez-vous de-\\nmain 24. Je partirai a cinq heures du matin. 25. Ne sortirez-vous\\npas ce soir 26. Je ne sortirai pas, et je me coucherai de bonne\\nheure.\\nExecise 120.\\n1. Will you send for the physician? 2. I will send for him this\\nafternoon. 3. Will not the little girl go and fetch apples? 4. She\\nwill send for some. 5. Will you not sit down when you are tired?\\n6. We will not sit down, we have no time. 7. What will your\\nbrother do when he is tired [R. 5.] 8. He will do what [ce que]\\nhe can. [R. 5.] 9. Will it be worth the while to (de) write to him?\\n10. It will not be worth the while, for (car) he will not come. 11.\\nWill it not be necessary to speak to the merchant? 12. It will not\\nbe necessary to speak to him. 13. Will it be necessary for us to\\ntake passports? 14. It will be necessary. (11 le faudra.) 15. Will\\nnot your little boy walk more slowly when he is tired? 16. When\\nhe is tired, he will sit down. 17. What will your sister do to-mor-\\nrow? 18. She will go to church and to school. 19. Will she not\\ncome here? 20. She will not be able to come. 21. Will you walk\\nor go on horseback, (Irez vous a pied ou a cheval?) 22. I shall go on\\nhorseback. 23. Why do you not go in a carriage 24. Because my\\ncarriage is in London. 25. When will you see them 26. I shall\\nee them as soon as I can. 27. Will they come to our house to-\\nmorrow? 28. They will do so with much pleasure. 29. When you\\nsee that gentleman, will you speak to him? 30. I will not speak to\\nhim. 31. When you have written your letters, what will you do?\\n32. 1 shall come to your house. 33. When you have read that book,\\nwill you send it to me? 34. I will send it to you. 35. Will you send\\nit to-day 36. I will send it to-morrow. 37. They will come to you\\nto-morrow.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0179.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "174\\nLESSON LXII.\\nLESSON LXII.\\nLI-COX LXII.\\n125.)\\nTHE TWO CONDITIONALS.\\n1. The conditional present may be formed from the future, by\\ndisplacing the termin: tions ai, as, a, ons, cz, unt, and substituting\\nthose of the imperfect of the indicative, ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient.\\n2. Every verb in the French language, regular and irregular, has\\nin this tense the above terminations.\\n3. Conjugation of the Conditional Present of the Regu-\\nlar\\nJe chanter -ais\\niTfu d sing\\nTu parler -ais\\nvonlJ.it spenk\\nII dormer -ait\\nshould fire\\nRons clie.clier -Ions\\nwould seek\\nVous porter -lex\\nshould carry\\nfinir -nis\\ntcmilJ fini.-h\\nclierir -ais\\nWlMri chrrigh\\nfuurnir -ait\\nshould /umiak\\npunir -ions\\nshould puni h\\n-les\\nwould true\\nILs aimer -aient unir\\nwould lore should unite\\nrecoTT -a is\\nwould rr\\napercevr ais\\ntcruld.-!\\npercevr i t\\nwould gather\\nconcevr -ions\\nwould tonecire\\ndi vr-\\nflimitd owe\\nd6corr -slant\\nwould dtceice\\nrendr -ais\\nwould rrndrr\\nvendr -nis\\nwouldtt tell\\ntendr -ait\\nSimula\\nentendr-iou\\n.-llollld\\nI -i\u00c2\u00bbl i- -iez\\nwould lure\\nmordr aient\\nshould bile\\n4. The irregnlaritii iitional appear not in the tennina-\\ntfaras, but in the tUm of the verb. They are precisely the same as\\nthe future. Those [rregulsrttiee will be found In the last\\nkted re. The conditional of any irreg-\\nular \\\\erh may Ik.- fonni d by plneing after the last r of the future, the\\nterminations of the imperfect of the indk\\nformed from the conditional present of\\none of the auxiliaries amir, tin; and the past participle of the verb\\n..(2.)]:-\\nJ aurais i iild have\\nj self.\\n6. The two futures and the two conditionals should not be use*\\nafter the conjunction Bol -.-.the present end thi\\njet of the indicative should be used;\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nS il ponvalt quitter son pore, il vlen- %ve kit falktr, hx wouU\\ndi.iit.\\nBi j olaU a votrc place, j irai.s. ytmr SSSCS, W S Sl s T gt\\\\\\niHUi*tg iftm h/uiti$m\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0nps. 1\\nJo lirais, si j avais des livres Id. I would read if I had books hert.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0180.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXII. 175\\nJT aimerais in ieux aller a pied qu a.\\ncheval.\\nVotre mere se porteraifc rnieux a.\\nParis.\\nNous nous passerions facileinent dc\\nce livre.\\nNe vaudrait-il pas mieux lui ecrire 1\\nNc faudiait-il pas lui ecrire 1\\nJe nvassierais si j etais fatigue.\\nCct habit m irait bien, sll etait assez\\nlarge.\\nI would prefer walking to riding.\\nYour mother would be better in Paris.\\nWe might easily do witlwut that book.\\nWould il not be better to write to him f\\nWould it not be necessary to write to\\nhim\\nI would sit doicn if I were tired.\\nThat coat would Jit me well if it were\\nbroad enough.\\nExercise 121.\\nS amus-er, 1. ref. to Inter romp-re, 4. ir. to Se tromp-er, 1. ref. to be\\namuse one s self interrupt} mistaken;\\nS approch-er, 1. ref. folnvit-er, 1. to invite Se por-ter, 1. ref. to be\\ncome near Mett-re, 4. ir. to put on; or do;\\nS eloign-er, 1. ref. to go Mouill-er, 1. to wet Voyage, m. journey.\\nfrom; Ot-er, 1. to take off;\\nS ennuy-er, 1. ref. 49.] Peut-ctre, perhaps;\\nto be or become weary; Sech-er, 1. to dry\\n1. Quel habit mettriez-vous si vous alliez a la chasse? 2. Je\\ninettrais un habit vert. 3. N oteriez-vous pas vos bottes, si elles\\netaient mouillees 4. Je les oterais, et je les ferais secher. 5. Si\\nvous aviez froid. ne vous approcheriez- vous pas du feu? 6. Je m en\\napprocherais certainement. 7. Votre petit garcon ne s en eloigne-\\nrait-il pas, s il avait trop chaud? 8. II s en eloignerait bien vite. 9.\\nVous ennuieriez-vous ici? 10. Je ne m ennuierais pas, je m amuse-\\nrais u lire. 11. Ne vous tromperiez-vous pas, si vous faisiez ce cal-\\ncul 12. Je me tromperais peut-etre, si j etais interrompu. 13.\\nViendriez-vous si on vous invitait? 14. Je viendrais avec beaucoup\\nde plaisir. 15. Ne vous porteriez-vous pas mieux, si vous lisiez\\nmoms? 16. Je me porterais beaucoup mieux. 17. Ne faudrait-il\\npas lui parler de votre affaire? 18. II faudrait lui en parler. 19.\\nCombien d argent vous faudrait-il 20. II me faudrait mille francs,\\nsi je faisais ce voyage. 21. Ne vaudrait-il pas mieux lui parler que\\nlui ecrire 22. II vaudrait mieux lui ecrire. 23. Si vous etiez a.\\nma place, que feriez-vous 1 24. Si j etais a. votre place, je lui paierais\\nfi que je lui dois. 25. Si j avais le temps, je porterais volontiers\\nvos lettres a. la poste.\\nExercise 122.\\n1. Would you not read if you had time? 2. I would read two\\nhours every day if I had time. 3. What coat would your brother\\nput on if he went to church 4. He would put on a black coat. 5.\\nWould you put on a black ha.. 6. I would put on a straw hat", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0181.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "176 LESSON LXIXL\\n(chapeau de vaille) if it was warm. 7. Would you not draw [L. 39,\\n6.] near the fire if you were cold? 8. We would draw near it.\\n9. Would you not take oil your coat? 10. I would take it off, if it\\nwere wet 11. Would you go to my father s if he invited yon 1 12\\n[would go to bis house and to your brother s, if they invited mo.\\n13. Would you put on your boots, if they were wet 14. If Ihey\\nwere wet, I would not put them on. 15. How much money wculd\\nyou want, if you went to England? 1G. We won .d want th/ce\\nthousand franca 17. Would you not be better if you lived {de~\\nmcurer) in the country? 18. I should not be better. 19. Would\\nit not be better to write to your brother 20. It would be better to\\nVote to him. 21. Would you read the book if I lent it to you 22.\\nI would certainly read it. 23. IT you were in his place, would you\\ngo to school! 2\\\\. It I were in his place, I would go. 2o. If you\\nmy place, would yon write to him? 26. I would write to\\nhim every day. 27. ir sister be mistaken? 28. She\\nwould not be attentive. 29. If you rose every\\nat live, would you be better? 30. I should not be better.\\n31. Would yon .-on foot? 32. I would prefer going on\\n33. Would you uot sit down 31. I would sit down\\nit I were tired.\\nXm. LE\u00c2\u00a3ON LXILL\\nIr.) ia u*cd in the formation of a number of\\nI, Fairo fa ire, to have made,\\ner, to have mended; (aire la cnieine, to\\nlaire bouillir, re rGtir\\nchauffer, to warm (in speaking of food); laire bonne\\nititeV.\\nYous av amended.\\n2. Tii fiure never varies, when it precedes an\\nInfinitive\\n3. Faire peur, to frighten; f.iire attention, faire\\nfaire du mal, to hurt, take A before a\\nnoon:\\nIT \\\\gtemed thou children*\\nVous leur avcz (kit mal. You Ur c hurt them.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0182.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXIIL,\\n177\\n4. The last example will show that, when a noun preceded by a,\\nexpiessed or understood, is replaced by a pronoun, that pronoun will\\ntakt the form of the indirect regimen (dative). By an exception to\\nthe rules for the place of personal pronouns, when faire attention\\nhas for its indirect object a pronoun representing a person, that pro-\\nnoun follows the verb:\\nNous ferons attention a lui. We will pay attention to Turn.\\n5. In speaking of the parts of the body, the French use the article\\nie, la, les, c, instead of the possessive adjective 77, (9.)] when\\nthe possession is expressed by a reflective (L. 37. R. 1.) or other per-\\nsonal pronoun or by some other word in the sentence\\nVous ru avez fait mal a la main. You have hurt my hand.\\nLc bras lui fait mal. His arm hurls or pains him.\\nResume of Examples.\\nFerez-vous raccommoder vos sou-\\nliers.\\nJe ferais faire un habit si j avais de\\nl argent 1\\nII ne sait pas faire la cuisine.\\nAvez-vous fait cuire votre viande 1\\nFerez-vous chauffer votre bouillon 1\\nVous lui avez fait mal au coude.\\nVous m avez fait mal au pied.\\nVous avez fait peindre votre mai-\\nson.\\nWill you have your shoes mended\\nI would bespeak a new coat if I had\\nmoney.\\nHe does not understand cooking.\\nHave you cooked your meal\\nWill you warm your broth\\nYou have hurt his elbow.\\nYou have hurt my fool.\\nYou have had your house painted.\\nExercise 123\\nGravure, f.\\nengj-av-Voignet, m. wrist;\\ning Tete, f. head\\nMa ;,on, m. mason; Tout-a-l heure, by-and-\\nMarch-er, lo step, tread; by;\\nOu. where; Travail, m. work, la-\\nBat-ir, 2. to build;\\nBouillon, ra. broth;\\nBras, m. ami;\\nCuisinier, m. cook;\\nEpaule, f. shoulder;\\nGigot-de-mouton, rn. fe\u00c2\u00b0-Pied, m.foot; bor.\\nof mutton\\n1. Quand ferez-vous batir une maison? 2. J en ferai batir une\\nPannee prochaine, si je regois mon argent. 3. Avez-vous fait bouil-\\nlir ce gigot de mouton? 4. Je l ai fait rotir. 5. Le cuisinier a-t-il\\nfait chauffer votre bouillon 1 6. II ne l a pas encore fait chauffer, mais\\nil le fera tout-a.-1 heure. 7. N avez-vous pas fait venir des livres?\\n8. Nous n en avons pas fait venir, mais nous avous fait venir des\\ngravures. 9. N avez-vous pas fait peur a ces petites iilles? 10.\\nNous leur avons fait peur. 11. Ferez-vous attention a votre travail\\n12. J y ferai attention. 13. Avez-vous fait mal a cette petite fille?\\n14. Je ne lui ai pas fait mal. 15. N avez-vous pas fait mal a cq\\nehien? 16. Je lui ai fait mal. 17. Ou avez-vous fait mal a votre fils!\\n8*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0183.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "178 LESSON LXIV.\\n18. Je lui ai iait rnal an bras et a la main. 19. No lui avez-vous pas\\nfait mal an pied? 20. Je lui ai fait raal a Tepaulo. 21. A qui ce\\nmacon a-t-il fait mal 22. II n a fait mal a personns. 23. Vousai-je\\nt ait mal au pied. 24. Vous m avez marche sur le DMS! -i vous m avez\\nfait mal. 25. La tete, l epaule, le bras, le poignet et la main me font\\nmal. [R. j.)\\nExercise 121.\\n1. Will you have your coat mended? 2. I will not have it\\nmended. 3. \\\\^ill your brother have his house painted? 4. He will\\nhave it painted next year. 5. Will you not have a coat made? 6. I\\nwould have one made if I had money. 7. Have you hurt your\\nbrother? 8. I have hurt him, I have stepped npon his foot. 9.\\nDoes his arm pain him? 10. Yes, Sir, his shoulder, arm and wrist\\npain him. 11. Will not your son pay attention to his work? 12.\\nHe will pay attention to it, lie has nothing else (rim autre chose) to\\ndo. 13. Have I hurt your hand or your elbow 1 14. You have\\nhurt my fingers (daigls). 15. Does your cook understand cooking?\\n16. He understands cooking. 17. Has the cook roasted that leg of\\nmutton? 18. IK has boiled it. 19. Has he nut warmed it? 20.\\nHe has nut had time to warm it. 21. Has the physician sent for en-\\ngravingsl 23. He h Have yon hurt his\\nJ l. I have not hurt his elbow, but his hand. 25. I lave I\\nr.ot hurt your You have hurt my wrist. 27. Where\\nhave you hart your I hurt him. 2! Would the\\nI that meat if he had time 3d. He would not boil it, he\\n31. When will he warm your brothl 88. He will\\nwarm it hv-and-hy, if lie has time. 88. If you had stepped upon\\nwould you not have hurt me? 31. I should certainly have\\nhurt you, if 1 had stepped upon your foot\\nLESSON LXIV. N I. XIV.\\n1 Faire conn -come or get acquainted, takes the rrepo.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Jtlon avc before its ro an mille, die, faire no\\nfaire un tour de promenade, mean mtfa, c., toga\\non ajnurnn. in take i walk\\nm fait Vingt mill s a lirmtm miks on hor*-\\nval\\n3. Faire sea adieux, faire des e tuple t tea, fairs des progris, faire des", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0184.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXIV. 179\\nquestions, f lire du feu, correspond in signification to the English\\nexpressions, lo bid farewell, lo make purchases, lo improve or progress^\\nto a*k questions, lo make a fire\\nJ ai fait raes adieus a raes parents. I bid farewell to my relations.\\nAvez-voua fait du feu dans ma Have you made a fire in my room?\\ncliambrel\\n3. Faire sortir means, to send out, or to order nut faire entrer, to\\nlet m, to bid come in faire attendre, lo keep wailing\\nVous les avez fait entrer dans ma You made them come into my room.\\neliambre.\\nVous avez fait attendre mon pere. You made my father wait.\\n4. Faire son possible, to do one s best, takes the preposition pour.\\nFaire semblant, to pretend, faire usage, lo make use, are followed by\\nde:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nNous avons fait notre possible. We have done our bed.\\nResume of Examples.\\nWe became acquainted with them.\\nNous avons fait connaissance avec\\neux.\\nVous avez fait vingt lieues en dix\\nheures.\\nNous ferons un tour de promenade.\\nJe lui ai fait plusieurs questions.\\nlis nous ont fait leurs adieus.\\nVous nous avez fait attendre.\\nCet enfant fait semblant de dormir.\\nVous faites semblant de lire.\\nNous ferons notre possible pour le\\nYou travelled twenty leagues in ten\\nhours.\\nWe shall take a walk.\\nI asked him several questions.\\nThey have bid us farewell.\\nYou have made us wait.\\nThat child pretends to be asleep.\\nYou pretend to be reading, or do at\\nif you were reading.\\nWe will do our best to see him.\\nExercise 125.\\nAise, glad; Se fach-er, 1. ref. to be- Negociant, m. merchant.\\nAliment, m.food; come angry Quart, m. quarter;\\nCredit, m. credit; Faire l aumone, to give Rarement, seldom;\\nDemand-er, 1. -to ask; alms; Reuss-ir, 2. to succeed;\\nDorm-ir, 2. ir. to sleep Laiss-er, 1. to leave, let Riz, m. rice.\\nfttude, f. study Mendiant, m. beggar\\n1. Seriez-vous bien aise de faire connaissance avec ce monsieur\\n2. Pen serais bien aise. 3. Ce cheval fait-il une Iieue en un quart\\ndheure 1 4. II a fait ce matin une lieue en douze minutes. 5. Leur\\navez-vous fait des questions 6. Je leur en ai fait.* 7. Ciuelles\\nquestions leur avez-vous faites? 8. Je leur ai demande s ils avaient\\nfait des cmplettes? 9. Vos eleves font-ils des progres dans leurs\\netudes 10. Us j^p font pas beaucoup, ils viennent rarement a l ecolo.\\nBee L. 42. 11, and 135, (7.)", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0185.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "180 LESS ON LXIV.\\n11. Si vous etiez chez vous, feriez-vous semblant de dormir? 12. J*\\nne ferais certainemcnt pas semblant de dormir. 13. Pourquoi ne\\nfaites-votis pas entrer ce mendiant 14. Ma mere vient de lui faire\\nl aumone. 15. fait-il usage de son credit. 1G. II en fait\\nusage. 17. De quels malade fait-il usage? 18. I: fait\\nusage de riz et de bouillon. 19. Faites-vous votre pcfsiblc pour\\n20. Je fais tout mon possible. 21. Avez-vous fait entrer\\nee3 cnfants, ou les avez-vous fait sortir? 22. Je les ai laisses ou ils\\nctaient. 23. Vous attendrel 24. Vous nous avea\\nfait attendre pluaieura heurea 2j. Si vous faisiez attendre ces\\ndames, elks be facheraient.\\nExercise 12G.\\n1. Does that child pretend to readl 2. Hfl pretends to read. 3.\\nDoes not that gentleman pretend to Bleep? 4. lie does not pretend\\nit), b. Will you take a walk this\\nmorning? [would pleasure, if I had time. 7. Have\\nyou become acquainted with the physician? 8. I have not yet be-\\nI with him. 9. How many questions have yi I\\n(ri) the child 10. I asked him many questions. 1 1. Have you asked\\nhim if be 12. 1 did not ash him. 13. Will\\nnot that little girl do 11. She will do\\nwhat food do !:en you\\n,*id and rice. 17. Have you for-\\ngotten to bid farewell to your mother? 18. I had not forgotten it;\\n1 intended to go to her hoi 1 Willi whom have\\n21. Do you not\\nDg -2. I di Biting, they are\\ni nol make\\nHave you left your children in your room 2f I have\\nnot don- Have you sent them out 28. I bare\\nthem on 29. Have you\\nmade purchases this morning? 30. 1 have made none, I have no\\na fire in my room 32. He has\\nmade one. 33. Will you do your best to come to-morrow? 31. I\\nwill do my best to .;i. Wo travelled yesterday forty\\nleagues in sixteen hours.", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0186.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "LEBSOU 1XT.\\n181\\nLESSON LXV.\\nLEgON IXV.\\n1. Faire is also used in the sense of playing the part of, or preteruL\\ning to be\\nII fait le grand seigneur. He plays the great lord.\\n2. Faire also means to matter, to concern, to help:\\nCela ne fait rien. That is no matter.\\nCela ne vous fait rien. That is nothing to you, does not concern\\nyou.\\nQu est-ce-que cela nous fait 1 What is that to us\\nJe ne puis qu y faire. J cannot help it.\\n3. Se faire mal conjugated reflectively, means to liurt one s self.\\nSe faire is used reflectively in the sense of the English verbs, to be-\\ncome, to turn. It is, also, used .with the signification of the words\\ncause, have, get, %c. Se faire takes ttre as its auxiliary. 46.\\nL. 45.]\\nI have become a physician.\\nI have had a pair of boots made for\\nI have had my beard shaved.\\nWe have had our hair cut.\\nJe me suis fait medecin.\\nJe me suis fait faire une paire\\nde bottes.\\nJe me suis fait raser.\\nNous nous sommes fait couper les\\ncheveux.\\nJe me suis fait mal au doigt. have hurt my finger.\\n4. Besides the instances mentioned, [L. 33. R. 5.], faire is used\\nunipersonally in many idiomatic expressions\\nII fait jour, il fait nuit. It is daylight, it is night.\\nII fait de la boue, il fait de la It is muddy, it is dusty.\\npoussiere.\\nII fait clair de lune, il fait ohscur. It is moonlight, il is dark.\\nII fait bon ici, il fait cher ici. It is comfortable here, it is dear here.\\nResume of Examples.\\nCe jc-une homme fait ie savant.\\nCela ne me fait rien.\\nQue pouvons-nous y faire 1\\nMon frere s est fait orfevre.\\nPcurquoi vous faites-vous raser?\\nJe me ferai couper les cheveux.\\nJe me suis fait batir une maison.\\nNous nous sommes fait mal a la\\ntete.\\nII commence a. se faire tard.\\nFait-il cher vivre k Paris 1\\nII fait beaucoup de boue.\\nThat young man plays the teamed\\nman.\\nThat is nothing to me.\\nWhat can we do to it\\nMy brother has turned goldsmith.\\nWhy do you get shaved\\nI will have my hair cut.\\nI have had a house built for me.\\nWe have hurt our heads.\\nIt is beginning to groio late.\\nIs it dear living in Paris\\nIt is very muddy.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0187.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "182 LESSON I- XV.\\nExercise 127.\\nAbsolnment abstMUly fcturliant. m. student Peintre, m. pavrter;\\n{Sm.^\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00ab Fou.folle,/^, sfe/fe- Personnc, m\\nArtisan, m. i\u00c2\u00abc\u00c2\u00ab Tanneur, m. tenner;\\nRS^* m^Ainent, e, inper- Vigneron.m. \u00e2\u0084\u00a2~*ra\\nrino-rine o vexed;\\nB ,t p. prwuwiwjOttvrfBT, m. woriman Vitrier, m. *te\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00abr.\\n1 Pourquoi cet ouvricr fait-il le malade 2. II fait le nialade\\nravailler. 3. Cet fetudiant no fiuU\\nsavant 4. 11 no fait pas le savant, il fait lo foil. 5. biod-il\\n;in homme de lair, lo mattre ici 6. 11 no tied a pereonne\\ndc faire Timportinont. 7. Cela fait-il quelque chose [R. 8.\\nCola no fait abaolument rien. 9. Cela peuOl Sure quelque oho\\n,erons1 LO. Cela ne lent fait rien da tout. 11. N ctos-vous\\n12. Nous en Bommee bien ftehes, nuus\\n;-,l pas lait\\ni i. Non, Monsieur, il B eat fait peintre. 16. Cet artisan\\nritrierl l Us est fait taiineur.et eon frcre a cat\\nf ul .\u00e2\u0080\u009el.lit it. I pas fait couper lee chereuxl\\nvouspaa a,\\nbonne bear*\\n,l.,ir do lunel 22. 11 f n\\n[UU bon vivre en Ameriqoel 24 D\\nl0 maroho.\\n1 Doei not Ihtf gentleman pUj Ho plays\\nUm lord and fool* D w not that boy\\nBiek I i. n.- pretends to be \u00c2\u00bbick, he dooa not wish to\\nwish to work do you pi*\\n7. i it muddy to-\\no1 muddy, it is dusty. 9. Will it be moonlight tins\\neroningl 10. ttwl ht, it will be very dark, II. la\\nit comfortable hen I 12. It is very comfortable, 18. It il too warm\\nneither too warm nor too cold here, 15.\\nw .urhaircutl 16. 1 had my haircut yesterday morn-\\n17 Will von nut go home, it U\\nli\u00e2\u0080\u009eh, 90 ll,s not the g azier tur i 21. Ho!\\nturned goidemlth, be has turned Ujk-h that co\\nbrother! 23. That does not concern him. m Arc y\\n.orrv for that I 25. I MB sorry for it, but 1 cannot help it. 20. VI hy", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0188.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "LESSON LX VI. 183\\ndo you get shaved? 27. Because I cannot shave myself. 28. Have\\nyou not hurt those children 29. I have not hurt them. 30. Have\\nyou hurt your arm? 31. No, Sir, but I have hurt my head. 32.\\nHas not your sister hart her hand 33. She has hurt her hand, and\\nmy mother has hurt her elbow. 34. Have you not hurt your head?\\n35 I have not hurt my head, but I have hurt my hand.\\nlesson: lxvi. leqon lxvi.\\n1. Avoir mal, means to have a pain or ache, a sore. When used\\nin relation to one of the limbs, it means generally, to have a sore, a\\nbruise, a cut, c. The name of the part of the body is preceded by\\nthe preposition a and the article [See L. 63, R. 5. 77, (9.)]\\nN avez-vous pas mal air doigt 1 Have you not a we finger?\\nJe n ai pas mal a la tete. My head does not ache.\\n2. Avoir une douleur, or des douleurs, corresponds to the English\\nto have a pain or pains\\nJ ai une dou 1 3iir au bras. I have a pain in my arm.\\n3. The construction mentioned in R. 1, is used aflcr avoir, taken in\\nthe sense of tenir, to hold, and after avoir froid, and avoir chaud [L.\\n63, R. 5.]\\nVous avez les armes a la main. You have your arms in your hands.\\nJ ai chaud aux mains etaux pieds. My hands and feet are warm.\\n4. The article le, c, is used before words indicating moral and\\nphysical properties, in Cases where the English use a or an, or omit\\nthe article. When, however, an adjective precedes the noun, un, une,\\nor de, des, are at times used\\nCette dame a l esprit juste. That lady has a correct mind.\\nVotre soeur a les yeux noirs. Your sister has black eyes.\\n5. A moral or physical property, which, in the individual is single,\\nis not put in the plural in French, though the reference be to a num\\nber of individuals\\nCes dames ont l esprit juste. Those ladk ave correct minds.\\nCes gallons se sont fait mal a la tete. Those boys u- ce hurl then heads.\\nResume of Examples.\\nN avcz-vous pas mal au pied 1\\nCcttc demoiselle a le mal de tete.\\nN avez- vous pas mal aux dents 1\\nMon frere a le mal de dents.\\nMon cousin a mal au cote.\\nHave you not a sore foot\\nThat young lady has the headache.\\nDo not your teelh aclie\\nMy brother has the toothache.\\nMy cousin has a pain in kit side,", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0189.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "184\\nLESSON L X V I.\\nII a des douleurs de poitrine.\\nQu avez-vous a la niain 1\\nJe n ai rien a la main.\\nJ ai chaud atix mains et froid aux\\ni-urs ont le gout dclicat.\\nCes messieurs out le aea aquilin.\\nHe has pains in his chest.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0u in your hand?\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0he mailer with you*\\nI g in my hand.\\nitm\\nV hands are warm and my feel\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0rs have a delicate taste.\\nT.wse gentlemen have Roman noses.\\nExeiicise 129.\\nBleu, e. blue Mai da\\nBonche, C mouth [W, almost;\\nDent I. Mai i ill in. cur- Tcint, in. complexion;\\nache;\\nf. throat tm ceil, cues.\\nire, f. memory\\n1. Ce ji-une boOMM a-t-il ni.il i la gorge! 3. Ooi, Monsieur, ii\\ny a deux jours \u00c2\u00ab|u il a le m is SOUVeat m:il\\ni. J ai le inal de tete presqai j. N aves*\\nJ ;ii ni.il :.n bras et a la main.\\nHBOC a-Lellc le inal ti orciUe. S. Oui, Madame, elle a le inal d oreille\\nle. i Noo,\\nN 1 .voua point froid\\neor,je n y ai point froid. 13. 4\\naieor a-- |oilin1 14. 11 a le nei aquiUn et la\\nlie a-t-elle de belles deal\\na-t-il lea\\n19. Vo-\\nNon, Ifonaienr, elle a\\nleayeu -Ha fail mal au visage! 2\u00c2\u00b1\\nIlea une lionno\\n9A. I kaliennea\\nn ont pas le teint i.\\nExercise 130.\\n1. What la the matter with your hand 2. I have bad a soro hand\\nour brother In hi\\nM a pen in his hand. 7. Has your little boy a aore throat\\n8. He has a sore throat. 9. OUT eldest sister the tooth-\\nache? 10. She has not the toothache, but ahe Has a sore linger.\\n11. Why doe* uot tin* BOldiu walk 13. Hi cannot walk, he has a", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0190.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "EBSON LXVII. 186\\nsore foot. 13. Have you not sore feet? 14. My feet are not sore.\\n15. If your fingers were sore would you write? 16. If T had sore\\nfingers I should not write. 17. If your brother had th e headache\\nwould he study his lesson? 18. He could not study his lesson if\\nhe had the headache. 19. Has not that gentleman pains in his chest?\\n20. He has pains in his chest and in his side. 21. Has your little\\ngirl black eyes or blue eyes? 22. She has black eyes and a fresh\\ncomplexion. 23. Has not your daughter the tooth-ache 24. She\\nhas the looth-ache and the ear-ache. 25. Are not your hands and\\nfeet cold? 26. My hands are cold, but my feet are warm. 27. Have\\nnot those ladies aquiline noses? 28. They have aquiline noses and\\na fair complexion (le leint beau). 29. Has your sister large hands\\n30. No, Sir, my sister has small hands. 31. Have not those little\\ngirls hurt their heads 32. They have not hurt their heads, they\\nhave hurt their faces. 33. That little boy has black hair (cheveux).\\nLESSON LXVIL LEQON LXVIL\\n1. Avoir beau Vous avez beau, corresponds in signification to the\\nEnglish expression, it is in vain for you to. It must be followed by\\nthe infinitive\\nVous avez beau dire, il ne viendra It is in vain for you to speak, he wiU\\npas. not come.\\n2. Epouser, marier, to marry, have, in French, a different mean-\\ning. Marier, conjugated actively, can only have as its nominative\\nthe person performing the ceremony, or giving one or both of the\\nparties in marriage epouser takes, as its nominative, the contracting\\nparties only, and must always be followed by a direct regimen. Se\\nmarier, to get married, and marier, conjugated passively, take the\\nsame nominative as epouser.\\nM. L. a marie sa fillc avec M. Q. Mr. L. has married his daughter to\\nMr. G.\\nM. Q. a epouse la fille de M. L. Mr. G. has married Mr. L. s daugh-\\nter.\\nM. G. et Ml e. L. sont marics. Mr. G. and Miss L. are married.\\nMon frfire va se marier. My brother is going to be vMrried.\\n3. Un de mes amis, is equivalent to the English, a friend of\\nmine\\nVotre ami a epouse une de mes Your friend has married Jt friend of\\namies. mine.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0191.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "186 LESSON LXVIL\\nResume of Examples.\\n11b ont lit.au dire ct beau fairc, ils Whatever they may say or do, lk vf\\nnc L empecheroat pea de Be ma\\nricr.\\nTons avez beau lui faire des re-\\nmontrancea.\\nL evOque de B. a marie ma sceur.\\nLe capitaine G. a epousS m\\nsine.\\nQuail 1 il so mariera. il nous invitcra\\na la\\nrice avec mon\\ncousin.\\nde nu-s\\nprevent his marrying.\\nvain for you to remonstrate\\nUfith Mm.\\nlop of D. has married my\\nCaptain G. has married my cousin.\\nWhen he marries, he will invite us\\nV \u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0sin is married to my cousin,\\ny sin has married a cousin of\\n7uine.\\nd has mar.\\nLSI.\\nAind, e, elder, eldest Devoir. 8. ir. to Parent, 0, ation;\\n|ue, in. arch- I Princesac, f. prim\\nProc!\\noir, ir. to\\nI. V va-t-illr pas B6 marior 9. Kile se mariera\\nproehaine. B. Elle epoojeera le ftia\\nis qui a marie its deux epoui I\\n-t-il pa* aoasi aerie\\nl domoiaelle a-t-\\n1. L. capitaine au 25* n, i\\nd inunterie. II. Ce llard n a-t-il pi mnrierl 19. Ii\\ntort de se marier. mais il a tori emoiaelle.\\nii EHea\\nrieronl le moia prochaia.\\nrii it. Qai doivent- 18. L aiaoa\\ndoit epo n a.i-il\\nI\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2J 1. J M\\ndo de v\u00c2\u00abs Uvrea et n parler a una\\nI. la y.nir brother v g r it is in\\nvain lor us to speak to Lum, he will marry her. 3. Will not your", "height": "2887", "width": "1607", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0192.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXVIII. 187\\nfather marry your sister to Mr. G? 4. No, Sir, he will marry her\\nto Mr. L. 5. Is Captain H. married 6. No, Sir, he is not yet mar-\\nried, hut he will be married next year. 7. Whom does he intend to\\nmarry 8. He intends to marry a cousin of mine, who is at my\\nbrother s. 9 Who will marry them 10. My eldest brother intends\\nto marry them. 11. Is your youngest sister married? 12. No, Sir,\\nBhe is not married. 13. Is she going to be married? 14. She will\\nmarry when she is [L. 61. 5.] old enough (assez agee). 15. Whom\\ndid Colonel J. marry? 16. He married a sister of mine. 17. How\\nlong have they been married [L. 57. 2.] 18. They have been mar-\\nried two years. 19. Is not that young lady wrong to get married?\\n20. She is wrong to marry, she is too young. 21. Who married\\nGeneral S. and Miss N. 22. The bishop of Arras married them.\\n23. Did not the archbishop of York marry that couple? 24. The,\\narchbishop of Paris married them. 25. Will not your aunt marry?\\n26. She will not marry. 27. Is not your sister at home? 28. No,\\nSir, she is with (chez) an aunt of mine. 29. Is your brother at your\\nhouse? 30. No, Sir, he is with one of my relations. 31. Is he\\nmarried? 32. He is not married. 33. Is Captain H. married? 34\\nHe was married last week. 35. He married Miss H.\\nLESSON LXVIII. LECON LXVIII.\\nDIMENSION, WEIGHT, ETC.\\n1. The verb avoir is used in expressing the size of an object. The\\npreposition de precedes the noun of dimension. When there is no\\nverb in the sentence, the preposition must be placed before the num\\nber, and again before the noun of dimension\\nCette muraille a dix pieds de That walk is ten feet high.\\nhauteur.\\nCe puits a cent pieds de profondeur. That well is one hundred feet deep\\nUne table de quatre pieds de Ion- A table four feci long.\\ngucur.\\n2. In sentences, where sizes are compared, and the verb etro ia\\nUrfed, the preposition de is placed before the number expressing the\\nexcess\\nVous etes plus grand que moi de You are taller than I by two inches.\\ndeux pouces.\\n3. When the price of an article is mentioned, the article le is used\\nbefore the noun expressing the measure, weight, c. When the", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0193.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "188\\nLBSBON LXVIII.\\nremuneration, or rent, e. for a definite space of time is mentioned\\nthe preposition par (per) is used:\\nLe beurre Be vend an fhmc la livre. Butter is sold a franc a pound,\\n11 gagne six franca par jour. He cams six francs per dan.\\n4. The same preposition is used, when we speak of the number of\\ntimes any occurrence takes place in a given space of time\\nJc vaU a la poste deux fob par I go to the post-office twice a day.\\njour.\\nRtsoxfl of Examples.\\nCin namon is sold two francs a pound,\\n1k sir francs a metre.\\nl !c is five hundred fa L high.\\nLa candle se vend dvux francs la\\nlivre.\\nCette Boie rant six francs le metre.\\ncinq cents pieds de\\nhantenr.\\nCet etang u huit pieds de profuii-\\ndour.\\nambre quhute i\\nur. sur dix-huit d largcur,\\nct huit de hantenr.\\ntaille est voire t\\n8a taille est da cinq pieds huit\\n:ni est-il grand on i\\nll 1\\nii ti eat plus haute one la\\nini iiii il CUM pi\\nur Jour.\\nThat pond is eight feel deep.\\n%g uii eighteen\\nfeet high.\\nI 7\\nigki inches.\\nIs our friend tall or short?\\nH\\nV higher than mine bf\\nI (l J.\\nII pi is us U fir ma a iccck.\\nProrbndeur, f. depth;\\nPOUCC, in\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ird, rod.\\nBon march6 .hi-op; Qrandenr, f. riztt\\ni\\nS\\nI\\nI\\nre inaison cst-elle grande 2. Elle a cinquante\\nI l .;r \\\\otre jarilin\\nII a rineft-cinq verges longueur largeur.\\ni dix-huitpouceade longueur,\\nd largeur et ti 7. Votre maiaon cst-elle plus\\nlongue (pie celle-ci I\\n1 1\\ni de hauteur, i~. I o\\nlie est cet officicrl 13. II e taille. ll. Do\\ncoinbieu\\ngrand de toutc la ttte. 1\u00c2\u00bb: de beaueonp pi\\nque moi 17. Je suis plus grand quo vous de trois poucea.", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0194.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXII. 189\\n18. Combien cette 6tofle se vend-elle la verge? 19. Elle so vend\\ntrois francs b metre. 20. La cassonade ne se vend-elle pascher?\\n21. Elle se vend a bon marche. 22. Combien delettreseerivez-vous\\npar semaine 23. Je n en ecris que six par semaine. 24. Ccmbien\\npayez-vous par semaine pour votre loyer? 25. Je ne paie que dix\\nfrancs par semaine.\\nExercise 134.\\n1. How large is your father s garden? 2. It is twenty -five rods\\nfongand ten broad. 3. Is your cousin s house large 4. It is fifty-\\nsix feet long and forty broad. 5. Is your house larger than mine\\n6. It is larger than yours by ten feet. 7. Do you know how deep\\nthat well is? 8. It is twenty-five feet deep and six feet broad.\\n9. How is that cloth sold a metre? 10. It is sold forty-five francs a\\nmetre. 1 1. How much do you receive a week for your work 12. I\\nreceive fifty francs a week for my work. 13. How much does your\\nfriend pay a month for his board (pension, f.) 14. He pays seventy\\nfrancs a month. 15. Are you taller than your cousin? 16. I am\\ntaller than he by the whole head. 17. Is not your nephew taller than\\nyour son 18. He is taller than my son, by three inches. 19. How\\nlarge is this room? 20. It is sixty feet long by forty. 21. What\\nsize is your brother 22. He is tall, he is taller than I. 23. How\\nmany books do you read a week 24. I read ten volumes a week.\\n25. How is butter sold a pound 26. Butter is sold two francs a\\npound. 27. Do you know how much your son earns a day\\n28. He earns as much as yours, he earns ten francs a day. 29. How\\nmuch is that silk worth a metre 30. It is worth six francs a metre.\\n31. Our friend s stature is middling. 32. Do you go to church twice\\na day? 33. I go to church once a day. 34. Does your son go to\\nthe post-office every day 35. He goes thither six times a day.\\nLESSON LXIX. LEgON LXIX.\\n1. Mettre (4. ir.) forms, in French, many idiomatic expressions.\\nMettre a meme de, to enable mettre pied a terre, to alight, to land;\\nmettre le pied, to set one s foot mettre a la porte, to turn out of\\ndoors; mettre au fait de, to acquaint with; mettre a. l abri, to shelter,\\nmettre a l ombie, to put in the shade; mettre un habit a l endroit, a\\nenvers, to put on a coat right side out, wrong side out, c.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0195.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "190\\nLESSON LXIX.\\nNous l avons mis a meme de con\\nnaitre la vcritS.\\n11 a mis cut iusolent ii la portc.\\nWe enabled him (o -enow the truth.\\nHe turned that ins doit person out\\nof dt\\n2. Mettre conjugated reflectively, i. e. sc mettrA, means plac*\\none s self, to dress one s self; se mettre a table, In sit down to table,\\nso mettre en colerc, to became angry, to put one s self into a passion.\\nII se nut a ombre, an BOleiL He places himself in Hie shade, in Iht\\n3. Se mettre. followed by an infinitive, means to cemmence, to le-\\ngin\\nlis se mircnt ii plcurer.\\nA I anglaiae, a la Iran raise, are used elliptieally for i la mode\\nfraneaise, a la mode anglaise, after the French, after the English\\nfashion.\\nIi. Ed OV I AAMPLES.\\nCc cavalier a aria pied a terra.\\nVona a osea mettre le pied cbei lui\\nI .mts a I abrl l.i\\nploie.\\nVoua\\nPourqu i I om-\\nnta Be min Dl i\\nPonrqnol ne\\na I oui i\\nJe vala in.- mettre i d pi naion.\\nThat horseman is come down from\\nhis horse.\\nYou dan not set \\\\wur foot inside his\\nhouse.\\nfrom the rain.\\ni put iiour cloak inside out.\\nllieman always dresses after\\ni:\\nN to table at ten\\nli .n to the shade?\\nUlren commenced hi\\nt Stt yourself to icorkl\\nI\\nU commence our jcrur-\\nfitudl-er, 1. to study\\nI i alise, f. mettre, dressed,\\nmerveiue, exceedingly Enttv l Pluie, f. ram;\\nwell; Etourdi, e. giddy Ir. to laugh;\\nCouvert, See L. 82 l.j sent Tablier, an\\n1. A\\\\ mme de mettre le pied eliez vous 1\\n9, Je le lui ai defend a. 3. Avez-vous mia cea tf]\\\\ts a l alm de la\\npluie. 4. Je lea ai mia a I abri de la ploie et du vent. Avcz-voua\\ntuis votre 1 ri.re au fldt de eette affaire G. Jo ue l eu ai paa mia an", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0196.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXIX 191\\nfait 7. Ne l avcz-vous pas mis a meme d etuaier? 8. Jo l ai mia\\na. indme de s instruire, s il desire le faire. 9. Vuiilez-vous mettro\\ncela de cote? 10. Je vais le mettre au soleil. 11. Votre ami n a-t-il\\npas voulu entrer? 12. II n a point voulu mettre pied a tefre. 13.\\nVotre teinturier n a-t-il pas mis son tablier a l envers? 14. Non,\\nMonsieur, il l a mis a l endroit. 15. N avez-vous pas mis cet etourdi\\na la porte? 16. Nous lui avons ferme la porte au nez (in his face).\\n17. A quelle heure vous mettez-vous a table? 18. Aussitdt que le\\ncouvert sera mis [L. 61, (5.)]. 19. Cet homme se met-il bien? 20.\\nII se met toujours a l anglaise ou a l italienne. 21. Ces enfauts ne\\nse mirent-ils pas a pleurer 22. Au lieu de se mettre a pleurer, ils\\nse mirent a rire. 23. Pourquoi ne vous mettez-vous pas a ecrire\\n24. II est temps de se mettre a table. 25. Ces Siciliennes sont-elles\\nbien raises? 26. Elles sont raises a merveille.\\nExercise 136.\\n1. Did the gentleman alight this morning? 2. No, Sir, he would\\nnot alight, he had no time. 3. Have you put that insolent person\\nout of doors 4. No, Sir, but I forbade him to set his foot in my\\nhouse. 5. Did you shelter those little children from the rain? 6. I\\nsheltered them from the rain and the wind. 7. Have you enabled\\nyour son to study medicine (la medecine)? 8. I enabled him to\\nstudy medicine, if he wishes to do so. 9. Have you put on your\\ncoat inside out? 10. I have not put it on inside out, but right side\\nout. 11. Did you put yourself in a passion? 12. No, Sir, I did\\nnot become angry. 13. Did you sit down to table at four o clock\\nyesterday? 14. We sat down to table at six o clock. 15. Do you\\nintend to commence boarding? 16. I intend to board with Mr. L.\\n(chez M. L.) 17. When do you commence your journey 18. We\\ncommence our journey to-morrow morning. 19. Did your son com-\\nmence laughing 20. No, Sir. he commenced weeping. 21. Why\\ndo you not commence working 22. Because I am going to com-\\nmence reading. 23. Does that lady dress after the English fashion\\n24. She dresses after the Italian fashion. 25. Are those ladies wel.\\ndressed? 26. They are extremely well dressed. 27. Will you not\\nplace yourself in the shade 28. I will place myself in the sun, I\\nam very cold. 29. Is your coat inside out? 30. No, Sir, it is right\\nside out. 31. Is this the right side of this cloth (l endroit) 32. It\\nis the wrong side (Venvers). 33. Are you not dressed after the Eng-\\nlish fashion? 34. I am dressed after the Italian fashion. 35. Yon\\nare well dressed.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0197.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "192\\nLBS SO\\nLXX.\\nLESSON LXX. LEgON LXX\\nthe imperative.\\n1. Conjugation of the Imperative of the Regular Verbs\\nChant -e\\nfin -is\\nre9 -ois\\nrend -s\\nting\\nfnish\\nreceive\\nrender\\nQu il DM -e\\ncbcr -i*se\\naperg -oive\\nvend -o\\nlet him speak\\nlet him cherish\\nlet him perceive\\nhim tell\\nDonn -ons\\n(burn\\npore -evons\\ntend -ons\\nlet us give\\nlet us furniik\\nlet us gather\\nM us tend\\nClicrch -cz\\npun -issez\\ncone -evcz\\nentend -ez\\nseek\\n;)Uii.c\\\\\\ncniciivc\\nhear\\nQu ils port -cnt\\ns is -issent\\nd -oivent\\nnerd -ent\\nlet them carry\\nlet them seize\\nUt tliem owe\\niA*m /ojki\\n2. The second person singular, and the first and seeond persons\\nplural of the imperative, are the same as the first person singular,\\nand the first and second persons plural, of the present of the indica-\\ntive. The pronouns are dropped.\\nJe parte, park; je inns, finis. J speak, speak I finish, finish.\\n3. Exceptions Avoir, t hate, makes in those persons of the im-\\nperative, aie, ai/oiis, aijtz; ctre, to be, sais, snynns, soyez savoir, to\\nknow, sache, sachons, sachez and aller, M, and xas before y not fol-\\nlowed by an intiii.\\n4. Vouloir has only the Becond person plural, veuillez, liave the\\ngixjdnrss to.\\n5. A third penon singular and plural is given in the imperative by\\nmost of the French grammarians. These parts, however, belong\\nproperly to the BUbjOBCtive, u tii y exprees rather a strong wish than\\na command. Hie English ax p rCSe ioM, UL him speak, that he may\\nsj*afc, are rendered in French by qu il parle.\\n6. A droite, B gauche, corrre.-pond in signification to the English\\nt: Ihc rig!*/, to the l\u00c2\u00bbfl.\\n.r.cho. Go to the right, to the left,\\n7. For the place of the pronouns in connection with tho impera-\\ntive, see L. 27. R. 1,4 L. 28, R. 1, 2, 3, 4.\\nof Examples.\\n1st in take thr first street to the right.\\nF ek net longer to deceive him.\\n1st HI know how to amlenl ourulvet\\nwith necessaries.\\nPay great attention to what you sty.\\nPrcnons la premiere rne a droite.\\nNe cherehez phis a le tromper.\\nBariums nou; contentor do\\nsain-.\\nFaites bicn attention a ce que tous\\nditea\\nDitaS toqioori la vciite.\\nAllans! Messieurs, d6p6chez-Yous.\\nTema, Monsieur, voila votre ar^tvit.\\nVeuillez accepter c* prtsent\\nv,7 the truth.\\nCi me gentlemen, male haste.\\nhere is your money.\\nB* ar kvmi am to mooept this prmtmt", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0198.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "LESSON I. XX. 193\\nExercise 137.\\nClef, f. key Promett-re, 4. ir. to p w- Renvoy-er, 1 to send\\nCrayon, m. pencil; mise; back;\\nInstitutrice, f. teacher Rapport^er, 1. to bring Sans faute, without fail\\nObe-ir, 1 to obey back Se serv-ir, 2. ref. to use\\nPartie, f. part Remett-re, 4. ir. to de- Tiers, m. third\\nPrecepteur, m. instruc- liver Verrez, 3. ir. c/m voir,\\ntor to see.\\n1. Envoyez chercher le medecin, votre petit garcon est malade.\\n2, Nous Pavons deja envoye chercher. 3. Vous n avez pas besoin\\ndo votre crayon, pretez-le-moi [L. 27. R. 4; L. 28. R. 4]. 4. Je ne\\nsaurais vous le preter, je m en sers. 5. Donnez-le-nioi ou me le\\npretez 100, (6.)]. 6. Je l ai promis a votre institutrice. 7. Si\\nvous ne le lui avez pas dit, dites-le-lui aussitot que possible. 8. Ne le\\nlui dites pas encore. 9. Parlez-lui-en 39, 17.] la prochaine fois\\nque vous le verrez. 10. Ayez patience, mon ami, votre pere ne tar-\\ndera pas a venir. 11. Obeissez a votre precepteur. 12. Je lui\\nobeis toujours. Donnez-lui-en une bonne partie. 13. Je lui en ai\\ndeja donne plus des deux tiers. 14. Avez vous porte cette clef au\\nserrurier? 15. J ai oublie de la lui remettre. 16. Portez-la-lui sans\\nfaute cette apres-midi. 17. Veuillez me dire ou demeure M. G.\\n18. Prenez la premiere rue a gauche, il demeure dans la deuxieme\\nmaison a droite. 19. Allons, Mesdemoiselles, depechons-nous. 20.\\nMenez-les-y le plus tot possible. 21. Ne me les rapportez pas. 22.\\nRenvoyez-les-moi demain. 23. Portons-les-y. 24. Ne les y portons\\npas. 25. Pretez-les-lui, mais ne les lui donnez pas.\\nExercise 138.\\n1. Give a book to the young man. 2. I have already given hini\\none, and he does not read it. 3. Lend it to him, if you will not givo\\nit to him. 4. I will not lend it to him. 5. Make haste, young la-\\ndies, it is ten o clock. 6. Have the goodness to give me a pen. 7.\\nI have given one to your brother. 8. Obey your father, and speak\\nio your sister. 9. Will you not send for the letter? 10. I will send\\n/o: it. 11. Send for it as soon as you can. 12. Do not do so (le),\\nbut write to my cousin. 13. Come, children (mes enfants), learn\\nyour lesson. 14. Give him some [j 39, 17], or lend him some 100,\\n(6.)]. 15. Do not make haste, we have (le) time. 16. Have pa-\\ntience, my child, the merchant will soon come. 17. Send it to him,\\n/f you cannot give it to him. 18. Write to him this afternoon with-\\n\u00c2\u00bbut fail. 19. I would write to him if I had time. 20. Let us take\\nthe first itreet to the left. 21. Take the second street to the right.\\n9", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0199.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "19 4 LESSON LXXI.\\n22. Pay attention to what your brother says. 23. Let us tell the\\ntruth 24 Let us read that hook to-day. 25. Pay your debt* aa\\nsoon as possible. 26. Let us obey our instructor. 27. Carry the\\nkev to him 28. Bring me back the books which I have lent you.\\n29 Do not bring them back to me, read them. 30. Let us have\\npatience, we shall soon have money. 31. Let us speak to them, they\\nare at my father s. 32. Tell them that 1 intend to write to them to-\\nmorrow morning. 33. Go to church this afternoon. 34. Bring me\\nback my letters. 35. Do not carry them there, but bring then to\\nrn\u00c2\u00bb as soon as possible.\\nLISSOM LXXI. LBGON LXXL\\n1 A verb following another verb in the imperative, is put in tne\\ninfinite, (according to general Rule L 21. 2.) The conjunction\\nwhich often cornea between the Iwo ferba in Bnghab, is not used in\\n^Stapnrieraunw\\nA C7 i\\no. I roni!r fear* to to* heed; when followed by m-\\nother teife In the Infinit\\nabet. f a!l\\n3 Prendre le deniL mtomoumngi |\u00c2\u00abiidieUpetoe,li\\nre un\\nprendre dn cafe, dn the, ft*, to tofa\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0nvova ch\u00c2\u00ab oUtnr.\\nN av ;ul\\nPreoee hi peine ae\\ndU the OU dU\\nQael I .\u00c2\u00bbrti av\u00c2\u00ab/.-v,.\\\\-.s pris 1\\nAttends. 4. to J?, 1\\nto\u00c2\u00bb r,;/^\\nChrcoUU.m.cWa*; or; lo \\\\^n,U\\nCourricr, in r l\\nTroi-re 4 ir. U I- A, W2-W.\\nWch^cr; 1 o *\u00c2\u00abr QIaelquefoU, Sc ui-rc, 4. ir U U\\n1H-)/ resolution ha:t you tcU n 7", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0200.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXI. 195\\n1. Allez voir mon frere, il a quelque chose a vous cornmuniquer.\\n2. Courez lour dire que jc les attends. 3. Mon frere a bien pris\\ngarde de dechirer ses habits. 4. Votre cousine a-t-elle pris garde\\nde tacher sa robe? 5. Elle a pris garde de tomber, car en tombant\\nelle Paurait gatee. 6. Ces petites filles ont-elles pris le deuil 7.\\nElles viennent de le prendre. 8. Pour qui prenez-vous le deuil 9.\\nJe porte le deuil de ma mere. 10. Prenez-vous du the ou du cafe\\nle matin? 11. Nous prenons du the et du cafe. 12. Ne prenftz-\\nvous pas quelquefois du chocolat? 13. Nous n en prenons que lors-\\nque nous sommes malades. 14. Quel parti le gouverneur a-t-il pris\\n15. II a pris le parti de se taire. 16. Prendrez-vous mon parti (my\\npart) ou celui de votre fils? 17. Je prendrai le votre, si je crois que\\nvous avez raison. 18. Pourquoi ne prenez-vous pas la peine de lire\\nsalettre? 19. Parce qu elle n en vaut pas la peine. 20. Votre cour-\\nrier a-t-il pris les devants? 21. II n a pu prendre les devants. 22.\\nN avez-vous pas tortde prendre son parti? 23. Je n ai pas tort de le\\nprendre. 24. Avez-vous pris le the* (your tea) 25. Nous n avons\\npas pris (our) le the, nous avons pris le cafe\\nExercise 140.\\n1. Has your brother taken care not to spoil his hat? 2. He has\\ntaken care not to spoil it, he has only one. 3. Go and speak to your\\nsister, she calls you (appelle). 4. Will you not take a cup (tasse)\\nof tea 5. I have just taken my tea. 6. What have you said to\\nyour little girl 7. I have told her to take care not to tear her dress.\\n8. Let us take care not to tear that book. 9. My son has just brought\\nit. 10. Has he taken his tea? 11. He has not yet taken tea, it is\\ntoo early. 12. At what hour do you take tea* at your house 13.\\nWe take tea at six o clock. 14. Do you take tea* or coffee for break-\\nfast (a votre dejeuner) 15. We take coffee. 16. Is your courier\\ngone on before? 17. He has not been able to go on before. 18.\\nWhat resolution have you taken 19. I have taken the resolution\\njo study my lesson. 20. Have you taken care not to teai jour\\nbooks 21.1 have taken care not to stain them. 22. What has\\nyour brother determined 23. He has determined to remain silent.\\n24 Have you taken my part? 25. I have taken my brother s part.\\n26 Are you right to take his part 27. I am right to take his part,\\nbecause he is right. 28. Are you not afraid to take his part 29. 1\\nam not afraid to take his part. 30. Will you take your sister s part\\nLe the, the meal called tea du the, the beverage called ten.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0201.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "196 LESSON LXXII.\\nor minu? 31. 1 will take my sister s part. 32. Go and read your\\nbook, you do not know your lesson. 33. I know my lesson, and\\nI know also that you are my friend. 34. Let us go to our father, hw\\nwants us.\\nLESSON LXXII. LECON LXXII.\\nTHE SUBJUNCTIVE.\\n1. All the French verbs, regular and irregular, end in this tense\\nwith e, es, e, ions, iez, ent\\n2- Conjugation of the Present of the Subjunctive of tiie\\nK.j.i lab Verba\\nQne je chant -o fin -isse re? -oive rend -o\\nThat I may ling may finish imi\u00c2\u00ab recite may render\\nQue tu pari s char -tees aperf -oivea vend -es\\nThai thnu mayettrpeak niayr.it cherish mayest perenre HHjtrt t$U\\nQu il donn -e (burn -isae perf -oive tend -e\\nThat he may give may furniih may \\\\ercetre mm lend\\nQue nous cherch -ions pun ic -evions eniend -ions\\nThat tee may seek may funi. h may cenceire may hear\\nQue roiu port i vim perd -iez\\nmay carry mm/ WUftWt may lose\\nmi -oivent mord -ent\\nJ h.it they may love may unite may deceive may bite\\n3. In the first conjugation, the subjunctive is in the singular, simi-\\nlar to t the indicative. Exception: aller je\\nfaille.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i. The tiiM and seeond peraoni plural of the subjunctive, in (ho\\nfour conjugations, are the corresponding persona of the\\nimperfect of the indicative. The third person plural is like the eor-\\nresponding person in the indicative j\u00c2\u00bbr. ent Exceptions: avoir,\\nsubjunctive, tuna oj aosti MCAtona,\\nvnus snchi z,ils saclu i, toytms, VOUS SOJ/es, toioti faire,\\n..Her, ils ailknt vouloir Us\\nrtuill itt valoir, ils vaiOent.\\n5. The subjunctive may. I I from the participle pre sent,\\nby changing ant into chantey\\niiant, je sache craj-\\n6. The verbs presenting this last rule are the fob\\nlowing, which the student will find conjugated in the Second Pail\\nof this grammar, j (J2", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0202.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXII. 197\\nAcq lie fir Concevoir Mourir Prendre, Savoir Venir\\nAller Dccevoir Mouvoir (and Tenir (and _ (and\\nApercevoir Devoir Percevoir its com- its com- its corn-\\nAvoir Etrc Pouvoir pounds) pounds) pounds)\\nBoire Faire Pourvoir Recevoir Valoir Vouloir\\n7. The past of the subjunctive is formed from the subjunctive\\npresent of one of the auxiliaries, avoir, tire, and the past participle of\\na verb 45.]\\nQue j aie parle, que je sois venu. That I may have spoken, that I may\\nhave come.\\n8. A verb is put in the subjunctive, when it is preceded by the\\nconjunction que, and another verb expressing consent, command,\\ndoubt, desire, surprise, want, duty, necessity, regret, fear, apprehen-\\nsion, c. 127, (2.)]\\nJe veux que vous lui parliez. I wish you to speak to him.\\nJe desire que vous arrivicz a temps. wish you to arrive in time.\\n9. When the first verb expresses fear or apprehension, the verb\\npreceded by que, must also be preceded by ne, which, however, has\\nno negative sense 127, (3.) 138, (4.) (5.) (8.)]\\nJe crams qu il ne tombe. I am afraid lest he fall.\\n10. After craindre, to fear apprehender, to apprehend; avoir peur,\\nto be afraid; trembler, to tremble, pas is used in connection with the\\nne, when we wish for the accomplishment of the action or occur-\\nrence expressed by the second verb 138, (7.)]\\nJe tremble qu il n arrive pas a trevible that he may not arrive in\\ntemps. time.\\nResume of Examples.\\nLe me deem veut-il que je boive de\\nl eau 1\\nJe consens que vous alliez le voir.\\nNous doutons que vous arriviez a\\ntemps.\\nJe crains que votre maitre ne vous\\npunisse.\\nJ 3 crains que votre maitre ne vous\\npunisse pas.\\nJe m etonne qu il ne saclie pas cela.\\nJ exige que vous lui donr.iez cela.\\nVoulez-vous qu il aille a la ehasse!\\nQue voulez-vous que je dise?\\nJ aime mieux que vous me\\npayiez.\\nDoes the physician wish me to drink\\nwater\\nI consent that you go to see him.\\nWe doubt your arriving in lime.\\nI fear lest your master may punish\\nyon.\\nI fear that your master may not\\npunish you.\\nI am astonished that he does not\\nknow that.\\nI require von to give him that..\\nDo you wish him to go hunting.\\nWhat do yon wish me to (that 1\\nshould) say\\nI would rather liave you U\\\\ pay\\nme.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0203.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "198 LESSON LXXII.\\nExercise 141.\\nArtisan, m. mechanic; Empech-cr, 1. to prevent: Moulin-a-scie, raw-mili\\nAtelier, m. icorkshop; Forteracnt, very much; Obe-ir, 2. to obey\\nAn deasua, above-. Force, f. strength; Rempl-ir, 2. to fulfil;\\nBracelet, m. bracelet Magasin. m. warehouse; Rue. f. street}\\nDeja, already Malsain. c. unhealthy; Tomb-er. 1. to fall.\\n1. Que voulez-vous que nous fassions? 2. Je desire que vous\\nfassiez attention a vos etudes. 3. Ne craignez-vous pas que la pluio\\nno vous empeehe de sortir 4. Nous craignons fortement que la\\npluie ne nous empeehe de remplir nos engagements? 5. Doutez-voua\\nqu il soit chez lui maiutenant 6. Je doute qu il y soit, il est dej. i\\ndix beures. 7. Exigez-vous qu il parte de bonne heure? 8. Je\\nm ctonnc qu*il ne soit -pas dej. i parti. 9. Aimez-vous mieux que\\nje vous rende oea brareleta 10. Pause mieux que vous me lea payiea.\\n11. Votrc f oi-in craint-il que sun enfant ne SOrte 12. 11 eraint qu il\\nne tomb. dans la rue. 13. Ne deairez-vous paa que v\\nobeiaaenl 14. Je souliaite qu ila m obeiasent et qu ils obeissent a\\nlean pn 15. Ne cmignez-voua pas que cet artisan ne\\ntombc malade 1G. Je crains qu il ne toinbe malade, ear son atelier\\nest trea malaain. 17. Ne r paa qu il suit oblige^ de tra-\\nvailler? IS. Je regrette qu il soit oblige de travailler an dessus de sea\\nton 19. N a paa qu on lui apprenne cette nouvelle?\\n20. Je di aire qn on la lui apprenne le plus tot possible. 21. Votro\\npen ne raut-i tea an magasin 1 22. II vent (pie\\nj acln te un moulin- Ueoie. j:: 1) -!r, -vous que je T0O8 quitte. 24.\\ni. 2.;. Je veux que vous partiez\\nce matin.\\nLOisa l 12.\\n1. Do you wish me to speak to the mechanic 2. I wish you to\\ntell him to (de) some lure to-morrow morning. 3. What do you\\nwish me to do 4. I wish you to bring me a book. 5. Do you not\\nwish me to read your letter 1 6. I wish you to read it and\\nghre it to my aiatera. 7. Do i ol your Bister fear lest the rain may\\nprevent her going out s Bhe feara that the rain may prevent .\u00c2\u00bbur\\nit. Do you doubt that your father be at Inline now?\\n10. 1 doubt his being there, il. Do you require me to l my work\\n12. I wish you tu do y.mr work before going out\\nsortir). 13. Do you not regret your work. 11. I\\ndo not regret my being obliged to work. 16. Are you not astonished\\nthat be knows that: 16. I am astonished that be knowa all", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0204.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXIII. 199\\n17. Do you require me to pay him to-day? 18. I wish you to pay\\nhim to-morrow. 19. What would you have me do (See No. 1, of\\nthe ab ne exercise) 20. I will have you pay him immediately.\\nl l\\\\. Do you fear lest the master punish your son? 22. I fear that he\\nmay not punish him. 23. What would you have me say? 24. I\\nwould have you say the truth. 25. Does not your father wish you\\nto buy a house 26. He wishes me to buy a storehouse. 27. Do\\nycu wish us to leave you 28. I wish you to go away to-morrow\\n29. Do you wish me to stay with you 30. I wish you to stay\\nhere. 31. Do you wish me to tell him that news? 32. I wish you\\nto tell it to him. 33. Do you wish your children to obey their\\nteacher 34. I wish them to obey him.\\nLESSON LXXTTI. LECCXN LXXIII.\\nUSE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE CONTINUED.\\n1. A verb preceded by the conjunction que and one of the uni-\\npersonal verbs, il faut, it is necessary; il importe, it matters, it is\\nimportant il convient, it is proper, becoming il vaut mieux, it is\\nbetter il plait, it pleases, suits il se peut, il peut se faire, it may be,\\nil est juste, it is just; il est bon, it is proper; il est neeessaire, it is\\nnecessary il est important, it is important il est temps, it is time\\nil est indispensable, it is indispensable il est a propos, it is proper\\nil est facheux, it is sad, it is a, pity il est urgent, it is urgent, or by\\nanother verb or expression implying necessity, will, or propriety,\\nmust be put in the subjunctive 127, (4.)]\\nII faut que vous restiez ici. You must remain here.\\nII est juste que vous soyez recom- It is just you be rewarded.\\npense.\\n2. The unipersonal verb, il est, governs the indicative present or the\\nfuture, when it is used affirmatively, and followed by que, coming\\nafter one of the adjectives, sur, sure; certain, certain; vrai, true;\\ndemontre, proved incontestable, incontestable evident, evident, and\\nothers having a positive and affirmative sense:\\nII est cortain qu il vient ou qu il It is certain that he comes or will come.\\nviendra.\\n3. When however the verb, il est, used in the above connection ia\\nnegative or interrogative, it is followed by the subjunctive\\nn est nullement certain qu il His by no means certain that he will", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0205.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "200 LESSON LXilll\\n4. After certain conjunctions, afin que, in order that; quoiqua\\nalthough, %c. [see full list, 5 143, (2.)] the subjunctive is always used\\nQuoiquc vous fassiez, quoique vous Whatever you may do, whatever\\ndisiez. ay.\\n5. Other important rules on the government of conjunctions will\\nbe found in said 143.\\nMPLB8.\\nQue feul\\nFaut-il\\nlire qne vous lui\\nies.\\nI\\nrd\\n1\\nsister do 7\\nitc to him\\nI ssaryfor you to xcrite to htm.\\nMm hit\\narrivti so late\\n:.rt him-\\nlime.\\nASalre, f\\nI\\nI\\nI\\nI\\n1. Qne iez ce qua voua\\n4. II\\nQpruDt6!\\nI\\ni\\nan bel poiatl\\nI qu il so\\nudrn mienx q l", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0206.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXIV. 201\\n.ui en pretions. 20. Que .faut-il que nous fassions? 21. II faut qua\\nvous portiez ce linge chez moi. 22. N est-il pas temps que je me\\neouche 23. II est temps que vous vous couchiez. 24. Faut-il que\\nje me leve 25. II faut que vous vous leviez.\\nExercise 144.\\n1. What must our friend do? 2. He must remain at our house\\nuntL I come. 3. What must our neighbor do 4. He must put his\\naffairs in order. 5. Is it not right that you should pay your credi-\\ntors? 6. It is right that I should pay them. 7. Is it time for your\\nlittle boy to go to school 8. It is time for him to go to school, it is\\nten o clock. 9. Must I write to your correspondent to-day or to-\\nmorrow? 10. You must write to him to-morrow morning. 11. Is\\nit not a pity that your brother has torn his cap (casquette) 12. It is\\na pity that he has torn it. 13. Is it necessary for your mother to\\nfinish her letter? 14. It is not necessary that she finish it. 15. Is it\\ncertain that your son has forgotten his money 16. It is certain that\\nhe has forgotten it. 17. It is by no means certain that he has for-\\ngotten it. 18. Must you furnish money to that mechanic? 19. I\\nmust furnish him some, he has none. 20. Whatever you may do\\nyou will not succeed (reussir). 21. Whatever your brother may\\nsay, nobody will believe him (croire, ir.). 22. Must I write to you?\\n23. You must write to me. 24. Do you wish me to be sick 25. I\\ndo not wish you to be sick. 26. Do you require me to tell you\\nthat 27. It is necessary that you tell me all. 28. Do you wish\\nme to go to your house? 29. I wish you to go there. 30. Must I\\nget up? 31. You must rise immediately (d Tinstant). 32. Must\\nyour brother retire 33. He must go to bed immediately. 34. It\\nis time for him to go to bed, it is twelve o clock.\\nLESSON LXXIV. LE\u00c2\u00a3ON LXXIV.\\nUSE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. CONTINUED.\\n1. The verbs croire, to believe dare, to say; esperer, to hope gager\\nand parier, to bet; penser, to think sentir, to feel; voir, to see; and\\nothers expressing affirmation or something certain and positive, are\\n(when they are conjugated affirmatively, and have que after them)\\nfollowed by the indicative present or future 127, (2.) Note]\\nJe pense, je crois, je dis qu il J think, I believe, I say iliat he will\\nviendra. come.\\n9*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0207.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "202\\n2. The above verbs, when used in the same connection and conju\\ngated negatively or interrogatively, are followed by the subjunctive\\n127, (2.)]\\nJe ne crois pas qu il vienne. J do not believe he will come.\\n3. A verb, preceded by another verb and by a relative pronoun, is\\nput in the subjunctive, while there is an idea of uncertainty, aud in\\nthe indicative, when the idea is certain 127, (2.) Note]\\nJ ai un liommc qui me rendra scr- I have a man who iciU oblige me.\\nqui mc want a man who will (may) oblige\\nvie.\\n4. A verb, preceded by a superlative relative, or by the words, le\\nseul, le premier, le dernier, is put in the subjunctive 127.]\\nVoilo le seul chapem qae j aie. r it tke hot i have.\\noila le meillear homme que je There is the best man I know.\\nvice.\\nJ ai besoin dun bommo\\nrende\\nque le concert a hi lieu.\\npease pas que ootre ami\\none,\\n\\\\i us apprendi\\npar icur.\\nJe ne pease pa* qu fl putoe\\ndre tMit cela pax i\\nband B enrlchit\\nmix dipeu d uutrui.\\nqu il B enri*\\nJr De crou pas qne vous rtossisslcz\\nqui conaent un litre.\\nJe eherche an atienne\\nun litre.\\nrm-ilK-nr i\\nque j aie, a cooditionqae vous mo.\\nle rei d\\ni took place.\\nI ilo not think that OUT friend trill\\ncome.\\n1 that you will learn that by\\nheart.\\nI t tink that he can learn all\\nI klI this merchant grows rich\\nM \u00c2\u00abf others.\\nUV him-\\n1 will surccd\\nI hare held* a litre.\\nholds a litre.\\n1 Und you the bat hat I have, on cx n~\\nt \\\\at you will rctturn it to mt\\nlo-m\\nLitre, in. i tre, about a\\n1\\nDeboal\\ni Portier, m.\\nBfl que ee drap dare lo I, Je crois qu il\\ndurera bieii, car il e.-t fort oua que OOtTO portier tarde ft\\nrentrer J. Je crois qu il ne tardera pas. 5. Desirez- vous que noua\\nK.ntr-er, 1. to -..-me in\\nSuffl-re, J. ir. to stifficti\\nTann( in- in.", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0208.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXIV. 203\\nrestlons deboul? 6. Je desire au contraire, que vous vous as-\\nseyiez. 7. Croyez-vous que ces etudiants puissent apprendre cinq\\npages par cosur en deux heures 8. Je crois que e est impossible.\\n9. Esperez-vous que noire ami arrive de bonne heure? 10. J espere\\nqu il arnvera bientot. 1 1. Quelle sorte de carafe vous faut-il 12. Il\\nm en fau une qui contienne un litre. 13. J en ai une de cristal, qui\\neositkrat deux litres. 14. Pensez-vous que ce negociant s enrichisse\\na vos depens 15. Je sais qu il s enrichit aux depens d autrui. 16.\\nQuel parasol pensez-vous me prefer? 17. Je pense vous preter le\\nmeilleur que j aie. 18. Le tanneur reussira-t-il a gagner sa vie 19.\\nJe ne crois pas qu il y reussisse. 20. Pensez-vous que cet argent\\nBuffise avotrepere? 21. Je crois qu il 1 ui suffira. 22. Croyez-vous\\nque ces messieurs comptent sur moi 23. Je sais qu ils comptent sur\\nvous. 24. Pensez-vous que le concert ait lieu aujourd hui 25. Je\\ncrois qu il n aura pas lieu.\\nExercise 146.\\n1. Do you believe that the concert has taken place? 2. I believe\\nthat it has taken place. 3. Do you believe that your sister s dress\\nwill wear well 4. I think that it will wear well, for the silk is very\\ngood. 5. Do you believe that our friend will succeed in earning a\\nlivelihood? 6. I believe he will succeed in it (y), for he is very dili-\\ngent. 7. Do you think that the tanner grows rich at my expense\\n8. I think that he enriches himself at the expense of others. 9.\\nDoes the merchant grow rich at my father s expense? 10. He\\ngrows rich at your expense. 11. What kind of a house must you\\nhave (cous faut-il) 12. I must have a house which has ten rooms.\\n13. I have a good house which has twelve rooms. 14. What kind\\nof a decanter do you seek? 15. I seek one which holds three litres.\\n16. I have one which holds two litres, I will lend it to you. 17.\\nWhat coat will you send me 18. I will send you the best I have,\\ntake care not to stain it. 19. Do you think that the student will\\nlearn all that by heart? 20. I do not think that he will learn it. 21.\\nDo you believe (that) he will come? 22. I believe that he will\\ncome soon. 23. Do you think that your father depends upon me!\\n24. I kno v that he depends upon you. 25. Does not that gentle-\\nman depend upon me 26. I think that he depends upon your bro-\\nther. 27. Will the porter soon come in again? 28. I hope that he\\nwill not tarry long- 29. Will you not lend me your umbrella? 30.\\nI will lend it to you with pleasure. 31. Does my brother remain\\nstanding? 32. He does not wish to sit down. 33. Do you wish\\nme to sit down? 34. T wish you to remain standing. 35. I wish\\nthat he may come.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0209.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "204 LESSON LiXV,\\nLESSON LXXV. N LXXV.\\nTHE IMPERFECT AND PLUPERFECT OF THE Sl BJlTNCTl YE.\\n1. The terminations of the imperfect of the subjunctive are in aU\\nthe verbs, regular and irregular, gatione, tse, sses, t,\\npreceding the of the third person singular always\\ntakes the circuni\\n.r OF THE SOBJUNOnVB OF\\nTil!. B\\nread -tea\\nng lish might rtctice migU-\\nQui! 1 -it\\nThat lie migh might gather\\nstem\\nThat trc mifht feck .m.-h nigh;\\nI tarry might teize might lose\\nThat dug might loot bitt\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. 1 I from the past definite [h. 61.] by\\nI Mll-\\nThie rule baa\\nno cm-\\n11 1\\nof the\\ntally to the\\nrmed from the imperfect\\nnd the past\\nQtt3J\\n7. tfcvM\\nand |-lupcrlVct of\\nFuture of the indicative\\nna under the aboviMnenl\\nOf the sub-", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0210.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXV.\\n205\\njunctive so the imperfect and other past tenses of the indicative,\\nand the two conditionals, govern the verb in the second part of the\\nproposition, in the imperfect or pluperfect of the subjunctive.\\nNe fallaifc-il pas que je lui parlasse 1\\n11 faudrait que je lui donnasse ce li-\\nvre.\\nWas it not necessary that I shoidd\\nspeak to him\\nIt would be necessary for me to give\\nhim that book.\\nResume of Examples.\\nVourlriez-vous que je donnasse un\\ncoup de baton a cet enfant 1\\nJe voudrais que vous tirassiez un\\ncoup de fusil sur cet oiseau.\\nExigeriez-vous que nous revinssi-\\nons de bonne beure 1\\nQue voudriez-vous que ces bommes\\nQue vouliez-vous que je fisse 1\\n11 faudrait que j eusse mon argent.\\nJe ne voulais pas que vous mourus-\\nsiez de froid.\\nElle craignait que vous ne mourus-\\nsiez de misere et de faim.\\nVoudriez-vous que je jetasse un\\ncoup-d oeil sur ces papiers\\nWould you wish me to give that child\\na blow with a stick\\nI would vjish you to fire your gun\\nupon that bird.\\nWould you require us to return early\\nWhat would you wish those men to\\ndo?\\nWhat did you toish me to do?\\nIt would be necessary for me to have\\nmy money.\\nI did not wish you to die with the cold.\\nShe feared lest you might die with\\nwant and hunger.\\nWould you wish me to cast a glance\\nupon tliese papers\\nExercise 147.\\nIvrogne, m. drunkard; Ressembl-er, 1. to i\\nMer, f. sea; semble\\nLievre, m. hare; Retablissement, m. j\\nPerdrix, f. partridge covery\\nPoste. xa.. post; Sante, f. health;\\nSe rend-re, 4. ref. to re- Tir-er, 1. to fire, shoot,\\npair\\n3, f. woodcock;\\nBord, in. shore;\\nCharg-er, 1. to load;\\nCoup, m. blow;\\nCoup-de-fusil, m. shot;\\nCoup-d ceil, m. glance;\\nDemi-use, half-worn\\nFouet, m. whip;\\n1. Voudriez-vous que j achetasse un habit a demi-use 1 2. Je vou-\\ndrais que vous en achetassiez un neuf. 3. Voulait-on que ce soldat\\nmalade se rendit a son poste 4. On voulait qu il se rendit a son\\nregiment. 5. Faudrait-il que je demeurasse aubord de la mer 6. II\\nfaiidrait pour le retablissement de votre sante, que vous vous ren-\\ndissiez en Suisse 1 7. Ne pensez-vous pas que cet enfant ressemble a.\\nsa mere 8. Je ne pense pas qu il lui ressemble. 9. A qui ressemble-\\nt-il 10. II ressemble a sa soeur ainee. 11. Consentiriez-vous que\\nvoire fille epousat cet ivrogne. 12. Voudriez-vous que nous mou\\nrussions de misere? 13. Je eraignais que ces dames ne mourussent\\n[5 127, (3.) L. 72. 9.] de froid. 14. Ne voulez vout. pas tirer sur ce\\nlievre? 15. Je tirerais sur cette becasse si mon fusil etait charge.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0211.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "206 LESSON LXXVI.\\n16. Uombien de coups de fusil voudriez-vous que jc tira?se? 17. Si\\nvous aviez de la poudre, je voudrais que vous tirassicz sur cetto per-\\ndrix. 18. Voulez-vous que je jette un coup d oeil sur cette Icttrel\\n19. Je voudrais que vous la lussiez. 20. Que vouiriez-vous que je\\n21. Je voudrais que vous fissiez attention a ros etudes, 22.\\nFaudrait-il que je so; D i audrait que vous restasaitt a. la\\nmaison. 24. Que voudriez-vous que je 6sse a ce chevai I 25. Je\\nvoudrais que vous lui donnassiez dcs coups de fouet.\\n1-iS.\\n1. What would you have me dol 2. I would have yon cast a\\nglance upon this tetter. 3. Would you wish me to give that dog\\nive that horse Mows\\nwith a whip. 00 require us t return at\\nreturn early. 7. Do you think that your\\nbrother r .1 do not think he resembles my\\nfather. 9. Whom do you think that In- i 10. I think he\\na my mother. 11. How many shots have you fire*\\nhave fired five shots at thai woodcock. 13. Would you not have mo\\nIt. I would have you fire at that pari\\nfor me to\\ndwell 16. It v i to dwell on the\\nme die with hunger? 18. I would not have you\\ndie of hunger. 19. V have your 1 rith cold?\\nhim die with\\nyou have your son do have him learn his lessona, 23.\\nwe him learn l 24. I would have him learn\\nGerman and Spanish. I\\nI\\nIt would be out 29. Would it ho\\n.It would be necessary for you\\nto go to church 1 you to writo\\nto me. 33. Did you wish me to buy a coat half worn out? 3 I\\nyou to buy a good ha.t.\\nLXXVI. l.X XVI.\\n129.)\\nether in French without preposltlona,\\nwhich are in English joined by them. Many others ai\\nFrench by prepositions different from I ng the corres.", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0212.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXVI.\\n207\\nponding verbs in English. No satisfactory general rule3 can be\\ngive: 1 on this point. We have given in the Second Part of this gram-\\nmar 130, 131, 132.] copious lists of the verbs in general use, with the\\nprepositions which follow them, when they come before other verbs.\\nWe have also hitherto noted the prepositions usually placed after the\\nverbs introduced in our lessons.\\n2. The student will recollect, that a verb following another verb\\n(not avoir or tire) or a preposition (not en) must be in the infinitive,\\n3. The following verbs, extracted from the list, 130, although\\nthey, in English, take a preposition before another verb, do not take\\none in French\\nAller, 1. ir. to go\\nCompter, 1. to intend\\nCourir, 2. ir. to run\\nDaigner, 1. to deign\\nDesirer, 1. to desire\\nDevoir, 3. to owe\\nEnvoyer, 1. ir. to send\\nEsperer, 1. to hope\\nFalloir, 3. ir. to be ne-\\ncessary\\nMener, 1. to lead, take\\nPenser. 1. to think\\nPouvoir, 3. ir. to be able\\nSavoir, 3. ir. to know\\nSouhaiter, 1. to wish\\nValoir mieux 3. ir. to be\\nbetter\\nVenir, 2. ir. to come\\nPretendre, 4. to pretend Vouloir, 3. ir. to wish,\\nPreferer, 1. to prefer will.\\nBesume of Examples.\\nComptez-vous diner avec nous 1\\nJe vais diner chez mon pore.\\nNe voulez-vous pas donner a man-\\nger a ce chien 1\\nDesirez vous monter dans ma cham-\\nbre?\\nJe pre fere descendre chez votre pere.\\nDemeurc-t-il en haut ou en bas 7\\nPreferez-vous demeurer au rez-de-\\nchaussce 1\\nJe desire demeurer au premier etage.\\nNous pre ferons louer le second etage.\\nNous esperons louer une chambre\\nau second.\\nDo you intend to dine with us\\nI am going to dine at my father s.\\nWill you not feed that dog\\nDo yoib wish to go up to my room\\nI prefer to go down to your fatlier s.\\nDoes he live above or below\\nDo you prefer to live on the ground\\nfloor?\\nI wish to live in the first story.\\nWe prefer to take the second story.\\nWe hope to rent a room in the second\\nstory.\\nExercise 149.\\nCabinet, m. closet En haut, up stairs, above; Salle, f. parlor\\nCompt-er, 1. to cipher; Eaisan, m. pheasant Touch-er, 1. to touch,\\nDemain, to-morrow Jou-er, 1. to play; play;\\nDejeun-er, 1. to break- Lou-er, 1. to rent, to let Troisieme, third story\\nfast; Pinc-er, 1. to play Violon, m. violin.\\nEn bas, down stairs, 6e-Plaisir, m. favor, plea-\\nlow sure\\n1. Combien de chambres comptez-vous louer? 2. Nous comp-\\ntons louer une salle au rez-de-chaussee et deux cabinets au troisieme.\\n3. Ne preferez-vous pas louer une chambre-a-coucher au second 4.\\nNous preferons demeurer au rez-de-ch ussee. 5. Ne pouvez-vous", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0213.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "208 LE88 0N LXITI.\\nrester a diner avec nous aujourd hui 6. Je vous remercie, je pre-\\nfere vonir domain. 7. M. votre pere viendra-t-il domain dejeuner\\navec nous? 8. II compte venir demain, de bonne heure. 9. Que\\nvoulez-vous leur dire 10. Je veux lcs prier de me faire ce plaitdr.\\n11. Comptez-vous faire ce plaisir a mon frere? l\u00c2\u00b1 J espire le lui\\nfaire. 13. Pr ferez-voua demeurer en haut ouenbas? 14. Nous\\ndemeurer en bas. 15. Que pensez-voua faire de ce jeune\\npenaona I envoyer a M. votre beau-frere, 17.\\nNe savez-vous pas jouer du violon 18. Je Bala en jouer. 10.\\nlit-elle toucher le j Bile b\u00c2\u00bbH toucher\\nle piano etpinoer la harpe. 91. Ne t pas ecrirel 23. None\\na jouer de la guitarel\\nNous Bouhaitona trouver un\\nappartem\\n150.\\nr brother-in4aw intend to rent the ground floor -2\\nHe intend o rooma in the Becond Btory. :t. I low many\\n;r ii intend to take. 4. Ho intends to\\nrooma in prefer to live on the\\nthe ground floor. 7. D\\nfather n inerwithua to-morrow 1 8. He intenda\\nI \u00c2\u00bbi you prefer to live up\\nI prefer to 1 11. D\\n12. She knows how to play\\ni intend to I er)l 14.\\nip to my\\nroom f 16. 1 to your father s. 17. I you wtafa to\\n18. I i*h md floor.\\nr to ataj\\nak1 88.\\nI think of OU wish me to\\nyou wish I your mother? 36. I \\\\n i\\nit to her. r play on the\\nJ8. She i play on the\\nwish to live prefers liu og\\n\\\\V;il you not d I M ill dfl it\\nand dine wiih ih to-\\nday f 31. He I dine with him\\n3.Y Our t rv nd know i .jilier.", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0214.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXVII.\\n209\\nLESSON LXXVII.\\nLEgON LXXVII.\\nGOVERNMENT OF VERBS CONTINUED.\\n1. Many verbs, in French, are joined with other verbs follow. ng,\\nvy means of the preposition de, of, where the corresponding verbs\\nn English either take no preposition, or one other than of. Besides\\navoir besoin, c. [L. 21. R. 4.], the following verbs extracted from\\nlist, 5 132, belong to this class\\nDispenser, to dispense Negliger, to neglect\\nErnpecher. to prevent Prier, to beg\\nEviter, to avoid Promettre, to promise\\nSe flatter, to flatter one s Proposer, to propose\\nself Refuser, to refuse\\nJurer, to swear Supplier, to entreat\\nManquer, to fail Trembler, to tremble\\nMenacer, to threaten\\nAchever, to finish\\nBruler, to burn, to long\\nCesser, to cease\\nCommander, to com-\\nmand\\nConseiller, to advise\\nDefendre, to forbid\\nDire, iu say\\nResume of Examples.\\nPourquoi n achevez-vous pas d ap-\\nprendre ce metier\\nNous brulons de contimier nos etu-\\ndes.\\nII ne cesse de nous tourmenter.\\nMe defendez-vous de faire du bien\\na cet homme 1\\nNe negligez pas de lui faire une\\nvisite.\\nMe promettez-vous de faire une\\nvisite a mon ami 1\\nJe vous prie d aller tout droit chez\\nvous.\\nJe vous conseille de venir par le\\nchemin-de-fer.\\nNe manquez pas de lui faire mes\\ncompliments.\\nL avez-vous menace de le frapper 1\\nJ ai refuse de lui faire credit.\\nMe proposez-vous de lui confler cet\\nargent\\nJe vous conseille de le lui confler.\\nJ evite de lui reprocher ses fautes.\\nWhy do you not finish learning that\\ntrade?\\nWe burn to continue our studies.\\nHe does not cease tormenting us.\\nDo you forbid my doing good to that\\nman?\\nDo not neglect paying him a visit.\\nDo you promise me to pay a visit to\\nmy friend?\\nI beg you will go straight Iwme.\\nI advise you to come by the railroad.\\nDo not fail to present my compli-\\nments to Mm.\\nHave you threatened to strike him\\nI refused to give him credit.\\nDo you propose to me to trust Mm\\nwith this money\\nI advise you to trust Mm with it.\\nI avoid to reproach him with his\\nfaults.\\nExercise 151.\\nA rros-er, 1. to water Gard-er, 1. to keep Tout droit, straight\\nArrosoir, m.watering-pot; Jardinier, m. gardener Rend-re, 4. to do, to ren-\\nAu contraire, on the Lendemain, m. next der\\ncontrary; day; Veille, f. eve, day before;\\nCorrig-er, 1. to correct Oubli-er, 1. to forget; Voie, f. conveyance, way,\\nFaire part, to communi- Se rend-re, 4. ref. to or mode of travelling.\\ncote repair", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0215.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "210 LESSON L XXVI I.\\n1. Pourquoi ne eessez-vous pas dc lire? 2. Jamais tort de cesser\\nde lire avant de savoir ma lecon. 3. Avez-vous defeodu a votre\\njardinier a arroser ees Hours 4. Au contraire, je lui avais com-\\nmande de lea arroser. 5. Pourquoi a-t-il neglige de is faire 6.\\nParcequ il a oublie d*apporter l arrosoir. 7. Que desire fain M. F.\\n8. 11 brole de container L etude de la medecine. 0. N avez-voua pas\\ntort de faire des visiles a ce monsieur? 10. J aurais tort de\\ngliger. 11. I fuse de rendre ce service a. votre en-\\nnemi 12. Faurais eu I de le lui rendre, 13. Quelle\\n?0 ien de prendre? 14. Je vous ai conseille\\nde prendre la voie du 1 I menace de\\nr cet enfant? 16. Je I ai mei it. Avez-\\ndevendre dee marchandises a mon frere 18. J ai re-\\nrediL 19. Avez-vous dit a mon Blade M\\nren d r 20. Je I ai] d y aller tont droit 21. Vous\\nrenirla veille ia nous prop\\nair le lendemain. 28. Votre compagnon ae propoae-tril de\\nde faire part de cela a tout lo\\nmonde.\\n162.\\nl. II. .v yn i forbidden mj cousin I nei I 2. 1\\n.I,, him. 3. Has your mother ordered\\nlered him to\\nneglected to\\ne will yon take to\\ngo to P 1 N u\\ntold h: vt I 1 1\\nI. It your brother\\nbrother-in-law! 12. Hi\\ni ;h:il letter?\\nDo you propose lo trust\\nhim with tfa 1 llim wil1 1)c\\nhim with hi- I [avoid to rejvoMh\\nhim with them, i\\nLehim. 21.\\nplime\\ndo you\\nardener 80. I have not fcilod to pay", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0216.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXVIi:\\n211\\nliu. 31. I have forgotten to pay you. 32. Do not neglect to write\\nto me. 33. Tell him to go to my father. 34. Do not cease to work.\\n35. Tell him to come Christmas Eve. 36. I have told him to come\\nhe dav after.\\nLESSON LXXVIH. LEQON LXXVIH.\\nGOVERNMENT OF VERBS CONTINUED.\\n1. Many French verbs reach their object by means of prepositions,\\nwhile the corresponding English verbs govern their object directly,\\nthat is, without intervening prepositions. Other French verbs reach\\ntheir object through prepositions different from those used in English.\\nWe give here a few verbs coming under those two classes, commen-\\ncing with the first\\n2. Verbs which have a preposition before a noun,, in French, but\\nhave none in English\\nAbuser de, to abuse Jouir de, to enjoy Plaire a, to please\\nS approcher de, to ap- Manquer a, to offend, to Se souvenir de, to re~\\nproach fail member\\nConvenir a, to suit Medire de, to slander Se servir de, to use\\nDeplaire a, to displease Se mefierde, to mistrust Ressembler a, to resem-\\nDesobeir a, to disobey Obeir a, to obey ble\\nDouter de, to doubt Pardonner a, to forgive Survivre a. to survive\\nEchapper a, to escape\\n3. Verbs reaching their object through different prepositions in the\\ntwo languages.\\nS affliger de, to grieve for Louer de, to praise for Remercier de, to thank\\nFeliciter de, txfeongrat- Profiter de, to profit by for\\nulaie Penser a. to think of Pure de, to laugh at\\nGemir de, to grieve for Se passer de, to do with- Rougir de, to blush ct\\nS informer de, to inquire out Songer a, to think of\\nabout\\nResume of Examples.\\nN aves-vous pas abuse de notre pa-\\ntience 1\\nNous en avons abuse.\\nVous avez desobei a vos parents.\\nVous pardonnerez a vos ennemis.\\nVous penserez constamment a vos\\ndevoirs.\\nVous y penserez constamment.\\nNe riez-vous pas de nos erreurs 1\\nNous n en rions point.\\nNe ressemble-t-il pas a son pere 1\\nHave you not abused our patience?\\nWe have abused it.\\nYou have disobeyed your parents.\\nYou will forgive your enemie?.\\nYon will think constantly of ymw\\nduties-.\\nYou will think of them constantly.\\nDo not laugh at our mistakes.\\nWe do not laugh at them.\\nDoes he not resemble Ms father", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0217.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "212 LESSON LXXVIII.\\nExercise 153.\\nArrangement, m. or- Cceur. m. J S e P uf\\nclU; Devoir, m..dut 9 Now ;clto, f. mn i\\nCirconstancc, f. zircxim- Faute. f. fault Pointre, m. jwm^-\\n8 informer, 1. ref to in- Procbain, m.\\n\u00c2\u00abd; S SelHer,\\ndheur, in. vusfor- Buocas, m. n\\n{MHfi\\nI. Cot arrangement voua convient-il 2. 11 ne meconnent pas,\\nmt a aotre parent. 3. Cola ne deplait-il pas au peintre 1\\nIni J plait beaucoup. 5. No craignes-vous pas\\nience de votre ami? 6. Je crains d en abuser. 7.\\n,.us jamais a 8. J\\\\ pons,- loua lea jours.\\nre aujourd hui? 10. Pai pense a lui,\\n^jg n. A-t-il eu Boin de son pare,\\net Ini a-t-il obei? 12. 11 luiul.it constamment 13. Ne lui a-t-il\\ni i. II lui a desobei plusieurs Fois, maia il gemit de\\nleur complaisance! 16.\\n,ut mon creur. 17. Le Bellier voua a-t-il\\nis. li m en a felicite. 19. N^vea-voua\\nre malheurl nouaneriona\\nooa pas dee\\nJe ne m en aouviena pins.\\nfendu de medire de votre pro.\\nft defcnda aoua aommoe informea da\\n154.\\nHay* v,.i not abused your friend s kindness? 2. I have Mt\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0a. Does n..t your\\n.nducl does nol please\\nthem. r Why haa you not obeyed your father 1 6. Ihaveobeyed\\nhim iluih 7. Have you i ol Ian fhed al\\nn i onr mistakea. 9. Has the young man lau|\\n1 al his in\\nII. H nes! 13. Ha\\nt bis misforl i ea. 13 Do you aver laugh at tho\\nmis.\\nrot yea.\\nqoI remem 17. ia1 young lady\\nbat motharl 18. She does not l e aa s abl a hr", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0218.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXIX. 213\\n19. Have you thanked ycur friend for his kindness? 20. I have\\nthanked him for it. 21. Has your mother forbidden you to read\\nthat book? 22. She has forbidden it (me Ta). 23. Why do you\\nnot forgive your enemies? 24. I forgive them with all my heart.\\n25. Bo you not think of your duties 26. I think of them (y) every\\nday. 27. Have you congratulated your friend 28. I have congratu-\\nlated him on his success. 29. Have you not slandered those gen\\ntlemcn? 30. I never slander my neighbor. 31. Does that house\\nsuit you 32. It suits me, but it does not suit my father. 33.\\nDoes that house suit the painter 34. It suits him very well, but it\\nis too small for me. 35. My father has forbidden my speaking to\\nthat gentleman.\\nLESSON LXXIX. LEgON LXXIX.\\nREGIMEN OP ADJECTIVES. (5 87.)\\n1. The regimen or complement of an adjective is generally a\\nnoun or a verb completing its signification. This regimen is usually\\nconnected with the adjective, by means of a preposition.\\n2. That preposition is often different in French from that connecting\\nthe corresponding English adjective with its regimen 87, (1.) (3.)].\\n3. When an adjective follows the verb etre, used unipersonally,\\nthe preposition de connects that adjective with its regimen 87,\\n(4-)]\\nII est necessaire de travailler pour It is necessary to labor in order to\\nvivre. live.\\n4. The following adjectives, extracted from lists, 88, 89, 90, reach\\ntheir regimen through prepositions, different in French and Eng\\nlish:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nAmoureux de, in love Mecontent de, displeased Propre a, fit for\\nwith with Rebel] e a, rebellious toio-\\nCheri de, beloved by Reconnaissant de, grate- ards\\nContent de, pleased luith ful for Bon pour, kind towards\\nDesole de, grieved for Rempli de, filled with Insolent avec, insolent\\nFache de, sorry for Bon a, good for towards\\nInquietde, w?ieas?/ about Cruel a, cruel towards Poli envers, polite to\\nIvre de, intoxicated with Exact a, exact in\\nResume of Examples.\\nN 6tes-vous pas content de vos pr\\ngres 1\\nJ en eais fort content.\\nVotre domestique est-il exact\\nremplir ses devoirs 1 j his duties?\\nAre you not pleased with your pro*\\ngress\\nI am very much pleased with it.\\nIs your servant exact in fulfilling", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0219.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "214\\nLESSON LXXIX.\\nAvez-vous rcmpli dc vin cctte boa-\\nteille 1\\nAvez-vous rempli d argeut votrc\\nbe v.\\nJe I en ai rempfie.\\nII est trfes facile de blamor les ac-\\ntion* d autrui.\\nlorienx de moarir\\npatrio.\\nII ot plus agrtable do voyager en\\ni en liiver.\\nHave you filled that bottle iritnitine^\\nfilled your purse icilA\\nI have filled it irith it.\\nto blame L ^e actions\\none s e o u mtif\\nI! is more agreeable to travel in sum-\\nmer than in winter.\\n153.\\nAbatt-re, 4. ir. to cut Bois-a-brQler, in. ^re-Nettoy-er, 1. 1\\nPeople, in.\\nchase; Chi Pommier, m. ap pl e t rm j\\nI to pull Encie. f. ink Prunicr. in plum\\nFein!; l;\\nBci\\nLiberie, f. liberty; Tonnean, cask.\\nt de la gloire\\n2. II en t-iaii amoureux. 8. Ce r..i n e tait-il pas chferi d\\npeuplel -i. 11 en 6tai1 ohen. 5. C its ne Bont-ila pas\\nQta. 7. Yctes-\\nr S. J\\\\n ulna\\nampli ce tonneaa\\n10. II l a rempli de vin, 11. mplii cette\\nBill BSl drj. l\\nr I ait ahattre\\ncar ila n taierU km ft\\nW. IT. K-t-il possible\\n18. ll eel j ible de le fmdre.\\n19. i.\\n81, D 32. l ai reinplie\\nirolerl\\n24, i; is pas reeoniu\\ndes sir\\nI that I hare teal my pi r H tint\\n.ry to\\nr fire- wood\\ntawed. 7. Your garden is tou small, is it not necessary to have eome", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0220.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXX. 215\\nplum-trees pulled out 8. It is necessary to have some plum-treea\\ncut down. 9. Have you filled your friend s purse with silver? 10. I\\nhave filled it with gold. 11. Are all your bottles filled with -vine?\\n12. Thpy arc all filled with ink. 13. Are you sorry to have filled\\nyour bottles with ink 14. I am glad to have filled them with ink,\\nfor I want ink. 15. Are you pleased with this book? 16. I am\\npleased with it. 17. Is that land good for any thing 18. It is good\\nfor nothing. 19. Is that lady beloved by her children? 20. She is\\nbeloved by her friends and by her children. 21. Are you grateful\\nfor those services 22. I am grateful for them. 23. Is it not possi-\\nble to split that piece of wood? 24. It is not possible to split it.\\n25. Is it agreeable to travel in winter 26. It is not so agreeable to\\ntravel in winter as in summer. 27. It is easy to blame others.\\n28. Is it not glorious to die for one s country 29. It is glorious to\\nlive and to die for one s country. 30. Have you filled the inkstand\\n(encrier) with it? 31. I have filled it with it. 32. Would it not be\\nnecessary to pull up ail those trees 33. It would not be necessary\\nto pull them all up, for my garden is very large. 34. Henry the\\nfourth (quatre) was beloved by his people.\\nLESSON LXXX. LEgON LXXX.\\nGOVERNMENT OF PREPOSITIONS, ETC.\\n(5 139.)\\n1. Some prepositions govern the nouns which follow them, without\\nthe aid of other prepositions. Avant, before (at an earlier period),\\n142, (1.)] devant, before (opposite place), 142, (1.)] derriere,\\nbehind; chez, at the house of; concernant, touching excepte, except;\\noutre, besides selon, according to voici, here is voila., there is, etc\\n139, (1.)].\\n2. Others, being rather prepositional phrases, govern their objeci\\nby means of the preposition de hors de, out of; loin de, far from,\\na flour de, even with a force de, by dint of; a l egard de, with regard\\nto a l insu de, without the knowledge of, unknown to a raison de, at\\n(he rale of; au dega de, this way of; au dela de, thai way of 139,\\n2.].\\n3. Others take a quant a, as far jusqu a, as far as, etc. 139, 3.].\\n4. Two or more verbs, adjectives, or prepositions may in French\\nnave a regimen in common, provided they govern in the same manner\\nor case 92, (1.) (2.) J 140, and 133.]", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0221.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "216 LESSON LUX.\\nNous aimons et nous louons nos Wc love and praise our children.\\nenfants.\\nCe jardin est utile et agreable a That garden is useful and agrcecM*\\nnotrepere. to our father.\\nAu dedans ou au dehors du roy- Withtn or without the kingdom.\\nauuie.\\n5. When, however, two or more verbs, adjectives or prepositions\\ncoming together in the same sentence, do not govern their regimen\\nn the same manner, they cannot have a regimen in common. The\\nregimen must be repealed, or replaced by a pronoun, or another turn\\nmust be given to the sentence. The following sentences could not,\\nfore, be translated literally into French\\nThat man is useful to and loved by his famUf\u00e2\u0080\u0094I writt to and\\nletters from my brothers\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To be exposed f from the rain. We\\nmust say\\nCet homme fimily, and\\naim6.\\ni and re-\\nlui\\nto the rain, or to bt\\nbit k\\ncpose and a l abri, take dif-\\nferent\\nU LES.\\ns arrives avant la ba- I\u00c2\u00bb hattlf.\\n51/ or/ore\\nim-i.\\n\\\\i mil sons la chaise ou des-\\ncrc notre mai-\\nthem upon the table 1\\nI hit re t mk or\\nIk hi nd our home.\\nune chambre ro f m\\nJront of the house.\\nson. i\\nfcl rencontres derrisre I i.-hmd your garden.\\nVous area achett oette tern- a I\\n1 Inso ill- v. i\\nJ ai i avc ce janlinier a raisou de\\nd franca par jour.\\nyour father.\\nj n xer ai the robe of two\\nfrancs per day.\\nBuutuui L57.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2e. f. plate; vn kr und\\nre, m. back\\nDedans, insuie, unthin DOT Dwsoa, above, upon U", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0222.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXX 217\\nS enrich-ir. 2. to become Hors, out Pomme-de-terre, f. po-\\nrick; Plat, m. dish tato;\\nHectolitre, m 100 litres; Sur, upon, aboiit.\\n1. N ave z-vous pas ferme la porte de devant? 2. Nous l avona\\nfermee, roais nous n avons pas ferme la porte de derriere. 3. Qui\\nest arrive avant moi? 4. Le monsieur qui est assis de vant la fen\u00c2\u00a3tre.\\n6. Qui demeure derriere votre maison 6. II n y a point do maison\\nderriere la notre. 7. Ne pensez-vous pas qu a force de travailler, il\\ne enriehira?, 8. Je ne crois pas qu il s enriehisse, s il vend ses mar-\\nchandises a si bon marche. 9. Apprend-il la musique a. Tinsu de ses\\nparents? 10. II l apprend a leur insu. 11. Vous etes vous marie\\na l insu de votre soeur? 12. Je me suis marie a son insu. 13.\\nNotre ami n est pas dans la maison, il est dehors. 14. II n est pas\\nhors de la ville, il est dedans. 15. Avez-vous de l argent sur vous.\\n16. Je n ai pas d argent sur moi. 17. Demeurez-vous sur le der-\\nriere on sur le devant de la maison? 18. Nous demeurons sur le de-\\nvant. 19. La euisiniere a-t-elle mis les assiettes sur la table ou\\ndessous 20. Elies a mis les assiettes, les plats, les cuilleres et les\\nfourchettes sui la table. 21. Combien ces po tnmes-de-terre vous\\ncoutent-elles 22. Je les ai achetees a raison de cinq francs l hecto-\\nlitre. 23. Avez vous fait reparer le dedans ou le dehors de la mai-\\nson 24. J ai fait reparer l interieur et l exterieur.\\nExercise 158.\\n1. Have you bought that house without your father s knowledge?\\n2. I have bought it without his knowledge. 3. Have you forgotten\\nto shut the front door 4, I have shut the front door and the back\\ndoor. 5. I have brought all my books except two or three. 6. Does\\nyour brother occupy the front of your house 7. He occupies the\\nback. 8. Whom have you met behind that house 9. I met nobody\\nbehind the house. 10. Does that gentleman live behind your house\\n11. Nobody lives behind our house. 12. There is no house behind\\nyours. 13. Have you a knife about you 14. I have no knife about\\nme. 15. Do you carry a knife about you? 16. I never cairy a\\nknife about me. 17. Has not your brother money about him 18.\\nHe has no money about him. 19. Will you put these pencils upon\\nthe table, or under it? 20. I will put them in the drawer (tiroir).\\n21. How much have you given for that wheat? 22. I bought it at\\nthe rate of twenty-five francs the hectolitre. 23. Is that 1 ady s house\\nout of the city 24. It is not out of the city it is within. 25. Has\\nnot your sister placed the plates upon the table 26. She has put\\nthe plates upon the table, and the spoons under it. 27. Have you\\n10", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0223.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "218 LISBON LXXX1.\\nhad your house repaired 28. I have had the inside repaired, but\\nnot the outside. 29. How much does that silk cost you 30. 1\\nhave bought it at the rate of rive francs the metre. 31. Did you\\nmarry without your fathers knowledge? 32. I married without his\\nknowledge. 33. Have you sold my books without my knowledge!\\n34. I sold them without your knowledge. 35. I sold them without\\nmy sister s knowledge.\\nLESSON LXXXI.\\nTHi: DEMONSTRATIVE PROXOl N, OH. 108.)\\n1. The pronoun ce answers to the English pronoun it, used before\\nthe verb to be, in such sentences as, it is 1, it is thou, c. The latter\\npronouns thou, C.) are rendered byoioi,toi, lui, die, nous, vous,\\neux, in., dies, f The veil, remains in the singular, except when tho\\npronoun following it is in the third person plural; in which ease it\\nBay I nut in the plural or in the singular 1 10, (2.)]. If the\\npronoun is followed by gut, the verb is better in the plural, and, if\\nfollowed by que, in the singular\\nC c- He. tl I it it he, it is she.\\nqui arlcnt. fpcak.\\n1\\n2. If thfl relative pronoun qui and another verb follow lire, thia\\nsecond verb mu-t agfM in number and jktsou with the pronoun\\nqui vo7. f.i that.\\nC est nous qui avona dechire cetto Jt is ice icho hare torn thai silk.\\nBoie.\\n3. Ce also renders the English pronoun it, used absolutely, but\\nnot unipersonallv before the verb to be 108, (5.)]\\nCo fut en AUuuin.Tio qnH trouva I nuny that he found \\\\u\\nsou ami.\\n4. Celui qui, celle qui, ceux qui, in., celkfl qui, f, arc equivalent t(\\nthe English pronouns, Ac who, she who, they who\u00e2\u0080\u0094 celui que, cclie que\\nceux que, cellos que, render he whom,\\nCelui ou cello qui chante. He or she vho sings.\\n:i LES.\\nEst-cc vous qui nous avea averti do I Is il you v\\\\o have vunuil us of this 7\\ncelal", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0224.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "lesso:\\n219\\nC est nous qui vous en avons averti.\\nEst-ce vous, mesdames, que nous\\navons rouconti ces\\nCo n est pas nous, c est eux que\\nvous avez vus.\\nCe n est pas vous, ce sont eux qui\\nont fait cela.\\nC est en Angle terre que jc vous ai\\nvu.\\nConnaisscz-vous ces deux Portu-\\ngais?\\nJe connais celui qui parle a M. L.\\nIt is vie who havt warned yon of it.\\nIs it you, ladies, whom we have met?\\nIt is not we; it is they whom yon have\\nseen.\\nIt is not you; it is they who have doix\\nthat.\\nIt is in England that I saw you,\\nDo you knoio those two Portuguese\\nI know him who speaks to Mr. L.\\nExercise 159.\\nConnaissance, f. acquain-De temps en temps,/ /-OT7\u00c2\u00bb\\nlance; time to lime;\\nExpl iqu-er, 1 to explain No- number\\nGuerre, f. war; Phrase, f. sentence;\\nDe-jour cn-jour,/fo??i te7/Prclud-cr, 1. to prelude,\\nto day;\\nAppel-er, 1. to call;\\nA-toute-force, by all\\nmeans\\nAvert-ir, 1. to warn;\\nBlessure, f. wound;\\nCoinbl-er, 1. to over-\\nViliclm\\n1. Est-ce vous, Madame, qui avez appele votre domestique 2. Ce\\nn est pas moi qui l ai appele. 3. Est-ce vous mon ami qui voulez\\na toute force aller en Espagne 4. Ce n est pas moi, c est mon cousin.\\n5. N est-ce pas lui qui a averti ce matelot de son danger 6. Ce n est\\npas lui, c est moi qui Ten ai averti. 7. Est-ce nous que vous atten-\\ndez de jour en jour? 8. Ce n est pas vous, c est eux que j attends.\\n9. Est-ce vous, Madame, qui nous avez comblees debienfaits? 10.\\nCe n est pas moi, Madame. 11. N est-ce pas en Italie que vous avez\\nfait connaissance avec lui 12. Ce n est pas en Italie c est en Russie.\\n13. Est-ce vous, Mesdames, ou vos cousines que nous avons vues au\\nbal? 14. C est nous, ce n est pas nos cousines que vous avez vues,\\n15. Ne connaissez-vous pas ces deux messieurs? 16. Je connais celui\\nqui parle a Madame L. 17. Est-ce vous qui avez recu une blessure\\na. la guerre? 18. Ce n est pas moi, c est mon voisin. 19. N est-ce\\npas vous qui nous avez explique cette phrase? 20. Est-ce vous, Mon-\\nsieur, qui demeurez au N\u00c2\u00b0- 18? 21. Ce n est pas moi qui y demeure.\\n22. Entendez-vous ces musiciens? 23. J entends celui qui chante.\\n24. Je n enteuds pas bien celui qui joue. 25. Nous entendons ceux\\nqui preludent.\\nExercise 160.\\n1. Is it you, my friend, who have warned me of ray danger? 2. It\\nis not I who have warned you of it. 3. Is it they whom you expect\\nfrom day to day? 4. It J3 not they whom we expect. 5. Is it you\\nwho have done this? 6. It is not wo it is you who have done it", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0225.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "\u00e2\u0080\u00a2220 LESSON LXXXII.\\n7. Was it in England that you bought this hat 8. It was not in\\nEngland; it was in Germany- 9. Was it not in Russia that you be-\\ncame acquainted with him? 10. It was not in Russia; it was in\\nItaly. 11. Was it you who were calling us? 12. It was not we; it\\nwas he. 13. Are you not acquainted with the two Poles who are\\nreading 14. I know the one who is near you. 15. Is that (esl-ce ii)\\nthe lady whom you expected? 16. It is not (she). 17. Is .t you,\\ngentlemen, who have loaded my brother with kindness? 18. It is not\\nwe have not the pleasure of knowing him. 19. Js it you\\nwho have been wounded in the (au) arm 20. It is not (1). 21. Do\\nyou not hear those two ladies? 22. I do nol bear the one who sings.\\n23. I hear the one who plays, 2t. Was it you who came to our\\nhouse this morning 1 36. It waa not 1 1 was in London then (alors).\\nSir. who did us that favor. 27. It was not (I); it\\n28. Was ii your son who wished by all means to go\\nlonl 29. It was not he lie i now in Germany. 30. 1- it you\\n31. We have written no letter. I\\n33. 1 live there vu,i). 34. Is it we whom\\nyou have seen? 35. It was not you whom I saw.\\nLEBSOH l-xxxii. LBgON :.xxxn.\\nThe ptVBOOna and not the pronouns must be\\nu \u00e2\u0080\u009e.,l r before the verb CO whoa that verb ia\\nBd Mil.siantivrly,\\nof 0*9 understood, or by or itm m\\nben the word need in apposition with as m plural,\\nand in the third pOMon, the verb IS put in the plural, although ce re-\\nB J:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nr i-\\nBe dame qui m a pari* dV I ic mrofytm.\\ni as the nominative of the verb tre. iu sentences li.e\\nwing, and the conjunction que i- need idiomatically after \\\\L\\nThe verh in I l \u00c2\u00bbt P ,,lr:i1 :_\\nQu .-t-c-. m H ren?\\nyuV.st-.-.-.|ii.- I ll I\\nce-que lojard H rntng?\\n3. Que is aaed idiomatically in nnmber \u00c2\u00bbf sentence*. In tht\\nfollowing it ghrea greater force to the expression:\\n,ie bona Uvrea qut lea vol I \u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Ijooki.\\nit dia que oui je crois que uon. I y yes I belter* net", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0226.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "LESS ON LXXXII. 221\\nResume of Examples.\\nQui sont ces m essieurs qui parlent\\na. M.L.I\\nCe sont mes cousins, qui viennent\\nd arriver.\\nDe quel pays sont ces marchands 1\\nCe sont des Polonais ils viennent\\nd arriver.\\nIls ne sont pas polonais; us sont\\nrusses.\\nCe ne sont pas des Polonais ce sont\\ndes Russes.\\nQu e st-ce que la Touraine 1\\nC est le jardin de la France.\\nVotre fenetre ne donne-t-elle pas\\nsur la rue 1\\nNon, c est sur la cour qu elle donne.\\nJe crois que oui je crois que non.\\nWho are the gentlemen whi speak to\\nMr. L.\\nThey are my cousins, who are just\\narrived.\\nOf what country are those mo chants?\\nThey are Poles; they are just ar-\\nrived.\\nTliey are not Poles they are Rus-\\nsians.\\nThey are not Poles they are Rus-\\nsians.\\nWhat is Touraine?\\nIt is the garden of France.\\nDoes not your window look on the\\nstreet\\nNo, it looks on the yard.\\nI believe w believe not.\\nExercise 161.\\nBris-er, 1. to break; Etranger, e, foreign; Soieries, f. p. silk stuffs;\\nCharron, m. wheehorighi; Fenetre, f. window; Sucre, m. sugar\\nConfitures, f. p. pre- Lyon, Dyons; Suisse, Swiss;\\nserves Mouchoir, m. handker- Surprend-re, 4. ir. to\\nDonn-er, 1. to give, look; chief; catch, surprise\\nEcossais, e, Scotch Roue, f. wheel Vol-er, 1, to steal.\\n1. Connaissez-vous ces etrangers? 2. Oui, Monsieur, ce sont les\\nfreres de notre voisin. 3. Ne sont-il pas ecossais 4. Non, Mon-\\nsieur, ils sont suisses. 5. Ne sont-ce point des Ecossais qui vous\\nont fait present de cette casquette 6. Non, Monsieur, ce sont des\\nSuisses. 7. N est-ce pas votre domestique qui vous a vole du vin\\n8. Ce n est pas lui, c est son frere. 9. N est-ce pas lui qui a pris vos\\nconfitures? 10. Ce n est pas lui; ce sont ses enfants. 11. Ne\\nsont-ce pas la. les enfants que vous avez surpris a voler votre sucre\\n12. Ce sont leurs freres.. 13. Ne sont-ils pas cousins 14. Ils ne\\nsont pas cousins; ils sont freres. 15. Qu est-ce-que ces soieries?\\n16. Ce sont des marchandises qu on vient de nous envoyer. 17.\\nN est-ce pas une belle ville que Lyon? 18. C est une grande et\\nclle ville. 19. N est-ce pas la le mouchoir que vous avez perdu?\\n20. Je crois que oui. 21. N est-ce pas sur le jardin que donnent vcs\\nfenetres 22. Oui, Monsieur, c est sur le jardin qu elles donnent.\\n23. N est-ce pas notre charron qui a fait cette roue 24. Ce n est\\npas lui qui l a faite. 25. Ce sont nos amis qui l ont brisee et c est\\nle menuisier qui l a faite.\\nExercise 162.\\n1. Is that lady your friend s sister? 2. No, Sir, she is a btranger\\n8. Who are the two gentlemen who are speaking to your sister 4.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0227.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "222 LESSON L X X X I 1 1.\\nThey :ire Swiss gentlemen. 5. Are those the gentlemen whom vou\\nhave invited? j. It is they (eux). 7. Do you not knew that man 1\\n8. I know him very well; he is the man who has stolen my wine.\\n9. What is Italy? 10. It is the garden of Europe. 11. Is not that\\nthe letter which you intended to carry to the post-o .hce 12. No,\\nSir, it is another. 13. Is the city of Havre line? 14. Ves, Sir\\nHavre is truly a large and beautiful citv. 15. Is not that the ma\\nwhom you have caught stealing your fruit? 1G. It is not, it is an\\nother. 17. Is not this the cap that you have bought? 18. Vcs, Sir. I\\nbelieve so. 19. Do not the windows of your room look on the street?\\n20. No, Madam, they look on the garden. 21. Do not the windows of\\nyour dining-room look on the yard (eour) 22. No, Sir, they look\\non the lake (lac). 23. Is it that litli child who has taken your pre-\\nserve 2-1. It is his brother or his sister. 25. What are those en-\\ngravings? 2 They are engravings which I bought in Germany.\\n27. Arc thOM gentlemen Scotch? 2S. They arc not Scotch; they\\nare IlalLn. 29. Are those ladies Scotch? 30. No; they are the\\nItalian ladies who came yesterday. 31. What is Marseille? 32. It\\nis one of tin- finest cities in lr) France. 33. Is it not yum tailor\\nwho made that coat? 34. It is not he; it is an English tailor who\\nmade it. 35. It is your friend who broke my watch.\\n5SOH I.XXXIH. LEgON LXXXIII.\\n1. In French, as in other languages, y, lien a verb has two subjects\\nin the singular, it is generally put in the plural 114, (2.)]:\\nuncle and aunt are arrived.\\n2. When a verb has two or more subjects of diU erent persona, it\\nis put in the plural, and assumes the termination of the lirst person\\nrathe! than that of the second r third, and the termination of the\\nsecond in preference to that of the third\\nV..r.sit mol irons domain a la chaasc. Ymt ami I mil go hunting te^mrrew,\\nVuus et lui ircz domain 1 b-swmtsr.\\nwritten Hud\\nCcttO lcltre.\\n3. The above examples will show, that, when a verb has\\nI, sil of them pronouns, or partly pronouns and partly nouns,\\nthe words moi, toi, lui, eux, are used instead ofje, to, il, lis. A pro-\\nnoun recapitulating the other-, may, as in the last example, be placed\\nimmediately before the verb 33, (10.) (11.)].", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0228.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "LESSON L XXXI 1 1.\\n223\\n4 For further rules on this subject, see 114 and 115, and also\\nHjj next lesson.\\n5. Gener corresponds in signification to the English to trouble, to\\nincommode, to disturb, to be in the way, and to hurt (in speaking of\\nshoes and garments), Se gener means to constrain, or trouble onJs\\nself:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nEst-ce-que je vous gene 1 Am I in your way?\\nResume of Examples.\\nOil irez-vous, votre frere et vous 1\\nLui et moi irons en Angleterre.\\nVous, elle et lui, vous aclietorez du\\nble.\\nEux et moi, nous sommcs fait mal\\na la tote.\\nVous et lui. vous devriez vous pre-\\nter aux cireonstances (se preter).\\nLui et moi, vous generous sans\\ndoute.\\nMa cousine et moi, nous craignons\\nde vous gener.\\nJe ne me gene jamais chez nes\\namis.\\nNe vous genez pas mettez-vous a\\nvotre aise.\\nNous n airuons pas a gener les au-\\ntres.\\nNous n aimons pas a. nous gener.\\nWliere will you go, your brother and\\nyou\\nHe and I will go to England.\\nYou, she and he will buy\\nThey and I have hurt our heads.\\nYou and he should adapt yourselves\\nto circumstances.\\nHe and I will without doubt incom^\\nmode you.\\nMy cousin and I fear to be in your\\nway.\\nI am never under constraint with my\\nfriends.\\nBe under no constraint place your-\\nself comfortably.\\nWe do not like to incommode others.\\nWe do not like to incommode our-\\nExercise 103.\\nA perte, at a loss; Nullcment, by no means; Prodigue, prodigal, lav-\\nA profit, with a profit Pardon, excuse me ish\\nBras, arm; Persist-er, 1. to persist Societe, f. company, so-\\nDerang-er, 1. to disturb; Place, f. room ciety\\nEconome, economical; Tous deux, both.\\n1. Si nous restions plus longtemps ici, nous craindrions de vous\\ngener. 2. Vous ne nous genez nullement votre societe nous est\\ntris agreable. 3. N avez-vous pas ete trop prodigues, vous et votre\\nfike? 4 Lui et moi aii contraire, nous avons ete tres economes.\\n5. N avez-vous pas tort de gener ce monsieur? 6. Nous n avons\\nnullement envie de le gener. 7. Est-ce-que mon bras vous gene,\\nMonsieur? 8. Non, Monsieur; nous avons assez de place, vous ne\\nme genez pas. 9. Ne devriez-vous pas vous preter aux circon-\\nBtances 10. Nous faisons, elle et moi, notre possible pour nous y\\npreter. 11. Ce jeune homme persiste-t-il dans sa resolution 7 12.\\nNous y persistons, lui et moi. 13. Persistez-vous tous deux a res.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0229.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "\u00e2\u0096\u00a02- i LESS O N LXX X I V.\\nier ici 14. Nous y persistans tous deux. 15. Cet homme est-i\\ngene dans ses affaires {uncomfortably silua eJ, badly off) 16. X.\\nBtait gene dans ses affaires il y a un an. 17. Ne vous gonez pas.\\nMonsieur. 18. Je ne me gvna jamais, Monsieur. 19. Est-ce-quo\\nmon frere vous derange 20. Non, Monsieur, il ne me derange pas.\\n21. Je ne voudrais pas vous deranger. 22. Pardon, si je vous de-\\nrange. 23. Vous et voire associe avez vendu vos mareliandises a\\nt moi nous vendons toujours a profit. 25. Votre\\nrotre frere et moi nous avons aehete des mareliandises.\\n104.\\nI. Di we incommode you, my brother and I. 2. No, Sir; you\\ndo not incommod .1 to Bee you. 3. Are you not\\nafraid to disturb your friend 4. We are afraid to disturb him; lie\\nur way, Sir 6. .No, Sir your\\n1. Will yon and your brother go to Ger-\\ni there, he and I. 9. lie. you\\nshould write .10. Should you not, you and your\\nnces 1 1. We should do so,\\nif it 13. You do\\nJ my little boy disturb\\nnrba nobody. 17.\\nBe never sells at\\nil at a profit, 90. Do you persj\\ni r r. ralution.\\nBe under do\\ni i\\\\ wrong to in-\\nitend to Incommode tWo, M. Wo\\nI out of the\\nI will, perha]\\nv Sir wi Do I dia*orb\\n1 disturb your ffetherl\\ndisturb no i use me, Sir, If I iitiurb\\nmi. Sir j I uoure\\nou, that your inieal.\\n.;v.\\nI. Wbe boojm eted by\\nme way\\nla, or the l", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0230.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "LESSON L X X X 1 V.\\n225\\nSon amour, sa tendresse pour ses His love, his tenderness for his chiir\\nenfants est connue de tout le dren, are known to every bcdy.\\nmonde.\\nVos amis, vos parents, Dieu vous Your friends, your relatives, God\\nrecompensera. will reward you.\\n2. When two or more nouns are united by the conjunction ou, the\\nrerb agrees with the last only\\nCharles ou George ecrira a votre Charles or George will write to your\\nami, friend.\\n3. When a noun and a pronoun, or two or more pronouns (not be-\\ning all in the third person), are joined by ou, the verb is put in the\\nplural\\nVous ou moi partirons demain. You or I will go to-morrow.\\nVotre sceur ou vous irez a l eglise. Your sister or you will go to church\\nVous ou lui avez pu seuls commettre You or he alone have probably com-\\ncette action. mitted this act.\\n4. When two nouns are joined by ni repeated, or when ni Vun ni\\nI autre is used as nominative to a verb, the verb is put in the plural, if\\nthe two nouns, or the two persons represented by ni fun ni Vaulre,\\nperform or may perform the action together\\nNi l un ni l autre ne liront. Neither the one nor the other will read.\\n5. When, however, only one at a time can perform the action, the\\nverb is put in the singular\\nNi l un ni l autre ne sera nomme Neither the one nor the other will be av~\\nprefet de ce department. pointed prefect of that\\nResume of Examples.\\nNi l un ni l autre n ont trouve le vin\\nbon.\\nL un et l autre ont trouve le diner\\nmauvais.\\nComment se trouvent Messieurs vos\\nfreres 1\\nNi l un ni l autre ne se trouvent bien.\\nL un et l autre se trouverent au ren-\\ndezvous.\\nNi l un ni l autre ne sera elu presi-\\ndent.\\nL un ou l autre y trouvera a redire.\\nLui ou vous avez trouve quelque\\nchose a redire a notre conduite.\\nNi lui ni moi n avons trouve a redire\\na la conduite de vos enfants.\\nNeither the one nor tlie other found the\\nwine good.\\nBoth found the dinner bad.\\nHow do your brothers find themselves\\nNeitlier find themselves well.\\nThey both found tliemselves at the ren-\\ndezvous.\\nNeither will be elected president.\\nOne or the other will find fault with it.\\nHe or you have found something to\\nblame in our conduct.\\nNeither he nor I have found any fauti\\nwith your children s conduct.\\nAuteur, m. author;\\nDevoir, m. duty\\ntScriiure, f. writing\\nExercise 165.\\nEli-re, 4. ir. to elect;\\nEspos-er, 1. to expose;\\nIateret, m. interest;\\n10*\\nPlutot, rather\\nRempl-ir, 2. to fulfil\\nRoti, m. roast meat", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0231.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "2!20 LESSON LXXXIV.\\nSecretaire, ra. secretary Se trouv-er, l.ref. to find Yciller, 1. to watch;\\nTrouv-er, 1. to find, U ones self; to be prcs-Yic, f. life,\\nlike, to fancy; ent.\\n1. Remplissez-vousbien votre devoir? 2. Nous ne le rcmplissons\\nni Tun ni 1 autre. 3. Cherchent*Hs I un et l autre a s exposerl 4. Ni\\nTun ir l autre ne cherehent a exposcr leur vie (La Bruyeke). 5. M.\\nvotre pere et M votre more, se trouvent-ils mieux aujourd hui 6.\\nNi Fun ni l autre ne se trouvent mieux. 7. Avez-vous trouve k re*\\ndire a mon eeriture ou a celle do mon secretaire? 8. Je n ai trouv6\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i redire ni a l une ni a l autre. 9. Cot auteur ne trouve-t-il pas a\\nredire a tout? 10. II trouve a redire a tons les livres. 11. Y\\ntrouvez-vousquelque chose a redire 12. Ni lui ni moi n y trouvons\\nrien a redire. 13. Lui ou moi, nous veillcrons a vos interets. 14.\\nNi lui ni moi ne cesserons dc veiller a la conduite de votre fils. 15.\\nNous y veillerona plutol que d y trouver ;i redire. 16. Lui et moi\\nnous trouvaines ensemble an rendezvous. 17. Vous y trouverez\\ni un ou l autre? 18. Nous nous y trouverons 1 un ou l autre.\\n19. L un ou l autre sera-t-il ihi president 20. Ni I un ni l autre\\n;.i i lu. 21. Comment trouvez-vous ce rOti 1 22. Je le trouve\\nexcellent. 23. Je trouve 00 livrc bon. 2!. Je ne le trouve pas bon\\n25. Je trouve cela bien fait.\\n1GC.\\n1. Bow do you like that book 2. Neither my sister nor I like\\nit. 3. Did your brother* find the dinner goodl -1. Both found it\\nor find fault with your conduct! 6.\\nII QOl find fault with it. 7. Neither lie nor my father find\\nfault with my eonduet. 8. Do they both watch over your conduct?\\nThey both watch over my conduct and over my interests. io.\\nMil both fulfilled your duty. 11. We have fulfilled it. 12.\\nHave you not both criticised my writing 13. Neither has criticised\\nit. L4 Do not your two sisters find themselves better to-day 1 15.\\nOne finds herself better. Hi. The other does no find beraalf so\\nwell. 17. Do not those ladies find fault with every thing? 18. They\\nfind fault with nothing. 19. Will either Tret of the\\nDepartment 1 20. Neither will be elected. 31. How do you like\\nthia bread 1 22. I find it very l: I. r two friendaar*\\nin time at the appointed place 24. Neither was there I\\ntime. 28. I vnii find fault with 26 I do not find\\nfault wiili it (y). 27. Will you both Kpose yourselves to this dan-\\n28. We will not expose o 29. Do you find fault\\nwith my secretary s conduct 30. I do not find fault with it 81.", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0232.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXXV. 227\\nDo you fini fault with his writing? 32. I find fault with it; for it\\nis very bad. 33. Will you not watch over my interests 34. Mv\\nbrother and I will watch over them. 35. We will not cease to watch\\nover vour interests.\\nLESSOR LXXXV. LEgON LXXXV.\\n1. A verb having, as its subject, a general collective noun 3, (6.)]\\n|Teceded by the article, agrees with the noun 115, (1.)]\\nLa foule des pauvres est grande. The crcncd of the poor is great.\\n2. A verb preceded by a partitive collective 3, (6.)] takes the\\nnumber of the noun following the collective, unless attention be par-\\nticularly directed to the collective itself \\\\_\\\\ 115, (2.)]\\nUne foule de pauvres ref oivent A crowd of poor people receive assist-\\ndes secours. ance.\\n3. The words, la plupart, most un nombre, a number, c., and\\nthe adverbs of quantity, peu, assez, beaucoup, plus, moins, trop, tant,\\ncombien, belong to this class.\\n4. Rester is often used unipersonally in the sense of to have left.\\nThe adverbial expression de reste is often used in the same manner\\nas the English word left:\\nIi me reste deux francs. I have two francs left or literally\\nThere remains to me tvjo francs.\\nNous avons cinquante ecus de reste. We have fifty crowns left.\\n5. Devenir (2. ir.) to become, with etre as an auxiliary, corresponds\\nin signification to the English to become, followed by of. It is also\\nEnglished by to become, or simply to turn\\nQu est devenu votrc frcre 1 What has become of your brother\\nII est en France, ct est devenu He is in France, and has turned laje-\\navocat. yer.\\nResume of Examples.\\nMost of my hours are devoted to labor.\\nLa plupart de mes heures sont\\nconsacrees au travail.\\nLa foule des humains est vouee au\\nmalheur.\\nLa plus grande partie des voyageurs\\nle diseut, et le repctent.\\nNe vous reste-t il que cela 1\\nVoila tout ce qu il me reste.\\nJe ne sais ce qu ils sont devenus.\\nJe ne sais ce que vous deviendrez.\\nThe mass of mankind is devoted to\\nmisfortune.\\nThe greatest number of travellers\\nsay it, and repeat it.\\nHave you only that left\\nThat is all that I have left.\\nI do not know what has become of\\nthem.\\nJ do not know what will become of you", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0233.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "223 LESSON LXXXV.\\nExercise 167.\\nS appliqu-er, 1. rcf. to Chcmin, m. way, road; Habile, skilful i r\\napply; Desol-er, 1. to desolate; Maigre, thin, lean;\\nApprei.t i m. apprentice Egar-er. 1. to mislay; Naissance, f. birth\\nAvouHc Emplettes, f. p. purcha- Rue, f. street\\nBagatelle, f. trifle; Savant, e, learned.\\nBoiteux, se, lame Etat, m. trade\\n1. La plupart de vos parents ne sont-ils pas venus vous voir? 2.\\nBeaucoup sont venus. 3. Que sent devenus les autres 4. Je n\u00c2\u00ab\\nKiurais vous .lire 06 qu ilB sont devenus. 5. Que deviendra ee jeune\\nhomme s il ne B applique pasal etudel 6. Je ne sals pas ee qu il\\ndeviendra, 7. Je Baia qn il ne deviendra jamais savant. 8. Coinbien\\nt tV: 9- 11 Qe me reste qu un franc. 10.\\nLea vous restera-t-il qtiand VOUSaurez fait vos emplettes? 11.\\n11 ne me restera qn nne bagatelle, vi. Cet apprenti est-il devenu\\nhabfle dans son tat? 13. 11 y est devenn habile. 14. Ce monsieur\\nI est-U devenu 15. II Test devenu.\\nHi. Savez-vouB ee qne sent devenna cea jea 17. Da Bont\\ne que Bont devenus mea\\n\u00c2\u00bbna paa boitevx si\\nI maigre, 22, La\\nLa foule s\\\\ eat\\nOne nu e de berbarea\\noio ens ruinrs,\\nw.z.)\\njronr friend 3. Moat of (hem\\ntome learned?\\nthe Amen-\\ni:, but\\n7. Can you\\nvoa\\nw j ml r brother blind by birth\\nn\\nya). 13. Are. not most of your I.\\nDOfa Of your\\n17.\\nI\\n21. I shall only", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0234.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXXVI. \u00c2\u00a329\\nI have made my purchat.-es. 22. What has become of your grami\\nmar 1 23. I have mislaid it. 24. Do you know what has become\\nof my hat 25. You have left (laisse) it upon the table. 26. Will\\nnot that gentleman become blind? 27. He will not become blind,\\nbut lame. 28. Has your son become skilful in his trade 29. He\\nhas not become skilful in it. 30. What has become of him 31.\\nHe has lost his way in the wood. 32. Did the crowd lose its way\\n33. Most of the soldiers lost their way. 34. A cloud of locusts\\n(sautereUes) desolated our country.\\nLESSON LXXXVI. LECON LXXXVI.\\n1. The article, the demonstrative and the possessive adjectives,\\nmust be repeated, as before said, before every noun or adjective used\\nsubstantively, which they determine 80, 93, 21].\\n2. The prepositions de, and en, are repeated before every word\\nwhich they govern 141].\\n3. The verb quitter, to leave (to quit), is said of persons and\\nplaces, and also of things in the sense of to abandon, to give up\\nVons avez quitte vos parents et vos You have left your relations ana\\namis. friends.\\nNous avons quitte nos etudes. We have discontinued our studies.\\n4. Laisser, to leave, to let, is generally said of things. It is, how\\never said of persons in the sense of to suffer to remain\\nVous avez laisse votre livre sur la You left your book upon tlie table,\\ntable.\\nThe examples below will illustrate the use of those two verbs.\\nResume of Examples.\\nHave you not left your house\\nN avez vous pas quitted votre mai-\\nson\\nJ ai quitte mon pays et mes parents.\\nJ ai laisse ma biblotheque en Eu-\\nrope.\\nNe voulez-vous pas laisser votre fils\\nici 1\\n3e n aime pas a le quitter.\\nJ ai laisse votre lettre a son domes-\\ntique.\\nMon pere m a laisse cinquante mille\\nfrancs.\\nLe\u00c2\u00bb avez- vous laisses tranquilles 1\\nI have left my country and iuation\\nI left my library in Europe.\\nWill you not leave your son he?e?\\nI do not like to quit him.\\nI left your letter with his servant.\\nMy father left me fifty thousand\\nfrancs.\\nHave you let them alone", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0235.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "230 LESSON L XXX VI.\\nJc leur a\u00c2\u00bb lausc le cliamp libre.\\nCe malade a quitt le lit.\\nVotre frere a quitte le barrcau.\\nJe vous laisserai ce cbapeau a ce\\npiix.\\nha ve left them a free choice {fret\\nTiiat sick man has left his bed.\\nYour brother has left the bar.\\nI will let you hare that hat at thai\\nprice.\\nExercise 1C9.\\nA bon compte, cheap Mauvais, e, bud Pension, f. boarding\\nCarte, P. card Afoina, less;\\nfipee, f SWOrd, army (fig- Noyau, m. fruit-stone Portier, in. porter\\nuratively). Pounpioi. why; Prix, m. price\\nHabitude, habit; Pavie, m. clingstone- Robe, t.g oton\\nJugc, m. peach; Service, in.; service, army.\\n1. Vos oncles, vos cousins ct vos ncveuw ont-ila quitte le coin.\\nDense) 2. Da ont quitte le commerce, ct Boot devenua medecina.\\n3. Le capitaine (I. n a-t-il pas quitte le Bcrvice i. II a quitte la France,\\nmais il n a pas quitte le Berviee, 5. OH avez-voua laiase voire Rial\\n6. Je I ai laiase dana one pension. 7. Est-il tropjeune pour quitter\\nleal 8. II est trop jeune j il n a que douze ana. 9. Aquiaveic-\\nvous laiase votre carte de vieitel 10. .Ic I ai laiaaee chez le portier.\\n11. Poarquoi ce le lai parler? 12. Parce qu il eat temps\\ngne noua voua quittions. 13. BdEe permettez-voua de lui communiquer\\nL Je roue laiase le champ libre .1 eel egard, 15. Ce jeune\\nhomme n a-t-il pas quitte aea mauvaisea habitudes? ig. 11 lea\\n17. ML L u a-:-iI pas quitte la robe pour I ep c? 18. Oui.\\nr: il n est pi eapitaine. 19. tea p. ehes cjuit-\\ntent-ellea facilement le 10. -Non, Monsieur; cc aont dee pa.\\nir cinquante franca. 83. A\\nquel pri.v me le Je voua le laiaaerai pour dix francs.\\n24 J \\\\ous le laiaae a b a compte; j ne aauraia vuus le laiaaer a\\nBOIBR 1 TO.\\nl. The BOB,daughti Paria 2, My father,\\nand sister, |ave left me here. 3. I o you like to leave your\\ncountry. 4. I do Dot like to leave my frienda and country.\\nparents do not like to here; I am too young. Why\\nyour brother let his son Bpei I. 7. I.,. 7. Becauae he\\nhaa nothing to aay. B. Have you let him alone. 9, I have let him\\n10. Why do you not let me alone II. 1 will let them alone.\\n19 Rat your friend lefl his bed! 13. He has not ye! left his bed\\nhe is yet very siek. 14 Has Captain G. left the army? 15. He has not\\nleft the army. 16. Has not that gentleman left the army for the bar!\\n17. He has n; t left the army. 18. My friend has left the bar. 19. A*.", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0236.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXXVI I. 231\\nWhat price will you let me have this silk 20. 1 will let you have it at\\ntwo francs a yard. 21. Can you not let me have it for less? 22. I let\\nyou have it cheap. 23. Will you let me have that book for twenty\\nfranqs. 24. I will let you have it for twenty-two. 25. I could not let\\nyou have it for less. 26. With whom (d qui) have you left my book]\\n27. I left it with your sister. 28. Why did you not leave it w th my\\nservant 29. Because he had left your house. 30. Do you like to\\nleave your friends? 31. I do not like to leave them. 32. Where\\nhave you left your book 33. I left it at my father s. 34. Has that\\nmerchant given up commerce 35. He has not given it up. 36. These\\npeaches do not part easily from the stone they are clingstone peaches.\\nLESSON LXXXVIL LEgON LXXXVII.\\n1. The nominative pronouns je, tu, il, elle, nous, vous, ils, elles,\\nmust be repeated, when the first verb of the sentence is negative\\nand the second affirmative, when the verbs are in different tenses,\\nand when the different propositions are connected by conjunctions\\nother than et, ou ni, mais 99. 2.]\\nII ne lit pas il ecrit. He does not read; lie writes.\\nEllc ne viendra pas elle est partie. She will not come she is gone.\\n2. The pronouns of the third person are often omitted before the\\nsecond verb in cases not coming within the above rule. The other\\nnominative pronouns are also, sometimes, omitted. We should,\\nhowever, not advise the student to omit the latter pronouns. It is\\nalways correct to repeat the nominative pronouns.\\n3. The student will bear in mind, that the objective pronouns must\\nalways be repeated.\\n4. Connaitre a answers to the English expression, to know by\\nJe le connais a. sa demarche. I know him by his walk (carriage).\\n5. Connaitre de nom, de visage, de vue, mean, to know by name, by\\nsigh\\n6. Se connaitre a. quelque chose, or en quelque chose, corresponds\\nin signification to the English expression; to be a judge of something.\\nVous vous eonnaissez en pierreries. You are a judge of precious stones.\\nResume of Examples.\\nJe le connais, je l aime, et je lui\\nrends justice. Gresset.\\ntl s ecoute, il se plait, il s adonise,\\nil s aime. J. B. Rousseau.\\nknmo him, love him, and do justice\\nto him.\\nHe listens to himself, is pleased with\\nhimself, adorns himself, loves him-", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0237.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "232\\nLESSON LXXXVII.\\nA qnoi connaissez-vous cc mor\\nsieur 1\\nJe le connais a son habit noir.\\nJe le connais de roe.\\nJ ai reconnu ma mure a la voix.\\nA qnoi vous eonnaissez-vous\\nJe me connais en merchandises.\\nJe ne my ootmais pas.\\nII ne s y commit point du tout.\\nmatt mieux que moi.\\nJo my esamala anal Men qua lui.\\nBy what do you know that genlne*\\nman\\nJ know him by his black coat,\\nm by si? hi.\\nij mother by her voice.\\nlame I (of t len).\\nII it (of\\nthem).\\nvttcr judge of it (of them,),\\nthan I.\\nI am as good a judge of it (of them)\\nas he.\\nExercise 171.\\nis of alt kinds; Grain, m. gram;\\nBlond, e int, m. manufac-Orftvtt,m.geldmit*,\\nturer O.-uvre. f.\\nOherelnre, t hen Poaaie, jm*#jh\\nhair\\nChevenx, m. p. hair; Qra\\nl. Ne recoi point voire amiel 2. Je la reoonnak a\\naaehevelnre blonde, B. I qnoi r ona eette demoiselle 1\\n4. Je la i i di marohe graciense. 5. Yaurie/.-vous point\\nconnii vnire ami a la i inn, 7. ft L omvtc\\nLaF mn s Ne le reconnaltrex-vooe point\\nItrai i Ci I oi-f ne i\\noonnah point ilu tout I\\nqne leforgeron! 18, J aVyoonnaia\\na qne lai 11 Ne voua connaiasez-vona point en\\n15. I M eoiinait-\\nq it. II se connait beaueonp\\nqu a celolei 18. Ne connaic ee mon-\\nsi.-nr a aea geetea veiiementa 1 19. Je le connais -os ohevetu\\nyour name\\na (ait connall oua ferona-noua p\\nnaltrel _: Vqub vGus ferez connnitre, 24. lis se (eront eoajiattvi\\npar leura rertua I\\ni 72.\\nI. 0 yon no! tl tmai _ Jf N r; 1 now him bv his\\nlarge (grand) hat. 3.\\nby your walk. 5. my Friend by\\nI j ttize him by his b\\nknow him well I s. I know bim by sight, bn( I r spoUan", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0238.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXXVI1I. 233\\nto hira. 9. Are you a judge of iron 10 No, Sir; the blacksmith\\nis a judge of iron. 11. By what will you ^now your book 12. 1\\nshall know it by those marks. 13. Have you not known your friend\\nby her voice? 14. No, Madam; I knew her by her light hair. 15.\\nHave you told your name? 16. I have not told my name. 17. Did\\nyou know your sister s friend by her curled hair? 18. I knew her\\nby it. 19. Is the merchant a good judge of cloth 20. Heis-abet\\nter judge than I. 21. Is he a better judge of it than the manufac\\ntu er 22. He is quite as good a judge as he. 23. Is not the gold-\\nsmith as good a judge of precious stones as you? 24. He is a better\\njudge of them than I. 25. Of what are you a judge? 26. I am a\\njudge of nothing. 27. Are not your sisters good judges of poetry\\n28. They are not the least judges of it. 29. Do you not know that\\nyoung .ady by her dress (robe) 30. I know her by her graceful\\ncarriage. 31. Have they made themselves known 32. They have\\nmade themselves known by their merit (merite). 33. Is not the\\nworkman known by his work 34. The workman is known by his\\nwork 35. He is a judge of it.\\nLESSON LXXXVllI. LEQON LXXXVIH.\\n1. Quelque, whatsoever, however, some, any, followed by a noun\\ntanes the form of the plural. It is invariable, when it is followed\\nby an adjective or an adverb 97, (1.) 2. 3.]\\nQuelques livres que vous ayez. Whatever books you may have.\\nQuelque bons qu ils soient. However good they may be.\\n2. Quel que, followed by a verb, is written as two words, the first\\n{quel) agreeing in gender and number with the nominative of that\\nverb 97, (1.) 1.]\\nQuelles que soient vos vertus. Whatever your virtues may be.\\n3. The above examples show that quelque que and quel que\\ngovern the subjunctive.\\n4. Tout meaning entirely, quite, nothing but, though an adverb,\\nvaries through euphony before a feminine word commencing with a\\nconsonant or an h aspirate\\nL esperance, toute trompeusc qu elle Hope, deceitful as it is, serves at least\\nest, sert au moins a nous mener a to conduct us to the termination of\\nla fin de la vie par un chemin life by an agreeable road.\\nagreable. (La Bruyere.)", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0239.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "234 LESSON LXXXVIII.\\n5. The \\\\ntrd gre signifying consent, will, meaning, cf-c. forms 4\\nnumber of idioms\\nJehii sais [savoir, 3. ir.] bon gre de am thankful to him (i. c. owe him\\ncette action. good-will) for thai action.\\nD uous suit mauvais gre de cela. He is displeased ictlJi tusfor thai.\\nResume of Examim.es.\\nNe lc fcrez-vons p.os dc bon gro 1\\nII sVsi marie OODtTO le gre de ses\\nparents.\\n8a cli .-velure voltige au grede vent.\\nJe sals mauvais grf votre frerede\\nvouloir bo 1 affaires,\\nJc lui en saia be\\nme Banrex pas\\nmauvais grt, bJ je ne rotu ecria\\npas.\\nC est a 1110:1 gre le meilleur enfant\\ndu luonde.\\n117// you tint do it willingly?\\nIf married against the will of his\\nparents.\\nHis hair flutters at the will of the\\nwind.\\nI am displeased with your brother for\\nwith mil affairs.\\nI am thankful to him, for it.\\nI h i c thnl 11. hi will not Ik displeased\\nwith vie, if Ida ujiI write to ijou.\\nmy (Minting, tlic Lest chila\\nin the\\nExercise it.:.\\nBon gre. mal gre, willing Men-er, 1 m. srerr/\\nor not lenoe, m. silence\\nChambrc, I Suite, f. consequent! 1\\n1. to keep; Ofl Voler, 1. tojlij.\\nLit, 111. bed 1 i re-\\nin spite ofi\\n06 1 n il a ilit 2. Je\\nno lui en nil aucun mauvais gre (VOLTAIRE). 3. Ne me saurioz-\\nl.oii gre si je voiis men. lis avec nidi I. Je VOW en saurais\\nlemeilleu 1a pas bon gre l a\\\\\u00c2\u00ab.ir\\ngard6ce I nvofr garde. 7. Ne\\n\\\\oiis pai recommande tie garder le silence 8. Jeleurai\\nrecomma irder. 9. Ce mal.nl garde-t-il encore le lit\\n10. II ne garde plus le lit, maia il est encore oblige de garder la\\nehambre. 11. Votre chevelure est-clle b\\nsieur, elle otrc domestique 1\\n14. Je le garderaijil fait tout a mon gre. 15. Quelquea oflres qu on\\nil ne \\\\eut pan me quitter? 16. Quclque bonnes quo soient\\noe* tl. nnes, elles ne sont pas it. Quel lea que soient lea\\naffaire, je 1 tentiona\\n1**. Tout* belle qu\\\\ lie est, elle n cal pas nun:\\nf.iit inalgre VOUal 9 je I ai fait ile\\nil partira. 22. Me garderez voua 1\\n23. Je vous le garderai. 21. 11 change d opioiOD nu gni dca e\\\\ cno-\\nments.", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0240.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "LESSON LXXXIX. 235\\nExercise 174.\\n1. WW je marry against his father s consent? 2. He wil* not\\nmarry ag*Jlist his: parents consent. 3. Why are you displeased ivith\\nme 4. I am not displeased with you. 5. Is your little girl s hair\\ntied 6. Y, is iy\u00c2\u00bbt tied it waves (Jlotte) with the wind. 7, What\\ndo vou thi::k of my book 8. It is, in my opinion, the best book\\nthai I havo rend [L. 74. 3, 4]. 9. Will you not be displeased with\\nme, if I do r.O .ome to-day? 10. I shall not be displeased with you.\\n11. Will yew rot read that letter? 12. However well written it may\\nbe, I will net mid it. 13. Are those ladies handsome 14. However\\nhandsome anl good they may be, they do not strike my fancy.\\n15. Are you displeased with my brother? 16. No, Sir, I am thank-\\nful to him for his intentions, whatever may be the consequences of\\nhis conduct. 17. Will you keep this secret (for me)? 18. I will\\nkeep it willingly. 19. Does your sister keep her bed willingly?\\n20. She does not keep her room willingly. 21. Willingly or not,\\nshe must keep her room, when she is sick. 22. Will you keep silent\\non this point? 23. I will willingly. 24. I am thankful to you for\\nyour good intentions. 25. Are you thankful to him for this (de\\ncela) 26. I am thankful to him for it. 27. Will the judge keep his\\nservant? 28. He will keep him. 29. Does he do his work to his\\nfancy? 30. He does it to his fancy. 31. Is your brother obliged to\\nkeep in the house 32. He is obliged to keep his bed. 33. Has he\\nnot left his room 34. He has not yet left his room he is too sick\\nto leave it. 35. I should be under the greatest obligations in the\\nworld to you, if you would do this.\\nLESSON LXXXIX. LEQON LXXXIX.\\n1. Servir [2. ir.] is used in French in the sense of the English\\nexpression to help to\\nQue vous servirai-je 1 To what shall I help you\\nVous sevvirai-jc ck; la soupe 1 Shall J help you to some soup\\nVous n avez pas servi monsieur. You have not helped that gentleman.\\n2. Jo vous remercie, I thank you, said in answer to an offer, is in\\nFrench always a refusal. This phrase is never employed like the\\nEnglish expression, I thank you for (this or that), to signify a request.\\nThe French make use of other forms: Oserai-je vous prier do\\nOseiai-je vous demander Je vous prie de Je vous prierai\\nio", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0241.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "236\\nLESSON LXXIIJ.\\nOserai je vous demander tine ailo I vill tJiarik vou for a wing of thai\\nde cette volatile, un niorceau do fowl, a du* o) uuit roast meat\\nce roti 1\\n3. S il vous phut, corresponds to the English, if you please. The\\nverb is used unipersonally in that sentence and in the following:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nGemme il vooa i laira. As you\\nII ne me plait pea d y aller. I or plea* me to go then.\\nQue vow plait-fl What would you pUosj to 4\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a01. Aii plaisir de vous revoir, au revoir, adieu, josqrfaa revoir, mean\\ntill I have (he pleasure of seeing you again, till I see you again, c.\\nMi Of KXAMI LES.\\nQu aurai-je le ptaWrda vou-\\ndemandera] uumorceau de\\nmbon.\\nVous oflrirai-je un morcM\\nr; Je\\nprendrai de preference una aue\\nvolatile.\\nJe \\\\..ii aonhail\\ntrer.\\nTo irhat shall I have the pleasure of\\nhflping you\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i r rill trouble you\\nft hiim.\\nS .a slice of this roust\\nmeat\\nI 8 I would prefer a\\nwing of that fowl.\\nIs not the dinner yet on the table\\nJ irish you go\\nI have wished the lady a good tnorn-\\nII tn to sit dawn.\\nidncss to walk\\nPrt-er I\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i in. hnm; aerciment,m\\nAtt.n.l i:\\nBonilli, m. boUt\\nsti 4 S-.it ;v. suf.\\nr. rdrix, f. pari be, f. slice.\\ni. MuM-iiMir, c|u :nir:ii.jf plaiair de Tooa aervirl Je tone do*\\nmanderai one tranche oejambon. 5. Je voni prie de aetvir eea\\ni je vi. us demander an moroeea de oe boafllil\\n.iTrirai-ie line tranche de ce rotil t;. Jevonawdi\\n1 irj j en ai roffiaamment 7. M\\nnear da vous tervir ane alle de cette perdrix 8. J vona\\nir; jeprendraidepreferenei B Monsieur,\\nvous i-nverrai-je de la aonpel 10. Madame, je v. .us pria i\\nMadameieaHaj, II. 1 lemanderai aprea. IB. Jean, prA-\\ni Monsieur. rumei ftont di", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0242.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "LESSON XC. 237\\n14. Monsieur, je suis bien aise que vous les trouviez bons. 15. Mon-\\nsieur, ne voulezwous pas vous asseoir? 16. Mille remerciments,\\nMonsieur, mon pere m attend a la maison. 17. Ne leur avez-vous pas\\nsouhaite le bonjour? 18. Je leur ai souhaite le bon soir. 19. Leur\\navez-vous dit adieu 20. J aidit adieu a mon frere. 21. J ai pris\\nconge d eux. 22. Les avez-vous pries d entrer 23. Je les en ai\\npries. 24. Messieurs, on a servi. 25. Ayez la complaisance de\\nvous mettre ici.\\nExercise 1*76.\\n1 Madam, to what shall I help you 2. I will trouble you for a\\nslice of that ham. 3. Shall I send you a wing of this fowl 4. No,\\nSir, I thank you. 5. I thank you, Sir (sHl vous plait, Monsieur).\\n6. Sir, shall I have the pleasure of helping you to a slice of this ham\\n7. I thank you, Sir, I would prefer a slice of the partridge. 8. Shall\\nI offer you a little of this boiled meat 9. I thank you, Sir I have\\nsome. 10. Madam, shall I send you a little of this soup? 11. Much\\nobliged to you, Sir [see No. 16, in the above exercise]. 12. Sir, will\\nyou have the goodness to help this young lady? 13. With much\\npleasure, Sir. 14. John, take this soup to the gentleman. 15. These\\nortolans are delicious. 16. I am very glad that you like them. 17\\nIs the dinner on the table 18. No, Sir; it is not yet on the table.\\n19. It is too early. 20. Does it please you to go there 21. It does\\nnot please me to go to his house but I will go, if you wish it. 22.\\nShall I go with you 23. As you please. 24. Will not your friend\\nsit down 25. He is much obliged to you he has not time to-day.\\n26. Have you wished your friend a good morning 27. I wished\\nhim a good evening. 28. Have you not bid him farewell 29. I\\nhave bid him farewell. 30. Have the goodness to sit down here.\\n31. I have taken leave of them. 32. I have taken leave of all my\\nfriends. 33. Madam, have the goodness to walk in. 34. We are\\nmuch obliged to you, Sir. 35. Our father is waiting for us at home.\\nLESSON XC. LEQON XO.\\n1. The verb tenir [2. ir.], to hold, often corresponds in signification\\nto the English verb to keep tenir un hotel, to keep a hotel tenir table\\nouverte, to keep opt,i table tenir sa chambre propre, c, to keep one s\\nroom clean tenir la porte, les fenetres ouvertes, to keep the door, the\\nwindows open tenir les yeux ouverts, femes, to keep one s eyes opened,", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0243.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "238\\nLESSON X C.\\nshut tenir la t\u00c2\u00a3te droite, c., to keep one s head upr .ght tenir sa\\nparole, to keep one s word tenir conipagnie a quclqu un, to stay 01\\nremain with some or any one.\\n2. Tenir un langage singulier, tenir des propos des discours\\nwould be rendered in English by to make use of singular language\\nto use peculiar expressions, to advance things, tiic.\\nCe jei.ne liommc tient des propos That young man says foolish things.\\ninst-:.-\\n3. Tenir is also used in the sense of being attached to, to le tena-\\ncious of:\\nJe tiens a mon argent, a la vie. value (i. e. hold to) viy money, in*\\nJc tiens a mon opinion. 1 am tenacious of my opinion.\\n4. Tenir is also used ofa color which 16 fast or not:\\nCotte conlent tiendra on ne tiendra This color is fast (i. e. holds) or not.\\npas.\\n5. Fain tenir is used in the sense of to foncard, to send:\\nFailes-liii tenir cet argent, cettc Forward him (his money, this ktlcr.\\nkllre.\\nlenir, or sVn tenir, conjugated reflectively, may often be\\nrendered by to remain, to abide by, to be satisfied with\\nII bo tienl debonl U it mains standing, seated.\\nJe n en tiena a rotre opii I am satisfied with your opinion.\\nMPLK8.\\niri un hob 1 superb\u00c2\u00a9.\\nlite fill.- lie liellt J\u00c2\u00ab13 Sa\\nebambri Wen propra\\nPourqnol tesca-vona lee portcs ou-\\n11 i.iit si chaud epic n\u00c2\u00abus tenona\\ntoutea lea fenotrea ouvertea.\\nTenez In hate droits et lea yens\\nCUVelts.\\nPonrqaoi ne tenes-Tona pa\\nparole\\nTene/. compngnic a votre sour;\\nelle eat malade.\\n1 ami tient i i\\nLa conlenr de votre drap ti udra- y\\nt-,l!e\\nM I. IxepS a rrb hotel.\\nYiiu r lit I /.rip her room\\n1 1 i iii i u keep the doors open\\nIt is so warm that ire keep all the win-\\ni loir}\\nr head upright and your\\npen.\\nH you not b tp your word?\\nsister she is sick.\\nYour fiit ml makes use of very single\\nYou use very light Inmrua^e.\\nLui avea-vona (kit tenir ce livrcl\\nA quo! voua en tiendrez-vona\\nJe in en dendral ;i cc que j ai dit.\\nponrqno) M bVant-U tonjoun de-\\nbout 1\\nH .;?i that look?\\n1 1 teisiemt\\n1 shall abide bit ir iat I halt said.\\nWhy \u00e2\u0096\u00a0lots he always remain", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0244.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "LESSON zc. 239\\nL incredule s en tiendra-t-il au pre- Will tlie unbeliever be satisfied with\\nsent, qui doit fiuir demain 1 the present, whuh is to end to-mor-\\nMassillon. I row?\\nExercise 177.\\nCocher. ra. coachman; Gens, pi. people; Recommand-er, 1 to\\nPebout standing; Indispose, e, indisposed recommend;\\nDefend- re, 4. to forbid; Insolent, e, insolent; Regard-er, 1. io look;\\nDe pres, closely Lieu, place Rue, street\\nEn dehors, out, outside; Malade, sick Sav-oir, 3. ir. to know;\\nS enrhumer, 1. ref. to get Parfaitement, perfectly Vie, life.\\na cold; Prcfer-er, 1. to prefer\\n1. Quel hotel votre frere tient-il? 2. II tient l hotel de l Europe,\\nrue de 3. Votre petit garcon se tient-il bien propre 4. II se tient\\nbion propre. 5. A quoi vous en tiendrez-vous 6. Je nren tiendrai\\na ce que je vous ai dit. 7. Ne savez-vous pas a quoi vous en tenir?\\n8. Je sais parfaitement a. quoi m en tenir. 9. Pourquoi vous tenez-\\nvous debout? 10. Parceque nous n avons pas le temps de nous\\nasseoir. 11. N avez-vous point defendu a ces jeunes gens de tenir\\nde tela propos? 12. Je le leur ai defendu. 13. Votre cocher n a-t-il\\npas tenu un langage bien insolent? 14. N avez-vous pas peur de vous\\nenrhumer, en tenant les portes ouvertes? 15. Nous prefererions les\\ntenir fermees. 16. Votre maitre vous recommande-t-il de tenir la\\ntetedroite? 17. II me recommande de tenir les pieds en dehors. 18.\\nPourquoi votre ami ne vous tient-il pas compagnie? 19. Sa soeur est\\nindisposee; il est oblige de rester avec elle. 20. Votre oncle ne\\nvous a-kil pas tenu lieu de pere? 21. II m a tenu lieu de pere et de\\nmere. 22. Regarderez-vous de plus pres a cette affaire? 23. Non,\\nMonsieur; je m en tiendrai a ce que j en sais. 24. Ce medecin ne\\ntient-il pas a son opinion 25. II y tient plus qu il ne tient a. la vie\\nde ses malades.\\nExercise 178.\\n1. Does that gentleman keep open table? 2. He keeps a hotel in\\nParis. 3. Why do you keep the windows open 4. We keep them\\noper. because we are too warm. 5. Has not your friend kept his\\nword, 6. He has kept his word; he always keeps his word. 7. Have\\nyou :iot told your scholar to keep his head upright? 8. I have toll\\nhim to keep his head upright and his eyes open. 9. Why do you\\nnot stay with your sister? 10. Because I have promised to go to my\\ncousin s this morning. 11. Have you forbidden your little boy to\\nmake use of these expressions? 12. I have forbidden him. 13. Does\\nhe make use of insolent language? 14. He does not. 15. What cviU\\nbe your decision? 16. I will abide by what I told your father. 17", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0245.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "240 LESSON XCI.\\nHave you forwarded that money to your friend 18. 1 have not yet\\nforwarded it to him. 19. Will you forward it to him to-morrow?\\n20. I will forward it to him, if I have an opportunity. 21. Why do\\nyou not keep standing 22. Because I am weary. 23. Do you think\\nthat the color of your eout is fast 24. I think that it is fast; it {elk)\\nappears very good. 25. Will you not look closely into your brother s\\naffairs 96. I shall not look closely into them. 27. I will be satisfied\\nwith vour opinion. 18. Are you n t tenacious of your opinion J\\nn,, j am s L) f it. 30. Docs not your physician ad-\\nhere too tenaciously to his opinion 31. He adheres to it. 32. Does\\nthat lady hold your mother s place 33. She is a mother to me. 34.\\nOur cou-in is a father to us. 35. That physician does not value the\\nlife of his patient.\\nLESSON KCL LEgON XCL\\n1. The v.-rb ire forms a gnat many idioms be s ides those which\\nalready raeatioaed tea en retard, to brie, fcrrj etre\\ntrees peine de, toes uneasy about\\n:.inin pour, to U M ihc way\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0irant le. to U familiar with rtre 1 la veille de,\\nde trop. in the way;\\non good term* with etre brooille area, to be on\\nTVftWt, quarrel or\\nI,. .17. is used in the sense of appar-\\ntenir, t\u00c2\u00bb behng. It is alao employed in the aense of to aahefl\\ncaw tnthe v th prrpositioiw/e before\\nanother verb:\\nEst-ce a rast (male) re\\nproi I BJWB him\\nC est a. vous d parler. U fOW turn to speak.\\n3. V etre H often Bead for to be at home, to be in:\\nVotrc pi re y I I ur father at home\\nWLK8.\\nNft sommes-nous pas do trop id 7\\nNous m Hmmea pea U\\ntn-nts.\\nN\u00c2\u00bbus Bommee au coorant de tout\\nccU.\\nI 4 in thr wiy here?\\nII ftti terms with mr r\u00c2\u00bb\\nit .miliar with all that.", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0246.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "LESS OK XCI.\\n24)\\nJe suis a mcme de satisfaire a. sa\\ndemando.\\nNous sonmies brouilles.\\nMa socur est a la vcille de se\\nmarier.\\nNous sorames d avis que vous\\nalliez lui faire des excuses.\\nCc n est pas a lui de nous re-\\nprocher notre bonte.\\nA qui est-ce a lire 1\\nC cst a ma socur a lire ce matin.\\nCctto maison est a lui et a moi.\\nElle est a moi, ellc est a lui.\\nCes souliers ne sont pas a nous,\\nlis appartiennent a notre frcrc.\\nlis lui appartiennent.\\nMonsieur* n y est pas.\\nMadame y est.\\nam able to satisfy Ids demand.\\nWe a?e not on good terms; we are at\\nvariance.\\nMy sister is on the eve of licr mar-\\nriage.\\nIt is our opinion that you should go\\nand apologize to him.\\nIt docs not become him to reproach us\\nwith our kindness.\\nWhose turn is it to read\\nIt is my sister s turn to read this\\nmorning.\\nThat house is his and mine.\\nIt is mine, it is his.\\nTlicse slwes are not ours.\\nThey belong to our brother.\\nTltey belong to him.\\nThe gentleman h not at home.\\nT/ie lady is in.\\nExercise 179.\\nAchet-cr, 1. to buy; Gravurc, f. engraving Part-ir, 2. ir. to start, set\\nArnv-er. 1. to arrive Hote, m. host; out;\\nCorrespondant, corns- Libraire, m. bookseUer Proprietaire, m. land-\\npondenl; Mois, m. month lord;\\nCvaind-re, 4. ir. to fear; Montre, f. watch Punir, 2. to punish\\nDev-oir, 3. to otcc, be oblig- Movt, p. yt. from mourir, Veille, f. eve, day he-\\ned; to die; fore,\\nEmbarqu-er, (s 1. ref.\\nto embark\\n1. Y a-t-il longtetnps que vous etes brouilles? 2. II y a plus d un\\nmois quo je suis brouille avec lui. 3. Votre ami est-il encore en vie?\\n4. Non, Monsieur; il ya dix ans qu il est mort. 5. Votre corres-\\npondan est-il en chemin pour Paris? 6. Je crois qu il doit etre\\narrive. 7. Ce jeune homme n est-il pas en retard? 8. Oui, Mon-\\nsieur; il ne vient jamais a temps. 9. Ces gravures sont-elles a vous\\nou a votre libraire? 10. Elles sont a moi je viens de les acheter.\\n11. Ne craignez-vous pas d etre de trop ici 12. Nous sommes trop\\nbien avec notre bote pour craindre cela. 13. A qui est-ce -a aller\\ncbercher les livres? 14. C est a moi a les aller chercher. 15. Est-ce\\na vous de le punir, quand il le merite? 16. C est a moi de le punir,\\ncar je lui tiens lieu de pere. 17. Ces maisons n appartiennent-elles\\npas a notre proprietaire? 18. Elles ne lui appartiennent pas. 19.\\nElles sont a notre correspondant. 20. A qui sont ces lettres 21.\\nElles ne sont point a moi, elles sont a ma cousine. 22. Cetle montre\\nMonsieur, Madame, not followed by a name, are generally understood\\nto mean the master and mistress of the bouse, the heads of the family.\\n11", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0247.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "242 LE8S0N X C 1 1.\\nest a lui. 23. N etes-vous point a la veille de partii pour Londres\\n24, Nous sommes a la veflle de nous embarquer pour Cadiz. 2f\u00c2\u00bb.\\nII y a longtemps, que nous sonicaes rax prises.\\nExercise 180.\\nAre you able to pay him 2. I am not able to pay\\nhim I hart\\nnot received mv money. 3. Are you on good terms with your book-\\nseller? 4. I am N rms with him. 5. I am on bad terms\\nwith him. G. How long have you been on bad terms with him\\nIt hi mON than a month. 8. Are you not able to satisfy my friend s\\nndl 9. I an Al\\n1 am 00 my way to Rome.\\n12. Is nol font physician on the eve of starting for Montpellierl 13.\\nH 1 I. Am 1 in the way here?\\n...not in the way. 16. Whose turn is it to p\\n]T jg id to i ad. 18. Is ii my place (.i mot)\\ntoul:; to himl 19. It is your brother s place to apolo-\\ngise to him. Does it become you to punish that child 2\\ninfch him. -2\u00c2\u00b1 Do you hold the place of a\\nof a father towards him. 24.\\nNo, Sir; il\\nopenly with him. -J7. We have been quar-\\nrelli. yours! 29. Wo,\\nyour\\nb him with his kin.\\nhi,\u00e2\u0080\u009e !hthel t s\\nIt j_ them. 84 ntleman in?\\n35 _ N man is not in; but the lady (of the h\\nis in.\\nxcn. [Jescon xon.\\ni Avaneer, retarder, correspond tot! rbato\u00c2\u00a3are,af\\ni or clock, c\\nthe vari-\\nat ion\\nMa norm* retarde d nne\\nhenre.\\ndm avancc d*un quart\\nJai avanc6 cetto horloge d uDO I te that clock half an hour fcrvmr a.\\ndemi-hcure.", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0248.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "LESSON X C 1 1.\\n243\\nRetardez votre montre de cinq Put your watch five minutes back.\\nminutes.\\n2. Metlre [4. ir.] a. l heure, means to set right, to put right, to\\nset\\nMettez cette montre a l heure. Set that watch right.\\n3. S accorder, to agree, is said also of clocks, watches, c.\\nResume of Examples.\\nVotre montre va-t-elle bicn 1\\nElleretarde d une denii-heure par\\njour.\\nElle avance d un quart d heure par\\nsemaine.\\nDe combien avance-t-elle 1\\nJe viens de mettre ma montre a,\\nl heure.\\nSi votre montre retarde, pourquoi\\nne l avancez-vous pas 1\\nMa pendule avance je viens de la\\nretarder.\\nQuelle heure est-il a votre montre 7\\nMon hoiioge Sonne les heures et les\\ndemies.\\nJ ai oublie de la monter (or remon-\\nter).\\nVotre montre est derangee.\\nII faudra la faire nettoj^er.\\nLa sonnerie en est derangee.\\nVotre pendule et ma montre ne\\ns accordent pas.\\nLes pendules a ressort vont mieux\\nque les pendules a poids.\\nL horloge a sonne deux heures.\\nDoes your watch go well\\nIt loses half an hour a day.\\nIt gains a quarter of an houi a week.\\nHow much has it gained\\nI have just set my watch rig it.\\nIf your watch loses, why do you not\\nset it forward\\nMy clock gains I have just set it\\nback.\\nWhat o clock is it by your watcn.\\nMy clock strikes the hour and th. half\\nhour.\\nI have forgotten to wind it up.\\nYour ivatch is out of order.\\nIt, will be necessary to have it cleaned.\\nThe striking part is out of order.\\nYour clock and my watch do not\\nagree.\\nSpring clocks go better than weight\\nclocks.\\nThe clock has struck two.\\nExercise 181.\\nAiguille, f. hand; Droit, e, straight; Ressort, (grand) m.\\nArret-er, (s 1. ref. to Fele, e, cracked main-spring\\nstop Juste, right, correct Secondes, (montre a)\\nBalancier, m. pendu- Matin, m. morning watch with a second\\nlum Perfection, f. perfection hand\\nBoite, f. watch-case Plat, e, flat, thin; Timbre, m. bell of o\\nCadran, to., face, dial; Regl-er, 1. to regulate; clock;\\nCass-er, 1. to break; Repetition, (montre a) Vite, quick, quickly.\\nDouble, double; f. repeater;\\n1. N avez-vous pas une montre a. repetition? 2. J ai une montre\\ncTor, a double boite. 3. Va-t-elle mieux que la mienne 1 4. Elle ne\\nva pas bien, elle retardo d une heure par jour. 5. Est-ce une montre\\na. secondes 6. C est une montre a. secondes et a cadran d or.\\nVotre horloge ne sonne-t-elle pas 8. Elle np. sonne plus, le timbre\\nen est casse. 9. Pourquoi ces pendules ne s accordent-elles paa?", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0249.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "244 LESSON XOIL\\n10. Pareequ j Tune avance et l aulre retarde. 11. PJTavez vous point\\nBasse It- grand ressort dc votrc montre 12. Je I ai easel en lu re-\\nmontant. 13. Votre pendule est elle juste 1 14. Oui, Monsieur\\nello est juste; je viens de la faire regler. 15. La sonuerie de \u00c2\u00ab.otte\\npendule est-eile deranged 1 16. La Bonnerie en est derangeeet lo\\ntimbre en est ft-1 17. La petite aiguille de ma montre plate est\\n18. Le balancierde votre horloge n est pas droit? 19. Do\\ncombien votre pendule avanee-t-elle 20. El!e avanee de Otnq mi-\\nnutes par jour. 91. La perfection dune pendule n est pasd aller vitc,\\n:rc regies (DbulLB). 22. Votre montre s arrete-t-clle\\nsouvent? 26. Eile s arrctc tous les matins. 2-1. Votre pendule\\nb est arretee.\\nEurcui 1S2.\\n1. Does your watch gain or lose? 9. It does not lose; it goes\\nvery well. 3. It loeefl twenty-live minutes a day. 4. Dees vmir\\nclotk gain mueli 5. It gains one hour a week. 6, How much\\ndoes your ton s gold watch lose? 7. It loses much it loses one\\nboor in (en) twenty-four (ASttnet). B. I have put it forward one\\nhour. 9. I will put it hack half an hour. 10. Dott not your clock\\nstrike the half hour 11. No, Sir; it only strikes the hour. 12.\\nHave vou (0fg9tt6fl to wind up your repeater 1 13. I have forgot-\\nten tu wind it up, and it has stopped. 1 I. Il your silver watch out\\n;t of order, and it will be necessary to have it\\ncleaned. What o clock is it by you.- watch 17. It is three\\nO clock by my watch; hut it gains. 18. How much docs it gain a\\nweek? 19. It gains more than five minutes a day. 90. layottf\\nwatch ritfht 91. No, Sir; il is not right; it is nut of order. 22.\\nu r clock strike right 1 98. It does not strike rij, lit tho\\nstriking part is out of order. 94 Have you broken the band* of\\nyour clock 25. I have broken the hour hand and the dial. 26.\\nlias the clock strnek three? 27. It has struck twelve. 28. It has\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0topped. 99. Does it stop every morning 1 30. It does not stop\\nevery morning it stops every OTOning. 31. Vour watch does not\\ncgree with mine. 32. Have you not broken the main-spring of your\\nMother s Watch 1 33. He has broken il iii winding it up. 31. M?\\nbrollii r s watch is right he has had it cleaned and regulated-", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0250.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "LESSON XCIII.\\n245\\nLESSOR xcm.\\nlecon xcm\\n1. Se demettre [-1. ir.] le bras, le poignet, corresponds to Die\\nEnglish expression to dislocate one s arm, wrist, to put ones arm, wrist\\nout of joint. In this sense se demettre takes no preposition before\\nits object:\\nJe me suis doinis l epaule. I have dislocated my shoulder.\\n2. Se demettre, used in the sense of to resign, to give up, takes\\nthe preposition de before its object\\n11 s est demis dc sa place. lie has resigned his place.\\n3. S emparer, to seize, to lay hold of, takes de before its object\\nII s est empare de ce cliapean. He seized upon this hat.\\n4. S empecher, to prevent one s self, to forbear, to help, takes de be-\\nfore another verb\\nJe ne puis m empecher de rire.\\nJe ne puis m en empecher.\\n5. S inquieter answers to the English expression, to be or become\\nuneasy, to trouble one s self; it takes de before its object, be this ob-\\nject noun, pronoun or verb\\nJe ne m inquicte pas de cela. lam not uneasy about that.\\n6. Se comporter answers to the expressions to behave, to deport\\none s self.\\n7. S attendre means to await, to expect. It takes d before its ob-\\nject\\nJe ne m attendais pas a. cela. did wl expect thai.\\nJe ne ra y attendais pas. 1 did not expect, it.\\nResume of Examples.\\nI cannot help laughing\\n1 cannot help doing so.\\nVcni.s etcs-vous demis l epaule 1\\nJe me la suis demise [L. 45. 2.\\n135].\\nCette demoiselle s est demis le poi-\\ngnet.\\nQui le lui a rcmis 1\\nLe Dr. L. a rcmis lepaule a ma\\nsoeur.\\nVous etes-vous demis de votrc\\nplace 1\\nJe men suis demis 135. 7].\\nNous ne pouvions nous empecher\\nde souiire pendant ce veeit.\\nVous etes-vous empare de ce livre\\nJe m en suis empare.\\nDe quoi vous intpiietez-vous 1\\nHave you dislocated your shoidikr?\\nI dislocated it.\\nThat young lady dislocated her tens\\nWlio set it for Iter?\\nDr. L. set my sister s shoulder.\\nHave you resigned your situation?\\nI have resigned it.\\nWe could not help smiling during\\nthat narration.\\nHave you seized that book?\\nI laid hold of it.\\nWhy do yon trouble y out self?", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0251.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "246 LKSSON X C 1 1 T.\\nJc no m inqui te le rien,\\nComment ce jetme homme\\nt-il\\nII Be coraporte comme il but\\nie telle\\nj attendab rrallement\\nabout nothing.\\nrung man bchavt?\\nI an answer.\\nI did not i means.\\n188.\\nA l avenir, in future t Ganche, Paysan, m. peasant i\\nPruase, P. Prussia\\nMonde (tout le 8 ur m.\\nbody; Traitemeat, in. trrat-\\nauch Villa, i\\nE\\nl. oua pas demis 2. Je me I etaia pal\\ndemis; je me l 1 Ami rique, voua dfV\\ni en demottre I\\nd mis de la aienne\\n6. II v a mi moia qu il L\\\\ anemi B est-il empare de\\nla vilk- 6. II Vn eat empare. comportera-t41\\nin parvil tr titemenl de aa\\nomme il Pant 15. PourqnoJ\\n.a empe-\\ni empare-\\ni otre i\\nremia le pi 89. Le Dr.\\n(i. le Id l\u00c2\u00ab btaa\\natin I 24. 1\\nI li j .11\\n6. 1\\nrm 7. I le\\ni\\nd\\nDV n. I I. Will\\nnot some one lay hold of your tot, it you leavi", "height": "2891", "width": "1631", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0252.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "LESSON XOIV. 247\\none will lay hold of it. 16. How has your son behaved this morning!\\n17. He behaved very well. 18. He always behaves properly.\\n19. Do you not trouble yourself uselessly (inutilement) 20. I do\\nnot trouble myself at all (du lout). 21. Did you expect such treat-\\nment from (de la part de) your son 1 22. I did not expect such\\ntreatment from him (de sa part). 23. Does that young lady behave\\nwell towards her mother? 24. She behaves well towards every\\nbody. 25. Will you behave better in future 26. We will behave\\nwell. 27. Have you broken your fmger (doigl) 28. I have broken\\nmy thumb (pouce). 29. Could you help going to sleep (de dormir) 1\\n30. We could not help smiling. 31. My sisters could not help\\nlaughing. 32. Why are you uneasy? 33. Because (parceque) my\\nson does not behave well. 34. Did your father expect to be well\\ntreated 35. He expected to be treated properly. 36. We did not\\nexpect such an answer.\\nLESSON XCIV. LEQON XC1V.\\n1. N importe, an ellipsis of il rCimporte, answers to the English\\nexpression no matter it does not matter, never mind\\nDonnez-moi un livre, n importe le Give me a book, no matter which.\\nquel.\\n2. Qu importe answers to the English phrase what matter\\nWhat does it mailer 1 When that expression is followed by a plural\\nsubject the verb importer is put in the plural\\nQue nous important leurs mur- What do we care for their murmurs 7\\nmures 1\\n3. N est-ee pas corresponds to the English expressions, is it not\\nis lie not, f C. 1 do they not 1 following an assertion\\nII fait froid n est-ce pas It is cold is it not\\n4. N est-ce pas 1 frequently precedes the assertion\\nN est-ce pas que votre frere est Your In-other is come is he not\\narrive 1\\n5. Regarder, to look at, is used in the sense of to concern\\nCela regard e votre frere. That concerns yuw brother.\\n6. En voul-oir (3. ir.) a quelqu un, a quelque chose, means to have\\na design, against or upon a grudge against any one to be angry with\\nsneon account rf something\\nII en veut a notre vie. He lias a design against our hfe.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0253.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "248\\nLBSSOS X C I Y.\\nR ST7M OF Ex.Uiri.ES.\\nPonrvu qnc rons veniea, n importe\\npar quel cheiuin.\\na importe\\nA]\\nn importe.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2.islail; qa iflO]\\nqu importo 1\\n1\\nB\\nI\\njome x no \u00e2\u0096\u00a0mailer reJtitk\\ntrail.\\nhe does it, no matter hoi?.\\nBring mc something, no metier w. uJ.\\nI shall die through it; nommtkr,\\nichai\\nmatte\\npretexts lchal does U\\n\u00c2\u00bbr* for that a fair?\\ni i rritai to us I\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0-it mc Js that cry\\nis no-\\np r o p e rt y,\\nfriends,\\n,:r business/\\ntar. to be\\nPonr-olr, 3.\\ni\\nlett i\\ncc quo\\nporter du\\nI impurto\\n7. Vbai\\ni\\ni lutisftut;\\nqu importa I 11.11 n*inpoilt\\nlo public\\nmoi. 17. Vow krai\\nI A qui en\\nne voui", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0254.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "lesson xcv. 249\\nen vouhms pas. 22. Vous m en voudrez; n est re pas? 23. En\\nvoulez vous a la vie de votre ami 24. Je n en veux pas a sa vie.\\n25. II m en veut; qu importe? 26. Va, Cesar est bien loin d en\\nvouioir a sa vie (Voltaire).\\nExercise 186.\\nWhich way will your brother come? 2. Provided he comes to-\\nmorrow, it does not mattei which way. 3. Will he write to your\\nbrother? 4. He will not write to him; but it is no matter. 5.\\nWill you not lend me a book? 6. Which book do you wish to\\nhave 7. No matter which. 8. Shall I bring you some silk from\\nParis? 9. Bring me what you can; no matter what. 10. Does\\nthat concern your brother? 11. That does not concern him, but it\\nconcerns me. 12. Does he refuse to write to u s? 13. He refuses\\nto (de) write; but what does it matter? 14. Bring me a book, no\\nmatter which. 15. Your brother will come, will he not? 16. Has\\nhe been willing to receive your brother? 17. He has refused to re-\\nceive him, but no matter. 18. He is pleased, is he not? 19. He is\\nnot pleased, but it is no matter. 20. Is that your business? 21. It\\nis my business. 22. It is my brother s business. 23. I have told\\nyou that it is nobody s business. 24. Has that man a design against\\nyour father s life? 25. He has no design against his life but he\\nhas a design upon his property. 26. Are you angry with us on that\\naccount? 27. I am not angry with you for this. 28. Have you a\\ngrudge against my friends? 29. I have no grudge against them.\\n30. That concerns you, does it not? 31. That concerns me. 32.\\nIs that your business? 33. It is very warm this morning; is it not 1\\n34. My sister will come this afternoon; will she not? 35. If she\\ndoes not come, it does not matter. 36. What is her coming to us\\nLESSON XCV. LEgON XCV.\\n1. The word monde, world, is often used in French in a restricted\\nsense. It has then the meaning of people, company, retinue, servant^\\nY avait-il beaucoup de monde a Were there many people at church?\\nl eglise\\nBe mettant alatete de son monde, il Placing himself at the head, of his\\nouvrit lui-meme la porte. people, he himself opened the door.\\nVOLTAIEE.\\n2, The word gens also means people, and is of the masculine geiu\\n11*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0255.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "250\\nLESSON ICV.\\ndcr but, by anomaly, the adjectives which precede gens\\narc put in the feminine, wliile tlio^e which follow it must be in the\\ntnasculin\\n1\\nCeagens jereux.\\n3. The n in, not preceding immediately\\nthe v re put i;i the masculine, except when the word\\ncoming between is an adjective having different termination in the\\n11 al\\nople are fix\\n1 J i;\\nput in the feminine when\\nimmediately the word gens, or are separated from it\\ne having a different termination in the feminine:\\nii\\nn\\nl;\\nIf de tout\\ni\\nLaBi\\nI\\nl\\nT\\nII\\ni crew.\\nII gOOd ptopi*\\nII\\nI\\ni n board; 9* S*h*t", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0256.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "LESSON XCV. 251\\nPerd-re. 4. to lose Reven-ir, l.ir. to return; Voyager, 1. 49.] ?o\\nEasseiubl-er. 1. to 5/-J% Salon, m. drawing-room; travel;\\ntogether; Serv-ir, 2. ir. to serve; Terre, land, sliore.\\n1. Avez-vous rasseinble beaucoup de monde chez vous? 2. II n est\\nvenu que peu de monde. 3. A quelle heure servira-t-on le diner au-\\nj o u ra h ui 4. On le servira des que notre monde sera venu. 5. Le\\napitaine a-t-il tout son equipage a bord? 6. Non, Monsieur, il a en-\\nroye du monde a. terre. 7. Vos gens se lcvent-ils de bonne heure\\n8, II faut que tous les jours j eveille tout mon monde (Moliere).\\n9 Lcs Moscovites perdirent trois fois plus de monde que les\\nSueclois (Voltaire). 10. Ou est Madame votre mere? 11. Elle est\\ndans le salon, il y a du monde avec elle (company). 12. Tout le\\nmonde peut voyager com me moi (X. de Maistre). 13. Ainsi va le\\nmonde. 14. Elle attend pour quitter le monde, que le monde l ait\\nquittee (Flechier). 15. Vos gens sont-ils revenus de la campagne?\\n16. Nous attendons nos gens aujourd hui. 17. Y a-t-il iciune societe\\nde gens de lettres 18. Non, Monsieur; il n y a qu une societe de\\ngens de robe. 19. Connaissez-vous ces bi aves gens 20. Je crois\\nque ce sont des gens d epee. 21. Tels sont les gens aujourd hui.\\n22. Telles gens, tels patrons (La Bruyere). 23. Tous mes gens\\nsont malades. 24. II faut savoir s accommoder de toutes gens\\n(L Academie). 25. Q,ue pouvez-vous avoir a. demeler avec de\\ntelles gens\\nExercise 183.\\n1. Are there many people at your brother s? 2. There are not\\nmany people there. 3. Does that young man slander every body\\n4. He slanders nobody. 5. Have you brought many people with\\nyou 6. We have brought but few people with us. 7. Is there com-\\npany with your mother? 8. There is no company with her. 9. Who\\nhas told you that 10. Every body says so. 11. Is the company come\\n12. The company is not yet come. 13. Has your mother discharged\\ntwc servants (domesliques) 14. She has discharged all her people.\\n15. Do you know those people? 16. I know them very well; they\\nare very worthy people. 17. When he travels, he stops always with\\ngood people. 18. Are there foolish people here? 19. There are\\nfoolish people everywhere (partout 20. Do you awake your people\\nevery morning 21. Yes, Sir; I must awake them everyday. 22.\\nWhat can your brother have to settle with those people 23. They\\nare the best people in the world. 24. Were there many people at\\nchurch this morning? 25. There were not many people there. 26.\\nAre your people sick? 27. Yes, Sir; all my people are sick. 28.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0257.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "259 J.ESSON XCTT.\\nThere is here a society of learned men. 29. There are in Paris\\nKfrera] societies of lawyers. 30. What worthy people Si. What\\ngood people 3J. 1 33. We ox\\npeet them this 3j. lias your cap-\\nhis crew o;; I\\nXCVL LE\u00c2\u00a3ON XCVI.\\ninanimate,\\nhalve pronoun\\nV a fin* tree; its fruit is excel-\\nvlvit, the inanimate possessor the subject of the\\n1 I.)]\\n-nil/. It\\nrtmeaoa\\ni before\\npronoun f/:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nJ\\n1\\n.^.h, to make one s self\\none s self. So Udre.\\nref,\\n-nous. .gue). Let us\\nI\\nU\\niacs.\\nic.hv at j mill.\\nCent. :!j trees\\nulitstr", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0258.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "LESSON XCTI.\\n253\\nEntendez-vous bien le latin 1\\nCet avouc n entend rien aux affaires.\\nII ne s y entend pas.\\nJe lui ai donnc a entendre, qu il\\netait dc trop ici.\\nQu ente.idez-vous par la.1\\nII y avait tant de bruit, que nous\\nn avons pu nous faire entendre.\\nTaisezle premier, ce quo vous vou-\\nlez qu on taise. Latin Maxim.\\nPourquoi nevous taisez- vous pas\\nNous l avons fait taire.\\nDo you understand Latin well\\nThat attorney has no knoiclcdge of\\nbusiness.\\nHe is not expert in this.\\nI gave him, to understand thai he\\nwas in the way here.\\nWhat do you mean by that\\nThere was so much noise, that we\\ncould not make ourselves heard.\\n-Keep to yourself that which you would\\nwish to have kepi secret.\\nWhy are you not silent?\\nWe made him hold his tongue (si-\\nlenced him).\\nExercise 189.\\nAgrement, m. pleasure; Chirurgien, m. surgeon; Mancbe, f. sleeve\\nAvantage, na. advan- Consent-ir, 2. ir. to con- Mel-er, 1. to mix\\ntage sent Muet, te, dumb, mute\\nBasque, f. skirt of a Court, e, short; Pays, m. country,\\ncoat Force, f. force, power Raison, f. reason\\nBrave, worthy, Fort, very, Reuss-ir, 2. to succeed.\\n1. Est-ce un habit neuf que votre fils porte? 2. C est un habit\\nneuf, le drap en est tres fin. 3. Les manches n en sont elles pas trop\\ncourtes 4. Je crois que les manches en sont trop courtes et les\\nbasques troplongues. 5. La campagne n a-t-elle pas ses avantages?\\n6. J aime la campagne j en connais les avantages. 7. Paris a ses\\nagrements. 8. J aime Paris; j en connais les agrements. 9. Ce chi-\\nrurgien s entend-il a. la medecine? 10. II n y entend rien du tout.\\n11. Entendez-vous la medecine. 12. Je ne m y entends pas. 13. Je\\nne l entends pas. 14. Je n y entends rien. 15. Avez-vous reussi a\\nvous faire entendre 16. Nous n y avons pas reussi. 17. Mon voi-\\nsin est un brave homme et je m entends fort bien avec lui. 18. Fahe\\ntaire certaines gens est un plus grand miracle que de faire parler les\\nmuets (Balzac). 19. Savez-vous de quel pays est cet homme?\\n20. II tait son pays et sa naissance. 21. Par la force de la raison,\\nelle apprit l art de parler et de se taire (Flechier). 22. Voulez-\\nvous vous taire impertinente, vous venez toujours meler vos imper\\ntinerces a toutes choses (MoliEee). 23. Qui se tait consen\\n(Proverb).\\nExercise 190.\\n1. Have you a very good garden 2. We have a very large one,\\nbut its soil (tsrre, f.) is not good. 3. Is your brother s coat new?\\n4. He has a new coat, but its sleeves are too short. 5. Are not ita\\nekirts too long? 6. No, Sir; its skirts are too short. 7. Have you\\nHot heard that preacher (predicateur) 8. There was so much noise,", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0259.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "254 LESSON X C VI I.\\nthat I could not hear him. 9. Docs not the country have its plea\\nBores 10. The country has its pleasures. 11. Does not your bro.\\nther like the city 12. He likes the country he know s i;s pleasures.\\n13. What does your brother mean by that 14. lb means what lie\\njrour father expert in business 16. My father has no\\nje of business man understand Engp\\nlish well? 18. lie understands French i rery well. 19.\\nler is an honest\\ni well with him. 21. Does that young\\nman conceal hii and his country. 23.\\nlicine 24. He does not under-\\nilent, my child.\\nthat child I\\nWill you What hai him to under-\\nhim to undi its charm*,\\nsilenced him. 31.\\nT.- .l hio told him\\nlent lent\\nVII. I VII.\\nnir.\\nI M.lcre.l int\\nrendered by the r bj the\\npronoun. T\\n84.]\\ni\\nqualities,\\na verbal\\nand number of\\nR\\n4. The verbs entendre, to hear (aire, to cause, make laisser, to let..", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0260.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "LESSON XCVII.\\n255\\nc, followed by another verb completing their meaning, are not in\\nFrench separated from that verb. In the corresponding sentences in\\nEnglish, the two verbs are usually separated by other words:\\nJ ai laisse tomber mou couteau.\\nJ ai entendu dire cela.\\nI have let my knife fall {dropped).\\nI have heard that said.\\nResume of Examples.\\nJe connais cles personnes dormant\\nd un sommeil si profond, que le\\nbruit de la foudre ne les reveille-\\nrait pas. Beschee.\\nLes eaux dormantes sontmeilleures\\npour les chevaux que les eaux\\nvives. Buffon.\\nNous avons trouve cette femme\\nmourante.\\nCette femme mourant dans la crainte\\nde Dieu, ne craignait point la\\nmort.\\nOn est heureux en se contentant de\\npeu.\\nAvez-vous laisse passer ce voleur 1\\nJe l ai laisse passer.\\nPourquoi avez-vr\u00c2\u00bbu3 fait faire un\\nhabit 1\\nJe n ai pas fait faire d habit.\\nJ ai lasse tomber quelque chose.\\nLui avez-vous entendu dire cela 1\\nJe le lui ai entendu dire.\\nJe l ai entendu dire.\\nJe l ai entendu dire a ma scenr.\\nIknoio persons, sleeping (who sleep\\nso profoundly, that the noise ofthun*\\nder would not awake them.\\nSleeping (still) waters are better for\\nhorses than living vjaters.\\nWe found that woman dying.\\nThat woman dying in tlie fear of\\nGod, did not fear death.\\nOne is happy in contenting one s self\\nwith little.\\nHave you let that thief pass?\\nI let him pass.\\nWhy have yon had a coat made\\nI have had no coat made.\\nI let something foil.\\nHave you heard him say that\\nI heard him say it.\\nI heard it said.\\nI heard my sister say it.\\nExercise 191.\\nAppliqu-er, (s 1. ref. Hat-er (se), 1. ref. to Prevenant, e. obliging\\nto apply hasten Preven-ir, 2. ir. to an-\\nBesoin, m. want; Lecture, dreading; ticipate;\\nChangeruent. m. altera- Obligeant. e. obliging Repet-er, 1. to repeat;\\n_ lion Plai-re, 4. ir. to please Suivant, e, following;\\nEmouss-er, 1. to blunt; Pointe, f. point; Suiv-re, 4. ir. tc follow\\nEmpecher,l. to prevent; Pleuv-oir, 3.ir.fo rain; Voyant, e, bright, sh-jisy.\\nEssayer, 1. to try;\\n1. Ma cousine est-elle aussi obligeante que la votre 2. Elle est\\naussi obligeante, et bien plus charmante que la mienne. 3. Vos en-\\nfants sont-ils prevenants 1 4. Mes enfants, prevenant tous mes be-\\nBoins. ne me laissent rien a desirer. 5. Lisez bien attentivement los\\npages suivantes. 6. Ces demoiselles, suivant l exemple de leur mere,\\ns appliquent a la lecture. 7. Les couleurs voyantes ne me plaisent\\npoint. 8. Mes scaurs voyant qu il allait pleuvoir, se haterent de re-\\nvenir. 9. Qu avez-vous laisse tomber? 10. J ai laisse tomber ma", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0261.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "256 LESSON XCVIIL\\nplume; la pointc on est emonasee. 11. Les avez-vottt fait pari er!\\nli. Je les ai fail parler, mais avec difficulte. 13. Avez-vous fait faire\\ndes rhangements dana voire maisonl 14. Jyen ai fait faire. 15. A\\nquoi en avez-vous fait faire 16. Pen ai fait faire la salle a man-\\ngcr et au sal* 17. A er cet homoie 18. Je\\nn ai p 19. A qui (idiom avez-voua cn\\nlenda d i re eelal 20. Je l*ai entendudire mon pere. 21. Je le lui\\n22. D vona i a entenda dire. 23. II vous a vu\\nfaire eclx 21. II vous i a vu I airc. 25. Jc l ai vu p\\nl. Bujfoo say- tliat they are\\nbetter for horses than living waters. 3. Are your sisters cautions 1\\n4. They art not wry cautious. 6. My Bisters, foreseeing that it was\\ngoing to rain, brought their umbrellas, What have you let fall?\\n7. I have let my knife and book fall. s. Do very bright colors please\\nyour brothei Be him. Have\\nyon read the following pagesl 11. II re you Been the dying wo-\\nman IS. Yum- I, was very happy.\\npplir herself to study.\\n14 Have yon made them read? 16. I made Ihem read and write,\\n10, made my brother write, it. have had a 1 k bound (r\\nide in his house 19. He lias\\nhad soma n he hi d some made?\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2j I. I i Whom have\\nHave yon\\nHave you\\ni have\\n81 Do not\\nlet it fall. 82. What has your 1 i 83 He has dropped\\nnothing. 3t. Whom have you beard say lhati 86. I hoard\\nbrother say it. 86. rd you repeat it. 37. We ban\\nyou do tliat.\\nLESSON X\u00c2\u00ab viii. XCVUL\\nri .ACTH \u00c2\u00ab-K. L\\nThe paitieiple past ia vabiablb under any of the following con.\\nditions:\\n1. When en i which casfi it agrees to\\ngender and number with the noun which it qualifies", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0262.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "tsssow xotiii. 257\\nDes livres iroprimes. Printed books.\\nCes femmes paraissent bien abat- Those women appear very dejected.\\ntues.\\n2. When used in the formation of the tenses of passive verbs;\\nwhen it always agrees with the subject of the proposition\\nElles sont bien rccues de tout le They are well received by every\\nmonde. body.\\n3. When employed in forming the compound tenses of neuter\\nverbs having tire as an auxiliary in which place, as in the preced-\\ning case, it agrees with the subject or nominative\\nVotre soeur est partie ce matin. Your sister went away this morning.\\n4. When employed in forming the tenses of active verbs having\\navoir as an auxiliary; in which connection it agrees not with the\\nsubject, but with the direct object or regimen, provided that object\\nprecedes it\\nLcs maisons que ncus avons ache- The houses which we have bought.\\ntees.\\n5. When used along with tire in the formation of the compound\\ntenses of reflective verbs, wherein the reflective pronoun is the direct\\nobject; in which position it agrees with that pronoun or direct\\nobject\\nCes dames se sont flattees. Tiwse ladies have jlallcred tlwvisches.\\n6. When used along with tire (as in Rule 5.) in the formation of\\nthe compound tenses of those reflective verbs, in which the reflective\\npronoun is not the direct, but the indirect object of the proposition;\\nin which event it agrees with the direct object, provided (as in Rule\\n4.) that object precedes it\\nLes histoires qu elles se sont racon- T/i\u00c2\u00a3 stories which they related to each\\ntecs. other.\\n7. When forming part of a compound tense of a verb governing a\\nBucceeding infinitive, it is at the same time preceded by a direct ob\\nject which is represented as performing the action denoted by the in\\nCnilive in which condition it agrees with that direct object:\\nLes dames que j ai entendues ch an- The ladies whom I heard sing fusing-\\ntcr. ing).\\n8. When in a sentence containing the pronoun en, the participle is\\npreceded by another object or regimen which is direct in which case\\nit agrees with that direct object:\\nJe les en ai avertis. have warned them of it.\\nVous les en avez informes. You /tave informed them of it.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0263.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "258\\nLESSON X C V 1 1 1.\\nOF Examples.\\nv.-z drs lirres bien relies.\\nat bien labourites.\\nBies roisines Bont tomb6es d ac\\ntret,\\nque doub avoi\\nlata quoj ai\\nas som-\\nbooks\\nYour da\\nn- ii ploughed,\\nibart have come to an u%-\\nto us.\\niited.\\nThe fields which you have ploughed.\\nyou) of ijohi\\nfault.\\nS\\nheari\\nwhich I bro:.\\nI\\nI\\nh\\nI\\n2. EU\u00c2\u00ab\\nest fiatigi\\nBile e-t\\nq tmuveei", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0264.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "LESSON XCIX. 259\\nrous vus rire? 2L Je les ai vus sourire. 22. Les avez-vous vus\\nvoler des fruits? 23. Je les ai vus voler des pomrnes. 24. Les avez-\\nvous avertis de lturs fautes 25. Je les en ai avertis. 26. Je ne les\\nen ai pas avertis.\\nExercise 194.\\n1. Are your books well bound? 2. They are well bound, and\\nwell printed. 3. Did not your little girl find herself discouraged\\n4. She found herself tired, but not discouraged. 5. Have your sis-\\nters come to an understanding 6. They have not come to an un-\\nderstanding. 7. My brothers have come to an understanding. 8.\\nWho came to you 9. Your friends came to us. 10. Is not your\\nsister gone to church? 11. My sister is gone to church as usual.\\n12. Did your sister return sooner than usud 13. My sister re-\\nturned later than usual. 14. Are the fields which you have ploughed\\nlarge? 15. The fields which I have bought are very large. 16.\\nWhere are the gentlemen whom you saw pass? 17. The ladies\\nwhom I heard sing are in their room. 18. Did your poor sister fall?\\n19. Did that poor sick woman fall in the mud? 20. Did your sister\\nsucceed in reading that book? 21. She succeeded in reading it. 22.\\nHave you warned your sisters of their danger? 23. I have warned\\nthem of it. 24. I have not warned them of it. 25. What pen has\\nyour mother used? 26. She has used mine. 27. Have not those\\nyoung ladies used my book? 28. They have not used it. 29. Has\\nyour mother been well? 30. She has been perfectly well. 31.\\nHas she remembered her promise? 32. She has remembered it. 33.\\nHave you seen those boys laugh? 34. I have seen them smile. 35.\\nHave you seen them play 36. I have heard them play.\\nLESSON XCIX. LEgON XCIX.\\nPRACTICAL RESUME OE THE RULES ON THE PAST PARTICIPLE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -IL\\nThe participle past is invariable\\n1. In active verbs, when the direct regimen follows the participle\\nMes nieces out etudie leurs lecons. My nieces nave studied heir lessons.\\nEllcs out neglige leuvs etudes. They have neglected their studies.\\n2. In neuter verbs conjugated with avoir\\nMes cousines ont disparu. My cousins have disappeared.\\nI\u00c2\u00bbes cinq heures qu elles ont dormi. The five hours which tliey have slept.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0265.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "200 LXSSOX XC IX.\\nIn the latter sentence, the word pendant is tmderstood nftci\\nheures\\nLcs cinq heures petulant ks qucllcs The five hours during which th\\nelles on: donm.\\n3. In anipersonal verbs, whether conjugated with etre or \\\\vi\\navoir\\nteura qui] a fait ectto anuee. 71\u00c2\u00ab heal there has Ixen this war\\narrive blendes maQienn. Many misfortuna have haj pcne\\n4. In reflective or pronominal verbs, of which the second pronou\\nis an iodireet regimen, when no direct regimen precedes:\\nEllc lo partir. She proposed ta kersdf ia kmet.\\n5. When the participle precedes an infinitive, and is preceded by a\\ngimen, and this direct regimen ctor, but the b-\\ncd upon, In t generally rendered in\\nQ\\nL [ue j ai entendn chan I (Icing)\\nen the direct regimen preceding a participle is not the object\\nof this participle, but of a verb following:\\nI\\nd by an infinitive, is always\\nIs:\\nj.\\nin, at, when no direct regimen precsdi\\nI\\n[tem of then\\nI; si\\n.vicf.\\ndo hons con-\\n1 i c|u ii a conru.\\nn\u00c2\u00a3cs quo a\\nLa belle Journee qu il (ail l.ii t\\nse i oiit nui.\\nhr ran.\\nT i hart\\nI thai there hat\\nietutt,\\ncil on*\\nThe A Uies have motif the e.luccium\\nd ait da ledii .ant a kind if art.\\npliant. Bliiun.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0266.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "LESSON XCIX. 261\\nElle s est imagine l idee de pouvoir She conceived the idea, that she might\\nreussir. i succeed.\\nLes fruits que j ai vu volcr.\\nLes soldats blesses quo j ai vu por-\\nter.\\nLa chanson que j ai entendu chan-\\nter.\\nLes pomracs que je vous ai defendu\\nde manger.\\nJe les ai fait partir.\\nElles m ont apporte des oranges.\\nElles m en out apporte.\\nThe fruits which I snu being stolen.\\nThe wounded soldiers w. iom I saw\\n{being) carried.\\nTlie song which I heard sung.\\nThe apples which I forbade yov, to\\neat.\\nI obliged them to leave.\\nThey have brought me oranges.\\nTliey have brought me {some) of them.\\nExercise 195.\\nAuberge, f. inn; Jou-er, 1. to play Piece, f. piece:\\nBien. m. good; Habill-er, 1. to dress; Racont-cr, 1. to relate;\\nDernier, e, last; Donn-ir, 2. to sleep; Reven-ir, 2. ir. to re-\\nDisparait-re, 4. ir. to dis-IAon d Or, m. Golden turn;\\nappear Lion Soieries, silk goods.\\nEuterr-er, 1. to bury; Mort, e, dead;\\n1. Quelle auberge vous a-t-on recommandee 2. On m a recora-\\nmande l auberge du Lion-d Or. 3. Quelles nouvelles avez-vous\\napportees 4. J ai apporte des nouvelles agreables. o. Vos voisines\\nsont-elles habillees 6. Elles ne sont pas encore habillees. 7. Ont-\\nelles bien dormi la nuit derniere? 8. Elles n ont pas bien dormi.\\n9. Quand sont-elles arrivees? 10. Elles sont arrivees a quatre\\nheures et demie. 11. Ont-elles dormi plus de cinq heures? 12. Les\\nsix heures qu elles ont dorrai leur ont fait beaucoup de bien. 13. Vos\\nsoeurs se sont-elles amusees 14. En jouant elles se sont fait raal\\nau bras. 15. Se sont-elles raconte notre conversation? 16. Elles\\nse la sont racontee. 17. Vos amies ont-elles disparu] 18. Elles\\nn ont pas disparu elles sont revenues chez elles. 19. Les soldats\\nque vous avez vus partir; sonl^ils revenus? 20. Us sont morts;\\nje les ai vu enterrer. 21. Ne les avez-vous pas fait etudier? 22. Je\\nles ai fait lire. 23. Avez-vous apporte des soieries 24. Je n en ai\\npas apporte. 25. Les soieries que j en ai apportees sont superbes.\\nExercise 196.\\n1. Have you not recommended my nieces 2. I have recommendev.\\nthem. 3. Have you brought me good oranges 4. I have brought\\nyou some. 5. Have you given any to my two daughters 6. I have\\ngiven them some. 7 I would have given them some, if I had had\\nmany. 8. Have you not neglected your studies? 9. I have not\\nneglected them; I never neglect them. 10. The years which that\\nchurch has lasted, speak in favor {en faveur) of the architect.\\n11. The ten miles which he has run, have fatigued him. 12. Have", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0267.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "262 LESSON c.\\niters Injured each other 13. They have flattered themselves\\n15. There came three of\\n7. They conceived the\\nHave you seen them (m.,\\nI your peat\\n23. The\\nour room\\nL 31. H\\nI have broogtt\\nfrom tf ph\u00c2\u00abi\\nLEgON C.\\nj, im-\\nttdm it", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0268.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "IESSON C.\\nVoila les perils, voici le moyen de\\nles eviter car entin, le bras de Dieu\\nn est pas raccourci. Massillon.\\nLe peuple se figure une felicite\\nimaginaire dans les situations ele-\\nvees, ou il ne peut atteindre, et il\\ncroit (car tel est l homme) que tout\\nce qu il ne pent avoir, -c est cela\\nmcme qui est le bonheur qu il\\ncherche.\\nMassillon.\\ncomme-\\nComme l ambition n a pas de\\nfrein, et que la soif des richesses\\nnous consume tous, il en resulte, que\\nle bonheur nous fuit a mesure que\\nnous le cberchons. Th. Corneille.\\nLa reconnaissance est le plus\\ndoux, comme le plus saint des de-\\nvoirs. Thomas.\\nComme il sonna la charge, il\\nsonne la retraite. La Fontaine.\\nThose are the davgers, thin is the\\nway of avoiding them for finally,\\nthe influence of God ir. not less\\npowerful.\\nThe people picture to themselves\\nan imaginary happiness in elevated\\nstations which they cannot reach,\\nand they believe (for such is man)\\nthat all that which they cannot ob-\\ntain, forms that very happiness\\nwhich they seek.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u0094QUE.\\nAs ambition has no limits, and as\\nthe thirst of riches devours us all,\\nthe result is, that happiness avoids\\nus, as we proceed in our search after\\nit.\\nGratitude is the siveetest as well as\\nthe holiest of duties.\\nAs he sounded the charge, so he\\nsounds the retreat.\\nVotre maitre vous aime done,\\nvous devez l aimer.\\nJe suis, done, un temoin de leur\\npeu de puissance. Racine.\\nEt dou peut done venir ce\\nchangement extreme Voltaire.\\nSi ce n est toi, c est done ton\\nfrere. Je n en ai pas. C est done,\\nquelqu un des tiens. La Fontaine.\\nAllons done! repondit on, et la\\ntransaction n eut pas lieu.\\nDe Cussy.\\nYour master loves you therefore,\\nyou should love him.\\nI am, therefore, a ivitness of their\\nwant of power.\\nWhence, therefore, can this extreme\\nchange proceed?\\nIf it is not you, th;n it is your\\nbrother. I have none. Then it must\\nbe some one of your family.\\nWell done! replied they, and\\nthe affair did not take place.\\nDE MEME QUE.\\nDe m\u00c2\u00a3me que le soleil brille sur I As the sun shines upon the earth,\\nla te rre, de meme le juste brillera so will the just shine in heaven.\\ndans les cieux. L academie.\\nC est etrs faible et timide que\\nd etre inaccessible et tier.\\nMassillon.\\nUne famille vertueuse est un vais-\\neeau tenu pendant la tempete par\\ndeux ancres, la religion et les mceurs.\\nChateaubriand.\\nQuel carnage de toutes parts\\nOn egorge a la fois les enfants, les\\nviefllards,\\nTo be inaccessible and proud, is to\\nbe weak and timid.\\nA virtuous family is a vessel\\nstrengthened during the tempest by\\ntwp anchors, religion and morals.\\nWhat carnage on all sides\\nThey murder at once the children,\\nthe old men, the sister and the broth-", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0269.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "264\\nLEEBON C.\\nEt la prrur ct le frere, er, (he daughter and the mother, ih*\\nEt la tille et la mere, son in (he arms of his father.\\nLe fils dan^ 1 I *tc.\\nfor.\\nRJI Qf.WP.\\nLorsquc l ininKonec habUait la When innocence inJiabited iht\\ntore.\\nQnand ji- ne m en (f nwa you hated me, I \\\\coula so.\\nplaindra -.in.\\n|u au If lered merely the\\nn tee had\\ni |M.int cTaatre interet i -i- nootker inter** here than to yrc-\\ni lit, t jirereut\\ntaut y violent i tmiimtk\\n-iLLO.V. I\\nimpe*- n vat a r\\nrialc ai. teen Mr\\nM n/ if the.\\nj (AM r /\u00c2\u00abi/, 6u\\n(Ay,\\nI ll:\\ni/r/ strike A*\\nrni-nt 1 1 ear, but the mind.\\nt it a wt\\nma\\nI.\\\\ I:.\\nII i\\nit it not :h\u00c2\u00bb\\niiant.\\nThrrr it HO but in the\\nI my daughter to a\\nmute.\\nHraiVai r.-lui qt.i\\nni par\\nh\\nhilJS III\\nmeUtetm ni plus bal\\nOn d\\nLi K in Wtt\\nin ii. be, ni noble, ni i\\nni mam- Mwmli. i.v.\\nIf,ij i content him-\\n\\\\itth J!\\nf by ii. r-,*r. i! r by\\nthr shameful deeiret ofmewrim,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i the eonJU\\nl\\nWe are tirrrr M IMgf nor so tin-\\nl.lCIJ.\\nThat holy /fir ibioir* HO\\nnous k lou\u00c2\u00bbn\u00c2\u00bbg\u00c2\u00ab A, l- (fen, M us go to vork", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0270.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "LESSON C.\\n265\\nO 9a, Gil Bias, me dit il ua jour,\\nle tnmp3 de ton enfance est passe.\\nLe Sage.\\nNew, then, Gil Bias, said he to\\nme one day, the time of your child-\\nla, fortune, soit bonne ou mau-\\nvaise, soit passagere ou constante,\\nne peut rien sur Tame du sage.\\nHaemontel.\\nLa liberte de publier ses pensees,\\nou la liberte de la presse, doit etre\\nregle e sur la liberte meme d agir..\\nB. de St. Pieeee.\\nFortune, be it good or bad, be it\\ntransient or constant, has no power\\nover the soul of the wise.\\nThe liberty of publishing one s\\nthoughts, or the liberty of the press,\\nshould be regulated upon the liberty\\nof action itself.\\nLes grands hommes entreprennent\\nde grandes choses parcequ elles\\nBont grandes, et les fdus parcequ ils\\nles croient faciles. Vauvenaegues.\\nLa tout est beau, parceque tout\\nest vrai J. J. Rousseau.\\nGreat men undertake great things\\nbecause they are great; and fools,\\n.y believe them easy.\\nLe style le\\ntant sa noblesse.\\nEvery thing there is beautiful, be-\\ncause every thing is true.\\nPOUETANT.\\nnoble a pour- 1 The least elevated style lias, never-\\nBoileau. J theless, its elevation.\\nPUISQUE.\\nPourquoi le demander, puisque\\nvous le savez Racine.\\nNe vous lassez jamais d examiner\\nles causes des grands changements\\npuisque rien ne servira jamais tant\\na votre instruction. Bossuet.\\nPuisque vous le voulez, je vais\\nchanger de style. Boileau.\\nWhy ask about it, since you know it\\nNever be weary of examining into\\nthe causes of great changes; for\\nnothing will ever be of so much ser-\\nvice to your instruction.\\nSince you will have it so, I will\\nchange my style.\\nJamais on ne vit un si grand exem- Never was such a striking exam-\\nple, que le corn-age n est point in-\\ncompatible avec la. mollesse.\\nVoltaiee.\\nNous n avons que peu de temps a\\nvivre, et loin d en profiter, nou3 ne\\ncberchons qu a le perdre. Laveaux.\\nA quoi vous servira d avoir de\\nl esprit, si vous ne l employez pas, et\\nque vous ne vous appliquiez pas\\nToutefois que sert-il de me justi-\\nfier Racine.\\nQu il fasse ce qu il lui plaira.\\nQue le raonde est grand Qu il\\nest maguifique Massillon.\\nQue de beaux jours n ont pas de\\nbeaux soirs 1 Boiste.\\nSais tu quelque chose de plus\\nOh que oui. Beuets,\\n12\\npie seen, that courage is not incom-\\npatible with effeminacy.\\nWe have but little time to live,\\nand instead of improving it, we only\\nseek to waste it.\\nOf what use will be your wit, if\\nyou do not employ it, and do not ap-\\nply yourselves\\nHowever, what is the use of justi-\\nfying myself?\\nLet him, do what he pleases.\\nHow great is the world! How\\nmagnificent\\nHow many fine days have not\\nbeautiful evenings\\nDo you know any thing more f\\nThat Idol", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0271.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "26\u00c2\u00ab\\nLESSON C.\\nCest une maladie d esprit, que de\\naoubaiter des choses impossibles.\\nFknf.lon.\\nII n y aura jamais de meilleur di-\\nrecteur que l Evangile.\\nGaNCASELLI.\\nLa veritable conversion du cceur\\nfait autant aimer Dieu qu on a aime\\nPascal\\ntu que dans son ccrur, il ait\\nmart f\\nOfl nfatl mm qpe y\\nm MilE. DE Si\\nII a f.iilu OM DM lnu iluui\\ninstruit. j\u00c2\u00ab ur n apprandn M que je\\nn\u00c2\u00ab voulaia pas aon\\nWishing for impossible things, is\\na disease of the mind.\\nThere will never be any better\\nguide than tlu Gospel.\\nThe true conversion of the heart\\nmakes us love God as much as w*\\nluive loved the creatures.\\nDo you believe that he has sworn\\nmth in his heart.\\nIt is not that 1 might havi don*\\nUtter tli\\nIt was tucessary that my misfor-\\ntunes should instruct me, to teach\\nme what I would not believe.\\nqp a us c a yi oi qnc\\nQuoique Dion ct la nature aient\\ni Again en Lm\\nformant dTOM BktaDC bcoa, b WKOHi\\nhumaine nc peut eouft rir I\\nlite.\\nvitez la\\nhMMMfc LU\\nQuoi que co noit quelle di-e, ill.-\\noe me pcrsuadera paa,\\nGliALLT-Dl VIVUPL\\n:.,h ami twhtr* have\\nmade all men equal in forming them\\n.-arth, human vanity\\ncannot bear that equality.\\nWhatever you may write, avoid\\nWhatever she may say, she will\\nnot persuade me.\\nSt Tout le Toulicz, nous parUru.na\\nBBMBU\\n8i vou\u00c2\u00bb le prencz sur ce ton, je\\nN,;l ompire nV\u00c2\u00abt sQr, Vfl na\\nlamom pour bate. Kaunk.\\nBra k hat, am p ai th orn,\\nYutrc anvil :i loujw n rdserre\\nquelque ei, qu.lque maia.\\nIf yon wished it, we would go to-\\nqethrr.\\n1/ you go on in this way, I Kith-\\ndraw.\\ny,, empire, is safe, unlet* it Ml\\naffection for its bonis.\\nIf it must b* so, we will go.\\nYmm mind lots olways in\\nsotne if. smns but\\nlis r. -pomlirrnt, qu il f.dlait n\\ntablir ranalibre europejeo raapa,\\nqu il follait le n -tablir HDOD 101 U\\ncontinent, oil il 6teU t. nit a\\ndetruit, au moina sur l Oc^an.\\nTineas.\\nf.iit\\nThey replied, that it was i\\nUtoUt* the disturbed\\npean balance tluit it imi necessary\\nto restore it, if not on the continent,\\nmiirely destroyed, a*\\nleast on the Ocean.\\naorr.\\nSoit qu d le (awe, eoit qu d ne le\\n8oit la hardieaso de lentrcprise,\\neoit la eculo pr6eence de ce grand\\nWhether he does it, whether he\\ndoes il not.\\nBe it t/ie boldness of the enter-\\nprise, b* it the present* alone thi*", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0272.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "LESSON C.\\n267\\nhomrae, soit hi protection visible du\\nciel, il etonne par sa resolution.\\nFlechiee.\\nSoit en bien, soit en mal, mon ami,\\nla prudence dit, qu il faut rarement\\njuger sur l apparence. Cheeon.\\nVous le voulez ainsi soit il\\nUn mal funeste et contagieux se\\nrepaudit dans les principales villes\\nde la Normandie soit que l intem-\\nperie des saisons eat laisse dans les\\nairs quelque maligne impression, soit\\nqu un commerce fatal eut apporte\\ndes pays eloignes, avec de fragiles\\nrichesses, des semences de maladie\\net de mort, soit que l ange de Dieu\\neut 6tendu la main pour frapper\\ncette malheureuse province.\\nFlechiee.\\ngreat man, be it the visible protec~\\ntion of heaven, he astonishes by his\\nresolution.\\nBe it for good, be it for evil, my\\nfriend, prudence says, that toe must\\nrarely judge from appearances.\\nYou will have it so So be it\\nA fatal and contagious disease\\nspread in the principal cities of\\nNormandy; be it that the inclemen-\\ncy of the season had left in the air\\nso?ne malignant impression, be it\\nthat a fatal commerce had brought\\nfrom distant countries, with perish-\\nable riches, the seeds of disease and\\ndeath, be it that the angel of God\\nhad stretclied forth his hand to smite\\nthat unfortunate province.\\nEXERCISES IN COMPOSING.\\nThe words in the following lists are given, as before intimated\\n(page 59), as suggestive of thought. In conducting the exercise, the\\nTeacher selects a particular word, as Relieur (Bookbinder), and re-\\nquires each pupil to compose a French sentence containing this term.\\nThe pupil is duly notified, that he is at liberty to take any thought\\nsuggested by the word, and to produce a sentence of any form found\\nin any of the foregoing Lessons regard being had all along to all\\nthe Rules, Notes, Exceptions, c, that may bear upon the case.\\nThus, adopting as a model the sentence, Voire marchand est bien obli-\\ngeant (Lesson 17, Resume), or, Le Danois a-t-il quelques pommes?\\n(Lesson 18, R. 7) c. c, let him endeavor to produce others of the\\nlike kind.\\nA little practice will render the exercise both easy and interesting.\\nIt will soon come to be easy to incorporate not only one, but two,\\nthree, or more of the words taken from the lists.\\nL Peofessions et Metises,\\nAoteur, m. actor.\\nApothicaire, m. apothecary.\\nArtiste, m. artist.\\nAumonier, m. chaplain.\\nAuteur, m. author.\\nBarbier, m. barber.\\nBijoutier, m. jeweller.\\nBlancnjb5 o use, f. washerwoman.\\nBoucher, m. ouicher.\\nPeofessions and Teades.\\nBrasseur, m. brewer.\\nBrodeuse, f. embroiderer.\\nCharbonnier, m. coal-man.\\nCharlatan, m. quack.\\nCharretier, m. cartman.\\nChaudronnier, m. coppertmith.\\nChirurgien, m. surgeon.\\nCordier, m. ropemaker.\\nCorroyeur, m, currier.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0273.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "268\\nLIST 07 WORDS,\\nCoutelier, no. aitler.\\nCouttiriere, f. seamstress.\\nCouvreur, m. staler, tiler.\\nCure, in. vicar.\\nDentiste, m. dentist.\\nDrapier, in. diaper.\\n-ia^tique, m. clergyman.-\\nEpieier, ra. grocer.\\nEveqiie, m. bishop.\\nFaucheur, m.\\nFripter, m. f r ip peror\\nFruiticre, f. fruit -woman.\\nGantier, ru. glover.\\nreur, in. tn anm tr.\\nHorloger, ul etoekamd watch maker.\\nInslituteur. nx, Iustitutrice, f., school\\nmaster, mistress.\\nImj)rimeur, in. printer.\\nJoaillier, in. jexceller.\\nIfftCOD, in. mason, bricklayer.\\nMaitre d ecole, in. schoolmaster.\\ni ri\u00c2\u00abT, m. day\\nManlianl lf uheVBUX, niaquignon,\\nm. horse-dealer.\\nbtJ iVrr.int, in. farrier, shoe-\\nnit h.\\nMareehal, in. blacksmith.\\nOr-UBOMMM.\\nAnce: store.\\nAllien real -grandson.\\nin. sun in /aw, stepson.\\nBen fr inlaw.\\nthrr.\\nBelle tille, f. daughtcr-tn law, step-\\niter.\\nBelle -mere, f. mother-in-law, step-\\nmoth-r.\\nrur, f. sister-in-law.\\nr.indfatlier.\\nBru, f. daughter-in-law.\\ncendauts.\\nKnf.ince, f. childhood.\\nf.|M\\nI amillo, t f a mily\\nFern rue, f. woman, trife.\\nFianijaillcs, f. p. betrothing.\\nFiiiinV-, m., naneiV, betrothed.\\nFutur, ra. bridegroom.\\nIII.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Le roars humain.\\nArterc, f. artery.\\nBubo, t beard\\nMoissonneur, m. reaper.\\nMusicien, m. musician.\\nNaturaliste, in. naturalist.\\nOrateur, in. orator.\\nOrfevre, in. gold and silver smith.\\nPape, m. pope.\\nl atre, in. shephera, herdsman.\\nPerruquier, in. hairdresser.\\nPhiloeophe, in. philosopher.\\nPoiaaoiioier, in., l uissonniere, UfisK\\nmonger.\\nIViuicatiur, ra. preacher.\\nPre! re, m. priest.\\nRaffioeur da sucre, de sel, sugar\\nsalt r\\nRaini\u00c2\u00abneur dc cherainecs, m.chimney\\nKelieur. in. bookbinder.\\nSavitur, m. cobbler.\\nSculpteor, m. sculptor.\\nBellier, in. saddler.\\nSomirier, in. locksmith.\\nTapaner, in. upholsterer.\\nIVinturier, m.dger.\\nTSaMnod) ul m\\nTonnalier, ra. cooper.\\nYitrier, in. glazier.\\nMax.\\nFuture, f. bride.\\nQaocbre, DL sun in-law.\\nGland pare, DL grandfather.\\n(irand mere, f. grandjuother.\\nJama homma, in. young man.\\n:11c, f. young tcoman, girL\\n8, I*. youth.\\nDX, juinclle. twin.\\nM.irraine. I ij-ihr. Ahtr.\\nMari, in. hvtbmd,\\nf. birtk\\nNouirioe, f. nurse.\\niiKUH bridegroom.\\nNoiivt-lle iiiarnc, briU.\\nOrphelin, to, orphelkia, f., orphan.\\nPariain. in. g *lf athcr.\\nIVtn iil\u00c2\u00ab. qrandfin.\\ni; grand daughter.\\nV uf. in. vid wrr.\\nidoW.\\nf old age.\\nTick ihmax vodx\\nBoucho, f.\\nBras, m. a", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0274.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "LIST OF WORDS.\\n260\\nCervelle, brain.\\nChair, t flesh.\\nCils, in. p. eyelashJS,\\nCcfiur, m. heart.\\nCorps, ra. body.\\nC6te, m. side.\\nCftte, f. rib.\\nCou, m. neck.\\nCoude, m. elbow.\\nCrane, m. skull.\\nCuisse, f. thigh.\\nDoigt, m. finger.\\nDos, m. back.\\nfipaule, shoulder.\\n6pine (du dos), f. spine.\\nFavoris, m. p. whiskers.\\nFoie, m. liver.\\nFront, m. fovehead.\\nGencives,/. p. gums.\\nGenou, m. knee.\\nGorge, f. throat.\\nHanche, f. hip.\\nJambe, f. leg.\\nJoue, f. cheek.\\nLangue, f. tongue.\\nLevre, lip.\\nMembre, m. limb.\\nIV. Maladies, infiemitks, etc.\\nAttaque, f. attack, fit.\\nBaunie, m. balsam.\\nBegaiemeut, m. stammering.\\nBlessure, f. wound.\\nCecite f. blindness.\\nChancre, m. cancer.\\nCicatrice, f. scar.\\nColique, colic.\\nContusion, bruise.\\nCrampe, cramp.\\nDislocation, f. dislocation.\\nEme tique, m. emetic.\\nEnflure, f. swelling.\\nEnrollment, m. hoarseness.\\nEntorse,. f. sprain.\\nEpilepsie, f. epilepsie.\\nEvanouissemcnt, m. fainting.\\nFievre, f. fever.\\nFievre nerveuse, f. nervous fever.\\nV. Habillements.\\nAgrafe, f. clasp.\\nAiguille, f. needle.\\nAiguille de chevcux, f. hair-pin.\\nBague, ring.\\nBaa, m. stocking.\\nMenton, m. chin.\\nMoelle, f. marrow.\\nMoustache, f. moustache, moustachia.\\nMuscle, m. muscle.\\nNerf, m. nerve.\\nNez, m. nose.\\nOngle, m. nail.\\nOrteil, m. toe.\\nOs, m. bone.\\nPalais, m. palate.\\nPaupiere, f. eyelid.\\nPeau, f. skin.\\nPouce, m. thumb.\\nPoumon, m. lungs.\\nPrunelle, f. pupil of the eye\\nRate, spleen.\\nReins, m. p. loins.\\nSang, m. blood.\\nSein, bosom.\\nSourcils, m. p. eyebrows.\\nSquelette, m. skeleton.\\nTalon, m. heel.\\nTeint, m. complexion.\\nTempes, p. temples.\\nTrait, m. feature.\\nVeine, vein.\\nVisage, m.face.\\nMaladies, Infiemhtes, etc.\\nFievre scarlatine, scarlet fever\\nGudrison, cure.\\nGoutte, gout.\\nHydropisie, dropsy.\\nIndisposition, f. indisposition.\\nLouche, adj. squinting.\\nMalaise, m. indisposition.\\nMutisme,m. dumbness.\\nOrdonnance, prescription.\\nOnguent, m., pommade, salve,\\nPetite-ve ole, small-pox.\\nPulmonie, consumption.\\nRemcde, m. remedy.\\nRhume, m. cold.\\nRougeole, f. measles.\\nSurdite, deafness.\\nToux, cough.\\nUlcere, m. ulcer.\\nVertigo, m. dizziness.\\nArticles of\\nBasin, m. dimity.\\nBatiste, cambric.\\nBijouterie, jewelry.\\nBonnet, m. cap.\\nBoucle, buckle.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0275.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "LIST OF WORDS.\\nBouclc, f. lock of hair curl.\\nBoucles d oieille.?, f. p. ear-rings.\\nBourse, purse.\\nBracelet, in. bracelet.\\nBretelle-, f- p- braces, suspenders.\\nBrosse, f. brink.\\nBrossea-dents, f. tooth-brush.\\nOaleoOBk m. 8. dratcers.\\nCeinture, sash, belt, band.\\nhi. p. socks.\\nin. blacking.\\nCiseaux, DL p. I\\nr. hea d dr am\\nin. collar.\\nin. necklace.\\nun.\\nrat.\\nOrepe, in.\\nDiamant, m, diamond.\\nI lace.\\nire, f. lining.\\nr.id-!. jewel -box.\\n*icord\\nno. p. spurt.\\nEpingle, Coin.\\nl.-ir. n. m. am. fling-bottle.\\nur.\\ndress-coat.\\nVI.- MAIRO*. ETC.\\nAnlichamlin-. f. antechamber.\\nbench, scat.\\nBibUc V.\\nr,ttu/h, anal I town.\\nexchange.\\nf. capital dtp mttnpoUM.\\nin. r/.iW v/ bells,\\nrrack.\\nOftTB, I\\nObambre, f. eAamJsr, room.\\nOhambrc concher, f. bnlroom.\\nlie, f. rAopc/.\\nn. in. emnilry-house, villa.\\nicre, f. Aerf, cyrta?*\\nI /|W.\\nIn inin^e, f. chimney.\\nDDL burying-ground,\\neJhtrt\\nClncLe. C J*// (large), cAur cA ktf, d*.\\nFrance, {.fringe.\\nGarniture, trimming.\\nGilft, in. pest, icau^coat\\nGrenat, ru. garnet.\\nQaetree, f. p. gaiters.\\nHabit, in. coat.\\n[voire, E ivory.\\nLinge, m. linen.\\nLunettes, f. n. spectacle*.\\nBlanche, f. hmm\\nnfousaeline. f. muslin.\\nPantolon, in. sing, pantaloon*.\\nParapluie, m. umbrella.\\nParasol, m. |iiiinarf\\nPeigne, in. camtL\\nPendants-d oteiBfliL nx p.\\ndants.\\nPerle, f. /i^r/.\\nPoche, i\\nPotnmade, f. pomatum.\\nRedingote, C yrea ta aa t\\nRobe, t stress, reea\\nRobe de chambra, f. dressing-gown.\\nSatin, in. satin.\\nBote, f. ai/fc\\nTablier.m, apron.\\nTaffetas, m taffeta.\\nin. sweat\\nC stat\\ni. soil\\nTown, House, to\\nCWlirr, m. church steeple.\\nf. moil\\nscrA\\nt, III. e,,tirent.\\nCutStne, f. kltelten.\\nem! urn- house,\\nEcurie, t\\nEnvirons, m. p. environ*.\\nhood.\\nj, floor.\\nr, in. Horn.\\nm. suburb.\\n.n-m.\\nu/aift, veil\\nOouttiere, C ontfsn\\nm. AiaAtse*\\nOrand route,\\nOrange, f earn.\\ni Irenwr, in. garret\\nHale, f. W /e.\\nllameau, m. hamlsL", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0276.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "LIST OF WORDS.\\n271\\nHopital, m. hi spited.\\nHotel-de-ville, town-house, city-house,\\nguild-hall, city-hall, town-hall.\\nMeiible, m. piece of furniture.\\nMeubles, m.p. furniture.\\nMonnaie, f. mint.\\nMortier, m. mortar.\\nMur, m.\\nMuraille, f. WaU\\nPalais, m. palace.\\nParoisse, f parish.\\nPave, m. pavsment.\\nPepiniere, f. nursery of trees.\\nPersienne, blind, open s/attters.\\nPlafond, m. ceiling.\\nPlanche f. board.\\nPlancher, m. floor.\\nPoele, m. stove.\\nPompe, f. pump.\\nPont, m. bridge.\\nPorte, f, door, gate.\\nPoste, f. post, post-office.\\nPoutre, f. beam.:\\nPrairie, f.\\nPre, m.\\nVIL Meubles.\\nAllumette, n. f. match.\\nAllumette chimique, f. friction-\\nmatch.\\nAmadou, m. tinder.\\nArmoire, f. cupboard.\\nBaril, m. cask, barrel.\\nBassin, m. bowl, washbowl.\\nBassinoire, f. warming-pan.\\nBerceau, m. cradle.\\nBoite-a-fusil, f. tinder-box.\\nBougie, f. taper.\\nBouilloire, f. kettle.\\nBriquet, m. fire-steel.\\nCadre, m. frame.\\nCandelabre, m. chandelier\\nCasserole, f. saucepan.\\nCassette, f. box, casket.\\nChandelle, candle.\\nCharbon de bois, m. charcoal.\\nCharbon de terre, stone coal.\\nChaudiere, f. boiler.\\nCofFre, m. chest.\\nCommode, f. chest of drawers.\\nCorbeille, f. basket.\\nCrible, m. sieve.\\nCruche, f. pitcher.\\nCuvier, m. tub.\\nDrap, m. sheet\\nPrison, prison.\\nPuits, m. well.\\nQuartier, m. quarter\\nRampe (d escalier) balustrade of a\\nstaircase.\\nRez-de-chaussee, m. ground-floor.\\nSacristie, f. vestry.\\nSalle, f. parlor, sitting-room.\\nSalon, m. drawing-room, hall\\nSerre, f. conservatory. f\\nSerre-chaude, f. hot-house.\\nS err ure, f. lock.\\nSonnette, bell.\\nTheatre, m. theatre\\nTolt, m. roof.\\nTour, tower.\\nTuile, f. tile.\\nVerger, m. orchard.\\nVerrou, m. bolt.\\nVestibule, m. hall, entry.\\nVigne, vignoble, m., vineyard.\\nVillage, m. village.\\nVolet, window-shutter.\\nVoute, vault.\\nFdrnitoek,\\n6cumoire, f. skimmer.\\nEntonnoir, m. funnel.\\nEssuie-main, m. towel.\\nFer a repasser, m. iron.\\nFourgon, m. poker.\\nFoyer, m. hearth.\\nLampe, lamp.\\nLanterne lantern.\\nLit, m. bed.\\nLit de plume, m. feather bed.\\nLumiere, UglU.\\nLustre, m. sconce.\\nMarchepied, m. footstool.\\nMouchettes, p. snuffers.\\nMortier, m. mortar.\\nMoutardier, m. mustard-voL\\nNappe, tablecloth.\\nOreiller, m. pillow.\\nPanier, m. basket.\\nParavent, m. screen.\\nPeinture, f. painting, picture.\\nPelle, shovel.\\nPierre a fusil, flint.\\nPincettes, p. tongs.\\nPoele, m. stove.\\nPoele, frying-pan.\\nPoivriere, pepper-box.\\nPot, m. kettle.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0277.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "272\\nLIST OF WORDS.\\nPupitre, in. desk.\\nSaLere, f. saltcellar.\\nSavon, m. soap.\\nSean, m. pail.\\nServiette, f. napkin.\\nSofa, m. sofa.\\nSoufflet, in. follows.\\nSutij icre, f. soup-tut ten.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Sucrier, m. sugar-disli.\\nVII L\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Plats, cm\\nBa uf, i:.\\nBouilli, nx ioiVrJ 6^, 6oi7\u00c2\u00abf meat.\\nBouillon, m. broth.\\np. preserves.\\ntj of mutton.\\nD\\nOJk,\\nIX.\\nyarlic\\nrajus.\\na\\ni\\nI rot\\nI\\n1\\nr.\\nCrc*\u00c2\u00ab\\nX. Arches raurnzM, mm\\nAmandier, m. alt I tree\\nion.\\nTableau, m. picture.\\nTablette, f. shelf.\\nTapis, m. carpeL\\nTire-bouchon, m. corlt\\nTiroir, m. drawer.\\nTravertin, m. bolster.\\ncuisine, m p. kitchen\\nutensils.\\nVerre, in. glass.\\nDisiies, Era\\nRafraichissemcnts, m. p. refnsJ*\\ntnents.\\nroast meat.\\n-.sage.\\nI -i Up.\\nL vegetable soup.\\ntart.\\nHi. in. vermicelli.\\nVuLnlle, (.f^wl.\\nVkgltablks, Giud, era\\nMillet, m. millet.\\nin. turnip.\\nonion.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2tip.\\nCO. yirsley.\\npUmL\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ft (turnip),\\ni. otig).\\ntag*.\\ntU rme.\\nruffle,\\nTaam, Farm.\\nipbtny.\\nrry.\\nNoi-i\\n/\u00e2\u0080\u00a2nut", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0278.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "LIB* OB WORD!\\n278\\nPoirier, m. pear tree.\\nPomme, apple.\\nPommicr, m. apple-tree.\\nPrune, f. plum.\\nXI. Arbres Forestiebs.\\nBouleau, m. birch.\\nChene, m. oak.\\nEcorce, f. bark.\\nErable, m. maple.\\nFrene, m. ash.\\nHetre, m. beech.\\nMelese, m. larch.\\nOrme, m. elm.\\nXIL Fleurs, eto.\\nAuricule, f. auricula.\\nChardon, m. thistle.\\nChevre-feuille, nx honeysuckle.\\nGiroflee, f. gillyflower.\\nJasmin, m. jessamine.\\nLis, m. lily.\\nMarguerite, f. daisy.\\nMauvaise herbe, f. weed.\\nMjrte, m. myrtle.\\n(Fillet, m. pink.\\nXIIL\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Oiseaux.\\nAigle, m. eagle.\\nAile, f. wing.\\nAlouette, f. lark.\\nAutour, m. hawk.\\nAutruche, f. ostrich.\\nBee, m. beak.\\nBecasse, f. woodcock.\\nB\u00c2\u00a3cassine, f. snipe.\\nBergeronnette, f. wagtail.\\nCaille, f. quail.\\nCanard, m. duck.\\nCanari, m. canary-bird.\\nChardonneret, m. goldfinch.\\nChauve-souris, f. bat.\\nCigogne, f. stork.\\nColornbe, f. dove.\\nCorbeau, m. raven.\\nCorneille, crow.\\nCoucou, m. cuckoo.\\nCygne, m. swan.\\nDindon, m. turkey.\\nFaisan, m. pheasant.\\nXIV. QuADRUPBDES.\\nAgueau, m. lamb.\\nBlaireau, m, badger.\\nCastor, m. beaver.\\nCerf, m. stag.\\n12*\\nPrunier, m. plum-tree.\\nRaisin, m. grape.\\nVigne, f. vine.\\nForkst Trees.\\nPeuplier, m. poplar.\\nEameau, m. bough.\\nSapin, m. pine.\\nSaule, m. willow\\nTilled, m. linden-tree.\\nTremble, m. aspen.\\nTronc, m. trunk.\\nFlowers, Era\\nOrtie, nettle.\\nPavot, m. poppy.\\nPens^e, f. forget-me-not.\\nPied d alouette, m. larkspur\\nPrimevere, f. cowslip.\\nRose, f. rose.\\nTournesol, m. sunflower.\\nTulipe, f. tulip.\\nViolette, violet.\\nBirds.\\nGeai, m. jackdaw.\\nGrive, f. thrush.\\nHe ron, m. heron.\\nHirondelle, f. swallow.\\nLinotte, f. linnet.\\nMerle, m. blackbird.\\nOie, f. goose.\\nOiseau de proie, m. bird of prey,\\nPaon, m. peacock.\\nPassereau, m. sparrow.\\nPerroquet, m. parrot.\\nPcrdrix, partridge.\\nPie, magpie.\\nPigeon, m. pigeon.\\nPoule, f. hen.\\nPoulet, m. chicken.\\nRoitelet, m. wren.\\nRossignol, m. nightingale.\\nRouge-gorge, m. redbreast\\nSerin, m. canary-bird.\\nTourterelle, turtle-dove.\\nVautour, m. vulture.\\nQUADRDPEDB.\\nChamois, m. chamois.\\nChfcvre, goat.\\nChevreuil, m. roebuck.\\nEcureuil, m. squirrel.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0279.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "274\\nLIST 09 WORDS.\\nFuret, m. ferrtL\\nHi-ris^on, ra. hedgehog.\\nLupin, rabbit.\\nLicvre. DL hare.\\nLion, m. lion.\\nLonp, ra. irolf.\\nMule, mule.\\nXV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Poissohb.\\nAn^uillc, f. eel.\\nBaleDM, f. whaU.\\nr ike.\\nrimp.\\niwfish.\\nDDL sturgeon.\\nrrina.\\ni herring.\\nm. lobster.\\nXV Insects*, nc,\\ni oVt.\\nci.i-miIIo. t omUrpillmr.\\nI ras*lmpper.\\nider.\\ntoad.\\nf. an/.\\nin. cricket\\n{.frog.\\nu-a\u00c2\u00bb/\\nTTTT Owm\\nI ar/.\\n\u00c2\u00bbD iaV.\\nf. Irtish.\\ntr, f. ir/\u00c2\u00bb/rft irrat\u00c2\u00bb\\n//u\\nra scoff old\\n:ne, f. annV.\\n:i. rirr.\\nHa, tieUa.\\nFaux, f. tej/lhe.\\nFlea m./aii.\\nFunl, m. ^w\u00c2\u00bb.\\nOnra, m. bear.\\nPoulnin, ra. colt\\nPourccau, ra. hog, Mtn*\\nRecord, m.fiox.\\nBinge, DL monkey.\\nTuupe, f. mole.\\nTigre, dl t7o*r.\\nFlSBX*.\\nMerlaii, BL whiting.\\nMorne, f. codfish.\\nPerdie, f. perch.\\nKi Huin, in. shark.\\nS;uiiiu n. ni. salmon.\\nkle, f- ioIil\\nTiindio, f. f Wi.\\nTorino, f. turtle.\\nTruito, f. trVDt\\nTurbot, m. turboL\\nInsect*, 6*\\nin lizard,\\nLunacoo, in. *na\u00c2\u00bb/.\\nIloacm, i-fiy-\\nPaptUoa, DL butterfly.\\nPanaiae, f. Any.\\nHe, f. /i cu*t\\nin. serpent\\nTools.\\nUncho, f rtf.\\nin. fish-hook.\\nirrow.\\n/toe.\\nline.\\nI file.\\nMotile, nrindiion*.\\ni. BL ie\u00c2\u00abr #r\\nPoUe, f.\\nBL .rici/i, I\\n/\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ul lei/.\\nI Jane.\\nBL r.\\nf. M*\\nf /orJt.\\nf. i\u00c2\u00ab\\nTruellc, f. trowel\\nVu,f.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0280.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "Y*!\\nABRtfVIATIONS.\\nA. P. A protester.\\nA. S. P. Accepte sous protfit.\\nA. S. P. C. Accepte sous protfit pour\\na-compte.\\nB DD Baron.\\nC er Chevalier\\nC te Comte.\\nQiesse. Comtesse.\\nD r Docteur.\\nD r M n Docteur-medecin,\\nE. Est.\\nJ.-C. Jesus- Christ.\\nLL. AA. II. Leurs Altesses Impe*-\\nriales.\\nLL. AA. RR. Leurs Altesses Roy-\\nales.\\nLL. AA. SS. Leurs Altesses Sere-\\nnissimes.\\nLL. Em. Leurs Eminences.\\nLL. Ex. Leurs Excellences.\\nLL. HH. Leurs Hautesses.\\nLL. MM. Leurs Majesty s.\\nLL. MM II. Leurs Majesty s Impe*-\\nriales.\\nLL. MM. RR. Leurs Majestes Roy-\\nales.\\nM. ou M r Monsieur.\\nM ,re Maitre.\\nM. A. Maison assuree.\\nM. A. C. I. Maison assuree contre\\nl incendie.\\nM a Marchand.\\nM ,,c Marcliande.\\nM lle Mademoiselle.\\nM= r Monseigneur.\\nM is- Marquis.\\nM ise Marquise.\\nMM. Messieurs.\\njjme. Madame.\\nMst. Manuscrit.\\nN. B. Nota bene.\\nN.-D. Notre-Dame.\\nN.-N.-E. Nord-nord-est.\\nN.-N.-O. Nord-nord-ouest\\nN l Negociant.\\njfie. Negociante.\\nN\u00c2\u00b0- Numero.\\nN. S. Notre-Seigneur.\\nN. S. J.-C. Notre-Seigneur J6sus-\\nChrist.\\nABBREVIATIONS.\\nTo be protested.\\nAccepted under protest.\\nAccepted under protest on account.\\nBaron.\\nChevalier, knight, sir.\\nCount.\\nCountess.\\nDoctor.\\nDoctor of medicine.\\nBast.\\nJesus Christ.\\nTheir Imperial High\\nTheir Royal Highnesses.\\nTheir Most Serene Highnesses.\\nTheir Eminences.\\nTheir Excellencies.\\nTheir Highnesses.\\nTheir Majesties.\\nTheir Imperial Majesties.\\nTheir Royal Majesties.\\nSir, Mr.\\nMaster.\\nHouse insured.\\nHouse insured against fire.\\nDealer, shopkeeper, m.\\nDealer, shopkeeper, t\\nMiss.\\nMy lord.\\nMarquis.\\nMarchioness.\\nMessrs. Gentlemen.\\nMadam. Mrs.\\nManuscript.\\nNota Bene.\\nOur Lady.\\nNorth-north-east.\\nNorth-north-west.\\nMerchant, m.\\nMerchant,\\nNumber.\\nOur Lord.\\nOur Lord Jesus GhnU.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0281.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "Q76\\nABBREVIATIONS.\\nO. Ouest\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2/o Poor cent\\nO.-N. Onest-norA\\nO.-S. Ouest-suiL\\nP. S. Post-ecriptum.\\nR. P. Re vt:rcnd pcre.\\nL Son Altcsse Imperiale.\\nS. A. U. Son Altcsse Roy ale\\n9L Son Altease Sereoiseime.\\n.1-esL\\n.n Eminence.\\nI Grarvk iir.\\n9a Hauteeae.\\nque.\\nS. M. B. Sa Ma\\nTreaFiJcle.\\nSainta Pete*.\\n.\u00e2\u0080\u00a2I -eat\\ni. Sud-aud-\\nWett.\\nPer cent.\\nWest-north.\\nWest-south.\\nPost scriptwn.\\n\\\\ittur.\\nHis or Her Imperial Highness.\\ni! Highness.\\nHis Most Serene Highness.\\ntst.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2nee.\\nirncy.\\nHis Grace (to* a Bishop).\\nWis Highness (the Turkish Empet\\nHis or Her Majesty.\\nHtr Britannic Majesty.\\nHis lm,\\nMajesty.\\nHis M^t Faithful Majesty.\\nrst.\\nflier.\\nher\\nHis Holiness.\\nS\u00c2\u00abu!h-soMth-tasL\\niy \\\\Uh south-vest.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0282.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "NEW FRENCH COURSE,\\nPART SECOND.\\n1.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -Parts of Speech.\\n(1.) There are, in French, ten sorts of words or parts of speech\\nNouns or Substantives, Participles,\\nArticles, Adverbs,\\nAdjectives, Prepositions,\\nPronouns, Conjunctions,\\nVerbs, Interjections.\\n(2.) These are divided into variable, and invariable words.\\n(3.) The variable words are those the termination of which ad-\\nmits of various changes by these changes various modifications of\\nmeaning are expressed. The variable words are of six kinds\\nThe Noun, The Pronoun,\\nThe Article, The Verb,\\nThe Adjective, The Participle.\\n(4.) The invariable words are those the termination of which\\nnever changes\\nThe Adverb, The Conjunction,\\nThe Preposition, The Interjection.\\n(5.) All variable parts of speech have two numbers the singular,\\nwhich denotes but one, and the plural, which denotes more than one.\\n(6.) All variable parts of speech, except the verb, have two gen\\nders: the masculine and the feminine.\\n2.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cases.\\nThe cases adopted by French grammarians are\\n(1.) The nominalif or sujet answering to the nominative or sub-\\nject of the English, and to the nominative of the Latin.\\n(2.) The regime direct, or direct object of the English, accusative\\nof the Latin.\\n(3.) The regime indirect, indirect object of the English, answers to\\nthe oblique cases of the Latin, the genitive, dative, and ablative.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0283.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "278 OEXDER. 3, 4, 5.\\n3. The Nocn or Scbstantive.\\n(1.) The noun or substantive is a word which serves to\\nperson or a thing; as, Jean, John; maison, house.\\n(2.) There are two Hurts of nouns: proper and common.\\n(3.) A proper noun is applied to a particular person, or thing; as,\\nNapoleon, yapoleon Paris, Paris.\\n(4.) A common noun belongs to a whole class of objects; as, livre,\\nbook homme, man.\\n(5.) Some common nouns, although singular in number, present\\nmind the idea of several perattM r things, forming a collec-\\ntion they arc for this reason denominated colUctiie nouns as, troupe,\\n(6.) Collective i or partitive: genera^ wllen tne y\\nrepresent an entire c\u00c2\u00ab l nnee dee FVaneaia, the army of\\nB partial collection; as,\\none troupe de eoldsi I i -h toldiert.\\n(7.) A common noon com chcf-d a uvre,\\nmaster}! ailed a compound noun.\\n(8.) Of the two propertil and number, we shall\\noomntea\\n(1.) There arc, in PO genders: the\\nminine.\\nmen, and animals of the male kind\\n(3.) T. belonge to women, and animals of the\\nkind a-, B S\\n(4.) Through imi: eosnt of derivath\\n;t any real i ine and feminine genders have\\nSett, to (lie nanus of inanimate objects: thus, pa-\\nne, and phi: ..nine.\\n\\\\MNQ.\\n(1.) Male beings; as, homme,\\nTTKTi lion, {ton.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a02.) ich male \u00c2\u00abjtia-\\nre attributed\\n(3.) The name* i\\nlc printemps, the tpn\\nof the months, Janvier, January;\\nterrier, r jruary, ,c.\\n(4.) The days of the week:\\n(I.) I -:as,femme,\\nlionne, Honest.\\nts to which ferns e\\nqualities are attributed t\\\\e,/airy;\\nlone,\\n(3.) Virtues: la charlts, Jew to\\nexcept courage, courage nurite,\\nmrrxt, whieh an\\n(4.) Vieee: la mechancete, wxtkf\\ntdni.ts: except l orgucil, pria^", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0284.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "GENDER. 5,\\n219\\nMasculine.\\n.undi, Monday; mardi, Tuesday,\\n(5.) The names of the cardinal\\npoints and the winds as, Test, the\\nEast; l ouest,/7ie West, c. [See\\nexceptions opposite.]\\n(6.) The names used in the\\nv French decimal system as, cen-\\ntime (hundredth part of a franc)\\nkilogramme (1000 grammes, about\\ntwo founds) metre, c.\\n(7.) Metals le fer, iron l acier,\\nsteel, c.\\n(8.) Colors: le vert, green le\\njaune, yellow.\\n(9.) The names of empires and\\nkingdoms when ending with a con-\\nBonant: le Danemarc, Denmark;\\ne Bresil, Brazil.\\n(10.) Mountains le Jma,Mou7it\\nJura le Puy-de-Dome, the\\nPuy de Dome le Cenis, le St. Ber-\\nnard, MountCenis, Mount St. Ber-\\nnard.\\n(11.) The names of rivers when\\nending with a consonant le Rhin,\\nthe Rhine; le Nil, the Nile.\\n(12.) Trees, shrubs: le chene,\\nthe oak le frene, the ash le rosier,\\nthe rose-bush. [Exceptions op-\\nposite.]\\n(13.) The name of a language\\nas, le francais, French l alle-\\nmand, German, c.\\n(14.) The letters of the alpha-\\nbet un a, an a un z, a\\n(15.) Compound words formed\\nof a verb and of a noun, either\\nmasculine or feminine, or of a\\npronoun and a verb porte-feuille,\\npocket-book rendez-vous, rendez-\\nFeminine.\\n(5.) Festivals la Saint Jean, i.e.\\nla fete de St. Jean, St. John s\\nday; la Chandeleur, Candlemas.\\nexcept Noel, Christmas, masc.\\nBise, a poetical term for North\\nwind. Tramontane, a term applied\\non the Mediterranean to the North\\nwind. Brise, breeze; moussons,\\ntrade-winds.\\n(5.) The names of countries\\nwhen ending in e mute la France\\nl Espagne, l Amerique, c.\\nExc. Bengale, Hanovre, Me-\\nxique, Peloponese.\\n(6.) Chains of mountains in the\\nplural: les Alpes, the Alps; les\\nPyrenees, the Pyrenees; les Vo-\\nges, les Cevennes, c.\\n(7.) The names of rivers when\\nending with e mute la Seine, the\\nSeine la Loire, the Loire.\\nExc. Le Rhone, the Rhone; le\\nDanube, le Tibre, le Coeyte, masc.\\n(8.) Aubepine, hawthorn bour-\\ndaine, black alder; epine, thorn;\\nhieble, dwarf-elder ronce, brier\\nyeuse, ilex.\\n(9.) Garde-robe, wardrobe;\\nperce-neige, spring-crocus perce-\\nfeuille, hare^s-ear.\\nThe word Puy, from the Celtic puech, mountain, is applied to a number of placet\\nIn France: Puy-en-Velay Puy-notre-Dame, c.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0285.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "280\\nGENDER BT TH\\nB TSRMISATIOJ. ft.\\n(10.) Moitie, half; and all num-\\nbers ending with aine douzaico,\\ndozen; centaine, hundred, Sic\\nMasculine. Feminint\\n(16.) Nouns, pronouns, verbs,\\nSic, used substantively le boire\\net le manger, fating and drinking.\\n(17.) Numbers\u00e2\u0080\u0094 cardinal, ordi-\\nnal, and proportional used sub-\\nstantively le dix, the tenth lo\\nneuvieme, the ninth; le tiers, the\\nthird. [Exceptions opposite.]\\n6. Gender, by the termination-.\\n(1.) The exceptions t the masculine will be found opposite the\\ntermination, in toe feminine column; and the exceptions to the fem-\\ninine, in the masculine column, also opp\\n(2.) Consonants.\\nB\\nMasculine Terminations. Feminine TermiiuUions.\\nsr\\nr\\\\|fffi\\nTrrmim-\\nalien.\\nKiamfit. Englui.\\nn Horeb,\\nMoUHi Iforrb.\\nvn nuloiih,\\ne a ihip.\\nMB plumb,\\nlead.\\nAC MC,\\nbeak.\\nic m\\nputty.\\noc hoc.\\nI hare.\\nKC tr\\ntrunk.\\nrc el\\nclerk.\\nsc fisc,\\nP4MMM\\nI\\ned pied,\\nfoot\\nID nid,\\nnrst.\\nod tripod,\\ntripod.\\nud Talmud,\\nTalmud.\\nKD marchand,\\nmerchant.\\nrd bord,\\nborder.\\nP\\nir chef,\\nChirf.\\nExc\u00e2\u0080\u0094 clef, key nef, stop,\\nIT snif,\\ntallow.\\nnave soif, thirst\\nur oeuf,\\nbf cerf,\\nstag.\\nc\\nJ\\nno rang\\nrank.\\nCK arack.\\narrack.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0286.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "GEXDER BY THE TERMINATION. 0.\\n281\\nMasculine Terminations.\\nFeminine Terminations.\\nAL\\nbal,\\nball.\\nEL\\nsel,\\nsalt.\\nIL\\nsoleil,\\nsun.\\nOL\\nsol,\\nsoil.\\nTIL\\ncalcul,\\ncalculation.\\nAM\\nAdam,\\nAdam.\\nEM\\nharem,\\nharem.\\nIM\\ndahn,\\ndeer.\\nOM\\nnom,\\nname.\\nUM\\nparfum,\\nperfume.\\nAN\\ncadran,\\ndial.\\nEN\\nexamen,\\nexamination.\\nm\\nl in,\\ngrape.\\nON\\nnot preceded by is or gi,\\nsi, ti, xi\\nbaton,\\nstick.\\ngazon,\\nturf.\\nblason,\\nblazon.\\nM\\nbison, bison; horizon, ho-\\nrizon; oison, gosling;\\npoison, poison tison,\\nfirebrand\\nbastion, bastion; bestion,\\nfigure-head of a ship.\\nExc. faim, hunger; male-\\ndim, excessive hunger.\\nExc. -fin, end main, hand.\\nExc. chanson, song; cuis-\\nson, baking contre-\\nfacon. counterfeiting\\nfacon. mode; moisson,\\nharvest; moussons, trade-\\nwinds rancon, ransom\\nison maison, house.\\nExceptions opposite.\\ngion region, region.\\nsion pension, pension.\\ntion question, question.\\nxion reflexion, reflection.\\nap drap, cloth.\\nop galop, gallop.\\nup coup, blow.\\noq coq-d Inde, turkey.\\nar char,\\n\u00c2\u00a3R fer,\\ncar.\\niron.\\nir plaisir, pleasure.\\nor or, gold.\\nor not preceded by e,\\nazur, azure.\\nbonheur, happiness coeur,\\nheart; choeur, chorus; de-\\nnominateur, denominator\\ndeshonneur,dishonor; equa-\\nteur, equator exterieur,\\nExc. cuiller, spoon me^\\nsea.\\nchair, flesh.\\nExc. tour, tower.\\neur chaleur, heat.\\nhauteur, height.\\nExceptions opposite.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0287.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "282\\nGENDER BY TttE TERMINATION. 6.\\nMasculine Terminations,\\nexterior; honneur, honor;\\nintOrieur, interior; labour,\\nlabor; malheur, misfor-\\ntune; multiplicateur, mul-\\ntiplier; pleura, tears; re-\\ngulateur, regulator venti-\\nlateur, ventilator.\\nR Continued.\\nFeminine Terminations.\\neur Continued.\\nExceptions opposite.\\nAS\\nbras,\\narm-\\nLS\\ngres,\\nsandstone.\\nsouris,\\nn\\n09,\\nn\\nbloen0|\\nblockade.\\nrs\\nKS\\nAT\\nclimat,\\nclimate.\\nR\\narret,\\nIT\\nlit,\\nor\\nrai-liot,\\ni\\nVT\\nbuilt,\\nend.\\nNT\\npout,\\nbridge.\\nit\\ntort,\\ntcrong.\\nAX\\nelimnx,\\nclimax.\\nIX\\nstV-r.\\nIX\\nprix,\\nprice.\\nTX\\ncourroux,\\nanger.\\nNX\\nlynx,\\nlynx.\\nAZ\\nP\u00e2\u0084\u00a2.\\ngas.\\nu\\nnose.\\nB\\nrix,\\nrice.\\n(3.)\\namaryllis, amaryllis bre\\nbis s heep foia, time sou-\\nris, mousr vis., screw oa.\\nsis, oasis.\\nfoivt,\\nnuit,\\ndot,\\nforest.\\nnight,\\ndower.\\nA\\na nencia,\\ndent, tooth i gent, people,\\njnment, mare.\\nport, !u:re; la plupnrt, the\\nmost.\\nExc. croix, cross noix,\\nnut paix, ycic- roix,\\n1 inlrix, partridge,\\npoix, pitch.\\nExc. diaux, /i m\u00c2\u00ab faux,\\n$ry/A\u00c2\u00ab toux, cough.\\ninula, a sort of cat-\\nirpiliar m-pia, sepia.\\nA complete classification of noona ending in inuto (a mnjority of\\n\u00c2\u00abWcfa are feminine would be, from it.-, length, of little practi.\\nthe student, who would timl it easier to apply to his dictionary than to", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0288.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "GENDERS BY THE TERMINATION. G.\\n283\\neucli a list. We will give here the principal terminations, classing them\\naccording to their gender, and placing the exceptions under the examples\\ngiven for the terminations, instead of putting them, as hitherto, in the\\nopposite column.\\nMasculine Terminations.\\naee astrolabe, astrolab.\\nExc. Souabe, Suabia\\nsyllabe, syllable.\\nacle miracle, miracle.\\nExc. debacle, breaking\\nup of the ice made, a\\nmineral.\\nacre sacre, consecration.\\nExc. nacre, mother of\\npearl.\\nage courage, courage.\\nExc. \\\\mage,image rage,\\nrage; page, page of a\\nbook cage, cage nage,\\nswimming; plage, beach.\\nat\u00c2\u00bbe salaire, salary.\\nExc. affaire, affair aire,\\nfloor; glaire, white of\\negg grammaire, gram-\\nmar paire, pair jugu-\\n\\\\alrefugular-vein;ha.ire,\\nhair-clolh; chaire, pul-\\npit; serpentaire, snake-\\nroot; parietaire, pelli-\\ntory, and a few other\\nnames of plants.\\nare hectare, hectare (a\\nmeasure).\\nAstre cadastre, register.\\naume chaume, thatch.\\nExc. paume, tennis.\\ne not immediately preceded\\nby t or ti: abrege,\\nabridgment.\\nege college, college.\\nExc. Norvege, Norway.\\neme careme, lent.\\nExc. creme, cream\\nbreme, bream bireme,\\ntrireme, galley loiih two\\nor three rows of oars.\\netre pretre, priest.\\nExc. fenetre, window\\nguetre, gaiter.\\njurre beurre, butler.\\nibre cidre, cider.\\nADE\\nAIE\\nANCE\\nANSE\\nIEEE\\nINE\\nIQUE\\nive\\nISSE\\nLLE\\nFeminine Terminations.\\nace grace, grace.\\nExc. espace, space.\\nparade, parade.\\nExc. stade, stadium\\ngrade, grade.\\nhaie, hedge.\\nimportance, importance.\\ndanse, dance.\\nasse masse, mass.\\nExc. Parnasse, Par\\nnassus.\\nee nuee, cloud.\\nExc. apogee, apogee\\nathee, atheist camee,\\ncameo colisee, coli-\\nseum; coryphee, cory-\\npheus empyree, highest\\nheaven; lycee, lyceum;\\nmausolee, mausoleum\\nmusee, museum; hy-\\nmenee, marriage; pe-\\nrigee, perigee pygmee,\\npygmy; trochee, trochee\\ntrophee, trophy; spon-\\ndee, spondee; scarabee,\\nscarabee.\\neike baleine, whale.\\nence cadence, cadence.\\nExc. silence, silence.\\nenne antienne, anthem.\\nExc. renne, reindeer.\\nense offense, offence.\\nesse tristesse, sadness.\\nie charpie, lint.\\nExc. genie, genius; peri-\\nhelie, perihelion incen-\\ndie, conflagration para-\\npluie, umbrella; pavie,\\nclingstone peach.\\nchaudiere., boiler.\\ndoctrine, doctrine.\\npratique,\\nrive,\\ncoulisse,\\npaille,\\npractice,\\nshore,\\nsliding-shutler.\\nstraw.\\nExc. intervalle, interval j", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0289.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "264\\nSKSD1R. g 1.\\nMasculine Terminations.\\nISME\\nISQUE\\nUGE\\nffaxs\\nprism,\\nrisk.\\npnsme,\\nrisque,\\nExc. bisque, soup.\\nebtniste, cabinet-maker.\\nExc. batiste, cambric\\nliste, list; piste, track.\\nrefuge, refuge.\\narbuste, shrub.\\nFeminine Terminations.\\nlibelle, libel; verraicelle.\\nvermicelli violoncello,\\nvioloncello clievre-\\nfeuille, honey-suckle;\\nportefeuille, pocket-book;\\nvaudeville, vaudeville,\\nbunch.\\nExc. colosse, colossus\\ncarrosse, coach.\\nnappe, table-cloth.\\nnot preceded by u.\\nterre, land.\\nExc. lieixe, ivy parterre,\\nflower-garden tonnerre,\\nlh u ndcr pa rato n n t rro,\\nlightniruj-rod verre,\\nami tie, friendship.\\nEat to, jiaw.\\nJOB, amniotic, amulet;\\nBqnelettei skeleton.\\nURE nature, nature.\\nuse excuse, excuse\\nuve cuve, tub.\\nosse bosse,\\ntpe\\nKRE\\nTl4\\nTTE\\nmidi, noon.\\nExc\u00e2\u0080\u0094 foi, faith fourmi,\\natU aiir^H-iiuili, af.er-\\nnoon loi, law merci,\\nmerry.\\nU\\nrevenu, rw\\n-bru, daughter-in-\\nlaw vertu, virtue glu,\\nbird-lime; cau, water;\\npcau, sii/i tribu, /rite.\\n\\\\*l. Nouns Masculine is one acceptation, and FxMiNiira\\nIN THE OTHER.\\nMasculine.\\nAigle,\\nAuno,\\nBaft*\\nCurtouche,\\nCouple,\\nDcbco (ting.),\\ntaqle.\\nalder.\\nU.irhar;/ horse,\\ntcrist (au\\nornaments {sculp-\\nture).\\nmale and female,\\ncrape.\\ndeliglU.\\nFeminine.\\nAigle,\\nAnne,\\nBarb*,\\nOhm\\nCartouche,\\ndxijilc,\\nCrepe,\\nDelicc (pi),\\nr.tn.Ltrd\\nell.\\nbeard.\\ncarp.\\ncartridge.\\na pair, a /roc*, two.\\npin cake.\\ndelight*.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0290.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "FLURA1 OW HOUNB. 8.\\n285\\nMasculine.\\nfeminine.\\nEspace,\\nspace.\\nEspace,\\nleading (in pri\\ning).\\nwriting-copy.\\nExemple,\\nexample.\\nExemple,\\nFaux,\\nforgery.\\nFaux,\\nscythe.\\nForet,\\ndrill.\\nForet,\\nforest.\\nGreffe,\\noffice of clerk of a\\ncourt.\\nGreffe,\\ngraft.\\nHeliotrope,\\nsunflower.\\nHeliotrope,\\na mineral\\nHymne,\\nclassical chant.\\nHymn,\\nChristian hymn.\\nLine,\\nbook.\\nLivre,\\npound.\\nManche\\nhandle.\\nManche,\\nsleeve.\\nM^moire,\\nmemoir, bill.\\nMemoire,\\nmemory.\\nMode,\\nmode,(grammar,)\\nsystem,\\nmould, model.\\nMode,\\nfashion.\\nMoule,\\nMoule,\\nshell-fish.\\nCEuvre, (m. f.) work.\\nGSuvres,\\nliterary works\\nOffice,\\ndivine service.\\nOffice,\\npantry.\\nOmbre,\\na game.\\nOmbre,\\nshadow, spectre\\nOrgue (smg.),\\norgan.\\nOrgues (pL),\\nPalme,\\norgan.\\nPalme,\\nhand, a measure.\\nthe advantage.\\nPanache,\\nplume.\\nPanache,\\npea-hen.\\nParallele,\\ncomparison.\\nParallele,\\nparallel line.\\nPendule,\\npendulum.\\nPendule,\\nclock.\\nPeriode,\\nacme, height.\\nPeriode,\\nperiod, epoch.\\nPivoine,\\na bird.\\nPivoine,\\naflower.\\nPlane,\\nplane-tree.\\nPlane,\\njoiner s tool.\\nPlatine,\\nplatina.\\nPlatines,\\nsmall: metallic\\nplates,\\nfrying-pan.\\nPoele,\\nstove, pall.\\nPoele,\\nPoste,\\nplace, office.\\nPoste,\\npost-office.\\nPretexte,\\npretence.\\nPretexte,\\na Roman robe.\\nR6gale,\\norgan-pipe.\\nRegale, right\\nof receiving the ret\\nenues of a\\nvacant bishopric.\\nRemise,\\nhackney-coach.\\nRemise,\\ncarriage-house.\\nSerpentaire,\\nSolde,\\nconstellation.\\nSerpentaire,\\nSolde,\\ndragon-wort.\\nbalance of account.\\npay.\\nSomme,\\nnap, sleep.\\nSomme,\\nsum.\\nSouris,\\nsmile.\\nSouris,\\nmouse.\\nTour,\\ntour, turn, trick.\\nTour,\\ntower.\\nVague,\\nspace, emptiness.\\nVague,\\nwave.\\nVase,\\nvase, vessel.\\nVase,\\nmire, slime\\nVoUe,\\nveil.\\nVoile,\\nsail.\\n8. Formation of the Plural Nouns.\\n(1.) The plural in French, as in English, is formed by the addition\\nof s to the singular\\nSingular. Plural.\\nmaison, house maisons, houses.\\nville, town villes, towns.\\n(2 First exception. Nouns ending in the singular with s, or\\nhave the same form in the plural", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0291.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "286 PLURAL Or SOU5S. 8.\\nSingular.\\nPlural\\nfils, son\\nfib.\\nvoix, voice\\nvoix, voices.\\nnez, nose\\nnez, \u00c2\u00bbo5rt.\\n(3.) Second exception.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Xouns ending in the singular with au and\\ncu, take x in the plural:\\nSingular. Plural.\\nhat chapeaux, hats.\\nk\\\\L,jire feux. /re*\\n(4) Third exception. The following nouns ending in ou take*\\nin the plural:\\nSingular. PhtraL\\nu*l Ujonx., jncel*.\\ncailluu. jxOble caiUoux, /W\u00c2\u00bbA/e*\\nchoux, cabbages.\\ngenou penmix, knee*.\\nami; utboux,\\njoujou, plaything joujoux, playthings.\\n(5.) Fourth exception. The following nouns ending in ail, change\\nth it termination into oux in the plural\\nu ar. Plural.\\nbail, I\\n:x, corals.\\nenamel i.\\naoup;? sotipirnux, airholes.\\nam; i4*; sous baux, under-leases\\ntravail, la travmux, labors.\\n(6.) Fifth excrpt ion.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The follr.u nn their plural irreg.\\nUlarlv\\nSingular. Plural\\nail. garlic nnx.\\nbeta*!, cattle. boatiaux.\\nbaa no p ural.\\n(7.) Sixth MHtption. Nouns ending in tlie. singular with al, ch nga\\nthat termination into mix in the pi\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ilmr. mat\\nI il, gmeral i-ix, generals,\\nliorte .uix, horses.\\nmal, rrt maux, ti7*\\n(8.) Ciel, ail. steal, travail, liave two plan\\nT /ura/.\\nciel, cieux, heavens.\\n/\u00c2\u00ab^r of a bed; ^Wrrj\\nOCl j aUtl of pictures.\\nBsA.bAll; c TTUXYtx), carnival chmcsA, jaelal rrgnl. f*aaf, folic w the\\ngaocral rulo", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0292.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "PLURAL Or COMPOUND NOUNS. 9. 287\\nceil, eye; yeux, eyes.\\nCBil de-bcEuf, cval toindow ceils-de-bceuf, oval windows.\\naieul ancestor aieux, ancestors.\\naleul, grandfather aleuls, grandfathers.\\ntravail, labor; travaux, labors.\\ntravail, trave; travails, traves.\\n9. Plural of Compound Nouns.\\n(1.) When two nouns form a compound substantive, both take the\\nplural ending\\nSingular. Plural.\\nchef-lieu, chief place chefs-lieux, chief places.\\nlieutenant-colonel, lieutenant lieutenants-colonels, lieutenant-\\ncolonel. colonels.\\n(2.) When a compound noun is formed of two substantives joined\\nby a preposition, the first only takes the plural ending\\nSingular Plural.\\narc-en-ciel, rainbow arcs-en-ciel, rainbows.\\nchef-d oeuvre, masterpiece chefs-d oeuvre, masterpieces.\\nThe words tete-a-tete and coq-a-l ne {an incongruous discourse), remain\\nunchanged in the plural.\\n(3.) When a noun and an adjective form a compound noun, botn\\nare varied in the plural\\nSingular. Plural.\\ngentilhomme, nobleman gentilshommes, noblemen.\\nporte-cochere, carriage-door; portes-cocheres, carriage-doors.\\nbasse-cour, poultry-yard basses-cours, poultry-yards.\\n(4.) For the sake of euphony, the mark of the plural* is emitted\\nil. the adjective of the following compound words\\nSingular. Plural.\\ngraud mere, grandmother grand meres, grandmothers.\\ngrand niesse, high-mass grand messes, high-masses.\\n(5.) The words, Monsieur, Sir, Mr., gentleman Madame, Madam,\\nor Mrs. Mademoiselle, Miss, form their plural as follows\\nSingular. Plural.\\nMonsieur, Sir, etc. Messieurs, sirs, gentlemen.\\nMadame, Madam, etc. Mesdames, ladies, etc.\\nMademoiselle, Miss, etc. Mesdemoiselles, young ladies, etc.\\n(6.) In words composed of a noun and a verb, a preposition, or an\\nadverb, the noun takes the form of the plural provided, however\\nthere is plurality in the idea.\\nSingular. Plural.\\npasse-port, passport passe-ports, passports.\\navant-garde, vanguard; avant-gardes, vanguards.\\nThe mark of the feminine also.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0293.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "288\\nPLURAL OF NOUNS. 10, 11, 12.\\n(7.) Compound nouns of which the second word indicate* plo.\\nrality, take s in the singular and plural\\nSingular. Plural\\ncure-dents, a tooth-pick cure-dents, tooth-pick*.\\ncaste-noisettes, nut-crackers caste-noisettes, ti ut -crackers.\\n(8.) Words composed of two verbs, or of a verb joined to an ad-\\nverb, or 8 preposition, arc invariable\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0dar. Plural.\\npasse i rkcy; pSflBS-partoat, master- keys.\\npour-boire, coachman s fee j\u00c2\u00bb ur-U ire, coachman s fees.\\n10. Nbum which have no Plural.\\n(1.) The nouns f metals considered in themselves: as, or, gold,\\nardent, filter; plomb, lead; etain, pewter; fer, iron; cuivre, copper\\n-ueh a- baume, balsam encens, incense, .c.\\n(3.) The names of virtues and vices, and MOM names relating to\\npinsieal ;md DOffll man is, la jetuesss, youth; la beaute, beauty ia\\nsubstantively as, lc beau, the beautiful l utile.\\nhe useji\\n11. HToUm WHICH IIAVK M SlVOCLAB IN Tire 6ENSE HERB\\n1 Jit I..\\nPiancsfllse,\\nFonsraiDsSj\\nAppaa,\\narr\\nArr*t* (etre tux), to be under arrest.\\nearnest money,\\nan n al m.\\ncharms.\\nASBWSSj\\nbviroos,\\nSSBMSa\\nbrushuood.\\nconfnrs.\\nrows\\nI\\nYitrnux,\\ndifficulties,\\nbetrothing,\\nfunrral.\\nerpenses, costs,\\nwages.\\nwits\\nmanners,\\nsnuffers,\\njetrels, diamond*.\\ntears.\\ntim*.\\ndarkness,\\njiincers.\\nvindov-glau.\\n12. PbOPZB Nam\\n(1.) Proper names, wbsn DOl iis,d liirurative y, are invariable, even\\nwhen preceded by the plural article, 1oh.(*)\\npapne j honore d nvoir DVS\\natari lc- deux S\\nItAT*ouAan.\\nSj ain priiles itself on havinf\\ngivm Kris to the tvo Senecas.\\nOft*n u*ed by the French bsfiM Ihi i\\nof celebrated indmduaU", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0294.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "THE ARTICLE. 13. 289\\nLocke, Montesquieu, J. J. lions-\\nseau, as they arose in Europe, called\\nupon modem nations to claim their\\nliberty.\\nLes Locke, les Montesquieu, les\\nJ. J. Rousseau en se levant en\\nEurope, appelerent le3 peuples\\nmodernes a la libertc.\\nChateaubriand.\\n(2.) When proper names are used figuratively, they take the form\\nof the plural.\\nt La France a eu ses Cesars et ses I France has had its Ccesars and\\nPompies. Noel et Chai SAL. j Pompeys.\\nThat is, generals like Pompey and Cajsar.\\nUn coup d oeil de Louis enfan- I A glance from Louis produced\\ntaits des Gomeilles. Delille. Comedies.\\nThat is, poets like Corneille.\\n13. The Article.\\n(1.) The article is a word prefixed to a noun, or to a word used\\nsubstantively, to determine the extent of its signification.\\n(2.) Modern French grammarians recognize only one article, le.\\n(3.) This article, contracted with the preposition de, is often used\\nbefore a word in a partitive sense. 78.]\\n(4.) The words an, masc, one, fern., answering to the indefinite\\narticle a or an in English, are now very properly* classed with\\nthe numeral adjectives. We shall, however, for the sake of conven-\\nience, devote a few lines to them under this head.\\n(5.) The article le, the, is la for the feminine, and les for the plural.\\n(6.) The article is subject to two kinds of changes: elision 146]\\nand contraction.\\n(7.) Elision is the suppression of the letters e, a, which are replaced\\nby an apostrophe before a vowel, or an h mute [seeL.3 (11)] thus,\\nl esprit, the mind, instead of lc esprit,\\nl amitic, the friendship, la amitie\\\\\\nl homme, the man, le homme.\\nl humanite, humanity, la humanitc\\n(8.) Contraction is the union of the article le, les, with one of the\\nprepositions, a, de. Thus, we say by contraction J\\nau livre, to the book, instead of a le livre.\\naux fruits, to the fruits, a les fruits.\\ndu livre, of the book, u de le livre.\\ndes flruits, of the fruits, do les fruits.\\n(9.) The contractions au, du, are not used before masculine words\\ncommencing with a vowel, or an h mute, nor before feminine words\\nNo difference can be made in rendering English into French, between\\na and one, so that in French un homme means a mail, or one man. Tha\\ncrtbjcr numeral adjectives might with as much propi iety have be? n called\\nirtirlee as this, wofd un.\\n13", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0295.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "\u00c2\u00a390\\nTni ARTICLE. S 13.\\nii l liomme, to the man,\\na l anji, to the friend.\\nde rimiumc, of the man,\\nde l aini, of the friend\\n(10.; Tre nrtk le used before words taken in partitive sense 78\\n(1)], comes in connection or contraction with the preposition de; it ia\\nrendered in E \\\\c or any, expressed or understood:\\ni. m. some, bread or of the bread (a part rf\\\\\\n:it, m. moneij, some money, of the money (a part of)\\ni !i\\\\ f. tome meat, if the meat (a ;xir/ o/\\nri f. tt/ver vimte, mnmw/i er^plate, o/* A\u00c2\u00ab silver plate(aperte/\\nbooks, some books, of the books (a part of\\n(11.) T indefinite article, at or on* is rendered in French\\ni r tiic feminine; when those tronhi\\nare connected with the utepositioo da, the e of the preposition ia\\nelided.\\nMasculine.\\nnn liiiinmo, a man.\\nd un hoiniuc, of or from a man,\\nX Dfl li-mnuc, at or to a man.\\nFeminine.\\ntine fetUDttj \u00c2\u00abi wowan\\nd una famine, of or from\\nami go t\u00c2\u00bb a\\nObtervafiofM.\\nre n ma.\u00c2\u00abculine word, commencing teith\\nla, befi re -i fi minine word)\\ncommruehit) teith\\nml or h i-iute,\\nmmnuinp vith\\nde Ia, betel :i I imiihik- erard, i mimhmii^\\ndo r, before weed aaatawnui wlA\\nr, anata,\\nda*, for the plural, a// ra\u00c2\u00bb\\nre a masculine *JSSa\\\\ a-mmencina *v7A\\nUN/,\\na 1 I either commteneiHo with\\ni -r, J a voir*/ or h mute,\\naux, far the plural, in all m\\nnoun,\\nre a i minine noun,\\nd un, I dine iimm,\\ni\\na on, 1 aline noun,\\na uue, beeVa fti\u00e2\u0080\u0094 iiiiiaai noma,\\nI.e p r HO* tm d*- I 7 A* /fl/A^r a\u00c2\u00ab mother art\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2rspoir. R N Bd I iurre. despair.\\nM im Friendship pours a peaceful A--\u00c2\u00bb\\nbonhetn piuns into our hearts.\\niKiiiiii-ur auj treada M mow is dearer than life fvm V\\nplu\u00c2\u00bb ah\\nfee iil ee OteW aereena chantOTHit The boys and girls mmg in eft*\\nea chojur. 11 us St. l tuiaa, I\\nthe.\\nOf the,\\nfrom the,\\nSome,\\nany.\\nat or to the.\\na, (in, one.\\nof or from a,a~,on\\nat or to a, a:i, one.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0296.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "THE ADJECTIVE.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 14-1, 14-2. 291\\nSur let rives du Gange on voit\\nfleurir /ebene. Deulle.\\nLa violetto se cache timidement\\nau milieu des filles de ombre.\\nDeleuze.\\nLe remords se reveille au cri de\\nla naturs. De Bellot.\\nLa moitie des humains vit aux\\ndepens de autre. Destouches.\\nOn the banks of the Ganges vcc tee\\nthe ebony in bloom.\\nThe violet conceals herself timidly\\nin the midst of the daughters of the\\nshade.\\nRemorse is aroused by the cry of\\nnature.\\nThe half of mankind lives at the\\noftl\\nexpense of the other.\\n14-1. The Adjective.\\n(1.) The adjective serves to denote the quality or manner of being\\nof the noun.\\n(2.) Adjectives are of two sorts qualifying adjectives and determin-\\ning adjectives.\\n(3.) We call qualifying adjectives those which add to the idea of the\\nobject, that of a quality proper to it; as bon, good; noble, noble;\\ncourageux, courageous.\\n(4.) Determining adjectives are those which add to the idea of the\\nobject, that of a particular limitation or determination as quelque,\\nsome tout, all autre, other mon, my nul, no un, one deux, two.\\n14-2. Qualifying Adjectives.\\n(1.) These adjectives may express qualities: 1. Simply; 2. With\\ncomparison 3. Carried to a very high degree. Thence the three de-\\ngrees of qualification the positive, the comparative, and the superla-\\ntive.\\n(2.) The positive is nothing but the adjective in its simplest signi-\\nfication\\nMoi, je suis a Paris, triste, pauvre, At Paris I am sad, poor, and te-\\nreclus. Boileac. j cbided.\\n(3.) The comparative is the adjective expressing a comparison be-\\ntween two or several objects. There is, then, between the objects\\ncompared, a relation of equality, superiority, or inferiority.\\n(4 The comparison of equality expresses a quality in the same de-\\ngree in the objects compared it is formed* by placing aussi, as, or\\nautant, as much, before the adjective, and the conjunction que, as,\\nafter it\\nGermany is as populous as France\\nL Allemagne est aussi peuple e\\nque la France. Voltaire.\\nA leur tete est le chien, superbe\\nautant qii utile. Delille.\\nAt their head stands the dog, as\\nnoble as useful.\\nIn French, adjectives cannot be compared, as in English, by means of\\nchanges in the termination with the exception of meilleur, better moin-\\ndre, less and pire, worse, all comparisons must be firmed by means of\\ntdverba", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0297.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "292 QUALIFYING ADJECTIVES. 1 i-5.\\n(5.) Th? relation or c rnparison of superiority expresses a quality\\nji a higher degree in one object than in another; this comparison ia\\nformed by placing plus, mure, before the adjective, and que, than,\\nafter it\\nLcs notions sont plus sinc6res que Actions arc more sincere than\\nies paroles. Mlls. \u00c2\u00bbs Soobsst. vorJ*.\\nLepssdds serf sat s*ieM*\u00c2\u00a3sitqoa The foot of .he staff is better\\nctlui du boeuf. BofVSOL formed than that uf the jr.\\n(fi.) The comparison of inferiority expresses a quality in a lower\\ndegref in one object than in another; it is formed by placing moins,\\nre the adjective, and que, than, after it\\nShipwreck and death are teat fatal\\ntitan those pleasures which attack\\nvirtue.\\nLe nanfrsge el Is mart not mojna\\n:i atta-\\nquciit la vertu. l V\\\\ l on.\\n7 We have only three sdjectives which are comparatives of them-\\nMeillcur, instead of plus bon, which is never OSed in the sense of\\nhelter\\nII a sat meil/eur ami ni parent I We ham M better ftiemd, no bet-\\nLa 1 r MMM. I tor relation than\\nJ ire, instead of jlus mmuais, whicli may however he nasd:\\n[OS k I Tit remedy is at times tmrse than\\nm.il. the evil.\\nIfoindre, Instead of phu petit, an expression also i\\nDM MlS jxtit OSS d iMrc I Bains Us* than great is not being\\ni grand. Dots is. small.\\nor third degree of qualification, exprs\\nquality carried to a very high, or t (l the highest degree; thence there\\nare tw.. sorts, of superlatives: the relative and the ah*\\nMi -nx. better; pi-, irr.rie moin\u00c2\u00ab. fete. The English words ratter,\\npons, lass, r.- snmetimss adverbs, and when they ar.- so, thooid r. n-\\ndsrsd bj the serersJ words placed at the commencement of this note. A\\nr determining the nature of those words m Englisti i-\\n1. To change the word better into the expression is a better manner.\\nIf tins ehange may mads without changing the *en.\u00c2\u00abc, the word better\\nif an adverb and inu-t bfl r 1 1 I n- 1 t I\\nHe r i./\u00c2\u00bb better li\u00c2\u00bb a better man- I II lit missal que son frtre.\\nHer) than kit brother.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. If you can change worse into in a worse manner, it should be trnns-\\nor, more elegantly, ;\u00c2\u00abi/\\nHe read worse (in a worse man- I II lit pis (plus mal) quo sor\\ntier than his brother.\\nr. Winn you may substitute a smaller amount or quantity for the\\nVoid Kssf, it Khould he rep I\\nHe reads (a smal er amount) I II lit moine quo \u00c2\u00bbM frare.\\nAjr\u00c2\u00bb htt brotlur.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0298.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "FEMININE OP ADJECTIVES. S 15, 16.\\n293\\n(9.) The superlative relative marks a very high or the highest de-\\ngree relatively, or with comparison: it is formed by placing le^ la, les,\\nlite mon, my ton, iky son, his notrc, our votre, your leir, leurs,\\ntheir, before the comparative of superiority or inferiority\\nA benefit received is the most to-\\nTJn bienfait recu est la plus sacree\\nde toutes les dettes. Mme. Necker.\\nLa probite reconnue est leplus sur\\nde tous les serments. (Tub same)\\ncred of all debts.\\nAcknowledged probity is the most\\nsecure of all oaths.\\n(10.) The words le plus, le moins, must be repeated before every ad-\\njective\\nCe sont les livres les phis agre-\\nables, les plus uuiversellement lus,\\net les plus utiles.\\nBkrnardin de St. Pierre.\\nThese books are the jnost agree-\\nable, the most universally read, and\\nthe most useful.\\n(11.) The superlative absolute expresses also a very high degree,\\nbut, absolutely, without comparison it is formed by placing before\\nthe adjective one of these words, Ires, fort, infinimenl, exlremement, c.\\nThere are in cities, as elsewhere,\\nvery silly people.\\nII y a a la ville, comme ailleurs,\\nde fort sottes gens. La Bruyere.\\nJe vous prie de croire que je ne\\nBonge qua vous, et que vous m etes\\nentremement chere.\\nMme. de Sevigne.\\nbeg you to believe that you are\\nmy only thought, and that you are\\nextremely dear to me.\\n15. Gender and number of Adjectives.\\n(1.) The adjective has, of itself, neither gender nor number it must\\nassume the gender and number of the noun to which it belongs.\\n(2.) The termination of the adjective varies according to the gender\\nand number of the noun which it qualities or determines\\nTJn homme prudent.\\nA prudent man.\\nDes lionimes prudents.\\nPrudent men.\\nUne femme prudente.\\nA prudent woman.\\nDes femmes prudtntes.\\nPrudent women.\\n16. Formation of the Feminine of Adjectives.\\nAll adjectives ending with e mute, remain unchanged in the\\nfeminine\\nMasculine.\\nTJn homme agreable.\\nAn agreeable man.\\nTJn mur solide.\\nA strong wall.\\nFeminine.\\nTJne femme agreable.\\nAn agreeable woman.\\nTJne maison solide.\\nA strong (well built) house.\\n(2.) Adjectives not ending in e mute form, their feminine by tho ad.\\nftition of e:\\nMasculine.\\nUn garden diligent.\\nA diligent boy.\\nTJn homme poli.\\nA polite man.\\nFeminine.\\nTJne fille diligente.\\nA diligent girl.\\nUne dame polie.\\nA polite lady.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0299.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "204\\nFEMININE OP ADJECTIVES. lb.\\n(3.) Exceptions\\nAdjectn es\\nendiu in\\nChange those\\nttrunnationa\\nON f for the fcmi-\\nF I nine into\\nELLE,\\nKILLS,\\nETTE,\\nonxk.\\nJfas.\\ntel,\\nparefl,\\naueien,\\nllHR t,\\nbon,\\nncuf,\\nFem.\\ntelle, twK\\npareille, like.\\nancieune, ancieni\\nmuette, mute.\\nbonne, good.\\nneuve, neic.\\nRMHk fat.\\nsi:, hcuieux, lieureuse, happu.\\n(4.) The following, although ending with these termiiiations,tbrq\\ntheir feminine otherwise:\\noomplet,\\ndiacrat)\\ninijiiK t,\\nreplet,\\nniauvai.s\\nn.. s.\\nraa,\\ndoux,\\nfaux.\\npr.rix,\\ntOOX,\\nII T\\n(5.) Adjectives ending in cur, as also some substantives of tho\\npanic termination, have three several modes f forming the feminine:\\nrived from tin- participle present of a\\nFrench \\\\erb by dropping an!, and substituting ur, change the fmai\\nPpK Part, n .ine. Feminine.\\ndansarif, whence d*Mfvr; and thence dsMMMfc\\ntninip.nif, llOBUCHf; trompcusr.\\nH.rc, however, note that chan! -ur, when signifying a /v\\nkes for the feminine container. Like anomalies appear in\\nthe following:\\nmake in the feminine\\nfollow the general rule\\nonj 7/iake in the-\\nftni nine\\nmake in tin feminine\\ncomplete.\\nconcrete.\\ndiscrete,\\nitxpiictc.\\nMi i.-te.\\nk replete.\\ntnauvaiso.\\nniaise.\\nr douco.\\nprctixe.\\nroQBMi\\nt ierce.\\n1 !cur, ambassador,\\nbailleur, lessor,\\nhunter,\\ndemandeur, ylaintiff,\\ndefcndeur, defendant,\\nmake in the\\nadrice.\\n1 aiilcresse.\\ndirnanderesee.\\nili fendereaee.\\ndevineur, gursser,\\nenchanteur, tnek\\nfeminine\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0levinereflM.\\nenchai\\nguuTenx\\njxcliiur, tinner,\\na, st riant,\\nunto.\\nI i li.n\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00bbe.\\nner\\\\ ante.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a22J. Those ending infruraud derived from the Latin, and, consequent*", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0300.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "FEMININE OF ADJECTIVES.; 16. 205\\ny, not falling under the rule (Isl) just given, form the feminine by\\nchanging teur into trice; as,\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\nacteur, actor, actrice, actress.\\nadmirateur, admirer, admiratrice, admirer\\nExceptions to this, however, are the following:\\ndebiteur, debtor, *j f de bitrice.\\nexecuteur, executor, I executrice.\\ninspecteur, inspector, inspectrice.\\ninventeur, inventor, I j inventrice.\\npersecuteur, persecutor, J persecutrice.\\n3d. Those ending in erieur. also majeur, mineur, meilleur, follow\\nthe general rule, that is, add e to form the feminine as,\\nexterieur, exterior, f exterieure,\\nsuperior superior, k {n supeneure\\nmajeur, of age, major, V feminine m ?J eure\\nmineur, minor, I J J mineure.\\nmeilleur, better, J {meilleure.\\n(6.) Adjectives, as also nouns, indicating occupation chiefly exer-\\ncised by men, are alike in the masculine and the feminine as,\\nauteur, author litterateur, literary person.\\n(7.) The following adjectives having two forms for the masculine\\nform their feminine as follows:\\nMasculine before Masculine before\\na consonant. a vowel or h mate.\\nFeminine.\\nbeau, bel,\\nbelle,\\nhandsome.\\nfou, fol,\\nfolle,\\nfoolish.\\nmou, mol,\\nmolle,\\nsoft.\\nnouveau, nouvel,\\nnouvelle,\\nnew.\\nvieux, vieil,\\nvieille,\\nold.\\nIrregular Adjectives.\\n(8.) The following adjectives form their feminine\\nii regularly\\nMasctdine.\\nFeminine.\\nabsous, absolved,\\nabsoute.\\nbenin, benign,\\nbenigne.\\nblanc, white,\\nblanche.\\ncaduc, decrepit, infirm,\\ncaduque.\\ncoi, quiet,\\ncoite.\\ndissous, dissolved,\\ndissoute.\\nfavori, favorite,\\nfavorite.\\nfrais, fresh.\\nfraiche.\\nfranc, free, frank,\\nfranche.\\ngentil, pretty, genteel,\\ngentille.\\ngrec, Grecian, Greek,\\ngrecque.\\nhebrew, Hebrew,\\nhebrai que,\\nused only of ths\\nHebrew\\ntougue.\\njouveuceau (obsolete), a stripling, jouvenceile", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0301.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "296 IBREGCLAR ADJECTIVES. \u00c2\u00a717.\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\nnrucau, twin, iumclle.\\noog, long, ow Tongue,\\nmalt re, matter, tn i mattresso.\\nmalin, cunning, malignant, maligne\\nmulatre. mi lmihitre or mulati\\nmuscat, nm muacade.\\nnul, null, w\u00c2\u00bbir t nullc.\\nobi a _\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\\npublic, puUiqua\\n7, changed, lvsolue.\\n4m, barren, tvcho.\\nsot, till;/, potto.\\ntraitor, treacherous, trar.r\\nrkish, tarqua\\nvkillot, oldish, vieiilotte.\\nr The foUowia ire no ninine\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0piu*. partitan, partisan.\\nchetata, eh snut color. timoin, witm\\ni Hum,\\n17 N 01 Tin: Pukai I YES.\\n(1.) (7. B The plural of adjectives is formal by the ad-\\ndition of i to the MolinO|Or to the feminine termination:\\nir. Plural\\npetit, *mall, pctita;\\nJ\\\\ mini ne.\\nSingular, Plural.\\ngraadea\\nI ..la rule has i ptiona ivith regard to the feminine tor-\\n(3.)^ ,i:..r.i..n, it ia subject to the\\nwith s or x, do\\nnot change their form in the plural\\niar. Plural.\\nax, happy, i ax,\\ndoux, street, toft, dome\\nSecond Exr i he singular the termina-\\ntion eau, form their plural tfl of C\\nPlural.\\nfifnl,\\nJUIM\\n1 1 aux.\\nThird E y ling in al, form their plural maa\\nonline bj\\nPlural.\\nlib-Vault.\\nnation n.itmnaaz.\\nrural, rural, ruraux.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0302.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "AQREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES. 8 18.\\n297\\nWe quote from Bescherelle s Grammaire nalionale. the adjectives\\nwhich form their plural in als:\\nSingular. Plural,\\namic l, friendly, amicala.\\nbancal, bandy-legged, bancals.\\nfatal, fatal, fatal.?,\\nfinal, final, finals,\\nfrugal, frugal, frugals.\\nfilial, filial, filials.\\nglacial, frozen, icy, glacials,\\ninitial, initial, initials,\\nlabial, labial, labials,\\nmatinal, early, matinals.\\nmedial, medial, medials.\\nnaval, naval, navals.\\npascal, paschal, pascals,\\npenal, penal, penals.\\ntheatral, theatrical, theatrals.\\n18. Agreement of Adjectives witii Nouns.\\n(1.) The adjective must agree, in gender and number, with the\\nnoun or pronoun which it qualifies\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\nSingular. Plural. Singular. Plural.\\nle beau jardin, les beaux jardins; la belle maison, les belles maisons.\\nthe fine garden, the fine gardens the fine house, the fine houses.\\nle grand livre, les grands livres la grande carte, les grandes cartes.\\nthe large book, the large books the large map, the largetnaps.\\n(2.) This agreement must take place, not only when the adjective\\nimmediately precedes or follows the noun or pronoun, but also when\\nit i3 separated by other words\\nFeminine.\\nSingular. L honneur de passer\\npour bonne l empechait de se mon-\\ntrer mauvaise. Marivaux.\\nThe honor of passing for good pre-\\nvented her showing herself bad.\\nPlural. Loin de nous raidir con-\\ntre les inclinations qui sont bonnes,\\nil faut les suivre pour servir Dieu.\\nMme. de Maintenon.\\nFar from resisting our good incli-\\nnations, we should follow than in\\norder to serve God.\\nMasculine.\\nSingular. Plaise a. Dieu de te\\nrendre assez bon pour me riter la vie\\nheureuse Fenelon.\\nMay God render thee siifficiently\\ngood to deserve the blessed life.\\nPlural. Jamais, en quoi que ce\\npuisse etre les mediants ne sont\\nbons h. rien dc bon.\\nJ. J. Rousseau.\\nThe wicked are never, in any cir-\\ncumstances, fitted {good) to perform\\nany thing good.\\n(3.) When an adjective relates to two or more substantives,\\nwhether in the singular or the plural, and all of the same gender, it\\nmust agree with the nouns in gender, and be put in the plural\\nLeriche et X indigent, l imprudent et I The rich and the poor, the twt-\\nUt \u00c2\u00abage, prudent and tht -oise, bring\\n13*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0303.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "298 adjectives.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 19, 20.\\nSujets a ni#me lot, subi-sent ra\u00c2\u00abme Sul-jeet to the same law, itper%enet\\nsort. J. B BoCBBSifl, the same /ale.\\n(4.) When the words which the adjective qualities are of different\\ngenders, the adjective must be put in the masculine plural:\\nhe de rcndrc Ararat?, ma try to render happy, my wife,\\nmime mon my child, and even my eat and m\u00c2\u00ab\\nchat i- dog.\\nii:rre.\\n.it. publics ne ft Public order and ut lity cannot be\\nle fruit du crime. the fruits of crime.\\nMassillon.\\nspecial rules on tills point, see 83.\\n19. Determining or Di.tiuminative Adjectives.\\nThere tennining adjectivea the demonstrative!\\nthe possessive, the numeral, and the indefinite.\\n(1.) The demonstrative adjective* IN used, when nn object is to\\nbe particularly specified -t pointed ut. They are never, in French,\\n..it is, without the nouns which they determine:\\n!ar.\\nMaseutine O, (Ml or (I mencing with a\\ncommencing with a\\n.irsi r an h mute.\\nFeminine.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Cvttc, this H t*U sorts of noun*.\\nCcafor both gender*.\\nM LES.\\nMasculine lingular. Feminine singular.\\nce toldat, ttiii or that sn/dier. ectte fcmrtie, this r that woman.\\ncet ami. that or this friend. ct U\u00c2\u00ab- crw -e, that or this orord.\\nCct liummr, this or that man. this or that harp.\\nPlural.\\ndn torn-\\nfut un sommeil, t *a tombo\\nm U-rceau. :.ul\\nOn tdmirmble don,\\nIt butterfly escaped from the\\ntomb his death ir ii a slumber, and\\nhis tomb a cradle.\\nnttintt, it\\nL in-tinct, nam doute i majestic rea-\\nTuugu tc raJeotL in sam\\ny tusttm J\u00e2\u0080\u0094 m phut* en vase dis- There tha prepared\\nas a :he dew \\\\n it*\\nDaw aa coupe elegante acrucillc la elegant cup.\\nra\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00abv iTiiaaaxa.)", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0304.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 21.\\n299\\n*7\u00c2\u00ab honneurs que le vulgaire ad-\\nmire,\\nReVeiilent-ils les morts au sein de\\nmonuments Soulie.\\nDo these honors, admired by the\\nvulgar, awake the dead from their\\nsepulchres\\n(2.) When it is necessary to make, in French, a difference similar\\nto that existing between the English words this and that, the adverbs\\nci and la must be placed after the nouns:\\nce livre-ci, this book (here),\\nces livres-ci, these books,\\nce livre-la, that book (there),\\nces livres-la, those books.\\n21. Possessive Adjectives.\\n(1.) The possessive adjectives, which are always joined -to a noun,\\nrelate to possession or property; they are:\\nSingular. Plural\\nMasculine. Feminine. for both genders.\\nma, mes, my.\\nta, tes, thy.\\nea, ses, his, her, its.\\nnotre, nos, our.\\nvotre, vos, your.\\nleur, leurs, their.\\n(2.) In French, these adjectives take the gender and number of\\nthe object possessed, and not, as in English, those of the possessor*\\nMasc. sing. Fern. sing. PI. both genders.\\nmon frere, my brother, ma soeur, my sister, mes cousins, my cousins.\\nton livre, thy book, ta plume, thy pen, tes maisons, thy houses.\\nson papier, his or her sa table, his or her ta- ses habits, his or her\\npaper. ble. clothes.\\nnotre cheval, our horse, notre vache, our cow, nos prairies, our meadows.\\nvotre lit, your bed, votre chaise, your chair, vos crayons, your pencils.\\nleur foin, their hay, leur paille, their straw, leurs fermes, their farms.\\nmon,\\nton,\\nson,\\nnotre,\\nvotre,\\nleur.\\nSobri6te dans toute chose,\\nMon ami, c est l art de jouir.\\nDu Tremblay.\\nMa main de quelque fleur es-\\nqnisse la peinture. Castel.\\nMes sens sont glaces d effroi.\\nJ. B. Rousseau.\\nDe son propre artifice on est sou-\\nvent victime.\\nColin d Harleville.\\nA sa vocation chaque etre doit\\nrepondre. Fr. de Neufchateau.\\nII faut de ses amis enrlurer quel-\\nque chose. Moliere.\\nNotre vie est une maison,\\nY mettre le feu c est folie.\\nKlVKUNAIS.\\nSobriety in all things, is, my\\nfriend, the true enjoyment.\\nMy hand sketches the picture oj\\nsome flower.\\nMy senses are frozen with fear.\\nOne is often the victim of his own\\nartifice.\\nEvery being should fulfil his vo-\\ncation.\\nWe must bear something from our\\nfriends.\\nOur life is a house; to set it on\\nfire is folly.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0305.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "300\\nHUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 22.\\nYos maOles se rompront sous la I Tour meshes will break under tht\\nclinrye pe=p.nte. CasTO. hear;/ burden.\\nfleure suimmt i n will follow my slept\\nt6cvi ant rca vuo. (Thk same.) andpletue my tight.\\n(3.) The adjectives mon, my; ton, thy; bob, his or her, are used m.\\nlinine words commencing with a vowel\\nor an h mute, in order to prevent the meeting of two vowels, or of a\\nVowel \u00c2\u00ab.nd an h mute; thus we say:\\nruon dper, my sword, and never ma e pce.\\ni |K use.\\nmee, hi) arm;/, bv.t Ml i r s.i ariuee.\\nCcn est (kit, \u00c2\u00bbion hcurc est venue. I All is over, my hour is evme.\\nBODJUB.\\n(4.) The po9scsaivo adjectives must be repeated before evert\\nnoun:\\nMon fn re. ma 8o?ur et mes cou- My brother, sister, and cousin* art\\ntjhm sont 4 I .\\\\ri.~. I a* Paris.\\n.inCTTVES.\\n(1.) T. of numeral adjectives: the cardinal and\\nrial.\\nUna! numlu iply tho number or quantity,\\nwithout\\n(3.) The ordinal munben marl. I r rank which persons\\nand things oecopy: Ac.\\nthe cardinal and\\nordinal inimi\\nteJ Xumbers.\\n(5.) Orlinal Xumbrr*.\\nxxn./eininint une,\\nOHf.\\nuint\\nre, first\\nd,/.secondo, 2d.\\nquntrc,\\n4\\nquatrii\\n4 th.\\n6\\nKfc,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2IT,\\n8\\nCth.\\nhalt,\\n7\\n7 th.\\n8\\nlib\\n9\\n90s,\\nd.r,\\nloth,\\n11\\n11th.\\nIS\\n12th.\\n1 8th.\\n11\\n14th.\\n15\\n16th.\\nIfth,\\nn\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2mo,\\n17th,\\ndix-hmt.\\n18\\ndiz-buil\\n18th.\\nilix iieuf,\\n1 1\\nIfth,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0Otk\\nTinjft-et-un,\\n21\\n.i nit me,\\ntlst", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0306.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "1CUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 28.\\n301\\nCardinal Numhei s.\\nOrdinal Numltrt.\\nvingt-deux, c,\\n22\\nvingt:deuxieme, c,\\n22d.\\ntrente,\\nSO\\ntrentieme,\\n30th.\\ntrente-et un, c,\\n31\\ntrente-et-unieme,\\n31st.\\ntrente-de ux,\\n32\\ntrente-deuxidme,\\n32d.\\nquaraate,\\n40\\nquarantieme,\\n40th.\\nquarante-et-un, As,\\n41\\nquarante-et-unienae,\\n41st.\\nquarante-deux,\\n42\\nquarante-deuxieme,\\n42d.\\ncinquante,\\n50\\nchiquantieme,\\n50th.\\ncinquante-et-un,\\n51\\ncinquante-e t-unieme,\\n51st.\\ncinquantc-deux,\\n52\\ncinquante-deuxienie,\\n52d.\\nsoixante,\\n60\\nsoixan tieme,\\n60th.\\nBoixante-et-un,\\n61\\nsoixante-et-unieme,\\n61st.\\nsoixante-deux, fec.\\n62\\nsoixante-deuxieme,\\n62d.\\nsoixante-dix,\\n70\\nsoixante-dixieme,\\n70th.\\nBoixaate-onze,\\n71\\nsoixan te-onzieme,\\n71st.\\neoixante-douze,\\n72\\nsoixante-douzieme,\\n72d.\\nBoixante-treize,\\n73\\nsoixante-treizieme,\\n73d.\\nBoixante-quatorzc,\\n74\\nsoixante-quatorzieme,\\n74th.\\nBoixante-quinze,\\n75\\nsoixante-quinzieme,\\n75th.\\nsoixante-seize,\\n76\\nsoixante-seizieme,\\n76th.\\nsoixante-dix-sept,\\n77\\nsoixante-dix-septieme,\\n77th.\\nsoixante-dix-huit,\\n78\\nsoixante-dix-huitieme,\\n78th.\\nsoixan te-dix-neuf,\\n79\\nsoixante-dix-neuvieme,\\n79th.\\nquatie-vingta,\\n80\\nquatre-vingtienie,\\n80th.\\nquatre-vingt-un,\\n81\\nquatre-vingt-unieme,\\n81st.\\nquatre-vingt-deux.\\n82\\nquatre-viugt-deuxieme,\\n82d.\\nquatre-vingt-dix,\\n90\\nquatre-vingt-dixieme,\\n90th.\\nquatre-vingt-onze\\n91\\nquatre-vingt-onzieme,\\n91st.\\nquatre-vingt-douzc,\\nC, 92\\nquatre-vingt-douzieme,\\n92d.\\ncent,\\n100\\ncenticme,\\n100th.\\ncent-un,\\n101\\ncent-unieme,.\\n101st.\\ndeux-cents,\\n200\\ndeux-centieme,\\n200th.\\ndeux-cent-un,\\n201\\ndeux-cent-unieme,\\n201st.\\ntrois-cents,\\n300\\ntrois-centieme,\\n300th.\\ntrois-cent-un,\\n301\\ntrois-cent-unieme,\\n301st.\\nmille,\\n1000\\nmillieme,\\n1000th.\\ndeux-mille,\\n2000\\ndeux-millieme,\\n2000th.\\ndeux-mille-cinquante, 2050\\ndeux-mille-cbquantieme,\\n2050th.\\nun million,\\n1,000000\\nmillionieme, 1,000000th.\\n23. Variations of the Cardinal Numbers.\\n(1.) The following cardinal numbers vary:\\n(2.) Un, one, a or\\naji, takes the gender of t le noun to which it i\\nprefixed\\nun\\nivre, a book une feuille, a leaf.\\nWhen used substantively, un takes, at times, the form of tht\\nplural.\\nMasc. Lea uns et les autres, These and those,\\nFern. Les unes et\\nles autres, (The ones and the others).\\n(3.) Vingl and cent, when multiplied by one number, and not fol-\\nlowed by another, take the form of the plural\\nquatre-vm^s,\\neighty;\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0six tents, six hvndretL", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0307.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "302 JTCMERAL ADJECTIVES. 21.\\nI/boiome vit quairevingts an?,\\nle cliien nun vit que lix. ovnos.\\nOn m apn ::a chci in i, duuze\\nJ. J. 1.\\nMon Lies eighty years, the dog\\non/;/ tin.\\nThey brought me, at my house,\\nticeli e hundred francs.\\n(4.) Vingt and ait, however, when multiplied by one number, and\\nby another, r, it not followed by a number, used to indi-\\nte the form of the plural.\\nquatre i /n^-cinq h o mmea, eighty-five men.\\n.x hommea, tdrsd and two men.\\nCb;u\\n.iiit, lc jour d\\nV.iLTAIUL.\\nChar in*-/ limed em-\\nf the West, Christmas-day,\\nin the year sight hundred.\\nMille (thousand.) I of the year, reckoned from\\nthe coiui: tan era to the year two thousand\\nof the mil.\\nL an mil huit cent cinquanto, The rar one thousand eight kun-\\nI f r\\nwhich have preceded our era, and\\ndeh will follow our present thousand, we write the full form,\\nmille.\\nThe first irruption of the mils\\nI of l \\\\r-\\nOKin, ab-ut the year of the world\\n(7.) Million, billion take the plural form.\\nII TO C VKDINAL\\ni.na.\\n(1.) In French, in computing from twenty to thirty, thirty to forty\\nnumber unM always pn In. We mat\\nnot aay, as often in Bngliah, one and twenty, but always vingt-et-un,\\nnly used Wforo\\ntin: thus, we say vingt-et-un, tvrtnty (and; one, and simply vinyt-deUA,\\ntwenty-!\\nin Eugliflfl tne words hun-\\ndred and ikoutand; it mual i red in Prencn. We aay:\\nmille hommea, on thousand ma\\ncci.t one hu.iirrd francs.\\n(4) When the words cent and mille nre Uaed Bubotaotivelj\\nthe name l by the hoi\\nin num er or in weight, the word un may be placed before\\ntheni the name of the object being preceded by the prcpow-\\ntion it", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0308.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 25. 303\\nUn cent, un mille (millier) de briques,\\nOne hundred, one thousand (of) bricks.\\nUn cent (un quintal) de sucre,\\nOne hundred (weight) of sugar.\\n(5.) The words septante, seventy; octante, eighty; and nonante,\\nfinely, are now nearly obsolete, being used only in a few provinces\\nof France. They are, as may be seen in the preceding table, replaced\\nby awkward expressions soixante-dix, sixty-ten quatre-vingts, four-\\ntwenties (four score) quatre-vingl-dix, four-score-ten, c.\\n(6.) Before the words onze, eleven, and onzieme, eleventh, the arti-\\ncle is not elided. We say le onze, le onzieme, la onzieme. In pro-\\nnunciation, the s of the plural article les is silent when this artieJe pre-\\ncedes onze or onzieme.\\n25. Observations on the Ordinal Numbers.\\n(1.) It will be seen that the ordinal numbers, with the exception of\\npremier and second, are formed from the cardinal\\n1. By the change off into vieme in neuf;\\n2. By the change of e into vieme in those ending with that vowel\\n3. By the addition of vieme in those ending with a consonant\\n4. Cinq requires uieme to make cinquieme, fifth.\\n(2.) All ordinal adjectives may take the form of the plural.\\n(3.) Premier and second alone vary for the feminine, and make\\npremiere, seconde, c.\\n(4.) Unieme (first) is only used in composition with vingt, trente, c.\\n(5.) Second, deuxieme, (second) Deuxieme supposes a series, a con-\\ntinuation second merely indicates the order\\n1st. We may say of a work which has four or more volumes\\nJ ai le deuxieme (or le second) to- I have the second volume of that\\nlume de cet ouvrage. work.\\n2d. In speaking of a work which has only two volumes, we should say\\nJ*ai le second (not le deuxieme) I I have the second volume of Bes-\\nrolume du dictionnaire de Bescher- cherclle s dictionary.\\nelle. I\\n3d. Under the ordinal numbers may be placed the following words,\\nvhick are often used substantively\\nTrentenaire, thirty, of thirty years duration\\nQuarantenaire, forty, of forty\\nCinquantenaire, fifty years old, of fifty\\nSexagenaire, sexagenarian, of sixty\\nSeptuagenaire, septuagenarian, of seventy\\nOctogenaire, octogenarian, of eighty\\nNonagenaire, nonogenarian, of ninety\\nCentenaire, centenarian, of one hundred\\n4th. Trentenaire and quarantenaire are law terms\\nPossession trentenaire, quar ante- Thirty, forty -years posieition.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0309.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "304\\nNUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 8 26, j.1.\\n5th. Of the others, sexagenairc, scptuagenaire, and octogenairo only \u00c2\u00abr\u00c2\u00ab\\nin frequent use\\nUn octog iaire plantait, Aw A man eight jy years oid u is plant\\nLa 1 oxTAixr. I inp trees.\\n(1.) In speaking of the days of the month, the French use the car-\\nle Jnix man,\\nle \u00c2\u00a3t-*ept aviil.\\nL ouvorture EtaU g\u00c2\u00a3neraux\\ncat lii-u le etng mai, I\\n(2.) We must, however,\\nlu premier (not fun) juin.\\nf/ir second of ,\\\\far(h.\\n(he aeeentaenth of April.\\nThe opening the $latr*- irncral\\ntook place on thi ffth of May, ITS*\\nthe first of June.\\n(3.) The cardinal DOmben are alao employed in speaking of sove\u00c2\u00bb\\nthe Truth.\\ntenth.\\nnth wan thirty-eight\\nW tli*\\nthe Seventh\\nhick he\\nhad ki\\\\\\nJlenru the First.\\nLouis dix-huit,\\nLoun OHM avait tnntr i\\nquand il brdne.\\nLa ii\\ngnu pa* la f. iHum\\n(\u00e2\u0080\u00a2t.) rer:\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0er,\\n(5.) Drux and taaond sre, in this case, Qaed Indifferently\\nChar ,nd,\\nfJB.)Il C.nnanv, and of the Pop*\\nSixtus the Fiflli, t!.. r.l quint (nil\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0/uitit, Charles the Fifth.\\nBisU\\nall, in order to render n v mc ob-\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ervatiuns on noun.s rin l adverba of number.\\n(1.) The nnmera] nouns in u- o with the French arc:\\nunit*.\\nunit\\nI .iiro,\\ntrio.\\nittaaine,\\ndooaaino,\\nfifteen,/\\n1.-LW.\\nsere,\\nthirty;\\nqnaraal\\nore\\ncmqaant\\ntared\\nHand;\\nlicm,\\nlvr-\\n1 mi i\\na myriad\\n1 iiiiliiun.\\nm milUa$h", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0310.jp2"}, "311": {"fulltext": "IKDBFIHITE ADJECTIVES. 28, 29, 30.\\n303\\n(2.) The termination aine signifies nearly, and when added to words\\n\u00c2\u00a9f number i3 equivalent to the English some, in cases like the follow-\\ning I have some twenty hooks, i. e. about twenty books. J ai une\\nvingtaine de livres.\\n28. Fractional Numerals.\\nun quart,\\ndeux quarts,\\ntrois quarts,\\nle tiers,\\ndeux tiers,\\nla moi tie,\\none quarter\\ntwo quarters;\\nthree quarters\\nthe third;\\ntwo thirds;\\nthe half;\\nun cinqaidme,\\ndeux cinquifcmes,\\nun sixifcme, etc.,\\nun dixieme, etc.,\\nun centifcme,\\nun millieme,\\none fifth\\ntwo fifths;\\none sixth, etc.\\none tenth, etc.\\none hundredth\\none thousandth.\\n(1.) It will be seen that, with the exception of tiers, quart and moi-\\ntie, these numbers take the form of the ordinal numerals. They may,\\ntherefore, take the form of the plural when necessary.\\n(2.) The word demi, when used adjectively and preceding the noun,\\nis invariable\\ntine cfoni -heure f., half an hoar;\\nune demi-anne f., half an ell.\\n(3.) When coming after the noun to denote an additional half, it\\nagrees in gender with the noun\\nune heure et demie, one hour and a half;\\nune aune et demie, one ell and a half.\\n(4.) When used substantively, demi may take the form of the plural:\\nCette horloge sonne les heures et I This clock strikes the hours and\\nlea demies. the half hours.\\n(1.) Premifcrement,\\nDeuxiernement,\\nSecondement,\\nTroisiemcinent,\\n29. Ordinal Adverts.\\nfirst\\nin the first\\nplace\\nQuatriomcmcnt,\\nCinquiemement,\\nSixieraemcnt,\\nScptiemenient,\\nDixiemement,\\nfourthly\\nfifthly;\\nsixthly\\nseventhly;\\ntenthly.\\nsecondly\\nthirdly\\n(2.) These, like adverbs of manner, are formed by the addition of\\nment to the feminine form of the adjective\\n30. Indefinite Adjectives.\\n(1.) The indefinite adjectives are used when any thing is to be\\nrepresented or referred to in a general or indefinite manner. They\\nare,\\nwhat\\naucun, not any, not one,\\ncbaque, every, each;\\nmemo, same;\\nnul, no\\nplusieurs, several;\\nquel,\\nquelconque,\\nquelque,\\nteL\\ntout,\\nwhatever\\nsome;\\nsuch;\\nall", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0311.jp2"}, "312": {"fulltext": "306\\nINDEFINITE ADJECTIVE S. 30.\\n(J) Auct;s is crcnerally followed by noun, with which it must\\nagree. It is followed by M when it comes before ;i verb:\\nctucun honinie, no nan aucune feinine, no \\\\coman.\\nN chemin do Bean ne conduit\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i:v. Li Poxtaimk\\nI I f. ullt\\nXojloicery path leads to glory\\nAll tkote vl,o have no virtue ar*\\nThey can bear ,w leyiti,,,\\nminion, tet ho bounds to tlieir crimes.\\nMKMMTertu L\\\\ RooasvouoAULa J\\n(3.) 1mm is by the Preach authors sometimes used in the plural\\nTrir nucun eni-\\nElUCUIICf\\nornc* a law\\nI I and RHl should be put in the plural only before such words\\nBMd in the alllgelar, or have in fa lingular ft dilVerent\\niion.\\nBAfljOT h and Is used only la tho atnjwHn\\nIt always preeedea the noun, and cannot be separated from it by aa\\nprepo-ition. ever be aaod without i\\nnoun:\\nits pleasures every\\nHat\\n5 of mm in\\n::.n be rendered by the word\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0mm* m an ke the form of the plural, but\\ndoes i. i, r\\nvertli; v.-rtu vihne\\nit i- ue.\\n1 B oOt ni The pmplt and the qreat ha,\\nc i/asai aaraWaaaw\\nVaotbbaboi i v\\nU t.f- 7.i/,/r* in\\ntks\\nPuree\\n(fi.) It is at times difficult todistin f rom\\nmime an adverb, which ia invariable. (3.)]\\ni re i In gendet\\number with tl ii qualifies. Llk\\ni\\nPfbj If Imipi.-; .1 iwpwns; hemit\\nfuit. RaOUCU it, it asjoitUkim.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0312.jp2"}, "313": {"fulltext": "INDEFINITE ADJECTIVES. 30.\\n307\\n(8.) Nul is sometimes used alo.ie, in the sense of no one:\\nNul n est content de sa fortune, No one is pleased with his fortune,\\nni mecontent ile son esprit. nor displeased with his own wit.\\nMme. Deshoulieres.\\n(9.) Plusieurs is, of course, always in the plural. It does not\\nvary its form\\nT faut bien qu il y ait plusieurs\\naisons d ennui, quand tout le monde\\n\u00c2\u00ab?st d accord pour bailler. Florian.\\nTliere must necessarily be several\\nreasons for ennui, when all agree in\\nyawning.\\n(10.) Quel takes the gender and number of the noun to which it\\nI -dates. It is sometimes immediately followed by its noun, from\\nwhich it may be separated by one or several words\\nWhat a delightful picture the\\nQuel tableau ravlssant presentent\\nles campagnes I Delille.\\nQuelle invisible force a sounds\\nI univers L. Racine.\\nQuels sons harmonieux, quels efforts\\nravissants,\\nDe la reconnaissance egalent les\\naccents\\ncountry offer\\nWhat invisible hand lias con-\\nquered the universe?\\nWhat harmonious sounds, what\\nravishing strains, equal the voice of\\ngratitude i\\n(11.) Quelconque is always placed after the noun, and varies only\\nfor the plural\\nToutes les jouissances sont pre-\\nCedees d un travail quelconque.\\nMme. Campan.\\nDeux points quelconques etant\\ndoanes The Academy.\\n(12.) Quelque in the sense of.\\nagrees in number with the noun:\\nII y a du merite sans elevation,\\nmais il n y a point d elevation sans\\nquelque merite. La Rochefoucauld.\\nQuelques vains lauriers que pro-\\nmette la guerre,\\nOn peut etre heros sans ravager la\\nterre. Boileau.\\nAll enjoyments are preceded by\\nsome sort of exertion.\\nTwo points of some kind being\\ngiven\\nme (a certain numher), or whatever,\\nThere is merit without elevation,\\nbut there is no elevation without some\\nmerit.\\nWhatever vain laurels war may\\npromise, one may be a hero without\\nravaging the earth.\\n(13.) Quelque having the sense of about or some or however, is in-\\nvariable\\nQuel age avez-vous Vous avez\\nbon visage Eh quelque soixante\\nans. Racine, les Plaideurs.\\nAlexandre perdit quelque trois\\ncents Luiiimes, quaud il vainquit\\nI orus. D Ablaxcourt.\\nQuelque mediants que soient les\\nhomines, ils n oseraient paraitre\\nennemis de la vertu.\\nLa Rochefoucauld.\\nHow old are you You look well.\\nOh some sixty years.\\nAlexander lost some three hundred\\nmen when he vanquished J- orus.\\nHowever wicked men may be, they\\ndo not dire to appear ennnies of\\nvirtue.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0313.jp2"}, "314": {"fulltext": "S08 THE PRO.VOCK.- 31, 32.\\n(14.) Tel makes in the feminine telle; in the plural m.wuliro,\\nle!s in tlio plural feminine, telle*. It agrees with the noun which it\\nqualities:\\ntd livre, man book telle httre, mdl let! r\\ntel* livrcs, such books ttuh lifters.\\n(15.) TOOT meaning every, is of course always in the singular,\\nbut varies for the feminine:\\nTout ritoyen doil Mrvir km pays;\\n.re ile\\nBon zele. Ifom,\\nKn toute chose, il faut BOOtideter\\nU tia .funk.\\nAery citizen should serve his\\ncountry the toldUf with his blood,\\nthe prittt irith his zeal.\\nIn every tiling tee must consider\\nthe end.\\n(16.) Tou in the greea in gender and number with\\nin to which i: re!al\\ntout Pargeoij Urn m la tofla, a l the cloth.\\n11 tnit BBHiaaana d\u00c2\u00ab t ots ces Jfr irai n! \u00c2\u00bbr all thotr rain ol ject4\\nI i-!t irhirh form al! the ilcsircs and all tk*\\nI CM.\\nif leant hit\\n97 (5).\\n(1.) The pronoun, In French, aa i;i other I k a word\\ni rder t prevent Ita tuo frequent\\nthe parta which each\\nj part ia called\\n(3.) There arc three pen Or that which speaks; the\\nr thai apokan o\u00c2\u00a3\\n(3.) T\\nThe p i The demonstrative\\nTllC J HI.1..C\\nThe iu !i unite.\\n(1.) Tl pronouna are so called because they seem to\\nlly than the other pronouna.\\nDOOna are\\ninative\\nForm.\\nRelative\\ni orwi.\\n\\\\r.\\nPlural.\\nrVarat\\n1\\n3\\nje, tl\\nt u,\\nI il. he, it, m.\\n1 cUe, she, it, L\\ncllct, t tliey.\\nme, i\\n[him\\nHrMraafj\\nN, temulves.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0314.jp2"}, "315": {"fulltext": "PERSONAL PRONOUNS,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 S3. 809\\n(2.) Direct regimen, or Accusative.\\nWhen pi iced before the verb. When placed after a verb.\\nSingular. Plural. Singular. Plural.\\n1. mo, vie, nous, its; moi, me nous, us;\\n2. te, thee vous, you toi, thee vous, you\\n(le, him.it.ra.;, (both le, him, it, m. m both.\\n3 |la, her, iil-; les ihem gend. la, her, it, I le3 /tew gender*.\\n(3.) Indirect regimen, or Dative.\\nWhen placed before the verb.\\nSingular. Plural.\\n1. me, tome; nous, to us\\n2. te, o thee vous, to vow\\n\u00c2\u00a3o /ter;\\nto it;\\nleur, o\\nlui t0 her (both genders).\\nWhen placed after the verb.\\nSingular. Plurals\\ntooi, a moi, to me nous, a nous, to us\\ntoi, a toi, to thee vous, a vous, to you\\n(4.) Indirect regimen Genitive and Ablative.\\nAlways placed after the verb.\\nSingular. Plural.\\nde moi, of or from me de nous, of or from us;\\nde toi, thee de vous, you\\nde lui, him d eux, them, m.\\nd elle, her d elles, them, i.\\n33. Remarks on the Personal Pronouns.\\n(1.) The French, as well as the English, use the second person\\nplural for the second person singular, in addressing one person.\\n(2.) The second person, however, is used, as in English, in address-\\ning the Supreme Being:\\nGrand Pieu! tes jugements sont I Great God! thy judgments are\\nremplis d 6quite. Des Bahreaux. full of equity.\\n(3.) It is also used in poetry, or to give more energy to the diction.\\nmy sovereign king\\nHere I am, trembling and atom\\nbefore thee.\\n(4.) It is used by parents to children, and also among intimate\\nfriends.\\n(5.) The pronoun il is used unipersonally, in the same manner as\\nthe English pre noun it,\\nil pleut, it rains; il gele, it freezes.\\n(5.) Observe that the personal pronouns of the third person are\\nnot need for the indirect regimen to represent inanimate objects,\\nO mon souverain roi\\nMe voici done tremblante et seule\\ndevant toi. Racine, Esther.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0315.jp2"}, "316": {"fulltext": "310 personal rnoKOrxs. 83.\\nThe relative pronouns E*, of or from il 39 (17)], T, to it 39 (18)]\\nare Used instead of the personal pronouns. Thus, in speaking of u\\nhouse, we ilo n t say, Je tui ajouterai une aile, trill add a wing U-\\nU. We inn-\\nJ v iijouterai une aile trill add a wing to it {thereto).\\nIn spe king Of SO author, we may say\\nQue peosearsoaa de lui i Who do you think of himf\\nBut in Speaking of hi-* iOOk, we should say\\nWhat do iou think of it (th rtnf)!\\n(6.) Tin- word mime, plural mimes, may be u-eil after the pronoun\\nle r i lui -.it- the kin himself\\nl.i r. the q\\nnet, the ),rinr,s thniiselvrs.\\nUN prinOSSSSS *Ht* the yrincettet themselves.\\n(7 The prOnOUM una. toi, lui, ru.r, are often used after the verb,\\ngreater feme to nominative pronoun of the mum person,\\nwhere the emphasis is placed on the nominative in\\nEnglish, or where the Auxiliary do is used.\\ny le d i, or do *a;i so.\\nlit, l*i, he tayy M, or JM dors SSJf *o.\\n(8.) T. \u00c2\u00bbioi, tm, /hi, r;/.r, are BMJ instead of tho\\nnominati\\\\e pr. pronouns, J, thou,\\nhe, they, when r I rl in an\\n\\\\heii they are used by li.i\\\\r a \\\\erb under-\\nstood after then\\nvin\u00c2\u00bb M. L Who arrived thit morning f I.\\nlie and I. tud thei/.\\nVotU lui. r.ie letter than he.\\nTom ri id at well a* I.\\nme pronouns are need in exclamationo, and in thone\\ntab pronouns, 1 1 d by tno\\nrelative pronoon H\\nEur allsr I Lob hi ndont\\nIs.. OM *irk\\ni niiT. lie tr/\u00e2\u0080\u009e, it an officer.\\nKn fits. The,/ irhn are learned\\nI it he.\\nIt il the,/.\\nr#n61opc, w\u00c2\u00bb f e rn s, at mc* q\u00c2\u00abJ P sndapt kit wife, and I n\\\\o mm\\n*aw \u00c2\u00bbnti hi*, boos svona perdu 1 i j\\nf nvnce de le rSToir.\\nflu. ne pronouns sad of the\\nnatives,/*! tUf dui, when the verb km several aubjocts vnfal ore all", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0316.jp2"}, "317": {"fulltext": "Your father tnd I were a long\\ntime enemies.\\nPOSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 34. 31]\\npronouns, or partly nouns and partly pronouns. The vert may then\\nbe immediately preceded by a pronoun in the plural, representing in\\none word all the preceding subjects.\\nVotre pfcre et moi, nous avons\\n6te longtemps ennemis l un de\\nl autre. Fenelon.\\nRica et moi sommes peut-etre les Rica and I are, perhaps, tJie first.\\npremiers. Montesquieu.\\n(11.) The recapitulating pronoun and the verb sometimes come\\ntirst in the sentence.\\nNous avons, vous et moi, besoin I You and I have need of tolerance.\\nde tolerance. Voltaire.\\n(12.) The reflective pronoun se, himself, c, is used for botli\\ngenders, and for both numbers; for persons and for things; and\\nalways accompanies a verb.\\nLes yeux de l arnitie se trompent I The eyes of friendship are seldom\\nrarement. Voltaire. deceiued {deceive themselves).\\n(13.) The same pronoun has sometimes a reciprocal and sometimes\\na reflective meaning, according to the context\\nils se flattent, they flatter themselves.\\nils se flattent, they flatter one another, each oilier.\\n(14.) Soi, himself, itself, c, is of both genders and numbers,\\nand is applied to persons and things. It is used in general and inde-\\nterminate sentences; having commonly an indefinite pronoun for the\\nnominative\\nWe have often need of one more\\nhumble than ourselves.\\nIt is always in our power to act\\nhonorably.\\nOn a souvent besoin d un plus\\npetit que soi. La Fontaine.\\nII depend toujours de soi d agir\\nhonorablement. Girault-Duvivier.\\nEtre trop me*content de soi est\\nune faiblesse. Mme. de Sable.\\nTo be too much displeased with\\none s self is a weakness.\\nFor additional rules on the personal pronouns, see Syntax, 98,\\nand following.\\n34. Possessive Pronouns.\\n(1.) The possessive pronouns, which are formed from the personal\\npronoui: represent, in the radical part, the possessor, while in termina-\\ntion they always agree with the thing possessed. Some relate to one\\nperson, some to several.\\n(2.) POSSESSIVES RELATING TO ONE PERSON\\nThe object possessed being in the\\nSingular. Plural.\\nMasculine. Feminine. Masculine. Feminine.\\n1. le mien, la mienne, les miens, les miennes, mine;\\n2. le tien, la tienne, les tiens, les tiennes, thine;\\n8. le sien, la siennc, les siens, les siennes, his, hers, iit", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0317.jp2"}, "318": {"fulltext": "312\\nPOSSESSIVE PBOK0rK6. 35.\\n(3.) Two or more Persons:\\n77i* object possessed being in the\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nSingular. Plural.\\nMasculine. Frminint. M:s. and Fern\\nle n6tre, la rnttrc, lai nOtiee, ours;\\nle v6tre, la v\u00c2\u00ab tro, lcs v6trea, yours;\\nle lcur, la leur, le* lcurs, theirs.\\nU. l: -tvE Pronouns.\\n(1.) It may be Men from the above table that, as before said, the\\ntermination of the poeooenWe pronoun agrees in gender and numbe*\\nwith the\\nre plume- et el la mienne.\\nI t/IIM\\nBUI ct lee miennes.\\nsisters and mine.\\ni fortunes of other*\\ntnut*r$ of the king feel that\\nry, lit* his own, is in na-\\nj iness.\\npttd b nl/ le and mine.\\nVos\\nI rvthers and mine.\\nOn voit I.- maox d autnu, l\\\\m\\nnutri- oil QtH\\nleur i:\\ndans le Umlu-ur net)\\nDalj expressed\\nIn mercantile correepondenoe;\\nreceived yours dated the, dc^\\nin Inoorreei It ehoa\\nJ ai race v..tr\u00c2\u00ab- lettll en lite do, I your letter dated, de.\\n(3.) T itely when we\\nor intimate friends\\nlet miens, la r.nir. I\\npit- .i oootentar. I\\nHalaonreni qni porte ches lee\\ntin\\\\s le glaive et lei flambeaux.\\nrrimc. del notre*.\\nI have my family or friends, th$\\ncourt, leaea\\nWretched is he who carries among\\nhis fel lo w e itiamt the sicord and th*\\nII mult bear the penalty of th\\ncrime* of our family or j\\n(4.) need ebeolntely as the words mint\\nand thine in Bngtieh, in the eenee of posaeeaion, ptoyeitF\\nAnd mine and thine, t%H punctilio\\nous brothm.\\nY.\\\\ le mien at U tieu, dens fi rr\u00c2\u00ab\\npointillcux. I Ii.iai.\\nlien t\\nde unite* lee diTiawm\\nrullea. Uulailt Diviviu.\\nand thine (mrum and (uurt)\\nare the sources of alt divisions and\\nouarrslt.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0318.jp2"}, "319": {"fulltext": "DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 30, 37.\\n313\\n\u00c2\u00a736.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nDemonstrative Pronouns.\\nSingular.\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\ncelui, celle,\\ncelui-ci, celle-ci,\\ncelui la, celle-la,\\nPlural.\\nMasculine. Feminine.\\nmat, ceux celles _\\nthis, ceux-ci, celles-ci,\\nthat, ceux-la, celles-la,\\nce. it, they.\\n111?\\nAbsolute Demonstrative Pronouns.\\nceci,\\ncela\\nthis, not used in the\\nthat, plural.\\n3*7. Remarks on the Demonstrative Pronouns.\\n(1.) The demonstrative pronouns celui, celle, c, assume the gen-\\nder and number of the nouns which they represent\\nJe ne connais d avarice permise\\nque celle du temps.\\nStanislas Leczinsky.\\nLes seules louanges que le coeur\\ndonne, sont celles que la bonte s at-\\ntire. Massillon.\\nMethinks no avarice is allowable\\nunless it be that of time.\\nThe only -praises which the heart\\ngives are those tohich goodness de-\\nserves.\\n(2.) These pronouns are sometimes used absolutely before qui, que\\ndont, etc., in the same manner as the English personal pronouns he,\\nthey, c, before who, whom, c.\\nCelui qui rend un service doit\\n1 oublier, celui qui le recoit, s en sou-\\nvenir. Barthelemy.\\nAimer ceux qui vous haissent ceux\\nr vous persecutent, c est la charite\\nchretien, c est l esprit de la reli-\\ngion. BOURDALOUE.\\nHe who renders a service should\\nforget it he who receives it sltould\\nremember it.\\nTo love those who hate you, those\\nwho persecute you, is the charity of\\nthe Christian it is the spirit of re-\\nligion.\\n(3.) Celui-ci, celle-ci, etc. celui-la, celle-la, are used when it is de-\\nsirable to denote the comparative proximity or remoteness expressed\\ntn English by the words this and that\\ncelui-ci, i iis one. celui-la, that one.\\n(4.) Celui-ci, celui-la, etc., are often used to express contrast or\\ncomparison. They are then equivalent to the English expressions\\nthe former, the latter this one, that one\\nUn magistrat integre et un brave\\nofiicier, sont eeralement estimables\\ncelui-la fait la guerre aux ennemis\\ndomestiques, celui-ci nous protege\\ncontre les ennemis exteYieurs.\\nGlRAULT-DuVXVIER.\\nTel est l avantage ordinaire\\nQu ont sur la beaute les talent3\\nCeux-ci plaisent dans tous les temps\\n(JtUe-ld n a qu un temps pour plaire.\\nVOLTAIRE.\\nAn upright magistrate and a brave\\nofficer are equally estimable: the\\nformer makes war against domestic\\nenemies, the latter protects usagaintt\\nforeign enemies.\\nSuch is the ordinary advantage\\nwhich talents possess over beauty:\\nthe former phase at all times th\u00c2\u00bb\\nlatter has but one time to pleant.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0319.jp2"}, "320": {"fulltext": "314 RELATIVE I RONOCNS. 38, 39.\\n(5.) Oct, ccla, have no plural, ami are u^ed only of things. They\\ndo not refer to a w on! expressed before, but serve to point out objects:\\nprenez c\u00c2\u00bb.-i, take thi*. donnez-moi eela, en seal that.\\nJ ai deja (lit cc qu il faut tVire, 1 have already said vfiat should b*\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0Mad cu eiif:uit veut avoir fri it done tcheii a child trill have .hit and\\ntela. J. J. hat.\\n(6.) O, a pronoun, must n t bo confounded with the demonstra-\\ntive cc. The pn n un OS is often used without an antece-\\ndent, as the nominatr. rb i:rc in the same manner M the\\npronoun ii\\nmoi. It k I. roe*, it you.\\num flamroc is n- h ngm the tfm\\nunteorthi/ flame.\\nUm; II b fA\u00c2\u00ab son and\\nrival d Achille. tt. i the rival of Achillet.\\nFor particular rules on this pronoun.\\n38. BfJ\\n(J.) The relative pronouns are so named on account of the inti-\\nitkm whieh they have to a noun or pronoun whieh precedes,\\nand of whi.-h Idee. The nOOJ) or pronoun so pteeOoV\\ninj, the n latrre aroooen la celled the antecedent\\nT.\\\\n: I Of Tiir Kri tiff] 1\\nqui, *Jk/\u00c2\u00bb, \u00e2\u0096\u00a0Hal ,n,B\\nque,\u00c2\u00ab* .n\u00c2\u00bbA\u00c2\u00abii;V alfcX?\\nwAirA\\na qui, to vhrrm (regime indirect, l.itire.)\\nwAtVA cmnp\u00c2\u00ab*od of the article and quel\\nSinrrular. I\\nMttmmMm. Ja*ava*k\u00c2\u00bb Mate**\\nIrqucl, taquclle. Ic\u00c2\u00abpjcl\\\\ i?t trhich\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2luipiel, de laqnelle, f,fnm vhich\\nauquel, u la to which.\\nf them, etc\\n.AUKS ON Till KlI.ATIVK PkoNOUKS.\\n1 1 Qfi, aflfc Ot nominative. It \\\\s\\no\u00c2\u00abrd for both penders and DUnbl r M and for thing*, (See\\n(9.) When u\u00c2\u00abe.l for ttttnge, qui eenuttt be preceded bye\\ntion. Its use, in thi- the nominative.\\n(3.) It is used relatively and aboo**\u00c2\u00abal?.\\n(4.) It is used relatively when it bee an antecedent cxr", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0320.jp2"}, "321": {"fulltext": "RELATIVE PRONOUN!\\n39.\\n315\\nLe piainier qui fut roi, fut un\\npere adore. Aubeet.\\nL amour avidement croit tout ce\\nqui le flatte. Racine.\\nThe firs! who became king, was an\\nadored father.\\nLove believes eagerly all that fiat\\nters it.\\n(5.) It is used absolutely when it has no antecedent expressed.\\nIt then offers to the mind a vague and indeterminate idea. It is ren-\\ndered in English by he who, she who, they who.\\nWho (he who) wishes to speak on\\nQui veut parler sur tout, souvent\\nparle au hasard. Andeieux.\\nLache, qui veut mourir, courageux\\nqui peut vivre. Racine, Jun.\\nQui ne fait des keureux,n est\\npas digne de Ictre.\\nevery subject, speaks often at random.\\nHe who wishes to die is a coward;\\nhe who can support life has courage.\\nHe who does not render other*\\nhappy is not worthy to be so.\\n(6.) Qui is also used absolutely when it is interrogative. It may\\nthen be nominatif or regime\\nqui parle who speaks qui voyez-vous whom do you see\\n(7.) Que, whom, what, which, stands generally for the regime direct\\nThis pronoun is used for persons and things. It is of both genders\\nand numbers\\nles lettres que j ai,\\nles hommes que j ai vus,\\n(8.) It is relative when it has an antecedent\\nGlory lends a charm to the horrors\\nthe letters which I have,\\nthe men whom I have seen.\\nLa gloire pr6te un charme aux\\nhorreurs ^w on affronte.\\nDelavigne.\\nDes lois que nous suivons, la pre-\\nmiere est 1 honneur. Voltaiee.\\nwhich we face.\\nOf the laws which we follow, the\\nfirst is honor.\\n(9.) It is absolute when it has no antecedent, and signifies quelle\\nchose what thing 1 quoi what\\nque voulez-vous\\nque dit-on?\\nwhat will you (have)\\nwhat do people say\\nIt may\\n(10.) Quoi, what, is invariable, and said only of things.\\nbe used absolutely and relatively\\nj ignore ce a quoi il pense, I am ignorant of what he thinks.\\nIn the above sentence it is relative, being preceded by its ante-\\needent ce.\\n(11.) Quoi, when absolute, means quelle chose what thing? and is\\nused mostly in interrogative and doubtful sentences\\nII y a dans cette affaire je ne sais I There is in that affair I know not\\nquoi, que je n entends pas. what, which I do not understand.\\nL academie.\\nH y avait je ne sais quoi dans ses\\nyeux per cants, qui me faisait peur.\\nFenelon.\\nThere was I know not what in his\\npiercing eyes, which inspired me with\\nfear.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0321.jp2"}, "322": {"fulltext": "316 RELATIVE PRONOUNS.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 39.\\n(12.) Doxt, of whom, of which, whose, is used for Loth genders and\\nnumbers; fop persona and fur tilings. It is always employed rela-\\ntively, and is therefore, always preceded by an antecedent:\\nA pleasure of which we are sure\\nto repent, can never be a peaceful\\none.\\nWe mutt pity the file of that un-\\nfortunate prince, whose harden* A\\nluart has never forgiven.\\nOn plai-ir en est assure da\\nntirne peut jamais etrs tran-\\nquill. mux. pi La Valusbx\\nII (ant plaindrs Is sort tin prince\\njnfiirtnae, doni Is ooenr endord r. a\\nj.ini;n.-. p.ml-.ime.\\nC 13.) 1 rable to de qui, of whom, and duqucl, f which.\\nWln-n, h o wever, the prononn has the sense of from whom, i. e., when\\ndenote transfer, de qui is better:\\nI.c lihraire de qui j ai recu ces I The bookseller from whom I have\\nlivrcs. these books.\\n(14.) Leqnel, taqnelle, leeqneUes, wh which, should only bo used\\nb the nominative, and in the direct regimen, in order to avoid am-\\nbiguity. They may relate to pereona or things:\\n-t mi iiTit dfl la dirins Prori- It is an act of divine Providence,\\ndenes, fag WSJ attire radmiration le which (act) attracts t/ie admiration\\ntuut le monde. Hi \u00e2\u0096\u00a0(\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Ham tin. of tverjf one.\\n(15.) h preeeded by a preposition that is, duqwi, auquri, dans\\nUquel, must always osed for things in the indirect regimen,\\nTIM word qui, as has been mentioned above, cannot relate to things\\nin the oblique cases:\\nThat would l e a curious book in\\nwhich nor a falsehood if- re fntinL\\nI ll li dSMI\\nin men-\\nNai\\nLi Seine, dana lit d\\nriennsot as Jeter [Tonne, Is Hams,\\nn theoodofwkieA the\\nTonne, the Mowme, and the (hie\\nempttj themselves.\\nI ..\u00e2\u0080\u00a2quel, in all its moditi. 1 absolutely or\\ntoterrogairvely:\\nleqnel which onct dnqnel of whieh onet\\n(S0SMJ voyez-VOUS I whieh one do you see t\\n(17.) En, of U, of ikon. This pronoun is of both genders and\\nnumbers, and relates almost always to animals and things, II is often\\nneed t ..r the English words, some, any, when employed absolutely,\\n..r e\\\\.n when understood. It is alao nsed as an indirect regimen\\nin relation to things, and sometimes, hut not often, in relation to\\npersons 92 (2)], instead of the personal pronouns lui, ellcs, eux,\\n103, Rule 1.]\\nt speak of it. Ten ni, have some of it.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0322.jp2"}, "323": {"fulltext": "INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 40, 41.\\n317\\nLa fortune a son prix l imprudent\\nen abuse, K\\nL hypocrite en medit, et l honnfite\\nhoinrne en use. Delille.\\nLes limites des sciences sont com-\\nme l horizon plus on en approche,\\nplus elles reculent. Mme. JNecker.\\nLa vie est un dep6t confie par le\\nciel\\n}ser en disposer, c est 6tre crimineL\\nGbesset.\\nFortune has its worth the im-\\nprudent abuses it; the hypocrite\\nspeaks evil of it, and the worthy\\nman uses it.\\nThe limits of science are like the\\nhorizon, the more we approach\\n(them), the more they recede.\\nLife is a trust confided by heaven\\nto dare to dispose of it, is a crime.\\n(18.) Y, to it, to them, thereto, of it, c. This relative pronoun, of\\nboth genders and numbers, is used instead of a lui, a elle, en lui, c.\\nIt is used of things, and also adverbially in the sense of there.\\nJ y pense, think of it.\\nJ ai connu le malheur, et j y sais\\ncompatir. Guichabd,\\nN y songeons plus, cher Paulin plus\\nj y pense,\\nPlus je sens chanceler ma cruelle\\nConstance. Racinc\\nVous avez peu de Hen joignez\\ny ma fortune. Doeat.\\nEn quelque pays que j aie 6te, j y\\nai vecu comme si j eusse dfr y passer\\nma vie. Montesquieu.\\nJ y donne mes soins, I devote my\\ncare to it.\\nI have known misfortune, and J\\ncan sympathize with it.\\nLet us think no more of this, dear\\nPaulin the longer I think of it, the\\nmore I feel my cruel constancy waver.\\nYou have but little property join\\nmy fortune to it.\\nIn whatever country I have been,\\nI lived (there) as if I was to spend\\nmy life in it.\\n(19.) Although numerous instances may be found in which French\\nauthors have used y with regard to persons, these are licenses which\\nit is not desirable to imitate.\\n40. Indefinite Pronouns.\\n(1.) The indefinite pronouns indicate persons and things witl \u00c2\u00bbut\\nparticularizing them they are\\nautrui, others.\\nchacun, every one.\\non, one, people, they.\\npersonne, no one, nobody.\\nquelqu un, some one, somebody.\\nquiconque,\\nl un l autre,\\nl un et l autre,\\ntel,\\ntout.\\nwhoever.\\none another.\\nloth.\\nsuch.\\nevery thing, \\\\Aol\u00c2\u00ab\\n41. Remarks on the Indefinite Pronouns.\\n(1.) Autrui, others. This pronoun is applied only to persons. It\\nhas no change of form for gender or number, and is used only as an\\nindirect regimen.\\nL honnfite homme est discret il\\nremarque les defauts d! autrui, mais\\nil n en parle jamais. St. Evremond.\\nNe fais point a autrui ce que tu ne\\nroudrais pas qu on te fit.\\nThe gentleman is discreet he ob-\\nserves the defects cf others, but never\\nalludes to them.\\nDo not unto others that which thou\\nwouldst noftike to be done unto thee.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0323.jp2"}, "324": {"fulltext": "318\\nINDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 41.\\n(2.; Chacus, every one, each one. When this pronoun is absolute,\\nand means err ry one, everybody, it is invariable\\nCommon sense is\\nno common\\nbelieve* he\\nLe sens commun nest pas chose\\ncommune,\\nChocun pourtant, croit en avoir\\nValaincoubt.\\nCkanm est prostenie dcvant les\\ngens heureux. -ithes.\\n(3.) When chacun is used relatively it may take the form of the\\nfeminine:\\nthing, though every one\\nhat enough of iL\\nEvery one bows be/ore the for\\ntunaie.\\nCluieune de noua (des ferames) se\\npret.ruliut nperieurfl aux;.\\nMovtssqdisd.\\nEvery one of us (women) thought\\nherself superior in beauty to the\\nothers.\\n(4.) Os (one, pc ways in the nominative and although\\nalways construed with a verb in the third person singular, it conveys\\nmost penerally the idea of plurality. It is commonly need in indefinite\\n8enU?i:\u00c2\u00bb\\nOn dit, people say, they say, it is said.\\nDBOffdi ce qu on\\nacquiert ana crime. OOUOTUA\\nOn relit toot RadM M\\ndans Voltaire Delillk.\\nOn no Burmontc lo riciTqu en le\\nfujant. 1\u00c2\u00bb.\\nOn parle, somebody speaks, fcc\\nW* hu, people) krrp without re-\\nmorse that tchich toe (one, people)\\naemwra without crime\\ni-rciilc, tlmi) read again and\\nagain all Ka?inr we (dr.) select in\\nWi conquer vice only by avoid-\\ning it.\\n(5) On, t after the words el, si, on, que, and qui,\\ni bj the art;. r euphony:\\nThat which one understands well,\\nraises.\\nIt is from a king that we derive\\nthis augunt maxim, that one is only\\nCo que ran eonfott Wen, s ex-\\nprime i lain incut. i.rac.\\n;d rui que Fon tin\\nmaximc ai:\\nQuej.i: r.m \u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2l.qn antant gnat in proportion as he is just\\nquo Tom est juste Bo:\\n(6.) pF.nsoN.sr, nu one, noooiy, used aa an indefinite pronoun, is\\nalw.-ns masculine and singular. When used as nominative to a verb\\nexpressed, it is followed I\\nII nV-t pormmsu qui There it no one who doss not seek\\nBe r.ndre heureux.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Ch to render hi\\n(\u00e2\u0080\u00a24m to be pitied on\\nrr Vaivi x.m:, jf fog mistakes.\\nNotk. Tho word personne, used as a noun, and meaning a particular\\nperson, is of the feminine gender.\\n(7.) Quelcju un, Anebody, some one, any one, anybody, used abso-\\nlutely, is invariable", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0324.jp2"}, "325": {"fulltext": "INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. \u00c2\u00a741.\\n\u00c2\u00bb19\\nquelqu un c est s avouer\\nson inferieur. Mlle. de L Espinasse.\\nQuelqu un a-t-il jamais doute\\nee rieusement de Vexiatence de Dieu?\\nGlRAULT-DuVIVIER.\\nTo envy any one is confessing one t\\nself his inferior.\\nHas any one ever had seriou*\\ndoubts on the existence of God?\\n(8.) Quelqu un, used relatively, changes for gender and number. IS\\nhas then the sense of some of, some one of:\\nConnaissez-vous quelqu une de ces\\ndaines quelques-uns de ces mes-\\nsieurs GlRAULT-DuVIVIER.\\nBo you know any one of thos\\nladies, any of those gentlemen?\\n(9.) Quiconque, whoever, whosoever, is generally masculine, and has\\nno plural. It is only said of persons\\nQuiconque flatte ses maitres, les\\ntrahit. Massillon.\\nQuiconque est capable de mentir,\\nest indigne d etre compte au nombre\\ndes homines. Fenelon.\\nQuiconque est soupgonneux, invite\\nla trahison. Voltaire.\\nWhoever flatters his masters be-\\ntrays them.\\nWhoever is capable of falsehood is\\nunworthy to be counted among the\\nnumber of men.\\nWJioever is suspicious, invites\\ntreachery.\\n(10.) L un l autre, one another, each other, the one and the other.\\nThis pronoun makes in the feminine Tune l autre, and in the plural\\nles uns les aulres, les unes les aulres\\nTout le monde se confiait Fun a\\nl autre cette confidence. Rulhieres.\\nTout le peuple suivit Virginie, les\\nU7is par curiosite, les autres par con-\\nsideration pour Icilius. Vertot.\\nII y a deux sortes de ruines Vune\\nI ouvrage du temps, V autre l ouvrage\\ndes houimes. Chateaubriand.\\nEverybody confided one to another\\nthis communication.\\nAll the people followed Virginia,\\nsome through curiosity, some through\\nrespect for Icilius.\\nThere are two sorts of ruins one\\nthe work of time, the other the work\\nof men.\\n(11.) L un et l autre, les uns les autres (both). This expression\\nmay be used of persons and things\\nLa Condamine a parcouru Tun et\\nV autre hemisphere.* Buffon.\\nL un et l autre consul suivaient\\nees etendarts. Corneille.\\nSous Vune et l autre epoque, il\\np6rit un tres grand nombre de ci-\\ntoyens. Barthelemy.\\nlis se rc unissaient les uns et les\\nRutre3 contre l ennemi commun.\\nGirault-Duvitier.\\nLa Condamine travelled over both\\nhemispheres.\\nBoth consuls followed his stand-\\nards.\\nAt both epochs a large number of\\ncitizens perished.\\nThey united with one another\\nagainst the common enemy.\\n(12.) Tel, telle, feminine, such, many a person, many, is an indefinite\\npronoun in the following and in similar sentences:\\nThe noun is in the singular, because the \u00e2\u0080\u00a2word\\netood after the word l un. This rule is observj\\ntathors.\\nDrditpu\\n\\\\j#by\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0)htre is under-\\nle best French", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0325.jp2"}, "326": {"fulltext": "320\\n-S 42.\\nTel ilonnc, a pleinea mains, qui\\nn oblige personne. Cohneille.\\nTel brill c au second rang, qui\\ne eclipse au premier. Vui.t.ui:;:.\\nTel est pris qui crovait prendre.\\nLa Fontaine.\\nsans aticun at trait pour la\\nretraite, Be couaacre au Seigneur par\\npur. hVrte. Mnptattjoa.\\nT h que ton emit rTiirotfli\\nDana i lent ill Ih.us\\nUol K.\u00c2\u00abAl LT.\\nMany a one mag give bojmifulli\\ntcil/iout obliging any one.\\nMany a person mag shine in tht\\npeed in the\\nare caught ichilf attempting\\nto catch others.\\nMan;/ \\\\a nun] for tcJtom retreat\\nhas no attractions, consecrates fur-\\nself to the Lord through mere pride.\\ntrhom tr think use-\\nless render us, in our need, valuable\\nes.\\n(13.) Tel, in connection with Monsieur, Madame, c, a.s Monsieur\\nvn t l, Madame une Mr.. Mr-. BUch-a-one, it used substantively.\\n(14.) Tout) hing. This word, employed absolutely,\\nI\\nis Invariable.\\nA la tenia vertu, mhi *ur quo\\ntout r N V ii a 1 1 u\\\\\\nI L i I\\nTout D esl paa Oaumart\\nBon grand genie embraaaall tout.\\nBmh i.r.\\n1 _S VsUfl\\nwured that it it with virtus\\nalone that every thing prospers.\\none is not Caumartin,\\nBmncn, nor d ^lguesscaH.\\nHi* great gmius embraced every\\npari f Bpeech which n lotion\\nsimply indieatea the condition oJ\\n(1.\\ndone 01\\ntile Mb\\nr nominative of a verb is the person or thiOg\\ndoing tin- action, or being in tin- condition expre wed by the verb. It\\nreplies lis; and (jursl-\\ncr qmi I\\nI and the\\nt. is that which eom-\\ni a direct in:: that\\nwithout the aid of any other int i L Ir answei\\nin /\u00c2\u00abi. whom? for what tor thll\\n(5.) Tl that which complete*\\nification of tiate word, nah\\nas the prepoail \u00e2\u0080\u0094a qui I to whom ile ipii?\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0.V! t pour qui for oi 8lc, for\\n8 fori\\n(6.) Verbs, are regular, irregular, or d 1 1 (2).", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0326.jp2"}, "327": {"fulltext": "VERBS. 43.\\n321\\nilH ^Reflective\\n43. Different Sorts of\\n(1.) There are five sorts of verbs: active, pas\\nor pronominal, and unipersonal.\\n(2.) The active verb is that which expresses an action performed by\\nthe subject, and having some person or thing for its object. This ob-\\nject is the direct regimen of the verb.\\n(3.) Every French verb after which quelqifun* some one, quelque-\\nchose, something, may be placed, is an active verb. Thus, in the fol-\\nlowing sentences, proteger, changer, chanter, c, are active verbs, be-\\ncause we may say proteger quelquhm, to protect some ono changer\\n(uelquechose, to change something\\nDieu protege l innocence. Racine.\\nL habit change lea mceurs.\\nVoltaire.\\nLes cygnes ne chantent pas leur\\ntoort. Boston.\\nGod protects innocence.\\nDress changes the manners.\\nSwans do not sing their death.\\n(4.) The passive verb is the contrary of the active verb. The active\\nverb presents the subject as performing an action immediately directed\\ntowards an object; whereas the passive verb presents the subject as\\nsuffering or receiving an action. The passive verb i3 composed of\\nthe T^St participle of an active verb and the auxiliary etre, to be.\\n(See 54.)\\nNos cainpagnes sont fertilisees par\\nla pluie. L academie.\\nII etait guide par la force de son\\ngenie. Massillon.\\nLes petits esprits sont trop blesses\\ndes petites choses.\\nLa Rochefoucauld.\\nOur Jields are fertilized by the\\nrain.\\nHe was guided by the force of his\\ngenius.\\nLittle .minds are too much vexed\\nwith trifles.\\n(5.) The neuter verb marks, like the active verb, an action per\\nformed by the subject but this action can only reach the object in-\\ndirectly that is, by means of a preposition. Hence it is that the neu-\\nter verb never has a direct regimen, and that the words quelqu un and\\nquelquechose cannot be placed after it. A neuter verb can never\\nbe used in the passive voice.\\nSocrate passa le dernier jour de\\nsa vie a discourir de l inimortalite\\nde Tame. L Academie.\\nLe feu qui semble eteint, dort\\neouvent souk sa cendre. Corne^lle.\\nLes Plateens citerent les Jijtcode-\\ntnoniens a comparative devant les\\nAmphyctions. xj^ Gendre.\\nSocrates spent the last day of hit\\nlife in discoursing upon the immor-\\ntality of the soul.\\nThe fire which seems extinct sleeps\\noften under its ashes.\\nThe Plateaus cited the Lacedemo-\\nnians to appear before the Ampkye-\\ntions.\\n(6.) The reflective or pronominal verb is conjugated with two pro-\\n14*", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0327.jp2"}, "328": {"fulltext": "322\\nnouns\\naft (8\\nJe me\\n^^j^^L a atio:\\nfl In\\nw\\nCATIONS OF VERBS. 44, 45.\\nerson; je me, tu te, il sc, nous nous, vous vous, Hi\\nH ne faut pas sr falter, lcs plus\\npxperimentea nt fait dee Grates oa-\\nBo.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nLea people* te/Uieiteroni d aroir\\nmi roi qui lnl i\\nMI.OX.\\n11 no fact pas p*\u00c2\u00bbrmettrea Illumine\\nde te mipriter\\nBo\u00e2\u0080\u0094ma.\\nVow vow fclicitez, you congratu\\nlate yotm\\nWe should not flatter ourselves the\\nh rieneed hare committed cap-\\nital err\\nThe nations will congratulate them-\\nselves upon having a king who re-\\nI MM.\\nWe thould not allow a man to de\\nself entirely.\\nverb can only be need in the third person sin-\\ngular: II pleat, U rains; u il tonne, it (Atmofer*.\\ni:r bin jugea lea grand*, il faut\\nlet approcher. b\\\\obbk\\nrendre meuleur te pauvrc\\nqu*on eoulage. Saint-Lajhikkt.\\nTo judge properly of the great, it\\nis tMceuary to approach them.\\nWe ehoutd(U is necessary to) im-\\n],r- v tfu poor whom we rei:\\nverba called auxiliary, because they\\nThey axe avoir, to have; and etre, to be.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0fj\\nw\\n(1.) The French verba are divided Into four I or conju-\\nat of the\\ninfinitive end* in aa; aa parlerj to speak- aimer,\\nId. The too I which the infinitive\\ncn U in la B* i-hi rir. i .mr. fa punish, A,\\\\\\nil] the verba which, in the infinitive,\\nand in on an ivoir, to be d\\n4th The fourth conjugation comprise* all the verba terminating with\\nrk in the infinitive aa rendre, to rm.i r prendre, fa\\ne verba are again divided into regular, irregular, and defec-\\ntive\\nl.-t. The regular vari jch, in all their teneee, nre conjugated\\nlili* thi :..n tu which they hnlong\\n2d The irregular verba arc those which ere not conjugated liko the\\nSd. The defective verb* are those which wont certain tenses or persons\\nModi\\n(1.) There an i: the indicative, the conditional,\\nprrntivr. the subjunctive, the infinitive, and llia^articiplc\\n1st. The indicative, whatever may be the ten*., indii\\nin a positive, absolute manner: j ahand.mne, I abandon j ai abaodonne,\\nI hate c.hn~doncd; j abandonueraJ, I will abandon.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0328.jp2"}, "329": {"fulltext": "MODES AND TENSES. 45.\\n323\\n2d. The conditional indicates a condition or a supposition j abandon-\\nnerais si I would abandon if\\n3d. The imperative js used to express a command, prayer, or exhorta-\\ntion abandonnez cet enfant, abandon that child.\\n4th. The subjunctive is used after propositions expressing doubt, con-\\ntingency, or necessity ii est douteux que je l abandonne it is not certain\\nthat I may abandon him.\\n5 tli. The infinitive presents the signification of the verb in an unlimited\\nmanner abandonner ses enfants, to abandon one s children.\\n6th. The participle while retaining the power of the verb, at the same\\ntime partakes of the nature of an adjective abandonnant ses parents,\\nabandoning his relatives; abandonne de ses enfants, abandoned by hi*\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0thildren. i\\n(2.) The indicative has eight tenses\\n1st. The presea: je parle, I speak je donne, I give.\\n2d. The simultaneous past, or imperfec^: je parlais, I%as speaking.\\n3d. The past definite: je parlai, I spoke, I did speak.\\n4th. The past indefinite j ai parle, I have spoken j ai donne\\\\ Ihave given.\\n5th. The past anterior.\\n6th. The pluperfect,\\n*7th. The future absolute.\\n8th. The future anterior,\\nor future perfect,\\n(3.) The conditional has two tenses\\nj eus parle,\\nj avais parle\\nje parlerai,\\nj aurai parle\\n1st. The present or future,\\n2d. The past,\\nje parlerais,\\nj aurais parle,\\nhad spoken.\\nI had been speaking.\\nI shall, will speak.\\nI shall have spoken.\\nI should, would speak.\\nI should have spoken.\\n(4.) The imperative has one tense\\nparle,\\n(5.) The subjunctive has four tenses\\nque je paflfe,\\nque je parlasse.\\nque j aie parle,\\nque j eusse parle 1 that Imight have sp jken,\\n(6.) The infinitive has two tenses\\n1st. The present relative,\\n2d. The past,\\n(7.) The participle has three tenses\\n1st. The present or future.\\n2d. The imperfect,\\n3d. The paj| indefinite,\\n4th. The pluperfect,\\nparler,\\navoir parle,\\nspeak.\\nthat I may speak.\\nthat Imight speak.\\nthat I may have spoken.\\nto speak.\\nto have spoken,\\n1st. The present relative,\\n2d. The past active,\\n8d. The past or passive,\\nparlant,\\nayant parlS,\\nspeaking,\\nhaving spoken,\\nspoken.\\n(8.) Tenses are simple or compound.\\n1. Simple, wien they are expressed in a single word: je parle, 1\\ntpeak.\\n2. Compound, when they require the assistance of the verb avoir or\\nfetre: j ai parle, Lhave spoken; je suis arrive, lam arrivsJ.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0329.jp2"}, "330": {"fulltext": "324 CSS OF THE AUXILIARY VKRBS. 46.\\ng 40. Use of the Auxiliary Verbs avoir and etre.\\n(1.) The auxiliary avoir is used\\n1. In the conjugation of its own compound* ten. cs j ai eu, I havt\\nhad.\\n2. In the conjugation of the compound teases of the verb etre:\\nhave be u\\n3. In the compound tenses of the active verbs j ai aimo, liavc\\n1. In the compound tenses of most neuter verbs expressing an\\nj ..i marche, Hunt walked. [See exceptions to this rule (3)\\nbelow.]\\n6. k [a ilao Deed is the conjugation of verbs which are always\\nil a phi, it has rawed; il a grele, it has hailed, .c.\\nI ligation of:\\nl. All the tenses of past aime, I dm I\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0j. Th oompoond tenses of all reflective oj pronominal verbs: jeme\\nMii.^ flatte, ftioe, promen6, I have ma\\n3. The compound tenses nf the following neuter verba, though tha\\nsame, 61 1\\nto be born\\nto fail;\\nt come\\nto MiM\\nto become;\\n4. A few udpenona] verbs, which are not alway* bnl occasionally\\nsuch: il loi eat arrive un malhcur, a misfortune has harmed to him.\\n(3.) A certain number of in iter verbs: SS\\nnccourir, to r t rutit\\ni iW;\\nirt\\njrfrir. riek: vicillir, to g ro w oidi\\nr.\\n.Ire, to no down nn, to duell,\\nI Bomettmea i\\nI. They tab have in view the action expn\\nrbj\\ni iire when situation or condition is the principal idea which\\n1 x \\\\v,\\nH /fA avoir, riir.\\nKilo a di.-paru MlbttV quint*\\nShe disappeared ttiddmlii. Shi\\nalhr,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0.11;\\nvniir.\\npanrenir,\\nto die\\ndiviiiir,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0urn.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0330.jp2"}, "331": {"fulltext": "USE OF THE AUXILIARY VER]\\n-\u00c2\u00a746.\\n325\\nLa fi vre a cesse hier.\\n77ie fever ceased yesterday.\\nLe barometre a descendu de\\nplusieurs degres en peu d foeures.\\nThe barometer went down several\\ndegrees in a few hours.\\nII a passe en Amerique en tel\\ntemps.\\nHe went to America at such a time.\\nLe trait a parti avec impetuosite.\\nL academie.\\n77ie dart went with impetuosity.\\nLe sang avail cesse de couler.\\nBoiste.\\nThe blood had ceased to flow.\\nLa fievre est cesse e depuis quel-\\nque temps.\\nIt is some time since i xe fever\\nceased.\\nII est descendu depuis une heure.\\nHe has been down one hour.\\nLes clialeurs sont passees.\\nThe heat is past.\\nLes troupes sont parties depuis\\nsix mois. L academie.\\nThe troops have been gone six\\nmonths.\\nCe grand bruit est cesse.\\nMme. de Setigne.\\nThat great noise is over (has\\nceased).\\n(4.) Rester and demeurer, meaning to dwell, to reside, take the\\nauxiliary avoir; when they me^an to remain, to be left, they take elre:\\nETEE.\\nElle donnerait pour vous sa vie,\\nle seul bien qui lui soit reste.\\nMaemontel.\\nShe would give, for you, her life,\\nthe only possession which remains to\\nher.\\nDeux cents hommes sont de-\\nmeures sur le champ de bataille.\\nL academie.\\nHe lived (dweltf two years in the Two hundred men remained on\\ntountry. the field of battle.\\n(5.) ilchapper, to escape, to pass unnoticed, to be forgotten, takes the\\nauxiliary avoir. In the sense of, to say inadvertently, it takes etre.\\nAVOIE. ETEE.\\navoir.\\nJ ai reste plus d un an en Italie.\\nMostesquieu.\\nI resided more than a year in\\nItaly.\\nII a demeure deux ans a la cam-\\nL academte.\\nCette difference ne m a pas 6chap-\\npe. Rousseau.\\nTJiat difference has not escaped\\nme.\\nJ ai retenu le chant, les vers\\nVQLont echappe. Voltaiee.\\nretained the tune, but the verses\\nave escaped my memory.\\nCe mot m est echappe pardoiinez\\nma franchise. Voltaiee.\\nThat word escaped my lips excuse\\nmy frankness.\\nExcusez les fautes qui pourront\\nm etre echapp6es. Boileau.\\nExcuse the faults which I may\\nhave committed inadvertently.\\n(6.) Oonvenir, to become, to suit, takes avoir. When it is used in\\nthe sense of agreeing, or, settling upon a price for an article it takes\\nitre.\\nCette maison m a convenu. Nous som vies convenus du prix.\\nThat house suited me.\\nL acadbmie.\\nWe agreed upon the price. ,\\\\s~*~^jt", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0331.jp2"}, "332": {"fulltext": "126\\nAUXILIARY VER\\n47.\\n47. Paradigms of the Auxiliart Verbs.\\nTo familiarize the s^jdent with the frequent use made by the\\nFrench, of the indefinite pronoun on 41, (4.)j, we have introduced\\nIt in our conjugation of the verbs.\\n(1.) AVOIR, TO //.41 ^,-AFFIRMATltELY.\\nIxdicative Mode.\\nsimple tenses. compound ten8e8.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST\\nINDEFINITE.\\nJ al,\\nAm\\nJ ai eu.\\nI Have had\\nTu as,\\n(Im Im\\nTu ft- 1\\nthou hast had\\nHa.\\nhe has\\n11 a en.\\nhehashad\\nOn a,\\none has, people hare\\nOn ft -u.\\none has had\\nivona,\\nice have\\ni...ns cu,\\nire have had\\nmm,\\nyou hair\\nVou i\\nt. Mi have had\\nDa out,\\n1\\nlis out en,\\nthey have nod\\nIMPERFECT. ri.UPERFECT.\\nI had\\nvas hr.i 1\\nJ avais eu,\\nlhadhtui\\nto hare\\nTn avaU\\nthou hadst\\nTu avais eu,\\nthan hadst had\\n11 avait.\\nhe had\\n11 avail ni,\\nhe had hail\\nOn avait.\\none had, people had\\nt eu,\\none had had\\n11 inn!\\nwehad\\nwe had had\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0M w\\neu,\\nvou had had\\nllfl ava\\ntheyhad\\nills avaient eu,\\nhey had had\\npast definite, past\\nANTE\u00c2\u00abIO\u00c2\u00ab.\\nJ cus.\\nI had, or did hare\\nIj cus cu,\\nJhadhad\\nHum hadst had\\nthou hadst, etc.\\nTu lu-\\n11 eat,\\nhe had\\\\\\nll rat eu,\\nhe had had\\nn tut.\\none hail, etc\\nOn lit eu.\\none V\\nlmcr\\ni/y he!\\nire had \\\\a*l\\nvou hail\\nvou \\\\ad had\\nUs eureiit.\\nthey had,\\nlis eurelit ell,\\nUd hat\\nm\\nFUTURE. FUTURE\\nANTERIOR.\\nTaural,\\nI shut I or w\\nJ anrai cu, shall, trill\\nTu auras,\\nth/ u in It have\\nTu auras eu,\\nthou shaft hare had\\n11 aura,\\nhe in// hui-f\\n11 aura 00,\\nhe trill hare had\\nOn aura,\\none mil hair\\nOn aura ML,\\none will hare had\\nl rons,\\nwe shall hare\\nN i.ns urOM r\\\\\\\\\\nwill hare had\\nVotis aur\u00c2\u00ab?x,\\nyou will hare\\nVuus mom u,\\nyon will have had\\n(la airont,\\nthey will hare\\nlis aurout eu,\\nthen will have had", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0332.jp2"}, "333": {"fulltext": "auxiliary verbs. 47.\\nConditional Mode,\\nsimple tenses. compound tenses.\\n327\\nJ aurais,\\nTu aurais,\\n11 aurait,\\nOn aurait,\\nNous aurions,\\nVous auriez,\\nUs auraient,\\nJ should have\\nthou couldst have\\nhe would have\\none would have\\nwe would liave\\nyou would have\\nthey would have\\nPAST.\\nJ aurais eu, I should have had\\nTu aurais cu, thou wouldst have had\\nII aurait eu, lie should have had\\nOn aurait eu, one should have had\\nNous aurions eu, we slurnld have had\\nVous auriez eu, you slurnld have had\\nUs auraient eu, tliey should have had\\nImperative Mode.\\nAie,\\nQu il ait,\\nQu on ait,\\nAyons,\\nAyez,\\nQu ils aient,\\nhave thou\\nlet him have\\nlet one, people, them, have\\nlet us have\\nhave ye or you\\nlet them have\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nQue j aie, that I may~\\\\\\nQue tu aies, that thou maycst I\\nQu il ait, that he may\\nQu on ait, that one may y\\nQue nous ayons, that we may\\nQue vous ayez, that you may\\nQu ils aient, that they may)\\nQue j aie eu, that I may\\nQue tu aies eu, that thou mayest\\nQu il ait eu, that he may\\nQu on ait eu, that one may\\nQue nous ayons eu, that we may\\nQue vous ayez eu, that you may\\nQu ils aient eu, that they may\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse, that I might\\nQue tu eusses, that thou mightest\\nQu il eut, that he might\\nQu on eut, tltat one might\\nQue nous eussions, t/iat we might 4s\\nQue vous eussiez, that you might\\nQu ils eussent, that they mighty\\nPLUPERFECT\\nQue j eusse eu, that I might\\nQue tu eusses eu, that thou\\nmightest\\nQu il eut eu, that he might\\nQu on eut eu, that one might\\nQue nous eussions eu. that loe\\nmight\\nQue vous eussiez eu, that you\\nmight\\nQu ils eussent eu, that they migfbt^\\nInfective Mode.\\nAvoir,\\nAyant,\\nto have Avoir eu,\\nParticiple.\\nEu,\\nhaving Ayant eu,\\npast or passive.\\nto have had\\nC IMPOUND.\\nhaving had\\nhad", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0333.jp2"}, "334": {"fulltext": "AUXILI AR Y V ERB 8. 41.\\n(2.) AVOIR, TO HAVE: CONJUGATED NEGATIVELY\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nPRESENT\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nJe n ai pas,\\nI have not\\nJo n ai pas en,\\nIhavt\\nTu n as pas,\\nthou hast not\\nTu lias pas eu,\\nthou hast\\n11 n a pas,\\nhe has not\\nII n a pas ou,\\nhe has\\ni\\nu n a pas,\\none has not\\nOn n a pas eu,\\none has\\nNous n avons pas,\\nwe have not\\nNous n avons pas cu,\\ntrc have\\n8\\nVous n avez\\nyou have not\\nVous n avez pas eu,\\nyou have\\nlis n ont pas,\\nthey have not\\nlis n uiit DM BO,\\nthey have^\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJo n avais pas,\\n1\\nJe n avais pas eu,\\nIhad\\nTu n ava\\nthou hadst not\\nTo a ATaJa p. is cu,\\nthou hadst\\n11 n ava\\nhe had not\\nII n avait pas eu,\\nhe had\\n.3\\nOn n avait DM,\\none had not\\nin n avait pas eu,\\none had\\nNmis n OYiOM pas,\\nwe had not\\nNuns n ariona pas ou\\nire had\\nl\\nVous n avi./ as,\\nyou hod not\\nVous n avio/. pas BO,\\nyou had\\nlis n avaicnt pas,\\nMay had not\\nILsn avaieiit pas BO,\\nthey had.\\nPAST UUIIIH\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJo B ena pM,\\nI Lid not\\nJo n eOI I as eu,\\nTu n I.\\nTu n eus pas eu,\\nthonhailU\\n11 n lii:\\nhe had not\\nII n iit\\nhehad\\n3\\n1\\nOn nVut pas,\\none had not\\nin n ent dm bo,\\none had\\nNells ll ll III.\\ntoe had\\nVous v.\\nnot\\nVOfU\\nvov. had\\nlis D ean\\nthey had not\\nlis n Borent p i\\nthey had\\nJo n aur i I shall not\\nTu n auras j as, Dm trill not\\n11 n aui.i he will not\\n\u00c2\u00ab\u00c2\u00bbn n aura M will not\\nNous n rarooa paa, i shidt not\\nVous n aure/. pa\\\\ BOM shall not\\n11* n auront pas, thm mil Mi\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJe n aurai DM cu, I shall\\nTu n auras juia eu, thou shall\\nII n aura pa-, u hi trill\\nOn n aura pas eu,\\nNous n aurons DM BO, Ml trill\\nNous n aur-v. pas cu, you, will\\nlis n auront pas eu, they will.\\nConditional Mode.\\nJe n anr.i\\nTu r. aii! I\\nII n aurait pas.\\nOn n aurait pas,\\nNous n aurions pas\\nVous n auriez pas,\\nUs n auraient pas,\\nthou trou Ids\\nhe tr\\none wm\\nire. H\\nyou would\\nttev tmtU\\nJe n aurnis DM BO, I should\\nTu n ourais DM eu, thou shouldst\\nII n aurait as eu, he \\\\rouLl\\n\u00c2\u00bbn n aui\\nWt trould\\nVoiisn auri.z pa\\nlis n auraient pa; eu they wonid j", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0334.jp2"}, "335": {"fulltext": "AUXILIARY V:\\n47.\\n329\\nImperative Mode.\\nN aie pas have not\\nQu il n ait pas, let him not have\\nQu on n ait pas, let one not have\\nN ayons pas let us not have\\nN ayez pas have not ye or you\\nQu ils u aient pas, let them not have\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\ncompound tenses.\\nSIMFLE TENSES.\\nPRESENT.\\nQue je n aie pas, that I may j\\nQue tu n aies pas, that thou\\nmayest\\nQu il n ait pas, that he may\\nQu on n ai-t pas, that one may\\nQue nous n ayons pas, that we\\nmay I g\\nQue vous n ayez pas, that you\\nmay I\\nQu ils n aient pas, that they may\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je n eusse pas, that I might\\nQue tu n eusses pas, that thou\\nmightest\\nQu il n eiit pas, that lie might\\nQu on n eiit pas, that one might\\nQue nous n eussions pas, that\\nwe might\\nQue vous n eussiez pas, that you\\nmight\\nQu ils n eussent pas, that they\\nmight\\nInfinitive Mode.\\npresent. past.\\nNa pas avoir, not to liave N avoir pas eu, not to have\\nParticiple,\\npresent. compound.\\nN ayant pas, not having N ayant pas eu, not having\\nPast or Passive.\\nPas eu, Not had\\nQue je n aie pas eu, that I may\\nQue tu n aies pas eu, tliat thou\\nmayest\\nQu il n ait pas eu, that he may\\nQu on n ait pas eu, that one may\\nQue nous n ayons pas eu, that\\nwe may\\nQue vous n ayez pas eu, that\\nyou may\\nQu ils n aient pas eu, that they\\nmay\\nPLUPERFECT\\nQue je n eusse pas eu, that 1\\nmight\\nQue tu n eusses pas eu, that\\nthou mightest\\nQu il n eut pas eu, that he might\\nQu on n eut pas eu, that one\\nmight\\nQue nous n eussions pas eu, that\\nwe might\\nQue vous n eussiez pas eu, that\\nyou might\\nQu ils n eussent pas eu, that they\\nmight\\nli\\nhad", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0335.jp2"}, "336": {"fulltext": "330\\nAUXILIARY VERB8. 8 47.\\n(3.) AVOIR.-INTERROQATIVELY.\\nIndicative Mode.\\n6rMrLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES.\\nAi-je?\\nAs-tu 7\\nA-t-il\\nA-t-on\\nAvons-nous 1\\nAv.z-voubI\\nOnt-ils 7\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nhare I? Ai-je cu 1 hare\\nhast- thou As-tu eu 7 hast thou\\nhas he A-t-il eu 7 has he\\nhas one A-t-on cu 7 has one\\nhave km Avons-nous en? have we I\\nhare you Aw/.-vous eu 7 have you\\nhare they 1 Ont-ils eu 7 hare then\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nAvais-jc 7\\ntu?\\nAvait-il 7\\nAvait-on 7\\nAvi. ns-nous7\\nAviez-voiis 7\\nAvaient-ils 7\\nFAST DEFINITE.\\nBos-Jt 7\\nKiis-iu 7\\nKtit il\\nKut..n\\nMam dom 7\\nBnrenl I\\nhad Avais-je eu,\\nivais-tn cu,\\nhatlhe Avait-il eu.\\nhail onr J\\nhad ice\\nh.itl you J\\nhatl they J\\nAvait-on eu,\\nAvions tioiis eu,\\nAviez-vous 8Q,\\nAvaient-ils eu,\\nhad 71\\nhadst thou\\nhad he\\nhad one\\nhad ire\\nhad you\\nhad they\\n1\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nhad I Eusje eu) had I\\nhadst th. u Bui tu eu 7 hadst thou\\nhad h Kut-il eu 7 luvl he\\nhad mu Bat-00 eu 7 had one\\nhatl irr Kuines-nous eu 7 had ire\\nhad mm Bates-row bo had vou\\nhad thru Kureut ils eu 7 had they\\n3\\nFITIRE ANTEniOR.\\nAurni je 7\\nAnras-tu 7\\nil\\nAura\\nAurons nmis\\nAuras-Tow I\\nAurunt-iK I\\nshall I have?\\nshall thou ha M\\nirilt\\nshall r\\nmill one ha re 1\\nshall 1 I\\nAurai.je eu\\nAuras lu eu\\nAura til eu 7\\nAura ton eu 7\\nAuroiis-ii.ius eu 7\\nus eu 7\\nAunnit-ils cu\\nshall n\\nshall them\\nshall he\\nshall ire\\nshall KM\\nshall they)\\nI N.u. Mom:.\\nAurai- j. 7\\ntU\\nAtiraitil 7\\nAurait-oii I\\nAnrionMioaa 7\\n*^rio7.-vous 1\\naraient-ils 7\\ns toi\\nshoitldst thou have\\nirouid they have?\\n|fl eu7\\nAurais-tu Bfl 7\\nAurait-i! eu f\\nAurait ..n eu 7\\nwould m- hetoet Aariow-now tm 7\\nshould vou hovel Ami. v.mis eu?\\nshouLl they have. Auraient ils eu 7\\nshould I\\ntCOilldst thiru\\nVoiild he\\nshnulil ir\\nshould ire\\nshould KM\\nthey\\n8eo Lesson 4, Rule G.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0336.jp2"}, "337": {"fulltext": "AUXILIARY VERBS. 8 4Y.\\n331\\n(4.) AVOIR,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 NEGATIVELY AND INTERROGATIVELY.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES.\\nN ai-je pas 1\\nN as-tu pas 1\\nN a-t-il pas 1\\nN a-t-on pas 1\\nN avons-nous pas\\nN avez-vous pas\\nN ont-ils pas 1\\nhave I not\\nhast thou not\\nhas lie not\\nhas one not\\nhave we not\\nhave yon not\\nhave they not\\nIMPERFECT.\\nN avais-je pas 1\\nN avais-tu pas\\nN avait-il pas 1\\nN avait-on pas 1\\nN avions-nous pas 1\\nN aviez-vous pas 1\\nN avaienMls pas 1\\nhad I not\\nhadst thou not\\nhad lie not\\nhad one not\\nhad we not\\nhad you not\\nhad l/icy not\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nN eus-je pas\\nN eus-tn pas 1\\nN eut-il pas 1\\nN eut-on pas 1\\nN eumes-nous pas\\nN eutes-vons pas?\\nN curent-ils pas 1\\nhad I not\\nhadst thou not\\nIiad he not\\nhad one not\\nhad we not\\nhad you not\\nhad they not\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nN ai-je pas eu 1 have P\\nN as-tu pas eu 1 hast thou\\nN a-Ml pas eu 1 has he\\nN a-t on pas eu 1 has one\\nN avons-nous pas eu 1 have we\\nN avez-vous pas eu 1 have you\\nN ont-ils pas cu 1 have tlicy __\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nN avais-je pas eu 1 had P\\\\\\nN avais-tu pas eu 1 hadst thou\\nN avait-il pas eu 1 had he\\nN avait-on pas eu 1 had one\\nN avions-nous pas eu 1 had we\\nN aviez-vous pas eu 1 had you\\nN avaient-il pas eu 1 had they\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nN eus-je pas eu 1 had I\\nN eus-tu pas eu 1 hadst thou\\nN eut-il pas eu 1 had k*\\nN eut-on pas eu 1 had one\\nN eumes-nous pas eu 1 liad we\\nN eutes-vous pas eu 1 had you\\nN eurent-ils pas eu 1 had they j\\nU\\nN aurai-je pas 1\\nN auras-tu pas 1\\nN aura-t-il pas 1\\nN aura-t^on pas 1\\nN aurons-nous pas 1\\nN aurez-vous pas 1\\nN auront-ils pas 1\\nshall I\\nshalt tlwu\\nsliall he\\nshall one\\nshall we\\nshall you\\nsliall they _\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nN aurai-je pas eu 1 shall JT\\\\\\nN auras-tu pas eu 1 shall thou\\nN aura-t-il pas eul shall he\\nN aura-t-on pas eu 1 shall one\\nN aurons-nous pas eu 1 shall we\\nN aurez-vous pas eu 1 shall you\\nN auront-ils pas eu 1 shall they _\\nConditional Mode.\\nN atirais-je pas 1 should I\\nN aurais-tu pas 1 slwuldst thou\\nN aurait-il pas 1 should he\\nN aurait^on pas 1 should one\\nN aurions-nous pas should we\\nN auriez-vous pas 1 should you\\nN auraient-ils pas 1 should they\\nN aurais-je pas eu 1 should r\\nN aurais-tu pas eu 1 shouldst thou\\nN aurait-il pas eu 1 slwuld he\\nN aurait-on pas eu 1 slwuld one\\nN aurions-nous pas eul should we\\nN auriez -vous pas eul should you\\nN auraient-ils pas eu should\\nthey", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0337.jp2"}, "338": {"fulltext": "332\\nAUXILIARY V ER\\n47.\\n(5.) etre, TO Z?\u00c2\u00a3,-AFFIRMATIYELY.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u009eL suia,\\nI am\\nPal etc,\\nlave been\\nthou art\\nTn as 6t6,\\nthou hast been\\n11 est,\\nhe is\\n11 Sit*,\\nhe has been\\n1)11 est,\\none is\\nOn a 6t6,\\none has been\\nnines, we are\\nNous avons ct\\ntoe hare been\\nye or you are\\nVous ares etc,\\nyou have been\\nihey arc\\nlis out etc,\\nthey have been\\nMPF.RFECT. PLUPERFECT.\\n1 was or I used to be\\nJ avais 6t\u00c2\u00ab\\\\\\nI had been\\nI ll ItSiS,\\nthou wast\\nTu STSJ\\nthou hajlsl been\\nhe was\\n11 avail\\nhe had been\\nOn t:iit.\\none was\\non avail\\none hatl been\\nN. iis ItfoOS,\\nwe wrre\\nNoils avions t -tc,\\nwe had been\\nyou were\\nVous avicz 6t6,\\nyou had been\\nlis ctnioiit,\\nthey were\\nlis anient etc,\\nthey had been\\nPF.FISITE. TAST ANTERIOR.\\n1 iflsslj eafl 6t6,\\nI had been\\nTu (US,\\nI.Wm w-i.t Tu i us 6t6,\\nthou hatlst been\\n11 Ibt,\\ntea*\\nhe had been\\nr n\u00c2\u00ab i/a.5 On tut 6U5,\\none had been\\nNous fames,\\nirv I\\nwe had been\\nVooi Mtus,\\nyou men v*ooi eol\\nyou had been\\nlis fortiit,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i! 6t\u00c2\u00abS,\\nthey had been\\nFTTLRK. FUTCRE\\nANTERIOR.\\nSUB\\nJ anrai 6te,\\nI shall\\nfctau will be\\nTu auras etc,\\nthou shall\\ni\\nI\\nhe shall b\\n11 aura\\nheshaU\\n1\\nxall be\\none shall\\nhull be\\nNous ani\\nwe shall\\nv.nis teres,\\nVou shall be\\nVous aa\\nMM will\\nthey shall be\\nli.s aoront ita,\\nihry wiU j\\nConditional Mode.\\nPRESENT. PUT.\\n1 1\\nIII.\\nI should\\nTu aur.i:\\nthOU Shouldst\\ni\\nJ\\nhe would be\\nII uurait \u00c2\u00a316,\\nkt MMaM\\nOn Bcrsit,\\none should be\\nOn aurait dtd,\\none wmdd\\nNous sorions\\nwe wmiLl be\\nwe should\\nVous eerlea,\\nyou should be\\nVoua am\\ntou\\nDsssrsJsot,\\nthey would be\\nlis aura\\nthy should.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0338.jp2"}, "339": {"fulltext": "AUXILIARY VB1\\n47.\\nImperative Mode.\\nSois,\\nbe thou\\nQu il soit,\\nlet him be\\nQu on soit,\\nlet one be\\nSoyons,\\nlet us be\\nSoyez,\\nQu ils soient,\\nbe ye or you\\nlet them be\\nSubjunctive Mode,\\nsimple tenses. compounr tenses.\\nJuo ja sois,\\ni,VLQ ttt SOiS,\\nQu il soit,\\nQu on soit,\\nQue uous soyons,\\nQue vous soyez,\\nQu ils soient,\\nthat I may be\\nthat thou mayest be\\nthat he may be\\nthat one may be\\nthat we may be\\nthat you may be\\nthat they may be\\nQuej aieete, that I may\\nQue tu aies ete, that thou mayest\\nQu il ait ete, that he may\\nQu on ait, ete, that one may\\nQue nous ayons ete, that we may\\nQue vous ayez ete, that you may\\nQu ils aient ete, that they may\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPLUPERFECT\\nQue je fusse,\\nQue tu fusses,\\nthat I might be\\nthat thou mightest be\\nQu il fat, that he might be\\nQu on fut, that one might be\\nQue nous fussions, that we might be\\nQue vous fussiez, that you might be\\nQu ils fussent, that they might be\\nW\\\\\\nQue j eusse etc, that 1 1\\nQue tu eusses 6te, that thou\\nmightest\\nQu il eut ete, that he might\\nQu on eut ete, that one might\\nQue nous eussions ete, that we\\nQue vous eussiez ete, that you\\nQu ils eussent ete, that they\\nmight\\nInfinitive Mode.\\nto be J Avoir ete,\\nParticiple.\\nto have been\\nfitant,\\nbeing Ayant ete,\\nPast or Passive.\\nfit*\\nhaving been", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0339.jp2"}, "340": {"fulltext": "334\\nBEGULAR VERBB,\\n\u00c2\u00a748.\\ng 48. Regular Verbs.\\nFIRST CONJUGATION,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ENDING IN ER.\\nMODEL VERB.\\nCHANTER, TO SING.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES\\nPRESENT. 1NDEFr\\nJo chante J ai cha\u00c2\u00b0 tf i\\nTnehantos, tarn tinge* ^aachant*.\\nB chante, H a chante.\\none sings On a chante,\\nwe ring Nona awna chant*\\niOB ave/. chante,\\nQa oat chante,\\nI M PERFECT\\nOn chant.\\nNuns chantona\\nVona chantea.\\nUs chantcut,\\nJMrF.RFECT\\nJc chantais, 001\\nI have sung\\niheu host sung\\nhe /ins sung\\none has sung\\ntec have suns\\nyou have sung\\n(key have sitng\\nTu chantais,\\nII cliantait.\\nOn cliantait,\\nNona chantiona,\\nVotU ehantie/.,\\nPi chantaieiit,\\nor J\\nringing\\nsinging\\nre singing\\nJ avais chante,\\nhad\\nTu avais chante,\\n1! avait chante,\\nOn avait chant.\\nNOUB avians chante\\nVona avlea chant*,\\nlis avaient chante,\\nTA8T DEFINITE.\\nJa chantaJL mug or did ring Jena chante\\nTu .-us chant*\\n1! eat chante\\nthou hadst\\nhe had\\none had\\nice had\\nyou had\\nthey had\\nr-AST ANTERIOR.\\nII i hanta,\\nim cha\\nNous chantlmnw,\\nVona chantltRW]\\nlb chantcrcnt,\\nFt TIRE.\\nI had sung\\nthou hadst sung\\nhe had sung\\n,.|ianh-. one hod sung\\nNous eomea chant*, wt had sung\\nyou son- Vona eotea chant*, you had sung\\nlb curcnt Chant*, t iry had Sting\\nFLTLRE ANTERIOR.\\nJo ehantcrai,\\nTn chanteras,\\n11 ehanter.i.\\nOn chantera,\\nNous chantcrona\\nVoiis chantorez,\\nlb chanteront,\\nshall or mill sing I J aurai chante,\\nIkou irilt ring Tn auras chante,\\nii aura chant*,\\none will ring \u00c2\u00bbn aura chant*,\\naa aurora chant*,\\naarea chant*,\\nI aoront chant*,\\nI id in\\nthou shall\\nhr vill\\nve shall\\nyou trill\\nConditional M oi..\\npre8ent. past.\\nJo chantorais, I should, would ring \\\\3 *\\\\m\\\\B chanW I uld i\\nTu cha, tcrab, l\u00e2\u0084\u00a2 1\\n11 chaniorait he should rin 4 II aurait CD\\nOn chanter ait one should sing I In aurait chante. one would N-\\nNous chantorions, wewouldsing Noua anriona chant*, w ir,mA/\\nVom chantcrles, you would sing Voua auricz chant6, you\\n.,,j would sing naanralenti mmil", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0340.jp2"}, "341": {"fulltext": "REGULAR V E:\\n\u00c2\u00a748.\\n335\\nImperative Mode.\\nChante,\\nQu il chante,\\nQu on chante,\\nChantons,\\nChantez,\\nQu ils chantent,\\nsing t/wu\\nlet him sing\\nlet one sing\\nlet us sing\\nsing ye or you\\nlet them, sing\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TEXBE8.\\nQue je chante, that I may sing\\nQue tu chantes, that thou mayest sing\\nQu il chante, that he may sing\\nQu on chante, that one may sing\\nQue nous chantions, that we may sing\\nQue vous chantiez, that you may sing\\nQu ils chantent, that they may sing\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je chantasse, that I might sing\\nQue tu chantasses, that thou mightest\\nsing\\nQu il chantat, that he might sing\\nQu on chantat, that one might sing\\nQue nous cnantassions, that we might\\nsing\\nQue vous chantassiez, that you might\\nsing\\nQu ils chantassent, that they might\\nsing\\nQue j aie chante, thatlmay^\\nQue tu aies chante, that thou\\nQu il ait chante, that he may\\nQu on ait chante, that one may\\nQue nous ayons chante, that we\\nmay\\nQue vous ayez chante, that you\\nmay\\nQu ils aient chante, that they may A\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse chante, that I might\\nQue tu eusses chante, that thou\\nmightest\\nQu il eut chante, that he might\\nQu on eut chante, that one might\\nQue nous eussions chante, that I\\nwe might\\nQue vous eussiez chante, that\\nyou might\\nQu ils eussent chante, that they\\nmight\\nInfinitive Mode.\\npast.\\nChanter,\\nChantant,\\nto sing Avoir chante, to have sung\\nParticiple.\\ncompound.\\nsinging Ayant chante, having sung\\nPAST OR PASSIVE.\\nChante, swig", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0341.jp2"}, "342": {"fulltext": "336 riCULIAR verbs. \u00c2\u00a749\\n49. Remarks on the Peculiarities of some Verbs\\nof the First Conjugation.\\n(I.) In verbs ending in ger, in order to retain the 6oft pronuncia.\\ntion of the g,* the e of the infinitive is preserved, whenever the g\\nwould come before a, or o\\nNous mangeons, ire eat instead \u00c2\u00a9f nous mansions\\nJe mangcai, I did cat jemangai;\\nJugcant, jmlging jugant.\\n(2.) In verbs ending in yrr, the y is changed into t, before e, es, ent y\\nand e (not accented), followed by r, and one or more vowels:\\nJe 7/ 7i/; instead of je j\\nlii iit, vent;\\nJe paicrai, Iicilipny; jepaycrai.\\n(3.) In verbs terminating in eeryf to preserve to the c its soft pro-\\nnunciation, a cedilla is put under it, when it comes before aoro:\\nConimenrant, ttmmmcingi instead of cemmtmomtt\\nNOV pi tee n\u00c2\u00bbus placons.\\n(4.) In verbs ending in eter and r, the t or I of the infinitive is\\ndoubled, when it i ies before r,rs,nit and r (not accented), followed\\nby r, and one or more rowels\\nJap; Instead of fampdti\\nJe j.tdrai. Tai;\\nJ epp fnppeltrait.\\n(5.) Thfl following verbs form exceptions to the last rule\\nDeooOeter. uneovcr the thro X;\\nt.i buy\\nBonrreler, to ft\\nOongeler,\\nOoUeter,\\ntor,\\n1 1\\nDegeler,\\nEtiqueter, i tirkct\\nGeter, to freeze;\\nHaroeter, to tnizr\\nPeter, to peel;\\nBoraohi to over but/.\\nIn the above verbs, wlien the t or eomes before e, es, cnt, or e (nor\\naccented) followed by r and one or more vowels, a grave accent\\nis put over the r, which precedes the or\\nJe pale, rai,\\nJ a. 7\u00c2\u00a3i/y; J achet. 1 trill b%f.\\n(6.) A grave accent is also need in verbs ending in\\nccer, emer, ener,\\nL 3. 9.\\nt This rule a] an.l m in verbs of the third conjugation,\\nending in etoir, Je ncoJl, rwutvtf J apcr;oia, percziu.", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0342.jp2"}, "343": {"fulltext": "RBOULAR VERBS. S 50.\\n337\\nand the acute accent of the infinitive of those ending in\\nSeer, egler, eler, erer,\\nebrer, egner, emer, eter,\\necher, egrer, ener, etrer,\\nedcr, eguer, equer,\\nfs changed into a grave one, when the consonant following the first\\ne of these terminations, comes before e, es, ent, and e (not accented)\\nfollowed by r and one or more vowels\\nJe serae, I sow Je mene, I lead;\\nJe celebrerai, I will celebrate II regnera, he will reign.\\n(7.) In the tables of peculiar, irregular, defective, and unipersonal\\nverbs, we will place a model verb of each class embraced in the pre-\\nceding remarks, and also include in the same table the names of the\\nprincipal verbs coming under these remarks, with references to the\\nmodels.\\n50.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Regular Verbs. Continued.\\nSECOND CONJUGATION,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ENDING IN IR.\\nMODEL VERB.\\nFINIK, TO FINISH.\\nIndicative Mode,\\nsimple tenses. compound tenses,\\npresent. past indefinite.\\nJe finis,\\nTu finis,\\nII finit,\\nOn finit, {IJ\\nNous finissons,\\nVous finissez,\\nlis finissent,\\nIfinish\\nthoufinishest\\nhe finishes\\none finishes\\nwe finish\\nyou finish\\ntheyfinish\\nJ ai fini,\\nTu as fini,\\nII a fini,\\nOn a fini,\\nNous avons fini,\\nVous avez fini,\\nlis ont fini,\\nI have finished\\nthou hast finished\\nhe lias finished\\none has finished\\nwe have finished\\nyou have finished\\nthey have finished\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJe.finissais, I was finishing, or used\\nto finish\\nthou wast finishing\\nhe wasfinishin.\\nTu finissais,\\nII finissait,\\nOn finissait,\\nNous finissions,\\nVous finissiez,\\nlis finissaient,\\none was finishing\\nwe were finishing\\nyon were finishing\\nthey were finishing\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nJe finis, I finished, did finish\\nTu finis, thou didst finish\\nII finit, he finished\\nOn finit, one did finish\\nNous finimes, we finished\\nVous finites, you finished\\nDs finirent, they finished\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJ avaisfini, I had finished\\nTu avais fini, thou hadst finished\\nII avait fini, he had finished\\nOn avait fini, one had finished\\nNous avions fini, we had finished\\nVous aviez fini, you had finished\\nlis avaient fini, ihey had finished\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJ eus fini,\\nTu eus fini,\\n11 eut fini,\\nOn eut fini,\\nNous eumes fini,\\nVous eutes fini,\\nlis eurent fini,\\n15\\nhad finished\\nthou hadst finished\\nlie had finished\\none had finished\\nwe had finished\\nyou had finished\\nthey had finished", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0343.jp2"}, "344": {"fulltext": "338\\nREGULAR VERBS 8 50.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nFUTURE A TTERIOE.\\nJe finirai, I shall finish J iiurai flni,\\nTa flniras, thou wilt finish Tu auras fiui,\\nII tinira, he will finish 11 aura flni,\\nOn finira, one mil finish On aura flni.\\nNous finirons, we shall finish N. us aurons tini.\\nVous flnin-z, you wi J finish Vous sural flni,\\nlis finiront, they iciltfinis.h lis auront flni,\\nCONDITIONAL MoOE.\\nJ shall ha vc\\nthou will have\\nhe shall have 13\\none will have Vg\\nwe shall hair\\nyou will have\\nthey shall have\\nJo finirais, finish J aurais fini.\\nTu flnirai.s, thou tkouldst finish Tu aurais fiui.\\nII flnirait, he would finish II aurait flni.\\nOn flnirait, I to aurait tini.\\nNous finirions, N iOJ aurions flni.\\nTon Onirics, you night finish Voosmtmi BaL,\\nlis flnirai iit, tseysi Da aur-iirnt flat,\\nnva MODS.\\nI\\ntju il li-\\n(ju oii flnisse,\\nP\\nI\\nshould\\nliou woulilst\\nhe might\\none should\\ntot kmM\\n1/oh might\\nthai should\\nfinish\\nlet him finish\\nlit unejinish\\nlet us finish\\nfinish ve or Vov\\nlet thrtnfinifh\\nSrajus TivF. Mods.\\nQuo ji- Hi that I may\\nQii-- tu BaiMM, thai t.hi u mmfest\\nQu il tiniH.se, that he may\\nQu nn IsfaSO, that one may\\nQu D01M Bo lotions,\\n(Jw v.)iis BAMM8S, r:.it you may\\nQu ils finissout. that they may J\\nQic j aic fiui, that I may\\nQuo in ai.vs fin!, thai thou mnytst\\n(Ju il ait lini, that he may\\nQu OD ait flni. thai one may\\nQue Dooisyoos flni, them wr may\\nQue TOM SJSS fiui. /W t/oumay\\nnt flni, M/j/ Mry m*y\\nIMPKRKfXT.\\nn.Lrr.RrKCT.\\nQu .i fuii-v.\\nQurtu fini\\nQu il flnit. that he might\\nQu on flnit. that\\nQuo nous flnissiuns, the\\nQue voui Bniisi\\nQu ili finbsent, thai they might\\nthat I might\\nQUO tu ruvM* fli.i,\\nID\\nQu il cut fini, fAa/ A* might\\nQu on out fini, /Ao/ m\\nrontons fini nsi we\\nmight\\nQuo toub eussloz flni. i\\nmight\\nQuils ousseut flni/ W", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0344.jp2"}, "345": {"fulltext": "RE OU L a:\\n51.\\n339\\nInfinitive Mode.\\nSIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSES.\\nFinir\\nio finish Avoir fini,\\nParticiple.\\nto have finished\\nCOMPOUND.\\nFini.\\nfinishing Ayant fini,\\nPast or Passive.\\nfinished\\nhaving finished\\n51. Regular Verbs. Continued.\\nTHIRD CONJUGATION,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ENDING IN OIR.\\nMODEL VERB.\\nRECEVOIR, TO RECEIVE.\\nIndicative Mode,\\npresent. past indefinite.\\nJe refois,*\\nTu re^ois,\\nII refoit,\\nOn refoit,\\nNous recevons,\\nVous recevez,\\nlis reijoivent,\\nI receive\\nthou receivest\\nhe receives\\none receives\\nwe receive\\nyou receive\\nthey receive\\nJ ai refu,\\nTu as re9U,\\nII a refu,\\nOn a refU,\\nNous avons re9U,\\nVous avez re^u,\\nlis ont re^u,\\nI have received\\nthou hast received\\nlie has received\\none has received\\nwe have received\\nyou have received\\nthey have received\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJe recevais, was receiving, or\\nused to receive\\nTu recevais, thou wast receiving\\nII recevait, he was receiving\\nOn recevait, one was receiving\\nNous recevions, we were receiving\\nVous receviez, you were receiving\\nIs recevaient, they were receiving\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nJe refus,\\nTu re9us,\\nII re9ut,\\nOn re9Ut,\\nNous re9umes,\\nVous refutes,\\nlis re9urent,\\nI received or did receive\\nthou receivedst\\nhe received\\nwe received\\nyou received\\nthey received\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJ avais re9U, J had received\\nTu avals re9U, thou hadst received\\nII avait re9U, f he had received\\nOn avait re9U, one had received\\nNous avions re9U, we had received\\nVous aviez re9U, you had received\\nUs avaient re9U, they had received\\npast anterior.\\nJ eus re9U, J had received\\nTu eus re9U, thou hadst received\\nII eut re9U, he had received\\nOn eut re9U, one had received\\nNous eumes re9U, we had received\\nVous eutes re9U, you had received\\nUs eurent re9U, they had received\\nSee note f\\n(3.) Also, $62.", "height": "2808", "width": "1610", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0345.jp2"}, "346": {"fulltext": "REGULAR VERBS. 51.\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nFUITRE.\\nCOMPOUND TEN8E8.\\nFUTURE ANTERIO\u00c2\u00bb.\\nJe recevrai, shall receive J aurai re^u, shall have\\nTu recevTas, thou wilt receive Tu auras re^u, thou wilt have\\n11 raeem, he shall receive II aura re^u, U trill have\\nOn rccevra, one m I aura reeu, one will have\\nWam n-cevrons, tee shall receive Nous aurons re$u, tee shall have\\nVi.iis n-o-vri.-/., you ir; VaOB aurez n\\\\u, you will have\\nlis ncevront, Miy tn// nccivc lis aurout rc^u, *Afy jAo# Aanr j\\nConditional Mode.\\nmil,\\nTu r-Tovrais,\\n11 n- -vrait.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2rait,\\nNous reoernoos,\\nI\\ni talent)\\nshould receive\\ntlum would st receive\\nhe sho\\nthey should receive\\nl.Mrr.KATi\\\\.\\n.Vaurais reeQ,\\nTu aurais rafU,\\n11 aurait ro.,u,\\nOn aurait ro ,u,\\nHooSMtrioU n-ru,\\nVuus aurii z n cu,\\nDl auraicnt ro^u,\\nB\\nCJu il p\\nQu i.n ri\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2tu,\\nI\\nQu ila n\\nfalMtfl\\nhou wouldst\\nhe might\\nMM MPaU\\nire should\\nvou might\\nthey should\\nt Sou\\nlet him receive\\nM one\\nht us n\\nrecett\\nQue jo ro^oivo, that I man\\nQu (it r ivi-\u00c2\u00bb, that thou mai/rst\\nyu il reeoifv,\\nQn oo it\\nCJur MM noviona, thai we may\\ni/ou may\\nQui!* n-., iv.nt, that they may\\nIMPF\u00c2\u00abrECT.\\nQu j. r.\\nQue tu re^usses,\\nhtest\\nQu il r that he might\\nQu on n-\\nQue nous refusion*\\n;s roftissiez.\\nQu ilsrerusaent, that they might\\nr.-.-u, thai 1 may\\n(Jur tu ;ib* n-cu^hat thou mayesl\\nQu il nit rveu, that he may\\nQq oD ait recU, thai one may\\nQuo nous ayona rc^u, that we\\nmay\\n-en, that you may\\nQui ai.nt rc^u, that lAey may\\nKvmnor.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2e refu, thut I\\num reev, Aa/ Mim\u00c2\u00ab\\nQu U cut reru, Odi\\n.t r.-.u. thai one might\\nmixht\\nQu ila cus\u00c2\u00bbent rc^u, thai they\\nmight", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0346.jp2"}, "347": {"fulltext": "REGULAR VERBS. 52,53.\\n341\\nInfinitive Mode,\\nsimple tenses. compound tentjes.\\npresent. past.\\nRecevoir, f to receive Avoir refu, to have receited\\nf\\nParticiple.\\ncompound.\\nRecevant,\\nhaving received\\nreceiving Ayant refu,\\nPAST OR PASSIVE.\\nRe9U, received\\n52. Remarks.\\n(1.) In the verbs of this conjugation, ending with cevoir, in order to\\npreserve to the c its soft pronunciation, a cedilla (5) is put under it,\\nwhen it comes before a, o, u\\nJe re$ois, J receive J aperfois, I perceive,\\n(2.) There are only seven regular verbs in this conjugation. They\\nare:\\nPercevoir, to collect duties, taxes\\nApercevoir.\\nConcevoir,\\nDecevoir,\\nDevoir,\\nto conceive\\nto deceive;\\nto owe;\\nRecevoir,\\nRedevoir,\\nto receive;\\nto owe again.\\n53. Regular Verbs. Continued.\\nFOURTH CONJUGATION,\u00e2\u0080\u0094 ENDING IN RE.\\nMODEL VERB.\\nVENDRE, TO SELL.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nPRESENT.\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nJe vends, sell\\nJ ai vendu,\\nI have sold\\nTu vends, thou sellest\\nTu as vendu,\\nthou hast sold\\nH vend, he sells\\n11 a vendu,\\nhe has sold\\nOn vend, one sells\\nOn a vendu,\\none has sold\\nNous vendons, we sell\\nNous avons vendu,\\nwe have sold\\nVous vendez, you sell\\nVous avez vendu,\\nyou have sold\\nJJs vendent, they sell\\nlis ont vendu,\\nthey have sold\\nIMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT.\\n7e vendais, was selling, or used to\\nJ avais vendu, J had sold or been sell-\\nsell\\ning\\nTu vendais, thou wast selling\\nTu avais vendu,\\nthou hadst sold\\nII vendait, he was selling\\n11 avait vendu,\\nhe ho.d sold\\nQn vendait, one was selling\\nOn avait vendu,\\none had sold\\n2Ious vendions, we were selling\\nNous avions vend! a,\\nwe had sold\\nVous vendiez, you were selling\\nVous aviez vendu,\\nyou had sold\\nUs vendaient, they were selling\\nlis avaient vendu,\\nthey had sold", "height": "2817", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0347.jp2"}, "348": {"fulltext": "342\\nREGULAR VERBS S 54.\\nSIMPLE\\nTENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES.\\nPAST DEFINITE.\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJe vendis,\\nI sold or did sell\\nJ eus vendu, had sold\\nTu vendis,\\nthou soldest\\nTu cus vendu, thou hadst sold\\n11 vendit.\\nhe sold\\n11 cut vendu, he had sold\\nOn vendit.\\none sold\\nOn eut vendu, one had sold\\nNous vendimes,\\ntrr i\\nNona oumes vendn, ice had sold\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i dites,\\nyou sold\\nV ma rates vendu, you had sold\\nlis vendirent,\\nU\\nlb event vendu, they had sold\\nfuture.\\nFCTt RE ANTERIOR.\\nJc vendral,\\n.7 aura i vendn, shall have sold\\nTu vendras,\\nTu mum vendn, thou vilt have sold\\nIra,\\nhe will sell\\n11 aura vendu, he shall have sold\\nOb ren\\none will sell\\nOn mini vendu. one will have sold\\nNous vend rons,\\nnil sell\\nma vendn, we shall have sold\\nYoll- VI\\ni/ou irill sell\\nYou* aniea vendu. will have sold\\nlis vondn.iit,\\nthey will sell\\nUs auront vendu, vv shall have sold\\nCoHDITK XAI.\\nirais,\\nTu -\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ndraia.\\n11 vendreft,\\nlrait,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2idrionji,\\nn dri aa 1\\nlis vendraient,\\nI should sell\\nhem\\nMinbtnl\\nm might adl\\nthey would sell\\nndu, I should*\\nTu aur.iU vi-ndu, /A/ u wouldest\\nII iiuniit vendu, he might\\nOn aurait vendu. one should\\nNona anriona vendn, ire should\\nVousauri u should\\nIN auraicnt vendu, they should\\nImii:i:ative Mode.\\nQu il v.\\nQu on\\nQu ils i\\naaBUae\\nfat Aim\\nfa on* *rtf\\nor you\\nlet them sell\\nSOBJUSCTIVF.\\nmay sell\\nQue tuvendes, that thou m\\nthai he may sell\\nnay sell\\nQuo nor. ,u tee may sell\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2it you may sell\\nQu ils vendent, that they may sell\\nQuo j ai. vendu, that I\\n(Jin- t In, that\\nmay*\\nI vendn, that ht\\nQn on ait vendn, that one\\nQne ii U.m ayons vendu, thai\\nm\u00c2\u00bb\\nQue vous ayex vendn, thai\\nQu ils aicnt vendu, that they", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0348.jp2"}, "349": {"fulltext": "PASSIVE VERBS. \u00c2\u00a754.\\n343\\nSIMPLE TENSES.\\nCOMPOUND TENSES,\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je vendisse, that I might sell\\nQue tu vendisses, that thou mightest\\nsell\\nQu il vendit, that lie might sell\\nQu on vendit, that you might sell\\nQue nous vendissions, t/iat we might\\nsell\\nQue vous vendissiez, that you might\\nsell\\nQu ils vendissent, that they might sell\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue j eusse vendu, that Im- ght\\nQue tu eusses vendu, that thou\\nmightest\\nQu il eut vendu, that he might\\nQu on eut vendu, that one might\\nQue nous eussions vendu, that\\nwe might\\nQue vous eussiez vendu, that\\nyou might\\nQu ils eussent vendu, that they\\nmight\\nInfinitive Mode.\\nPAST.\\nVendre, to sell Avoir vendu,\\nParticiple,\\npresent. compound.\\nVendant, selling Ayant vendu,\\nPAST OR PASSIVE.\\nVendu, sold\\n54. Conjugation of a Passive Verb,\\netre aime, to be loved.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nto have sold\\nhaving sold\\nJe suis aime, m. aimee,/. J am loved\\nTu es aime or aimee, thou art loved\\nII est aime, he is loved\\nElle est aimee, she is loved\\nOn est aime, one is loved\\nNous sommes aimes or aimees, we are loved\\nVous etes aimes or aimees, you are loved\\nlis sont aimes, m. they are loved\\nElles sont aimees, they are loved\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJ etais aime, m. aim6e,/.\\nTu etais aim6 or aimee,\\nH etait aime,\\nElle etait aimee,\\nOn etait aime,\\nNous ctions aimes or aimees,\\nVous etiez aimes\\nUs etaient aimes, m.\\nElles etaient aimees,/.\\nI was loved, was being loved\\nthou wast laved, wast being loved\\nhe was loved, was being loved\\nshe was loved, was being loved\\none was loved, was being loved\\nwe were loved, were being loved\\nyou were loved, were being loved\\ntliey were loved, were being loved\\nthey were loved, were being loved", "height": "2817", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0349.jp2"}, "350": {"fulltext": "PASSIVE VERBS. 64.\\npast definite.\\nJe fus aime, m. aimee, I tf as Unri\\nTu fus aim6 or aimee, thou wast loved\\n1 1 fut aime, he was loved\\nHie fut aimcc, sJie was loved\\nOn fut aime, one was loved\\nNous fumes aimes or aimees, loved\\nVous fiites aim6s or aim6es, you were loved\\nla fiirent ainv they were loved\\ntiles fure:it aimOes,/. they were loved\\nPAST INDEFINITE.\\nJ ai \u00c2\u00a3te aimd or aim. hav been lovtd\\nTu as \u00c2\u00bbte aiinu or aiinco, thou hast been loved\\n11 a etc- I he has been\\nniee, she has been l e nd\\nliim one h/is been loved\\n.limes or aim6es, we have been loved\\naimees, you hnve t\u00c2\u00bbrn loved\\nthey taw ten loved\\nEllcs out they hove been loved\\nPAST ANTERIOR DEFINITE.\\naime, r;i. aii. I I he\\nhf ha*! fxrn loved\\nI /*v;i lored\\none ha,l bern loved\\nloved\\nyou had been loved\\naim6s, m. bttn loved\\nthey had been loved\\nKmmor,\\nhnto, I toetd\\ndm6 or aimee, rW tab! h\\nII avail iti aim. A/- h\\nI .llr a\\\\ A/- A/;.. r\\\\ UfVtd\\none ha,! b*M lovtd\\nI m ainu i S, m \\\\ad b*n loved\\nOT aimers, i //wrf\\nv m. M hod bren loved\\nBiles an t hem loved\\nJe serai aime, M, ain .7 or will be loved\\ns aime or aio OT in i* \u00c2\u00bbr\u00c2\u00abi\\nalm6, he loved\\nr will be loved\\n.ill or will l-\\nimiea,\\nor ,7 V /,\u00c2\u00bbrW\\nJinrwilll\\nI ktaeea, f. r iciflfc /or\u00c2\u00bb", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0350.jp2"}, "351": {"fulltext": "PASSIVE VER]\\n54.\\n345\\nFUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nJ aurai ete aime, m. aimee,\\nTu auras ete aime or aimee,\\nII aura ete aime,\\nElle aura ete aimee,\\nOn aura ete aime,\\nNous aurons ete aimes or aimees,\\nVous aurez ete aimes or\\nlis auront ete aimes, m.\\nEUes auront ete aimees,/.\\nI shall, will have been loved\\nthou shall, wilt have been loved\\nhe shall, will have been loved\\nshe shall, vnll have been loved\\none shall, will have been loved\\nwe shall, will have been loved\\nyou shall, will have been loved\\nthey shall, will have been loved\\nthey shall, will have been loved\\nConditional Mode.\\nJe serais aime, m. aimee,/.\\nTu serais aime or aimee,\\nII serait aime,\\nv Elle serait aimee,\\nOn serait aime,\\nNous serions aimes or aimees,\\nVous seriez aimes or aimees,\\nlis seraient aimes, m.\\n^Elles seraient aimees,/\\nPRESENT.\\nJ should, would, could, might be loved\\nthou shouldst, couldst, migktest be wvea.\\nhe would or might be loved\\nshe might be loved\\none could be loved\\nwe should or would be loved\\nyou would or might be loved\\nthey might or should be loved\\nthey might, could, should be loved M\\nJ aurais et6 aime, m. aimee,\\nTu aurais ete aime or aimee,\\nII aurait ete aime,\\n^Elle aurait ete aimee, to\\nOn aurait ete aime,\\nNous aurions ete aimes or aimees,\\nVous auriez ete aimes or aimees,\\nlis auraient ete aimes, m.\\n-Elles auraient ete aimees,\\nI should, xoould have been loved\\nthou wouldst have been loved\\nhe would have been loved\\nshe would have been loved\\none would have been loved\\nwe might have been loved\\nyou would have been loved\\nthey might have been loved\\nthey should or might have been lived\\nSois aime, m. aimee,/\\nQu il soit aime,\\nQu elle soit aimee,\\nQu on soit aime,\\nSoyons aimes or aimees,\\nSoyez aimes or aimees,\\nQu ils soient aimes, m.\\nQu elles soient aimees,\\nImperative Mode.\\nbe thou loved\\nlet him be loved\\nlet her be loved\\nlet one be loved\\nlet us be loved\\nbe ye or you loved\\nlet them be loved\\nlet them be loved\\nSubjunctive Mode. y\\\\^\\nQue je sois aime, m. aimee,\\nQue tu sois aime or aimee,\\nQu il soit aime,\\n\\\\Qu elle soit aimee,\\nQu on soit aime,\\nQue nous soyons aimes or aimees\\nQue vous soyez aimes or aimees,\\nQu ils soient aimes,\\nN Qu elles soient aimees,\\nPRESENT.\\nthat I may be loved\\nthat thou mayest be loved\\nthat he may be loved\\nthai she may be loved\\nthat one may be loved\\nthat we may be loved\\nthat you may be loved\\nthat they may be loved\\nthat they may be loved\\n15*", "height": "2817", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0351.jp2"}, "352": {"fulltext": "S46\\nPASSIVE VERBS. \u00c2\u00a754,55.\\nIMPERFECT.\\nQue je fusse aiue, m. aimee,/.\\nQue tu fusses aim6 or aimee\\nQu il fut aim6,\\nvQa elle tut aimee,\\nQu on fut aime,\\nQue nous fussions aimes or aimees,\\nQos voiis fussiez aimes or aimees,\\nQa flfl fussent aimes, m.\\ns Qu elles fussent ainu\\nthai I might be loved\\nthat thou mightest be lovi\\nthai he might be laved\\nthat she might- be loved\\nthat one might be loved\\nthat voe might be loved\\nthat you might be loved\\nthat .hcu might be loved\\nthat they might be loved\\naimee./\\nyu to ilea ct aime or aimee,\\nQu il ait etc ainu\\nimee,\\nU 6tfl aime,\\nQui- DOOfl STOU aimi s or aimers, that ir mail hare been\\nQUA TOT that von m in/ hare been loved\\nQu flj 6a, m. v man have been loved\\nju Vll, g eea,/. that the}/ may have been loved\\nPLSTOJ\\nPAST.\\nI laijhare been lored\\nthat thou, may est have been loved\\nthat he may hare been loved\\nthat she may have been loved\\nthat one may hare been loved\\nthat I might have fxen loved\\nthat tiou mightesi hare been loved\\nthat he might have been loved\\nthat she might hare been loved\\nQui- feuase t thai, m. aii\\n(Jut\\nQu il i\\nv Qu dUe eft i\\nQo on\\nI iik olmds or th-r bcenlo\\\\\\naim\\nQue torn eussiez etu aim\u00c2\u00a3s or that you might ha;\\nhare been\\ntare been I\\nMiMiivr. Mode.\\nQn eU\\nEire aim. f\\nPAKTicirr.E.\\nPEESENT.\\nJjtant aime, vi. aimcc./.\\nCOM I\\nU aime. 77i. a:i\\nrun.\\nAvoir etc thai, v- a::\\nto be lored\\nu*ved\\nha ring been loved\\nto have been loved\\n55.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 It-\\nThere is only one conjugation for passive verbs. It la formed of\\nthe auxiliary Um in all its tenses, limplc sod OOOpoasd, and the par-\\nMR) of the active verb which W9 wish to conjugate in the pas.\\nbivo roke. See 43, (4.)", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0352.jp2"}, "353": {"fulltext": "REFLECTIVE VERBS. \u00c2\u00a756. 347\\n56. Conjugation of Reflective Verbs 43, (6.)].\\nmodel verb.\\nSE FLATTER, TO FLATTER ONE S SELF.\\nIndicative Mode.\\nI flatter myself-\\nthou flatterest thyself-\\nhe flatters himself\\none flatters himself or one s self\\nwe flatter ourselves\\nyou flatter yourselves\\nthey flatter themselves\\nIMPERFECT.\\nJ was flattering or used tofiv tei my*\\nself\\nthou wast flattering thyself\\nhe was flattering himself\\none was flattering one s self, himself\\nwe were flattering ourselves\\nyou were flattering yourselves\\nthey were flattering tliemselves\\nPAST definite.\\nJe me flatte,\\nTute flattes,\\nII se flatte,\\nOn se flatte,\\nNous nous flattons,\\nVous vous flattez,\\nlis se flattent,\\nJe me flattais,\\nTu te flattais,\\nII se flattait.\\nOn se flattait,\\nNous nous flattions,\\nVous vous flattiez,\\nUs se flattaient,\\nJe me flattai,\\nTu te flattas,\\nII se flatta,\\nOn se flatta,\\nNous nous flattames,\\nVous vous flattates,\\nUs se flatterent,\\nJ e me suis flatte, to. flattee,/.\\nTu t es flatte or flattee, thou hast flattered tHyself\\nII s est flatte, he has flattered himself\\nElle s est flattee, she has flattered herself\\nOn s est flatte, one has flattered himself ox one s self\\nNous nous sommes flattes or flattees, we have flattered ourselves\\nVous vous etes flattes or flattees, you have flattered yourselves\\nUs se sont flattes, m. they have flattered themselves\\nElles se sont flattees,/. they have flattered themselves\\nPAST ANTERIOR.\\nJe me fus flatte, m. flattee,/. I had flattered myself\\nTu te fus flatte or flattee, thou liadst flattered thyself\\nII se fut flatte, he had flattered himself\\nElle se fut flattee, she had flattered herself\\nOn se fut flatte, one had flattered himself one s self\\nNous nous fumes flattes or flattees, we had flattered ourselves\\nVous vous fates flattes or flattees, you had flattered yourselves\\nUs se furent flattes, m. they had flattered tliemselves\\nElles se furent flattees,/. they had flattered themselves\\nI flattered or did flatter myself\\nthou didst flatter thyself\\nhe flattered himself\\none flattered one s self himself\\nwe flattered ourselves\\nyou flattered yourselves\\nthey flattered themselves\\nPAST INDEFINITE.", "height": "2817", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0353.jp2"}, "354": {"fulltext": "S48\\nREFLECTIVE VERB S. 56.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nJe m etais flatte, m. flattec,/.\\nTo t etais flatte or flattie,\\nllatte,\\nElle s etait flattec,\\nOn s etait flatte,\\nNoui nons etions flatt6s or flatties,\\nmi etiez flattes or flattees,\\nlis s ctaimt flat\\nOtaient flattica,/\\nI had flattered myself\\nthou hadstflaUeicd thyself\\nhe had flattered himself\\nshe had flattered herself\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2flattered hims !fl one s stif\\nire had flattered ourselves\\nyou hail flattered yourselves\\nthey had flattered themselves\\nthey had flattered themselves\\nJo mo flatteral,\\nTo t\u00c2\u00ab- Bal\\n11 se flattcra,\\nattera,\\nNona boob fl atte ro na.\\nUs se tlatteront,\\nshall or will flatter myselj\\nthou shalt or ir Ht flatter thyself\\nI r Wtfl flatter himself\\none trill flatter hi mse If one s self\\nHer ourselves\\nr tktmmhm\\nFl TURE ANTKRK R.\\nJc mc serai flatto. ri. fiattcV./.\\n11 se sera tlatt*,\\natec,\\nlit.\\nNooi D tlattecs,\\nm Battet \u00c2\u00abr\\nMront ilatt.\\nflattered myselj\\ntve flattered thi/self\\n,ire flattered himself\\nv./iv flattered herself\\ni flattered himself\\nourselves\\nrilves\\nred themselves\\nred themselves\\nCONDH\\nJc mo flatterais,\\nTn t. (!.itt.-r\u00c2\u00bbis,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2rait.\\nOn so flalt -rait.\\nus ihttrrions,\\nttariea,\\naient.\\ncould, might flatter\\ni uself\\numse lf\\nHotter himself, one s self\\nttti r our,\\nUter yourselves\\n.\u00e2\u0096\u00a0r themselves\\nJc rue serais flatte, m. flattec,/.\\nrail Hatt6 or flattec,\\nNooi nuns wrions flattes m\\nHalt, s M\\nQattea, m.\\nElles se scraient flattees,/.\\njrauld, could, might M\\ni-isclf\\nhave flattered thyself\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0are flattered himself\\nherself\\nkave Mattered\\nire WUgkt have flattered ourselves\\nvou irould have flattered ytnmeive*\\nuld have flattered tkemsehsU\\naid have flattered", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0354.jp2"}, "355": {"fulltext": "REFLECTIVE VERBS. 56.\\n349\\nFlatte-toi,\\nQii il se flatte,\\nQu on se flatte,\\nFlattons-nous,\\nFlattes-vous,\\nQa ils ee flattent,\\nImperative Mode.\\nflatter thyself\\nlet him flatter himself\\nlet one flatter one s self,\\nlet us flatter ourselves\\nflatter yourselves\\nlet them flatter themselves\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\nQue je me flatte,\\nQue tu te flattes,\\nQu il se flatte,\\nQu on se flatte,\\nQue nous nous flattions,\\nQue vous vous flattiez,\\nQu ils se flattent,\\nQue je me flattasse,\\nQue tu te flattasses,\\nQu il se flattat,\\nQu on se flattat,\\nQue nous nous flattassions,\\nQue vous vous flattassiez,\\nQu ils se flattassent,\\nthat I may flatter myself\\nthat thou may est flatter thyself\\nthat he may flatter himself\\nthat one may flatter himself\\nthat we may flatter ourselves\\nthat you may flatter yourselves\\nthat they may flatter themselves\\nIMPERFECT.\\nthat I might flatter myself\\nthat thou mightest flatter thyself\\nthat he might flatter himself\\nthat one might flatter himself\\nthat we might flatter ourselves\\nthat you might flatter yourselves\\nthat they might flatter themselves\\nQue je me sois flatte, m. flattee,\\nQue tu te sois flatte or flattee,\\nQu il se soit flatte,\\nQu elle se soit flattee,\\nQu on se soit flatte,\\nQue nous nous soyons flattes 01\\nflattees,\\nthat I may have flattered myself\\nthat thou mayest have flattered thyself\\nthat he may have flattered himself\\nthat she may have flattered herself\\nthat one may have flattered himself\\nthat we may have flattered ourselves\\nQue vous vous soyez flattes or that you may have flattered yourselves\\nthat they may have flattered themselves\\nthat they may have flattered themselves\\nQu ils se soient flattes, m.\\nQu elles se soient flattees,/.\\nPLUPERFECT.\\nQue je me fusse flatte, m. flattee, that I might have flattered myself\\nQue tu te fusses flatte or flattee,\\nQu il se fut flatte,\\n^Qu elle se fut flattee,\\nQu on se fut flatte,\\nQue nous nous fussions flattes or\\nthat thou mightest have flattered thy\\nself\\nthat he might have flattered himself\\nthat she might have flattered herself\\nthat one might have flattered himself\\nthat we might have flattered ourselves\\nfussiez flattes or that you might have flattered your-\\nselves\\nflattes, m. that they might have flattered thtm-\\nselves\\nQu elles se fussent flattens,/. that they might have flattered them-\\nselves\\nQue vous vous\\nflattees,\\nQu ils se", "height": "2817", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0355.jp2"}, "356": {"fulltext": "350\\nREFLECTIVE VERB S. 57.\\nIsFrarnvE Mode.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2RESENT. PAST.\\n8e flatter, to flatter one s self S e-tre flatte, to have flattered one s selj\\nParticiple.\\npresent. compound.\\n8c flattant, flattering one s self S 6tant flatW, having flattered one s stlj\\nPAST.\\nFlatt*. m. flattie,/. flatWs.ro. p. flatUSes, p. flattered\\n57. Neoative Form of TnE Reflective Verb.\\nNE PAfl SE FLATTER, SOT TO FLATTER ONE S SELF.\\nIndicative M\\nJe no me flatte pas,\\nTu u tfl Battel pas,\\nJl lit- M llatt\\nOn m m tiii.it--\\nNoui in- nun-- stations pas,\\nVOM M fOOa Battel pas,\\nIll pas,\\nAc\\nI do not flatter myself\\nr not flutter thyself\\nhe does not flatter hiv.\\none does not flatter hims\u00c2\u00bb:lf\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0t ft.iltrr our:\\nwradMi\\nthey do not flalt r themstlves\\n,11 add a compound tense and the imperative conjugated U\\nthis form.\\npast is-m-.riMTK.\\nf\\nDM flattl, m i 1\\nTil M\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0Da in- i*es1 pas 1 1\\nin in- .-t pej tiatt6,\\nNmis in- in .us somnica pas flattis\\nor tl.i!\\ntea pas flatted or you have not flattered yourselves\\nflan.\\nv.nt pas flattcs. m.\\nEUcs ne sc soi.;\\nI hare not flattered myself\\nt lou hast not ftatt\\nhe has\\nI Uttrtd herself\\none has. not flattered himself\\nwe ha ourselvt\\ntkey Kane not flattered themselves\\niKey hare not flattered themselves\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2f-\\nImperative\\nDM,\\nll. ltt.\\nitte\\nvjuil m m flatte\\nQa an bb \u00c2\u00abe iatl\\nil.itti.ns pas,\\nI pAS,\\n(ju ili in- si- (lattcnt pas,\\nAc. Ac\\n,lo not flatter thyself\\nUl him not flatter JtSD\\nlet one nat flatter himself\\nUl us not flatter ourselves\\ndo not flatter yourselves\\nlet them not flatter themselves", "height": "2853", "width": "1612", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0356.jp2"}, "357": {"fulltext": "Y avoir. 6 1-2. 355\\n(8.) This formation m ist not prevent the change of y into i, ac-\\ncording to Rule (2.) 49.\\n(9.) The participle past forms all the compound tenses of verbs\\nwith the aid of the auxiliaries avoir and ttre: s,fai chante,je suis\\naimLf avals chante,fetais aime.\\n61-2. Paradigm of the Unipersonal Verb Y Avoir,\\nTo BE THERE.\\nIndicative Mode.\\npresent. past indefinite.\\nII y a, there is; there are H y a eu, tliere has been; tliere have\\nbeen\\nIMPERFECT, PLUPERFECT.\\nII y avait, there was there were II y avait eu, there had been\\nPAST DEFINITE. ^A ANTERIOR.\\nII y eut, there was there were II y eut eu^T there had been\\nFUTURE. FUTURE ANTERIOR.\\nH y aura, there will be II y aura eu, there will have been\\nConditional Mode.\\npresent. past.\\nII y aurait, there would be II y aurait eu, there would have been\\nImperative Mode.\\nQu il y ait, Let there be.\\nSubjunctive Mode.\\npresent. past.\\nQu il v ait, that iliere may be Qu il y ait eu, that there may have\\nbeen\\nIMPERFECT. PLUPERFECT.\\nQu il y eut, that there might be Qu il y eut eu, that tliere might have\\nbeen\\nInfinitive Mode.\\npresent. past.\\nY avoir, to be there T avoir eu, to have been there\\nParticiple.-\\npresent. compound.\\nY ayant, tliere being Y ayant eu, there having been\\nFAST OR PASSIVE.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0357.jp2"}, "358": {"fulltext": "62 ALPHABET\\nOF THE IRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE,\\nSEE 44, RCLB (2.)\\nThe figures placed after the infinitive of the Terbt\\nThe tenses not given In\\nlunmnvi.\\nPARTICIPLES.\\nINDICATIVE.\\nIXPERrBCT.\\nPart Definite\\nAbatyre, 4. to\\nabattant\\nj abats\\nj abattais\\nj abattia\\nMtfl dmcrx\\nabattu. c.\\nMl BATTRE\\nAb-uidrk, 4.\\n-A to absolve\\nabsolvant\\nj absous\\nj absolvais\\nabsons\\ntu absous\\nlvais\\nMB. avoir\\nabsout\\nil absout\\nil absolvait\\ndefective.\\nn. .ilisulvons\\nv. absolve/,\\nils absolvent\\nn al solvions\\nv. absolviez\\ni. absolvaient\\nAbstenir (s\\ns abs tenant\\njo m abstiens\\nje m abstenaia\\nje m abstina\\n.;A5/ it\u00c2\u00bb\\nabstcnu. e.\\nrami\\nAnsTBAiRK. 4.\\nabstravaiit\\nj abstrais\\njabstrayaia\\nto abstract\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0batraB\\nSee TRAIRE\\n!I!R, 2.\\nMoouaai\\njac-omrs\\nj accouraia\\nj accourus\\nUi run to\\naccouru, e.\\nsee courir\\naccroissant\\nj aeerois\\nj accroissais\\nJaccnxa\\nrrtlSt\\niTRE\\nBeo.\\nM.I.IR, 2.\\n.i.-ru.illant\\njaccneille\\nj accueillaia\\nj accueilllt\\narrucilli,/. c.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2I.I.IR\\nA lll.TKR, 1.\\nS\\\\ to buy\\nachetant\\nj achctais\\nj achetal\\nachctA, e.\\ntu achates\\nlike CHANTER\\naux. avoir\\nil achate\\n40\\nn. ai lietons\\npeculiar.\\nv. achete7.\\ni. achotcnt\\nAonra, l.\\nachevant\\nj achevais\\nlike CHANTER\\nj acheval\\nto eompUte\\nachev6, c.\\ntu acheves\\naux. avoir\\nil achevo\\n(6)\\nn. ailievons\\niliar.\\nvim\\ni. achevent\\nV AcqcCrir, 2.\\nto acquire\\nacqu6rant\\nj acquiers\\nj acqueraia\\nj acquis\\nacquis,/, e.\\nin ar |uiers\\ntu acqueraia\\ntu Mqafti\\naux. avoir\\nil acquiort\\nil arqtirrait\\nil acquit\\nIrregular.\\nn. acqucrona\\nn ftoqaftrloBf\\nn. acqulmea\\nV. ar,|i:\\nv. acqucrioz\\nv. acquitoa\\ni. ac.jnio.rent\\nilsnrqu6raicnt\\nils aojuircnt\\nAp oivork, 4.\\nanjoisnant\\nj a ljoins\\nj ailjoignaia\\nj ailjoignw\\n\u00c2\u00abf-C.\\nadjoint./, c.\\nv iiRE.\\nAdmettrk, 4.\\naihn.-ttant\\nJ admea\\nj admottaia\\nj adraU\\nU xdmit\\nadrois/. e.\\nsee METTRB", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0358.jp2"}, "359": {"fulltext": "ICAL TABLE\\nPECULIAR AflD UNIPERSONAL VERBS.\\n43, rule (7) and 49,\\nindicate the conjugations to which they belong\\nthis Table are not used.\\nFuture.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect\\nj abattrai\\nj abattrais\\nj absoudrais\\ntu absoudrais\\nabats\\nj abatte\\nj abattiese\\nj absoudrai\\ntu absoudras\\nj absolve\\nabsous\\ntu absolves\\nil absoudra\\nil absoudrait\\nq. absolve\\nil absolve\\nn. absoudrons\\nn. absoudrions\\nabsolvons\\nn. absolvions\\nv. absoudrez\\nv. absoudriez\\nabsolvez\\nv. absolviez\\ni. absoudront\\ni. absoudraient\\nq. absolvent\\ni. absolvent\\nje m abstien-\\nje m abstien-\\nje m abstieniie\\njem abstinsso\\n[drai\\n[drais\\nj abstrairais\\nabstiens-toi\\nj abstrairai\\nj abstraie\\nabstrais\\nj accourrai\\nj accourrais\\naccours\\nj accoure\\nj accourusse\\nj accroitrai\\nj accroitrais\\naccrois\\nj accroisse\\nj accrusse\\nj accueillerai\\nj accueillerais\\naccueille\\nj accueille\\nj accueillisso\\nj acheterai\\nj acheterais\\nj achete\\nj achetasse\\ntu acheteras\\ntu acheterais\\nachete\\ntu achetes\\nlike\\nil achetera\\nil acheterait\\nq. achete\\nil achete\\nCHANTER\\nn. acheterons\\nn. acbdterions\\nachetons\\nn. achetions\\nv. acheterez\\nv. acheteriez\\nachetez\\nv. achetiez\\nils acheteront\\ni. acheteraient\\nq. achetent\\nils achetent\\nj acheverai\\nj acheverais\\nj acheve\\nj achevasqp\\ntu acheveras\\ntu acheverais\\nacheve\\ntu acheves\\nlike\\nil achevera\\nil acheverait\\nq. acheve\\nil acheve\\nCHANTER\\nn. acheverons\\nn. acheverions\\nachevons\\nn. achevions\\nr. acheverez\\nv. acheveriez\\nachevez\\nv. acheviez\\nils acheveront\\ni. acheveraient\\nq. achevent\\ni. achevent\\nj acquerrai\\n*n acquerras\\nj acquerrais\\nj acquiere\\nj acquisse\\ntu acquerrais\\nacquiers\\ntu acquieres\\ntu acquisses\\nil acquerra\\nil acquerrait\\nq. acquiere\\nil acquiere\\nil acquit\\nn. acquerrons\\nn. acquerrions\\nacquerons\\nn. acquerions\\nn. acquissions\\ni. acquerrez\\nv. acquierriez\\nacquerez\\nv. acqueriez\\nv. acquissiez\\nils acquerront\\ni. acquerraient\\nq. acquierent\\ni. acquierent\\ni. acquissent\\nj adjoindrai\\nj adjoindrais\\nadjoins\\nj adjoigne\\nj adjoignisse\\nj admettrai\\nj admettrais\\nadmets\\nj admette\\nj admisse\\ny", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0359.jp2"}, "360": {"fulltext": "358\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, ftClUAR.\\nIhfihitive. J Participles.\\nIndicative.\\nImperfect.\\nPast. Definite,\\nX Aller, 1. to allant\\nje vais\\nj allais\\nj allai\\ng\u00c2\u00b0\\nalld/. o.\\ntu vaa\\ntu alia is\\ntu alias\\naux.dtre\\nil va\\nil allait\\nil alia\\ninvgular.\\nn. allons\\nn. allions\\nn. allaroes\\nv. allez\\nv. allicz\\nv. allitea\\nils vont\\nils allaient\\ni. allfcrent\\nAMPWi 1. to amenant\\nj amfcnc\\nj ameoalB\\nj amenai\\nbring aiiici\\n49, m\\nj amoncollo\\nsee achkvkr\\nAmonocub, 1 Maonewirt\\nj amoDoelaia\\nj araoncela!\\nunoBG\\n(4)\\nj apparais\\nH.EK\\nAppakaItrk,}. nppamlmnt\\nI apparaiflMfa\\nj apparus\\nappear apparn f.\\nLlTEf\\nArPAUTKME, 2 appartonaot\\nj appartiena\\nj appartcnais\\nj appartins\\n]g appartnni f. c.\\nme rare.\\nAppklxb, 1. appelant\\nj appelk\\nj appdah\\nj appelai\\ncall\\nappeU\\nin appeDaa\\nlike\\naux. av .ir\\nil appelle\\niianter\\nCHANTER\\nn appelona\\npeculiar\\nv. appelei\\nils appellant\\nArrRKN-niiK.-l. appretumt\\nj appreoda\\nj apprt iiais\\nj appris\\nto learn apprtfl\\nMiKK\\nApplvhh, 1. to appnyant\\nj appuie\\nj appuyais\\nj appuyai\\nsupport appoyi e.\\ntu appui.s\\nt. appnyaii\\nlike\\naux. avoir\\nil appule\\nil appnjaU\\nCHANTER\\nn appuv.iiis\\nii. appnykNM\\nlliar.\\nv. appuvc/.\\nils appakat\\nv. appajhi\\n1 lj l!\\\\ U.Ilt\\nAbsaiu.ir. 2. assalllant\\nI aeeaQle\\nj issaill.iis\\nU assault a.vsailli f. o.\\nlrs\\nI i- :iillais\\nt. assaillis\\nil aaaafllfl\\ni. ;i-*aillait\\ni. assaillit\\nn. assaill-ms\\ntOlkai\\nn. aasaillirmt\\nv. assail!.-/.\\niilii-z\\nv. assailii.s\\nils assaillrnt\\nlatent\\ni. assaillirent\\nAsSEOIR. ft,\\njassla\\nv* somrthi\\nme b asseoir\\n(town; to mat.\\ny A\u00c2\u00bb\u00c2\u00bbkoir.(\u00c2\u00bb j :i. s aawyant\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0Is\\nj. m aai\\nj Ill .lSMS\\nto+Sit\\nt t antodi\\nt. t assis\\naux. Atre\\ni a-s.yait\\nt. I aaU\\nirrt-jjular.\\nn. n. asseyions\\nn. n. asstrae*\\nyi./.\\nv. v. asMl. s\\ni. s asscii nt\\ni. s assryai.nt\\ni. s assin nt\\nAstrkinpkk 1. astretgnant\\nj .istr.ins\\nto compel lastretl\\nN RE\\nATTrisnru:, 4. att.-ignant\\nj att. in-*\\nj atkigrials\\njatttlgnia\\nto attain. att.-int f. c.\\nM RE\\nAttf.i.kr. 1. to attelairf\\ni att. ll.-\\nj uttolais\\nJ att:lai\\nputto,harnr\\nJ attrait\\nI.ER\\nAttraire, 4. to attr.\\nj attrayais\\nattract attrait f. e.\\nme trmiie\\nAvrsiK. 2. /./avmaut\\nil avicnt\\nil avenait\\nil avint\\nhappen avenu\\nil happens\\nil was happen-\\ning\\nU happened\\nAtoir, to hart\\nsee model 47", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0360.jp2"}, "361": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPERSONAL VERBS.\\nG2\\n359\\nFUTURE.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nj irai\\nj irais\\nj aiile\\nj allasse\\ntu iras\\ntu irais\\nva\\ntu ailles\\ntu allasses\\nil ira\\nil irait\\nq. aille\\nil aille\\nil allat\\nn. irons\\nn. irions\\nallons\\nn. allions\\nn. allassions\\nV. irez\\nv. iriez\\nallez\\nv. alliez\\nv. allassiez\\nils iront\\ni. iraient\\nq. aillent\\ni. aillent\\ni. allassent\\nj amenerai\\nj amenerais\\namene\\nj amene\\nj amenasse\\nj amoncellerai\\nj amoncelle-\\n[rai\\namoncelle\\nj amoncelle\\nj amoncelasse\\nj apparaitrai\\nj appar itrais\\napparais\\nj apparaisse\\nj apparusse\\nj appartien-\\nj appartien-\\nj appartienne\\nj appartinsse\\n[drai\\n[drais\\nj appellerais\\nappartiens\\nj appellerai\\nj appelle\\nj appelasse\\ntu appelleras\\nt. appellerais\\nappelle\\ntu appelles\\nlike\\nil appellera\\ni. appellerait\\nq. appelle\\ni. appelle\\nCHANTER\\nn. appellerons\\nn. appellerions\\nappelons\\nn. appelions\\nv. appellerez\\nv. appelleriez\\nappelez\\nv. appeliez\\ni. appelleront\\ni.appelleraient\\nq. appellent\\ni. appellent\\nj apprendrai\\nj apprendrais\\napprends\\nj apprenne\\nj apprisse\\nj appuierai\\nj appuierais\\nj appuie\\nj appuyasse\\nt. appuieras\\nt. appuierais\\nappuie\\ntu appuies\\nlike\\ni. appuiera\\ni. appuierait\\nq. appuie\\nil appuie\\nCHANTER\\nn. appuierons\\nn. appuierions\\nappuyons\\nn. appuyions\\nv. appuierez\\nv. appuieriez\\nappuyez\\nv. appuyiez\\ni. appuieront\\n1. appuieraient\\nq. appuient\\nils appuient\\nj assaillirai\\nj assaillirais\\nj assaille\\nj assaillisse\\nt. assailliras\\nt. assaillirais\\nassaille\\nt. assailles\\nt. assaillisses\\ni. assaillira\\ni. assaillirait\\nq. assaille\\ni. assaille\\ni. assailit\\nn. assaillirons\\nn. assaillirions\\nassaillons\\nn. assaillions\\nn.assaillissions\\nv. assaillirez\\nv. assailliriez\\nassaillez\\nv. assailliez\\nv. assaillissiez\\ni. assailliront\\ni. assailliraient\\nq. assaillent\\ni. assaillent\\ni. assaillissent\\nj assierai\\nj assierais\\nassieds\\nj asseie\\nj assisse\\nje m assierai\\nj. m assierais\\nje m asseie\\nje m assisse\\nt. t assieras\\nt. t assierais\\nassieds toi\\nt. t asseies\\nt. t assisses\\ni. s assiera\\ni. s assierait\\nq. s asseie\\ni. s asseie\\ni. s assit\\nn. n. assierons\\nn. n. assierions\\nasseyons n.\\nn. n. asseyions\\nn. n. assissiona\\nv. v. assierez\\nv. v. assieriez\\nasseyez v.\\nv. v. asseyiez\\nv. v. assissiez\\ni. s assieront\\ni. s assieraient\\nq. s asseient\\ni. s asseient\\ni. s assissent\\nj astreindrai\\nj astreindrais\\nastreins\\nj astreigne\\nj astreignisse\\nj atteindrai\\nj atteindrais\\nj atteigne\\nj atteignisse\\natteins\\nj attellerai\\nj attellerais\\nattelle\\nj attelle\\nj attelasse\\nj attrairai\\nj attrairais\\nattra s\\nj attraie\\nU aviendra\\nil aviendrait\\nil avienne\\nil avinfc\\nit will happen\\nit wld. haypen\\nit ir.gi. happen\\nU mgt. happen", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0361.jp2"}, "362": {"fulltext": "360\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nIm-unTivr.\\nParticiples.\\nLSDICiTIVE.\\nIMPERFECT.\\nPast Defihitk.\\nAvois (r)lobc\\ny ayant\\nil y a\\nil y avait\\nil y eut\\nthere\\neu^unip.)\\nthere is, are\\nthere tens, vere\\nthere icas, veer*\\nBattre, 4. to\\nhattant\\nje bats\\nje battais\\nje battis\\nbeat\\nbattu. e.\\ntu bats\\ntu battais\\ntu battis\\naux. avoir\\nil bat\\nil battel!\\nil battit\\nirregular.\\nn. battons\\nn. battions\\nn. battimes\\nv. battel\\nv. bat tie/.\\nv. battites\\nils battent\\ni. battah-nt\\nils battirent\\nBcire, 4. to\\ndrink\\nbuvaut\\nje bois\\nje buvais\\nje bus\\nbu, e.\\ntu bois\\ntu buvais\\ntu bus\\naux. avoir\\nil b. it\\nil buvait\\nil but\\nirregular.\\nn. buvona\\nn. buvions\\nn. buraes\\nv. biivr/.\\nv. buvi\\nv. butes\\nils boivent\\ni. bavaleat\\nils burcnt\\nBodillir, 2. to\\nbouillant,\\nje bous\\nje bouillais\\nje bouillis\\nbed\\nbuuilli. f. o.\\ntu bous\\ntu bouillais\\ntu bouillis\\nil bout\\nil bouillait\\nil bouillit\\nii. bouillons\\nu. bouillions\\nn. bouillimes\\nv. bouillez\\nv. boilillk 1\\nv. bouillites\\ni. bouilk-nt\\nils bouillaient\\nils bouillirent\\nBoCRRKI.ER, 1.\\nbuiirrelant\\n|e boarrBlfl\\nje bourrelais\\nje bourrelai\\nto torment\\nbourrcW,/. c.\\nC*)\\nBraik\\nil brait\\nbray\\niLs braient\\nBtllNKK, 1. to\\nbru mant\\nil bruino\\nil bruinait\\nil bruina\\ndriz\\nbruino\\nUs\\nit tras i\\nit drizzled\\nrsonal.\\n1\\nBttll\\nbnriHBl\\nil bruit\\nil bruyait, or\\nil bruissait\\nriMir. rustle\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ive.\\nils briiyai. nt\\nils bruissaient\\nCaCHETKR, 1.\\ncachctant\\nje cachflais\\nje cacbetai\\ne.\\nHE, 4. to\\nj Ihs\\n-nais\\nje ceignis\\ngird\\ntu (-.\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ins\\ntu nelfneh\\naux. avoir\\nil rvint\\nil oeteMtt\\nn. ccignions\\nil ccignit\\nirregular.\\nu oaJgnoni\\nv. ceignr7:\\nv. ceigtiic/.\\nv. oeydtti\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0linTit\\npent\\nn.ii.Ttt\\nChan\\nlant\\nnoelle\\nH-.-lais\\nje chaDcelai\\nto Sl\\nObaBOl\\nsee iffU\\nje change*!\\nchange\\ntu rhangoa\\ntu changeaia\\ntu changeaa\\naux. avoir\\nil cbango\\nil changeait\\nil change*\\n(1)\\nn. iliangcons\\nii. cbangions\\nn. changi iraa*\\n;!iar.\\nv. change*\\nv. changies\\nv. chau-\\nils cbaa\\nilschangcaicnt\\nils changorcnt\\nCiacONscninE,\\ncirconsorivant\\nje circonscrls\\nje circonscri-\\nj. circonacriTb)\\nircum-\\ndroumurtt,\\n|vais\\n[scribe\\n[f.e.\\nN V MR,\\ncirconvi-iiant\\nj circonvieus\\nje circonve-\\nje ctrconvine\\n2. to circum-\\ncirconveuu,\\nsee tenia\\n[naifl\\n[vent\\n1", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0362.jp2"}, "363": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPERSONAL VERBS. 62\\nS61\\nFuture.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nfly aura\\nil y aurait\\nil y ait\\nil y eut\\nthere will he\\nthere would be\\nthere may be\\nthere might be\\nje battisse\\nje battrai\\nje battrais\\nje batte\\ntu battras\\ntu battrais\\nbats\\ntu battes\\ntu battisses\\nil battra\\nil battrait\\nq. batte\\nil batte\\nil battit\\nn. battrons\\nn. battrions\\nbattons\\nn. battions\\nn. battissions\\nv. battrez\\nv. battriez\\nbattez\\nv. battiez\\nv. battissiez\\ni. battront\\ni. battraient\\nq. battent\\ni. battent\\ni. battissent\\nje boirai\\nj. boirais\\nje boive\\nje busse\\ntu boiras\\ntu boirais\\nbois\\ntu boives\\ntu busses\\nil boira\\nil boirait\\nq. boive\\nil boive\\nil but\\nn. boirons\\nn. boirions\\nbuvons\\nn. buvions\\nn. bussions\\nv. boirez\\nv. boiriez\\nbuvez\\nv. buviez\\nv. bussiez\\ni. boiront\\ni. boiraient\\nq. boivent\\ni. boivent\\nils bussent\\nje bouillirai\\nje bouillirais\\nje bouille\\nje bouillisse\\ntu bouilliras\\ntu bouillirais\\nbous\\ntu bouilles\\ntu bouillisses\\nil bouillira\\nil bouillirait\\nq. bouille\\nil bouille\\nil bouillit\\nn. bouillirons\\nn. bouillirions\\nbouillons\\nn. bouillions\\nn. bouillissions\\nv. bouillirez\\nv. bouilliriez\\nbouillez\\nv. bouilliez\\nv. bouillissiez\\n5 bouilliront\\ni. bouilliraient\\nq. bouillent\\nil bouillent\\ni. bouillissent\\nje bourrelerai\\nje bourrelerais\\nbourrele\\nje bourrele\\nje bourrelasse\\nil braira\\nil brairait\\nils brairont\\nils brairaient\\nil bruinera\\nil bruinerait\\nq. bruine\\nq. bruine\\nq. bruinat\\nit will drizzle\\nit wld drizzle\\nlet it drizzle\\nit may drizzle\\nit ingt. irizzle\\nje cacbetterai\\nje cachette-\\n[rais\\ncacbette\\nje cacbette\\nje cachetasse\\nje ceindrai\\nje ceindrais\\nje ceigne\\nje ceignisse\\ntu ceindras\\ntu ceindrais\\nceins\\ntu ceignes\\ntu ceignisses\\nil ceindra\\nil ceindrait\\nq. ceigne\\nil ceigne\\nil ceignit\\nn. ceindrons\\nn. ceindrions\\nceignons\\nn. ceignions\\nn. ceignissions\\nv. ceindrez\\nv. ceindriez\\nceignez\\nv. ceigniez\\nv. ceignissiez\\nils ceindront\\nils ceindraient\\nq. ceignent\\nils ceignent\\ni. ceignissent\\nje cbancellerai\\nje chancelle-\\n[rais\\ncbancelle\\nje cbancelle\\nje chancelassa\\nje cbangerai\\nje changerais\\nje change\\nje changeass\u00c2\u00ab\\nlike\\nchange\\ntu changes\\ntu changeasses\\nCHANTER\\nq. change\\nlike\\nil changelt\\nchangeons\\nCHANTER\\nchangeassions\\ncbangez\\nv change assiez\\nq. cbangent\\ni.changeassent\\nje cirsconcri-\\nje circonscri-\\nje circonscrive\\nje circonscri-\\n[rai\\n[rais\\ncirconscris\\n[visse\\ncirconvien-\\nje circonvien-\\nje circonvi-\\nje circonvinsae\\n[drai\\n[drais\\ncirconviens\\n[enne\\n10", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0363.jp2"}, "364": {"fulltext": "362\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nijfFlMlTlN\\nClore, 4. to\\nclose\\ndefective\\nCOLLETER, 1.\\nU collar\\nCDMBATTnE,4.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2hat\\n(TU,4.\\ni ml\\nCoMPARAITRF.,\\n4. to appear\\nCo.MPLAlRK, 4.\\nto humor\\nOOMFBCMOBS,\\nitdcr-\\nslaiut\\nOoKPBOMrr-\\npnniiU\\nUOMCL\\nto CO:;\\naux. avoir\\nirregular.\\nurn,\\nhe. 4\\naux. av ii\\nirregular.\\nOOKFtl\\nivi.ir\\n.!ar\\nPARTICIPLES.\\nIndicative.\\nje clos\\nclos tu clos\\nil clot\\ncollctant je collate\\ncollet*./, e. 49, (5)\\ncombat taut Je combats\\ncombattu. f. e. see battre\\noommettaat je oommeta\\ncommii ;tre\\ncompai mparaifl\\ncompara an pahaItbi\\ncomplai mplaia\\nLilU\\nje oomprenda\\nM)RK\\ncompha\\ncompreoant\\noomptia,/\\ncompronnt-\\ncompromia\\nconcluant\\njccom;\\nmi\\nje concilia\\ntu concilia\\nil CODOlnt\\nIn. ooDolaona\\nv. coochiea\\ni. oonclnent\\nours\\noonoom iur\\ni-.im itii-.uit je condnia\\ncon J nit\\nIMPERFECT. pAtT. DzFlMTB.\\nje coUetaia\\nsee ACHBTEB\\nje combattais\\nje commettaJa\\nje comparais-\\n[aak\\nje compuuBsia\\nje comprenaia\\njeoompromel\\n[tais\\nluais\\nluais\\nil conclualt\\nd. coneluiona\\nV. colicluicZ\\ni concluaient\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2urais\\nje conauiaaia\\ntu oondalaaJa\\nil conduiaait\\no!i!it. e.\\ntu OOUdnb\\nil oondntl\\nii conduiaona n conduisiona\\nr. condaisiei\\nIlls conduiacnt I. condulaalenl\\nje colletai\\nje combattto\\njo commis\\nje comparer\\nje complua\\nje compria\\nje compromia\\n16, f. e.\\nto know\\nIrregular.\\nconmi f. e.\\nil r, .ii lit\\ni. conflaenf\\nje com\\nhi cool\\nil Coll..\\nil. coiilisioiis\\nlaiea\\ni conflaaient\\nje cot.\\nje oonetaa\\ntu conelna\\nil conclnt\\n11. coticlumcsi\\nr. cooclatea\\nla coiiclurciit\\nje o onoourni\\nje con.luisis\\nu coinluisis\\nil condniaH\\nd. condaiatmoa\\nv. coinluisitM\\ni oondnlalrcvj\\nJe ciiiis\\nin cenfia\\nil coiilit\\nii. confimot\\nv. confll\\nKraal\\nji !.ii\u00c2\u00abi\\nj.M-onj.\\nje comraa\\n1\\n1\\nto consent Icooaenti. e.\\ntu connaiaaaia tu comma\\nil connaiaaail il coanat\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2n iin\u00c2\u00ab n\\nv. rotmuNs\\nnun-lit\\nnqoJa\\njo oonqu/raia", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0364.jp2"}, "365": {"fulltext": "AXD UNIPEUSONAL VERBS. 62\\n363\\nI Conditional.\\nje clorai\\ntu cloras\\nil clora, c.\\nje colleterai\\nje combattrai\\nje commettrai\\njo comparai-\\n[trai\\nje coniplairai\\nje compren-\\n[drai\\nje conipromet-\\n[trai\\nje conclnrai\\ntu concluras\\nil conclura\\nn. conclurons\\nv. conclurez\\nils concluront\\nje concourrai\\nje conduirai\\ntu conduiras\\nil conduira\\nn. conduirons\\nv. conduirez\\nils conduiront\\nje confirai\\ntu confiras\\nil confira\\nn. confirons\\nv. confirez\\ni. confront\\nje congelerai\\nje conjoindrai\\nje connaitrai\\ntu connaitras\\nil connaitra\\nn. connaitrons\\nv. connaitrez\\nils connaitront\\nje conquerrai\\nje consentirai\\nje clorais\\ntu clorais\\nil clorait, etc.\\nje colleterais\\nje combattrais\\nje conimet-\\n[trais\\nje coniparai-\\n[trais\\nje complairais\\nje compren-\\n[drais\\nje comproruet-\\n[trais\\nje conclurais\\ntu conclurais\\nil conclurait\\nn. conclurions\\nv. concluriez\\nl.concluraient\\nje concourrais\\nje conduirais\\ntu conduirais\\nil conduirait\\nn. conduirions\\nv. conduiriez\\ni conduiraient\\nje confirais\\ntu confirais\\nil confirait\\nn. confirions\\nv. confiriez\\nils confiraient\\nje congelerais\\nje conjoin-\\n[drais\\nje connaitrais\\ntu connaitrais\\nil connaitrait\\nn. connaitrions\\nv. connaitriez\\ni.connaitraient\\nje conquerrais\\nje consenti-\\n[rais\\ncollete\\ncombats\\ncommets\\ncomparais\\ncomplais\\ncomprenda\\ncompromets\\nconclus\\nq. conclue\\nconcluons\\nconcluez\\nq. concluent\\nconcours\\nconduis\\nq. conduise\\nconduisons\\nconduisez\\nq. conduisent\\nconfis\\nq. confise\\nconfisons\\nconfisez\\nq. confisent\\ncongele\\nconjoins\\nconnais\\nq. connaisse\\nconnaissons\\nconnaissez\\nq. connaissent\\nconquiers\\nSubjunctive.\\nje collete\\nje combatte\\nje commette\\nje compa-\\n[raisse\\nje complaise\\nje comprenne\\nje compro-\\nfmette\\nje conclue\\ntu conclues\\nil conclue\\nn. concluions\\nv. concluiez\\nils concluent\\nje concoure\\nje conduise\\ntu condnises\\nil conduise\\nn. conduisions\\nv. conduisiez\\nils conduisent\\nje confise\\ntu\\nil\\nn. confisions\\nv. confisiez\\ni. confisent\\nje congele\\nje conjoigne\\nje connaisse\\ntu connaisses\\nil connaisse\\nn. connaissions\\nv. connaissiez\\nils connaissent\\nje conquiere\\nje consente\\njecolletasse\\nje combattisso\\nje commisse I\\nje comparusse\\nje complusse\\nje comprisse\\nje compro-\\n[misse\\nje conclusse\\ntu conclusses\\nil conclut\\nn. conclussions\\nv. conclussiez\\nconclussent\\nje concourusse\\nje conduisisse\\ntu conduisissea\\n1 conduisit\\nconduisissions\\nv.conduisissiez\\nconduisissent\\nje confisse\\ntu confisses\\nil conf it\\nconfissions\\nconfissiez\\nils confissent\\nje congelasse\\nje conjoigcisse\\nje connusse\\ntu connusses\\nil connut\\nn. connussiona\\nv, connussiez\\nils connussent\\nje conquisse\\njo xmnentisge", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0365.jp2"}, "366": {"fulltext": "3G4\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInnmnv*.\\nParticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImpkrfect.\\nPast Definite.\\nCON8TRUIRE,4-\\nconstruisant\\nje construis\\nje construisais\\nje construisis\\nto construct\\nconstruit,/. e.\\nsee CONDUIRE\\nCoNTENIR, 2.\\ncontcnant\\nje contiena\\nje contenais\\nje contina\\nto contain\\ncontenu./. 8.\\nsee tenir\\nC iNTRAINDRE.\\ncontraigriant\\nje entrains\\nje contraignais\\nje contraignia\\n4. to constrain\\ncontraint. t .c.\\nm:\\n1 Kill RE. 4\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0lisarit\\nje oontredia\\nje contrediaata\\nje contrcdis\\ncontredit,/ e.\\ntu contredia\\nlike dire\\nlike dire\\naux. avoir\\nil contredit\\nn.contrediaona\\nv. contrediaea\\ni. contrediaent\\nCONTREFAIRE,\\njr contrefkla\\nje controfai-\\nje contrefia\\noontrerait,/ a.\\nsee kaire\\n[aafa\\nikventr.\\niiant\\nkreviena\\nje contreve-\\nje contrcvina\\nCoIitH Willi\\naaa tenth\\nJnais\\nooovainqnant\\n1 a mes\\nje coiivain-\\nj. oonrainqoia\\nto atn\\ni-Miiv.ii:\\n[qoaia\\nooDTenanl\\nje oonvlena\\nje convenaia\\nje convins\\noonveno, f. e.\\ntee TKviH\\nooqnetant\\nje ooqnete\\nj coquetats\\njo coquetai\\n;urt\\nooqnet6\\nBBTCH\\nOOBSOMPBB, 1\\noorrompanl\\nje C iT. .nips\\nj.- corrompala\\nje corrompia\\neorrompa e,\\nKPBI\\nooasant\\nje oonda\\nje conaaia\\nje cotisis\\nr e.\\nin condi\\ntil -..u-:iis\\nHi ..it-is\\naux nvi.ir\\nil oond\\nil couaalt\\nil cooait\\nliar.\\na. I .nisona\\nil .-(iii-;\\nii. iisimca\\nv oooaei\\nv. couaiei\\nv. oooa)\\nDa ooiuwnl\\nila couaaient\\nDa ooaalreat\\nUS, 2. fa\\ncoiirant\\nj,- 0001\\nje conroa\\nooorn\\ntu courala\\ntu cooraa\\nmix 1\\nil c.iirt\\nil conrait\\nil courut\\nirngular.\\nn. oooroaa\\nii ioiiri\u00c2\u00ab.iis\\nn. conr maa\\nv. conriea\\nv. couruti S\\nils c.nr.iit\\nQa ciiinai.iit\\nils cournrent\\nOovn\\ncouvrant\\nJe convre\\nj. oouTrafa\\nj.- OoavrJa\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0HlVi lt./. 0.\\nKill\\neralgnam\\njo croiguia\\ncralnl\\nRE\\ni.\\noroyaal\\n111 (TUS\\nanx avoir\\nil IT.. it\\nil croyall\\nil rnit\\nular.\\nn croyona\\nn croyiona\\nii. crdjoea\\niN crofc nt\\nils croyaienl\\n[la cninnt\\nje T..is\\nje crow\\nm crobH\\ntu crua\\nir^\\nil in. it\\nil r..i--.iit\\nil cnU\\n-.\u00c2\u00bbna\\nii orolaalom\\na. crdmafl\\nirregular.\\nv crob\\nils cruiaacut\\nUa croli\\nicnt", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0366.jp2"}, "367": {"fulltext": "AND UNU ERSONAL VEKBri.\\n62\\n365\\nForuRic,\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nje construirai\\nje construirais\\nconstruis\\nje construise\\nje construisis-\\n[se\\nje contiendrai\\nje contien-\\n[drais\\ncontiens\\nje contienne\\nje continsse\\nje contrain-\\nje contrain-\\nje contraigne\\nje contraignis-\\n[drai\\n[drais\\ncontrains\\n[se\\nje contredisse\\nje contredirai\\njecontredirais\\nje contredise\\nlike dire\\nlike dire\\ncontredis\\nq. contredise\\ncontredisons\\ncontredisez\\nq. contredisent\\nje contreferai\\nje contreferais\\ncontrefais\\nje contrefasse\\nje contrefisse\\nje contrevien-\\nje contrevien-\\nje contrevien-\\nje contrevinsse\\n[drai\\n[drais\\ncontreviens\\n[ne\\nje convaincrai\\nje convaincrais\\nconvaincs\\nje convainque\\nje convain-\\n[quisse\\nje conviendrai\\nje convien-\\n[drais\\nconviens\\nje convieime\\nje convinsse\\nje coqueterai\\nje coqueterais\\ncoquete\\nje coquete\\nje coquetasse\\nje corromprai\\nje con-omprais\\ncorromps\\nje corrompe\\nje corrompissa\\nje coudrai\\nje coudrais\\nje couse\\nje cousisse\\ntu coudras\\ntu coudrais\\ncouds\\ntu couses\\ntu coussisses\\nil coudra\\nil coudrait\\nq. couse\\nil couse\\nil cousit\\nn. coudrons\\nn. coudrions\\ncousons\\nn. cousions\\nn. cousissions\\nv. coudrez\\nv. coudriez\\ncousez\\nv. cousiez\\nv. cousissiez\\nils coudront\\ni. coudraient\\nq. cousent\\ni. cousent\\nils cousissent\\nje courrai\\nje courrais\\nje coure\\nje courusse\\ntu courras\\ntu courrais\\ncours\\ntu coures\\ntu courusses\\nil courra\\nil courrait\\nq. coure\\nil coure\\nil courut\\nn. courrons\\nn. courrions\\ncourons\\nn. courions\\nn. courussiona\\nv. courrez\\nv. courriez\\ncourez\\nv. couriez\\nv. courussiez\\nils courront\\nils courraient\\nq. courent\\nils courent\\nils courussent\\nje couvrirai\\nje couvrirais\\ncouvre\\nje couvre\\nje couvrisse\\nje craindrai\\nje craindrais\\ncrains\\nje craigne\\nje craignisso\\nje croirai\\nje croirais\\nIn croirais\\nje croie\\nje crusse\\ntu croiras\\ncrois\\ntu croies\\ntu crusses\\nil croira\\nil croirait\\nq. croie\\nil croie\\nil crat\\nn. croirong\\nn. croirions\\ncroyons\\nd. croyions\\nn. cruseions\\nv. croirez\\nv. croiriez\\ncroyez\\nv. croyiez\\nv. crussiez\\nils croiront\\nils croiraieut\\nq. croient\\nils croient\\nils crussent\\nje croitrai\\nje croitrais\\nje croisse\\nje crusse\\ntu croitrus\\ntu croitrais\\ncrois\\ntu croisses\\ntucrussec\\nil croitra\\nil croitrait\\nq. croisse\\nil croisse\\nil crut\\nn, croitrons\\nn. croitrions\\ncroissons\\nn. croissions\\nn. crussions\\nv. croitrez\\nv. croitriez\\ncroissez\\nv. croissiez\\nv. crussiez\\nUs croitront\\nils croitraient\\nq. croissent\\nils croissent\\nils crussent", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0367.jp2"}, "368": {"fulltext": "3CG\\nIRREGL-LAI5, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nCUEH.LIR, 2. to\\ngallver\\nCtnai, 4. to cuiaaot\\nbake, conk, tf-c. cuit./. e.\\ncueillaul\\ncueilli,/. c.\\nDfBATTRB, 1\\nto debate\\nI\\n1. to\\nMchou\\nmix. avoir\\ndefective\\ndebattaot\\ndebatto,/ e.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2lccbti, e.\\nDIcoudrk, 4. decousant\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0:-u. e.\\n.mi. 2. d6couvrant\\ndecouvert,/.*\\n4. (0 decrh\\nDions, l dedfa\\ndedil\\ndedoil\\nD\u00c2\u00a3paii int\\nI\\ndcfuilli\\n(Besckerdle)\\nnrulo d6ft\\nl i bSgelaoi\\nDftJOINDB I\\nUK. -1.\\nDtPEIM\\niflMMf\\nUN-\\nVIR, 2.\\nr to-\\nMtiirdu, 4\\nje cueille\\nui ciiL illcs\\nil cueille\\nu. CUCUlIoDS\\ncueillez\\nils cueillent\\nTIRE\\nje debate\\nsee BATTBB\\n|e ddcacbette\\nje decboia\\nHI dicboia\\nil dechoit\\nii dec!\\nb lent\\nJ decouda\\nDBI\\noavre\\nI I! Ill\\ntee icBnug\\nBsomi\\njo dedaia\\nWD! iltK\\nil d6faille\\nii. dofalUcoa\\nv. delaillei\\nils d6falllent\\nje defkia\\nm i .uih:\\nImperfect. Past. Definite\\ndejoibl\\ndemenl\\niii iii -nti. e.\\ndemettaot\\nlrllliv\\ndepebj\\nd6pelnl\\ndepla, b.\\nlesap]\\ni is,/, e\\nrant\\n.1. B.\\ndeteignanl\\ndevim. a\\nJe dejoioa\\nJe demem\\ntee bsnto\\nJe demeta\\nrmi\\nJe dapeioa\\nMoaa\\n[preoda\\nJe deaaen\\nm vanrou\\njw sneillaia\\ntu cueillais\\nil caeillait\\nn. iiK illious\\nv. cuellliei\\nils cueillaient\\njc coisaia\\nje debattata\\njedficacbetaia\\nj.- d6cboyata\\ntu decboyaia\\nil decboyait\\nii. dechoyiaua\\nv. decboyiea\\niIsd6cboyaient\\njr dec m\\nje d6couvraia\\nje decrivaia\\nje il dl\\nje il. .luisais\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2-illiiis\\nC tC.\\nj. tlcf.iKais\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ignais\\nJe ill inciitais\\nj. il. -inctt.iis\\nJe depeignaia\\nj 1 ddplt\\nJe daaappio\\n[Dab\\njo cucillis\\ntu cucillis\\nil cucillit\\nn. cueillimea\\nv. cueillites\\nils cucillireat\\nje cuisis\\nje debattia\\nje decacbetai\\nje decbaa\\ntu dechus\\nil dccluit\\nn. decbdnwa\\nv. decbatea\\nils ilcchiirciit\\nje decouala\\nje ib couvris\\nje ddcrivis\\nJe iledis\\nje lU duisLs\\nbJDbbj\\netc.\\nje defls\\nii degela\\nje dejoiguis\\nje ddmentis\\nJe demis\\nI\\nje ddplua\\nje dftaapprh\\nj\u00c2\u00ab dateignli", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0368.jp2"}, "369": {"fulltext": "*D UKIPERS01TAL VERBS.\\n367\\nje cueillerai\\ntu cueilleras\\nil cueillera\\nn. cueillerons\\nv. cueillerez\\nils cueilleront\\nje cuirai\\nje debattrai\\nje decachet-\\n[terai\\nje decherrai\\ntu deeherras\\nil decherra\\nn. decherrons\\nV. decherrez\\nils dechern\\nje decoudrai\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2out\\nje cueillerais\\ntu cueillerais\\nil cueillerait\\nn. cueillerions\\nv. cueilleriez\\ni. cueilleraient\\nje cuirais\\nje debattrais\\nje decachet-\\n[terais\\nje decherrais\\ntu decherrais\\nil decherrait\\nn. decherrions\\nv. decherriez\\ni. decherraient\\nje decoudrais\\ndecouvrirai je decouvrirais\\nje decrirai\\nje dedirai\\nje deduirai\\nsee Bescherelle,\\nDictionnaire\\nNational.\\nje deferai\\na degelera\\nje dejoindrai\\nje dementirai\\nje demettrai\\nje depeindrai\\nje deplairai\\nje desappren-\\n[drai\\nje desservirai\\nJed6teinlrai\\nOoKr..TlONAL.\\nje decrirais\\nje dedirais\\nje deduirais\\nje deferai\\nil degelerait\\nje dejoindrais\\njedementirais\\nje demettrais\\nje dependrais\\nje deplairais\\nje desappren-\\n[drais\\nje desservirais\\n*e deteindrais\\ncueille\\nq.. cueille\\ncueillons\\ncueillez\\nq. cueillent\\ncuis\\ndebats\\ndecachette\\ndechois\\nq. dechoie\\ndechoj T ons\\ndechoyez\\nq. dechoient\\ndecouds\\ndecouvre\\ncris\\ndedis\\ndeduis\\ndefais\\nq. degele\\ndejoins\\ndemens\\ndemets\\ndepeins\\ndeplais\\ndesapprends\\ndeteins\\nSubjunctive.\\nje cueille\\ntu cueilles\\nil cueille\\nn. cueillions\\nv. cueilliez\\ni. cueillent\\nje cuise\\nje debatte\\nje decachette\\nje dechoie\\ntu dechoies\\nil dechoie\\nn. dechoj ions\\nv. dechoyiez\\nils dechoient\\nje decouse\\nje decouyre\\nje decrive\\nje dedise\\nje deduise\\nJ6\\nil degele\\nje dejoigne\\nje demente\\nje demette\\nje depeigne\\nje deplaise\\nje desappren\\n[ne\\nje desserve\\nje deteigne\\nImperfect.\\nje cueillisse\\ntu cueillisses\\nil cueillit\\nn. cueillissiona\\nv. cueillissiez\\nils cueillissent\\nje cuisisse\\nje debattisso\\nje decache-\\n[tasse\\nje dechusse\\ntu dechusses\\nil dechut\\nn. dechussiona\\nv. dechussiez\\nils dechussent\\nje decousisse\\nje decouvrissa\\nje decrivisse\\nje dedisse\\nje deduisisse\\nje defisse\\nil degelat\\nje dejoignisse\\nje dementisse\\nje demisso\\nje depeignissa\\nje deplusse\\nje desapprisse\\nje desservissa\\nje deteignisse", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0369.jp2"}, "370": {"fulltext": "IRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\niNflNITIV*.\\nParticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImpbrfect.\\nPast Dkhsjti,\\nDBTENIB, 2\\nfie tenant\\nje detiens\\nje detcnais\\njc detins\\ndetain\\ndetenu,/, e.\\nSCC TENIR\\nDirniiRE, 4\\ndetrui ant\\njedfitruis\\nje detruisaia\\nje dfitruisis\\ndetruit,/ e.\\nSCC CONDHRE\\nDktekib, 2. to\\ndevenant\\nje devisBB\\nje deveimis\\njo devins\\nbccetmc\\ndeveliu./. e.\\nsee TF.MR\\nDavtTia, 2. to\\njo div,\\nje devotais\\nje dSvfltis\\ndivest\\n1 C.\\nsee vetik\\nDiRi: 1\\ndi-ant\\nje lis\\nje disais\\nje dis\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0lit. C.\\ntu (lis\\ntu disais\\ntu dis\\nmix. a?oir\\nil .lit\\nil disait\\nil dit\\nIrregular.\\nn. diCODB\\nn. disimis\\nn. dimes\\nv. elites\\nv. diaiea\\nv. dites\\nQfl disaient\\nils dirent\\nDlSCOlRIR, 2.\\ndiaconraaf\\nje discoon\\nje di.se, .urais\\nje discourua\\ndiacoara\\naia\\n:.\\\\ITRK,\\ndlspara\\nje disparata\\nje diaparaia-\\njo disparua\\n1\\ndlaparu\\n[aaia\\nDimoi i\\ndlaaolvant\\nje dlaaona\\nje diatolvaJa\\n-IKK, -1.\\ndiatrayanl\\ndiitrala\\nje distrayais\\ndistrait\\nIrtK\\nsleep\\ndormant\\nje don\\nje don\\nje dormii\\ntu dormajs\\ntu donate\\naux. avoir\\nil dort\\nil dermal)\\nil dormit\\nirregular.\\nn. dorm\\nn. dormloaa\\nn. dormlmef\\nv. dorm\\nv. dormiei\\nv. doriintes\\nm ut\\nlla dormaient\\nils dunnirent\\nil echolt\\nil ecliut\\n!iei\\nil eel,, l\\n1\\nftoloe\\n1 iis\\nj 4condui8la\\nf use\\n1 IRK\\nj i erivais\\nj eerivis\\nIII eerivis\\nnux i\\nil eerivit\\nuliir.\\nII reii\\n11. eerivimoa\\nLei\\nils i-eri\\ntut\\nrli^ant\\njelis\\nj lus\\nUK. -J. to\\nrlnettant\\ntaia\\nj einis\\nrn r.\\nemmenant\\nj emmi\\nj ellllle\\njVnimcnal\\nemmei\\nj ell),, 11, Is\\nsee mknbi\\nDBS, 1.\\netii Ullant\\n!.iia\\nj Yinnulus\\nI liluiili:\\nj nii.i.\\nj Sinus\\nlam, 1 e.\\nOil\\n1 employant\\nI emploie\\nj employe!\\nK\\nEmpreindbe, empi\\nclgoali\\n4. to imr\\nut,/. 0.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0370.jp2"}, "371": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPERSONAL VERBS.\\n62\\n369\\nConditional.\\nje detiendrai\\nje detruirai\\nje deviendrai\\nje devetirai\\nje dirai\\ntu diras\\nil dira\\nn. dirons\\nv. direz\\nils diront\\nje discourrai\\nje disparaitrai\\nje dissoudrai\\nje distrairai\\nje dormirai\\ntu dormiras\\nil dormira\\nn. dormirons\\nv. dormirez\\nils dormiront\\nil echerra\\nil eclora\\nj econduirai\\nj ecrirai\\ntu ecriras\\nil ecrira\\nn. ecrirons\\nv. 6crirez\\nils ecriront\\nj elirai\\nj emettrai\\nj emmenerai\\nj emoudrai\\nj emouvrai\\nj emploierai\\nj erutpreindrai\\nje detiendrais\\nje detruirais\\nje deviendrais\\nje devetirais\\nje dirais\\ntu dirais\\nil dirait\\nn. dirions\\nv. diriez\\nils diraient\\nje discourrais\\ndetieus\\ndetruis\\ndeviens\\nje disp^i cii.-\\n[trais disparais\\nje dissoudrais\\nje distrairais\\nje dormirais\\ntu dormirais dors\\nil dormirait\\nImperative.\\ndis\\ndise\\ndisons\\ndites\\nq. disent\\ndiscours\\ndissous\\ndistrais\\ndors\\nqu il dorme\\nu aormirarc qu u aor\\nn. dormirions dormons\\nv. dorminez dormez\\nils dormiraient q. dorment\\nil echerrait\\nil eclorait\\nj econduirais\\necrirais\\ntu ecrirais 1\\nil ecrirait\\nn. ecririons\\nv. ecririez\\nils ecriraient\\nj elirais\\nJ\\nemettrais\\nj emmenerais\\nemmene\\nj emoudrais\\nemouds\\nj emouvrais\\nj emploierais\\nj empreindrais\\neconduis\\necris\\nq. ecrive\\necrivons\\necrivez\\nq. ccrivent\\nelis\\ncraets\\nemeus\\nemploie\\nSubjunctive.\\nempreins\\n16*\\nje detienne\\nje detruise\\nje devienne\\nje devete\\nje dise\\ntu dises\\nil dise\\nn. disions\\ndisiez\\nils disent\\nje discoure\\nje disparaisse\\nje dissolve\\nje distraie\\nje dorme\\ntu dormes\\nil dorme\\nn. dormions\\nv. dormiez\\nils dorment\\nq. eclose\\nj econduise\\nj ecrive\\ntu ecrives\\nil ecrive\\nn. ecrivions\\nv. ecrivies\\nils ecrivent\\nj elise\\nj emette\\nj emmene\\nj emoule\\nj emeuve\\nj emploio\\nj empreigne\\nje detmsse\\nje detruisisse\\nje devinsse\\nje devetisse\\nje disse\\ntu disses\\nil dit\\nn. dissions\\nv. dissiez\\nils dissent\\nje discourusse\\nje disparussa\\nje dormisse\\ntu dormisses\\nil dormit\\nn. dormissiona\\ndormissiez\\nils dormissent\\nqu il echut\\nj econduisisse\\nj ecrivisse\\ntu ecrivisses\\nil ecrivit\\nn. ecrivissions\\nv. ecrivissiez\\nils ecrivissent\\nj elusse\\nj emmenasse\\nj emoulusso\\nj emusse\\nj employasse\\nj empreignisse", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0371.jp2"}, "372": {"fulltext": "370\\nIBREGCLAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nIvmitivk.\\nPARTICIPLES.\\nIndicative.\\nImpkrfkct.\\nPast. DrrimTi\\nEnci.ore, 4. to\\nj enclos\\nenclos, e.\\nUIR, 2.\\n.nit\\nj encours\\nj encourais\\nj encouras\\nur\\nencouru./. e.\\nKIR\\nEndormir, 2.\\nendormant\\njVmlorniais\\nj cndormiB\\nendormi. e.\\n:\\\\!IR\\nEmu-irk. 4. to endi\\nj endnis\\nj enduisais\\nj cnduisis\\nf. e.\\nNDUIRK\\njVnftvins\\nj enfrcignais\\nj eniYeignis\\nmire\\nj mVnfuis\\nj. m enfoyaifl\\nje m cnftiis\\nto run away enfui\\nmb ron\\n1\\nji-iijoins\\nj enjoignala\\nj enjolgnla\\nl\\nonoie\\nj.- lnVnniivais\\njo mVnnuyai\\nVKR\\n(2)\\nj. m enquien\\nj. menqoenuB\\nj.- mVnquis\\njuin:\\nenquu\\n\u00c2\u00a3l!IU\\nj. m ent\\nje m entre-\\nj. m entremis\\nPBKX-\\nentrem\\nITBB\\n[mettaia\\nentrepi\\nj entreprenaia\\nj\\\\-ntrc i\u00c2\u00bbris\\nentrepi \\\\i\\nI ttK\\nrarra,\\noant\\nUeu\\ntenala\\nj ctitrctins\\nentretena. f. e.\\nM TBNIR,\\nj cllti.\\nj ontre\\njVnttvvis\\nji iiv.ii.\\ni .nv. .y.iis\\nj enroyaJ\\nIll \u00c2\u00abII\\\\\\nIII \u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0080\u00a2IIYuVilis\\nin cnvoyaa\\nMX. avoir\\nil enrojmH\\nil eavoyi\\n;lur.\\n11. IIY\\ni.ms\\nii. I uvoyimca\\nv. enroyia\\nv. cnviiyitea\\notenl\\nils ciiv.ivairnt\\nils ciivtiyfiront\\nj.- in\\nj. ill -j.j-.-iKiis\\nje mVpris\\nhi n\u00c2\u00bb\\nMiRK\\nJ etMJlJ\\n)uis\\njrt.i^is\\nRK\\nI.KR. 1.\\nlie\\nI itinoelle\\nj etiiioclal\\nI)\\nj 6tiquetaJa\\n6tiqa\\nJ ttlqoetal\\n1 TKR\\nNDU, 4.\\niant\\n-nais\\nj atrolgnU\\nto j\\nfexdttB\\nj oxcltu\\nexcla\\nI.IKH\\nExTBAiir, 4.\\nj\\\\-xtr.iis\\nj extraj\\nc.\\n!RK", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0372.jp2"}, "373": {"fulltext": "AKD UNIPERSONAL VERBS. 62\\n371\\nj enclorai\\nj encourrai\\nj endormirai\\nj enduirai\\nj enfreindrai\\nje m enfuirai\\nj enjoindrai\\njem ennuierai\\njem enquerrai\\nje m entre-\\n[mettrai\\nj entrepren-\\n[drai\\nj entretiendrai\\nj entreverrai\\nj enverrai\\ntu enverras\\nil enverra\\nn. enverrons\\nv. enverrez\\nils enverront\\nje m epren-\\n[drai\\nConditional.\\nj enclorais\\nj encourrais\\nj endormirais\\nj enduirais\\nj enfreindrais\\nje m enfuirais\\nj enjoindrais\\nje ni ennuie-\\n[rais\\nje m enquer-\\n[rais\\nje m entre-\\n[mettrais\\nj entrepren-\\n[drais\\nj entretien-\\n[drais\\nj entreverrais\\nj enverrais\\ntu enverrais\\nil enverrait\\nn. enverrions\\nv. enverriez\\nils enverraient\\nje m epren-\\n[drais\\nfessaierai\\nj eteindrai\\nj etincellerai\\nj etiqueterai\\nj etreindrai\\nj exclurai\\nj extrairai\\nencours\\nendors\\nenduis\\nenfreins\\nenfuis-toi\\nenjoins\\nennuie-toi\\nenquiers-toi\\nentremets-toi\\nentreprends\\nentretiens\\nentrevois\\nenvoie\\nq. envoie\\nenvoyons\\nenvoyez\\nq. envoient\\neprends-toi\\nj eteindrais\\nj etincellerais\\nj etiqueterais\\nj etreindrais\\nj exclurais\\nj extrairais\\nSubjunctive. Imperfect\\neteins\\netincelle\\netiquete\\netreins\\nexclus\\nextrais\\nj encoure\\nj endorme\\nj enduise\\nj enfreigne\\nje m enfuie\\nj enjoigne\\nje m ennuie\\nje ru enquiere\\nje m entre-\\n[mette\\nj entreprenne\\nj entretiemie\\nj entrcvoie\\nj envoie\\ntu envoies\\nil envoie\\nn. envoyions\\nj encourusse\\nj endormisse\\nj enduisisse\\nj enfreignissc\\nje m enfuisse\\nj enjoiguisse\\nje m ennuyas-\\n[se\\nje m enquisse\\nje m entre-\\n[misse\\nj entreprisse\\nj entretinsse\\nj entrevisse\\nj envoyasse\\ntu envoyasses\\nil envoyat\\nnenvoyassions\\nv. envoyiez v. envoyassiez\\nils envoient ils envoyasstnt\\nje m eprenne\\nj essaie\\nj eteigne\\nj etincelle\\nj etiquete\\nj etreigne\\nj exclue\\nj extraie\\nje m epnsse\\nj essayasse\\nj eteignisse\\nj etincelasse\\nj etiquetasse\\nj etreignisse\\nj exclusse", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0373.jp2"}, "374": {"fulltext": "IRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nbUlMllIB. PARTICIPLES.\\nIndicative.\\nI.MI-Kr.FECT.\\nPast Delimit*\\nFaii.lik, 2. to faillissant\\nje faillis\\nje faillissais\\njo faillis\\nfall failli\\n/totr regular\\nSM F1NIB, 1) 50\\n[B \u00e2\u0096\u00a0rclk)\\n(Old form\\nfaillant\\nje faux\\nje faillais\\njo faillis\\nstill\\nfailli\\ntu faux\\niu faillais\\ntu faillis\\nirregular.\\nlie)\\nil hut\\nil faillait\\ni! faillit\\nn. billons\\nn. faillioOfl\\nn. faillimes\\nv. failles\\nv. failliez\\nv. faillites\\nijfaillent\\nF fa is\\nils faillaient\\nils faillircnt\\nF.ttiiF., 4. to do, faisant\\njo lis\\nto make\\nfait\\ntu fa is\\ntu lis\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0HZ. av.\u00c2\u00bbir\\nil fait\\nil faisait\\nil lit\\nirregular.\\nn. times\\nv. Busies\\nv. Cites\\nils font\\nila I .ii-.ii.-nt\\nils Brent\\nFai.i. Mil\\nil f.iut\\nil fallait\\nil fallut\\nI ll lu\\nFcnrDu, 1\\nj fins\\nje f. ignis\\nfeint\\n1 1,1. to lii.lant\\nN RR\\nficelle\\nj.- flcelais\\nje lieelais\\nf. c.\\nI.ER\\n(4)\\nFkirk, 1\\nfrit./.e.\\ntu fris\\nlil trlivi 1\\nil frit\\nfl IK S\\nfuvant\\nJe foil\\nje fuis\\nfui\\ntu fuis\\nin fayais\\ntu fuis\\nil fuit\\nil fuit\\nn. fuvions\\nn. (olmet\\nv. fnyics\\nils talent\\naient\\niis t nireut\\n1\\nil gelo\\nil gela\\nf. c.\\ntire\\nil gH\\nGrass yant\\njo gra-\\nYKK\\nOftaLKI\\nCi i lant\\nil grdlo\\nil gr6 la\\nhail. unip.\\nCr\u00c2\u00abL- illant\\n;!alt\\n11 gresilla\\nunip.\\nje liais\\nj.- nab\\nm ball\\nlu liais\\nmix. avoir\\nil I. ait\\n.i ball\\nJar\\ntalent\\nnt\\n1.\\nJO liarci-kis\\ntlaia\\nf. c.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0374.jp2"}, "375": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPERSONAL VERBS.\\n62\\n373\\nFUTURE.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nje faillirai\\nje faillirais\\nfaillis\\nje faillisse\\nje faillisse\\nje faudrai\\nje faudrais\\nje faille\\nje faillisse\\ntu fandras\\ntu faudrais\\netc.\\netc.\\nil faudra\\nil faudrait\\nn, faudrons\\nn. faudrions\\nv. faudrez\\nv. faudriez\\nils faudront\\nils faudraient\\nje ferai\\nje ferais\\nje fasse\\nje fisse\\ntu feras\\ntu ferais\\nfais\\ntu fasses\\ntu fisses\\nil fera\\nil ferait\\nq. fasse\\nil fasse\\nilfit\\nn. ferons\\nn. ferions\\nfaisons\\nn. fassions\\nn. fissions\\nv. ferez\\nv. feriez\\nfaites\\nv. fassiez\\nv. fissiez\\nils feront\\nils feraient\\nq. fassent\\nils fassent\\nils fissent\\nil faudra\\nil faudrait\\nq. faille\\nq. faille\\nq. fallut\\nje feindrai\\nje feindrai\\nfeins\\nje feigne\\nje feignisse\\nje ficellerai\\nje flcellerais\\nje ficelle\\nje ficelasse\\nficelle\\nje frirai\\nje frirais\\ntu friras\\ntu frirais\\nfris\\nil irira, c.\\nil frirait, c.\\nje fuirai\\nje fuirais\\nje fuie\\nje fuisse\\ntu fuiras\\ntu fuirais\\nfuis\\ntu fuies\\ntu fuisses\\nil fuira\\nil fuirait\\nq. fuie\\nil fuie\\nil fuit\\nn. fuirons\\nn. fuirions\\nfuyons\\nn. fuyions\\nn. fuissions\\nv. fnirez\\nv. fuiriez\\nfuyez\\nv. fuyiez\\nv. fuissiez\\nils fuiront\\nils fuiraient\\nq. fuient\\nils fuient\\nils fuissent\\nil gelera\\nil gelerait\\nqu il gele\\nqu il gele\\nq. gelat\\nJe grasseierai\\nje grasseierais\\ngrasseie\\nje grasseie\\nje grasseyasse\\nil grelera\\nil grelerait\\nq. grele\\nqu il grele\\nqu il grelat\\nJl gresillera\\nil gresillerait\\nq. gresille\\nq. gresille\\nq. gresillat\\nje hairai\\nje hairais\\nje haisse\\nje haisse\\ntu hairas\\ntu hairais\\nhais\\ntu haisses\\ntu haisses\\nil haira\\nil hairait\\nq. haisse\\nil haisse\\nilhait\\nn. hairons\\nn. hairions\\nhaissons\\nis. haissions\\nn. haissions\\nv. hairez\\nv. hairiez\\nhaissez\\nv. haissiez\\nv. haissiez\\nils hairont\\nils hairaient\\nq. haissent\\nils haissent\\nils haissent.\\nje harcelerai\\nje harcelerais\\nharcele\\nje harcele\\nje harcfilasse", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0375.jp2"}, "376": {"fulltext": "8U\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\niKmmtvE.\\nPARTICIPLES.\\nISDU-ATIVK.\\nImperfect.\\nPast. DcriMlT*\\nImporter, 1.\\nimportant\\nil Imports\\nil importa it\\nil importa\\nto w,\\nimporte\\nit matters\\nunipcrsonal.\\nI.vnLiiu:, 4. to\\n[ndoiuot\\nj induis\\nj induisais\\nj induisis\\ninduce\\ninduit. f. e.\\nCIBE\\nInscrire, 4. /o insorivant\\njlnscris\\nj inscrivais\\nj inscrivia\\nkuc\\ninsmt,/. e.\\nsee bVrire\\nI.V.STRI IRE. 4.\\ninstrnis aiit\\nj instruis\\nj instruisais\\nj instruisis\\ninstnr\\nmnnu\\nIntf.roire, 4.\\ninterdi\\nj int.Tilis\\nj intordisais\\nj interdis\\nintt-nli\\nKED1BE\\nInterim iM pre. iiit Tri inp.uit\\njlnterrompa\\nj intcrroinpais\\nj interrompia\\nrrmpt [nterrompu f.e\\nMPBI\\n2 intenrenanl\\nj intervieofl\\nj intorvonais\\nj intervins\\niiiti-rvi-mi ._/ r.\\nsee tknir\\nL iddirc, 4. latrodnteant\\nj intrcxluis\\nj introduisais\\nj introduiaia\\nIntrodolt, i.\\nKDOIBI\\nJf.teh. 1. to\\nj -taiit\\njeletab\\nje tai\\ntn jettea\\nm |l tais\\ntajetM\\nmix. avuir\\nil t 1 1\\nilj.-tait\\nDjeta\\niar.\\n1 i\\nn. ji tutis\\nii. jetiona\\nii. jHamos\\nv. jetee\\nv. ji tirz\\nv. jct.ites\\nils jettent\\nils jetaient\\nils fetareoi\\n4. to\\njeJobM\\njejoigDala\\njo joignia\\ny. Lou\\njoint, /.e.\\nj.- Ua\\nJe llaala\\nj.- Ins\\ntn lis\\ntn lisais\\ntU Ins\\nmix. ITOfr\\nil lit\\nil lisait\\nil hit\\ninvgular.\\nmats lisons\\n11. lisinlis\\nn. 1 Times\\nv. liaiea\\nv. latea\\nils lisrllt\\nils li-ainit\\nils luront\\nLiik\\njr luis\\nj.. luisais\\nIn]\\nDORl\\nje inaintiiiis\\nj. liiiiiiti tiais\\nJ e maintins\\nsrr TEMIB\\nICaIiFaiu, 1. mi\\nif* the\\ni\\ntiiainlis\\nje man 1\\nj.- mandia\\nIlKlllilit,/. c.\\ntn maii lis\\ntil mar,\\nlike mas\\nmix. av..ir\\nil man. lit\\nil mai.\\nalar.\\nn maud\\nv. mai:-\\niU in i\\nii. maii li-siuns\\nv. mai: i\\nl.mand\\nMlfAITRE,\\nj in.\\nnnais-\\njo m6connai\\nMinn\\nm6disant\\nje lni .i\\nJe mddia\\niin* lit\\nKF.DIBE\\niin -fais-int\\nJe in.\\njc mSfaisaia\\nJ\u00c2\u00ab mi- lis\\nnu lait\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2M FA IKK\\nnunaiit\\nJe imiio\\nJe monaia\\njo menai\\nc.\\nIf or\\nj.- Ill IIS\\nj nuntais\\njo mentis\\nmoiiti\\niir", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0376.jp2"}, "377": {"fulltext": "AKD UNIPERSONAL VERBS.\\n375\\nFuture.\\nCONDITIO JfiL.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nil importera\\nil importerait\\nq. importe\\nq. importe\\nq. importat\\nj induirai\\nj induirais\\ninduis\\nj induise\\nj induisisse\\nj inscrirai\\nj inscrirais\\ninscris\\nj inscrive\\nj inscrivisse\\nj instruirai\\nj instruirais\\ninstruis\\nj instruise\\nj instruisisse\\nj interdirai\\nj interdii ais\\ninterdis\\nj interdise\\nj inter disse\\nj interromprai\\nj interrom-\\nj interrompe\\nj interromp-\\n[prais\\ninterromps\\nfisse\\nj interviendrai\\nj intervien-\\n[drais\\ninterviens\\nj intervienne\\nj intervinsse\\nj introduirai\\nj introduirais\\nintroduis\\nj introduise\\nj introduisisse\\nje jetterai\\nje jetterais\\nje jette\\nje jetasse\\ntu jctteras\\ntu jetterais\\njette\\ntu jettes\\ntu jetasses\\nil jettera\\nil jetterait\\nq. jette\\nil jette\\nil jet*t\\nn. jetterons\\nn. jetterions\\njetons\\nn. jetions\\nn. jetassions\\nv. jetterez\\nv. jetteriez\\njetez\\nv. jetiez\\nv. jetassiez\\nils jetteront\\nils jetteraient\\nq. jettent\\nils jettent\\nils jetassent\\nje joindrai\\ny\\\\ joindrais\\njoins\\nje joigne\\nje joignisse\\nje lirai\\nje lirais\\nje lise\\nje lusse\\ntu liras\\ntu lirais\\nlis\\ntu lises\\ntu lusses\\nil lira\\nil lirait\\nq. lise\\nil lise\\nil lut\\nn. lirons\\nn. lirions\\nlisons\\nn. lisions\\nn. lussions\\nv. lirez\\nv. liriez\\nlisez\\nv. lisiez\\nv. lussiez\\nils liront\\nils liraient\\nq. lisent\\nils lisent\\nils lussent\\nje luirai\\nje luirais\\nje luise\\nje niaintien-\\nje maintien-\\nje maintienne\\nje maintinsso\\n[drai\\n[drais\\nmaintiens\\ntenses\\ngiven\\nhere\\nje maudirai\\nje rnaudirai3\\nje maudisse\\nje maudisse\\nlike dire\\nLike dire\\nmaudis\\nq. maudisse\\nmaudissons\\nmaudissez\\nq. maudissent\\ntu maudisses\\nil maudisse\\nn. maudissions\\nv. maudissiez\\nils maudissent\\nlike dire\\nje meconnai-\\nje meconnai-\\njemeconnaisse\\nje meconnussa\\n[trai\\n[trais\\nmeconnais\\nje medhai\\nje medirais\\nmedis\\nje medise\\nje medisses\\nje meferai\\nje msferais\\nmefais\\nje mefasse\\nje mefisse\\nje menerai\\nje menerais\\nraene\\nje mene\\nje menasse\\nje mentirai\\n}3 mentirais\\nmens\\nje mento\\nje mentisss", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0377.jp2"}, "378": {"fulltext": "370\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nInhmtivb.\\nPi.RTIClPI.KS.\\nInpicativk.\\nImperfect.\\nPast Definite\\nMiP(IKNDRR,4\\nse mepreaant\\nj.m. mejpre ads j. me niepre-\\nje me inSpris\\n(se)\\ni e\u00c2\u00a3\\nLB, 4. to\\nmepru\\nSCC PBKKD B\\n[nais\\nje meffl\\nje mettats\\nje mis\\nput\\nmis,/, e.\\ntil IlK tS\\ntu mettais\\ntu mis\\nmix. avoir\\nil met\\nil niottait\\nil mit\\nirn\\nn. mettnns\\nn. mottinns\\nn. mimes\\nv. unttioz\\nv. mitos\\nils nirtii iit\\nils mettaient\\nils niiivnt\\nM 1. moolairi\\nje mouds\\nje moolah\\nje moulus\\nniuulu./. c.\\nin moods\\ntu monlaia\\ntu mooing\\navoir\\nil mood\\nil ui Hilait\\nil rnoolat\\n.lar.\\nn. iiiMiiions\\nn. mouliooa\\nu. tnuulumes\\nv. mouloz\\nv. moollei\\nv. monlatee\\nils lllulll. Ht\\nils rooulaient\\nils moolarent\\ntu mean\\nj mooraif\\nje mourns\\na,\\ntu monrali\\nin iiiourus\\nil iiiciirt\\nil mooraH\\nil moarat\\nIrregular.\\nii. moarooa\\nii moorloafl\\nii. moiirumes\\nv. moil\\nv. moorlei\\nv. mom i.\\nils meurent\\nuralent\\nils mourarenl\\nn,3.\\nmmivant\\nj. iiu us\\nje moovaia\\nje urns\\ninn./, a\\ntu meoa\\ntu moOVBU\\nin inns\\nivuir\\nil iniMit\\nil iimuvait\\nil unit\\n.lar.\\nii. mon\\nii. mooviom\\nn. iin iincs\\nv. mon\\nv. moil\\nv. mates\\nils in- a\\nils iiiiMiv.ti.-rit\\nilamaroat\\nIB, (so)\\n;..mt\\nj.- DM I\\nj me moovaia\\nje me mai\\nj. uai-\\nj aaqaii\\nlu uais-.n s\\nin oaqaia\\nil halt\\nil nals ait\\nil naqait\\nMM\\nIon\\nii. naqotmef\\nv. naimioa\\nV n:ti] nitts\\nils Dauaenf\\nils u.ii\\nils naqolrenl\\nJe in\\nnnip.\\nj.- tiiv.-Ui*\\nliui-ant\\nLCI\\nNcibb, 4. to\\nJ6 mils\\nj uui.-is\\nimi\\nj obtten\\nj obteoaJa\\nj obtui\\nibtenn\\nW TSMTB\\n1\\nj oflrah\\njCtlii.s\\nm vitiu\\n4. to\\ntenant\\nj olgnan\\nj igTii\u00c2\u00a7\\n.illt\\nIfOU\\nnn. ttant\\ni -in. ta\\nj uincttais\\njond*\\nDmia, o.\\nmi\\ni miis\\n1 .-Ult\\nhear. 1 T.\\njui,/. e.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0378.jp2"}, "379": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPERSONAL VERBS.\\n62\\n37V\\nFwTURB.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSuBJUNCTIfB.\\nImperfect.\\nje me mepren-\\nje me mepren-\\nj.memepren-\\nje me mepris-\\n[drai\\n[drais\\nmeprends-toi\\n[ne\\n[se\\nje mettrai\\nje mettrais\\nje mette\\nje misse\\ntu mettras\\ntu mettrais\\nmets\\ntu mettes\\ntu misses\\nil mettra\\nil mettrait\\nq. mette\\nil mette\\nil mit\\nmettrons\\nn. mettrions\\nmettons\\nn. mettiong\\nn. missions\\nmettrez\\nv. mettriez\\nmettez\\nv. mettiez\\nv. missiez\\nils mettront\\nils mettraient\\nq. mettent\\nils mettent\\nils missent\\nje moudrai\\nje moudrais\\nje moule\\nje moulusse\\ntu moudras\\ntu moudrais\\nmouds\\ntu moules\\ntu moulussea\\nil moudra\\nil moudrait\\nqu il moule\\nil moule\\nil moulut\\nn. moudrons\\nn. moudrions\\nmoulons\\nn. moulions\\nn. moulussions\\nv. moudrez\\nv. moudriez\\nmoulez\\nv. mouliez\\nv. moulussiez\\nils moudront\\nils moudraient\\nq. moulent\\nils moulent\\nils moulussent\\nje mourrai\\nje mourrais\\nje meure\\nje mourusse\\ntu mourras\\ntu mourrais\\nmeurs\\ntu meures\\ntu mourusses\\nil mourra\\nil mourrait\\nq. uieure\\nil meure\\nil mourut\\nn. mourrons\\nn. mourrions\\nmourons\\nn. mourions\\nn. mourussions\\nv. mourrez\\nv. mourriez\\nmourez\\nv. mouriez\\nv. mourussiez\\nils mourront\\nils mourraient\\nq. meurent\\nils meurent\\nils mourussent\\nje mouvrai\\nje mouvrais\\nje meuve\\nje musse\\ntu mouvras\\ntu mouvrais\\nmeus\\ntu meuves\\ntu musses\\nil mouvra\\nil mouvrait\\nq. meuve\\nil meuve\\nil mut\\nn. mouvrons\\nn. mouvrions\\nmouvons\\nn. mouvions\\nn. mussions\\nv. mouvrez\\nv. mouvriez\\nmouvez\\nv. mouviez\\nv. mussiez\\nils mouvront\\nils mouvraient\\nq. meuvent\\nils meuvent\\nils mussent\\nje me mouvrai\\nje me mouv-\\n[rais\\nmeus-toi\\nje me meuve\\nje me musse\\nje naitrai\\nje naitrais\\nje naisse\\nje naquisse\\ntu naitras\\ntu naitrais\\nnais\\ntu naisses\\ntu naquisses\\nil naitra\\nil naitrait\\nq. naisse\\nil naisse\\nil naquit\\nn. naitrons\\nn. naitrions\\nnaissons\\nn. naissions\\nn. naquissions\\nv. naitrez\\nv. naitriez\\nnaissez\\nv. naissiez\\nv. naquissiez\\nils naitront\\nils naitraient\\nq. naissent\\nils naissent\\nils naquissent\\nje negligerai\\nje negligerais\\nneglige\\nje neglige\\nje negligeasse\\nil neigera\\nil neigerait\\nq. neige\\nqu il neige\\nq. neigeat\\nje nivellerai\\nje nivellerais\\nnivelle\\nje nivelle\\nje nivelasse\\nje nuirai\\nje nuirais\\nje nuise\\nje nuisisse\\nj obtiendrai\\nj obtiendrais\\nnuis\\nobtiens\\nj obtienne\\nj obtinsse\\nj offrirai\\nj offrirais\\noffre\\nj offre\\nj offrisse\\nj oindrai\\nj oindrais\\noins\\nj oigne\\nj oignisse\\nj omcttrai\\nj omettrais\\nj omette\\nj omisse\\nomets\\nj ouisse\\nil ouit", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0379.jp2"}, "380": {"fulltext": "378\\nIRUEGULAR, DEFECTIVE, rECTLIAR\\nIxriMirivi.\\nPaRTICIPLBS.\\nlNUli ATIVE.\\nI.MPEJllKl T.\\nPast. Deficits,\\nV Ocvhir, 2. to\\nouvrant\\nj oavre\\nj cuvrais\\nj ouvris\\ncpen\\ninvert,/, e.\\ntU OUVTCS\\ntD mi via is\\ntu ouvris\\naux. avoir\\nil ouvre\\nilouvrait\\nil ouvrit\\nirregular\\nn. onvrons.\\nn. ouvrions\\nn. ouvrimes\\nV. OUVTCZ\\nv. ouvriez\\nv. ouvrites\\nils ouvrviit\\nils ouvraicnt\\nils ouvrirent\\nPaithk, 4. xo\\n1\\nj. pah\\npa\\nto pais\\ntu pai.ssais\\navoir\\nil pait\\nil pateaatt\\n:ive\\nn. paissona\\nils paiM nt\\nn. pai^sioiis\\nv. patesi\\nils paiasatest\\nP MRE, \\\\.tO\\nparlvJajnt\\nje jwirfais\\nj 1 i\\nje parfls\\nrle\\npar fait\\nan pairs\\n.ml\\nJe paialnaaai\\nJe pares\\nmr\\npara\\nutrk.\\nKIR, 2.\\npuoooml\\nJe parooon\\nj.- parcourah\\nJe parcoure*\\npar.. Mini 9\\nrata\\n1\\npart. mt\\nj. partais\\nJe partis\\nparti./, o.\\nria\\n1 l nib. 2.\\nparvenant\\nje pan\\nj p*n\\nJe parvins\\nparvenu\\naM TKMIl\\nJe pate\\n|e pavais\\nJe payai\\npSlgnanf\\nrn\\n(2.;\\n1\\nrnais\\n^nla\\npeinl\\nRK\\n1, 1. to\\nJe pi-lais\\n(8.)\\nrriu:. 1\\nJe pern\\nJe p\u00c2\u00abTiii ttnis\\nmis\\nmil\\npencil\\nrrai\\nRr.. -1.\\nje plains\\nJe plaignaia\\nji- plaignis\\nmwi\\nnm, (se)\\nJe DM plains\\nJe me piai-\\nje me plaignlt\\nplaint\\n[gnais\\nr.-ii i\\nV ri.AU:\\nje plateati\\nJe pins\\nplu\\nin plal\\ntu ]\u00c2\u00ablus\\nnux. avoir\\nil plait\\nil pl.ii-ait\\nil pint\\nirregular.\\nn. plal\\nii. plaisions\\nn. jplumes\\nv. plaiatei\\nV. pll lti S\\n[la pi.ii-.iit\\nUa plal\\nils pliirciit\\nil plut\\nrom, B.\\npl.uvant\\nil pltut\\nil pk-uvait\\nuni|).\\nplu\\nil point\\ndef\\nV\\npi tir uivant\\nJe pom\\nJe pom\\nJe poursulvie\\nTtm\\npomeoj\\nHI TIVRK\\nrom, 3.\\npoanroj\\nJe pourvuti\\nj.- poor\\nJe i furvua\\np.iiirvu\\n111 pom\\nin poorrovali\\ntu poiinroe\\nMIX. av..ir\\nil pOQTTOtt\\nil pmirviivait\\nil pourvnt\\nirregular.\\nn. DOW\\nn ponrvoyton\\nn pourvAmea\\nv. poorvoyea\\nv ponrvoytei\\nv poon I\\nils powvotesl\\ni puiirvovaiviit\\nils pourrureni", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0380.jp2"}, "381": {"fulltext": "AND USTIPERSONAL VERBS. 02\\n379\\nFuture.\\nj ouvnrai\\ntu ouvriras\\nil ouvrira\\nn. ouvrirons\\nV. ouvrirez\\nils ouvriront\\nje paitrai\\ntu paitras\\nil paitra\\nn. paitrons\\nv. paitrez\\nils paitront\\nje parferai\\nje paraitrai\\nje parcourrai\\nje partirai\\njc parviendrai\\nje paierai\\nje peindrai\\nje pelerai\\nje permettrai\\nje plaindrai\\nje me plain-\\n[drai\\nje plairai\\ntu plairas\\nii plaira\\nn. plairons\\nv. plairez\\nils plairont\\nil pleuvra\\nConditional.\\nj ouvrirais\\ntu ouvrirais\\nil ouvrirait\\nn. ouvririons\\nouvririez\\nils ouvriraient\\nje paitrais\\ntu paitrais\\nil paitrait\\nn. paitrions\\nv. paitriez\\nils paitraient\\nje parferais\\nje paraitrais\\nje parcourrais\\nje partirais\\nje parviendrais\\nje paierais\\nje peindrai\\nje pelerai\\nje permettrais\\nje plaindrais\\nje me plain-\\n[drais\\nje plairais\\ntu plairais\\nil plairait\\nn. plairions\\nv. plairiez\\nils plairaient\\nil pleuvrait\\nouvre\\nq. ouvre\\nouvrons\\nouvrez\\nq. ouvrent\\npais\\nil poindra il poindrait\\njepoursuivrai\\nje pourvoirai\\ntu pourvoiras\\nii pourvoira\\nC. pourvoirons!\\nv. pourvoirez I\\nDspourvoirontj\\nq. paissent\\nparfais\\nparais\\nparcours\\npars\\nparviens\\npaie\\npeins\\npele\\npermets\\nplains\\nplains-toi\\nplais\\nq. plaise\\nplaisons\\nplaisez\\nq. plaisent\\nq. pleuve\\njepoursuivrais\\nje pourvoirais\\ntu pourvoirais\\nil pourvoirait\\nn.pourvoirions\\nv. pourvoiriez\\ni.pourvoiraient\\nj ouvre\\ntu ouvres\\nil ouvre\\nn. ouvrions\\nouvriez\\nils ouvrent\\nje paisse\\ntu paisses\\nil paisse\\nn. paissions\\npaissiez\\nils-\\nSubjunctive. Imperfect.\\nobsolete\\nje paraisse\\nje parcoure\\nje parte\\nje parvienne\\nje paie\\nje peigne\\nje pele\\nje permette\\nje plaigne\\nje me plaigne\\nje plaise\\ntu plaises\\nil plaise\\nn. plaisions\\nv. plaisiez\\nils plaisent\\nq. pleuve\\npoursuis\\npourvois\\nq. pourvoie\\npourvoyons\\npourvoyez\\nq. pourvoient\\nj ouvnsse\\ntu ouvrisses\\nil ouvrit\\nn. ouvrissiona\\nv. ouvrissiez\\nils ouvrissent\\nje parfisse\\nje parusso\\nje parcourusse\\nje partisse\\nje parvinsso\\nje payasse\\nje peignisse\\nje pelasse\\nje permisse\\nje plaignisse\\nje me plai-\\n[gnisse\\nje plusse\\ntu plusses\\nil pk\\\\t\\nn. plussions\\nv. plussiez\\nils plussent\\nq. plut\\nje poursuive\\nje pourvoie\\ntu pourvoie\\nil pourvoie\\nn. pourvoyions\\nv. pourvoyiez\\nils pourvoient\\nje poursuivis-\\n[se\\nje pourvusse\\ntu pourvusses\\nil pourvut\\nn.pourvussioni)\\nv. pourvussiez\\nils pourvussent", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0381.jp2"}, "382": {"fulltext": "380\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAR\\nIkPINITIVE.\\nParticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImperfect.\\nPast Definite,\\nj P0CRT0IR,(se)\\n8. to provide.\\nse pourvoyant\\nje me pour-\\nje me pour-\\nje n-e pourvua\\npourvu, e.\\n[vois\\n[voyais\\nPouvoir, 3. to\\nbe able\\npouvant*\\nje puis\\nje pouvaia\\nje pus\\npu\\ntu peux\\ntu pouvais\\ntu pus\\naux. avoir\\nil peut\\nil pouvait\\nil put\\nirregular.\\nn. pouvons\\nn. pouvions\\nn. piimea\\nv. pouvez\\nv. pouviez\\nv. putes\\nils peuvent\\nils pouvaient\\nils purent\\nPniniRE, 4. to\\npredisant\\nje predis\\nje prfdisais\\nje prfidis\\npriMlit. o.\\nREDIRE\\nPbbnsu, -1. t\\nprenant\\nJe prenda\\nje prenaJa\\nje pris\\npris, e.\\ntu prenda\\ntu prenais\\ntu pris\\nnux. avuir\\nil prend\\nil prenait\\nil prit\\nirregular.\\nn. prenons\\nii. preniooi\\no. primes\\nv. prenea\\nv. preoiea\\nv. pritea\\nils prensent\\nils prenaient\\nils priront\\nbibb, 4.\\nant\\nje presi\\nJe pnscrivais\\nJe picsenvis\\nribe\\nj rOM in f\\nS r icKIBI\\nV\\npirwHiiiilnnl\\nje pronoona\\nje preeaentaia\\nJe pnaaeotia\\niti./. o.\\npnvalant\\nN TIR\\nYv.Lx ILOIB,\\njo prevaox\\njo pre valais\\nje pn valus\\nPutv\\npivvalu\\nIK\\nnant\\njfl pr.\\nje prevenaJa\\nje prcvitis\\nPniv.HH, 3. Ut\\nptVV.-tlU. f. 0.\\nsee TEN 111\\nv.. is\\nje prevoyaJa\\nje previa\\nlike voir\\n1\\nfua vuik\\n\\\\Ua roil\\ni-r.xlu\\nLob\\nJe pnxluiaais\\nj.- produisis\\nprodoil\\nMRE\\nPa\\nj 1 I r\\nj.- proJetela\\nJe projetai\\nU\u00c2\u00bb JETER\\nPaoiiarraa, 4.\\nproTJDJ\\nj. prometa\\nJe proiinttaia\\njo promia\\nnise\\npromll\\nFM\\nP\\npromo\\nj. promeoj\\nJe promonvaBi\\njo promus\\nir mm\\n1 MR\\n1\\nJe prooorli\\nm teems\\njo proscrivais\\njo proscrivis\\nproven\\nJe proT\\nje prov\\nJe provins\\nprovenu,/ e.\\nonly used\\nft nil ire\\nta the\\nromposition cj\\nTHE, 4.\\nJe rabats\\nittais\\njo rabattis\\nttk\\nrabattu\\nVC BATTRE\\nR ICHB1 1\\nrachetaot\\nJe cool\\nj.- raclii tais\\njo rachetai\\nt;i -]i.-(.\\ni rn\\n(Ft.)\\nLKR, 1.\\nj. rappelle\\nje rappelaJa\\njo rappelal\\nrappcl\\nLBS\\nRaitrknkrk 1 rapprenant\\nJe rapprenda\\nj rapprcnals\\npris\\nrappris,/ o.\\nRattki\\\\i.kk.4. ratteignant\\nJe rattrins\\nj r.itt.ignais\\nJ\u00c2\u00ab rattoignla\\nratteint, f. e.\\nRkh\u00c2\u00bbttrk. 4 rebal\\nje n 1 ats\\nJe rebel\\nJa r.battl\u00c2\u00bb\\nrebattu, f. e.\\nHE\\n1. indauant\\nJe n rondola\\njo rccondnl-\\njo lecondolala\\n4. adult,/ e.\\nN IQIBI\\n[aaia", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0382.jp2"}, "383": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPEBSONAL VERBS. 6\\n2 381\\nFUTURE.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nje me pour-\\nj\u00c2\u00ab me pour-\\nje me pour-\\nje me pour-\\n[vusso\\n[voirai\\n[voirais\\npourvois-toi\\n[voie\\nje pourrai\\nje pourrais\\nje puisse\\nje pusse\\ntu pourras\\ntu pourrais\\niu puisses\\n;u pusses\\nil pourra\\nil p\\\\ mrrait\\nil puisse\\nilput\\nn. pourrons\\nn. pourrions\\nn. puissions\\na. pussions\\nv. pourrez\\nv. pourriez\\nv. puissiez\\nv. pussiez\\nils jKmrront\\nils pourraient\\nils puissent\\nils pussent\\nje predirai\\nje predirais\\npredis\\nje predise\\nje predisse\\nje prendrai\\nje prendrais\\nje prenne\\nje prisses\\ntu prendras\\ntu prendrais\\npregids\\ntu prennes\\ntu prissea\\nil prendra\\nil prendrait\\nq. prenne\\nil prenne\\nil prit\\nn. prendrons\\nn. prendrions\\nprenons\\nn. prenions\\nn. prissions\\nv. prendrez\\nv. prendriez\\nprenez\\nv. preniez\\nv. prissiez\\nils prendront\\nils prendraient\\nq. prennent\\nils prennent\\nils prissent\\nje prescrirai\\nje prescrirais\\nprescris\\nje prescrive\\nje prescrivissa\\nje pressentirai\\nje pressenti-\\n[rais\\nje prevaudrais\\nje pressente\\nje pressentisso\\nje prevaudrai\\nprevaux\\nje prevale\\nje prevalusse\\nje previendrai\\nje previen-\\nje previenne\\nje previnsse\\n[drais\\npreviens\\nje prevoirai\\nje prevoirais\\nje prevoie\\nje previsse\\nlike pouryoie\\nlike pourvoir\\nprevoi3\\nlike voir\\nlike voir\\nje produirai\\nje produirais\\nproduis\\nje produise\\nje produisisse\\nje projetterai\\nje projetterai\\nprojette\\nje projette\\nje projetasse\\nje promettrai\\nje promettrais\\npromets\\nje promette\\nje promisse\\nje promouvrai\\nje promou-\\nje promeuve\\nje promusse 1\\n[vrais\\npromeus\\nje proscrirai\\nje proscrirais\\nproscria\\nje proscrive\\nje proscrivisse\\nje proviendrai\\nje provien-\\nje provienne\\nje provinsse\\n[drais\\nproviens\\nother verbs\\nje rabattrai\\nje rabattrais\\nrabats\\nje rabatte\\nje rabattisse\\nje racbeterai\\nje racbeterais\\nracbete\\nje racbete\\nje racbetasse\\nje rappellerai\\nje rappellerais\\nrappelle\\nje rappelle\\nje rappelassa\\nje rapprendrai\\nje rappren-\\n[drais\\nje ratteindrais\\nrapprends\\nje rapprenne\\nje rapprisse\\nje ratteindrai\\nratteins\\nje ratteigne\\nje ratteignisse\\nje rebattrai\\nje rebattrais\\nje rebatte\\nje rebattisse]\\nrebats\\nJe reconduira\\nje recondui-\\nje reconduise\\nje recondui-\\nj [rais\\nreconduis\\n[sisse", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0383.jp2"}, "384": {"fulltext": "IRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECLLIA\\nrlKlTIVE.\\nPARTICIPLES.\\nReconn .utre. recoonaisBaol\\n4. to rcci gnizt nooaaxi,/. e.\\nBEcoNav^Kin. reconqaArant\\nto conquer\\nB --STRCIKE\\n4. to rccon-\\nB re, 4.\\nto sci-\\nB\\nto A/?\\nI.MPERFKCT.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2una is\\nnrilitts\\nreoaaaqnien\\nSCC ACQl iuiIt\\nreconquis./ e.\\nrcconstrnisant jo reoo ost f u ia\\nreoooetnut ax GQNDUUU\\nje recoads\\naaant\\nrocoosu,/ e.\\nreoomraat je reoonn\\nrecouru irir\\nB ruB,2 reoooTrul jerecoufre\\nT invert f. c. ot VRia\\nB .:.iu. 1 recnefllani je recaeflle\\nKII.I.IB\\nJe r.-.lis\\nRehire. 4. fa rediaant\\ni redit, f. e.\\nRiDciKK, 4. fa rtduiaant\\nrtdn\\nBbfairb,\\nc.iit t. e.\\nB\\nRcLIBC, I\\nB\\nreloi\\nRemetti:\\nliTRK\\nrendormi,/ e. i Doaana\\nRknti;\\nrenvoyatit\\nSM MIRE\\nj-- rtduia\\ntee PAtki\\nj. rojoins\\nMl c VtNtMtE\\nJe r.-Hs\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0M LIRE\\nj n-ltiis\\nm i.t ire\\nJe remeti\\nM METTRE\\nJe remooda\\ni\\nBcpaItbs, 4\\nB\\nr.j.ii\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2i f. c\\nte repentant\\nwdbb, 4. reprenant\\nto reproduce |reprodolt, e. tee coarotnai\\nK e\\nreoTole\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2TBI\\n1 CUE\\nN rm\\nj ri-jM-ins\\nSI RE\\nJe me repeat\\ni i nma\\nj. rep\\nM HE\\nJe repi\\njo reeonnais-\\n[sais\\nje reeonque-\\n[rais\\nje reooDstra]\\n[Bah\\nJe rocousais\\nje recourais\\nuvrais\\nje reomillais\\nJe redlsali\\nJe r6dul\\nJe refaisais\\nj\u00c2\u00ab r\u00c2\u00ab -jnijnaia\\nJe reUi\\njerehd\\nj. nnicttais\\nJe nuioulais\\nje renal\\nlormab\\n|e reata\\n|e r.ii\\\\\\nssais\\nrtaia\\n|e nv\\n[tali\\nje ro[ i\\nJe ri jrixlui-\\nPiST. DKflNlT*\\nje reconnua\\nje reconquis\\ne -jcconstrai\\n[sia\\nje rccousis\\nje recounts\\nje recouvria\\nje roouoillis\\nJe redis\\nje r6duisis\\nJe rt lis\\nJe nji ignis\\nJe rulus\\ntvlui.MS\\nj.- roinis\\nJe rcmoulus\\nJe rtn.-upiis\\nje rcndorniia\\nJe ronvuyaia\\nj- n-pns\\nut ta\\nj rt j\\nJe mo repaotki\\njo repi is\\nJe trpiodnlab", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0384.jp2"}, "385": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPERSONAL VER:\\n62\\nFuture.\\nConditional. Imperative\\nSubjunctive. Imperfect,\\nje recormai-\\n[trai\\nje reconquer-\\n[rai\\nje rcconstrui-\\n[rai\\njo recoudrai\\nje recourrai\\nje recouvrirai\\nje recueillerai\\nje redirai\\nje reduirai\\nje referai\\nje rejoindrai\\nje relirai\\nje reluirai\\nje remettrai\\nje remoudrai\\nje renaitrai\\njerendormirai\\nje rentrairai\\nje renverrai\\nje repaitrai\\nje repartirai\\nje lepeindrai\\nje me repenti-\\n[rai\\nje reprendrai\\nje reproduirai\\nje reconnai-\\n[trais\\nje reconquer-\\n[rais\\nje reconstrui-\\n[rais\\nje recoudrais\\nje recourrais\\ne recouvrirais\\ne recueille-\\n[rais\\nredirais\\nreduirais\\ne referais\\ne rejoindrais\\nje relirais\\ne reluirais\\ne remettrais\\ne remoudrais\\ne renaitrais\\ne rerldormi-\\n[rais\\ne rentrairais\\ne renverrais\\ne repaitrais\\ne repartirais\\ne repeindrais\\ne me repenti-\\n[rais\\ne reprendrais\\ne reprodui-\\n[rais\\nreconnais\\nreconquiers\\nrecouds\\nrecours\\nrecouvre\\nrecueille\\nredis\\neduis\\nrefais\\nrejoins\\nrelis\\nreluis\\nremets\\nremouds\\nrendors\\nrentrais\\nrenvoie\\nrepais\\nrepars\\nrepeins\\nrepens-toi\\nreprends\\nreproduis\\nje reconnaisse\\nje reconquiere\\nje reconstru-\\n[ise\\nje recouse\\nje recoure\\nje recouvre\\nje recueille\\nje redise\\nje reduise\\nje refasse\\nje rejoigne\\nje relise\\nje reluise\\nje remette\\nje remoule\\nje renaisse\\nje rendorme\\nje rentraie\\nje renvoie\\nje repaisse\\nje reparte\\nje repeigne\\nje me repente\\nje reprenne\\njtreproj u lse\\nje reconnusse\\nje reconquisse\\nje veconstrui-\\n[siaso\\nje recousisso\\nje recourusse\\nje recouvrisse\\nje recueillisse\\nje redisse\\nje reduisisse\\nje refisse\\nje rejoignisse\\nje relusse\\nje reluisisse\\nje remisse\\nje remoulusse\\nje renaquisse\\nje rendormisse\\nje renvoyasse\\nje repusse\\nc.\\nje repartisse\\nje iepeignissa\\nje me repen-\\n[tisse\\nje reprisse\\nje reproduis-\\n[isse", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0385.jp2"}, "386": {"fulltext": "384\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECCLIA\\nINFINITIVE.\\nPARTICIPLES.\\nIni.hativk.\\niMPERrECT.\\nPast Dinmn\\nRnai:lRiR, 2.\\nrequerant\\nje requiers\\nje requerais\\nje requis\\nto require\\nrequia,/ c.\\n6n\\\\R\\nBd\\nrteolvant\\nje iv-olvais\\nje resolus\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0let\\nIUDBE\\nB ENTIE, 2.\\ntant\\n-ens\\n-\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ntais\\nje resscntis\\nreeaenti,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2TIR.\\nitTIR, 2.\\nssora\\nje rcssortais\\nje ressortia\\nsee sortir\\nB\\nreaaos-\\nje me reaeou-\\nJe me reaawB\\n[neat\\n[vk-us\\n[venais\\n[vins\\nMf TVHU\\nJe reatrema\\nJe rcstn-i-\\nje rcstreignia\\nreetreii\\nM RK\\nf-nais\\nJe retieoa\\nji- reteoaJa\\nje retina\\nretenn\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2H T F.N in\\nIRK, 4.\\njo rctrais\\nje retmyaJa\\nto r\\nretrail 1\\nsee TRAIRF.\\nje rei\\n..lis\\nje re vins\\nreturn\\nn-wini./. c.\\nMl VKVIK\\nIR. 2. to\\nJe r-v. -ts\\njerevAtah\\nJe rerAtta\\nrevttn\\ntea vfcnR\\n1\\nrertront\\nJe n-vis\\nJe re viva is\\nJe ruvecua\\nrevecn\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2yais\\nJe r vis\\nJe ris\\n|e ria s\\nJe ris\\nri\\nin ris\\ntn ris\\nnux avi.ir\\nilrit\\nil riait\\nil rit\\nbm o ular.\\nn. riooa\\nn. riicnis\\nn. riraea\\nv. riei\\nV. riirz\\nn. ritrs\\nDa rfent\\nils ri.iii-iit\\nils rin-nt\\nuK, 4. to\\nJe rompi\\nje rompaJa\\nj rompfa\\nroofm\\nin rompa\\nIn r ni| .iis\\nin roinpis\\nnux. avoir\\nil rompf\\nil rompa.11\\nil rompft\\nar.\\nn. roes]\\nn. rompioaia\\nn. ronq\\nv. rompfei\\nv. nun;\\niN rom]\\nIU r. \u00e2\u0096\u00a0iiii .iifTit\\nils piiupirent\\n(IK, 2.\\nmuvrnnt\\nJe ronvTe\\nJe n.uvrais\\nJe nmvria\\nrnuvi-rl. c.\\n1 RIB\\nBaii.uu. 2 to\\nsnillant\\nil Mflk\\nil saillait\\nBaTISFAIRF., 4.\\nwilli\\nuis\\nJe aatfafli\\nBiTOiB, to\\nen rami\\njeaua\\niv..ir\\nil viit\\nil Silt\\nular.\\nii. s:\u00c2\u00bb\\\\ i \u00c2\u00bbHH\\nDa S. lVrllt\\nils aavaii-nt\\nMinnt\\nIllR, 2. to\\nsccnurant\\nJo aocour-t\\njo accouraia\\njo aecourua\\nweooni\\naw coram\\nBinuar. 4. It\\naJdnlaani\\nJe mMiiU\\njc s6dulsaia\\njeridutoia\\nteJucc\\na*duit,/. e.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0386.jp2"}, "387": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPERSONAL VERBS. \u00c2\u00a762\\n385\\nFuture.\\nConditional.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nje requerrai\\nje requerrais\\nrequiers\\nje requiere\\nje requisse\\nje resoudrai\\nje resoudrais\\nje resolve\\nje resolusse\\nresous\\nc.\\nje ressentirai\\nje ressentirais\\nressens\\nje ressente\\nje ressentisse\\nje ressortirai\\nje ressortirais\\nressors\\nje ressorte\\nje ressortissa\\nje me ressou-\\nje me ressou-\\nje me ressou-\\nje me ressou-\\n[viendrai\\n[viendrais\\nressouviens-toi\\n[vienne\\n[vinsse\\nje restreindrai\\nje restrein-\\nje restreigne\\nje restrei-\\n[drais\\nrestreins\\n[gnisse\\nje retiendrai\\nje retiendrais\\nretiens\\nje retienne\\nje retinsse\\nje retrairai\\nje retrairais\\nretrais\\nje retraie\\nje reviendrai\\nje reviendrais\\nreviens\\nje revienne\\nje revinsse\\nJe revdtirai\\nje revetirais\\nrevets\\nje revete\\nje revetisse\\nje revivrai\\nje revivrais\\nrevis\\nje revive\\nje revecusBO\\nje reverrai\\nje reverrais\\nrevoia\\nje revoie\\nje revisse\\nje rirai\\nje rirais\\nje rie\\nje risse\\ntu riras\\ntu rirais\\nris\\ntu ries\\ntu risses\\nil rira\\nil rirait\\nq. rie\\nil rie\\nilrit\\nn. rirons\\nn. ririons\\nrions\\nn. riions\\nn. rissions\\nv. rirez\\ny ririez\\nriez\\nv. riiez\\nv. rissiez\\nlis riront\\nils riraient\\nq. rient\\nils rient\\nils rissent\\nje romprai\\nje romprais\\nje rompe\\nje rompisse\\ntu rompras\\ntu romprais\\nromps\\ntu rompes\\ntu rompisses\\nil rompra\\nil romprait\\nq. rompe\\nil rompe\\nil rompifc\\nn. romprons\\nn. romprions\\nrompons\\nn. rompions\\nn. rompissions\\nv. romprez\\nv. rompriez\\nrompez\\nv. rompiez\\nv. rompissiez\\nils rompront\\nils rompraient\\nq. rompent\\nils rompent\\nils rompissent\\nje rouvrirai\\nje rouvrirais\\nrouvre\\nje rouvre\\nje rouvrisse\\nil saillera\\nil saillerait\\nq. saille\\nq. saillit\\nje satisferai\\nje satisferais\\nsatisfais\\nje satisfasse\\nje satisfisse\\nje saurai\\nje saurais\\nje sache\\nje susse\\ntu sauras\\ntu saurais\\nsache\\ntu saches\\ntu susses\\nil saura\\nil saurait\\nq. sache\\nil sache\\nilsut\\nn. sar.ron3\\nn. saurions\\nsachons\\nn. sachions\\nn. sussions\\nv. saurez\\nv. sauriez\\nsachez\\nv. sachiez\\nv. sussiez\\nils sauront\\nils sauraient\\nq. sachent\\nilssachent\\nils sussent\\nje secourrai\\nje secourrais\\nsecours\\nje secoure\\nje secourusBe\\nje seduirai\\nje seduirais\\ns^duis\\nje seduise\\njosfiduisiase\\n17", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0387.jp2"}, "388": {"fulltext": "386\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAB\\nIkfiottivi.\\nParticiples.\\nINDICATIVE.\\nImperfect.\\nPast. DinicrrB.\\nSemer, 1. to\\nsemant\\nje seme\\njo semais\\nje semai\\n5*w. pec.\\nseme,/, e.\\nSentir, 2. to\\nsentant\\nje sens\\nje scntais\\nje sentis\\nfxl\\nsenti,/. c.\\ntu sens\\ntu sentais\\ntu sentis\\naux. avoir\\nil sent\\nil sentait\\nil sentit\\nirregular.\\nn. sentons\\nn. sentions\\nn. sentimes\\nv. Bootes\\nv. sentiez\\nv. sentites\\nils sentent\\nils sentaient\\nils sentirent\\nBtfOIR, 3. to fit.\\nsavant\\nil seyait\\nbecame\\nServir, 2. t-\\nservant\\nje sers\\nje servais\\nje scrvis\\nserve\\na\\nto servais\\ntu servis\\nirregular.\\nil serf\\nil servait\\nil servit\\nn. servons\\nn. servions\\nn. seivimcs\\nV. serve/.\\nv. servie/.\\nv. servites\\nils servellt\\nils servaient\\nils servirent\\nSORTII,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ortant\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00baje s.ts\\nje Sortais\\nje sortis\\nsurti f o.\\nsee BENTIB\\nBoirrRiR,2. to Boottfaot\\nBooflrfl\\njo souflYais\\nje souflris\\nsufrr soofffert, f. o.\\n1 II IR\\nru, 1. Boametuuri\\ntoeta\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0\u00e2\u0096\u00a0.lettais\\nje soumis\\nsii/nnir Si iim.\\n:i\u00c2\u00bbK\\nje s.-uris\\nje Booriaii\\nje solllLs\\nM\u00c2\u00aburi\\ntee HiitE\\nBoUtCB\\nvant\\nje tOQI\\njo souscrivais\\nje sous.\\nfo 5u/ s riA\u00c2\u00ab\\nBOOSCrit\\nm BCRIB1\\nSOUSTRAIRE, J BOOSt]\\nje soiiMrais\\nju soustrayais\\nboJj\\nLIU\\ntot\\nJe soot!\\nje Booteoui\\nje soutins\\nSM TK.MR\\nJ6DM livielis\\nj.- DM BOOT\u00c2\u00a9-\\nje in Mttftvj\\nBM TKNIR\\nfunis\\n..h, 2. BODI\\nje Bobrlem\\nje slllivenais\\nje subvin^\\nf rvtt in\\nTKSIR\\nBirriRE, 1. I\\nj. sullisais\\nje suiiis\\nji/^\\ntil BOfflfl\\nMl sullis\\nnux avoir\\nil Sllh*it\\nil raffll\\nMilar.\\nii. BOffiaiOM\\nn. sntl im. s\\nv. BOfflsCI\\nv. BOffisieS\\nv. sill! i\\nils sntliretit\\nBOITBJ\\nsuivant\\nje suivis\\nfollitc\\nralvi o.\\ntil snis\\nin BoivsJa\\ntu suivis\\nnux. avoir\\nil rail\\nil Miivnit\\nil BOivit\\nular.\\nn. soli 1\\nn. siiiviine.M\\nv. suive/.\\nv. suivie/\\nV. Sllivites\\nils BoiTenl\\nils suivaieiit\\nils Hiilvirent\\nSCRPAlRF., 4. o\\nsurfaisant\\nj. SUlT.lis\\njo surf..\\nje surfls\\nsuiTait./. c.\\nBM f AIRK\\nBlrpre.hdrk,\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0orpreoaot\\nj BOT]\\njo surprenaia\\nje BurprU\\n4. to surprise\\nf. C.\\nM HE", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0388.jp2"}, "389": {"fulltext": "AND UNIPERSONAL V\\n62\\n387\\nFuture.\\nConditional. Imperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nje semerai\\nje semerais\\nseme\\nje seme\\nje semasss\\nje sentirai\\nje sentirais\\nje sente\\nje sentisse\\nfcu sentiras\\n;u sentirais\\nsens\\n;u sentes\\ntu sentisses\\nil sentira\\nil sentirait\\nq. sente\\nil sente\\nil sentit\\nn. sentirons\\na. sentirions\\nsentons\\nn. sentions\\nn. sentissiona\\nv. sentirez\\nv sentiriez\\nsentez\\nv. sentiez-\\nv. sentissiez\\nils sentiront\\nIs sentiraient\\nq. sentent\\nils sentent\\nils sentissent\\nil siera\\nil sierait\\nq. siee\\nje servirai\\nje servirais\\nje serve\\nje servisse\\ntu serviras\\ntu servirais\\nsers\\ntu serves\\ntu servisses\\nil servira\\nil servirait\\nq. serve\\nil serve\\nil servit\\nn. servirons\\nn. servirions\\nservons\\nn. servions\\nn. servissions\\nv. servirez\\nv. serviriez\\nservez\\nv. serviez\\nv. servissiez\\nils serviront\\nils serviraient\\nq. servent\\nils servent\\nils servissent\\nje sortirai\\nje sortirais\\nje sorte\\nje sortisse\\nje souffrirai\\nje souffrirais\\nsors\\nsouffre\\nje souffre\\nje souffrisse\\nje soumettrai\\nje soumettrais\\nsoumets\\nje soumette\\nje soumisse\\nje sourirai\\nje sourirais\\nsouris\\nje sourie\\nje sourisse\\nje souscrirai\\nje souscrirais\\nsouscris\\nje souscrive\\nje souscrivisse\\nje soustrairai\\nje soustrairais\\nsoustrais\\nje soustraie\\njo soutiendrai\\njesoutiendrais\\nsoutiens\\nje soutienne\\nje soutinsse\\nje me souvien-\\nje me souvien-\\nje me souvien-\\nje me sou-\\n[drai\\n[drais\\nsouviens-toi\\n[ne\\n[vinsse\\nje subviendrai\\nje subvien-\\n[drais\\nsubviens\\nje subvienne\\nje subvinsse\\nje suffirai\\nje suffirais\\nje suffise\\nje suffisse\\ntu suffiras\\ntu suffirais\\nsuffis\\ntu suffises\\ntu suffisses\\nil suffira\\nil suffirait\\nq. suffise\\nil suffise\\nil suffit\\nn. suffirons\\nn. suffirions\\nsuffisons\\nn. suffisions\\nn. suffissions\\nv. suffirez\\nv. suffiriez\\nsuffisez\\nv. suffisiez\\nv. suffissiez\\nils suffiront\\nils suffiraient\\nq. suffisent\\nils suffisent\\nils suffissent\\nje suivrai\\nje suivrais\\nje suive\\nje suivisse\\ntu suivras\\ntu suivrais\\nsuis\\ntu suive s\\ntu suivisses\\nil suivra\\nil suivrait\\nq. suive\\nil suive\\nil suivit\\nn. suivrons\\nn. suivrions\\nsuivons\\nn. suivions\\nn. suivissions\\nv. suivrez\\nv. suivriez\\nsuivez\\nv. suiviez\\nv. suivissiez\\nils suivront\\nils suivraient\\nq. suivent\\nils suivent\\nils suivissent\\nje surferai\\nje surferais\\nsurfais\\nje surfasse\\nje surfisse\\njo 3urprendrai\\nje surpren-\\n[drais\\nsurprends\\nje surprenne\\nje surprisse", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0389.jp2"}, "390": {"fulltext": "388\\nIRREGULAR, DEFECTIVE, PECULIAK\\nIhfikitivr.\\nParticiples.\\nIndicative.\\nImperfect.\\nPast Definite-\\nSchseoir, 3.\\nsursoyant\\nje sursois\\nje sursoyais\\nje sursia\\nto supersede\\nsursis,/. e.\\ntu sursois\\ntu sursoyais\\ntu sursia\\naux. avoir\\nil sursoit\\nil sursoyait\\nil sursit\\nirregular.\\nn. sursoyons\\nn. sursoyions\\nu. sursimea\\nv. soraoyei\\nv. Bonoyiea\\nv. sursites\\nils sursoi.nt\\nils sursoyaieiit\\nils sursirent\\nScrvemr, 2.\\nsurvcnant\\nje sur\\\\\\nje survenais\\nje survins\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0:\u00c2\u00bb:n, etc.\\nsurvi nu. a\\ntee tknir\\nStRVIVRK, 4.\\nsurvival it\\nJe Borvia\\nje survivais\\nje survecua\\nto survive\\nsun ecu\\nsec vivrk\\nT.virit:\\n-.ait\\nje me tais\\nje mo taisais\\nje me tua\\nto be siUnt\\n.IRE\\nTannma, 4. to\\nteignant\\njc teiguais\\njo teignia\\nJ je\\nt.-int\\n.ORE\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a21. to\\ntenant\\nje ti. ns\\nje tonais\\nje tin8\\nin tenaJa\\ntu tins\\naux. avoir\\nil tient\\nil teiiait\\nil tint\\ninvgular.\\n11. tlMl. IIS\\nn. ti-nions\\nn. tinmea\\nv. tenea\\nv. temea\\nV. Illlt.S\\nils t n iiiK nt\\nils tciiairnt\\nils tinivnt\\n1.\\ntonn.mt\\nil tolltH\\nil toimait\\nil tonna\\nunip\\ntolltir\\nTRAD!\\nt radii i-\\nj.- traduis\\nje traduisaia\\njc traduiaia\\nto translate\\ntraduit./. c.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2tire\\nThaih.\\nje trail\\nmilk\\ntrait\\ntu tr.iis\\nin travais\\naux. avoir\\nil trait\\nil tray ait\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ivo\\nna\\nils traleot\\nn. tra;\\nv krajfea\\nils travaiont\\nTeamcbibi I\\n[rant\\nje traaaorii\\nje trail\\njo transcrivla\\n1 ssrioe\\ntee i iimu:\\nM.TTRK\\n-ttant\\nje tnumeti\\nj.- transmittals\\nje transmia\\ninsmit\\ntr.niMi,\\nIRE\\nl.LIK,\\nin:\\nje truce [Tin\\n|e tres-aillais\\njo tressaillia\\ntr.ssailli\\nU I.I.I R\\nVain. i.\\nraJnqoant\\nje v.iiins\\nje vainquais\\nje vainquis\\nva n\\nvaincu,/. e.\\ntu vaiiirs\\ntu vainquais\\ntu vain |uis\\naux. avoir\\nil faine\\nil vainquait\\nil vainquit\\nirngular.\\nn. Taiaqaooi\\nii vainquions\\nn. vuiiii|uiinci\\nv. vai!i.|in/.\\nv. vainquiez\\nv. vainquites\\nils vaiiK|UL-nt\\nils vainquaiont\\nilsvainquiren\\nVai.oir. to\\nvalant\\nJe vaux\\nje valus\\nbe icorth\\nvalu\\ntu vaux\\ntu valais\\ntu valus\\naux. avoir\\nil vaut\\nil val.iit\\nil ratal\\nim-gular.\\nn. valions\\nn valumcs\\nv. valioz\\nils valcnt\\nils valairnt\\nils valuront\\nTen-ir, 2.\\nvenanl\\nj| vims\\njo venals\\njo rlna\\ncome\\nrenu,/. e.\\nsee TENi a", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0390.jp2"}, "391": {"fulltext": "and usip:\\n0NA1 VE\\n62\\n389\\nFuture.\\nConditional.\\nImpbrativk.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nje surseoirai\\nje surseoirais\\nje sursoie\\nje sursisse\\ntu surseoiras\\ntu surseoirais\\nsursois\\n;u sursoies\\n;u sursisses\\nil surseoira\\nil surseoirait\\nq. sursoie\\nd sursoie\\nil sursit\\nn. surseoirons\\nn. surseoirions\\nsursoyons\\na. sursoyions\\nn. sursissions\\nv. surseoirez\\nv. surseoiriez\\nsursoyez\\nv. sursoyiez\\nv. sursissiez\\nils surseoiront\\ni.surseoiraient\\nq. sursoient\\nds sursoient\\nils sursissent\\nje surviendrai\\nje surviendrais\\nsurviens\\nje survienne\\nje survinsse\\nje survivrai\\nje survivrais\\nsurvis\\nje survive\\nje survecusse\\nje me tairai\\nje me tairais\\ntais-toi\\nje me taise\\nje me tusse\\nje teindrai\\nje teindrais\\nteins\\nje teigne\\nje teignisse\\nje tiendrai\\nje tiendrais\\nje tienne\\nje tinsse\\ntu tiendras\\ntu tiendrais\\ntiens\\ntu tiennes\\ntu tinsses\\nil tiendra\\nil tiendrait\\nq. tienne\\nil tienne\\nil tint\\nn. tiendrons\\nn. tiendrions\\ntenons\\nn. tenions\\nn. tinssions\\nv. tiendrez\\nv. tiendriez\\ntenez\\nv. teniez\\nv. tinssiez\\nils tiendront\\nils tiendraient\\nq. tiennent\\nils tiennent\\nils tinssent\\nil tonnera\\nil tonnerait\\nq. tonne\\nq. tonne\\nq. tonnat\\nje traduirai\\nje traduirais\\ntraduis\\nje traduise\\nje traduisisse\\nje trairai\\nje trairais\\nje traie\\ntu trairas\\ntu trairais\\ntrais\\ntu traies\\nil traira\\nil trairait\\nq. traie\\nil traie\\nn. trairons\\nn. trairions\\ntrayons\\nn. trayions\\nv. trairez\\nv. trairiez\\ntrayez\\nv. trayiez\\nils trairont\\nils trairaient\\nq. traient\\nils traient\\nje transcrirai\\nje transcrirais\\ntranscris\\nje transcrive\\nje transcri-\\n[visse\\nje transmet-\\nje transmet-\\nje transmette\\nje transmisse\\n[trai\\n[trais\\ntransmets\\nje tressaillirai\\nje tressaillirais\\ntressaille\\nje tressaille\\nje tressaillisso\\nje vaincrai\\nje vaincrais\\nje vainque\\nje vainquisse\\ntu varacras\\ntu vaincrais\\nvaincs\\ntu vainqucs\\ntu vainqnisses\\nil vaincra\\nil vaincrait\\nq. vainque\\nil vainque\\nil vainquit\\nn. vaincrons\\nn. vaincrions\\nvainquons\\nn. vainquions\\nvainquissions\\nv. vaincrez\\nv. vaincriez\\nvainquez\\nv. vainquiez\\nv. vainquissiez\\nils vaincront\\nils vaincraient\\nq. vainquent\\nils vainquent\\ni. vainquissent\\nje vaudrai\\nje vaudrais\\nje vaille\\nje valusse\\ntu vaudras\\ntu vaudrais\\nvaux\\ntu vailles\\ntu valusses\\nil vaudra\\nil vaudrait\\nq. vaille\\nil vaille\\nil valut\\nn. vaudrons\\nn. vaudrions\\nvalons\\nn. valions\\nn. valussions\\nv. vaudrez\\nv. vaudriez\\nvalez\\nv. valiez\\nv. valussiez\\nlis vaudront\\nils vaudraient\\nq. vaillent\\nils vaillent\\nils valussent\\nje viendrai\\nje viendrais\\nviens\\nje vienne\\nje vinsse", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0391.jp2"}, "392": {"fulltext": "390\\nIBREGCLAR, DEFECTIVE, PSCULIAI\\nI.SHNITIVK.\\nPartk u-lks.\\nIsPlfATIV*.\\nlMPSRr l T.\\nPast. Dzrunri\\nrVfeTIR, 2. tO\\nvetant\\nje vets\\nje vetais\\nje vetis\\nv clothe\\nvctu./. e.\\ntu vets\\nin vetais\\ntu vfitis\\naux. avoir\\nil vet\\nil retail\\nil vetit\\nirregular.\\nn. vttoas\\nQ. vet ions\\nn. vetimes\\nv. vetiez\\nv. vStites\\nils vet. lit\\ni!s v. taient\\nils vfitirent\\nVrriR\\nsc v6tant\\njo me rets\\nje me vetais\\nje me vetis\\none s\\nveto,/ e.\\nc.\\nvivant\\nj. vivais\\nje v6cus\\nvecu\\niu vis\\nin vivais\\ntu v6eus\\naux.\\nil vit\\nil viva it\\nil veeut\\nIrregular.\\ni). vivnns\\nii. ririona\\nii. veciimes\\nv. riries\\nv. vecutes\\nils vivent\\nils vivuient\\nils veenrent\\nVon. B. to\\nvnyant\\nsee\\nin Vnis\\nin vovais\\ntn vis\\nMX. avoir\\nil roil\\nil vuvait\\nil vit\\nirregular.\\nm Mines\\nv. vites\\nils roleut\\n:i llt\\nils virent\\nvnnlant\\njerenx\\nje roulaia\\nje VnlllllS\\nvoulu\\ntil VcllX\\nhi roulais\\ntU VnlllllS\\nmix. avoir\\nil Vellt\\nil vi.nlait\\nil v.uilut\\nIrregular.\\nn. vi. ul, .us\\na. rouUooa\\nn. votiliimes\\nv. rouliei\\nV. Vullll l\\nnt\\nils v..ul:iiriit i\\nill voulurent", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0392.jp2"}, "393": {"fulltext": "iKD UNIPERSONAL VERBS.\\n39J\\nFuture.\\nCONDITIONAL.\\nImperative.\\nSubjunctive.\\nImperfect.\\nje vetirai\\nje vetirais\\nje vete\\nje vetis3e\\ntu vetiras\\ntu vetirais\\nvets\\ntu vetes\\ntu vetisses\\nil vetira\\nil vetirait\\nq. vete\\nil vete\\nil vetit\\nn. vetirons\\nn. vetirions\\nvetons\\nn. vctions\\nn. vetissions\\nv. vetirez\\nv. vetiriez\\nvetez\\nv. vetiez\\nv. vetissiez\\nils vetiront\\nils vetiraient\\nq. vetent\\nils vetent\\nils vetissent\\nje me vetiiai\\nje me vetirais\\nje me vete\\nje me vetisso\\nc.\\nc.\\nvets-toi\\nc.\\nc.\\nje vivrai\\nje vivrais\\nje vive\\nje vecusse\\ntu vivras\\ntu vivrais\\nvis\\ntu vives\\ntu vecusses\\nil vivra\\nil vivrai t\\nq. vive\\nil vive\\nil vecut\\nn. vivrons\\nn. vivrions\\nvivons\\nn. vivions\\nn. vecussions\\nv. vivrez\\nv. vivriez\\nvivez\\nv. viviez\\nv. vecussiez\\nils vivront\\nils vivraient\\nq. vivent\\nils vivent\\nils vecussent\\nje verrai\\nje verrais\\nje voie\\nje visse\\ntu verras\\ntu verrais\\nvois\\ntu voies\\nhi visses\\nil verra\\nil verrait\\nq. voie\\nil voie\\nil vit\\nn. verrons\\nn. verrions\\nvoyons\\nn. voyions\\nn. vissions\\nv. verrez\\nv. verriez\\nvoyez\\nv. voyiez\\nv. vissiez\\nils verront\\nils verraient\\nq. voieiit\\nils voient\\nils vissent\\nje voudrai*\\nje voudrais\\nje veuille\\nje voulusse\\ntu voodras\\ntu voudrais\\ntu veuilles\\ntu voulusses\\nil voudra\\nil voudrait\\nil veuille\\nil voulut\\nn. voudrons\\nn. voudrions\\nn. voulions\\nn. voulussiona\\nv. voudrez\\nv. voudriez\\nveuillez\\nv. vouliez\\nv. voulussiez\\nik roudront\\nils voudraient\\nils veuillent\\nils voulussent", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0393.jp2"}, "394": {"fulltext": "392 the participle. \u00c2\u00a763,64,65,66.\\n63. The Participle.\\n(1.) The participle is so called, because it participates of the na-\\nture both of the verb and of the adjective. It partakes of the nature\\nof the verb, in having its signification and regimen, and of the na-\\nture of the adjective in relating, like the latter, to nouns and pro\\nnouns.\\n(2.; There arc two sorts of participles the present and the past\\nv$ 64. The Participle Present.\\n(I.) The participle present, which denotes continuance of action\\nanswers to the English participle in ing.\\n(2.) This participle is invariable J always terminating in ant; as,\\nchantant, tinging; finimmnt, Jlnithing rccevant, receiving; vendant,\\nselling.\\none dai a lady walking;\\ndee hommee marchtmt, \u00e2\u0096\u00a0iking.\\nJ ai vn lea vests grtmimi aor ccs\\nDttiaaone auperoes,\\nIMraciinT lea Use, Be dlsputer lea\\ngcrbes. I -.i.ii.ix.\\nI have teen the irinds roaring over\\nthose superb harvests, not up the\\ngrain, an l contend for the sheaves.\\nVbbbal Anjaonvsa bhmmg in ant.\\n(1.) Tlie verbal adjective in ant expresses merely tlio condition,\\nthe mannei of being, the quality of the noun. It never denotes ac-\\ntion.\\nj This adjei ttva varies in gender and nnmber. We give helow\\nezamplefl of the same v/orda, need as participlea and aa adjectives:\\nParticiples.\\nft imi) li grant tout le\\nmondeesf generalement aimee.\\nA too H dy u\\ngeneral!*) loved.\\nboa mint dans Afri.|Ue.\\niinris aimant la solitude.\\nUne f.-uiTii abate\\nrlo i. mt monde.\\nAn obliging woman is loved by\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2wry\\ntribua trranUs dq 1 tfrique.\\n11 ny a qne lea natures\\nqui aotent proprea a I ttode de la\\nnature. BBBNABDIM\\nmate naturct IdispOSUionS)\\nonly, arc fi for\\naim. nt genfiralament I itude.\\nV res (d it positions) lor\\ntiide, arc in general fond of\\n06.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Tin: PaRTIOIPLI PlW.\\n(1.) The participle past denotea the completion of the action,\\n(a.) It ii raeeeptible of variationa for gender and number.\\n(3.) The participle past, used without an auxiliary, agr e es in gen-\\nder and number with the noun which it qualifies, whether the noun", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0394.jp2"}, "395": {"fulltext": "THE ADVERB. 67, 68. 393\\nprecedes or follows. In short, all that we have said of the agree-\\nment of the adjective with the noun, may be applied to this par-\\nticiple.\\ndes enfarrts cherts, beloved children\\ndes femmes estvme.es, esteemed women\\nLike a golden lamp suspended in\\nthe azure vault, the moon balances\\nherself in the confines of the horizon;\\nMr weakened rays sleep on Uie turf.\\nComme une lampe d or dans l azur\\nsuspendue,\\nLa lune se balance aux bords de\\n1 horizon\\nSes rayons affaiblis dorment sur le\\ngazon. Lamaetine.\\n(4.) For further rules on the participle past, see Syntax, 134, and\\nfollowing.\\n67. The Adverb.\\n(1.) The adverb is an invariable word joined to verbs, adjectives,\\nor to other adverbs, to modify their signification.\\n(2.) Adverbs are divided into seven classes\\n1. Of manner doucement, softly sagement, wisely c.\\n2. Of order premierement, first d abord, at first ensuite, af-\\nterwards; c.\\n3. Of place ici, here ou, where la, there ailleurs, else-\\nwhere; c.\\n4. Of time hier, yesterday aujourd hui, to-day demain, to-\\nmorrow; c.\\n5. Of quantity peu, little trop, too much tant, so much c.\\n6. Of comparison; plus, more; moins, less; tres, very.\\n7. Of affirmation, ne- oui, yes; certes, certainly; non, no; nullemont,\\ngation and doubt by no means peut-etre, perhaps ne, pas, point,\\nnot c.\\n(3.) A few adjectives are sometimes used adverbially. They are\\nthen invariable\\nchanter juste, to sing in tune\\ncouter cher, to cost dear\\nparler haut, to speak loud.\\n(4.) Several words united together, and having the force of an ad\\nverb, are called an adverbial phrase\\ntout-a-coup, suddenly\\npeu-a-peu, by degrees\\ntout-a-1 heure, immediately;\\nde-temps en-temps, now and then, c.\\n68. Formation of Adverbs from Adjectives.\\n(1.) Adverbo ending in merit, may be formed from adjectives in the\\nfollowing manner\\n(2.) When the adjective ends in the masculine with a vowel, merd\\nis addsd to form the adverb\\n17*", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0395.jp2"}, "396": {"fulltext": "394 THE ADVERB. \u00c2\u00a769,70.\\nAdjective. Adverb.\\nutile, useful; utilement, usefuUy;\\npoli, polite; polimcnt, politely\\naise, aisement, cosily.\\n(3.) Exceptions.\\nbeau, beautiful; bellemcnt, beautifully;\\nfou, focU foOement, foolishly;\\nman, soft; mollement, softly;\\nnouveeu, nouvellemcnt, m cv hi\\ntraitr treacherous; traitreusement, treacherously.\\n4.) When the adjective ends in the masculine with n consonant,\\nthe syllable meat is added to its feminine termination: as,\\nrvtrsr.\\nboo, bonne, pood boimomcnt, in a good manner;\\ndoux, donee, doucement, sofily;\\nln-uri iix, henrense, happy; heureusement, happily,\\nAdjectives ending in w, change thai termination intommm*:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nprudent, prudemment, prudently;\\n:nt; .7 ;i\\ntentement, slowly;\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0nt presentement, pns ntiy.\\n(6.) The following adverbs require an acute accenl ever tlie r pr*.\\nin-ii!, which e is mute in the adjective:\\nblindly\\ncom modiaushj\\ncommunAm\\nmsly\\nimportunlmcnt, importunately;\\n[ncommod6ment, incommodiously\\nirrlll;\\nm m, obstt\\nund/y.\\nBBS 1MHNO IN\\n(l.) Adverbs ending in men/, are, like :ill the adjectives from which\\nformed, susceptible of three degrees of signification; the\\npositive, the comparative, and the Bupei\\nThe tir^t expresses the manner simply.\\n(3.) The second expresses it in f equality, superiority,\\nor inferiority, by adding to the adverb t nasi, as,\\noirit\\n(4.) Tlie thini, by the addition of the r ls Men, tret) fin\\nthat signification to the bij\\na COMPABHOV.\\noomms .i, m 1 Mii.vi thus-,\\nf in tic same man-\\nmemo, plus, i __,,\\nn", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0396.jp2"}, "397": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITION S. 72.\\n395\\nbetter;\\nDe plus,\\nMoins,\\nMieux,\\nPis,\\nTres, very;\\nNi plus ni moins, neither more xor\\nless;\\nPresque,\\nQuasi,\\nA-peu-pres, nearly\\nPour le plus, for the must\\nTout au plus, at most\\nA qui mieux\\nmieux,\\nA l envi,\\nDe mieux en better and, better.\\nmieux,\\nvying with one\\nanotluer\\n71. The Preposition.\\n(1.) The preposition is an invariable word used to express the re-\\nlations of things.\\n(2.) The preposition conveys by itself no distinct meaning. The\\npreposition and the word which it governs, form what is called an\\nindirect regimen.\\n72. Table of the Principal Prepositions.\\nA,\\nA cause de,\\nto, at, in;\\non account of;\\nExcepte,\\nHormis,\\nexcept, but;\\nApres,\\nafter;\\nHors,\\nsave;\\nAttendu, vu,\\non account of;\\nJusqu a,\\nuntil, as far as\\nAupres de,\\nnear\\nJusques a,\\nAutour de,\\nabout, around;\\nLoin de,\\nfar from;\\nAvant,\\nbefore (earlier}\\nLe long de,\\nalong;\\nAvec,\\nwith\\nMalgre,\\nin spite of;\\nChez,\\nat the house of;\\nMoyennant,\\nby means of;\\nContre,\\nagainst\\nNonobstant\\nnotvnthstanaling\\nDans,\\nin, within\\nOutre,\\nbesides\\nD apres,\\nfrom, after\\nPar,\\nby, through;\\nD avec,\\nfrom\\nPardevant,\\nbefore, {law term);\\nDe,\\nof, from, with;\\nParmi,\\namong, amongst;\\nDela,au dela de\\nbeyond, on that\\nJ side of;\\nsince, for\\nPendant,\\nduring;\\nDedela.pardela\\nPour,\\nfor;\\nDepuis,\\nPres de,\\nnear, close by\\nDerriere,\\nbehind\\nProche, proche\\ne,near by;\\nDes,\\nfrom\\nQuant a,\\nas for, with respect;\\nDevant,\\nbefore, opposite;\\nSans,\\nwithout\\nDurant,\\nduring;\\nSauf,\\nsaving, except\\nEn,\\nin, at, to\\nSelon,\\naccording to;\\nEn defa de,\\n1 this side\\nSous,\\nunder;\\nDe de9a, par\\ni on this side\\nSuivant,\\naccording to;\\ndefa,\\nSur,\\nupon, on;\\nEntre,\\nbetween\\nTouchant,\\ntouching\\nEnvers,\\ntowards\\nConcernant,\\nconcerning;\\nA l egard de,\\nVers,\\ntowards, to;\\nEnviron,\\nabout;\\nVis-a-vis de,\\nopposite.\\n(2.) The prepositions are divided into several classes.\\n(3.) Among those denoting place are\\nTCe n est qu autour de lui que vole la victoire.\\nAutour, around; Racine.\\n{Around him alone hovers victory.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0397.jp2"}, "398": {"fulltext": "S96\\nPREPOSITION S.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 12.\\nChez, with; at the\\nhouse of; among;\\n(apudoftheLatin.)\\nPans, in;\\nParm:, among\\nFen, towards;\\nSous, under;\\n8ur, upon;\\nEnfin, chcz les Chretiens les moeurs sont innocen\\nteS. CORNEILLE.\\nAmong Christians, finally the manners are innocent.\\nChe: inon pare, my father s house.\\nRome n est plus 7/is Koine. Corneille.\\nRome is no longer in Rome.\\nParmi les rocliers, vers le milieu de ces montagnci\\neaoarpaes. F\u00c2\u00a3s\u00c2\u00a3los.\\nI le rocks, towards the middle of those steep\\nmi iu nl a ins.\\nL autel convert de feux. tombe et fnit. sous la\\ntern. Voltaire.\\nThe altar covered icith fire, fills and disappears un-\\nder the earth.\\nLes riches ne sont sur la terre quo poor Hiiro du\\nMen. FfnfbOlt.\\n,irc placed on the earth merely to do good.\\n(4.) Some, denoting time, ne\\nPurant.\\nPendant, lun ?i\\nl.i unit, illt* n a point dorrai. CournUA\\nDuring the night she has had\\n(5.) Some mark place and time, .us:\\nMa Orleans; Dii sa source. L Academic.\\nfrom Oil-\\nL hi.inmc. dit M naissance a le st ntini iit du plai.-ir\\net ilr la doalenr. RIamillon.\\ni his birth has the sensation of pleat\\n;:hin jawm a I Oeean.\\nDts, from\\n(l\\n{time\\nPepui*. from since\\n(atari)\\n(time\\n*mie.\\nI\\nBo Orient, en Occld x tnille ans on\\nque d Alea u.o\\\\.\\nDans, on, ROUS v, r vV I11; v :i s l l: I under tliis head.\\n(6.) Some prepositions mark order; as:\\nAvant. before i\\n(at an earlier time\\nAprcs after;\\nEDtre, between\\nbehind;\\n*f(rrr\\n(in fron\\ni til en ami, avant de nous\\npmdr. Btammlab.\\nConscience war\\nJe craina Di d tins princlpale-\\nment celnl 1 1 1 i ne li Sim.\\nI :r principally the man\\nnhim.\\nL*honune st plac6 libre ntre to flee et la rata,\\nMlRMOltTKb.\\nMan is I and virtue.\\n11 so met Ion, eehd i parle.\\nvfcRE.\\nhimself always behind the tpeakw.\\nrcher d rant toi I ange extermmatesr.\\nYol.TAIkC.\\nSend before thee the exterminating angel.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0398.jp2"}, "399": {"fulltext": "PREPOSITION s. 72. 397\\n(7 The prepositions marking union, are,\\nf Je veuxvivre avec elle, avec elle expirer.\\nAvec, with; Corneille.\\n[_Iwill live ivith her, die with her.\\n(Outre l estime de soi-meme, l honnete homme\\nj possede encore l estime et la confiance univer-\\nOutre, besides; selles. Marmontel.\\nBesides self-esteem, the honest man possesses universal\\n[_ esteem and confidence.\\n(8.) Those of separation, exception, are\\n{II travaille toute la semaine, excepte le dimanche.\\nL Acad^mie.\\nHe works tlie whole week, except Sunday.\\nHormis, except H mis ut le n onde est content\\nc w 3e All are pleased, except you.\\nNuln aura de l esprit, hors nous et nos amis.\\nHors, except; Moliere.\\nNo one shall have wit but ourselves and our friends.\\nPoint de vertu sans religion, point de bonheur\\nsans vertu. Diderot.\\nwi nou j^ virtue witlwut religion, no happiness without\\nvirtue.\\nOn peut tout sacrifler a l amitie, sauf l honnetete\\nSauf save extent et la J ustice Martmontel.\\np We may sacrifice all to friendship, except honesty and\\n(9.) The prepositions of opposition are\\nLe travail est une meilleureressourcec ra2re l ennui\\nP t tf J l ue e P^ a i s i r Trublet.\\nt-ontre, against; j^ a or z s a De n er resource against ennui than\\n\\\\_ pleaspyre.\\nf Nous suivronsmaZgye nousle vainqueur de Lesbos.\\nMalgre, vn, spite of; We sJiaU j ollm against our win ilie conqueror f\\nLesbos.\\nfLa verite nonobstant le prejuge, l erreur et le\\nT$on6bstmt,notwith-\\\\ mensonge, se fait jour a. la fin. Marmontel.\\nstanding Truth, prejudice, error and falsehood notwithsland-\\n(_ ing, comes at last to light.\\n(10.) The prepositions of conformity are:\\nLa terre, cette bonne mere, multiplie ses dongt\\nselon le nombre de ses enfants. F\u00c2\u00a3n\u00c2\u00a3lon.\\nThe earth, that good mother, multiplies her gifts ac\\ncording to the number of her children.\\nLes talents produisent suivant la culture.\\nMarmontel.\\nw Talents produce according to their cultivation.\\n(11.) Several words placed together and performing the part of a\\npreposition, are called a prepositional phrase\\nA l egard de, with regard to\\nEn faveur de, in favor of;\\nA la reserve de, reserving; frc.\\nSuivant.\\nA", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0399.jp2"}, "400": {"fulltext": "398\\nC ON J UN CTIOXS. V3.\\nf3. The Conjunction.\\n(1.) Jonjunctfjns are invariable words which serve to connect\\nwords and sentences.\\n(2.) French grammarians divide the conjunctions into nine\\neJasees\\n1 Copulative\\n2 Adversative,\\n3 Disjunctive,\\n4 Explanatory,\\n6 Circumstantial.\\n6 Conditional,\\nT I\\net, and ni, nor; que, that de s)rte que, \u00c2\u00bbo\\nthat fee.\\nmais, but quoique, though; eependant,\\nyet ft a.\\nou, or ou bion, else ni, neither c.\\nBftvoir, namely; comme, as; e est-a-dire,\\nthat is toy; Ac.\\nqoand, lorsqae, when; pendant que, while,\\nsi, bum qnoi, without which suppose que,\\nntppoting that A\\near, far; poisqae, since; pourquoi, why,\\n8.\\nor, doi .linsi, thus; d ailleurs,\\nbesul\\nI que, //uz/.\\nCO Wei list of the conjunctions and conjunctive\\n-nly need in French. We will divide thorn into\\n1 I iona and sonjonctive phraaes which may be placed in\\nthe fir t or in the leeond pari of a period:\\nque,\\nA ni\\nS Transilive,\\nrminat\\nive, J\\n[ue,\\nAlaal que,\\nAttendo qae,\\n-Atin\\nAn n\\nqae,\\nnit quo.\\nate que,\\nqrae,\\nque,\\nDcpah\\nque,\\nin\\nI 01 f\\ni\\nat, /w\\nOf, .vwirr\\nthan\\nalthough\\nlmi/n.t;\\nfor fear\\nI Sat\\nso that\\nirhilf\\nhat\\nce qae,\\non Men,\\nOatre qae,\\nI qne,\\nPonrvn iu\\nI\\nQoana,\\nBitol qae,\\nBolt qae,\\nqae,\\nT.int que,\\nTandli qae,\\nYu i 1\\nv nlil that;\\nif, when,\\nor, rlsr\\nt tat\\nhat;\\nif, xrhrn\\nthough;\\n,f:\\nv Mca t\\nthat;\\nlupfomnm that;\\nthai;\\nirhilf thai\\nthat.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0400.jp2"}, "401": {"fulltext": "INTERJECTIONS.-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 74.\\n2. The conjunctions and conjunctive phrases which usually come\\nbetween two parts of a sentence, or at the commencement of a dis-\\ncourse momentarily interrupted, are\\nAussi bien que,\\nAprcs tout,\\nA condition que,\\nAu surplus,\\nC est pourquoi,\\nCependant,\\nC est-a-dire,\\nC est^a-savoir,\\nCar,\\nDone,\\nas well as;\\nnevertheless;\\non condition that\\nbesides;\\ntherefore\\nhowever\\nthat is to say\\nthat is\\nfor, because;\\ntherefore\\nEn effet,\\nin fact;\\nEt puis,\\nand then;\\nMais.\\nbut;\\nPartant,\\ntherefore;\\nPar consequent,\\nconsequently;\\nPourtant,\\nhowever\\nSans quoi,\\nunless that;\\nSavoir,\\nto wit\\nSinon,\\nunless\\nToutefois,\\nnevertheless.\\nSee Lesson 100 Examples on the different uses of conjunctions.\\nY4. Interjections.\\n(1.) The interjections indicate some sudden affection or emotion\\nof the mind. They are exclamations which seem to take the place\\nof entire propositions.\\n(2.) Some imply astonishment\\nBeaux arts, eh dans quels lieux n avez-vous droit\\nAh eh I c de plaire Delille.\\nFine arts, ah in what place have you not a right to\\nplease.\\n(3.) Some express derision, irony, distrust, c.\\nOuais ah indeed 0uais ce maitre d armes vous tient bien au cceur.\\nAh indeed this fencing master displeases you much.\\n(4.) Others express contempt, aversion and disapprobation\\nFoin away with, c. l\u00c2\u00b0 in dul \u00e2\u0084\u00a2S 6 d IT LA Fontaine\\nJ Away with the wolf and his race\\nTout beau l softly l\u00e2\u0084\u00a2} 7 beau monsieur tout beau Moliere.\\nJ Softly, sir softly\\n(5.) We shall carry no further this classification, but content our-\\nselves with giving a list of the most usual interjections\\nso, so I\\nAh!\\nah!\\nOh!\\nAhi!\\neight\\nOuais\\nBah!\\nbah!\\nOuf!\\nChut!\\nsilence hist\\nPaf!\\nEh!\\neh!\\nSt!\\nFi!\\nJyi\\nSus!\\nGare!\\ntake care\\nZest!\\nHa!\\nha\\nFi done\\nHelas\\nalas\\nHo 9a!\\nlieu!\\nalas\\nHe bien\\nHola!\\nholla\\nEh bien\\nHo!\\nho!\\nOui da\\nHem!\\nhem!\\nOr f a!\\nHein\\neh!\\nTout beau\\nHum!\\nhum!\\nSilence! Paix\\nc.\\nc.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0401.jp2"}, "402": {"fulltext": "400 SYNTAX.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To, ML\\nto\u00e2\u0080\u0094 SYNTAX.\\n(1.) Syntax treats of the agreement, government, and arrangement\\nof words in sentences.\\n(2.) One word is said to agree with another, when it takes the\\nsame modification of gender, number, and person.\\n(3.) One word governs another, when by the influence of the\\nformer Chfl latter is made to assume a particular form or place.\\n(4.) The proper arrangement of words consists in placing them in\\nthf order aaaetioned by grammatical rules, deduced from the best\\ntie custom.\\nadopted by the modern Trench grammarians,\\nthe student is referred to j 2. and j 43, (2.) (3.) (4.) (5.)\\n70. Tin: Noun. l i l i\\n(1.) Ill French, as well as in English, a noun used as the subject\\nor nominative of an affirmative or negative sentence, generally pre-\\naedea the nth\\nThe must humble man lues liberty.\\nI. UM le plus obSCOr nime la\\nlil itN-. 1 1 i IA1 Dai HID.\\nHani lien dea nana\\nquelle promet L\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0nefili\\n(2.) In poetry and In the subject is sometimes\\nplaced after the verb:\\nvug vable can exist, vhere vir-\\ntue it mini in?.\\nIt in is VM H f ti ng, for-\\ntune is to be fen re d.\\nII n\\nttrtu. i\\nLa fortune eat ;i araladre on\\nui.t.\\nthai la, in sentences which we,\\nwhile repeating the words of a person, throw among other sentences,\\nto indicata that person aa tl le subject, In French, must\\nalwaj follow the verb:\\nQenret aple I Iftntor, the jxop]*\\nqui est conduit par on sage roil rnedby avk*\\nI Interrogate the noOU generally precedes the\\nverb which must be immediately followed by a pronoun correspond*\\noder, nnmber and person with the noun:\\niii/\\nin Meal Cbabiixon. fit Literally, Death, is it aw staff\\nc.\\n(5.) When the sentence commences with one of the following\\ni, irhire que, what; rombien, hue much; quard, irhen", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0402.jp2"}, "403": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF NOUNS. \u00c2\u00a776. 401\\nthe noun may be placed immediately after the verb, or in ac-\\nconlance with the last rule\\nOu est vttre pere or -an,*** t\u00c2\u00abt i^, o\\nOu votre pert Test-il J rg u V f*\\nMais que sert un long regne, a I Of what use is a long reign, un~\\nmoins qu il ne soit beau 1 less it be glorious\\nBOURSAULT.\\n(6.) The noun, used as a direct regimen, has the same place in the\\nBentence in French as in English\\nLa force fonde, etend et main- I Power founds, extends and main-\\ntient un empire. Saurin. tains an empire.\\n(7.) When there are, in the same sentence, two nouns, one used\\nas direct, the other as indirect regimen, and those nouns with the\\nwords qualifying or modifying them, are of equal length, the direct\\nregimen should precede the indirect\\nLe malheur ajoute un nouveau\\nlustre a la gloire des grands hom-\\nines. F^N^LON.\\nAvez-vous donne les livres a mon\\nfrere 1 Girault Duvivier.\\nMisfortunes add a new lustre to the\\nglory of great men.\\nHave you given the books to my\\nbrother\\n(8.) When, however, the qualifying or explanatory words render\\nthe direct regimen longer than the indirect, the regime indirect is\\nplaced first\\nAvez-vous donne a mon frere les\\nlivres que vous lui aviez promis\\nLes hypocrites parent des dehors\\nde la vertu les vices les plus honteux.\\nNoel.\\nHave you given my brother the\\nbooks, which you had promised him\\nHypocrites adorn with the appear-\\nance of virtue, the most shameful\\nvices.\\n(9.) The indirect regimen precedes the direct regimen, when the\\nmeaning would otherwise be doubtful\\nTachez de ramener par la dou-\\nceur ces esprits egarts.\\nBescherelle.\\nTry to bring back, by mildness,\\nthese erring spirits.\\nAny other construction would render the sentence equivocal.\\n(10.) In English, the name of the possessor frequently precedes\\nthe name of the object possessed; and the two are connected by\\nmeans cf s (the old Saxon genitive termination). In French the\\norder is always different. The name of the object precedes that of\\nthe possessor, and the connecting link is a preposition\\nLes livres de mon ami. I My friend s books.\\nVous avez vu la montre de ma You have seen my sister s watch.\\nBoeur. J\\nThis must also he the case when the regime direct is shorter than\\nthe regime indirect.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0403.jp2"}, "404": {"fulltext": "402\\nI-f-K-f AX -Q -F THE AR-f-MIrE. V7.\\n(11.) The name of an object always precedes the name of th\u00c2\u00ab\\nsubstance of which it is formed, or which it contains. The preposi.\\ntit in de comes between them\\nUne table de marbre.\\nLa France a beaucoup dc car\\nrierea de marbre.\\nUn linutcille de vin.\\nA marble tabic.\\nFrance has many iflarbk quarries.\\nA bottle of wine.\\n(12.) The word representing an individual always precedes that\\ndescribing his particular occupation, or the merchandise of which ho\\ns:\\n[trade donee. I A dancing master.\\nlanguamn.\\nUn nurohand de drap. j Adrap ,n cloth.\\n(13.) The name of a vehicle, boat, mill, etc., always precedes the\\nnoun representing the power by which it is impelled, or the purpose\\nto which it i- adapted. The connecting preposition is generally 1\\nmSL\\nA crist-miU.\\nM m ills.\\ncarriage.\\n1\\nriagc.\\nme of an objeci precedes the noon representing its\\nparticular produce, nan, it append A generally eonneeti\\nnouns\\niin-a-vetit.\\nbrine,\\nspear.\\nI chevanx.\\nI Tit flu fruit de Varhrr a pain\\nltd ile l artieh.iut.\\nPlBBBB,\\narte dam la bonche\\nlir conune pent d\\nCR.\\np.is m\\nnombn\\nDa bois- -brdler.\\nUll Veil. A rail.\\nThe fas?.- of the fruit of the bread-\\nmblettiat of the artichoke.\\nThe name of virtue in the mouth\\ntis makes one shu/i-\\nUM of the rattle-snake.\\nIf nils {neat rattle) are\\nI as sheep (iwol ani-\\noom.\\nA water glass, I. e. glass for water.\\n01 mi: Article.\\n(l.) The article* most be need in French before every nova em-\\nployed i general sense, or denoting i whole spedea of objects;\\nalthough in similar cases, the srtiole is not ased in English.\\nThe itcdeut will recoiled thsi the Prencfa have only one article, la\\nTi word i i befag by modern French grammarians, very property class-\\ned uith the muneral adjectives.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0404.jp2"}, "405": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OP THE ARTICLE. Y7.\\n403\\nLes bicnfaits peuvent tout sur\\nune ame bien nee. Voltaire.\\nL honneur, aux grands cceurs, est\\nplus sher que la vie. Corneil^e.\\nLa boats suit toujours un lache\\ndesespoir. Crebillon.\\n(2.) The article is used in French, as in English, before a noun\\ndenoting a particular object, or taken in a particular sense\\nBenefits are all powerful with a\\nwell disposed mind.\\nHonor is with magnanimous hearts\\nmore precious than life.\\nShame always follows a cowardly\\ndespair.\\nLe bonheur des mechants comme\\nun torrent s ccoule. Racine.\\nZ/arbrisseau le plus sain a be-\\nsoin de culture.\\nFabre d Eglantine.\\nLe moment du peril est celui du\\ncourage. La Harpe.\\nTlve happiness of the wicked runs\\naivay like a torrent.\\nThe healthiest shrub needs cultiva-\\ntion.\\nThe time of peril is tlve time for\\ncourage.\\n(3.) The article is used before the names of countries, provinces,\\nrivers, winds and mountains\\nLa France est bornee au midi\\npar les Pyrenees et la Mediterranee\\na Z est par la Suisse et la Savoie\\nan nord par la Belgique et a Z ouest\\npar Z Ocean. Ses principales rivieres\\nsont la Meuse, le Rhin, la Seine, la\\nLoire, la Garonne et le Rhone.\\nFrance is bounded on the south by\\nUie Pyrenees and the Mediterra-\\nnean; on the east by Suritzerland\\nand Savoy on the north by Bel-\\ngium, and on the west by the Ocean.\\nIts principal rivers are tlie Meuse,\\nthe Rhine, the Seine, tlie Loire, the\\nGaronne and the Rhone.\\n(4.) Those countries which take their name from their capital, or\\nsome other city within their boundaries, take no article\\nNaples est un pays delicieux.\\nVcnise etait un etat puissant.\\nNcio York est un etat sain.\\nNaples is a delightful country.\\nVenice was a powerful state.\\nNew York is a healthy state.\\n(5.) The French use the article before titles prefixed to names\\nGeneral Cavaignac;\\nPresident Bonaparte.\\nLe general Cavaignac.\\nLe president Bonaparte.\\n(6.) The article is also used before the names of dignities, of cer-\\ntain bodies, systems of doctrine, and with other words mentioned\\nbelow\\nLa monarcbie, monarchy;\\nLe parlement, parliament;\\nLe gouvernement. government\\nLe christianisme, Christianity;\\nL episcopat, episcopacy;\\nA l cglise, at church\\n(7.) Bsfore the names of the seasons, and the following expres-\\nsions\\nlast fall;\\nlast week;\\nc.\\nA l ecole,\\nat school;\\nAu college,\\nat college\\nAu marche,\\nat, to market\\nAu lit,\\nin bed.\\nc.\\nc.\\nL annee prochaine, next year\\nL annee demiere, last spring;\\nLe printemps prochain, next spring\\nL automne dernier,\\nLa semaine derniere,\\nc.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0405.jp2"}, "406": {"fulltext": "404 SYNTAX OF THE ARTICL E. 18.\\n(8.) The names of several cities tike the article. Those nouni\\nhave generally a meaning, and indicate often natural objects\\nLe Havre, Havre; La Rochelle, Rochelle\\nLa Haic, The Hague Le Detroit, Detroit\\n(9.) In speaking* of the parts of the body or of the qualities of the\\nmind, the French use the article in cases where the English use a\\npossessive adjective, or the indefinite article\\nVotre frcre a les cheveux noirs. Your brother has black hair.\\nII s est blessfi d la main. He has hurt his hand.\\nCharles a la m6moire excellento. Charles has an excellent memory.\\n78. Use of the Article before Words taken in a Par-\\ntitive Sense.\\n(1.) A word, when used to denote an entire object or class of ob-\\njects is sai.l to have a general sense when, however, it is employed\\nto i n d ic ate a jmrt of any thing or class of things, considered in refer-\\nence to the whole, it is said to have a partitive sense. Before a word\\ntaken partitively, the word some or any, is, or may, in English, often\\nbe employed. If, for example, I use the words courage and wood,\\nabstractedly, 1 take them in the general sense but if I say, give me\\ntnxxl, i/our brother has courage, 1 oae them iii the partitive sense, that\\nis, I ask for a pari of thai substance called and attribute to your\\nbrother something of thai quality called courage.\\ni The- article accompanied by, or in combination with the prep-\\nosition called by some grammarians the partitive article 13,\\n(10.)] is need before nouns taken in a partitive sense.\\nDu pain ct tie l cau lui sullisent.\\nApporte/.-ii ,ni vi-\\nDaijpe.\\nToojonrs la pstrie a in channel\\npenr mot La H\\nBread and water are sufficient for\\nhim that la, some bread.\\nt/s salt and vinegar; that\\nsoft\\nn d has always (some)\\ncharms for mr.\\n(3) The preposlBoD only is used, when the noun taken in a\\npartitive sense, Is preceded by in adjective:\\nII poso ado belles malsons.\\nPropoeone-nous a Dous-mamei ie\\ngrands examples a Indter, pin-\\nMlivre.\\nJ. .1. i\\nHe possesses fine houses.\\n1st us projxise to ourselves rat\\\\er to\\nimitate ;rcat examples, than to fol-\\nlow vain systtms.\\n(4.) When, however, the noun preceded by the adjective, is con.\\nnected with it, and the two form a compound noun that noun takes\\nthe article according to rule (i as,\\nns des grands hom- I Young people; gtat nun (some).", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0406.jp2"}, "407": {"fulltext": "SYS TAX OF THE ARTICLE. \u00c2\u00a779,80.\\n405\\nFortunate would it have been, if in\\nhis time (Alexander s) Macedon had\\nhad lunatic asylums.\\nHeureux si de son temps, pour de\\nbonnes raisons,\\nLa Macedoine eut eu des petites\\nmaisons Boileau.\\n(5.) The preposition alone is used before a noun, when it is pre-\\needed by a collective word or by an adverb of quantity\\nUne multitudo de peuples.\\nBeaucoup de personnes.\\nA quoi bon tant d amis 1\\nUnseul nous suffit s il nous aime.\\nFlokian.\\nA multitude of nations.\\nMany persons.\\nOf what use are so many friends\\nA single one suffices if he loves us.\\n(6.) The article, however, is used, when the noun preceded by a\\ncollective word, is limited by what follows. The words la plupart,\\nthe most bien, many and infiniment, infinitely, form also exceptions\\nto the preceding rule\\nMany of the persons whom I have\\nI have few left, of the books which\\nhave been given me.\\nThe wicked have much trouble to\\nUn grand nombre des personnes\\nque j ai vues. Noel.\\nII me reste peu des livres qui\\nm ont ete donnes. Noel.\\nLes mediants ont bien de la peine\\na demeurer unis. F dsLON. remain\\n(7.) The preposition is used alone before a noun placed after a\\nverb conjugated negatively, but not interrogatively at the same\\ntime\\nJe ne vous ferai pas de reproches.\\nL on ne dit jamais que l on n a\\npoint esprit. Boursault.\\nOn ne fait jamais de bien a Dieu\\nen faisant du mal aux hommes.\\nVoltaire.\\nshall cast upon you no reproaches.\\nWe never say, that we have no wit.\\nWe never can do good in respect to\\nGod, by doing evil to men.\\n(8.) The commencement of rule (6.) will also apply to this sen-\\ntence\\nNe donnez jamais des conseils qu il I Never give advice which it is dan-\\nsoit dangereux de suivre. gerous to follow.\\nGirault Duvivier. I\\n19. English Indefinite Article A or An.\\nThe French numeral adjective un, masc. une, fern, answers to th\\nEnglish article a or an 13, (4.) (11.)].\\nThe restrictions to its use are specified in the remarks on the ar-\\nticle.\\n80. Repetition of the Article.\\n(1.) General rule. The article* is repeated before every noun\\nand every word used as a noun, having a separate meaning\\nThis rule applies to the determinative adjectives, mon, ton, son, ce,\\ncet, c.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0407.jp2"}, "408": {"fulltext": "406\\nSYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE.\\n-\u00c2\u00a781.\\nLe coeur, esprit, la mceurs, tout The heart, the mind, \\\\he vmnner*\\njragne a la culture. even/ thing improves by cultivation.\\nLe pere et la mere semblaient ex- 1 The father and mother seemed U\\nciter leur petite compagne a sen excite their little companion to feea\\nrepaitre la premiere. BdfPOK. upon it first.\\n(2.) The article will, therefore, be repeated, when one of two ad-\\njectives united by tlie conjunction el, qualities a noun expressed, and\\nthe other a noun understood\\nLhistoireancieiiiieet lannxlerne. Ancient and modern history.\\nthat i-, l hi.-tuire ancienne et l histoire modorne.\\nAncient and modern philosophers.\\nThe first and second stories.\\nsophes anciens et les mo-\\nLe premier et le second ctage.\\n(3.) Should, however, the two adjectives qualify the same ex-\\npressed word, the article most not be repeated.\\nand pious Fcnelon has well\\nLc sage et pienx Fenelon b dee\\ndrou\\nrale. QlRAL l.T 1)1 VI VIKII.\\niota ii lni tend le dons et\\ntendi Bon\\n(4.) When two Dovria are joined by the conjunction ov, end the\\nsecond is merely repetition c r explanation of the first, the article\\nhhoulil not l\u00c2\u00bb- repeated.\\nestablished rights to general cs-\\nii !s to hii:i the\\ntender book.\\nI M- lull ilnvrt\\nlioir.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0u u.iit parml I\\ndee pro-\\nJ. J. B\\nThe ch, the head of Ihi\\ncondor, are covered with bla\\nW among t\\nthe palatines or governors of prov-\\n81. II OM i iii; I Aktici.h.\\nDeed before numbers placed after the names\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2.heir order of succ*\\ni\\ni be French put no article before nouns placed in a;\\nwith, or of, other preceding nous\\nLouis i.\\nbten different de son pere.\\ni prosa-\\ntelir ti.i\\nis, vousotcsan..\\ntr\\\\\\nItt/Sr, a comedy of M\\nLamar!\\nII i\\nAm\\n(3.) If the explanatory word be itself qualified or r\u00c2\u00bb -tr cted by\\nother word?, the MM is then placed before it", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0408.jp2"}, "409": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE AR2ICLE. 31. 407\\nCet Lommfi est un Fran^ais\\nd une famille illustre, mais malhea-\\nreuse.\\nCos messieurs sont des marchands\\nde Lycu.\\nThat man is a Frenchman, of an\\nillustrious, but unfortunate family.\\nThose gentlemen are merchants\\nfrom Lyons.\\n(4.) Under the second rule of this Section may also be placed the\\nwords mentioned in 76, Rules (11.) (12.) (13.) and (14.)\\nune montre d or, a gold watch\\nun maitre de dessin, a drawing-master I\\nun moulin-a-vapeur, a steam mill\\nune chanibre-a-coucher, a bed-room.\\n(5.) Some exceptions to rule (2.) will be better explained by ex\\nainples than by precepts:\\nun inagasin a foin, a hay-loft\\nune bouteille a vin, a wine-bottle,\\nare a loft intended for hay, a bottle intended for wine, but not actu-\\nally containing hay or wine.\\nun magasin au foin. a hay-loft\\nla bouteille au vin, the wine-bottle.\\nThat is, the loft actually used for hay, the bottle now used for\\nwine.\\nun magasin de foin, aloft r-,, ihay\\nune bouteille de vin, a bottle \\\\J J wine.\\n(6.) Proper names of persons do not receive the article, unless it\\nforms a part of the name as, Lebrun, Lamartine, La Harpe, La\\nFontaine as also in some gallicised Italian names as, Le Tasse,\\nTasso, Le Dante, Dante, c. An adjective, however, coming before\\nproper names, is generally preceded by the article.\\nLe bon et naif La Fontaine. I The good and candid La Fontaine.\\nLe pieux Fenclon. The pious Fenelon.\\n(7.) It has been seen 12, (1.) Examples] that the plural article is\\noften placed in elevated style before the names of renowned indi-\\nviduals\\nNous avons vu a la fois a la tete\\ndes escadrons imperiaux, les Murat,\\nles Kellermann, les Lassalle, les Mon-\\ntorun, Le G\u00c2\u00a3n\u00c2\u00a3ral Foy.\\nWe have seen at once at the head\\nof the imperial squadrons, Murat,\\nKellerman, Lassalle, Montorun.\\n(8.) Names of kingdoms and provinces, when preceded by the\\npreposition en, take no article\\nEn France, en Amerique. In France, in America.\\n(9.) No article is placed after en preceding a noun used indeter-\\nminately or after the word ni standing before a noun, which is the\\ndirect regimen of a verb, preceding the negative", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0409.jp2"}, "410": {"fulltext": "408\\n6 Y K TAX OF THE ARTICLE.\\n-\u00c2\u00a782.\\nNous irons en voiture.\\nVous etes en peine.\\nNous n avony ni or ni argent.\\nWc shall go in a carriage.\\nYou are in trouble.\\nWc have neither gold nor silver.\\n(10.) The article is omitted before plus and moins in comparative\\nsentences, where, in English, it would, in the corresponding place, bo\\naverted:\\nPlus uue action est utile, plus The more useful an action is, the\\nlie est loua jle. more praiseworthy it is.\\n(11.) The article precedes plus and muins to express comparison\\nin the highest degree, and agrees in gender with the noun\\nYour sister did not icccp, although\\nVoire soeur no pieman pas, quoi-\\nquYlle fut la plus alllij; Je do toutos\\ncos ilames.\\nshe was the most grieved of all those\\nladies.\\n(12.) The article remains invariable when it stands before a su-\\nperlative, in which, however, no direct comparison is intended:\\nVotCQ sccur M plenre pas lors I Your sister does not weep, even\\nmemo quelle est le plus allligee. when she is most grieved.\\nNoiiL.\\n(13.) To give more force to the diction, the article is often omitted\\nin a rapid enumeration of individuals:\\nCitojesa, Strangers, amis, enne-\\nmis, tous la reverent.\\nWIUi U\\nAjouter fbi\\nAvoir besom.\\nAvoir cliaud,\\nAvoir cootome,\\nAvoir\\nAvoir dbpntOj\\nAvoir envii-.\\nAvoir ap|K-tit,\\nAvoir t uim,\\nAvoir froi.l.\\nAvoir boats,\\nAvoir inal.\\nAvoir patter ce\\nAvoir p lir.\\nAvoir pitie,\\nAvoir raison,\\nAvoir .sommeil,\\nAvoir lotfj\\nAvoir soin.\\nAvoir suj-t.\\nAvoir I\\nto give faith\\nI\\nto be warm\\nto be accustomed\\nto intend\\nto have difficulties\\nto Irish\\nto have a r\\nto be hu I\\nto be e.\\nto be ashamed\\npain\\nto have p\\nto be at\\nto take pitt/ 1\\nto be i tf\\nto be si\\nto be thirsty\\nto take care\\nto have n\\nto be wr\\nI Citizens, strangers, friends, ene-\\nmies, all reverence him.\\nmi: Akikm.k is omitted.\\nPomander ardon,fo beg pardon;\\nDonner avis, r\\nPairepartTI\\nKnii ii lro raillorio* to bear jokes,\\nPairs attention, to pay attention\\nPaire bonne chsre, 0 Hot\\nPairs credit, to give credit\\ni vie. to excite emy.\\nPairs lioiineur, to honor\\nCheroher fortune, to seek one s for-\\ntune\\nCourir risquo, to run t o\\nDemaoder justices\\nPairs horreni,\\nPairs pour,\\nPairs mention,\\nPairs naufrage,\\nPairs place.\\nPairs plaisir.\\nPairs pn\\nilexion,\\nPairs tort,\\nMettre tin,\\nMettro ordro.\\nPerdra courage,\\nPorter\\nPorter maJhanr,\\nPrendre cong6,\\nto inspire horror\\nto frighten\\nto mention i\\nto s uffcr shipwreck\\nto make room\\nto obli\\nto present\\nto reflect\\nto injure\\nto put an end,\\nto arrange\\nto lose cow age\\nto envy;\\nto cause mis/or-\\ntune;\\nto take leave;\\nLu lend re la ruilkrio is also said, but it means to understand yoking.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0410.jp2"}, "411": {"fulltext": "IHTAXOF THE ADJECTIVE. \u00c2\u00a783,84. 409\\nPrendre feu, to catch fire\\nPrendre garde, to take care\\nPrendre haleine, to take breath\\nPrendre medecinefo take medicine\\nPrendre racine,\\nRendre compte,\\nRendre justice,\\nRendre service,\\nRendre visite.\\nto take root\\nto account\\nto render justice\\nto oblige\\nto visit,\\nTenir lieu, to take the place\\nTenir parole, to keep one s word\\nTrouver moyen, to find means;\\nAvec ardeur, c, with ardor;\\nPar depit, c, through spite\\nPour recompense, as a reward\\nSans peine, without difficulty\\nSans souci, without sorroio or\\nTenir compagnie, to accompany\\n83. The Adjective.\\n(1.) We have seen [5 18, Rule (3.)] that an adjective relating to\\ntwo substantives of the same gender must agree with them in gender,\\nand he put in the plural\\n(2.) And Rule (4.) that an adjective, relating to two or more nouns\\nof different genders, must be put in the masculine plural.\\n(3.) When, however, nouns, united or not by the conjunction et,\\nare somewhat synonymous; when the writer wishes actually to\\nqualify only the last or when the mind, more particularly occupied\\nwith the last noun, seems to forget the others; the adjective will\\nassume the gender and number of the last noun only.\\nToute sa vie n a ete qu un travail,\\nqu une occupation continuelle.\\nMassillon.\\nJe ne connais point de roman,\\npoint de comedie esyagnok sans\\ncombats. Florjan.\\nLe fer, le bandeau, la flamme est\\ntoute prete. Racine.\\n(4.) Sometimes the adjective preceded by two or more substan-\\ntives joined by the conjunction et, qualifies the last only. It must\\nthen, of course, agree with that noun only.\\nLe bon gout des Egyptiens leur The g\u00c2\u00bbod taste of the Egyptians\\nfit aimer la soUdite et la regularite made tliem like solidity and un-\\ntoute nue. Bossuet. adorned regularity.\\nT/ie smile is a mark of good-will,\\nof applause, and of inward satisfacr-\\ntion.\\nHis wlwle life has been nothing but\\ncontinual labor and occupation.\\nI know no romance, no Spanish\\ncomedy, without combats.\\nthe band, the flame is all\\nLe sourire est une marque de\\nbienveillance, d applaudissement,\\net de satisfaction intiHeure.\\nBuffon.\\n84. Remarks on the Peculiarities of several Adjectives.\\n(1.) The adjective feu (late, deceased), is invariable, when placed\\nbefore the article or adjective determining a noun, but varies when\\nplaced, after the determining word\\nJ ai oui dire a feu ma soeur. que\\nsa fille et moi naquimes la meme\\nann4e. Montes hjieu.\\n18\\nthe\\nI have heard my late sister say,\\nher daughter and I were born", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0411.jp2"}, "412": {"fulltext": "410\\nSTNTAX OF THE ADJKCTIV B. 84.\\nLe due de. doit a la bienveil-\\nlance dont l honorait la fcue reine,\\nles bonnes graces de l eiupereur.\\nDie Salvandy.\\nThe duke of owes to thegood*\\nwill of the late queen towards him,\\nthe good graces of the emperor.\\n(2.) The adjectives nu, bare and derui, half; are invariable when\\nplaced before the noun\\n11 etait B-tftta lea pledfl i hau\u00c2\u00bbt a was bare-headed he wore on hit\\nde petites sandales. VOUTAIBB. feet small samlaJs.\\n-hi-Htv aprde BVOirquitte* Half an hour after having left the\\nle vaisseau, jo foolai le BOl am.ri- ship, 1 trod the American soil.\\ncain. Chatbaubbiand.\\n(3.) The adjectives nu and demi, when coming after the noun\\nagree with it\\natomes voe entantaa denseo-\\nreretfet hiver, jonr et noil kosjoim\\nJ.J H\\nOptmiofl paya la tate de Cains\\nQraoohua, dii\\ndor.\\nAccustom your children to rcmai i\\ni night,\\nalways\\ni i,.; paid for the head of Caius\\nG IAMB ptmndt and a\\nhall of\\n(1.) The adjectives excep -compria, includ-\\ning ci-juint, i-i-iiiclns, annexed, mcloted; franc-de-port, postage free\\ncomo under tbfi tw last roll\\nVims bronvi la copie\\nde la lctlre BJM M I BBritB.\\n.1 J II BBSAU.\\ncri|)ii M ran.\\nVMM trow i pie de\\nma lettra.\\nnde lis ciii i\\ntottrei\\nBBBMABOtM Dl Br. PlBBBK.\\nJ ni r port one lettre\\nBDonyme. J. J. fi\\nLl i -iiitr.it BOClal \u00c2\u00ab-st ini| riiiit\\nen recevrea doaae exem-\\nplaires, de port.\\nTlIK\\nI !i n a n tiered the 000V of\\nthe letter which M. has written\\nof that bird came to\\nme from I\\nturn h\\nI unit Jind inclosed, a copy of\\ni:iy litte,.\\nI I to you the fee letters\\nI oed, pottage free, an anony-\\nmous\\nV I is join ten\\nand you\\nof postage.\\n(5.) An adjective used adverbially, that is, tnodifying verb, m of\\ncourse invariable *i7, (3.)]\\nEn Lapoole, one peau d hermine In Lapland the skin of the hcrmtn\\nooftte qnatre -u cinq boi four or five sous the fUsh of\\nOhalrdecet animal sen! tri s bad.\\nwait, ki\\nDe gat vie to n ai eatendu des voii Never in my life have I heard\\nde fcuinie DBBflSBT a! women s voices sound so hud.\\nM \u00c2\u00bbc. Dt Mvioial I", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0412.jp2"}, "413": {"fulltext": "syntax of the adjective. 85. 411\\n85. Place of the Qualifying Adjective.\\n(1.) No invariable rule can be given for the place of the adjective\\nin French, although it follows the noun much more frequently than\\nit precedes it\\n(2.) The adjectives which are generally placed after the noun are\\n1. All participles present and past used adjectively;\\nune personne reconnaissante, a grateful person\\nune histoire amusante, an amusing history\\nun enfant cheri, a beloved child;\\nde la viande rbtie, roast meat\\n2. All adjectives expressing the form, the shape\\nune table ronde, a round table\\nune chambre carree, a square room\\n(3.) Adjectives explaining the matter of which an object is com-\\nposed\\nacide sulfurique, sulphuric acid\\ncorps aerie?i, aerial body;\\n(4.) Those expressing color, taste, or relating to hearing and touch\\ntog;\\nun habit noir, a black coat\\ndu fruit amer, bitter fruit\\ndes sons harmonieux, harmonious sounds\\nde la cire r,wlle, soft wax;\\n(5.) Adjectives which may be used substantively;\\nun homme riche, a rich man;\\nune fenime aveugle, a blind woman\\n(6.) Adjectives representing nation\\nune grammaire franfaise, a French grammar;\\nune dictionnaire allemand, a German dictionary;\\n(7.) Adjectives expressing the defects of the body and mind\\nun homme boiteux, a lame man\\nun esprit aliene, an unsound mind\\n(8.) Almost all adjectives ending in al, able, ible, ique and if,\\nun homme liberal, a liberal man\\nune nation paisible, a peaceful nation\\nun esprit fanatique, a fanatical spirit;\\nun soldat fugitif, a fugitive soldier.\\nThe French often use the name of the country instead of the ad-\\njective of nation particularly when speaking of the produce of the\\ncountry\\nDe la laine d Esp gne, Spanish wool.\\nDu fromage d Angleterre, English cheese.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0413.jp2"}, "414": {"fulltext": "412\\nISTAX OF THE ADJECT IV E. i} 86.\\n(9.) It must not be inferred from the rules above that the adjective\\nalways comes after the noun. The deviations are quite frequent; and\\nno other reason than taste can be assigned for them. We give a\\nfew examples, in which the same adjective is, by different authors,\\nplaced before and after the noun\\nBefore Vie Noun. i After the Noun.\\nJamais nous ne goutons de par- Qu a-t-il (lit, qu a-t-il fait,\\ntaik allegresse. CSBMBILLB. Jui no promette a Rome un em-\\npereor par/ait f Racine.\\nWe never enjoy perfect {unalloyed What has he said,whai has fie done\\npleasure. which does not promise to Rome a\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0t emperor?\\n11 fallut nsveiller l uii profond iians un sommeil profond ils ont\\nsommeil cet autre Alexandra. pas.se leur vie. Boileau.\\nBOMOST.\\nIt icas necessary to rouse from i\\nprofound sleep that second Alexan-\\nder.\\nCraignez, d un vain plai.sir lis\\ntrompe, Buileac.\\nI the deceitful allurements of a\\nvain plxitiire.\\npent thiir life in a profound\\nLe monde est une figure trompeuse\\nqui pawio Bcefon.\\nThe world is a deceitful picture,\\nwhich passes before us.\\n(10.) We find, however, in OUI best writers, tew examples of along\\nadjective placed before a short noun although tliey often pllKM the\\nadjective before tlie noun to give variety or force to tlie diction, they\\nnever, for Instance, would say (in prose) tTimaginairet lois, for des\\nlois ima^ inaires, imaginary laws.\\n(11.; The following adjeetivea when used in a literal sense, gene-\\nrally pr e cede the noun: Bee 144, Note:\\nfine, handsome\\nMauvaLs,\\nbad\\nMediant,\\nicicJced i\\nlieilleur,\\nbelter;\\nCher.\\ndear (loved)\\nMoindra,\\nless;\\nChe til\\n?nr,i n\\nPetit,\\nsmall\\nGrand,\\ntall;\\nSaint.\\nholy\\nYiellX,\\nold;\\nJeans,\\nVrai.\\ntrue.\\nJoli.\\npretty\\nThose marked with an asterisk are included in the following table.\\n86. Li.-i 01 Ai ji. ir. a I iKn.i;i;\\\\T Mkam.no,\\naoooRDora as thxy b follow the No\\nl)n bon homme, a simple, artless Un homme boo, 1 f\\nvia n\\nUn brave homme, a worthy man\\nitaine histoire, a\\nstory\\nUn chcr enfunt, a dear child\\nUno commune voix, a unanimous\\nvoice;\\ni homme de men)\\nUn homme brave, ,t heme man\\nl ne histoire OSrtalns, a reliable\\nstory;\\nUne rohe chsro, an expensive dress*\\nUne voix commune, an ore\\nvoice", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0414.jp2"}, "415": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIV E. 87.\\n413\\nUn cruel hommo, a tiresome man\\nLa derniere annee, the last year (of\\na scries)\\nUne fausse clef, a false key an imi-\\ntation key\\nUn furieux menteur, an excessive\\nliar;\\nUn galant homme, a gentleman;\\nUn grand homme, a great man\\nLe grand air, the air of good society\\nLe haut ton, a haughty tone\\nUn honnete homme, an honest man;\\nLe jeune Pline, young Pliny\\nUn malhonnete homme,\\nman\\nMauvais air, awkward appearance;\\nUn mediant livre, a poor book\\nMorte eau, lowest tides\\nUn nouveau livre, a new book, (ano-\\nther book)\\nUn pauvre historien, a wretched his-\\ntorian\\nUn plaisant homme, a ridiculous\\nman;\\nUn petit homme, a man of small\\nsize\\nMes propres mains, my own hands\\nUn seui enfant, a single child\\nUn simple soldat, a private soldier;\\nUn triste homme. a pitiful man;\\nUn unique tableau, a single pic-\\nture;\\nUn vilain homme, an ugly, unplea-\\nsa/nt man;\\nUne vraie histoire, a mere story;\\nUn homme cruel, a cruel man;\\nL annee derniere, last year\\nUne clef fausse, a key belonging to\\nanother lock, (the wrong key)\\nUn lion furieux, a furious lion;\\nUn homme galant, a man attentive\\nto the ladies\\nUn homme grand, a tall man\\nL air grand, a noble appearance;\\nLe ton haut, a Mid tone\\nUn homme honnete, a polite man\\nPline le jeune, Pliny the younger;\\nUn homme malhonnete, an unpoliie\\nman;\\nL air mauvais, malicious appear-\\nance;\\nUn livre mechant, a biting, caustic\\nbook\\nEau morte, stagnant water;\\nUn livre nouveau, a book recently\\npublished\\nUn historien pauvre, a historian\\nwithout pecuniary means;\\nUn homme plaisant, an agreeable\\nman\\nUn homme petit, a mean man\\nMes mains propres, my clean hands;\\nUn enfant seul, a child alone\\nUn soldat simple, a foolish soldier\\nUn homme triste, a sorrowful man;\\nUn tableau unique, a matchless pic-\\n81.-\\nUn homme vilain, a sordid, miserly\\nman\\nUne histoire vraie, a true history.\\nRegimen of Adjectives. S\\n(gjj The regimen or complement of adjectives is a noun or a verb\\ncompleting or defining their sense. Between the noun and the ad-\\njective comes one of the prepositions, a, de, dans, en, sur, c.\\nCet homme est digne de louange. I This man is worthy of praise.\\nCe general est digne de commander. That general is worthy to command.\\nIn the first phrase, louange, in the second, commander, is the regi-\\nmen of the adjective digne.\\n(2.) The regimen is not always necessary to the adjective. It is\\nadded to it only to give it a particular limitation i\\nWithout a regimen. With a regimen.\\nCet homme n est pas content. Cet homme n est pas content de\\nThat man is not pleased.\\nThat man is not pleased ieith his son.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0415.jp2"}, "416": {"fulltext": "414\\nSYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 83.\\n(3.) As may be seen in the last sentence, an adjective is not al-\\nways, in French, followed by the same preposition as the correspond-\\ning adjective in English. Thus, after the adjective content, the\\nFrench use the preposition de (of), while after its English represen-\\ntative (pleased), the preposition with must be employed. M. Bes-\\ncherelle and several other French grammarians, while acknowledging\\nthe difficulty, give us the consoling assurance, that L usage et lea\\ndictionnaires lea tenrnt eonnaitre (use and dictionaries will make us\\nacquainted with them) that is, with the prepositions required after\\nthe adjectives. As the student will scarcely be satis/ait de cela, we\\ngive a rule or two on this difficult subject, and add lists of adjectives\\nwith their proper accompanying prepositions.\\nWhen an adjective follows the verb t trr, used unipersonally,\\nthe preposition is pieced after that adjective, and before the verb\\nfollowing:\\nIt is sweet to die for one s countni.\\nI \\\\sit r to be wise for a iwthcr than\\nI] eel dona demourir poor son pays.\\nn eel plot aise d etre sage pom lea\\nentree que poor bo! m\\nLi K.m BsrOUCAULD.\\n11 .st phu glorieux dt ae raincre\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ei-meme, qua de rainere tee\\nautre*. \u00c2\u00a3rx.\\nIt is more glorious to conquer one s\\nself thnn to conquer others.\\n(5.) It should be recollected, thai it Ea only when the verb itre ia\\nanipereonai, that it thus seems to influence the choice of the prepo-\\nsition, bi other fljective must be followed by the prepo-\\nhition proper t\u00c2\u00ab. it. See 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, below.\\nteher.\\n0i la n p. also .i faire.\\nThai ft to tht I mrh.\\n;sy to be done {easily\\niti itr.)\\n88. I nOOTHS BBQl iiii.vi; tiu: PftSPOmnOS Dk.\\nfrom\\nsorry fir\\ntired irilk, of\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0re ad of\\nQlorieux de, promt of\\nBonteUX de, ashamed of\\npleama wit* Impatient de, imtyamtnt ef*\\ncurious to incapable de, incapable of\\ndesirous to, of Inconsolable de, imeonseUmJew\\ndisdaining to [ndigne de, vnwortkf ef\\nicritk\\nfrom Inqutet de If about\\nde, intoxicated with\\nenvious of Laa de, weary of\\nremote, far from MCcontent de, displeased wml\\na stare to Parent do, related to\\nAbsent de,\\nAmbifleux de,\\nAmourem de,\\nAvide de,\\nApprochant de,\\nCapable do,\\nClu ri de,\\nCompiii\\nle,\\nCurieux de,\\nneux de,\\nde,\\nl itl .ivnt de,\\nde,\\nBnvicui de,\\nEloign\\nfrom) Exempt de,\\nambitious of\\nin hrve with. F.itigll6 dc,\\neasrer for de,\\nPort da\\ncapable", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0416.jp2"}, "417": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. \u00c2\u00a789,90.\\n415\\nPlein da, full of\\nRavi de, glad to, of\\nRassasie de, satiated with\\nEeconnaissant de, grateful for\\nRempli de, filled with\\nRedevable de, indebted for\\nQui vit content de rien, possede\\ntoute chose. Boileau.\\nII n est pas de Romain,\\nQui ne soit desireux de vous donner\\nla main. Corneille.\\nSoigneux de, careful of to\\nSur de, sure of\\nSurpris de, surprised of\\nTributaire de, tributary to\\nVictime de, victim to t of\\nVide de, void of\\nHe who lives content wit r i a httie,\\npossesses all.\\nThere is no Roman that is not desir\\nous to reach you his hand.\\n89. List of Adjectives Requiring the Preposition A.\\nto\\nAccessible a, accessible to\\nAccoutume a, accustomed to\\nAdherent a, adhering to\\nAgrcable a, agreeable to\\nAjuste a, fitted for\\nAnterieur a, prior to\\nAise a, easy to\\nArdent a, zealous for\\nAssidu a, assiduous to\\nAttentif a, attentive to\\nBona, good for\\nCher a, dear to\\nConforme a, similar to\\nContraire a, contrary to\\nCruel a, cruel towards\\nDifficile a difficult to\\nEnclin a, prone to\\nEtranger a, a stranger to\\nExact a, exact in\\nFacile a, easy to\\nFavorable a, favorable to\\nL ignorance toujours, est prete d\\ns admirer. Boileau.\\nInsensible a, la vie, insensible a, la\\nmort,\\n11 ne sait quand il veille, il ne sait\\nquand il dort. Racine.\\nFormidable a,\\nFatal a,\\nImportun a,\\nImpenetrable a,\\nIndispensable a,\\nInteresse a,\\nInvisible a,\\nInsensible a,\\nNaturel a,\\nNecessaire a,\\nNuisible a,\\nOdieux a,\\nPosterieur a,\\nPreferable a,\\nPropice a,\\nPropre a,\\nRebelle a,\\nRedoutable a,\\nSemblable a,\\nSujet a,\\nfatal to\\nimportunate to\\nimpenetrable to\\nindispensable to\\ninterested in\\ninvisible to\\ninsensible to\\nnatural to\\nnecessary to\\nhurtful to\\nodious to\\nposterior to\\npreferable to\\npropitious to\\nfit for\\nrebellious\\nformidable to\\nsimilar to\\nsubject to\\nIgnorance is always ready to ad-\\nmire itself.\\nInsensible to life, insensible toC\\nhe does not know when lie is\\nor when he sleeps.\\n90. Adjectives requiring a Different Preposition in\\nFrench and in English, not included in the above List,\\nwith the following signification.\\nBon pour,\\nde-\\nkind towards,\\nvoted to\\nCelsbre pour, par, celebrated for\\nCivil envers, polite to\\nQuand on est bon pour tout le\\nmonde, on ne Test pour personne.\\nC. Delavigne.\\nE fut celebre par sa doctrine, au-\\ntant que par sa naissance.\\nBosscet.\\nIgnorant en, not versed in\\nIndulgent pour, indulgent towards\\nInsolent avec, insolent to\\nPoli envers, polite to\\nWhen one is devoted to every body\\none is so towards nobody.\\nHe was celebrated for his doctrine, as\\nwell as for his birth.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0417.jp2"}, "418": {"fulltext": "416 BYKTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. \u00c2\u00a791,92,93.\\n91. Remark.\\nIt must not be forgotten, that when the verb the is used uniper-\\nsonally before the adjectives contained in the two preceding sections\\nthese adjectives become subject to rule (4.) 87.\\nII est indispensable d etudier I 11 is indispensable to study much,U\\nbeaucoup pour devenir savant. become learned.\\n92. Important Riles.\\n(1.) A noun may be followed by two or more adjectives, having\\none and the same regimen, provided those adjectives require the\\nsame prepositions after them thus we may say\\nOe pen eel utile et cher ii ss fa-\\nmine. GlRAlI.T DlVIVIKR.\\nLa religion i e et na-\\nturelle (i Phomme. Ashwmocs.\\n7 father is useful and dear to\\nhis fn mil y.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0i is necessary and natural\\nto num.\\nThese two sentences are eorrect, because the adjectives, utile, and\\ncher, in the first, and lu crssaire and natunl, in the second, require the\\ntame preposition,\\n(\u00e2\u0080\u00a2J.) We could DOt in the iir-t of these two sentences, substitute\\nfor the word cAer, and Bay as in English,\\nThatfathrr is useful to, end beloved r.v his family. Bach constrac-\\ntion in French, it never admissible. We must say, That father isuse-\\nfitl t h sfasnil ved by them because the adjective chin,\\nthe prepOSitioD or its substitute, the relative pronoun en\\n39, (17.)].* Ce DOM est utile B SB l .nnille et en est cheri, i. c est\\ncheri (i\\n-1 kti.i;minin(; Ai ji:ctivi:s. DsHONBTBATZVl Adjec-\\nThe demonstrative adjective, which must not be confounded with\\nthe demonstrative pronoun 38.], always preeedei the noun, and\\nmust be repeated before every substantive. It assumes the gender\\nnd number of the word whieli it determines 20, (1.)]:\\nC t air pur, ea gazoos, eeile voote\\nmobile\\nId t ut plait auca-ur. toutenchantc\\nl s veas. CASTKr..\\nair. that turf, that chang-\\nt every tk ins; pleases\\nthe heart and charms the i j\\nThe rule witli regard to the regimen of v. rbs is equally imperative.\\nWe COUld !i t say in l r.ii.li. as i:, English I vnlr l.ltrrs TO,\\nemd rscstvs letters nou my bri\\ntents my brother, and fscetvt some from Tout) s l s \u00e2\u0080\u00a2BatttDM J ocrta\\nttres a moil fiere, et j .n reools h lui.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0418.jp2"}, "419": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. \u00c2\u00a794,95 417\\n94. Agreement, Repetition, and Place of the Posses-\\nsive Adjective.\\nWe have said 21, (2.)] that the possessive adjective assumes the\\ngender and number of the object possessed, and (4.) that it must be\\nrepeated before every noun. The place of the possessive adjective\\nis the same in French, as in English, that is, before the noun. These\\nadjectives must not be confounded with the possessive pronouns\\n[$34,(2.)]:-\\nMon pere, ma mere et mes soeurs I My father, mother, and sisters are\\nsont arrives. J arrived.\\n95. Remarks.\\n(1.) It has been said 77, (9.)] that the French use the article in-\\nstead of the possessive adjective, when alluding to the parts of the\\nbody. This, however, must only take place where the possession i3\\notherwise sufficiently explained. We must say, for instance\\nJ ai mal a, la tete. My head aches (I have a pain m\\nthe head).\\nCharles s est casse le bras. Charles has broken his arm.\\nbecause the possession is sufficiently explained by the pronouns^s\\nin the first sentence, and se in the second. But, we must say,\\nJe vois que mon bras s enfle, I see that my arm swells.\\nbecause without the mon, the possession of the arm would not ba\\nindicated.\\n(2.) The English expressions, a book of mine, a cousin of his, can-\\nnot be translated literally into French. We must say un de mes\\namis, one of my friends; un de ses cousins, one of his cousins.\\nCinna et Carbon, un de seslieuten- I Cinna and Carlo, a lieutenant of\\nants, se camperent sur les bords du his, encamped on the banks of the\\nTibre. Vertot. Tiber.\\n(3.) In familiar or jocose style, we sometimes use the possessive\\npronoun, mien, tien, sien, without the article, to express the same\\nrelation\\nA travers d un mien pre, certain Through a meadow of mine a\\nanon passa. Racine. young ass passed.\\nUn mien cousin est juge-maire. A cousin of mine is judge and\\nLa Fontaine. mayor.\\n(4.) When the possessor is an inanimate object, the adjectives son,\\nta, ses, leurs, can be placed before the object possessed only when\\nthe possessor is the subject of the same proposition\\nLa campagne a ses agrements. The country has its pleasures.\\nCes langues ont leurs beautes. j Those languages have their beau-\\nI ties.\\n18*", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0419.jp2"}, "420": {"fulltext": "418\\nSYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIV E. 96, 97.\\n(5.) When the (inanimate) possessor is not the subject of the\\nproposition, in which the possession is expressed, but of a preceding\\none, the article and the relative pronoun en are used 39, (17.)\\nno.].\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nCe livre est bien iraprime, le pa-\\npi, r n esl excellent\\nJ hahitc la campagne les agree-\\nments en sont sans nombre.\\nCos langues sont riches, jVn ad-\\nmin.- I- Nob,\\nThat book is wcU-printed, its paper\\n(the paper of it) is excellent.\\nJ ink abit the country its pleasures\\nisures f it) arc without num-\\nber.\\nThose la nguagts arc rich J a dm ire\\nties of them).\\n(6.) Exception. The possession may be expressed by son, sa, ics,\\nkurs, although the possessor be not the nominative of the same\\nproposition, when the object possessed is the regimen of a prepo-\\nsition\\nParis est one villi- remsrquable;\\nuogera admirenl la beauts de\\nscs c li::.\\nParis is a remarkable city, foreign*\\ncr: admire the ticauty of its edifices.\\n6. Nl MKKAI. Ah.ii:i II\\n(1.) The cardinal number used simply to indicate number, not\\nOrder, noon.\\na ben need to indicate order 2fi, (3.)], the cardinal number\\ngenerall] pi when indicating the day of the\\nmonth) 26, I. |a\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nIrrtcn.\\n(3.) The ordinal number la planed before the noun:\\nLa dixicme Bl TV\\n(4.) It follows the worda ehapUrt, page, c. in\\ndivision of a book.\\nLivre sixiemc, cliapitrc dixicme. Sixth book, tenth chapter.\\n1\\\\hi:ki\\\\iii: A\\n(1.) Quthjuc is written in thr\u00c2\u00ab- wmya:\\n1. Followed by a verb, it ia written in two words, quel que j\\nwhich ia an adja in gender and number with,\\nthe subject of the verb, and the second, /i/ which is a conjunction,\\nis invariable.\\nthe\\nthe\\nt .rie.\\nis ma tenta avec Recutita.\\nS uN.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2mnie qurlk tut s.i for-\\ntune u bod iin-ritr, in- put\\ndans t Boniface.\\nor thy country, u under\\n,rn. whatever his fortu\\\\\\nI mi? hi be, could not\\nin his undertakings.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0420.jp2"}, "421": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX THE ADJECTIVE. 97. 419\\n2. Followed by a noun, it is then an adjective 30, (12.)], and\\nitgrees in number with that noun\\nPrinces, quelques raisons que vous I Princes, whatever reasons you may\\npuissiez me dire. Racine. give me.\\n3. Quelque followed by an adjective, or an adverb, is invariable.\\nGames of chance, howevei trifling\\nthey may seem, are always expensive\\nand dangerous.\\nLes jeux de hasard, quelque me-\\ndiocres qu ils paraissent, sont tou-\\njours chers et dangereux.\\nMme. de Genlis.\\n(2.) Heme is an adjective or an adverb\\nIt is an adjective 30, (5.)]\\n1. When it precedes the noun, and means same\\nVous retombez toujours dans les I You always fall into the same ap-\\nmemcs alarmes. Racine. prehensions.\\n2. When it follows a noun or pronoun, and has the sense of him-\\nself herself themselves, even, very, and cannot be turned into de la\\nm\u00c2\u00a3me maniere, in the same manner\\nLes dieux enx-mimes devinrent, J Tlie gods themselves became jealous\\njaloux des bergers. Fenelon. of the shepherds.\\nCes murs mimes, seigneur, peu- Tltese very walls, my lord, may have\\nvent avoir des yeux. Racine. eyes.\\n(3.) It is an adverb and is invariable, when it modifies a verb, an ad-\\njective, or a participle. It has then the sense of aussi, also quoique,\\nalthough, or de la meme maniere, in the same manner\\nFrappez, Tyriens et mime Israel-\\nites. Racine.\\nLeurs vertus et meme leurs noms\\nfitaient ignores.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\nExempts de maux reels les hom-\\nines s en forment mime de chimeri-\\nques.\\nStrike, Tyrians and Israelites also.\\nTheir virtues, as well as their\\nnames, were unknown.\\nWlien exempt from real misfor-\\ntunes, men create to themselves imagi-\\nnary ones.\\n(4.) We have seen that tout, when an adjective, that is, when sig-\\nnifying every, all, is variable 30, (15,) (16.)].\\n(5.) Tout, when it means entirely, quite, nothing but, is an adverb,\\nand, as such, invariable\\nLe lion est tout nerfs et muscles.\\nBuffon.\\nII montra pour rimer des chemins\\ntout nouveaux. Boileau.\\nLe cliien est tout zele, tout ardeur,\\ntout obeissance, Buffon.\\nTlie lion is nothing but nerves and\\nmuscles.\\nHe showed us, in poetry, paths en-\\ntirely new.\\nThe dog is nothing but zeal, ardol\\nand obedience.\\n(6.) But, here, is the same invariable word, variable by euphony\\nbefore a feminine word, commencing with a consonant or an h as-\\npirate\\nLes plaisanteries ne sont bonnes I Jokes are only good, when they an\\nque quand elles sont servies toutes served up quite warm.\\nchaudes. Voltaire.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0421.jp2"}, "422": {"fulltext": "420 SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 98.\\nThe following extract (for the historical accuracy of which wa\\neannot vouch) offers an example on the last rule, and on the excep-\\ntion:\\nLa vanite est sortie toutc par6e del Vanity issued quite adorned from\\nla tete tics femmes comrue Minerve woman s head, as Minerva issued\\nest sortie tout arrafie dc la tMe de^ quite armed from the head of Jw-\\nJupiter. Saint La.mdkrt. [piter.\\n98. The Pronoun. Place of the Personal Pronoun,\\nSubject of the Verb.\\n(1.) Personal pronouns, used as subjects of verbs, are in French\\nM well as in English, placed before them in affirmative and negative\\nsentences:\\nJ inventai des couleurs, j annai la\\ncalomnie.\\nJim. ressai sa gloire Q tremMa\\npour m Rj\\ninvented colors, I armed eal-\\n1 touched his glory he trem-\\nble, I for his life.\\n(2.) In affirmative or n ;iees commencing with au\\nvuiins. a peine, encore, du mains, combien, dec, the\\npronoun may elegantly be placed after the verb, although this con-\\nstruction is nut Imperative:\\nIVut-vtn- DMU i :itreii inliai_/-\\naussi de I aetronomle,\\nAim -Mahtin\\\\\\nCombii-n (l lu-inn\\ne pai\\n[a Fontaine.\\n-jht.\\na- ilk you\\non astronomy.\\n1! many wishes he hses, hw\\nmany steps he t\\n(3.) In exclamation*, the DOminative pronoun [a often placed after\\nthe verb in French, as will as in English\\ni I yenx y voir torn- May 1 own i/m Mi the\\nrndre ills.\\n(4.) In interrogativi anoun la placed\\nImmediately after tic verb in the bu i] le I naea, and between the\\nauxiliary and the participle, in the compound:\\non miis qn al fall Iqvedoii R I it have I done 1\\njt (aire 1 1 what ham I yet m do\\n(5.) In interrogative Bentencei with verba having only one* sylla-\\nble, in the first person singular of the indicative present, and with\\ncome verhs having more than one syllable, hut in which tint panaa\\nends with an preceded by a consonant, the pronounce is not placed\\nWe may say, however luhvjel an ai-je? hove I? fai\\nwiaie I dole-Jet should I. ought I? role-Jel do I sec? vaU-jo/ do I go?\\nDUtcnds Jo 1 do I hear", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0422.jp2"}, "423": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 99. 421\\nafter the verb. In such case another construction must be given\\nto the sentence\\nEst-ce-que je cours 1\\nEsi-ce-que je dors\\nEst-ce-que je comprends 1\\nDo I run? literally, k it. that I\\nrun?\\nDo I sleep\\nDo I understand\\n(6.) The same construction is admissible, though not desirable\\nwith all the persons and tenses which may be used interrogatively.\\n99. Repetition and Omission of the Nominative\\nPronoun.\\n(1.) It is proper to repeat the personal pronouns je, il, nous.\\nUs, before every verb\\nJe lis, j ecvis, je me promene. read, write, and walk.\\n(2.) The omission of the pronouns je, tu, il, nous, vous, Us, before\\nthe second or third verb of a sentence, is a matter of choice and\\nsubject to the following restrictions\\nThose pronouns must be repeated\\n1. When the verbs are not in the same tense\\nJe pretends et je pretendrai ton- I J maintain and will always matn-\\njours. I tain.\\n2. When the first verb is in the negative and the second in the\\naffirmative\\nJe ne plie pas et je romps. I do not bend and I break.\\n3. When the propositions are connected by conjunctions other\\nthan et, and ou, or ni, nor mais, hut\\nNous detestons les mechants, par- 1 We detest the vncked because we\\nceque nous les craignons. fear them.\\n(3.) Although we would advise the student fo follow the 1st rule\\nof this particularly with regard to the pronouns je, tu, nous, vous,\\nand thereby avoid all uncertainty, we give a few examples, where\\nthe pronouns after the first are\\nOmitted\\n11 s arrache les cheveux, se roule\\nsur le sable, reproche aux Dieux\\nleur rigueur, appelle en vain a son\\nsecours la cruelle mort.\\nF\u00c2\u00a3n\u00c2\u00a3lon.\\nHe (Telemachus) tears his hair,\\nrolls on the sand, reproaches the Gods\\nwith their rigor, and calls in vain,\\ncruel Death fa his aid.\\nJe veux qu on dise un jour aux\\npeuples effrayes,\\nH fut des Juifs, il fut une insolente\\nrace. Racine.\\nI wish that they may one day say to the\\nfrightened nations, there were Jews,\\nthere was an insolent race.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0423.jp2"}, "424": {"fulltext": "422\\nSYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. S 100.\\nII s ocoute, il se plait, il s adonise\\nU s aime. J. B. Rousseau.\\nHe listen s to himself, he adorns him-\\nself, he laves himself.\\nNous avons dit, ct nous allons\\np.-ouvcr, qa il n y a pas de bonheur\\nsansverta. Basesis.\\nWi have said, and ve arc going to\\nprove, that there is no happiness\\nwithout virtue.\\nL Etcrncl est son nom, le monde\\nest son ouvrage,\\nII entend les soupirs de l humble\\nqa on outrage\\nJuge tons les mortels avec d egales\\nlois,\\nEt du hast de son trono interroge\\ntea rois. Racine.\\nThe Eternal is his name, the wtHi\\nis his work he Ustcns to the sighs\\nof the humble oppressed, judges all\\nmankind with equal lair s, and in-\\nterrogates the mightjf from his lofty\\n100. Place of Personal Pronouns\\nVerbs.\\nused as Regimens of\\n(1.) The personal pronoun used as rigitne direct, (direct object or\\naccusative) j -\u00c2\u00ab2. -4.) and the pronoun used as regime indirect, (indi-\\nct) with the preposition to, expressed or understood, in Eng-\\nBan, (dative of the L 3.)] are in French placed before\\nthe verb\\nmen,\\n1\\nan del 1\\nlie.\\nM\\nUn til faiTStfl balaa, rtnmmfl le\\nmoat\\nJ \u00c2\u00bbn boa Jen be Fentsfne.\\ni MaKTIV.\\nP\\nthe gnat of the good J\\n(\u00e2\u0080\u00a22.) 1st Exception: When tin- v.-rl. is in the second person singu-\\nlar, or in thfl Bj person plural of the imperative used af-\\nfirmatively, these pronouns must be pissed after it:\\nRenda moi chretienne e( libra, a\\nid. sonmeta Voltaiss.\\naillons-iuwjaussid une rains\\nI ii/irn.\\nI\\nI iiiii sjxak to them.\\nrix je leur ]M-rincts do\\nvivr.-. Ku-ini:.\\n1 allow Hum to\\nII faul compter but llngratttnde\\ndea bommea 1 pas de\\nre -in bfen. PsjotLON.\\nh aula expect ingratitude from\\ntpeak to hem.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a01 and free, 1\\nI from a vain\\npride.\\nlo the next room.\\nI\\nbra procbaine, Ra-\\nBut it* the verb in those persons of the impcrativi\\nbe used negatively, the pronouns will be placed according to\\nHule ,1.):\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ye/ ras. do not uc them. Nc/rurparlezpas, fo\u00c2\u00bbw. rpcaktothem.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0424.jp2"}, "425": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 100.\\n423\\nSi 1 on vous propose de faire une If they propose to you to commit a\\nftiauvaisf- action, ne la faites pas. bad action, do it not.\\nDissipe tcs douleurs, Dissipate thy grief, end trouble me\\nEt ne me trouble pas par ces in- not by these unworthy tears.\\ndignes pleurs. Boileau.\\n(4.) 2d Exception With reflective verbs, when the r6gime indi\\ndirect* is a person, the pronoun representing it must follow the ve:b\\nThis must also be the case with the following verbs\\nAller a, to go to, towards.\\nJe m adresse a lui, a eux.\\nJo vais d vous ou a, eux.\\nVous courez a lui ou a elle.\\nElle vient d moi ou a, vous.\\nVous pensez a nous ou a lui.\\nUs soiigent d eux et d vous.\\nVenir a, to come to.\\nBoire a, to drink to.\\nPenser a, songer a, to think of.\\nI apply to him, to them.\\nI go to you or to them.\\nYou run to him or to her.\\nShe comes to me or to you.\\nYou think of us or of him.\\nThey think of them and of you.\\n(5.) The pronoun used as the indirect regimen of the French,\\nwhich answers to the indirect object of the English preceded by a\\npreposition other than to, and to the genitive and ablative cases of\\nthe Latin, is always, in French, placed after the verb, and preceded\\nby one of the prepositions de, of; pour, for; avec, with, c.\\nJe parle de lui et de vous.\\nJ ecris pmor lui et pour elle.\\nQui rit d autrui,\\nDoit craindre qu en revanche on\\nrie aussi de lui. Moliere.\\n(6.) When two imperatives, used affirmatively, are joined together\\nby the conjunction el, the pronoun regimen of the second mav be\\nplaced before it, or after it, as in English\\nI speak of Mm and of you.\\nI write for him and for her.\\nHe who laughs at others, must fe\\nthat in their turn, they may also\\nat Mm.\\nAfter the Verb.\\nSortez et l issez-moi dormir.\\nGo out, and let me sleep.\\nMarche, et suis-nous du moins ou\\nl honneur nous appelle. Boileau.\\nMarch and follow us, at least, where\\nhonor calls us.\\nCessez, vous dis-je et laissez-moi,\\nMadame, executer les volontes du\\nroi. Kacine.\\nCease, I tell you, and suffer me,\\nMaiam, to execute the commands of\\nihz king.\\nBefore the Verb.\\nSortez et me laissez dormir.\\nGo out, and let me sleep.\\nLaissez-moi cette chaine, ou m ar-\\nrachez le jour. La Harpe.\\nLeave me this chain, or deprive me\\nof life.\\nVous attendez le roi; parlez et ha\\nmontrez,\\nContre le fils d Hector tous les Grecs\\nconjures. Racine.\\nYou expect the king; speak and de-\\npict to him, all the Gi eeks conspiring\\nagainst the son of Hector.\\nObject of the verb preceded in English by to, expressed or under-\\nstood, dative of the Latins.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0425.jp2"}, "426": {"fulltext": "424\\nSYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 101.\\n101. Respective Place of the Pronouns when two occu*\\nWITH ONE VeKB.\\n(_1.) When two pronouns occur, one regime direct (accusative) and\\nthe other regime indirect (dative), the pronoun regime indirect, if not\\nin the third person singular or plural, must precede the pronoun re-\\nime direct:\\nle donnera.\\nII le pretera.\\nlis notu lea moutreroni\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2lire/..\\nQuand je puis obliger, ma joic est\\naaaes grande;\\nPour a attendre jamais que Ton,\\nme k commando, Boirsaui.t. J\\nencore, vona n aurez\\ndea hommea que pat use\\ntO. M I M r.\\nHe will give it to me.\\n11 lend it to thee.\\nThey will show them to ns.\\nYou will say it to vs.\\nWhen I ran oblige, my joy is great\\nenough, without my wishing to wait\\nuntil (hey eommand me (i. e., they\\ncommand it to me.)\\n1 lit to you you can obtain\\nn of men only by real virtue.\\n(Vfaen the pronoun regime indirect is in the third person singu-\\nlar or plural, it must then be placed alter the regime direct:\\ndonnera,\\nNow pas.\\nVona le u ur eorfres.\\nLe pins aarappnl de I hon\\nvona vonlea hti ravir.\\nwill give it to him.\\nlend it to him.\\nnot hud it to them.\\nU write it to them.\\nThe surest support of man is Goa,\\nand you wish to deprive him of it.\\n(3.) Re m ar k stive pronoun st, need aa an indin\\nmen, makea an ezceptiorj to the above rule, as it takes precedence of\\nregimen:\\nn think ill of each other, at\\ndo )0 say it to each other.\\nsi lei hommea penaent mal lea\\nantres, lu mofoa Da\\ndiseot\\n(l.) The Rules (l.) ami (2.)i also the Exception (3.), apply to the\\nImperativi lively; but Rule (1.) cannot apply to the impera-\\ntive used affirmatively.\\nExamples of the Impcralii- :fively.\\nI I to US,\\nrates paa Hole (2, j\\nL\u00c2\u00bbu s.ui^ le taut de roia e eat l u-\\nnique heritage;\\nenviea paj, lalaaes-mol mon\\n.irtagc. Voltaibk.\\n(5.) When the imperative used affirmative^ baa two regimena,\\nlot lend it to thrm.\\nI n say it to themselves.\\nOftht blood of to many tittgt, uu\\nmy only inheritance do nut\\n(to me), leave me my ft", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0426.jp2"}, "427": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 102,103.\\n425\\nthe pronoun regime direct precedes the regime indirect in all the\\npersons\\nEnvoyez-Ze-wwi.\\nDomiez-k-nous.\\nQu ils k lui donnent.\\nMontrez-fe-moi, ce mortel privi-\\n.egie. Ballanche.\\nMets-k-toi dans l esprit qui fait\\nmal, trouve mal. Anonymous.\\nSend it to me.\\nGive it to us.\\nLet them give it to him.\\nShow him to me, that privileged\\nmortal.\\nPut this into thy mind; he who\\ndoes evil, finds evil.\\n102.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Rule.\\nWhen two pronouns in different cases, representing rational be-\\nings, occur, and the pronoun in the regime direct is in the first, or in\\nthe second person, this pronoun must be placed according to the\\ngeneral rules and the pronoun in the regime indirect must follow\\nthe verb, and be preceded by the proper preposition\\nH nous a recomniandes a eux.\\nII vous a presents a elk.\\nNul ne peut se comparer a lui, pour\\nfaire en peu de temps, un travail\\nfort inutile. La Bruyere.\\nHe has recommended us to them.\\nHe has presented you to her.\\nNo one can compare himself to him,\\nfor doing in a short time, a ver%\\nuseless piece of work.\\n103.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Rule.\\n(1.) The personal pronouns lui, die, eux, elles, used as indirect re-\\ngimens of verbs and preceded by a preposition, can only relate\\nto persons, and not to things. The expressions of or from it; q/*o?\\nfrom them, when relating to things, should be rendered by en 39,\\n(17.)]:-\\nI speak of it, of them; I give of it\\n{some).\\nI prize valor too highly to be jealous\\nof it.\\nHe who is in prosperity should feat\\nJ en parle j en donne.\\nJ aime trop la valeur, pour en etre\\njalous. La Harpe.\\nCelui qui est dans la prosperite,\\ndoit craindre d en abuser.\\nFen\u00c2\u00a3lon.\\n(2.) The relative pronoun y 39, (18.) 5 111], is used in French\\nin relation to things, for the indirect regimen, expressed in English by\\nat or to (dative). It means at or to it or to them thereto, c\\nJ y songerai, I will think of it. Faites-y attention, Pay attention to it.\\nC estlorsque nous sommes eloignes\\nde notre pays, que nous sentons\\nsurtout l instinct qui nous y at-\\ntache. Chateaubriand.\\nTous nos jours vont a la mort, le\\ndernier y arrive. Montaigne.\\nLes choses de la terre ne valent\\npas qu on h y attache. Nicole.\\nIt is when we are far from our coun-\\ntry that we feel, above all, the in-\\nstinct which attaches us to it.\\nAll our days travel towards death,\\nthe last one arrives at it {reaches\\nit).\\nThe things of the earth ai e not worth\\nour attachment to them.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0427.jp2"}, "428": {"fulltext": "426 SYNTAX OF THE PEOKOUN. \u00c2\u00a7104,105,106.\\n10t.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Place of En and T.\\n(J.) Th) place of en and y is the same as that prescribed by Rule\\n(1.) 100, for the personal pronouns. They are also subject to Ex.\\nception (2.) and Remark (3.) of the same See examples above.\\n(2.) En and y are always placed after the other pronouns r6\u00c2\u00ab\\ngimes\\nII nous en a parle.\\nII lui en a dit quelque chose.\\nParlez- /uz -cn.\\nNe nous en jmrlez pas.\\nJe l y ai remove.\\nRenvoyes-noue-y.\\nNe none y ronvoyez pas.\\nHe has spokc7i to us of it.\\nHe has toll/ him something ofxt.\\nSpeak to him of it.\\nDo not speak to us of it.\\nI hare referred him to it.\\nRefer, or send us baek to it.\\nDo net refr us to it.\\n\u00c2\u00a710,5. Rkfjritiov or rai Prokouot, Regimes.\\nThese pronouns must, in French, be repeated before every verb:\\nAh! moo enfant, oueje roudraia\\nHen oous ?cir on pen, oout enten-\\nir pas-\\nIfme, DbSAVignb.\\nJe vcux It voir, It prier, U presser,\\nimportiiiicr, b llechir.\\nKELI.K.\\nAh! my child, how J would like to\\nrt tan*, to hear you,\\nembrace you, ttt unit jxiss.\\nI will $te him. entreat him, press\\nhim, importune him, bend him.\\n100. The Podwiijivi Pbovous.\\n(1.) Th\u00c2\u00ab poeneeaive pronoun, in French, is always preceded by\\nthe article 34, (2.) (3.)] which, as well as (he pronoun itself, agrees\\nin gender and number with the noun represented [j 35, (1.)]\\nambition ni la fames ne ton- n ambition nor smoke have\\nSuch a heart as mine.\\nInstead of bevoMimg the death of\\nI nth to I arn from you haw\\n.nj own holy.\\nclient point anooBurconuneltttsmk\\n.1. .1. Bosaesao.\\nAu lieu de deplorer U mod dea\\nJe veux apprendre de roni\\na rendre la mie n nt Minte.\\nBOSSCF.T.\\n(2.) The pronouns le nutre, le v6tre 34, (3.)], etc., unlike the\\nadjectives notre, votre, dec, always take the circumflex accent:\\nLa muaique deb andena Orccs I The music of the amcutui Greeks\\ns ditli rente de 1 1 n,,trc. v,; 1 1 from ours.\\nVol.TAlRF.. I\\n(3) When the English pronouns, mine, thine, dtc^\\nMOM after the verb/ be, thej are often rendered into French by the\\nindirect pronouns ii BIOS, n I d:\\nCe livre t st d v m. That hook is mine.\\nCes plumes nt elles d rous Are these pens yours?", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0428.jp2"}, "429": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OP THE PRONOUN. 107.\\n427\\n107. The Demonstrative Pkonoon.\\n(1.) Tli3 demonstrative pronouns 36] can never be placed be-\\nfore nouns. They merely represent them\\nLa meilleure le^on est celle des\\nexemples. La Harpe.\\nN oublie jamais les bienfaits que\\ntu as re9us; oublie promptement\\nceux que tu as accordes.\\nBOISTE.\\nThe best lesson is that of examples.\\nNever forget the benefits which thou\\nhast received; forget quickly those\\nwhich thou hast conferred.\\n(2.) The pronouns celui, celle, ceux, celles, as has been said 37,\\n(2.)], are often used absolutely, not only in the nominative, but also\\nin the regimes, direct and indirect. They have then the sense of he\\nwho, him whom, of whom that which, of which. They apply, in this\\n3, as well to things as to persons\\nHe who reckons ten friends, has not\\none.\\nWe cannot compel him who will not.\\nCelui qui compte dix amis, n en\\na pas un. Malesherbes.\\nOn ne saurait forcer celui qui ne\\nveut pas.\\nL harmonie la plus douce est la\\nvoix de celle qu on aime.\\nLa Bruyere.\\nThe sioeetest harmony is the voice\\nof her whom we love.\\n(3.) The French use celui, celle, ceux, celles, indifferently for this,\\nthat. When they institute a contrast or a comparison, they suffix the\\nadverbs* ci (ir.i) and la to the pronouns 37, (3.)]\\nCorneille nous assujettit a. ses\\ncaracteres et a ses idees Racine\\nse conforme aux notres. Celui-la\\npeint les hommes, comme ils dev-\\nraient etre, celui-ci les peint tels\\nqu ils sont. La Bruyere.\\nCorneille subjects us to his charac-\\nters and to his ideas; Racine con-\\nforms himself to ours. That one {the\\nformer) paints men as tlvey should be,\\nthis one (the latter) paints them as\\n(4.) Celui-ci, celle-ci, ceux-ci, celles-ci, may be used absolutely in\\nFrench in the sense of this one, that one, c.\\nOn la vit, toutes les semaines, es-\\nsuyer les larmes de celui-ci, pour-\\nvoir aux besoins de celui-la.\\nFl\u00c2\u00a3chier.\\nEvery week, she xoas seen wiping\\nthe tears of this one, providing for tte\\nwants of that one.\\n(5.) Ceci and cela are always used absolutely. They serve to\\npoint out things only. They can, of course, never be prefixed to a\\nnoun 37, (5.)]\\nThe same adverbs produce the same difference in meaning with the\\ndemonstrative adjectives ce, cct, c. They are not placed immediately\\nafter those adjectives, but after the nouns which they determine cet\\nhomme-ci, this man, cet homme-la, that man. The commencement of\\nRemark (3.) applies also to the adjectives ce, cet, cette, ces, c.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0429.jp2"}, "430": {"fulltext": "428\\nSTSTAX OF THE PRO SOU N. 108.\\nTant que le jour est long, il gronde\\nentre ses dents,\\nFais ceci, fais ccla, va, viens, monte,\\ndescends Regnard.\\nJe suis un peu surpris de tout ceci.\\nMassillon.\\nVous n avez pu dSsavouer cela.\\nPascal.\\nThe livelong day he mutters i\\nhis teeth, do this, do that, go, come,\\ngo up, come down.\\nI am a Utile surprised, at all this.\\nYou have not been able to disavow\\nthat.\\n108. Remarks ox the Demonstrative Pronolw Cb.\\n(1.) Ce, when used as a demonstrative pronoun, is almost always\\nconstrued with the verb ttre, or followed by a relative pronoun\\nC est un i\u00c2\u00ab iils Men pownl qu un\\ngTand nom a soutenir.\\nMoNTEMkmSD.\\nCe qui me plait c est sa modestie.\\nLiviZAC.\\nA great name is a very heavy weight\\nto sustain.\\nThat which pleases me is her mod-\\nesty.\\n(2.) Ce is used for he, she, thnj, preceding any part of the verb to\\nbe, When that verb is followed by a mum, or an adjective used sub-\\nstantively and preceded by the, a or arc, or a possessive or demonstra-\\ntive adjeetive.\\nthat the verb rtrr following the pronoun ce, is put in\\nthe plural, when the noun following that verb is plural. The pro-\\nnoun oSfhowereri remains unchanged.\\nHe is a deceitful man.\\nS irnmtin whom I seek.\\nan trompear.\\nie r\u00c2\u00ab 1 1 1 1 1 1 f qneje eherehe.\\ntri met unto.\\nperotoeexqnbes.\\n:.iit un pend qui parlit.\\nM M.lEKK.\\nN *t.i memea bom\\nI hiTKACDUUNH.\\nirouU be exquisite words.\\nIf a emit man were to speak then.\\nII [fay not the same RM\\nAll those sentences are elliptieal a noun being understood after\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0iiinie ett un trempew. That man is a deceitful one\\nmme eel la (emme que je That woman islhcwoman whom 1\\neherehe.\\n(4.) This is, that is, these are, those are, may also be rendered by\\n\u00c2\u00a3est ici, ce sunt ici\\nI to place.\\nId mea enfknts.\\nThis is the place.\\nmy children.\\nVoid, xoilii, are, however, to be preferred to cesl ici, e:\\nI place. I to place.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0Mi enfants. Those au my children.\\n(5.) O answers to the English pronoun it, when this totter word\\ni the nominative of the verb to be, without def.nite n\\nto an antecedent", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0430.jp2"}, "431": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. \u00c2\u00a7109. 429\\nCe n est que par les sens que l ame\\npout s instruhe. Fontanes.\\nCe fat d une retraite de patres et\\nd aventuriers, que sortirent les con-\\nquerants de l univers. Rollin.\\nC est un defaut capital qu il faut\\neviter dans quelque sujet que ce soit.\\nVoltaire.\\nIt is only through the senses that the\\nmind can receive instruction.\\nIt was from a refuge for shepherds\\nand adventurers, that emerged the\\nconquerors of the world.\\nThis is a capital defect which should\\nbe avoided in whatever subject it may\\nbe.\\n(6.) When the verb etre, however, is used unipersonally, and fol\\nlowed hy an adjective 87, (3.)], the pronoun it is not rendered by\\nce, but by the pronoun used with all unipersonal verbs (il)\\nII est necessaire d etudier. It is necessary to study.\\nII est plus difficile pour les na-\\ntions que pour les individus, de re-\\ncouvrer l estime de leurs voisins\\nquand elles l ont perdue. Boiste.\\nIt is more difficult fornations than\\nfor individuals to recover the esteem\\nof their neighbors, when they have\\nlost it.\\n109. The Relative Pronoun.\\n(1.) 1 He relative pronoun que, whom, which, can in French never\\nbe supp^sssed like the corresponding English pronouns\\nThe praises (which) we give, have\\nalways in some way a relation to our-\\nLes Jaoanges que nous donnons,\\nse rap^ortent toujours par quelque\\nchose 4 nous-memes.\\nMassillon.\\n(2.) The pronouns quel, que, quoi, lequel, represent the English\\npronouns which or what used interrogatively.\\n1. Quel is used before a noun in a determinative sense\\nQuel livre lirons-nous 1 What or which book shall we read?\\nQuel est done votre mal 1 What then is your ailment 1\\nMoliere. I\\n2. Que is used before a verb\\nQue dites-vous 1 What do you say?\\n3. Quoi is used as an exclamation\\nQuoi est-ce vous 1 What is it you\\n4. Lequel, used interrogatively, means which one\\nVoici deux plumes laquelle vou- I Here are two pens which (whicA\\nWz-vous 1 I one) will you have\\n(3.) Qui is also used interrogatively for the regime direct, an\\npreceded by a preposition, for the regime indirect. It then means\\nwhom, of whom, to whom, whose, c.\\nQui avez-vous vu 1 Whom have you seen\\nDe qui tenez-vous cette nouvelle 1 From whom have you this news\\nA qui est ce livre 1 Whose book is this\\nThe conjunction, that, is often omitted in English its equivalent que,\\nmust always be expressed in French.\\nJe crois qu il est ici. I believe (that) he is here.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0431.jp2"}, "432": {"fulltext": "430\\n8YSTAX OF THE PROKOC N. 110-113.\\n110.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Tkoxoux En.\\n(1.) We have already [j 39, (17.) J 95, (6.) 103, Rule (1.)]\\nseveral remarks on this pronoun.\\n(2.) En signifies of it, from it, icish it, about it, of them, from them\\n.O., expressed or understood. Though en is by some French v riters\\noi Un Med in relation to persons, their example should be imitated\\nn raeh eases only as that presented by the example 92, (2.)].\\n(3.) En, u-ed as an equivalent tor the English sojne or any, ex-\\npreSBSd or anderstood, preserves its nature of an indirect regimen,\\nand baa, in the same manner as the French article placed before a\\nnoun used partitively, the of (ki m the word partie\\nbeing understood:\\nHnvt you apples?\\nThat is. some, or rather, f the, a part if the apples.\\nai. I hare, I hare some; I hare of\\nthem or I have (a part) of them.\\n(4.) En sometimes recalls the whole or part of a proposition:\\nJ. -aurait vi ir\\nPoasftder ar un autre un Men qn on\\nfur..\\nun a sa\\nMOLltHK.\\nII\\ni\u00c2\u00bb rum in possession\\nirhieh ire hare failed in ob-\\nM nhout this,\\nevery one has his own opinion.\\n111.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 li. Y.\\nid] been made on this pronoun [J39,\\n(18.) 103, (2.)]. it, to them, at them. It is seldom\\nused in relation to persons or animal-, but frequently in relation to\\nthings:\\nI\\nTircr raniM de qnelqn\\ne esf pronver, qn on\\neccaal B\\ntll aire\\nBoMVAea.\\n*f child,\\nanil answer it {make ansiccr thereto)\\nin haste.\\nvanity on account of any\\nproving, thai ve are not\\nI to it.\\nihs affair vpim yourself\\ngive all your care to it.\\ng 112. 1 lai-k oi mi: Pbohouvs Ba am. Y.\\nSee 104, (1.) (2.)\\n4 -)l-\\n(1.) On. which is very extensively need in the French language, IS\\n\u00c2\u00bbaid only of persons. The verb, of which it is always U e nomine-", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0432.jp2"}, "433": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 113.\\n431\\nlive, must be in the singular. This pronoun is of the masculine\\ngender. [See (2.)] On is used in French for people, one, some one,\\nwe, (hey, whenever these words have a general and indefinite meaning,\\nand do not refer to any particular word\\nOn pardonne aisement le mal\\ninvolontaire. De la Boutraye.\\nOn cherche les rieurs, et moi je\\nes evite. La Fontaine.\\nAnother translation of the above sentences, will show us that the\\npronoun on often enables the French to make use of the active voice,\\nwhich they always prefer to the passive.* Thus the two examples\\nlast given, may be rendered as follows:\\nWe, (people, they, fc.) easily for-\\ngive involuntary injuries.\\nPeople (they, we) seek laughing or\\nmerry people, and I avoid them.\\nActive Voice in French.\\nOn pardonne aisement le mal\\ninvolontaire.\\nOn cherche les rieurs, mais moi\\nje les evite.\\nPassive Voice in English.\\nInvoluntary injuries are easily for-\\ngiven.\\nMerry or joyful people are generally\\nsought for my part, I avoid t?iem.\\nA few more examples, from some of the best French authors,\\nelucidating the use of this pronoun, will be useful to the student\\nQuand on est chretien de quelque\\nsexe que Von soit, il n est pas permis\\nd etre lache. F\u00c2\u00a3n\u00c2\u00a3lon.\\nOn peut etre honnete homme, et\\nfaire mal des vers. Moliere.\\nOn aime peu celui qui n ose\\naimer personne. Delille.\\nA-t-on jamais pleure d avoir fait\\nson devoir 1 Chamfort.\\nQuand on a meme but, rarement\\non s accorde. Lebrun.\\nArtistes, ecrivains, poetes, si vous\\nvous copiez toujours, on ne vous\\ncopiera jamais.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\nA Christian of lohichever sex he may\\nbe, is not allowed to be cowardly.\\nOne may be a worthy man, and,\\nmake bad verses.\\nWe feel but little love for him who\\ndares love nobody.\\nHave we ever grieved on account\\nof having done our duty\\nThose who have the same aim,\\nrarely agree.\\nArtists, writers, poets! if you al-\\nways copy each other, no person wiU\\ncopy you.\\n(2.) If the word, on, denotes definitely a female, the adjective re-\\nlating to it, takes the feminine termination\\nQuani on est belle, on ne l ignore I When one (a lady) is handsome,\\npas. L Acad^mie. she is not ignorant of it.\\n(3.) The pronoun, on, must be repeated before every verb\\nOn leve l ancre, on part, on fuit loin\\nde la terre,\\nOn decouvrait deja. les bords de\\nl Angleterre.\\nVoltaire.\\nThey raise the anchor, they depart,\\nthey flee far from the land, already\\nthey discovered the shores of England.\\nOn dit, it is said on rapporte, it is related on craint, it is feared,\\nc. Cela se fait ainsi, literally, that makes itself thus, that is made in this\\nmanner, c.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0433.jp2"}, "434": {"fulltext": "432\\nSI.VTAX OF THE V E R J\\n-S 114.\\n114. The Verb. Agreement of the Verb with its\\nSubject.\\n(1.) The verb agrees with its nominative or subject, whether thai\\naominative precedes or follows\\nL homme est ne pour r^gner sur\\nI animaux. Voltaire.\\nLes hmnmes S rU encore cnlants d\\nBjixante ans. Albkrt.\\nPar c\\nlegions. Saint Victor.\\nMan is born to reign over all tiu\\nanimals.\\nMen are still children {even) d\\nsijehj.\\nThrough those gates issued the\\nproud It\\n(2.) When a verb has two or more singular nominatives connected\\nby the conjunction et, the verb is put in the plural\\nLa cvlere et la precipitation son!\\ndeux Oh MM tort oppOBOM a la pru-\\nMej\\nLa rioUno- I peoffcOt\\nrien Tunc sur lautrc. Pascal.\\nand precipitation are two\\nvry much opposed to pru~\\ni v and virtue have no power\\nI other.\\n(3.) When a verb has several singular nominatives not connected\\nby e/, it is put in the singular or in the plural according to circum-\\n1. It is put in the singular, if the nominatives are in some way\\nsynonymous\\nLa douceur, la bonte du grand\\nHniri. a eti calebrec de mille\\n:\u00c2\u00bb-ut veiiir ret ennui. 06\\nI m u Haei.kvili.k.\\nThe mildness, the goodness of the\\ndby a\\nII v, has been celebrated by\\npraises.\\nII m proceed thai ennui,\\nj ust I\\n2. When, in a series of nominatives, the last has more force\\nor inter it, and therefore, makes us, as it were, overlook\\nthe other-\\nrifloe\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Totre toisret, TOtre I T ^Jcc\u00e2\u0080\u0094 your interest, your\\nhonneur, Din row k t mtmandel honor, Ood commands it\\n3. The verb is put in the plural, when the affirmation is intended\\nto bo made of all the nominatives taken collectively, and not of each\\nrtkmlar:\\nrrur, les\\nfemme infortunec I\\nutchir. Waii.lv.\\nSavcz rous, si domain,\\n8a liberie, ses jours, seront en votre\\nmain?\\nThe sweetness, the sighs of thai un-\\nfortunate woman could not move\\nhim.\\nDo vou know, if to-morrow,\\nwill I\\nMl liberty, his life,\\nbe in your\\n(4.) On the forms of the verbs when connected by ou, See L. St\\\\", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0434.jp2"}, "435": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 115, 116.\\n433\\n115.- -Number of the Verb after a Collective Noux.\\n(1.) Every verb having, as its subject, a general collective noun\\n3, (6.)], preceded by the article, such as la totalite, V infinite, c,\\ntakes the number of that noun\\nL armee des infldeles/wi entiere-\\nment detruite. L Academie.\\nLa multitude des bonnes choses\\nue Ton trouve dans un ouvrage,\\nc ait perdre de vue la multiplicity\\nmauvaises. Caminade.\\nThe army of the infidels was en-\\ntirely destroyed.\\nThe multitude of the good things\\nwhich we find in a work, makes us\\nlose sight of the multiplicity of the bad\\nones.\\n(2.) When a partitive collective noun 3, (6.)] occurs as the sub-\\nject of a proposition, the verb agrees with that noun, if it occupies\\nthe first rank in the thought of the speaker or writer.\\nThe verb agrees, on the contrary, with the plural noun following\\nthe collective word, if the collective acts only a secondary part, or\\nif it is employed only to add an accessory idea of number\\nAgreement with the following Noun,\\nUne troupe de nymphes couron-\\nnees de fleurs, nageaient autour da\\nson char. Fene lon.\\nA troop of young nymphs, crowned\\nwith flowers, were swimming around\\nher chariot.\\nUne nuee de barbares desolerent la\\npays. L Acade mie.\\nA cloud of barbarians desolated the\\ncountry.\\nCette espece de chiens qu on ap-\\npelle chiens de Laconie, ne vivent\\nque dix ans. Boileau.\\nThat species of dogs which they call\\nLaconian dogs, live only ten years.\\nAgreement with the Collective.\\nUne troupe d assassins entra dans\\nla chambre de Coligny.\\nVoltaire.\\nA gang of assassins entered Co-\\nligny s chamber.\\nUne nuee de traits obscurcit l air.\\nA cloud of arrows darkened the air.\\nCette espece de paons parait avoir\\neprouve les memes effets par la\\nmeme cause. Buffon.\\nThat species of peacocks seems to\\nhave experienced the same effects\\nthrough the same cause.\\n116. Number of the Verb Etre after the Pronoun Ce.\\n(1.) The verb etre preceded or followed by ce, as the grammatical\\nsubject, takes the number of the noun placed in apposition with tiai\\npronoun 108, (3.)]\\nCe sont les moeurs qui font la 1 It is morals which form good com-\\nbonne compagnie. La Chaussee. pany.\\nSont-ce des religieux et des pre- Are they monks and priests who\\ntres qui parlent aind sont-ce des speak so? are they Christians?\\nChretiens Pascal.\\n(2.) The verb etre may also be put in the plural, when the pro-\\nnouns eux and elles are put in apposition with the pronoun ce. This\\nrule, however, is optional, as the examples will show. Before turns\\n19", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0435.jp2"}, "436": {"fulltext": "434 8TNTAX OF THE VERB. \u00c2\u00a7117,118.\\nandious similarly placed, the verb is always in the singular: e ert\\nnous e est vous\\nPlural.\\nCc sont eux qm viennont.\\nBescherelle.\\nIt u they who come.\\nC est eux qui ont bati ce snperbe\\nlabyrinthe. Bossuet.\\nis they who have built thai su-\\nperb labyrinth.\\nr in, The Verb relating to several Nouns in Different\\nA vert liaving several robjeets in different persons, is put in the\\nplural, ana assumes the termination of the first person in preference\\nto that of the neeond, end that of the aecond in preferenee to that\\nof the third. It may then be preceded by the plural pronoun of the\\njMrr-on preferred, recapitulating, as it were, all the other subjects:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nYour J and I have long been\\noemia inn de I antn\\nFtM\\nAll. M J arenot\\nto bt transp, anted.\\nKom m it\\n118.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Use ok Ptisni of the Indica-\\n(i.) This tenee denotes what asjsta, or ie taking place at the time\\nwe speak\\nJc lis, roca paries, I 1 k\\n(2.) The Kr. u.h ha\\\\e SQTJ \u00c2\u00bbfthe indicative present\\nm a ms, therefor I erawi\\n(3.) The indicative present is need m French, as well na in Eng-\\nli\u00c2\u00bbh, for cxpr. irWeh are and will always be true-.\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nit rfrrnal, Ml ^wcr is bound-\\nMtl s mqjugtm.\\nOiBAI-I.tDi VlVlfR. I\\n(4.) It is often used to express a proximate future:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\ni- lack io a moment.\\nI T. us has rpoken, if he mama\\nI\\nJe suis de retonr dans on mo-\\nment.\\nSi Titus a pari*,\\npars.\\n(5.) i he present is frequently nsed for the peat, to awoken atten-\\ntion.and pfef fee event, sa it vrere, before fee reader:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nJ ai vu, Bsknrnr, J*al vn votre I taw, my lord, I saw your un-\\nBalbourealula dm^cd by the horses\\nTraini- OJL M\u00c2\u00bb e sumain\\na nooirii\\nD veui les rappelcr, niais sa volx\\n\\\\nrf,aie. Racine.\\nwhich his mm hand has fed; he\\nrecall Iher.i, b%U his voice\\nJr^hlcns than.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0436.jp2"}, "437": {"fulltext": "syntax of the verb. \u00c2\u00a7119,120. 435\\n119. The Imperfect.\\n(1.) The mperfect, or simultaneous past, is used to express some-\\nthing which was in progress, while another thing was taking place.\\nIt leaves the beginning, duration, and end of an action undeter-\\nmined 4\\nJ ecrivais, quand je re9US votre I was writing, when I received\\nlettre. your letter.\\n(2.) The French imperfect, as may be seen in the above example,\\nrepresents the English past tense formed of the auxiliary to be, and\\nthe participle present of a principal verb.\\n(3.) The imperfect is also used to express repeated or customary\\naction. It may then often be rendered in English by the infinitive\\nof the verb preceded by used to\\nLorsque j etoz s a Londres, j allais\\nme promener le matin, ensuite je\\ndinais, et je passais le reste de la\\njournee a lire et a ecrire.\\nWlien I was in London, I walked\\n{used to walk) in the morning, after-\\nwards dined {usually dined), and\\nspent {usually) the remainder of the\\nday in reading and writing.\\n(4.) The use of this tense will be further explained in the next\\nSection.\\n120. The Past Definite.\\n(1.) The past definite indicates an action performed at a time en-\\ntirely past\\nwent to London, where I saw\\nyour father I finished my business\\nin that city, and returned hither\\nMr. such-a-one wrote last evening\\nsix verses to Miss such-a-one.\\nJ al^ii a Londres, ou je vis votre\\npere je finis mes affaires dans\\ncette ville, et revins aussitot ici.\\nM. un tel ecrivit hier au soir un\\nsixain a Mademoiselle une telle.\\nMOLIERE.\\n(2.) The past definite can only be used, as we have seen above,\\nwhen the time at which an action took place is entirely elapsed.\\nWe cannot, therefore, use it in connection with the words to-day, this\\nmorning, this week, this month, this year, c. [See 121, Past Indefi-\\nnite.] We may use it in speaking of yesterday, last week, last year t\\nc.\\nJe vous envoie, mon cher frere, I send you, my dear brother, a let-\\nune lettre que j ecrivis hier pour ter which I wrote yesterday for Ma-\\nMadame de Laval. F\u00c2\u00a3n\u00c2\u00a3lon. dame de Laval.\\n(3.) The imperfect may almost always be rendered in English by\\nHie participle present of the verb and the auxiliary to le or by pre-\\nfixing used to to the infinitive mood. The preterite definite can\\nnever be so rendered.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0437.jp2"}, "438": {"fulltext": "436 6 Y X T A X OF THE V IB B. 120.\\n(4.) The imperfect might he called the descriptive tense of tne\\nFrench.\\n(5.) The past definite might he called the narrative tense. It ex-\\npresses that which took place at some time fully past. We will\\nendeavor to illustrate this difference between those two tenses.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A\\ntraveller lias entered a wood and discovered a retired cottage; ho\\nto describe what lie saw there, and makes use of the imper-\\nfect Of descriptive tense j lie says\\nUu vieiUard se promcnalt BOOS lea An old man was walking vndcr the\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0rbrei fl tenon nn livre a la main trees; he \\\\dd {\\\\ras holding) a book m\\n,1,- temps en temps, D from time to time he raised\\nv.ux vera I.- del on lea d :rJs \u00e2\u0080\u00a2aa, or concealed\\nj u B abimer dans them with his hand, and sea:\\nune i\\ndoor of the hut. sat (teas sitting)\\nU mine qui bercail un enfant Mir Bee I \u00c2\u00bbSU rocking} a\\nwot Man aw\\n[was w\u00c2\u00abJfl at tne\\ncouiai i temdi laan/twM (w t\\ni Aw checks.\\nlet baa ben drawn a picture of what presented itself to\\napproached the cottage. Nol content with represent-\\nrely the then preaent litaation of things, be wishes also to\\nnarrate what took place. He has described the theatre on which\\nplace, which he is going to relate; he now pro-\\nthe paflt definite Or narrative tense:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\ni rfeUaud; Ion I t\\nduil maprrcut. s a M nc\\nnot to\\nusiblc retraite lu ma the\\nheur. 11 r,t,urn.: I\\nhe child from the woman S\\nrcntra; elle M i followed km.\\niher example might he taken frum La Fontaine s well-known\\nfchla\\n1.E COKBEAU KT U BBXAIA THK SAVES AND Tllr.\\nMafttre eorbean anr on arbre i--r- M perektd upon\\nhrld {was holding) in his beak a\\nion bee nn iromage ek f f\\ntrd, par l odeox aJl6ch6, i farh J thc\\nLnl I ^S\\nthe imperfect of tmir i deaoriblng the situa-\\ntion in which Ml f- x found the raven, hut in relating the action of\\nFontaine uses the narrative tense of the same ran*", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0438.jp2"}, "439": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 121.\\n437\\nThe commencement of the first book of Telemaque, offers an ex-\\ncellent illustration of what we have here advanced on the use of the\\nanperfect and the past definite.\\n121. The Past Indefinite.\\n(1.) The past indefinite expresses an action entirely completed,\\nbut performed at a time of which some part is not yet elapsed, as to-\\nday, this month, this year, c.\\nLe roi m a nomme aujourd hui\\narcheveque de Cambray. F\u00c2\u00a3n\u00c2\u00a3lon.\\nCe matin j ai trouve le pave si glis-\\nsant, que j ai pense que si je venais\\na tomber sur le bras droit, je serais\\ntout a fait desempare.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\nJe t ai defendu {see (2.) below)\\ncent fois de racier ton mecbant\\nviolon cependant, je t ai entendu ce\\nmatin Ce matin 1 Ne vous souvient-\\nil pas que vous me le mites 120\\n(2.)] bier en pieces Palaprat.\\nThe king appointed me to-day\\narchbishop of Cambray.\\nThis morning I found the street so\\nslippery, that I thought in case 1\\nhappened to fall on my right arm, 1\\nshould then be completely helpless.\\nliave forbidden thee a hundred\\ntimes to scrape thy wretched violin ne-\\nvertheless, I heard thee this morning.\\nThis morning! Do you not re-\\ncollect that you broke it to pieces yes-\\nterday\\n(2.) The past indefinite is, also, used with regard to a time en\\ntirely past, but not specified\\nLes fruits de la terre ont ete la\\npremiere nourriture des bommes.\\nGirault Duvivier.\\nLes Franjais ont gagne la bataille\\nde Marengo.\\nThe fruits of the earth were the\\nfirst aliments of mankind.\\nThe French gained the battle of\\nMarengo.\\n(3.) When the time is specified and entirely elapsed, the past in-\\ndefinite is by many of the best French writers, used indifferently\\nwith the past definite\\nPast Definite:\\nHuit jours apres son depart, il\\nvcHecrivit une lettre.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\nA week after his departure, he wrote\\nme a letter.\\nJe fus bien fache bier, ma cbere\\ncousine, de vous avoir quittee avec\\ntant de precipitation. F\u00c2\u00a3n\u00c2\u00a3lon.\\nI was very sorry yesterday, my dear\\ncousin, for having left you in so much\\nhaste.\\nPast Indefinite.\\nJe vous ai ecrit, il y a quinze\\njours. The Same.\\nJ wrote to you a fortnight ago.\\nHier en travaillant a. mon qua-\\ntrieme dialogue, j ai eprouve un\\nvrai plaisir. Mirabeau.\\nYesterday, while working at my\\nfourth dialogue, I experienced real\\npleasure.\\n(4.) When the first verb of a sentence is put in the past indefinite,\\nevery other verb of that sentence, and of the sentences referring to\\nit, should be in the same tense\\nOu a-ye^r-vous eie I Where have you been\\nJ ai d abord ete a. l egbse, ensuite J first went to church; and then\\nfe suis venu diner, came home U dinner.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0439.jp2"}, "440": {"fulltext": "438 erxTAX of iiie verb.\\n122.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The Past Axterior.\\nThe pasl anterior expresses what took place immediately before\\nanother event which is also past: the latter event being usually the\\nresult of, or dependent upon the former\\nQuaml feus reamnu tnon erreur, When I had perceived my error, I\\nte fns bootanz de mauvais proctdes j mu ashamed of my bad conduct it\\nq Ifl j avais eus pour lui. wards nim.\\nGlRAUI.T DlVIVlEB.\\nSec (3.i of the boJOW.\\n123. Tin: PfcunUKMf.\\n(1.) The pluperfect marks an event not only past in itself, but aa\\np: st with regard 10 MOthl I\\n1 vow I had break fasted, when you came\\nladar. \\\\to inquire for me.\\nGirallt Di vivikr.\\n(2.) The pluperfect having as its auxiliary the imperfect of the\\n:iti Mi of that tense. It\\nmay. therefore) often be need t denote customary action s\\nD s que j amis lu quelnues psgi I us I had reatl a few pages,\\ny- me promenala. I si ilk.\\nIn such cases, it generally PTOOedoa or follow! another verb in the\\nImperl\\n(3.) When the nction is not one, and the sentence\\nci.uiiiin-iii is with one of the adverbs quoad, Inrsijue, aussitot que, dis\\nque, lc, the just interior is generally need\\npages je I At MM as I had read a few pages,\\nI tr\\n124. Tit!: Tu\\n(1.) The future simple is used to signify what will he, or will take\\net come\\ni main. Your brother will go to-morrow.\\nPhe future is ued, hi Preneb, alter an adverb of time, incases\\nIngush use the preeenl of the indicative:\\nII app..r- I Wit i/ou come, you will bring my\\nlivre. book.\\n(3.) It has sometimes the sense of the imperative in sentences like\\nthe following:\\nCroira qui M*aVfl lliisfori.-n C.i- j trill the historian Ce-\\npitolin et.pielcpics I and several other wtilers,\\nqui Ihnl deOBBf les llephaota mr la I wh make tlephants dance on a rapt.\\nFtRACD.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0440.jp2"}, "441": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 125, 126, 127. 439\\n(4.) The future anterior is used to signify what will have been at\\nft future period it is also used after an adverb of time in cases where\\nthe past indefinite is used in English\\nQua,ndfauraifini mes affaires, je I When I have finished my affairs, I\\nvous irai von. Girault Duvivier. will go and see you.\\n125. The Two Conditionals.\\n(1.) The conditional present denotes what would take place under\\na certain condition\\nNous gouterio?is bien des jouis-\\nBances, si nous savions faire un bon\\nusage du temps.\\nGirault Duvivier.\\nWe should have many enjoyments,\\nif we knew how to make a good use\\nof time.\\n(2.) The conditional past denotes what would have taken place,\\nat a time past, if the condition on which it depended, had been ful-\\nfilled:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nH serait alle a la campagne, si le I He would have gone into the coun-\\ntemps le lui avait permis. try, if the weather had alloioed him.\\n(3.) The two futures, and the two conditionals, cannot, in French,\\nfollow the conjunction si, meaning in ease that. The indicative pres-\\nent is then used instead of the future, and the imperfect instead of\\nthe conditional. This rule is often violated by the French, but sel-\\ndom by the Americans or English who have acquired a good knowl\\nedge of the French language.\\n126. The Imperative.\\n(1.) The imperative is used to express a command, exhortation,\\npermission, or entreaty\\nConnais-moi tout entiere.\\nCORNEILLE.\\nAh demeurez, seigneur, etdaignez\\nm ecouter. Racine.\\nNe tardons plus, marchons et s il\\nfaut que je meure,\\nMourons. Racine.\\nKnow me entirely.\\nAh! remain, my lord, and deign\\nto listen to me.\\nLet us tarry no longer let us pro-\\nceed and, if I must die, let us die.\\n127. The Subjunctive.\\n(1.) The subjunctive is the mode of doubt or indecision\\nObeis si tu veux qu on t obeisse I Obey, if thou wishest that one day\\n%n jour. Voltaire. others may obey thee.\\n(2.) A vsrb, which is governed by the conjunction que, must be", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0441.jp2"}, "442": {"fulltext": "440 SYNTAX OF THE VERB. \u00c2\u00a7127.\\nput in the subjunctive mode in French, though it may be ir the in\\ndicative or conditional in English\\n1. When the part of the sentence, which precedes qie, beiig inter-\\nrogative or negative, expresses a doubt:\\nPeosez-vom que v.. us reussissiez 1 A you think that youiciil succeed\\nlite in this affair?\\nmdraifl pas assurer, qfe on imad 7#r;\u00c2\u00bb, /A* 1/ i^ i*M\\nrir. JEAU. be written.\\nnnc Do you believe he will come 7\\n2. When the verb preceding qu 1 1 sen/, command, doubt\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0rprise, icarii, duty. apprehension\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2nets, jo s u\\nTu v ux. qn en ta f.\u00c2\u00bbv ur nous\\nNULLS.\\nroot, qne d\\nII ,!oubt, I desire,\\n1 I am surprised, that you may\\nor shout\\na i may Apart Mil rrry\\nmoment,\\nr i-ishest that for thy sake ice\\nnponibiKtiti,\\nI ire happen te\\na. When the Bret verb i r or apprehension, the verb\\npreeeded by q\\\\ must also be preceded by w:\\n[U j.- trembl J M v I apprehend, 1\\nii pear, |ti i HSf 09SU.\\nVIM.\\nI the word m/, moaning\\nihooid be followed by the \u00e2\u0096\u00a0ubjanctive, when that part of\\nthem, expreasee an interrogation, \u00c2\u00bbr inv-\\nI They mnat also followed\\nre, when they are preeeded i y a super-\\nV a til qnelqa nn\\nle inalK\\n.y.r rooajntu-\\nI\\ntranquille.\\nany one trho iocs not re-\\nm da.\\nm which you may\\ni A rerb preceded bj e of the nnfperaona] verbs\\nfaiioir, h by the rerb Un,\\num-d l ud personslly in with the adja ux^usie.\\nnd is put\\nIn the bdicatrre, b?th\\nOn m*aaflore que vow am rc^u I\\nnm- letl ither.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0442.jp2"}, "443": {"fulltext": "YNT AX OF THE VE!\\n128.\\n441\\nnjuste, suprenant, possible, or with propos, temps, desirer,\\nsouhaiter, c, must be put in the subjunctive [seeL.73, R. 1.]\\nUfaut que vous veniez.\\nH est temp3 que vous partiez pour\\nRome.\\nII ne me plait pas, que vous alliez\\nla. I/Acad\u00c2\u00a3mie.\\nII n est pas certain, que vous ayez\\nraison.\\nYou must come, or it is necessary\\nthat you should come.\\nIt is time that you should go to\\nRome.\\nIt does not please me that you should\\ngo there.\\nIt is not certain, that you are right.\\n(5.) After the expressions quelque que, quel que, si\\nfiie, quoique, the verb is always put in the subjunctive\\nQuelqu effort que f assent les horn- Wliatever effort men may make,\\naaes, lear ncant parait partout. their nothingness appears everywhere.\\nBossuet.\\nQui que ce fofi, parlez et ne le Whoever he may be, speak, and do\\n\u00c2\u00abraignez pas. Racine. not fear him.\\nSi mince qu il puisse etre, un che- However thin it may be, a hair has\\nveu fait de l onibro. Villefr\u00c2\u00a3. a shadow.\\n(6.) For the other conjunctions which must be followed by the\\nsubjunctive, see 143.\\n128. The Infinitive.\\n^1.) The infinitive represents the being, action or passion in an\\nindefinite manner and without number or person\\nVouloir tromper le ciel, c est folie\\na la terre. La Fontaine.\\nL ardeur de vaincre, cMe a la\\npeur de mourir. Coeneille.\\nHair est un tourment.\\nBfGDR.\\nTo wish to deceive Heaven, is folly\\nin men.\\nThe ardor of conquest (to conquer),\\nyields to the fear of death {to die).\\nTo hate is a torment.\\n(2.) The infinitive is often used substantively\\nOu plutot, que ne puis-je au doux\\ntomber du jour 1 Lamartine.\\nOr rather, why can I\\nsweet close of the day\\nat the\\n(3.) The infinitive present is used in French after certain verbs,\\nwhich are, in English, joined to other verbs by the conjunction\\nand\\nAllez chercher mon pere. Go and fetch my father.\\n(4.) We might give as a general rule, that a verb immediately pre-\\nceded and governed by another verb (avoir and etre excepted) or by\\na preposition (en excepted) is put in the present of the infinitive\\nAll that ike fancied that she held,\\nescaped her suddenly.\\nTout ce qu elle s imaginait tenir,\\nlui echappait toufr-a-coup.\\nF\u00c2\u00a3n\u00c2\u00a3lon.\\nVos raisons sont trop bonnes\\nd elles-memes, sans etre appuyees de\\nces secours etrangers.\\nRacine.\\nYour recsons are too good in them*\\nIves to need that foreign asrlstance.\\n19*", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0443.jp2"}, "444": {"fulltext": "442\\n87KIAX OF THE VERB. 129, 130.\\nVoufl pensez tout savoir.\\nPlETRE.\\nCroit il \\\\cpouvoir romprc?\\nTh. Corneili-e.\\nYou think that you fauna every\\nthin::.\\nI i he eelicve he can break it\\n(5.) The French language preferring the active to the passive\\nrequires the use of the active verb in the following and\\nherein the English use the passive voice\\nid plaindre.\\nLa eboea Ml tree pea da aaa\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0SgTMDCe ur In\\nmctit.\\nAIRE.\\nlady is much to be pitied.\\nI0NM is to be sold.\\nThe matter is of too little 1M\\nsequence to be treated seriously.\\n..\u00e2\u0096\u00a0rl\u00c2\u00bb- in ii; rned by prepoaitiona ilifle rent from\\ntlio-f which eooneel r govern the aame verbs in French. Some,\\nnp;un, which arc in Engliah, joined by prepoaitiona, require none\\nbetween tben in French. We i r i\\\\ below, liata of verbs with the\\nappropriate pn oording to the bes1 Prench authorities.\\n130.-\\nI HI TuMlloS BEFORE ANOTHER\\n[HI imiivk.\\nAim- i\\nAller,\\n1\\nCourir,\\nr \u00c2\u00bbirc,\\nI\\nI\\nI\\nIre,\\nI\\nFallotr,\\nnor(a*),\\nI\\nNicr,\\nto run\\nto beliere\\nI\\nto hear\\nto hope\\nto imagmt\\nsuffer\\nto lead\\nto deny\\nP\\nire,\\nI\\nProteater,\\nBappefc\\nBapportar,\\n.Htre,\\nrner,\\nK-v.nir,\\nSavoir.\\nBenblar,\\nBench\\nIter,\\nBo utenir,\\nTemolgner,\\nVal..ir niieux,\\nVenir.\\nVouk.ir,\\nto notice, to observ*\\nto i/nrc\\nto srem\\nto think, tofancf\\nU be able\\nto prctnxd\\nto jirrfrr\\nto remember\\nto report\\nto ack notrledge\\nto look at\\nto return\\nback\\ni mm\\nto scent\\nto wish\\nto maintain\\nto testify\\nto be better\\nto come\\nto fee\\nU be trilling\\nctrnds Tons trailer comma\\ntn -n proprc flls. R*\\nintend to treat you at my mm", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0444.jp2"}, "445": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 8 131\\n443\\nEt le Rhin de ses fiots ira grossir I And the Rhine will go and swell\\nla Loire, the Loire with its waves, before the\\nAvant que tes faveurs sortent de J remembrance of thy goodness leaves\\nma memoire. Boileau. my memory.\\n131,\\n-Verbs requiring- the Preposition A befohe an\\nInfinitive.\\nThe (s placed after the verb shows it to be reflective.\\nr(B\\nAboutir,\\nAccorder (s\\nAccoutumer,\\nAcharner (s\\nAdm^ttre,\\nAguerrir (s\\nAider,\\nAimer,\\nAppliquer (s\\nApprendre,\\nAppreter (s\\nAspirer,\\nAssujettir (s\\nAttacher (s\\nAttendre (s\\nAttendre,\\nAugmenter (s\\nAutoriser,\\nAvilir (s\\nAvoir,\\nAvoir peine,\\nBalancer,\\nBorner (se),\\nChercher,\\nComplaire,\\nConcourir,\\nCondamner (se).\\nCondescendre,\\nConsentir,\\nConsister,\\nConspirer,\\nConsumer,\\nContribuer,\\nConvier,\\nCodter\\nDeterminer,\\nDeterminer (se),\\nDisposer (se),\\nDivertir (se),\\nEmployer,\\nEncourager.\\nEngager,\\nEnhardir,\\nEnseigner,\\nto stoop\\nto end in\\nto accustom\\nto strive\\nto admit, to permit\\nto become inured\\nto help in\\nto like\\nto endeavor, to apply\\nto learn\\nto prepare\\nto aspire\\nto summon\\nto subject one s self\\nto apply\\nto expect\\nto put off\\nto increase\\nto authorize\\nto debase one s self\\nto have\\nto have difficulty in\\nto hesitate\\nto confine one s self\\nto endeavor\\nto delight in\\nto co-operate\\nto condemn one s\\nself\\nto condescend\\nto consent\\nto consist\\nto conspire\\nto destroy\\nto contribute\\nto invite\\nto cost\\nto induce\\nto resolve\\nto prepare one s self\\nto amuse one s self\\nto employ, to devote\\nto encourage\\nto induce\\nto encourage\\nto teach\\nEtre, etre a. lire\\naecrire, c.\\nEntendre (s\\nEvertuer (s\\nExceller,\\nExciter,\\nExhorter,\\nExposer (s\\nFatiguer (se),\\nHabituer (s\\nHasarder (se),\\nHesiter,\\nInstruire,\\nInteresser,\\nInviter,\\nMettre,\\nMettre (se),\\nMontrer,\\nObstiner (s)\\nOffrir (s\\nPencher,\\nPenser,\\nPerseverer,\\nPersister,\\nPlaire (se),\\nPrendre plaisir,\\nPreparer (se)\\nPorter,\\nProvoquer,\\nPousser,\\nReduire,\\nReduire (se),\\nRenoncer,\\nRepugner,\\nResigner (se),\\nRester,\\nRisquer,\\nServir,\\nSonger,\\nSumre (not unip.\\nTarder,\\nTendre,\\nTenir,\\nTravailler,\\nViser,\\nVouer,\\nI to be reading,\\nI writing, c.\\nto be expert in\\nto strive\\nto excel\\nto excite\\nto exhort\\nto expose one s self\\nto weary one s self\\nto become used to\\nto venture\\nto hesitate\\nto instruct\\nto interest\\nto invite\\nto set, to put\\nto commence\\nto show, to teach\\nto persist in\\nto offer\\nto incline\\nto think, to intend\\nto persevere\\nto persist\\nto delight in\\nto take pleasure\\nto prepare\\nto induce, to exctie,\\nto urge\\nto urge\\nto constrain\\nto tend, to end\\nto renounce\\nto be repugnant\\nto be reconciled\\nto tarry too long\\nto succeed\\nto risk\\nto serve\\nto think, to intend\\n.yto suffice\\nto tarry\\nto tend\\nto intend, to aim\\nto labor\\nto aim\\nto devote", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0445.jp2"}, "446": {"fulltext": "444\\nTNTAX OF THE VERB. 132.\\nL homme n aime point d s occu-\\nper de son neant, et de sa bassesse.\\nLLON.\\nAvi z-vous jamais petui a offrir a\\nDiea Urates cos soutlrances 1\\nThe same.\\nMan does not like to contemplate\\nhis nothingness and his vileness.\\nHave you ever tJunight of offering\\nall these sufferings to God\\n!o UttVt off\\n\u00c2\u00a3j 182. Vekus BBOOXBora tiie Treposition De before ax\\nInfinitive.\\nto abstain Dteaccoutamw\\nM 0n j sr//\\ntofimuk Dfishal.ituer\\npirer,\\nAf the question IV- lei\\nirikT,\\n/o 7/ r PiilVnT,\\nbethink one s st Disoonvenir,\\n:r (s\\nCOMT (8*),\\nA hiV.T,\\nAffiiger\\nApplea I\\nApprthi\\nAv.rtir.\\nAvoir 1\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0turns,\\nAvoir il -.iii.\\nAvoir riivii-,\\nAvoir noo e.\\nAvoir intention,\\nAvoir I.\\ncourage, to\\nAvoir peur,\\nto trant\\nto be aecustomed\\nto intend\\nto be ashamed\\nI\\nlam\\nAvoir\\nAv-.ir I\\nloin,\\nBraler,\\n1\\n1\\ni\\nCharger,\\nr (se),\\nOhoinr,\\nCommander,\\nConjurer,\\nler,\\nContent\\nncre,\\nair,\\n1\\nIi^rmiragor,\\nr(\u00c2\u00a7e),\\nto be\\nto hare\\nto blame\\nI\\nDiscontinuer,\\nDiscnlper\\nDissnader,\\nDouter,\\nBflbroer\\nBffiraver\\nfipouvai\\nBntreprendre,\\nS )l\\nBzcuser\\nvftHdter,\\nPlatter I\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2find\\nI\\nsuit\\ntochalU\\nto hasten\\nGlorifl.\\nImputer,\\n[naplrer,\\nJuror,\\nftfanquer,\\nso),\\nMoqoor (to),\\nto despair\\ntn dissuade\\ntO put off\\nto toy, fell\\nto dtwjf\\nto diseontinu*\\nto disp-\\nto former\\nto diss i/.\\nto doubt\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0lined\\nto hasten\\ndened\\nto avoid\\nne s S iJ\\niiulaie\\nto flutter one s Stlj\\nto shudder\\nto take rare\\nto l.nnent\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0096\u00a0u s vlf\\nt.i venture\\nto impute\\nto bt indignant\\nto inspire\\nto twmt\\nintend\\nto laugh et", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0446.jp2"}, "447": {"fulltext": "SYN1AX OF THE VERB. 133.\\n445\\nMourir (figu\\nNegliger,\\nNier,\\nPardonncr,\\nParler,\\nPasser (se),\\nPermettre,\\nPersuader,\\nPiquer (se),\\nPlaindre,\\nPlaindre (se),\\nPrendre garde.\\nPrendre soin\\nPrescrire,\\nPresser,\\nPresser (se),\\nPresumer,\\nPrier,\\nPromettrQ,\\nProposer,\\nProposer (se),\\nProtester,\\nPunir,\\nRebuter (se),\\nRecommander,\\nII vaut mieux hasarder de sauver\\nun coupable que de condamner un\\ninnocent. Voltaire.\\nLe monde se vante de faire des\\nheureux. Massillon.\\nto long\\nRefuser,\\nto refuse\\nto neglect\\nRegretter,\\nRejouir (se),\\nto regret\\nto deny\\nto rejoice\\nto excuse\\nRemercier,\\nto thank\\nto speak\\nRepentir (se),\\nto repent\\nto do without\\nReprendre,\\nto censure\\nto permit\\nReprimander,\\nto reprimand\\nto persuade\\nReprocher (se),\\nto reproach one^t\\nto take pride in\\nself\\nto pity\\nResoudre,\\nto resolve\\nto complain\\nRessouvenir (se)\\nio remember\\nto take care, heed\\nRire.\\nto laugh\\nto take care\\nRougir,\\nto blush\\nto prescribe\\nScandaliser (se)\\nto take o fence\\nto urge\\nSeoir (unip.),\\nto become, suit\\nto Iiasten\\nSommer,\\nto summon\\nto presume\\nSoupfonner,\\nto suspect\\nto desire\\nSouvenir (se),\\nto remember\\nto promise\\nSuffire (unip.),\\nto suffice\\nto propose\\nSuggerer,\\nto suggest\\nto intend\\nSupplier,\\nto beseech\\nto protest\\nTenter,\\nto attempt\\nto punish\\nTrembler,\\nto tremble\\nto be weary\\nVanter (se),\\nto boast\\nto recommend\\nIt is better to run the risk of sparing\\na guilty person, than to condemn an\\ninnocent one.\\nTlie world boasts that it can rendet\\nmen happy.\\n133.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Rule.\\n(1.) Two or more verbs may govern the same object, provided\\nthey require the same regimen\\nNous aimons, nous instruisons, et\\nnous louons nos enfants.\\nWe love, we instruct, and we praise\\nour children.\\nThis sentence is correct, because aimer, instruire, and louer, being\\nactive verbs, govern one and the same case, the direct regimen.\\n(2.) But when the verbs require different regimens, they cannot\\ngovern one and the same noun; and therefore another form must be\\ngiven to the sentence. We could not say in French, Un gran\\nnombre de vaisseaux entrent et sortent de ce port tous les mois, A\\ngreat number of vessels enter and go out of this port every month, be-\\ncause the verb entrer reaches its regimen by means of the preposition\\ndans, and sortir by means of the preposition de. We should say\\nOn grand nombre de vaisseaux en- I A large number of vessels enter thii\\ntrent dans ce port et en sortent tous port and lea ve it every month.\\nIcb mois.\\nSee 5 92, (1.) (2.), also note, and 140.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0447.jp2"}, "448": {"fulltext": "446\\nSYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 134.\\n134. The Participle Past.\\n(1.) We have seen 66, (3.)] that the participle past, not accom\\npanied by an auxiliary, assumes the gender and number of the noua\\nwhich it qualifies\\nLes inimities sourdes et cachces Quiet and concealed enmity it\\nBout plus a craindrc que k-s balnea more to be feared than open and de-\\nouvertcs ct declarers.\\n(2.) The participle past accompanied by the auxiliary itre, agrees\\nin gender ami Dumber with the subject Of the verb, whether the sub-\\nject be planed before or after it. S 135, (1.)]\\nThe sirord is blunted the piles are\\nextinguished.\\nEmmble virtue is often despised.\\nThe Greeks icere persuaded, that\\nthe soul is immortal.\\nH tived the urn in\\nirhirh were enclosed the ashes of Hip-\\npias, he ski I tears.\\nLo fer est emoussc 1\u00c2\u00ab s bachera\\nsont eteints. TUB*.\\nrerta obfcare st Boarest\\nQrecj ftelenl\\nlime est immortelle.\\nUarthexemy.\\nQnand il \\\\it l*iinie on etalent\\nrenfermSet l\u00c2\u00abs oendree d HIpplas, il\\nd torrent de larmee.\\nMaiLOM.\\n(3.) The perUeiple peat, having avoir a.s its auxiliary, never agrees\\nwith the nominative:\\nI\\nperil lean\\nHont atten drfa I i una,\\nnt lu.\\nBELLE.\\nPut dorrn that she\\nATJ El have spoken; Uieir\\nhave read.\\n(4.) The participle past, having avoir for ao auxiliary, agi\\nmen, when that regimen precedes the participle:\\ni.. i\\n,-in i.iit de ace raon-\\nk la grille.\\nmeiUenrea harangnei sont\\noellee\\nM \\\\ltv\\nJo les ai cherches d\\nooine, at j i vis,\\n||ine, 1 1 Q\\nhave icritten.\\nhast thou done lrit.i\\nour horf s Mil lord, I have fast-\\nened them to thr\\naddrtrtt are tkose which\\nthr heart has dictated.\\nI sought them in every corner,\\nid them.\\n(5.) But, if the direct regimen ia placed after the participle, thai\\nparticipL remain! Invariable:\\ntd your Utter.\\nJ ai rr^v rotre lettre.\\nla reritl eUe-meme qui lui\\nf I \\\\\\\\rg pir Irs.\\nBORBUET.\\nil truth itself wkieh\\nto him those fine words.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0448.jp2"}, "449": {"fulltext": "S TNT AX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 135.\\n447\\nLes dieux ont attache presque\\n\u00c2\u00bbutant de malheurs a la liberte, qu a\\nla servitude. Montesquieu.\\nThe gods have attached almost as\\nmany misfortunes to liberty, as to ser-\\nvitude.\\n135. Remarks on the Foregoing Rules.\\n(1.) Although the compound tenses of the reflective or pronominal\\nverbs 43, (6,), 46, (2.), 56] take tire as an auxiliary, the past\\nparticiple of those verbs does not follow the rule (2.) of the preceding\\nsection but comes under the same rules with those conjugated with\\navoir. It agrees with the direct regimen, when that regimen comes\\nbefore it, and is invariable when that regimen succeeds\\nVotre soeur s est\\nde belles\\nCette femme s est rendue mal-\\nheureuse.\\nYour sister has bought {herself)\\nhandsome dresses, i. e.,for herself.\\nThat woman has rendered herself\\nunhappy.\\nAchele in the first example does not vary, because se, placed before\\nit, is an indirect regimen or dative, while the direct regimen or accu-\\nsative, robes, is placed after the participle. Rendue in the second ex-\\nample varies, because the word se, representing femme, is a direct\\nregimen, and precedes the participle.\\nWe will add a few extracts as examples\\nREFLECTIVE PRONOUNS\\nUsed as direct Objects.\\nElles se sont proposees comme des\\nmodeles de douceur.\\nQuoted by Bescher.\\nThey have proposed, themselves as\\npatterns of gentleness.\\nLa langue latine et la langue\\ngrecque se sont longtemps parlies.\\nLemare.\\nThe Latin and Greek languages\\nwere long spoken.\\nLa vie pastorale qui s est conser-\\nvee dans l Asie, n est pas sans opu-\\nlence. Voltaire.\\nThe pastoral life vihich has been\\npreserved in Asia, is not without opu-\\nlence.\\n(2.) When pronominal or reflective verbs, of which the second\\npronoun is an indirect regimen, are accompanied by another pronoun,\\nor by a noun, used as a direct regimen, the participle agrees with this\\nlatter pronoun or noun when it is preceded by it, and remains inva-\\nriable, when the regime direct follows. See Rules (4.) (5.) of the\\npreceding section\\nUsed as indirect Objects.\\nUs ne se sont propose, pour exem-\\nple, que la constitution la plus sim-\\nple des anciens. Voltaire.\\nThey have proposed to tliemselves,\\nas an example, only the most simple\\nconstitution of the ancients.\\nII est vrai, qu elle et moi nous\\nnous sommes parte des yeux.\\nMoliere.\\nIt is true, that she and I have spo-\\nken to each other vnth our eyes.\\nNeanmoins, il s etait conserve\\nl autorite principals Bossuet.\\nNevertheless, he had\\nlimself the principal authority,", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0449.jp2"}, "450": {"fulltext": "448\\nSYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. \u00c2\u00a7135.\\nV I Invariable.\\nL indiscretion que nous nous Nous nous sommes rcprocbS ltn.\\n*\u00c2\u00a9inmes rcproclite. discretion.\\nThe indiscretion with which we II proached ourselves with\\nhave reproached ours the indiscretion.\\nOr to render in English the relations the same as in French\\nr irhieh t\u00c2\u00ab have We have reproached to ourselves\\nreproach the indiscretion.\\n(3.) The participle past conjugated with avoir, and preceded ly a\\nis sometimes followed by an infinitive. In such\\nten the direct regimen is under the government of the in.ini-\\nthaa of the participle, the latter of coarse remains tU-\\ned:\\nLex- 1 v\\nI\\ni The verb in the infinitive is sometimes understood; yet the\\nparticiple mast follow the same rule, aa if it were expressed The\\nparticiple //iV, followed by an infinitive, and iatss*, followed by the\\nLnfinitiv) rerb, are always invariable\\ntit fkvon irhich\\nLa d\\n1\\nHam).\\n\\\\icA J have had built,\\nu n h,ivr shJ\\n(5.) In soiii difficult to ascertain whether the\\nri. in. nt of the participle or of the\\ninfui\\nIf til- rforming tl i\\nthe infinitive, the participle is made to agree with that\\nI -r and nnmlxr\\nIn this example it will grime ,l,r,rt) is repre-\\nhat is expressed by the infinitive, and that\\nthe infinitive itself is translated by the prttent participle.\\nHi how represented aa sufTeiing the\\nactios expressed by the infinitive, then tin participle will remain \u00e2\u0080\u00a2m-\\nsd, and the infinitive will be trai Thus:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2Urir par lenn I gy fkdf rv-\\nwroemta,\\nbat examples\\nI .aide.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ater lesenno- Je tu ni vu repowasar par lea\\nraia. r i j i s.\\nM thrm repel (repellint;) the mm them repelled by the en*\\nenemies. w\u00e2\u0080\u009e.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0450.jp2"}, "451": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE PARTICIPLE. 135.\\n449\\nJe les ai vus prendre la fuite.\\nI saw them taking flight\\nJe les ai vus frapper.\\nsaw them striking.\\nLes personnes que j ai entendues\\n\u00c2\u00abhanter.\\nThe persons whom I heard sing-\\nle les ai vu prendre sur le fait.\\nsaw them taken in the deed.\\nJe les ai vu frapper/\\nI saw them struck.\\nLes chansons que j ai entendu\\nchanter.\\nThe songs which I heard sung.\\n(6.) The participles past of neuter verbs, conjugated with avoir\\nand those of unipersonal verbs, are always invariable\\nHow much good has slie not done,\\nduring the few days that she reigned!\\nThe excessive heat which we have\\nhad, has caused much sickness.\\nQue de bien n a-t-elle pas fait,\\npendant le peu de jours qu elle a\\nregne! Fl\u00c2\u00a3chier.\\nLes chaleurs excessives qu il a\\nfait, ont cause beaucoup de mala-\\ndies. Condillac.\\n(7.) The past participle never agrees with en, because en can have\\nno other relation to the participle than that of an indirect regimen.*\\nThe presence of en does not of course prevent the agreement of the\\nparticiple with a direct regimen preceding the verb\\nHave you eaten of the fruits I\\nAvez-vous mange des fruits\\nJ en ai mange.\\nTout le monde m a oiFert des\\nservices, et personne ne m en a\\nrendu. Mme. DE Maintenon.\\nhave eaten of them.\\nEvery body tendered me services,\\nand no person rendered me any.\\nEn, -preceded by the direct Regimen of the Participle.\\nCassius naturellement fier et im-\\nperieux, ne cherchait dans la perte\\nde Cesar que la vengeance de quel-\\nques injures qu il en avait rec-ues.\\nVertot.\\nRendez graces au ciel qui nous en\\na venges. Corneille.\\n(8.) Le peu has in French two meanings\\nquantity, or the want of.\\nWhen it signifies a small quantity, the participle agrees with the\\nnoun which follows le peu\\nLe peu d affection que vous lui\\navez temoignee, lui a rendu le cou-\\nrage.\\nNoel and Chapsal, page 165. Several grammarians call en at times a\\nregime direct. We think with Bescherelle {Dictionnaire national, page\\n1114), that en does not represent the entire direct regimen, but only a\\npart of it, or rather merely refers to it the direct regimen being itself\\nunderstood. Ex. Avez-vous des livres 1 J en ai. Have you books I\\nhave some. In the latter sentence, the word quelques-uns, the direct object\\nis understood after the verb. J en ai quelques uns, and en is ather a re-\\nference to it, than a substitute for it. The literal translation of the sen-\\ntence will show this have of them a few.\\nCassius naturally proud and im-\\nperious, sought in the death of Cesar\\nonly revenge for some injuries which\\nhe had received from him.\\nRender thanks to Heaven which has\\nrevenged us for it.\\nit signifies a small\\nThe little affection which you hav\\nshown him, has restored his courage.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0451.jp2"}, "452": {"fulltext": "450 SYNTAX OF THE ADVERB. 136, 137.\\nWhen le peu is u?ed in the sense of the icant of the participle re.\\nmains unaltered.\\nLe pru d affection que rous lui I The icant of affection which yon\\navez temaigne, l a deco irage. have shown him, has discouraged him.\\n13G. The Adverb. Rules. Place of the Adverb.\\n(1.) In French the adverb used to modify a verb in a simple tens*\\nIs generally placed after the verb:\\nQae dfl pens prennent hardiment I Hotr mam/ people assume boU2y\\nIfl iii;i-iji:i de Li vt-rtu the mask of virtue\\nBorate.\\n(2.) Adverbs of place, and those used in interrogations, have the\\niee in French u in FqglMi i\\nOu eat fQtra I 1 Where is your brother? He is here.\\ni i.) In compound teii-es the adverb is placed between the auxi-\\niiary and the participle:\\nTan toe* done wmtg.\\n11 nous iMni II HI veil.\\nmut Boding in mmt, may, in compound tenses,\\nI hi fore the participle Or after it, when they are nut very\\n(bUowed by other modifying words, When, however, they\\nj moat be placed after the par-\\nureusement cxprimd.\\n\\\\ofpOjftsprm\\nVena hrurcusement a Unipf. He came fortunately in time.\\nr adverbe anjonrd hai, today; domain, to mo rr ou hier,\\nmay be placed before or after the verb, but never between\\nary and the participle. The adverb davnntage, more, muat\\nalwaya follow\\nNous Bonuncfl arrives aujounCkui.\\ni I temps\\ndemam il pleuvra.\\nQirault Dovmn.\\nH ,l,zy.\\nI hrothrr hurt himself yesteriay.\\nv, U is fine weather; to*\\nrain.\\ng I :;7.- i\\n(1.) Tie adverbs of e mpariaon l pfva, mein$, muat be repeated be-\\nfore every adjective which they modify:\\nTl eft Metal parcssnux ?t moms I He It less idle and\\notMtioe que son his brother.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0452.jp2"}, "453": {"fulltext": "8TNTAX OP THE ADVER]\\n138.\\n451\\n(2.) These adveibs and the adverbs of quantity, need not be re-\\npeated before every noun but the preposition de, which must always\\nrome between pen, trop, beaucoup, tant,plus, mains, and a noun or an\\nadjective, used substantively, must be repeated in every case\\nII n y aurait pas tant de peine et\\nde misere dans ce monde.\\nCe libraire a beaucoup de bons\\net de mauvais ouvrages dans son\\nThere would not be so much trou-\\nble and misery in the world.\\nThis bookseller has many good and\\nbad works in his establishment.\\n(3.) The adverbs mieux, better pis, worse, must not be confounded\\nwith the adjectives meilleur and pire. See note 14, (7).\\n138. Adverbs of Negation.\\n(1.) The negation is composed of ne placed before the verb, and\\npas or point, after it in the simple tenses. The second negative comes\\nbetween the auxiliary and the verb, in the compound tenses\\nHeaven does not regulate things\\naccording to our wishes.\\nRome does not by any means con-\\nfine offices to the nobility.\\nEsteem is the true principle of con-\\nsideration, which is not always at-\\ntached to offices.\\nKings are by no means protected by\\nlaws.\\nLe ciel sur nos souhaits ne regie\\npas les choses. Corneille.\\nRome ?j attache point le grade a,\\nla noblesse. Corneille.\\nL estime est le vrai principe de\\nla cousideration, qui w est pas tou-\\njours attache aux dignites.\\nFontenelle.\\nLes rois ne sont point proteges\\npar les lois. Chenier.\\nIt will be seen in the above examples, that the negative, point, is\\nstronger than pas. The meaning of these two words, which are in fact\\nsubstantives used adverbially to strengthen the negative ne, wil.\\nsufficiently explain this\\nN allez pas means n allez un pas, do not go or move one pace or\\nstep. N allez point means rtallez un point, do not go, or move a\\npoint or dot.\\n(2.) The second negative may be suppressed after the verbs pou~\\nvoir, oser, savoir and cesser\\nNon, deesse je ne puis souffrir,\\nqu un de leurs vaisseaux fasse nau-\\nfrage. Fenelon. _\\nDans son appartement, elle ?i osait\\nrentrer. Voltaire.\\nQui vit ha i de tous, ne saurait\\nlongtcmps vivre. Corneille.\\nLa liberte ne cesse d etre aima-\\nfole. Corneille.\\nNo, goddess; I cannot suffer that\\nsingle one of their vessels perish.\\nShe dared not re-enter her apart-\\nment.\\nHe who lives hated by all, cannet\\nexist long.\\nLiberty cannot cease to be worthy\\nof love.\\n(3.) Pas or point is suppressed, when the verb is modified by an.\\nother negative word, such as jamais, guere, nul, nullement, aucun,", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0453.jp2"}, "454": {"fulltext": "452\\nTKTAX OP THE ADVERB. 138.\\npersonm, ni, ne, or followed by que, meaning only, and phis used\\nnegatively\\nL ambition, seigneur, n a cut re\\nde limites. Boursault.\\nNut n est heurcux, s il ne jouit\\nde 8a propre estime.\\nJ. J. Rousseau.\\nPersonne n aime a recevoir de\\neoroefla. De S*gur.\\nUn mechant ne sait jamais par-\\ndonncr. NoiL.\\nAmbition, my lord, has scaiccly\\nany limits.\\nNo one is happy, unless he can\\nesteem himself.\\nNo one likes to receive advice.\\nA wicked man never knows how to\\nforgive.\\n(4.) Ne used Idiomatically.\\nThe negative ne is used without any negative sense after the\\nconjunction* a raoins que, unless de pcur que, de crainte que; for\\nfrar (lint\\nA in. ins gne tots m lui parties.\\nDe penr gn on m rem trompe,\\nL Acaii^.mix.\\nB you speak to him.\\nor (V.vV yu eMJpM f/e dc-\\n(5.) Ne is need in the tame manner after autre, different w ire-\\nmr-nt, otherwise; plus, inuins, lnicux. forming a comparison, and after\\n.rain. if, avoir penr, trembler, apprehender, empeeher:\\n11 est tout antra anU a emtfc\\nn parte antremenf qu ii\\nplus modi s to qu il n- lc\\nr.iina,qu un\\nBacura.\\nI i.ii penr\\nLa pink empecha an on ne so\\nam.\\n-liferent from what he\\nwas.\\namd acts very dijfa V nlly.\\nII mart moitesl than he appears.\\nI am almost afraid thai {lest) a\\ndream it da rti tag ne,\\nftat murk, lest J may change\\nmy mVhli\\nn prevented thnr taking a\\nwalk m the gardens.\\n(6.) Remark. Ne is not used when the verb of the preceding pre-\\nposition is accompanied bye negative:\\nn ne. park pea entrement anil\\nagit.\\nn n eet pas plus modeeta anU\\nle parait.\\n!oa 7w/ 5/*aA otherwise than\\nII u/,t more modest than .he ap-\\npears.\\n(7.) After crainJre, apprehender, avoir peur, trembler, we put pat\\naft.T tlio nr when vre wisli for the aoeompliebment of the action ex-\\nbf the second verb\\n.i il M vi.ini. pas. 1 or, fiat he may not come.\\nJ ai penr, qne man ftere n errive lam afrax 4 th.it my br\\npas. not come.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0454.jp2"}, "455": {"fulltext": "YNTAX OFT:\\nprepositio N 8 139. 453\\n139. The Preposition. Regimen of Prepositions and\\nPrepositional Phrases.\\n(1.) Prepositions may be divided according to their regimen, into\\nthree classes\\n1st. Prepositions governing nouns without the aid of another\\npreposition.\\nThey are\\nA,\\nat or to\\nHors,\\n5 except, (see hors be*\\nlow)\\nDe,\\nof, from\\nHormis,\\nDes,\\nfrom, as soon as\\nMalgre,\\nin spite of\\nApres,\\nafter\\nMoyennant,\\nby means of\\nAttendu,\\non account of\\nJoignant,\\njoining\\nAvant,\\nbefore\\nNonobstant,\\nnotwithstanding\\nAvec,\\nwith\\nOutre,\\nbesides\\nChez,\\nwith, at the house\\nPar,\\nby\\nf\\nPour,\\nfor\\nConcernant,\\ntouching\\nParmi,\\namong, amongst\\nContre,\\nagainst\\nPendant,\\nduring\\nDans,\\nin\\nSans,\\nwithout\\nDepuis,\\nsince\\nSauf,\\nsafe, save\\nDerriere,\\nbehind\\nSelon,\\naccording to\\nDessus,\\nabove\\nSous,\\nunder\\nDessous,\\nunder\\nSuivant,\\naccording to\\nDevers,\\ntowards\\nSur,\\nupon\\nDevant,\\nbefore\\nTouchant,\\ntouching\\nDurant,\\nduring\\nA travers,\\nthrough\\nEn,\\nin\\nVers,\\ntowards\\nEntre,\\nbetween\\nVoici,\\nhere is\\nEnvers,\\ntowards\\nVoila,\\nthere is\\nExcepte,\\nexcept\\nVu,\\nconsidering\\n2d. Prepositions requiring the p\\nreposition de after them :f\\nAupres,\\nnear\\nA la reserve,\\nreserving\\nAutour,\\naround\\nA l exception,\\nexcepting\\nEnsuite,\\nafter\\nfor want\\nA l exclusion,\\nexcluding\\nFaute,\\nA l egard,\\nwith regard\\nHors,\\nout of\\nA l insu,\\nunknown\\nLoin,\\nfar\\nA l opposite,\\ncontrary\\nPres,\\nnear\\nA moins,\\nunless, for less\\nProche,\\nnear\\nA raison,\\nby reason, at th\\nA cause,\\non account\\nrate\\nA cote,\\nby the side\\nAu rez,\\non a level\\nA couvert,\\nunder cover\\nAu de9a,\\nthis way\\nA fleur,\\neven with\\nAu dela,\\nthat way, beyond\\nA force,\\nby dint\\nAu dessous,\\nunder\\nA la faveur,\\nby means\\nAu dessus,\\nabove\\nA l abri,\\nunder ifudter\\nAu dedans,\\nwithin\\nA la mods,\\naccording to the\\nAu dehors,\\nwithout\\nfashion\\nAu devant,\\nbefore, te meet\\nGoverning the accusative.\\nt Governing the genitive or ablative.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0455.jp2"}, "456": {"fulltext": "454 ST NT AX OF THE PREPOSITION. 140, 141.\\nthrough\\nat the expense\\nin the neighborhood\\nin spite of\\nalong\\nopposite\\nirith regard\\nas to\\nAu milieu, in the middle Au travers,\\nAu lieu, instead Aux depens,\\nAu nioyen, by means Aux environs,\\nAu niveau, on a En depit,\\nAu peril, at Vie peril Le long,\\nAil prix, at the price Vis-a-vis,\\nAu risque, at the risk\\n3d. The prepositions followed by i are\\nAttenant, joining I Par rapport,\\nJusque, as far as Quant,\\n9 Kanycf the prepositions which govern the regime direct, are\\nfunned I mni active verbs. Almost all the prepositions requiring de\\nbefore the regimen, are formed ofs preposition and a noun. Those\\nrequiring the pit have i relation of tendency, of aim, o\\n140. Rkmakk.\\nThe rules whieh we have given, 9J, (1.) (2.) note, and\\nritfa regard t the regimen or government of verbs and adjec-\\npry also to prepositions. When two prepositions require\\ntin- sa regimen, it is useless to repeal this regimen after each one,\\nbut, if they require different regimen, it is neeesaary to give to\\neach its proper object It would, therefore, be incorrect to say, l T n\\nmagistral doit tonjonrs jngei eaivant et conformement aux lota: A\\nmagistrate snmiU uhraysjv-i; amfw maNy t\\nbesaaae the preposition tuivtau governs the noun in the\\ni red. that Is without the aid of another preposition, and\\nI governi the noun in the regime indirect by means of d.\\nii hi say:\\nUn ma A magistrate should ahoa\\nin aennda nee xrith the lairs\\nce qu eUee nreecrivent y prescribe.\\nNTKt..\\n141. Kkkkiiiios- i.k PbBPOSXOOVS.\\n1. The pupi r j ted before\\n\\\\.rv reL imeti. be it a noun, a pronoun or a verb:\\nif ei n est qn nne 1\u00c2\u00ab t.-ri-- Tail world is but a lutkij of\\nde rangs, dignltSs, it jj of ranks, of dign\\nest un art y important art,\\nd^riiux destml i Instrnlre, mstnei, t repress pas-\\nprimer 1 tomct manners, to support\\nA-\\nlit.\\nTeDe est Is multitude el smut Back is tfm multitude, without n-\\n(Vein et sans lois. La Uabpk. strand and without lawt.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0456.jp2"}, "457": {"fulltext": "SYNTAX OF THE FREFOSITIO N. 142, 143. 455\\n2. The other prepositions must also be repeated before avery\\nnoun, pronoun, or verb, unless the words used as regimens, have\\na similarity of meaning; in which case the prepositions may be\\nplaced before the first regimen only, or tefore all, at the option of the\\nspeaker:\\nJe vous donne ceci pour vous et I give you this for you and for\\nvow votre frere. your brother.\\nII perd sa jeunesse dans la mol- He wastes his youth vn, effeminacy\\nesse et (dans) la volupte. and voluptuousness.\\n142. Observations on several Prepositions.\\n(1.) Avant marks a priority of time and place:\\nsimply opposite, in front of:\\n-Devant mean*\\nJe marche avant vous.\\nJe marche devant vous.\\nI walk before you, i. e. J walk\\nearlier than you, or have the prece-\\ndence of you in walking.\\nI walk in front of you.\\n(2.) En, d, dans. The sense of en is more indefinite, more exten-\\nsive than that of dans. En is generally used before the name of a\\ndivision of the earth, a kingdom, c. a before the name of a town,\\nand dans before a word restricted by an article or a determinative\\nadjective\\nEn Europe, en France, a Paris,\\ndans ma chambre.\\nEn Amerique, ce sont les bisons\\nqui ont une bosse sur le dos.\\nBupfon.\\nDans 1 Amerique meridionale le\\nbceuf etait absolument inconnu.\\nBUFFON.\\nIn Europe, in France, in Paris,\\nin my room.\\nIn America the bisons have a\\nbunch on their back.\\nIn South America the ox was en-\\ntirely unknown.\\n(3.) Chez might be rendered in English by at the house of, with,\\namong, c.\\nChez votre pere chez vous.\\nLa condition des comediens etait\\ninfame chez les Romains, et hono-\\nrable chez les Grecs.\\nLa Bruyere.\\nAt your father s at your house.\\nThe condition of comedians wr^s\\ninfamous among the Romans, and\\nhonorable with the Greeks.\\n143,\\n-The Conjunction\\n[See\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0Government of Conjunctions.\\n127.]\\n(1 Conjunctions govern the verbs following them, in the infinitive,\\nthe indicative, and the subjunctive modes.\\n1. The infinitive must be put after every conjunction which is\\nfollowed by the preposition de, and after all those which dilTer from", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0457.jp2"}, "458": {"fulltext": "456 SYNTAX OF THE CONJUNCTION. \u00c2\u00a7143.\\nprepositions, only because they are followed by a verb instead of a\\nnoun:\\nEtii Iiez diligemment afin dc sur- I Study diligently that you may (in\\npasser vos conipagnons. order to) surpass your companions.\\nWe think with M. Bescherelle that the words described in the pre-\\nceding rule, belong more properly to the prepositions than to the\\nonjunctions.\\n(2.) The following conjunctions always require the subjunctive\\nafter them in French, whatever mode they may take in English.\\nThose marked with an asterisk require n-: before the verb 138,\\n(4.)]\\nin order that\\nunless\\nbefore that\\nakktmgk\\nqiie, alt-hough\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2riihstanding\\nNod que,\\nNod pas qua,\\nPost que,\\nPoor que,\\nI oiirvu que,\\nQnoique,\\nSans que,\\nS. i t qtlf.\\nBupposi que,\\nnot that\\nsupposing that\\nthat, in order that\\nprovided that\\nalthough, though\\nwithout that\\nirhclh T\\nsuppose that\\n1 can srarrely\\nmisfortunes, I would rather suffer\\nM them.\\nI m V U persist, I must men-\\nirnlth to the prince\\nto the king.\\nAfin que,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2A humus que,\\nque,\\nAv.mi\\nin-.\\n\u00e2\u0099\u00a6De erainte que, for fear\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2De peni\\nque, incase\\nque, a 1\\nJoaqu S OS que, till, until that\\nLoin que. far from, I\\nQ I B DM DMI maux je\\niter,\\nJ atone mi ux wt Nuflrtr, que d.-\\nHI imiiti-r. nrs.\\nu i/i// vou.s persisties, il t .iu-\\nFinl\\n(3.) The following conjunctions: De aumiere qne, de sotte que,\\ntallemenl nif, in such a manner that; si m n est\\n:i que, unhss that, but thai govern the following verb in\\ntlie indieative or conditional modes when the preceding Verh ex-\\nisertion; bat they govern the subjunctive, when\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2J,e preceding verb expreai or command:\\nso that he w at\\nretirer. i bUged to wii\\nsortc qu un toii content i such a inanwr that\\nI imu.\\nIVben there are in a sentence two or more verbs governed by\\na conjunction, que must be placed before the second and the f.dlow-\\nrba, t the conjunetii.il ils.lt may be repeated:\\nD in* ii it et I md we be-\\ndeviant malade,\\n11 Iknt dee Drtdedoa, il faul d a\\navocats. La Fontaine.\\ntick, toe must have physician,\\nve must havi lawyers.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0458.jp2"}, "459": {"fulltext": "COLLOCATION OF WORDS. \u00c2\u00a7144. 457\\nSi vous partez et que vous vou- J If you go and wish to tak-~ me with\\nliez me prendre avec vous. I you.\\nBescheeelle. I\\n(5.) The other conjunctions generally govern the same tense in\\nFrench as in English\\nFais du bien aujourd hui puisque\\ntu vis encore. Villefr\u00c2\u00a3.\\nRien n eblouit les grandes Smes,\\npcrceque rien n est plus haut qu el-\\nles. Massillon.\\nDo good to-day, since thou yet\\nlivest.\\nNothing dazzles great minds, br\\ncause nothing is higher than they.\\n(6.) With regard to the conjunction, si, see 125, (3.)\\n144. Collocation of Words.\\n(1.) The place of the different parts of speech has been mentioned\\nin the Syntax, under their several heads, and in various other parts\\nof the work. A resume of the principal rules of construction may,\\nhowever, not be unacceptable here.\\n(2.) The collocation of words is the order according to which the\\nseveral words which form a sentence should follow one another.\\nThis order is fixed for the several forms of sentences, affirmative,\\nnegative, and interrogative, by the genius of the language, and the\\npractice of the best writers.\\n(3.) The construction of the affirmative sentence is as simple in\\nFrench as it is in English. The following is the arrangement of the\\nwords\\n1. The Subject. 2. The Verb. 3. The Adverb.\\nLe marchand est ici.\\nThe merchant is here.\\n(4.) When the subject is accompanied by an adjective, or another\\nattribute, the order is as follows\\n1. The Subject.\\n2. Its Attribute*\\n3. The Verb.\\n4. TU Adverb.\\nLe marchand\\nThe merchant\\nanglais\\nEnglish\\nest\\nis\\nici.\\nhere.\\nLeffls\\nThe son\\nde votre ami\\nof your friend\\nest\\nis\\nla.\\nthere.\\nLe marteau\\nThe hammer\\nde fer\\nof iron\\nest\\nis\\nici.\\nhere.\\nLe bateau\\nThe boat\\na vapeur\\nsteam\\nest\\nis\\nla.\\nthere.\\nSome adjectives 85, (11.)] are generally placed before the noun,\\nwhen used alone with a noun but when another adjective comes with\\nthem, they follow the noun un petit homme, a little man; un homme\\npetit et gros, a short, stout man; others have a different meaning before\\nthe noun or after it 86.]\\n20", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0459.jp2"}, "460": {"fulltext": "458 COLLOCATION OF WORDS. 144.\\n(5.) When the attribute is placed in apposition with the subject, the\\nconstruction is the same in the two languages\\n1. The Subject. 2. The Verb. 3. The Attribute.\\nLe marehand est anglais.\\nThe merchant is English.\\ni B When the verb is in a compound tense, mrniy adverbs are\\nplaced between the auxiliary and the participle\\n1. The Subject. 2. The Auxiliary. 3. The Adverb. 4. TheParliciple,\\nNous avons souvent lu.\\nII have often read.\\n(7.) Long adverbs of manner, ending in ment, other long adverbs,\\nand the adwrbs of time and place, nttjuurd hui, demean, hicr, ici, h),\\nare not placed between the auxiliary and the participle 136,\\nL.41, 5.]:\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nRoOfl avons ccrit aujourd hui, JIV have written to-day.\\n(8.) When there is a direct regimen in the sentence, it is placed\\nafter the verb\\n1. Subject. -1. Attribute. 3. Verb. 4. Adverb. 6. Regime Direct.\\nettentlf apprend toujour! sa teeon.\\nT%e It urns always his lesson.\\n(9.) When there are tw. regimens of equal length, or nearly so,\\nthe direit precedes the indirect\\n1. JL 1 8. Direct Regim n. 4. Indirect Regimen.\\nJean a 00086 le livre a mOD re.\\nJohn has ok to my father.\\n(10.) Should the direct regimen be followed by a relative pronoun,\\nor by attributes rendering it longer than the indirect regimen, the\\nlatter i placed Bret:\\n1. Suhj. -1. Verb. 3. Ind. Regimen. Direct Regimen.\\nJean adonnc a mon pflre le Tlvre qn U lnl avait promis.\\nJnhn haigivtM to my father the book which he had promised him.\\n(11.) The pronouns representing the direct regimen, and those\\nmpifiewiHlig the indirect regimen, preceded by to, expressed or un-\\nderstood in English, are placed before the verb in French:\\n1. Subject. 2. Direct Reg. 3. Vt rb. i 1. Subject. J. Ind. Reg. 3. Verb.\\nles royons, Nona lenr parlous.\\nII them see. M totktm speak.\\n(12.) In the imperative used affirmatively, those pionouns follow\\nthe verb\\n1. Verb. 2. Direct Rrg. Verb. 2. Ind. Reg.\\nVojez- les. Parlez- lour.\\nthem. Speak to them", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0460.jp2"}, "461": {"fulltext": "COLLOC illON OF WORDS. \u00c2\u00a7144. 459\\n(13.) When two personal pronouns are used as regimens in a sen-\\ntence, the indirect, if in the first or second person, precedes the\\ndirect:\\n1. Subject. 2. Ind. Reg. 3. Direct Reg. 4. Verb.\\nPaul nous le donne.\\nPaul to us it gives.\\nPaul vous le donne.\\nPaul to you it gives.\\n(14.) Should, however, the indirect regimen be in the third person,\\nit is placed after the direct\\n1. Subject. 2. Direct Reg. 3. Ind. Reg. 4. Verb.\\nPaul le lui donne.\\nPaul it to him gives.\\n(15.) In the imperative used affirmatively, the direct regimen pre-\\ncedes always the indirect\\n1 Verb. 2. Dir. Reg. 3. Ind. Reg. i 1. Verb. 2. Dir. Reg. 3. Ind. Reg.\\nDonnez- les nous. Donnez- les- lui.\\nGive them to us. Give them to him.\\n(16.) The pronoun representing a noun in the oblique cases, gen-\\nerally preceded in English by a preposition other than to, is, in French,\\nplaced after the verb\\n1. SubJ. 2. Verb. 3. Ind. Reg. i 1. SubJ. 2. Verb. 3. Ind. Reg.\\nJe parle de lui. Je parle avec lui.\\nI speak of him. J speak with him.\\n(17.) To render a sentence negative, ne is placed immediately be-\\nfore the verb, and pas, jamais, rien, c. after it:\\n1. SubJ. 2. Negat. 3. Verb. 4. NegaL\\nJe ne vois pas.\\nI not see not.\\nJe ne lis jamais.\\nnot read never.\\n(18.) When the verb is in a compound tense, the first negative is\\nplaced before the auxiliary, and the second between that auxiliary\\nand the participle\\n1. Subject. 2. Negat. Z.Reg. 4. Aux. 5. Negat. 6. Participle.\\nJe ne 1 ai pas vu.\\nI not him have not seen.\\nJe ne leur ai jamais parle.\\nJ not to them have never\\nJe ne leur ai rien donne.\\nnot to them have nothing given.\\n(19.) The pronouns used as direct regimens, and as indirect regi-", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0461.jp2"}, "462": {"fulltext": "460 COLLOCATION OF WOKDS. \u00c2\u00a7144.\\nmens, are placed before the imperative, used negati ely. They aro\\nsubject to the rules of precedence, (13.) and (14.)\\n1. Negat. 2. Reg. 3. Reg. 4. Verb. 5. Negat.\\n[Rule (13.)] Ne nous lo donnez pas.\\nNot to us it give not.\\n[Rule (14.)] Ne le lui donnez pas.\\nNot it to him give not.\\n(20.) The construction of an interrogative sentence, which has e\\nnoun for its subject, differs in the two languages. The following\\nexamples will show the order of the words in French\\n1. The Subj. 2. Verb. 3. Duplicate Subj. 4. Regimen.\\nLo march and re^oit- il son argent!\\nThe merchant receives he his money?\\nt rerc ecrit- II des lettres 1\\nMy brother writes he letters?\\n(21.) When the sentence commences with oh, where; que, what;\\nquel, irluit, tchich combien, how much, haw many the noun may be\\nplaoed \u00e2\u0096\u00a0iter the rarb;\\nrotreamil Wim* it your fiintd?\\nQQ0 dit v..tr. What rays your father?\\n(22.) The construction of Interrogative sentence*, in which the\\nMihjcot of the verb li prononn, la very simple. The pronoun is\\niftev tin- verb in simple tenses, and after the auxiliary in\\nfieiliponiMl tenses:\\n1. BajemmJM r*. 3. Subject. A. Direct Reg.\\nNous onvoyrz- vous notre Ifgeol f\\nTo us snui you our money\\n1. Reg. Ind. 2. Aux. 3. Subj. 4. Part. 6. Direct Reg.\\nLt-ur aw/.- vous dniiiic cct argent 1\\nTb them have you given that money?\\n(23.) The order of the words in a sentence, at once negative az4\\nnterrogative, is as follows:\\n1. 1st Sfg. 2. Reg. Prn. 3. 5. 2d Neg. 6. Direct Reg.\\nNe nous envoyes- vous pss del srgcntl\\nto us tend you not money?\\n(24.) In a compound tense:\\n1. 1st Neg. 2. Reg. Prn. 3. Verb. 4. Subj. 6. 2d Neg. 6. Part. 7. Reg\\nNo nous svez- vous pss envoy* do rargent?\\nNot to us have you not sent money\\n(25.) The first person singular of the present of the indicative of\\nmost verbs, wluoh have in that person only one syllable, and of s feW", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0462.jp2"}, "463": {"fulltext": "USE OF CAPITAL LETTERS. 145. 461\\nethers having more than one syllable, but ending in s, car not admit\\nof the construction mentioned in the 22d rule of this Section. To\\nrender the sentence interrogative, est-ce-que is prefixed to the affir-\\nmative form of the verb\\nEst-ce-que vous parlez\\nIs it that you speak?\\nDo you speak?\\nEst-ce-que je pretends lui parler 1\\nIs it that I pretend to speak to him\\nDo I pretend to speak to him\\n(26.) Every person of a tense susceptible of being conjugated in-\\nterrogatively, may be rendered so by prefixing est-ce-que to the\\naffirmative form\\nEst-ce-que vous lisez 1 I Do you read?\\nEst-ce-que votre frere est arrive Is your brother arrived\\n(27.) In poetry and in elevated prose, the subject of an affirmative\\nsentence is sometimes placed after the verb\\nTout-a-coup au jour vif et bril-\\nlant de la zone torride, succede\\nune nuit universelle et profonde a\\nla parure d un printemps cternel,\\nla nudite des plus tristes hivers.\\nRaynal.\\nSuddenly to the vivid and brilliant\\naj of the torrid zone, succeeds a\\nuniversal and profound night to the\\nattire of an eternal spring, the naked-\\nofth\\nness of the saddest winters.\\n(28.) The article, the demonstrative, and the possessive adjective\\nare repeated before every word which they determine [L. 86].\\n(29.) Pronouns, used as subjects of verbs, may be repeated before\\nevery verb 99, L. 87].\\n(30.) Pronouns, used as regimens of verbs, must be repeated be-\\nfore every, verb 105, L. 87].\\n(31.) Prepositions are generally repeated before every word which\\nthey govern 141].\\n145. Use of Capital Letters.\\nThe only important difference existing in the two languages, in the\\nuse of capital letters, is that the French do not use a capital for an\\nadjective, unless it be used substantively, and applied to a person or\\npersons, or unless it form an integral part of a name\\nCe monsieur est-il frangais?\\nC est un Frangais.\\nEst-il frangais 1\\nCette dame est^elle anglaise 1\\nC est une Anglaise.\\nElle est anglaise.\\nApprenez-vous le franyais\\nJe n apprends pas l anglais.\\nIs that gentleman French?\\nHe is a Frenchman.\\nIs he French?\\nIs that lady English\\nShe is an English lady.\\nShe is English.\\nDo you learn French 7\\nI do not learn English.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0463.jp2"}, "464": {"fulltext": "402 ANALOGY OF E X L I S II AND FRKXCU. \u00c2\u00a7147.\\nJ attcnds le Franjais qui demeure I am wailing for the Frenchman\\nlei 1 who lives here.\\nLe departemeut des Basses- Alpes. I The department of the Lower Alps.\\nLe royanmfl defl Pays-Bas. The kingdom of the Netherlands.\\n146.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Elision\\n(1.) Elision is the suppression of the final vowel of a word, and\\nthe substitution of an apostrophi before words commencing with\\na vowel or an h mute\\na is only elided in la, ariiele or pronoun L ime, the soul, instead\\nof la ame l linuiilite, humility, instead of la humilite je\\nl admire, je riionore, I admire her, I honor her, instead of je\\nla admire, je la honure.\\nE is elided in le, article or pronoun, in je, te, me, se, ce (meaning\\nit, dem. prn.), de, ne, que, pareeque, quidque, puisque,jusque,\\nquelqw:, l ami, the friend 1 hoiniiR the man.\\nI is only elided in tj coming before il, lie ils, they.\\nU is never elided.\\nAlthough the words ,;i;^ and oitci M commonce with a\\nvowel, the article is not elided before them, fa oize, le onzieme.\\n147. A- U8B and French\\nW uRUS.\\nIV al,cr,de, ge, fa, me, ant, rnl, ion, are the\\ntame in both langu.:_-\\nAX Mineral, general, animal, principal, fatal.\\nce Race, prudence, not. diflee.\\nDK Parade, grade, ambuscade, parrieide, pn lude.\\nge Couragi age, d\u00c2\u00ab -luge.\\nlt- 1 I lr, fertile, ridicule\\nwe Doctrine, min. ad Be, f.unine. machine, h roi no.\\nast Dotnant, vigilant, constant, instant, arrogant\\nr.M l nnt t arwidnnt. pr^aslent. leaidowl\\nios Question, fr:. n, religion.\\nords ending in ary, ory, gy, ncy, ty, ous, or, me, im\\nFreneh by changing:\\nakv into am\\nonv on be,\\n;if. ftnergie, geologie, afigjft\\nhcy itcE Cb nienic. i llenco\\nTT Ti Charite, alacrit. divinitt\\nout BUS Industrieux, ourieiix, fameuE.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0464.jp2"}, "465": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PHRASES. 148.\\n463\\noe into Eira Candeur, ardeur. acteur.\\nIhe in Masculin, feminin, clandestin.\\nive if Actif, passif, massif.\\n148. G-allicisms or Idiomatic Phrases.\\nGallicisms, or idioms peculiar to the language, are very numerous\\nin French. We have already in the first part of this work, presented\\na considerable number of such expressions, and will here give a\\nsomewhat extended list of those not placed in the examples and ex-\\nercises. In proverbial sayings, v/e have endeavored to give the equi-\\nvalent English phrase. We would advise the student to analyze\\ncarefully the following idiomatie sentences, and particularly those\\nwhich do not admit of a literal or near translation. Idioms and pro-\\nverbial phrases give a great insight into the character and customs\\nof a nation, and their analysis is often of great assistance in the ac-\\nquisition of a language\\nCe piano n est pas d accord.\\nArrangez cette affaire a l amiabje.\\nNous sommes d accord sur ce point.\\nQuel age donneriez-vous a cet\\nCela fera bien mon affaire.\\nAllons au fait.\\nVous mettez ma patience a bout.\\nCe sont deux fetes dans un bonnet.\\nVous avez toujours ces propos a la\\nbouche.\\nEntre nous soit dit, ce n est pas la\\nmer a boire.\\nVous ne savez plus de quel bois\\nfaire fleche.\\nJ avais ce mot sur le bout des\\nlevres.\\nC est son bras droit.\\nII nous a ferme la porte au nez.\\nVous allez toujours droit au but.\\nEn tout cas, je leur remettrai votre\\nlettre.\\nNe voyez-vous pas qu il rit sous\\ncape\\nNous avons pique des deux.\\nNous en sommes sur ce chapitre.\\nOh pour le coup, vous avez raison.\\nCet orateur bat la campagne.\\nIJarlez-moi a coeur ouvert.\\nNous avons couch e a la belle etoile.\\nJe n ai que faire de son argent.\\nJ ai fait si bien mon compte, que\\nj ai obtenu cet argent.\\nCHa ne me fait rien du tout.\\nThis piano is out of tune.\\nSettle that business amicably.\\nWe agree upon that point.\\nHow old would yon take that man to\\nbe?\\nThat will suit me exactly.\\nLet us come to the point.\\nYou exhaust my patience.\\nThey are both of the same mind.\\nYou always use those expressions.\\nBetween ourselves, the thing is not so\\nvery difficult.\\nYou are put to your last shift. You\\nare at your wit s end.\\nJ had that word at my to?igue s end.\\nHe is his right hand.\\nHe shut the door in our face.\\nYou come always to the main point.\\nAt all events, J will give them your\\nletter.\\nDo you not see that he laughs in his\\nsleeve\\nWe put spurs to our horses.\\nWe are speaking about this matter.\\nOh! for this time, you, are right.\\nThat speaker wanders from his sub-\\nject.\\nSpeak to me without reserve, openly\\nWe slept in the open air.\\nI do not want his money.\\nI managed matters so well, that 1 ub\\ntained that money.\\nThat is nothing at all to me.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0465.jp2"}, "466": {"fulltext": "464\\nIDIOMATIC PHRASES. 148.\\nFaites-moi grace de tous ces details\\nC en est fait.\\nComme vous voila fait\\n11 ru a prie de rooa fa ire ses amities\\ntu attendant, faites-lui rues com-\\npliments.\\nChemin faisaut, nous lo rcncon-\\naea\\nLe plu furt BSt fuit.\\nJc Boldat n a jamais vu le feu.\\n.lire.\\nmmea an foil de l hiver.\\nVJu allait-il faire ilai^ eattfl\\n.tin- il l.iut.\\nprix.\\nII BQ lit j tir a traven. le- tmeiuis.\\nm- mi autre j.mr.\\nII me la r beao-\\noonp.\\nI \u00c2\u00bbur de BOO metier.\\npied da mm*.\\n;i \\\\a le mieUX da\\n.\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2\u00e2\u0080\u00a2us.\\nOH ii.iiuri l.\\nned cefl.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2iil.\\n11 a rendu *-a mantra poor an mor-\\niloiine la monnaie de\\nlor.\\ni\\nJe lui ai COmpi la .i\\ni ehandalla,\\n.i i\\ni\\nII met la eh. in ue d rani l\\n,i ,i oomble de I\\ni\\ninto.\\nooater.\\nLa \u00e2\u0096\u00a0entioelk I\\nCe molade n eo rerlaad\\nNona imme\u00c2\u00bb au couraut de tuut\\nSpare me all those particulars.\\nIt is all over. All is gone.\\nWhat a condition you art in\\nHe icished vie to give his lore to yen.\\nIn the mean while, present my com.\\nplinunts to him.\\nGoing along, ice met him.\\nThe most diffieull part is done.\\nThat- soldier has never smell gu*~\\nJ very well.\\nil ptA of v-inler.\\nWhat business had he there\\nII mn.\\nThai rlfti is extravagantly dear.\\nII his H-oii through theenemy.\\nUght.\\nTell me exactly how the matter stands.\\nII nevertheless\\nquits another thing.\\nVim left\\ning mi finely.\\nisfxisttion.\\nThose tkrubs grotO pern ptibly.\\n%t tight.\\nII I i _\u00e2\u0096\u00a0 I a mere song.\\nI him in his own coin.\\nit\\nI man of your word.\\nI cut him\\nil A ./in.\\ni\\nscent.\\nU friends.\\nI! I* \u00e2\u0096\u00a0fore the horse.\\nnrrffn m Ust\\ni\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0me you to reproach\\nII .he frying pan into the\\nyou.\\nII long arquainlo\\n11\\nTtr.\\njpiainUd with m", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0466.jp2"}, "467": {"fulltext": "IDIOMATIC PHRASES. 148.\\n465\\nCela fait dresser les cheveux.\\nlis chantent sur une autre note.\\nCe vers est frappe au bon coin.\\nJe lui ai donne le clef des champs.\\nII ne sait ou donner de la tete.\\nVous vous donnez toujours raison.\\nII a donne dans le piege.\\nCela lui donne de l buineur.\\nJe n entre point la dedans.\\nH entre dans vos interets.\\nJe m embarrasse fort peu de cela.\\nSon amitie est a toute epreuve.\\nVos propos m echauflfent les oreilles.\\nFinissez ce badinage.\\nReposez-vous-en sur moi.\\nCette marcbandise n a point de de-\\nbit.\\nII est toujours sur le qui-vive.\\nCette maison est a vendre au plus\\noffrant et dernier encberisseur.\\nDe quelle part ce domestique vient-\\nill\\nDoublons le pas il se fait tard.\\nJ y vais de ce pas.\\nPasse pour ceci.\\nII faut en passer par la.\\nVous m avez peint avec de beaux\\ntraits.\\nPour moi, je m y perds.\\nPeu s en fallut qu il ne me frappat.\\nDites-moi un peu ce que vous en\\npensez.\\nII nous jette de la poudre aux yeux.\\nVous seriez bien embarrasse, si on\\nvous prenait au mot.\\nNe vous en prenez pas a moi.\\nLe malade n en pouvait plus.\\nJe l ai envoye promener.\\nLe bon homme que c est\\nBrisons la dessus.\\nII en fut quitte pour la peur.\\nVous en etes quitte a bon marche.\\nCela n est pas de refus.\\nJe l ai entrevu ce matin.\\nJe ne m en soucie guere.\\nH a des affaires par dessus la tete.\\nQu a cela ne tienne.\\nA. la bonne beure.\\nTout fin qu il est, il s est trcmpe.\\nCe n est pas la un trait d ami.\\nTreve de compliments.\\nJe vous vois venir, monsieur.\\nVoila comme vous etes.\\nTout cela va le mieux du monde.\\nVous n y etes pas.\\nVous voila bien avance.\\nThat makes one s hair stand on end.\\nThey have changed their tone.\\nThat verse bears the right stamp.\\nI sent him about his business.\\nHe does not know which way to turn.\\nYou pretend to be always in the right.\\nHe fell into the snare.\\nThat puts him out of temper.\\nThat is no business of mine.\\nHe interests himself for you.\\nI care very little about that.\\nHis friendship \u00e2\u0096\u00a0mill stand any test.\\nYour expressions provoke my ange\\nPut an end, to this trifling.\\nTrust to me about this matter.\\nThis article has no sale.\\nHe is always on the voatch.\\nThat house is to be sold to the hi^Jtest\\nbidder.\\nWho sent that servant\\nLet us mend our pace it is g- owing\\nlate.\\nI am going thither this mom nt.\\nLet this pass.\\nWe must submit to tlwse tenns.\\nYon have given a fine account of me.\\nAs for me, I cannot see into it.\\nHe came very near striking me.\\nJust tell me what you think of it.\\nHe casts a mist before our eyes.\\nYou would be at a great loss, if vou\\nwere taken at your word.\\nDo not blame me about this.\\nThe patient was quite exhausted.\\nI told him to mind his business.\\nWliat a simple man he is\\nNo more of this.\\nHe escaped, though frightened.\\nYou came off c/ieaply.\\nThat is not to be reftcsed.\\nI had a glimpse of him this morning.\\nI care but little about it.\\nHe is over head and ears in business.\\nThat shall not make us disagree.\\nWell and good.\\nCunning as he is, he made a mistake.\\nTliat is not acting like a friend.\\nNo more compliments.\\nI see what you are about, sir.\\nThat is the loay with you.\\nAll goes on as well as possible.\\nThat is not it.\\nYou are much the better for it.\\n0*", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0467.jp2"}, "468": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS.\\nI.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 FABLES.\\nl. LE ciiF-NT. H LI BYOQMOIEH.\\nUk cli\u00c2\u00a3nc t tait plant.- prea .run aycomore. Le dernier poussadea\\n19. B.] feaQlea dea le commencement da printemps, ct m6-\\nI lensibUite tin [l\u00c2\u00bb 5. premier. Yi i in, dit (din, iV.) le\\ntrop Bar l careeaea de cbiqae zephyr incona-\\nfr-iiii peal enir. Poor moi, je m suis\\nde poaeeer dea feailles; j attandi que la oha\\nleur soit mte. II avail raisoa: [L.8. l.] am gelee dcV\\ntraisit naieaantea [I* 18.] do syeomore.\\nEfa l i Mi \u00c2\u00ablit r.-mir.-. i de ae me pea preaaor I\\nI.) -J] lea car oaaoa nl ear toe protea-\\nnairement de oenrti\\nPebrin.\\nLOUP D GUIB\\nil im troopean, ne aavait (aoaoar, 3. ir.) com*\\nmen! fain* pour attraperdea [L. 12. moatone; le bergeretait con-\\ntinoellemenl in L animal vorace B aviaa de se degoiaef\\nlo la peau (Tone brebis qu il avait enlevi\\ndanl qoelqoe b ifin, le berger decouvril I aitifioi I\\nUa chietu eoutte lui ila loi L87. arracherenf la t .i- .n .i.\\nales, el le m\\noara i 1 i-vt. ri.-ur. I ii bomme dc j\\nft de i on lea apparei ra\\nm: BT BON M \\\\itki:\\nUn no tronva par bajHud one peau de lion, [L. 5. 3.] ct s en 38;\\nAinal deguiae il nlla dana les foreta,", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0468.jp2"}, "469": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS. 467\\net repandit partout la [L. 8. 2.] terreur et la consternation. Toua\\nles animaux fuyaient (fuir, 2. ir.) devant lui. Enfin il rencon-\\ntra son maitre qu il voulut epouvanter aussi mais le bon homme\\naperoevant quelque chose de [L. 18. 3.] long, aux deux cotes de la\\ntete de 1 animal, lui dit maitre baudet, quoique vous soyez [L. 73.\\n4.] vetu comme un lion, vos oreilles vous trahissent et montrent que\\nVous n etes reellement qu un ane.\\nUn sot a toujours un endroit qui le decouvre et le rend ridicule.\\nL affectation est un juste sujet de mepris. Perrin.\\n4. L AIGLE ET LE HIBOU.\\nL aigle et le hibou, apres avoir [L. 21. 2.] fait longtemps la guerre,\\nconvinrent d une paix les articles preliminaires avaient ete prealable-\\nment signes par des [L. 12. 3.] ambassadeurs l article le plus essen-\\ntiel etait que le premier ne mangerait pas les petits de l autre. Les\\nconnaissez (connaitre, 4. ir.) vous, demanda le hibou 1 Non, repon-\\ndit l aigle. Tant pis. Peignez, (peindre, 4. ir.) les moi [L. 28. 4.] on\\nme les montrez 100, (6.)] foi d honnete aigle je n y [5 39, (18.)]\\ntoucherai jamais. Mes petits, repondit 1 oiseau nocturne, sont mi-\\ngnons, beaux, bien faits ils ont la voix douce et melodieuse [L. 13.\\n5.] vous les reconnaitrez aisement a ces marques. Tres bien, je ne\\nl oublierai pas. II arriva un jour que l aigle apergut dans le coin\\nd un rocher de [L. 8. 4.] petits monstres tres laids, reehignes, avec un\\nair triste et lugubre. Ces enfants, dit-il, n appartiennent (appartenir,\\n2. ir.) pas a notre ami mangeons les aussitot il se mit a. en [L. 15.\\n7.] faire un bon repas. L aigle n avait pas tort [L. 8. 1.] Le hibou\\nlui avait fait une fausse peinture de ses petits ils n en avaient pas le\\nmoindre trait.\\nLes parents devraient (devoir, 3. reg), eviter avec soin ce faible en-\\nters leurs enfants, il les rend souvent aveugles sur leurs defauts.\\nPerrin.\\n5. LE PAYSAN ET LA COULEUVKE.\\nUn paysan, allant au bois avec un sac pour y [J 39, (18.)] mettre\\ndes noisettes, (c etait [L. 82. 1.] la saison,) trouva une couleuvre.\\nAh ah dit le manant, je te tiens (tenir, 2. ir.) a present tu ne\\nm echapperas pas tu viendras (venir, 2. ir.) dans ce sac et tu mourras\\n(mourir, 2. ir.) L animal pervers, je veux dire [L. 32. 5.] la cou-\\nleuviM, et non pas l homme,) lui dit qu ai-je fait pour meriter un\\npareil traitement Ce que tu as fait 1 Tu es le symbole de l ingra-\\ntituda, le plus odieux de tous les vices. S il faut (Jalloir, 3. ir.) que", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0469.jp2"}, "470": {"fulltext": "468 READIXQ LESSONS.\\nlesingrats meurent, repliqua hardiment le reptile, vous vousconuam-\\nnez vous meme de tous les animaux rhomme est le plus ingrat.\\nL homme dit le paysan, surpris de la hardiesae do la couleuvre je\\npourrais (pouvotr, 3. ir.) tYcraser dans l instant, mais je veux (rou-\\nloir, 3. ir.) m en rapporter a quelque juge. J y eonsens [j 39, (18.)]\\n.he etait a quelque distance on 41, (4.) (5.)] l appelle, elle\\nvient (vcnir. 2. ir.) on lui propose le caa. CV-tait bion la peine de\\nm appolcr. dit-elle J la chose est claire; la couleuvre a raison. Je\\nnounia riiomme de mon tail il en Gut du beam el du fromage et\\npouree bienfiut, il mange mea enfanta A peine aonUla nee (nnitre,\\n4. ir.) qu il [j 184, et coupes en milk moreeaex\\ntout quand je suis vieQle, et que je ne lui donne plus\\nde lair, lMngral m aeeomme ami pitie; ma peas memo n ost p\\nde aon ingratitude il la tanne et en But deabottea at dee sou-\\nli.r I... Je eoneraa que l homme eal le mi aymbole de l ingra-\\ntitade. Adieu j ai dit ee que je penae,\\nL homme, tout etonne, dit aa reptile: je ne croie paa ee quo ootte\\nue a dit elle :i per.lu I eepril rapportona-uoua en a la deeU\\nle eet arbro D e tout mon eosur. L arbre etant pris pour juge,\\nee tut bieo pia encore. Je meta fhomme a I abri [1*08. I.\\nde la eheleur, et de la pluie. Bn eta, il troure aoui\\nbwoehea one embre agieeble; je produia dea Boon et de i mit ee*\\n.,t, aprea mil in mananl me (ait tomber a coups de\\nheebe i il eoupe toutee mea branch a, en fait da feu, el reaerve mon\\nplanebee. L homme ae voyant ainej eee\\nvaioea :je suis Uea eot, dit-il. d ecouter L 21. one radotei\\nun jaeeur. AuaaiUM il inula La e i pieda el l\\\\ ta\\nLa plus fed kOBJoura reiaoa, il opprim le plua bible. La t ..rce\\net le nenetnn aont aourdea i le troii de la juatic et de la v. ritc.\\nPf.ruin.\\na u bo\\nn etant mort, aon ombre deaeendit dans la *om\\nneaeede Pluton, oo. elle etouTnerpanaiieetfraiiau,\\nPluton voulait 119.] la renvoyer dans le corpa d un ana peaeoJ ot\\natupide, pow lui i I 1 aoupleaae, aa viva.it. et aa ma\\n.lie tit taut de tours plaiaanta el badina, i\u00c2\u00abn- I inflexibta\\nrol dot enfera ue ri et lui laiaaa le\\nclu.ix d uno condition. I da a entrer dans le corpa d un\\npenoquet/-\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Au moina, diaahVelle, je conaerverai p- r la quelque re*-\\neainblanee area los homi tuA sin R\u00c2\u00ab", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0470.jp2"}, "471": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS. 469\\nje faisaia des gestes tomme eux et, etant perroquet, je parlerai avec\\neux dans les plus agreables conversations.\\nA peine l ombre du singe fut introduite dans ce nouveau metier,\\nqu une vieille femme causeuse l acheta. II fit (faire, 4. ir.) ses de-\\nliaes; elle le mit dans une belle [L. 13. 6.] cage. II faisait bonne\\nchere, et discourait toute la journee avec la vieille radoteuse, qui ne\\nparlait pas plus sensement que lui. II joignit (joindre, 4. ir.) a son\\nnouveau talent d etourdir tout le monde je ne sais (savoir, 3. ir.) quoi\\nde son ancienne profession. II remuait sa tete ridiculement, il fai-\\nsait craquer son bee, il agitait ses ailes de cent facons, et faisait de\\nses pattes plusieurs tours qui sentaient encore les grimaces de Fago-\\ntin. La vieille prenait a toute heure ses lunettes pour l admirer elle\\netait bien fachee d etre un peu sourde, et de perdre quelquefois des\\nparoles de son perroquet, auquel elle trouvait plus d esprit qu a per.\\nsonne. Ce perroquet gate, devint bavard, importun, et fou. II se\\ntourmenta si fort dans sa cage, et but (boire, 4. ir.) tant de vin avec\\nla vieille, qu il en mourut.\\nLe voila revenu devant Pluton, qui voulut (vouloir, 3. ir.) cette\\nfois le faire passer dans le corps d un poisson. Mais il fit (faire, 4.\\nir.) encore une farce devant le roi des ombres; et les princes ne\\nresistent guere [L. 17. 5.] aux demandes des mauvais plaisants qui les\\nflattent. Pluton accorda done a. celui-ci, qu il irait (atter, 1. ir.) dans\\nle corps d un homme; mais comme le dieu eut honte [L. 21, (4.)] de\\nl envoyer dans le corps d un homme sage et vertueux, il le destina\\nau corps d un harangueur ennuyeux et importun, qui mentait, qui se\\nvantait sans cesse, qui faisait des gestes ridicules, qui se moquait de\\ntout le monde, qui interrompait toutes les conversations les plus\\npolies et les plus solides, pour dire rien, ou les sottises les plus gros-\\nsieres. Mercure qui le reconnut [L. 51.] dans ce nouvel etat, lui dit\\nen riant. Ho ho je te reeonnais tu n es qu un compose du singe\\net du perroquet que j ai vus [L. 42. 7.] autrefois. Qui 39, (5.)]\\nt 6terait tes gestes et tes paroles apprises par coeur sans jugement,\\nne laisserait rien de toi. D un joli singe et d un bon perroquet o\\nnVn fait qu un sot homme. Fenelon.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0471.jp2"}, "472": {"fulltext": "4Y0 READING LESSONS.\\nH.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 APOLOGUES ET ALLEGORIES.\\n6. LE BERGER ET LE TROUPEAU.\\nQuand ous voyez. quelquefoia an nombreux troupeau qui, repandu\\nBur une colline vers le d, olin d un bean jour, patt (jmitre. 4.\\nrsnqoiUemenl le tfaym et le Berpolet, on qui bronte dans use prairie\\nurn- harbe menu.- et t.-ndre qui I 6chapp6 ft la fiuw du moissonnour,\\nntit. rM debout auprea de sea brebia; il no\\nlea ponl pae de vnr. il lee suit (aware, 4 ir.) il lea conduit, il lee\\n[L 87. 7.] ohaage de paturage si ellea ae diapereent, il leeraaeemblej\\nn mi loop avide paratt, il lache bod chien qui le me1 en fttite; il lee\\nnourrit [L 87.] il Irs defend I aurore le brouve deja en pieina oanv\\nI n, \u00c2\u00bbe retire qu avec le BoleiL Qnela 30, (10.)] aoinel\\nquelle servitude! Quelle condition voua paratt la\\nplus debeieuaeel la plua libre, on dn berger, on dee brebia 1 fa\\nm eat-D (ail pour le berger, on le berger pour le troupeau 1\\nImage naive [L 18. dea peuplea, el dn prince qui lea gov, ne,\\nLa BaOTtBS.\\nI LEfl PABVBNl\\nZteobie.qui agitenl votre empire, nl la guerre qua\\nm .-nt eontre une nation puiaaante, depnii la mort\\niminnent rien de votre magnincenee: roua\\naatrecontree leariveade I EuphnU\\nr on anperbe edifice I air y eal aain el tempera, la artu-\\nre I ombrage dn eotA du\\nqui habitenl quelquefoli la tern-, n y\\nohoiatr nne p i belle demeure la campagne antonr, eat\\nqui laillenl e1 quicoupent, qaj rout\\nqui roulenl on qui charrient\\nl .:t,an. rairain el le porphyre lee gruea el lea machn\\nu I air, et fonl eeperer a ceux qui voyaged vera \\\\ral.ie,\\nlaia acheve, et dans settt\\nporter, avanl de Cbabiter, voua et les\\nrien, granda n\\nPot el ti u1 1 ari dea plua excellent ouvriera; que lea\\nLxig de votre ni cle dcploient V.\\\\ (2.)] toute lev\\n,r voa lambris: tr\\nrdina,dont 1 enchantemenl soil tel, qu ils ne paraiasent paa\\nfait* de la main dea hommea. I votre Industrie", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0472.jp2"}, "473": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS. 4Vl\\nsur cet ouvrage incomparable et, apres que vous y aurez [L. 61. 5.]\\nmis, Zenobie, la derniere main, quelqu un de ces patres qui habitent\\nles sables voisins de Palmyre, devenu riche par les peages de vos ri-\\nvieres, achetera 49, (5.)] un jour a deniers comptants cette royale\\nmaison, pour l embellir et la rendre plus digne de lui et de sa for-\\ntune. La Bruyere.\\n3. LE PALAIS DE LA RENOMMEE.\\nAux extremites du monde, sous le pole, dont [L. 31. 8.] Pintrepide\\nC Cok mesura la circonference a travers les vents et les temples au\\nmilieu desterres australes qu une barriere de glace derobe a la curio-\\nsite des hommes, s eleve 49, (6.)] une montagne qui surpasse en\\nhauteur les sommets les plus eleves des Andes dans le Nouveau-\\nMonde, ou du Thibet dans l antique Asie.\\nSur cette montagne est bati un palais, ouvrage des puissances in-\\nfernales. Ce palais a mille portiques d airain les moindres bruits\\nviennent (yenir. 2. ir.) frapper les domes de cet edifice, dont le silence\\nn a jamais franchi le seuil.\\nAu centre du monument est une voute tournee en spirale comme\\nune conque, et faite de sorte que tous les sons qui penetrent dans\\nle palais, y aboutissent mais, par un effet du genie de Parchitecte\\ndes mensonges, la plupart de ces sons se trouvent [L. 36. 2.] fausse-\\nment reproduits; souvent une legere rumeur s enfle et gronde en\\nentrant par la voie preparee aux eclats du tonnerre, tandis que les\\nroulements de la foudre expirent en passant par les routes sinueuses\\n[L. 13. 5.] destinees aux faibles bruits.\\nC est la que, l oreille placee a l ouverture de cet immense echo,\\nest assis sur un trone retentissant, un demon, la renommee. Cette\\npuissante fille de Satan et de l orgueil, naquit (nailre, 4. ir.) autrefois\\npour annoncer le mal. Avant le jour ou Lucifer leva l etendard\\ncontre le Tout-Puissant, la renommee etait inconnue. Si un mondo\\nvenait a s animer ou a s eteindre si l Eternel avait tire un univers\\ndu neant, ou replonge un de ses ouvrages dans le chaos s il avait\\njete un soleil dans l espace, cree un nouvel ordre de seraphins, essaye\\n[5 49, 2.] la bonte d une lumiere, toutes ces choses etaient aussitot\\nconnues [L. 42. 6.] dans le ciel par un sentiment intime d admiration\\net d amour, par le chant mysterieux de la celeste Jerusalem. Mais,\\napres la rebellion des mauvais anges, la renommee usurpa la place\\nde cette intention divine. Bientot, precipitee [5 06, (3.)] aux enters,\\nce[L.81. 1.] fut elle qui publia dans l abyme la naissance de notre\\nglobe, et qui porta l ennomi de Dieu a tenter k chute de l homme.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0473.jp2"}, "474": {"fulltext": "472 READING LESSONS.\\nElle vint sur la terre avec la mort, et des ce moment elle e tablit sa\\ndemeure sur la montagne, ou elle entend et repete confusement ce\\nqui se passe Mir la tern, iu enters, et dans !es cieux.\\nCHATEAUBRIAND.\\n4.-LACADKMIK BILENC1EUSE OU LES EMBLEMES.\\n11 y avail 61, J. i Amadan nne e. li bre academic, dont le premiei\\ntatut etait 00000 (cMKCVOtr, 3.) 60 CSS termes hn acad miciena\\npenseront beaucoup, icrinml u, rl w [L. 19. 2.] parhront que le moins\\n(4.)] I appslait f et il nV tait\\npoint vrai savant [iii n sftl l ambition d y i-tre admis.\\nitem* l un petit livre excellent, intitule le BttiSon,\\nnppni an fond ile h province, qoU (unij vnquaif\\nDM II part au-situt il arrive a\\npr lentant a la ports de la aalle i lea acadiiniciens\\nlea, il prie riiuissi.-r lie remettre an president ce billet\\n/.ib demands bnmblement la place Tacante. I/huN-iei\\nlitta BnrJs-ehamp de la ootnmisaion maia le dootsnr et son bil-\\nlet arri\\\\.i 119.] trnp tard. la place \u00e2\u0080\u00a2tait deja rrinj)lie.\\nDtre-tsmps; elle avait re ;n OH pen\\n-prit. b iit I\\ndmiration de la eour, et elle m royaft (voir, 3. t\\nreds Is doetsnr Zsb, le fleaa dea bavarda, une U\\nbien (aits, si bill) meublec Le pn uident charge d annonen an loc-\\nteur ei-tte oouvel ponrait pr-\\nprendre. Apr. s avoir on pen\\nil tit 1 remplir (Teas ane grands coups, mala si bien ran-\\nt .it deborder lalfqnsnr; puis il fit\\nqn on Introd araltre, ir.\\nqol annonce pvesqne tonjosn le vnri bmV\\nroferer une aenle parole, il lui\\nmontra d an air affllgi la coupe embl ra il que, cet(\\nnii-tit pleiiir. L ir.) ds r its, qn fl\\nmaia, anna perdra eon-\\nomprendre qu un -iirminn rniro\\nn jr derangerait rien. II voit i ssa pieda une feoills i 11.)]\\nil ia ramasse, il la pose di licatement sur la to, et fait si\\nbien, qu fl n SB utte.\\nA setts rsponas ingt nieuae, toul le uniii.li bat\u00c2\u00a3t des mains, on\\ntaiasa dormir lea regies pour cs jour-la, et le doctenc Zsb fut n-ru\\npar acclamation. On lui preaenta Mir-lrcliamp, le rsgiatn ou lea\\neyx-meme*. Til a y in*", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0474.jp2"}, "475": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS. 473\\ncrivit done, et il (unip.) ne lui restait plus qu a prononcer selon\\nl usage une phrase de remerciment. Mais, en academicien vraiment\\nsilencieux, le docteur Zeb remercia sans dire mot. II ecrivit (ecrire,\\n4. ir.) en marge le nombre cent, c 6tait 108, (1.)] celui de ses nou-\\nveaux confreres puis, en mettant un zero devant le chiffre, il ecrivit\\nau dessous llsn en vaudront (valoir, 3. ir.) ni moins ni plus (0100).\\nLe president repondit au modeste docteur avec autant de politesse\\nque de presence d esprit. II mit le chiffre un devant le nombre cent\\net il ecrivit lis en vaudront dix fois davantage (1 100).\\nL abbe Blanchet.\\nUL-^-ANECDOTES.\\n1. LE BON MINISTRE.\\nLe puissant Aaron-Rashid commencait a soupconner que son vi-\\nsir Giafar, ne meritait pas la confiance qu il lui avait donnee 134,\\n(4.)J les femmes d Aaron, les habitants de Bagdad, les courtisans, les\\nderviches, censuraient le visir avec amertume. Le calife aimait Gia-\\nfar il ne voulut point le condamner sur les clameurs de la ville et\\nde la cour 141]. II visita son empire; il vit partout la terre bien\\neultivee, la campagne riante, les hameaux opulents, les arts utiles en\\nhonneur, et la jeunesse dans la joie. II visita ses places de guerre et\\nses ports de mer il vit de nombreux vaisseaux qui menacaient 119.]\\nles cotes de l Afrique et de l Asie il vit {voir, 3. ir.) des guerriers\\ndisciplines et contents. Ces guerriers, les matelots, et les peuples\\ndes campagnes s ecriaient O Dieu benissez les fideles en prolon-\\ngeant les jours d Aaron-Rashid et de son visir Giafar ils maintien-\\nnent dans Pempire la paix, la justice, et l abondance tu manifestes,\\ngrand Dieu, ton amour pour les fideles, en leur donnant un calife\\ncomme Aaron et un visir comme Giafar Le calife, touche de ces\\nacclamations, entre dans une mosquee, s y precipite a genoux, et\\ns ecrie Grand Dieu je te rends graces tu m as donne un ministre\\ndont mes courtisans me disent du mal, et dont mes peuples me disent\\ndu lien. Saint-Lambert.\\n2. BONAPARTE ET LA SENTINELLE*\\nApres avoir gagne la bataille d Arcole, qui avait dure 135, (6.)]\\ntrois jours, Bonaparte, toujours infatigable, parcourait son camp, sous\\nThe word sentinelle is always feminine.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0475.jp2"}, "476": {"fulltext": "474 READING LESSONS.\\nnn vetement fort simple, qui no decelait point en lui le genera, en chef,\\na 1 effet d examiner par lui-menie si les fatigues de trois journees aussi\\npenibles que :ette bataille, n avaient rien fait perdre a ses soldats de\\nieur discipline et de leur surveillance habituelles [J 18, (3.)]. Le ge-\\nneral trouve 118, (5.)] une sentinelle endonnie, lui enleve douee-\\nment son fusil sans l cveiller, et fait taction a sa place. Quelques\\n[L. 88.] moments apres, le aoldat se reveille se voyant ainsi de\\n8:irm. et reconnaissant son general, il sWrie Je suis perdu! Ras-\\nsure toi, lui dit Bonaparte avec douceur, aprea tant de fatigues, U\\npout tre pemia ;i U brave kel que toi de sueeomber au sommeil\\nmail une autre foil ehoiau niieux ton temps.\\n3. BIKNF .USANCE.\\nLe Sim de Ifontmorenei, qui fat deca p i t e a Toulouse, aimait a re-\\npandre dea bienfaita, Ce aeigneor, voyageant 49, (l.)] en Lan-\\nrcnt dam on champ, qnatre laboorenn qui dtnunri I\\nPombfC *l*un Iniisson. ApprOOhona DOM de OM bonnes gens, dit-il\\na qui le siiivaicnt, et ni.u ul ns leur s ils se eroient heureux.\\nrepondirent, qm bornant lent fetiche i nertainea oonunoditea\\nde l-ur condition, que Dim Iciir a\\\\ail donnr.-, 1J. 7. il- iu- -.ui-\\nliailaieiit rien dlU le inonde. I ,e quatrieine avoiia l ranehenient\\n\u00c2\u00ab;u une ehoaa manqnait a aon bonhenr e etait da ponvoir aoqnerif\\na heritage qm lient Et si tu I araia, L Hi\\nIf, de Ifontmorenei, aeraia-ta content? Autant\\n(jue je li- L 4 .v poia etre, r pondil le payaan. Combkai vaut-\\n3. ir.) il demanda to due Deux milla francs, ropon di t le\\ni. Qn on L. 88.] les lui (lunue. reprit le due, et qu il soit\\ndit que j ni rendu un lioinine lieunux 60 ma vie.\\nLk Vassor.\\niv.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 maximks i;t REFLEXIONS.\\ni.l Li religion donne a la rerta les plna doni n vice\\n78, (3.)] jnatea alarmea, et an vrai repontir les plus\\nm eonaolationa maia elle tache anrtont d*inapirer aux\\nhommea de l amour 78, fS).],de la doneenr, et de b prtff pour lea\\nMnNTESQUIEU.\\nt Tiiin extraot and aarera] f the following, fornlsb excellcnl illustra-\\nte of the article.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0476.jp2"}, "477": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS. 4^5\\n2. Aimez et observez la religion, le reste nseurt, elle ne meurt ja-\\nmaio. Fenelon.\\n3. Les vertus nees de la religion, se cachent dans la religion meme.\\nLacretellk.\\n4. La religion est encore plus necessaire a ceux qui commandent,\\nqu a. ceux qui obeiesent. Bossuet.\\n5. Prier ensemble, dans quelque langue, dans quelque rite que ce\\nsoit, c est la plus touchante fraternite d esperance et de sympathie\\nque les hommes puissent contracter sur cette terre.\\nMme. de Stael.\\n6. La conscience est un juge plac6 dans 1 interieur de notre etre.\\nSegur.\\n7. La conscience est la voix de 1 ame, les passions sont la voix du\\ncorps. J. J. Rousseau.\\n8. La vertu obscure est souvent meprisee, parceque rien ne la re-\\nleve a. nos yeux. Massillon.\\n9. La vertu est un eftbrt fait sur nous-memes, pour le bien d au-\\ntrui, dans l intention de plaire a Dieu seul.\\nBernardin de St. Pierre.\\n10. II y a une amitie chretienne que la philosophie humaine ne\\ncomprend guere; c est l association de deux ames qui mettent en\\ncommun leur foi et leurs prieres, et s elevent ensemble vers Dieu.\\nLaurentie.\\n11. La modestie est au merite, ce que les ombres sont dans un\\ntableau elle lui donne de la force et du relief. La Bruyere.\\n12. La verite n a jamais besoin de l erreur, et les ombres n ajoutent\\nrien a la lumiere. Lamartine.\\n13. On n est pas digne d aimer la verite, quand on peut aimer\\nquelque chose plus qu elle. MASsn-LON.\\n14. La flatterie est une fausse monnaie qui n a de cours que par\\nnotre vanite. La Rochefoucauld.\\n15. On ne triompbe de la calomnie qu en la dedaignant.\\nMme. de Maintenon.\\n16. Ce n est que pour l innocence, que la solitude peut avoir des\\ncharmes. Leczinska.\\n17. Les conseils agreables sont rarement des conseils utiies-\\nMassillon.\\n18. Ceux qui donnent des conseils sans les accompagner d exem-\\nples, ressemblent a ces poteaux de la campagne, qui indiquent lea\\nihemins sans les parcourir. Rivakol.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0477.jp2"}, "478": {"fulltext": "476 READING LESSOKB.\\nV.\u00e2\u0080\u0094 POESIE.\\nHYMNE DE L ENFANT A SON RfiVEIL.\\nO Pere qu adore mon pere\\nToi qu on ne nomme qu a genoux,\\nToi dont le nom terrible et doux\\nFait courber le front de ma mere\\nOn dit que ce brillant soleil\\nN est qu un jouet de ta puissance,\\nQue sous tes pieds il se balance\\nComme une larape do vermeil.\\nOn dit que c c9t toi qui Ada naitre\\nLea pt- tits oiseaux dam Im rhHmp*,\\nEt qui donnes auv prtits enfanta\\nUne ftme aus.-i pour to eonnaftre.\\nOn dit que 0*6*1 tui lt ui j.ro.luis\\nLea flcurs font le jiidJn *o pare\\nEt )ue MM t i t.Mijour- avare,\\nLe verger n aurait poinl dfl fruits.\\nAux dons que ta bonAf mesure,\\nTout l tinncrs i-t coiivir\\nN til I ul. lie\\nA ce lV-tin (If la nature.\\nL agncau broute le Berpolet\\nLa chrvre s attaclie an eytiae\\nI.i inouclie, an bord du vase, putM\\nLes bland M mon lait*\\nI/aloiiette a la (jraine UBI\\nQue lalflM BDTOleV le flaneur,\\nLe passereau suit le v.mneur,\\nEt 1 eiifant s .ittache sa mere.\\nEt, pour obtenir ehaque don\\nQue ehaque jour tu fa is c ore,\\nA miili. le soir, I rarora,\\nQue faut-il prononoer ton nom.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0478.jp2"}, "479": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS. 477\\nO Dieu, ma bouche balbutie,\\nCe nom, des anges redoute,\\nUn enfant meme est ecoute\\nDans ie chceur qui te glorifie\\nAh f puisqu il entend de si loin\\nLes vo3ux que notre bouche adressa\\nJe veux lui demander sans cesse\\nCe dont les autres ont besoin.\\nMon Dieu donne l onde aux fontames\\nDonne la plume aux passereaux,\\nEt la laine aux petits agneaux,\\nfit l ombre et la rosee aux plaines.\\nDonne aux malades la sante\\nAu mendiant Je pain qu il pleure,\\nA l orphelin une demeure,\\nAu prisonnier la liberte.\\nDonne une famille nombreuse\\nAu pere qui craint le Seigneur,\\nDonne a* moi sagesse et bonheur\\nPour que ma mere soit heureuse. Lamartine.\\n2. LA FEUILLE.\\nDe ta tige detachee\\nPauvre feuille dessechee,\\nOil vas tu Je n en sais rien.\\nL orage a brise le chene\\nQui seul etait mon soutien.\\nDe son inconstante haleine\\nLe zephyr ou l aquilon,\\nDepuis ce jour me promene\\nDe la foret a la plaine,\\nDe la montagne au vallon.\\nJe vais ou le vent me mene,\\nSans me plaindre ou m effrayer,\\nJe vais ou va toute chose,\\nOu va la feuille de rose\\nEt la feuille de laurier. Arnault\\nThe d in this line is a poetical license.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0479.jp2"}, "480": {"fulltext": "478 READING LESSONS.\\n8. LE MONTAGNARD fiMIGRfi.\\nCombien j ai douce souvcnance\\nDu joli lieu de ma naissance\\nMa soeur, qu ils etaient beaux cos jour*\\nL}e France\\nO mon pays, sois mes amours\\nTo uj ours.\\nTe souvient-il que notre mere\\nAu foyer ile notre chaumiere\\nNous pressait sur son scin joyeux,\\nMa ill. re\\nEt nous baisions ses blonds cheveu\\nTous deux.\\nMa soMir, te souvirnt-il encoro\\nDu chateau que baignait la Dore\\nEt de oettfl tant vieille tour\\nDu Hove,\\nOil l airain sonnait le rctour\\nDu jour\\niviiMit-il du lac tranquille\\nQu etiK-urait l hirondrlle agile,\\nDu VVOt qui courbait le roseau\\nMobile,\\nVA du soldi eoiu-liant, sur l eau,\\nSi beau\\nuvicnt-il de cette amie,\\nDouce compagne de ma\\nDu -ueillant la fleur\\nJolic,\\nHelens appojatt sur mon iour\\nSon cuur.\\nOh! qui me rendra m \u00c2\u00bbn Kne,\\nEt la montagne et le grand chene\\nLeur souvenir fait tous les jours\\nMa peine\\nMon pays sera mes amour*\\nToujours. CHATKAUBMura", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0480.jp2"}, "481": {"fulltext": "READING LESS OH 8. 470\\n4. STANCES.\\nEt j ai dit dans mon cceur que faire de la vie\\nIrai-je encor, suivant ceux qui m ont devance,\\nComme l agneau qui passe ou sa mere a passe,\\nImiter des mortels, 1 immortelle folie\\nL un cherche sur les mers les tresors de Memnon\\nEt la vague engloutit ses voeux et son navire\\nDans le sein de la gloire ou son genie aspire,\\nL autre meurt, enivre par l echo d un vain nom.\\nAvec nos passions, formant sa vaste trame,\\nCelui-la fonde un trdne, et monte pour tomber\\nDans des pieges plus doux aimant a succomber,\\nCelui-ci lit son sort dans les yeux d une femme.\\nLe paresseux s endort dans les bras de la faim\\nLe laboureur conduit sa fertile charrue\\nLe savant pense et lit le guerrier frappe et tue\\nLe mendiant s assied sur le bord du chemin.\\nOu vont-ils cependant lis vont ou va la feuille\\nQue chasse devant lui le souffle des hivers.\\nAinsi vont se fletrir dans leurs travaux divers\\nCes generations que le temps seme et cueille.\\nlis luttaient contre lui, mais le temps a vaincu;\\nComme un fleuve engloutit le sable de ses rives,\\nJe l ai vu devorer leurs ombres fugitives.\\nUs sont nes, ils sont morts Seigneur, ont-ils vecu\\nPour moi, je chanterai le maitre que j adore,\\nDans le bruit des cites, dans la paix des deserts,\\nCouche sur le rivage, ou flottant sur les mers,\\nAu deelin du soleil, au lever de l aurore.\\nLa terre m a crie Qui done est le Seigneur\\nCelui dont I ame immense est partout repandue,\\nCelui dont un seul pas mesure Petendue,\\nCelui dont le soleil emprunte sa splendeur;\\nCelui qui du neant a tire la matiere,\\nCelui qui sur le vide a fonde l univers,", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0481.jp2"}, "482": {"fulltext": "480 READING LESSON 8.\\nCelui qui sans rivage a renfernie les mere,\\nCelui qui d un regard a lance la lumiere\\nCelui qui ne connait ni jour, ni lcndemain,\\nCelui qui de tout temps de soi-meme s enfante,\\nQui vit duns l avenir eomme -a l heure present\u00c2\u00a9,\\nEt rappelle les temps Oehappes de sa main.\\nCest lui, c est le Seigneur Que ma langue rediae\\nLes cent noms de sa gloire aux enfants des morsels!\\nComme la harpe 4*OI pendue I Ml autels,\\nJe chanterai pour lui, Juqu i M qu il me brise!\\nL MiRiwm.\\n6. LAFAYETTE EN AMfcRIQUE\\nHftpobUeaina, quel eortege avium\\nUn vieux gnerrier debarqne parmJ nous.\\n1 d un roi vmis jurer 1 alliauce\\nII a l.-s roil allium le MORODX\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0it Seul il fraucliit les ondcs.\\nQu a-t-il done fait 11 I l\u00c2\u00abn-\\nI i mmorteHe -i fhoniM dM deux mondea!\\nl univers!\\nir M rivage\\nQui rvtentit de joy urs,\\nr, satis troiihli- et sans servage,\\nlei hn s, le travail, et les D\\n-inies ces bords sont le refuse\\nLa tyrannie a people DM d\\nI/lmnime et sea droit! out iei Dieu pour jug*.\\ntriniuplie, elairez l mii\\nMais que de sang nous couta ce bien-ctre\\nNous succombions I. Unit,\\nMontra la France, eo1 Washington pour maltra\\nLutta, vainquit, et l Anglais disparut.\\nIT la liherte sainte,\\nII a depuis grand] dans les r\\nDes fere d Olmutz, n lempreinte.\\nJoure de triomphe, ecluirez runiveral", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0482.jp2"}, "483": {"fulltext": "READ ISO LESSONS. 481\\nCe vieil am que iant d ivresse accueille\\nPar un beros, ce heros adopte,\\nBenit jadis, a sa premiere feuille,\\nL arbre naissant de notre liberte.\\nMais aujourd hui, que l arbre et son feuillage\\nBravent en paix la foudre et les hivers,\\nII vient s asseoir sous son fertile ombrage.\\nJours de triomphe, eclairez 1 univers\\nAutour de lui, vois nos chefs, vois nos sages,\\nNos vieux soldats se rappelant ses traits\\nVois tout un peuple, et ces tribus sauvages\\nA son seul nom sortant de leurs forets.\\nL arbre sacre, sur ce concours immense\\nForme un abri de rameaux toujours verts.\\nLes vents au loin porteront sa semence,\\nJours de triomphe, eclairez 1 univers\\nL Europeen que frappent ces paroles,\\nServit des rois, suivit des conquerants\\nUn peuple esclave encensait ces idoles\\nUn peuple libre a des honneurs plus grands.\\nHelas, dit-il, et son ceil sur les ondes\\nSemble chercher des bords lointains et ehers.\\nQue la vertu rapproche les deux mondes\\nJours de triomphe, eclairez 1 univers B\u00c2\u00a3s anger*\\n6. LA MARSEILLAISE.\\nAllons, enfants de la patrie\\nLe jour de gloire est arrive\\nContre nous de la tyrannie\\nL etendard sanglant est leve.\\nEntendez-vous dans les campagnes\\nMugir ces feroces soldats\\nlis viennent jusque dans vos bras\\nfigorger vos fils, vos compagnes.\\nAux armes citoyens formez vos bataillons\\nMarchez, qu un sang impur abreuve vos sillons I\\nChceue.\\nAux armes citoyens formons nos bataillons\\nMarchons qu un sang impur abreuve nos sillons\\n21", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0483.jp2"}, "484": {"fulltext": "482 READING LESSOR*.\\nQue vent ccttc horde d esclavea,\\nDe traitres, de rois conjures?\\nPour qui ces ignobles entraves,\\nCes lers des longlemps prepares\\nFrancois, pour nous, all quel outrage\\nQuels transports il doit exciter!\\nC eat nous qu on ose menacer\\nDe rendre I 1 antique esclavage\\nAux\\nQuoi! des ohurtos etrangeres\\nFaralent la loi dans aoa I\\nQuoi ces phalangea BMiwoaim\\nT.-rrassvraient DOS tiers tfuerriere!\\nDien par dea mains enchalnem\\nN M frontl BOM le jottg M plieraient\\nI i -iuiraient\\nAux\\nTr.-rnl.Ir7. tyran\u00c2\u00bb! vu-. vrndes\\nL opprobrv d\\nTr.iiil.l. \\\\..s projttl parricide*\\nVi.ut eafia raetvoir law pais.\\nTi.ut eat aoldal pow v.. us couibattra\\nliatoay\\nan prodoil da Bonn\\nContr.- rot uittre.\\nAux\\nFrancais; en giierrit-rs magnaniux*\\n1 ortez on r .ups\\nKpargaai laaj Ifiataa riillmm\\nA regret a annant contre vous\\nMais lea oompUoaa lo 11. mill.\\nTou*\\nAux aruic-\\nAmour sac re da la patrio,\\nConduia, souticns noa braa venture", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0484.jp2"}, "485": {"fulltext": "READING LESSONS. 483\\nLiberte, liberte cherie\\nCombats avec tes defenseurs.\\nSous nos drapeaux, que la victoire\\nAccoure a tes males accents\\nQue nos ennemis expirants\\nVoient ton triomphe et notre gioire\\nAux armes, etc. Rouget de l isle\\n7. LE RETOUR DANS Li *ATRIE.\\nQn ii va lentement le navire\\nA qui* j ai confie mon sort\\nAu rivage ou mon cceur aspire,\\nQu il est lent a trouver un port!\\nFrance adoree\\nDouce contree\\nMes yeux cent fois ont cru te decoovw?-.\\nQu un vent rapide\\nSoudain nous guide\\nAux bords sacres oii je revfens moorir.\\nMais enfin le matelot crie\\nTerre, terre, la-bas, voyes\\nAh tous mes maux sont oubliea.\\nSalut a. ma patiie I\\nOui, voila les rives de France\\nOui, voila le port vaste et sar,\\nVoisin des champs oii mon enfanoe\\nS ecoula sous un chaume obscur i\\nFrance adoree!\\nDouce contree\\n/pres vingt ans, enfin je te revois;\\nDe mon village\\nJe vois la plage,\\nJe vois fumer la cime de mes toits.\\nCombien mon ame est attendrie\\nLa furent mes premieres amours\\nLa ma mere m attend toujours,\\nSalut a. ma patne\\nA poetical license this should be auquel. 39 (2).", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0485.jp2"}, "486": {"fulltext": "484 READING LI8BOI1\\nAu bruit des transports d allegreM*,\\nEnfin le navire entrc au port.\\nDans cette barque ou Ton se press\u00c2\u00a9\\nHatons-nous d atteindre le bord.\\nFranco adon e\\nDouce contn e\\nPuissent tes fill te rcvoir ainsi tous\\nEnfin j arrive\\nEt sur la rive,\\n:nl :ui oil 1, je rends grAce a genon*.\\nJc I tiiiliras-c, A tern- clu -no\\nDieu ;u un 6tiU doit soufirir\\nlloi, dr-nrmai-, puis mourir.\\nSalut I ma pal/io Ber ajiueh", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0486.jp2"}, "487": {"fulltext": "VOCABULARY FOR THE READING LESSONS.\\nABBREVIATIONS.\\nadj. adjective.\\nadj. v. verbal adjective.\\nadv. adverb.\\nart. article.\\nconj. conjunction.\\nf. feminine gender.\\nind. p present of indicative.\\nint. interjection.\\nm. masculine gender.\\nn. noun.\\np. d. past definite.\\nS.\\npre.\\nprn.\\nv. a.\\nparticiple,\\nplural,\\npreposition,\\npronoun,\\nactive verb.\\nv. a. n. active and neuter verb,\\nv. aux. auxiliary verb,\\nv. unip. unipersonal verb,\\nv. ir. or ir. irregular verb,\\nv. n. neuter verb,\\nv. r. reflective verb.\\nThe numbers after the verbs indicate the conjugation.\\nA-AD.\\nA, a {with a grave accent), pre. at or\\nto.\\nAbondance, n. f. abundance, plenty.\\nAboutir, v. n. 2. to end in, to come\\nto.\\nAbreuver, v. a. 1. to water, to Jill.\\nAbyme, n. m. abyss, depth.\\nAbri, n. m. shelter.\\nAcademicien, n. m. Academician.\\nAcademie, n. f. academy.\\nAccent, n. m. accent, pi. voice.\\nAcclamation, n. f. acclamation.\\nAccompagner, v. a. 1. w accompany.\\nAccorder, v. a. 1. to grant, (s v. r.\\nto agree.\\nAccourir, v. n. ir. 2. to run, to has-\\nten to.\\nAccueillir, v. a. ir. 2. to welcome.\\nAcheter, v. a. 1. to buy.\\nAchever, v. a. 1. to achieve, com-\\nplete.\\nAcquerir, v. a. ir. 2. to acquire.\\nAcquitter (s v. r. to acquit one s\\nself of, to discharge.\\nAdieu, int. n. m. adieu, farewell,\\nleave.\\nAdmettre, v. a. ir. 4. to admit.\\nAdmiration, n. f. admiration.\\nAdmirer, v. a. 1. to admire.\\nAdopter, v. a. 1. to adopt.\\nAdorer, v. a. 1. to adore.\\nv. a. 1. to address,\\nref. to apply.\\nAffectation, n. f. affectation.\\nAfflige, p. adj. v. grieved, af-\\nflicted.\\nAgacer, v. a. to entice, to tease.\\nAgile, adj. nimble-, light.\\nAgiter, v. a. to agitate.\\nAgneau, n. m. lamb.\\nAh int. Ah.\\nAigle, n. m. eagle.\\nAile, n. f. wing.\\nAimer, v. a. 1. to love, to like.\\nAinsi, adv. thus, so.\\nAir, n. m. air.\\nAirain, n. m. brass.\\nAisement, adv. easily.\\nAjouter, v. a. 1. to add.\\nAlarm, n. f. alarm.\\nAllegorie, n. f. allegory.\\nAller, v. n. ir. 1. (ind. p. je vais,}\\nto go.\\nAlliance, n. f. alliance.\\nAllumer, v. a. 1. to light, kindle.\\nAlouette, n. f. lark.\\nAmbassadeur, n. m. ambassador.\\nAmbition, n. f. ambition.\\nAme, n. f. soul.\\nAmer, e, adj. bitter.\\nAmertume, n. f. bitterness,\\nAmi, e, n. m. f. friend.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0487.jp2"}, "488": {"fulltext": "486\\nAU-BU\\nAmour, n. m. lave.\\nAn, n. m. anne-e, f. year.\\nAncien, m. adj. ancient, old.\\nAnge, n. m. angel.\\nAnimal, (pi. aux,) n. m. animal.\\nAniiner, v. a. 1. to animate, to excite.\\nAinu nicer, v. a. 1. to announce.\\nAntique, adj. ancient, antique.\\nA peine, adv. scarcely, hardly.\\npcxivc.\\nApologue, n. m. apologue.\\nAppetence, n. f. appearance.\\nApparleiiir. v. n. ir. 2. (ind. p. j ap-\\npertiene), belong.\\nAppeler. v. a. 1. to call.\\nIre, v. a. 4. (p. appris), to\\nlearn.\\n.it, v. a. 1. to bring near,\\nv. r. to approach.\\nAppnyi hav,\\npre. afler.\\nAqnllon, n. m. north i,\\nI tree.\\nArchitects, n. m. architect.\\nAimer, r. a. l. to ar\u00c2\u00bbi,(\u00c2\u00bb v. r. to am\\nI self.\\nArraeher. v. a. 1. to tear.\\nArriver, v. n. 1. to arri rc.\\ni:l. a//.\\nD. m. article.\\nn. m. artifice, cunning,\\nv. n. 1. to ajpt /r.\\nr v. a. 1 to assemble.\\nr. ir. (tnd. p. je\\nma-isieda, p. aasu), to jii /tojr/i.\\nAssociation, n. f. association, com-\\npany.\\nA sommer, t. a. 1 to strike dawn, to\\ni. ir. 4. (p. d. jat-\\nach. to Ait.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2rait, to expect.\\nieved.\\nAttentif. ve. adj\\nAttrajwr, v. a. 1. to catch.\\nAu. art. at, or to the.\\nAnjoonThni, adv. to-day.\\nAuparavant. adv. before.\\nid?, near.\\nAnrote, n. f. ennm,\\nAu^si r,,|ij. A adv. as so, also.\\nIt, adv. immediately.\\nAutre al.\\nAutant. adv. as much, as many\\nAntel, n. ni. altar.\\nAnteur, n. m. author.\\nAutour, pre. adv. round, around*\\nAutre, adj. other.\\nAutrefois, adv. formerly.\\nAutrui, prn. other, others.\\nAvancer (s F v. r. 1. to advance,\\napproach.\\nAvant, pre. before.\\nAvare. n. adj. miser, avaricious.\\nAvec. pre. with.\\nAvenir, n. m.futwe.\\nAveugle. adj. blind.\\nA vide adj. anxious, eager.\\nAviser (a v. r. 1. to think, to talc*\\ninto ours it\\nAvoir, v. aux. a. ir. (p. d. j ena),\\nv. a. 1. to confess.\\nB.\\nHarlin. e. a ^j. playful.\\nv u 1. to bathe.\\nIUiillon. s. in\\nias\\nv. u 1. to\\nBalbatier, v. a. n. 1. to stammer.\\nBerqne, n. f. bark, boat.\\nBarnere, n r\\nllataille. a f. battle.\\nn. n. m. battalion.\\nBitir. v. a 2. to build.\\na ir 4. (n. battu,) to beat\\nBaodet, n. in. donkey.\\nft adj. talkative, prat-\\n1 f belle, adj. fine, hand-\\nsome.\\nadv. much, many.\\nii. f beauty.\\nBeo, ii m. taut.\\nrlt, n. ni. tn\\nB6nir, v. a. 2. to Ma*.\\nBerger, n. m. shepherd.\\nn in n/r um\u00c2\u00ab/.\\nBeurre, n m.\\nBien n. m. property, adv. \u00c2\u00abtf.\\ncomfort.\\nlii lil .iisaiire, n. f. beneficence, he*\\nItieiif iiit, n. m. benefit.\\nBientOt, adv. soon.\\nMillet, n in. note.\\nBlanc, Mancbe, adj. \u00c2\u00abo*ito.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0488.jp2"}, "489": {"fulltext": "CH-CO.\\n481\\nBoire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je bus, p.\\nbu), to drink.\\nBois, 11. m. wood, forest.\\nBon, ne, adj. good., kind, simple.\\nBonheur, n. m. happiness.\\nBonne-cbere, n. f. good living.\\nBonte, n. f. goodness, kindness.\\nBord, n. m. border, shore.\\nBorner, v. a. 1. to confine, to bound.\\nBotte, n. f. boot, bundle.\\nBouche, n. f. mouth.\\nBranche, n. f, branch.\\nBras, n. m. arm,.\\nBrave, adj. brave, worthy.\\nBraver, v. a 1. to brave, affront.\\nBrebis, n. f. sheep.\\nBrillant, e, adj. shining, brilliant.\\nBriser, v. a. 1. to break.\\nBrouter, v. a. n. 1. to browse, to\\nBruit, n. m. noise.\\nn. m. bush.\\nC, prn. it.\\nCacber, v. a. 1. to hide, conceal, (se)\\nv. r. to hide one s self.\\nCage, n. f. cage.\\nCalife, n. m. calif.\\nCamp, n. m. camp.\\nCampagne, n. f. country, campaign.\\nCandidat, n. m. candidate.\\nCaresse, n. f. caress.\\nCauseur, se, acy. talker.\\nCe, prn. adj. this, that.\\nCelebre, adj. celebrated.\\nCeleste, adj. celestial.\\nCelui, prn. this, that.\\nCensurer, v. a. 1. to censure.\\nCent, adj. num. hundred.\\nCentre, n. m. centre.\\nCependant, conj. however.\\nCertain, adj. certain.\\nCesse (sans) without ceasing.\\nChaleur, n. f. heat.\\nGbamp, n. m. field.\\nChanger, v. a. n. 1. to\\nChant, n. m. song, singing.\\nChanter, v. a. n. 1. to sing.\\nChaos, n. m. chaos.\\nChaque, adj. each.\\nCharger, v. a. 1. to charge, load.\\nCharme, n. m. charm.\\nCharrier, v. a. 1. to transport, carry.\\nCbasser, v. a. n. 1. to hunt, to chase,\\nto drive away.\\nChateau, n. m. castle, villa.\\nChaume, n. m. thatch.\\nChaumiere, n. f. cottage.\\nChef, n. m. chief.\\nChemin, n. m. way, road.\\nChene, n. m. oak.\\nCher, e, adj. dear.\\nChercher, v. a. to seek.\\nCheveux, n. m. pi. hair.\\nChevre, n. f. goat.\\nChien, n. m. dog.\\nChiffre, n. m. figure.\\nChceur, n. m. choir, chorus\\nChoisir, v. a. 2. to choose.\\nChose, n. f. thing.\\nChute, n. I fall.\\nCiel, n. m. (pi. cieux,) heaven.\\nCime, n. f. peak, top.\\nCirconference, n. f. circumference.\\nCite, n. f. city.\\nCitoyen, n. m. citizen.\\nClair, e, adj. clear, n. m. light.\\nClameur, n. f. cry, clamor.\\nCceur, n. m. heart.\\nCohorte, n. f. cohort.\\nCoin, n. m. corner.\\nColline, n. f. hill.\\nCommander, v. a. 1. to command, to\\norder.\\nCombat tre, v. a. n. 4- to combat,\\nto fight.\\nCombien, adv. how much, how many.\\nComme, adv. conj. as, like, when.\\nCommencement, n. m. beginning.\\nCommencer, v. a. 1. to begin.\\nComment, adv. how.\\nCommission, n. f. commission.\\nCommodite, n. f. convenience.\\nComniun, e, adj. common, usual.\\nCompagne, n. f. companion.\\nComplice, n. m. accomplice.\\nComposer, v. a. 1. to compose.\\nComprendre, v. a. ir. 4. to under-\\nderstand, to comprise.\\nComptant, adj. adv. ready, for cash,\\nCompter, v. a. 1. to count, to i\\nConcevoir, v. a. 3. to conceive.\\nConclure, v. a. ir. 1. to conclude\\nConcours, n. m. concourse,\\nCondamner, v. a. 1. to condemn\\nCondition, n. f. condition.\\nConduire, v. a. ir. 4. to conduct.\\nConfiance, n. f. confidence, depen-\\ndence.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0489.jp2"}, "490": {"fulltext": "488\\nConfier, v. a. 1. to trust, to confide.\\nConfrere, n. m. brother, fellow.\\nConfusement. adv. confusedly.\\nConjure, a. v. no rn together.\\nComattre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je con-\\nmis. canon), to knew, to be ac-\\nquainted tcitA.\\nConque. n. f. shell.\\nnit n. iu. conqueror.\\nI aoe, n. f. conscience.\\nConseil, n. iu. a ivice, counsel.\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ir. v. n. 2. to consent, agree.\\nI to preserve.\\n1\\nint.\\nb nt.\\nContiiraeuement, adr. consmmaBg,\\nI strict\\nn in. di sap ps in t msnt\\nair, v. ii. ii. to agree,\\nictte.\\n1\\n1\\n1\\nI lotcn.\\nOoatearre, n f. jwair, adder,\\nlaw.\\n..iij\u00c2\u00bb r I\\n1\\nOoarrom n m\\nadj. short.\\nI n\\n1\\nCniin.l\\np. craint i I\\nOrier, v. n 1. 1\\n1\\nam\\nI at greedily.\\nCu.illir, v. a. ir. H father, to\\npick.\\nCulliviT, v. a. 1 to cult\\nCuriosity, n. f. cvriosUw\\nCytiso, n. m. cytisus.\\nP.\\nDans, pro. m, tefa.\\nDavantage. adv. Mrc\\nDe, pre. of or fr om,\\nDebarauer, v. a. n. 1. to land.\\nDeborder, v. n. 1. to run over.\\nDebont, adv. standing.\\nDecapiter, v. a. 1. to behead.\\nDeoeler, v. a. l. to discover.\\nDechlrer, v. a. 1. to v;r.\\nDecision, n. f. dedstcm.\\ntall.\\nIr, a. ir. /o discover,\\nDedaigner, v. a. 1. to distlain.\\n1 1 orto/i\\n.frc/or.\\nr. a. 1. to i\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2itcly.\\ng its.\\naurstion.\\nlar, v. a 1. fl-U-, request.\\nDemean Mng.\\nI in.. ii n in. drmnn.\\nMM, means.\\nI lay.\\nDepute, pre. ft\\nI 1. f li slurb, to put\\n1 to I\\nM\\ni lj. disagreeable.\\nmrd.\\nn. 4. desctnd, to\\nrisk, desirt.\\nIt, hence fortk.\\n,i. 1. rf\u00c2\u00bbe \u00c2\u00abf,\\nito.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0490.jp2"}, "491": {"fulltext": "DE-EF.\\n489\\npcstiner, v. a. 1. to destine.\\nDetacher, V. a. 1. to detach, to sepa-\\nrate.\\nDetruire, V. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je de-\\ntruisis), to destroy.\\nDevancer, v. a. 1. to outstrip;to come\\nbefore.\\nDevant, pre. before, opposite.\\nDevenir, v. n. 2. to become.\\nDevoir, v. a. ir. 3. to owe.\\nDevorer, v. a. 1. to devour.\\nDieu, n. m. God.\\nDigue, adj. worthy.\\nDiminuer, v. a. 1. to diminish.\\nDire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. dit.), to say, tell.\\nDiscourir, v. n. ir. 2. to discourse.\\nDiscipline, n. f. discipline.\\nDisparaitre, v. n. ir. 4. to disappear.\\nDisperser, v. a. 1. to disperse.\\nDistance, n. f. distance.\\nDivers, adj. diverse, different.\\nDivin, e, adj. divine.\\nDocteur, n. m. doctor.\\nDome, n. m. dome.\\nDon, n. m. gift.\\nDone, conj. therefore, tlten.\\nDonner, v. a. 1. to give.\\nDont, prn. of which, of whom.\\nDorrnir, v. n. ir. 2. to sleep.\\nDoucement, adv. softly, sweetly.\\nDouceur, n. f. softness, sweetness.\\nDoux. ce, adj. soft, sweet.\\nDrapeaux, m. p. colors, standards.\\nDroit, n. m. right.\\nDroit, adj. straight.\\nDue, n. m. duke.\\nDuree, n. f. duration.\\nDurer, v. n. 1. to last, to endure.\\nEau, n. f. vjater.\\nEchapper, v. n. 1. to escape.\\nEcho, n. m. echo.\\nEclairer, v. a. 1, to light.\\nEclat, n. m. brightness\\nficlore, v. n. ir. 4. to hatch.\\nEcouler (s v. r. 1. to elapse, to\\npass.\\nficouter, v. a. 1. to listen, to hear.\\nficraser, v. a. 1. to crush.\\nfierier (s v. r. 1. fo exclaim.\\nEcrire, v. a. ir. 4. to writs.\\nEdifice, n m. edifice,\\nEffacer, v. a. to efface.\\n21\\nEffet, n. m. effect.\\nEffleurer, v. a. 1. to graze, to touch\\nslightly.\\nEffort, n. m. effort, endeavor.\\nEffrayer, v. a. 1. to frighten, (s ref.\\n__ to be frightened.\\nEgorger, v. a. 1. to slaughter, to mur-\\nder, to cut the throat.\\nEh bien int. well\\nElever, v. a. 1. to raise.\\nEmbrasser, v. a. 1. to embrace, to\\nkiss.\\nElle, prn. she, it.\\nEloquence, n. f. eloquence.\\nEmbellir, v. a., 2. to embellish.\\nEmblematique, adj. emblematical.\\nEmigre, n. adj. emigrant.\\nEmpecher, v. a. 1. to prevent.\\nEmpire, n. m. empire.\\nEmployer, v. a. 1. to employ, to use\\nEmpreinte, n. f. marl, print.\\nEmprunter, v. a. 1. to borrow.\\nEn, pre. in, into, at, to.\\nEn, rel. prn. of it, of them, c.\\nEncenser, v. a. 1. to flatter, to adore.\\nEnchainer, v. a. 1. to chain.\\nEnchantement, n. m. enchantment,\\ncharm.\\nEncore, adv. yet, still, again.\\nEndormir, v. a. ir. 2. to put or lull\\nto sleep, (s ref, to go to sleep.\\nEndroit, n. m. spot, place.\\nEnfant, n. m. child.\\nEnfanter, v. a. to produce.\\nEnfer, n. m. hell.\\nEnfin, adv. at last,finally.\\nEnfler, (s v. r. 1. to swell, to increase.\\nEngloutir, v. a. 2. to swallow up.\\nEnivrer, v. a. 1. to intoxicate.\\nEnlever, v. a. 1. to take or carry\\naway.\\nEnnemi, n. m. adj. enemy, in-\\nimical.\\nEnnuyeux, se, adj. tiresome, wearU\\nsome.\\nEnsemble, adv. together.\\nEntraves, n. f. pi. bands, obstacles,\\nstocks.\\nEntrer, v. n. 1. to enter, to go in.\\nEnvers, pre. towards, to.\\nEnvoler (s v. r. 1*. to fly away.\\nEnvoyer, v. a. 1. to send.\\nEpargner, v. a. 1. to spare.\\nEpaule, n. f. shoulder.\\nEpouvanter, v. a. 1. tofiighten.\\nfipoux, se, n. in. f. husband, wife.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0491.jp2"}, "492": {"fulltext": "490\\nEP-FA.\\nfipuiscr, v a. 1. to exhaust.\\nErreur. u. f. error.\\nn. ni. slave.\\nn. m. space.\\nI\\nBaperer, v. a. 1. to hope.\\nEsprit, ii in. wit, mimt.\\nr v. a. 1. to try, attempt.\\nEt. cmij. and.\\nKtaMir, v. a. 2. to es -r\\nft tat, n. m. state, condition, trade.\\nin. summer.\\nfiteindre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. j etoignis),\\nurd, ii. 111. tta\\nt\\nKternel, to, b4J 8\\nfitotmer, r. a. l. to astonish.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0tisturh.\\nim\\\\. ii ir. 4. v iii i. p. Je\\n(0 *tf.\\n^*pean.\\nBox, prn. in p]\\nftveiller, v. a. 1\\nft\\\\iu-r. v. n 1\\n//y.\\nomltM.\\nt lent.\\nI\\nMif, dying.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0rioT.\\nf. extremity.\\nangry, sorry,\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ay.\\nFa i til\\na. ir. 1. p i j\\nFall-.ir, v. nnip. ir. B. .iii l. p. il\\nFaroe, a I\\nI\\nFatigne, n f. fatigue, weariness.\\nFaux. se. adj. /aZse.\\nFelicitc, n. f. happiness, felicity.\\nFemme, n. f. woman, wife.\\nFera, n. m. pi. chains, irons.\\nFertile, adj. fruitful, fertile.\\nFiu. n. m.Jirc.\\nFouillage. n. ra. foliage.\\nFeoffle, n. C be/.\\nFestin, n. m. sumptuous meal,\\nFiddle, n. iu. adj. .faithful.\\nFier, e, m\\\\\\\\. proud, formidable.\\nFier (se), v. r. 1. to fruit, to confide\\nFillc. n. f. daughter, girl.\\nFils. n. ni. 10ft.\\nFlatterie, a I. flattery.\\nFlt uu. n. in. scourge.\\nFl. -trir. v. a A n. 2. to/ n/ r, witUr.\\nFloor, n. (.fairer.\\nFleure, u. m. river, stream.\\nPlotter, v. n. 1. to float, to wave.\\nF.i n. I faith.\\nFob, n. t time.\\nFolie, ii. (.Jolly.\\nin I- Horn.\\nFonder, r. a. 1. to found.\\nFontaine, n. t fumt mln spring.\\nngth. force.\\nFormer, v. a. 1. to form.\\nPortnne, n. (.fortune.\\nFoadre, n. f. ItunderboU.\\nPoo (bile, adj. m- f- x\u00c2\u00bb*i\\n1 to tread underfoot.\\nii in. pi hearth, home, na-\\nFrancbement, u \\\\v. frankly.\\nFranen oier,tofas.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0rike.\\nFiat- mite. n. f. brotherhood.\\nn. m. cheese.\\nFront, D brow.\\nFruit ii. in.\\nFugttif re, adj. fugitive.\\nFuTte, n. t\\nPomer, r. n. dt a. 1. to moi\u00c2\u00ab.\\nFusil, n. in. fftftt\\nG.\\nQegBer, v. a. 1. to win, gam.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0492.jp2"}, "493": {"fulltext": "GA-HO.\\nHo-iy.\\n491\\nGarde, n. f. guard, watch, care.\\nGate, adj. v. spoiled.\\nGelee, n. {.frost.\\nGemir, v. n. 2. to moan, groan.\\nGeneral, n. m. adj. general.\\nGeneration, n. f. generation.\\nGenie, n. m. genius.\\nGenou, n. m. knee.\\nGens, n. pi. people.\\nGestes, n. m. pi. gestures.\\nGlace, n. f. ice, looking-glass.\\nGlaneur, n. m. gleaner.\\nGlobe, n. m. globe.\\nGloire, n. f. glory.\\nGlorifier, v. a. 1. to glorify, praise.\\nGoutte, n. f. drop.\\nGouverner, v. a. 1. to govern.\\nGraces, n. f. pi. graces, thanks.\\nGraine, n. f. grain.\\nGrand, e, adj. great, large.\\nGrandir, v. n. 2. to grow.\\nGrimaces, n. f. pi. grimaces, faces.\\nGronder, v. a. n. 1. to scold, to\\nroar.\\nGros, se, adj. large.\\nGrossier, e, adj. coarse.\\nGrue, n. f. crane.\\nGuere, adv. but little, but few.\\nGuerre, n. f. war.\\nGuerrier, n. m. warrior.\\nGuide, n. m. guide.\\nH.\\nHabitant, n. m. inhabitant.\\nHabiter, v. a. 1. to inhabit.\\nHabituel, le, adj. usual, habitual.\\nHache, n. f. axe.\\nHameau, n. m. hamlet.\\nHarangueur, n. m. orator.\\nHardiesse, n. f. boldness.\\nHardiment, adv.\\nHarpe, n. f. harp.\\nHasard, n. m. chance.\\nHauteur, n. f. height,\\nHerbe, n. f. herb, grass.\\nHeros, n. m. hero.\\nHeure, n. f. hour.\\nHeritage, n. m. inheritance, property.\\nHeureux, se, adj. happy, fortunate.\\nHibou, n. m. owl.\\nHirondelle, n. f. swallow.\\nHiver, n. m. winter.\\nHomme, n. m. man.\\nHonnete, adj. honest, polite.\\nHonneur, n. m. honor.\\nHonte, n. f. shame.\\nHorde, n. f. horde, troop.\\nHuissier, n. m. doorkeeper, attendant,\\nHumain, e, adj. human, humane.\\nHumblement, adv. humbly.\\nIdole, n. f. idol.\\nIgnoble, adj. mean, low, debasing.\\nII, ils, prn. he, it, they.\\nImage, n. f. image, resemblance.\\nImiter, v. a. 1. to imitate.\\nImmense, adj. immense, vast.\\nImmortel, le, adj. immortal.\\nImpenitent, adj. impenitent, unre-\\npenting.\\nImportun, e, adj. importunate, trou-\\nblesome.\\nImpur, e, adj. impure.\\nIncomparable, adj. incomparable,\\nmatchless.\\nInconnu, e, adj. unknown.\\nInconstant, e, adj. inconstant,\\nchangeable.\\nIndiquer, v. a. 1. to indicate, to\\npoint out.\\nIndustrie, n. f. industry.\\nInfatigable, adj. indefatigable, un-\\ntiring.\\nInfernal, e, adj. infernal.\\nInflexible, adj. inflexible, unbend-\\ning.\\nIngenieux, se. adj. ingenious.\\nIngrat, e, adj. n. ungrateful.\\nIngratitude, n. f. ingratitude.\\nInnocence, n. f. innocence.\\nInscrire, v. a. ir. 4. to inscribe.\\nInsecte, n. m. insect.\\nInsensibility n. f. insensibility.\\nInspirer, v. a. 1. to inspire.\\nInstant, n. m. instant, moment.\\nIntention, n. f. intention, meaning.\\nInterieur, e, adj. n. interior, in-\\nside.\\nInterrompre, v. a. ir. 4. to inter-\\nrupt.\\nIntime, adj. intimate, close.\\nIntitule, adj. v. entitled, called.\\nIntrepide, adj. intrepid.\\nIntroduire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. j intro-\\nduisis), 1 1 introduce.\\nIvresse, n. f. intoxication, excessive\\njoy.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0493.jp2"}, "494": {"fulltext": "492\\nJA-LX.\\nLE-ME.\\nJ.\\nJadis, adv.formerJf.\\nJamais, adv.\\nJaidin. n. m. garden.\\nBe, n. ru. f. talker, prat-\\nJr.y, prn.\\nJeter, v. a. 1. to throtr, cast.\\nJOJO, ll\\nJoindre, v a. ir. 4. \u00c2\u00bbi cLJe\\nj to add.\\nadj. pretty.\\nJoii-t, n. in. pUtijIhiiti.-\\nJoor, ii. i\\nJourn o o, a f m ri.\\nJ\\nC mrnt. decision.\\npromise.\\ntar as.\\nJustice, ii. (.justice.\\nLa, 1 ar\\ni7.\\nLobounur. n m. tmm\\nLm. ii. i\\n1. (o l-Mise h.\\nI\\n!k.\\nj-^t.\\nLamp\\nt to send forth\\nlanguage.\\ntan.\\nvi/rmw.\\nplU Mow.\\nLear, adj. pL\\nLi iir i\\nV, (t\u00c2\u00bb) v. r. to\\narur.\\nLever, n. m. t iling\\nLiberte. n. f. liberty, freedom.\\nLibre. adj. //re.\\nLieu, n. in. place, spot.\\nLi. hi. n. in. /i.\\nLiqueur, n. f. liquor, liquid.\\nLivre, n. in. i\\nLoi, n. f. //r.\\nLoin, adv./er.\\ni. e, adj. remote, distant.\\nadj. toft*,\\nmpa, adv. i U.\\nLOOP, 11. In\\nLugubre, adj. mournful, sad.\\nI.ui. prn. to wak A r.\\nLumiere, n f. tight.\\nLunettes, d. t pL spectacles.\\nLatter, v. n. 1. f contend tcdh, U\\nIt\\nime adj. wqgnwi i iwg m\\nv, a ir. 2. (ind. p. jo\\np d j.- mnlnttni),\\nM.il n in I adv. I\\n5/Vrlr.\\ni ificd.\\ni 0 7iianife.fi, totes,\\nL. to nte, fc /atf,\\nli f. 7/1// r A\\ntUaise kymn.\\nMo, prn iw, hm.\\nn. in. beggar.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0494.jp2"}, "495": {"fulltext": "ME-MY.\\n493\\nMener, v. a. to lead, to take.\\nMensonge, n. m. falsehood.\\nMentir, v. n. ir. 2. to lie, to tell\\nMenu, e, adj. small, short.\\nMepris, n. m. cmtempt.\\nMepriser, v. a. 1. to despise.\\nMer. n. f. sea.\\nMercenaire, adj. mercenary,\\nMere, n. f. mother.\\nMerite, n. m. merit.\\nMeriter, v. a. 1. to merit, to\\nMes, adj. pos. pi. my.\\nMesurer, v. a. 1. to measure.\\nMetier, n. m. trade, occupation.\\nMettre, v. a. ir. 4. (ind. p. je mets,\\np. d. je mis, p. mis), to put, to\\nset.\\nMeubler, v. a. 1. to furnish.\\nMidi, n. m, south, noon.\\nMignon, ne, adj. delicate, pretty.\\nMilieu, n. m. middle.\\nMille, adj. num. thousand.\\nMinistre, n. m. minister.\\nMobile, adj. movable, light.\\nModeste, adj. modest.\\nMoeurs, n. f. pi. morals, manners.\\nMoi, prn. me.\\nMoindre, adj. lesser, less.\\nMoins, adv. less, (au) at least.\\nMois, n. m. month.\\nMoissonneur, n. m. harvest-man,\\nreaper.\\nMoment, n. m. moment.\\nMonde, n. m. world, people, (tout le)\\nevery body.\\nMonnaie, n. f. money, change.\\nMonstre, n. m. monster.\\nMontagnard, n. m. mountaineer.\\nMontagne, n. f. mountain.\\nMonter, v. a. n. 1. to ascend, to\\nmount.\\nMontrer, v. a. 1. to show, to point\\nout.\\nMonument, n. m. monument.\\nMoquer (se), v. r. 1. to laugh at, to\\nmock.\\nMorceau, n. m. piece, morsel.\\nMort, n. f. death, n. m. dead.\\nMosquee, n. f. mosque.\\nMot, n. m. word.\\nMouche, n. tfiy.\\nMourir, v. n. ir. 2. to die.\\nMouton, c. m. sheep.\\nMugir, v. n. 2. to roar.\\nMysterieux, adj. mysterious.\\nN.\\nNaif, ve, adj. arilesi unaffected,\\nsimple, innocent.\\nNaissance, n. f. birth.\\nNaissant, e, adj. v. rising, growing.\\nNaitre, v. n. ir. 4. (ind. p. je nais,\\np. d. je naquis, p, ne), to be bom\\nNation, n. f. nation.\\nNavire, n. m. ship, vessel.\\nNe, adv. not.\\nNe, p. born.\\nNe pas, adv. not.\\nNe que, adv. only, but.\\nNeant, n. m. nothingness.\\nNi, conj. nor, neither.\\nNocturne, adj. nocturnal, nightly.\\nNoisette, n. f. hazel-nut.\\nNombre, n. m. number.\\nNommer, v. a. 1. to name, to call.\\nNon, adv. no.\\nNourrir, v. a. 2. to feed, to nourish.\\nNouveau, nouvel, nouvelle, adj.\\nnew.\\nNouvelle, n. f. news.\\nO.\\nObeir, v. n. 2. to obey.\\nObscur, e, adj. dark, obscure.\\nObserver, v. a. 1. to observe, to take\\nnotice of.\\nObtenir, v. a. ir. 2. (ind. p. j ob-\\ntiens, p. d. j obtins), to obtain.\\nOdieux, se, adj. odious,\\nOeil, n. m. (pi. yeux), eyes.\\nOiseau, n. m. bird.\\nOmbrage, n. m. shade.\\nOmbrager, v. a. 1. to shade, to shelter.\\nOmbre, n. f. shade, shadow.\\nOn, prn. indefinite, one, they, we,\\npeople on dit, it is said (one says).\\nOnde, n. f. wave, water.\\nOpprime, adj. v. oppressed.\\nOpprobre, n. m. opprobrium, shame\\nOpulent, e, adj. rich, loealthy.\\nOr, n. m. gold.\\nOrage, n. m. storm.\\nOrdinairement, adv. commonly.\\nOrdre, n. m. order.\\nOreille, n. f. ear.\\nOrgueil, n. m. pride.\\nOrphelin, e. n. m. f. orphan.\\nOter, v. a. 1. to take away, to de-\\nprive of,", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0495.jp2"}, "496": {"fulltext": "494\\nPK-PO.\\nOn, conj. or.\\nOu. adv. where, in which, wherein\\nOublier, v. a. 1. to forget, to ncglca.\\nOutrage, n. m. outrage, offence, shame.\\nOuverture. n. f. op\\nOuvrage. n. m. work.\\nOuvrier. n. m. icorkman.\\nr:iitrc. v. a. A n. 4. to graze.\\nI ai.v n. {.peace.\\n;i. m. palace.\\ne. by.\\nir. 1. (p. paru), to op-\\npear.\\nto travel over,\\nP.in-il. 1 iulj \u00e2\u0096\u00a0pial, similar.\\nParer (so I. v. r. 1. to adorn one s\\nParesacux, se, adj. idle, lazy, indo-\\nv. n. 1. to speak.\\nPanni. pie, among, amongst\\nparricidal.\\nParti ii m. jMirt, party, resolution.\\nPartir v. n. ir\\ntrt.\\nI u i noun),\\nUf$t\\nPa\u00c2\u00bb, adr. not, n. m. step, pace.\\npass.\\nPassion, n. f. passion.\\nrdsman, shepherd,\\nntry, native country.\\nI\\nc, pasturage,\\nntry.\\ntrynan.\\na. m toll.\\nI\\nI\\ndescribe.\\n1\\nP\\nP\\nI a lion.\\nI a 1. to penetrate.\\nJ I a*.\\nPere, n. m. father.\\nPerflde, adj. perfidious, treacherous.\\nPerdre, v. a. 4. w.\\nPermettre, v. a. ir. 4. to permit, ai\\nPerroquct, n. m. parrot.\\nPersonno. prn. ind. nobody.\\nIYrvers. adj. jvrvcrse.\\nPetit, e, adj. iMft Huh\\nIVsant adj. v\\nPen, adv. Ktffc,\\nPeople, n. bdl people.\\nPenpler, v. a. 1. to people.\\nPhalange, n. m. phalanx.\\nPhilosophic, n. f. philosophy.\\nPhrase, n. f. rhrase, sentence.\\nii. piaet.\\nPled, ii d\\nii. in. //77/ .\u00e2\u0080\u00a2mrtrr.\\ntant pis, jo wu^i ti\u00c2\u00ab\\nPlace, n\\nPlafond, n. in. i\\nbeach.\\nPlatndre (ee), v. r. ir. (ind. p. je me\\nI je me plaignis), to\\nI 1. je plus, p.\\nker.\\nv. a Si, n. 1. to weep, to\\nPlier, v. bend.\\nP\\nPlomi /vn.\\nPlnparl wrf, mo*.\\ni/, adr. wo\\nii. n\\\\ fish.\\nshed.\\ntst.\\nPorphyre n. m. pmykyrf.\\nPorter -y, toktmr.\\nPortique, d. in\\ni 1 to lot/, to set, to pUat\\nsstss.\\nI\\npott.\\nl ciir, p*", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0496.jp2"}, "497": {"fulltext": "PO-QTJ.\\nQCT-RE.\\n495\\nPousser, T.aU push, to hasten.\\nPouvoir, v. n. ir. (ind. p. je puis, p.\\nd. je pus, p. pu), to be able.\\nPrairie, n. f. meadow.\\nPrealablement, adv. previously.\\nPrecipiter, v. a. 1. to hasten, precipi-\\ntate.\\nPreferer, v. a. 1. to prefer.\\nPreliminaire, n. ^.preliminary.\\nPremier, e, adj. first.\\nPrendre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je pris, p.\\npris), to take, (s y) ref. to go about\\nit, to open the matter.\\nPreparer, v. a. 1. to prepare.\\nPies de, pre. near, nearly.\\nPresident, n. m. president.\\nPresence, n. f. presence.\\nPresent, n. m. present.\\nPresenter (se), v. r. 1. to pi-esent\\none s self.\\nPresque, adv. almost.\\nPresser, v. a. r. (se) to hasten, to\\npress.\\nPret, e, adj. ready, prepared.\\nPrier, v. a. n. 1. to pray, to entreat.\\nPriere, n. f. prayer.\\nPrince, n. m. pri.xe.\\nPrintemps, n. m. spring.\\nPrisonnier, n. m. prisoner.\\nPrix, n. m. price, prize.\\nProduire, v. a. ir. 4 to produce.\\nProferer, v. a. 1. to utter, to speak.\\nProfession, n. f. profession.\\nProjet, n. m. project.\\nPromener, v. a. 1. to carry about.\\nPrononcer, v. a. 1. to pronounce.\\nProtestation, n. f. protest, protesta-\\ntion.\\nProvince, n. f. province, district.\\nPublier, v. a. 1. to publish.\\nPuis, adv. then.\\nPuiser, v. a. 1. to dip, to find.\\nPuisque, conj. since.\\nPuissance, n. f. power.\\nPuissanfc^e_ adj. powerful.\\nQuand, adv. when.\\nQuatre, adj. num. four.\\nQu que, conj. that, prn. which,\\nwhom.\\nQuel. adj. what, which.\\nQuelque, adj. some, adv. however.\\nQuelque chose, n. m. something.\\nQuelquefois, adv.\\nQui, prn. who, which.\\nQuoi, prn. which, what.\\nQuoi int. what\\nQuoique, conj. although, though.\\nR.\\nRadoteur, se, n. m. f. dotard.\\nRaison, n. f. reason, right.\\nRamasser, V. a. 1. to pick up, to coU\\nled.\\nRameau, n. m. branch.\\nRappeler, v. a. 1. to recall, to re-\\nmind, (se) v. r. to remember, to\\nrecollect.\\nRapporter, v. a. 1. to bring back, to\\nrelate.\\nRapprocher, v. a. 1. to bring near\\nor together.\\nRarement, adv. rarely, seldom.\\nRassembler, v. a. 1. to collect, to\\nbring together.\\nRassurer (se), v. r. 1. to take cour-\\nage, to cheer up, to settle.\\nRecevoir, v. a. 3. to receive.\\nRechigne, adj. gruff, awkward, re-\\npulsive.\\nRecipiendaire, n. m. candidate, one\\nchosen to a post.\\nReconnaitre, v. a. ir. 4. to recognize,\\nknow again.\\nRedire, v. a. ir. to say again, re-\\npeat.\\nRedoute, adj. v. dreaded, feared.\\nReduire, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je redui-\\nsis), to reduce, to compel.\\nReellement, adv. really.\\nRefuge, n. m. refuge, asylum.\\nRefuser, v. a. 1. to refuse.\\nRegard, n. m. look.\\nRegistre, n. m. register, book.\\nRegner, v. n. 1. to reign, to prevail.\\nRegret, n. m. regret.\\nReine, n. f. queen.\\nReligion, n. f. religion.\\nRelever, v. a. 1. to raise again.\\nRelief, n. m. en relief, raised, em-\\nRemerciment, n. m. thank.\\nRemettre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je re-\\nmis, p. remis), to replace, to give,\\nto hand, to deliver.\\nRemplir, v. a. 2. to fill, to fulfil.\\nRemuer, v. a. 1. to move, to tfir.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0497.jp2"}, "498": {"fulltext": "RE-RI.\\nRI-8K.\\nRenccntrer, v. a. 1. to meet.\\nBendre, v. a. 4. to render, to return,\\nback.\\ntner, v. a. to inclose, to con-\\nmmee, n. f. fame, report.\\nyer, v. a. ir. 1. to send back.\\ni spread, spill,\\niked.\\nvital.\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ply.\\nor cast\\ntnsicer, reply.\\nproduce.\\nB\\nI\\nr, v. n. 1. t\u00c2\u00ab\\nd. jo\\nemnant.\\nI\\ni\\ni\\n\u00c2\u00bbi to go\\nI\\nir. 2. refw\\nB\\nir. p. rcvu), to see\\nI ;j. ridicu-\\nadv. ridiculously.\\nRfcn, adv. nothing.\\nBite, n. m. ri/*.\\nRivage, n. m. *a\u00c2\u00bbJt. stow*.\\nRive, n. f. bunk, shore.\\nHire. v. n. ir. 4. (md. p. je ria, a\\nri), to laugh.\\nn. in. root.\\nRoi, n. in. Mag;\\nn. in. reed.\\nRoute, n. f. r.\u00c2\u00bbff way, path.\\nRooJement, n. m. rolling.\\ni a. 1. to\\nadj. rojud, kim:h/.\\nRumeur, d. f. rumor, re p o rt noim\\nSo, idj. poaa, f. Ai.\u00c2\u00ab, Aw, /5.\\nin. aondL\\n3\\nBalle, n f. hall, jxirlor, room.\\nSaint int.\\nMain-, u\u00c2\u00abJj. bloodthirsty, sa%\\nng, bloody.\\nadj. i -i/./. i\\n4, /-rarn*i\\nbid. p. ji saw.p\\nutr, himself, herself.\\nS in, D\\nv M A m\u00c2\u00bb i i 1. to \u00c2\u00bbm, ft\\napjrar.\\n(far.\\nSentiment, n n houghi\\nScntinclle, n. f. a\\nmctf.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0498.jp2"}, "499": {"fulltext": "SB-SO.\\nSO-TE.\\n497\\nBSrapbin, n. m. seraphim.\\nSerpolet, n. m. wild thyme.\\nServage, n. m. bondage.\\nServir, v. a. n. (ind. p. je sers), to\\nserve, to be used.\\nServitude, n. f. servitude, slavery.\\nSes, adj. pos. pi. his, her, its.\\nSeuil, n. m. threshold, door-step, sill.\\nSi, conj. if, adv. so.\\nSiecle, n. m. age, time, century.\\nSigne, n. m. sign.\\nSigner, v. a. 1. to sign.\\nSilence, n. m. silence.\\nSilencieux. se, adj. silent, not loqua-\\ncious.\\nSillon, n. m. furrow.\\nSimple, adj. simple.\\nSinge, n. m. ape, monkey.\\nSinueux, se, adj. sinuous, winding.\\nSituation, n. f. situation.\\nSoigneux, se, adj. careful.\\nSoi-meme, pm. himself, one s self.\\nSoin, n. m. care.\\nSoil*, n. m. evening.\\nSoldat, n. m. soldier.\\nSoleil, n. m. sun.\\nSolide, adj. strong, solid.\\nSolitude, n. f. solitude.\\nSombre, adj. dark, gloomy, sad.\\nSommeil, n. m. sleep.\\nSommet, n. m. summit, top, pinnacle.\\nSon, n. m. sound.\\nSon, adj. pos. m. s. his, her, its.\\n.Songer, v. n. 1. to dream, to think.\\nConner, v. n. 1. to ring.\\nSort, n. m. lot, fate.\\nSorte, n. f. kind, de sorte, adv. so\\nthat.\\nSortir, v. n. ir. 2. (ind. p. je sors),\\nto go out.\\nSot, sotte, n. adj. fool, foolish.\\nSottise, n. f. nonsense.\\nSoudain, e, adj. sudden, unexpected,\\nadv. suddenly.\\nSouffle, n. m. breath, wind.-\\nSouffrir, v. a. ir. 1. to suffer, to bear.\\nSouhaiter, v. a. 1. to wish, to desire.\\nSoulier, n. m. shoe.\\nSoupfonner, v. a. 1. to suspect.\\nSouplesse, n. f. suppleness, docility.\\nSourd, e, adj. deaf.\\nSous, pre. under.\\nSoutenir, v. a. ir. 3. (ind. je sou-\\ntiens), to sustain, to support, to\\nbear, to maintain.\\nSoutien, n. m. support.\\nSouvenance, n. f. remembrance, re-\\ncollection.\\nSouvenir, n. m. remembrance, recol-\\nlection.\\nSouvenir (se), v. r. ir. 2. (ind. p. je me\\nsouviens), to remember, recollect.\\nSouvent, adv. often.\\nSpirale (en,), winding.\\nSplendeur, n. f. brilliancy, splendor.\\nStatut, n. m. statute.\\nStratageme, n. m. stratagem, trick.\\nStupide, adj. stupid, silly.\\nSuccomber, v. n. 1. to fall.\\nSuivre, v. a. ir. 4. (ind. p. je suis),\\nto follow.\\nSujet, adj. n. subject.\\nSuperbe, adj. proud, superb, mag-\\nnificent.\\nStir, e, adj. sure, certain, safe.\\nSur, pre. on, upon.\\nSur-le-champ, adv. immediately.\\nSurface, n. f. surface.\\nSurnumeraire, adj. supernumerary.\\nSurpasser, v. a. 1. to surpass.\\nSurprendre, v. a. ir. 4. (p. d. je sur-\\npris, p. surpris), to surprise,\\nSurpris, e, adj. v. surprised.\\nSurtout, adv. above all.\\nSurveillance, n. f. watch, care.\\nSymbol, n. m. symbol.\\nSycomore, n. m. sycamore.\\nSympatbie, n. f. sympathy.\\nTableau, n. m. facte, picture.\\nTScber, v. n. 1. to endeavor, to try.\\nTailler, v. a. 1. to cut, to shape.\\nTalent, n. m. talent.\\nTandis, adv. while.\\nTanner, v. a. 1. to tan.\\nTant, adv. so much.\\nTant mieux, adv. so much the better\\nTant pis, adv. 50 much the worse.\\nTard, adv. late.\\nTe, prn. thee.\\nTel, telle, adj. such.\\nTempere, e, adj. temperate.\\nTempete, n. f. tempest.\\nTemps, n. m. time, weather.\\nTendre, adj. tender, kind.\\nTenir, v. a. ir. 2. (ind. p. je tiens, p.\\nd. je tins, p. tenu), to hold.\\nTenter, v. a. 1. to ter.npt, to attempt,\\nto try.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0499.jp2"}, "500": {"fulltext": "498\\nlE-TY.\\nTerme, n. m. term, end, expression.\\nTerrasser, v. a. 1. to throw down,.\\nTerre, n. f. land, earth.\\nTeneur, n. f. fear, terror.\\nTerrible, adj. terrible.\\nTete. n. f. head.\\nThym, n. m. thyme.\\nf. stalk stem.\\nTigre, n. m. tiger.\\nTin t. v. a. 1. I .rav, to extract, to\\nshoot.\\nT..it, ii. m. roof.\\nTomlx-r v. n. 1. to fall.\\nTonnerre. n. in. thunder.\\nTurt. n. in.\\nTonehi U uch.\\nadv. always.\\nTour, ii. i\\nTour, n. m. trick, turn.\\nT.Mirrinnt r v. n. 1. to torment, to\\ntease.\\nToura him.\\nT.mt. ite.\\nto mark.\\nv. a. 2. to betray.\\nTrait n TW.\\nhnrcif.\\nTimltre, n. ni. adj. traitor, treacher-\\nTnuna d\\nTnui tranquil.\\nquietly, tran-\\nm.transjiort, carriage.\\nTravfrs (a), pr -r\\n1. tremble, shud-\\nm. treasure.\\nTrfbu, n. f. fnAf.\\nTriomphe. n. m. triumph.\\nsorrowful.\\nnum. three.\\n:i ni. throne.\\nTrap, adv. r;iw many.\\nTrouble, n. m. trouble, vexation, Hs-\\nH n. m. flock, herd.\\nTroorer, v. a. 1. to find, (se) v. r.\\nto happen to be, to be present, to\\nappear.\\nTii.V. v. a. 1. t. kill, slay.\\nTyrannic, n. f. tyranny.\\nu.\\nUn, une, adj. num. one, a, an.\\nUnivers, n. m. universe.\\nUsage, n. m. custom, use.\\nUsurper, v. a. 1. to usurp.\\nUtile, adj. useful.\\nVacant, e. adj. vacant, unoccupied.\\nVache, n. f. cow.\\nVacuo, n. f. wave, billow.\\nVain, e, adj. vain.\\nVaincre, v. a. ir. 4. (ind. p. jo vaincs,\\np. d. ji vainquis, p. vaincu), Is\\nvanquish, to conquer, to overcome,\\nVaisseea, n. m. vessel, ship.\\nValloa, n. in. valin, vale.\\nValoir, v. n. ir. 8. (ind. je vamt, p.\\nije valus), be worth.\\nVaniu n. t vanity.\\n\\\\aniKur, n. in. winnower.\\nVant.-r (86), v. r. to boast.\\nVaquer, v. onlp. n. to be vacant\\ni n in. avenger.\\nV -mr. v. ii. ir. 2. mil. p. Jo vioM, p\\nd j\u00c2\u00ab insv to come.\\n0. in. wind.\\nVerger, n. m. orchard,\\nn. i truth,\\ni riniil. n. in. silver gilded,\\nre. towards.\\nVert, ftdj\\nVertaenx, m, adj. virtuous.\\nnt. n. in. garment.\\nY. tir. v. a. ir. 2. to cltthe.\\nI. II. I:\\nVi tiin n. f. victim.\\nU. raefv. ii. m. emp/v im\\nVi.ux. vifil, vieille, adj. eW, an ii\\nVil TO adj. //rr/y, jfNtfik.\\nVJffUaDoe. a r. pqptfi\\nVii. e, adj. ii//-, 77i/-a\u00c2\u00ab, iow.\\nVillas- ii ni. village.\\nVllle, n. f. /\u00c2\u00abi/vi, ci/y.\\nViril.inrnt, adv. manfully, eoura.\\nVlalr, ii. in. ptafcr.\\nVisit, r, v. a 1. to visit.\\nf. vivacity.", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0500.jp2"}, "501": {"fulltext": "499\\nVivant, e, adj. v. limn\\nVivre, v. n. ir. 4. (ind. p. je vis, p.\\nd. je vecus, p. vecu), to live.\\nVceu, n. m. vow, wish.\\nVoici, pre. here is, tliis is.\\nVoila, pre. there is, that is.\\nVoler, v. n. 1. to fly, v. a. 1. to steal.\\nVoir, v. a. ir. (p. d. je vis, p. vu), to\\nsee, to perceive.\\nVoisin, n. m. neighbor.\\nVoix, n. f voice.\\nVorace, adj. greedy, voracious.\\nVos, adj. pos. pi. your.\\nVotre, adj. p. your.\\nYouloir, v. a. n. ir. 3. (ind. p. je\\nveux, p. d. je voulus, p. voulu),\\nto wish, to be willing.\\nVous. prn. you.\\nVoute, n. f. vault, arch.\\nVoyager, v. n. 1. to travel.\\nVrai. e, adj. true.\\nVraiment, adv. truly.\\nVue, n. f. view, sight.\\nY.\\nY, adv. there.\\nY, prn. to it, to them, at it, at them,\\nin it, in them.\\nY avoir, v. unip. il y a, there is,\\nthere are; il y a nn an, a year\\nYenx, n. m. p. (plural of ceil), eyes.\\nZ.\\nZephyr, n. m. light wind, zejmyr\\nZero, n. m. zero, naught.", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0501.jp2"}, "502": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IVISON AND PHINNEY, NEW YORK.\\nGERMAN.\\nUaanuxfs \u00c2\u00ab0mjrUte 6tnon Strits.\\nL WOODBURY S NEW METHOD WITH\\nGerman. $1 60.\\nII. WOODBURY S SHORTER COURSE WITH\\nGerman. 75 cenU.\\nII L K BY TO WOODBURY S SHORTER COURSE.\\n60 cents.\\nIT. WOODBURY S ELEMENTARY GERMAN\\nReader. 76 cent*.\\nV. WOOD B UBT S ECLECTIC GERMAN\\ntar. |1.\\nVr. WOODBURY S GERMAN-ENGLISH AND\\nr:iiLrli-h-(;.rin:in Kia.l-r. |0 M\\nVIL WOODBURY S NEW MKTIIOD FOR GER-\\nmaMto l..!irn Bngliah; or, ffeaa RietWe nix Erlernung der\\n$i.\\nVIEL ELWELL S GERMAN DICTIONARY. A\\neriou Dictionary of tha Bngliah asd\\nGkannan Languages, with the Pronunciation and Accentuation\\nrding to tli- metlu.,1 ..f WVl.stor ami Ileinsius. By Wm.\\nOdd! lilw.ll. New Stereo. Edition. I\\nli naetalb invltwUo tbe\\nimlnallon on the par) af n.- i\\n...i hy Hi- mnm\\nrtM m Ih-m b) Ihoaa fully oonvefunl wiih ih\u00c2\u00bb\\nfierman ion mirh uniformly their rfflclonrv In the ,.1-ni, m to\\nJu.iifv Um IMHI...I c Bfluanos in commending u\u00e2\u0080\u009e\u00e2\u0080\u009ei M l rtmm; decidedly the beat", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0502.jp2"}, "503": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IVISON AND PHINNEY, NEW YORK.\\nWOODBURY S COMPLETE GERMAN SERIES.\\nI. WOODBUKY S NEW METHOD WITH THE\\nGerman Language embracing both the Analytic and Syn-\\nthetic Modes of Instruction being a plain and practical way\\nof acquiring the art of Reading, Speaking and Composing Ger-\\nman containing likewise a choice selection both of Prose and\\nPoetry to which a complete Vocabulary is appended. By\\nW. H. Woodbury. $1 50.\\nNOTICES.\\nFrom the Watchman and Reflector, (Boston.-\\nIts plan is highly approved by competent judges, as simple and philosophical, as\\nleading to the knowledge of the science and the art of the language, thus making pro\\ngress thorough.\\nFrom W. H. Allen, President of Oirard College,\\nThe New Method with German contains all that is necessary to make the acqui-\\nsition of German easy and delightful to the student. Its style is perspicuous, its ar-\\nrangement natural, and its method, combining as it does the practical with the\\ntheoretic, is well adapted to all classes of learners. The Eclectic German Reader,\\nand Shorter Course with German, I consider deserving unqualified praise.\\nFrom O. Faville, A.M., Principal of Ohio Wes. Female College.\\nAfter a careful examination of Woodbury s Method with German, I am convinced\\nof its superiority over any other that I have seen on that subject.\\nFrom Professor J. C Picard, Illinois College.\\nI have examined carefully Woodbury s Method, and have no hesitation in\\npronouncing it decidedly superior to any other German grammar of which I have any\\nknowledge. It meets the wants which I have felt as student and as teacher.\\nFrom the Worcester (Mass.) Palladium.\\nThe plan of this book is philosophical and practical, more so than any other\\nwhich has been provided for learners of the German language. Beginning with the\\nelements of the study, it presents a plain and practical way of acquiring the art of\\nreading, speaking and composing German.\\nFrom the National Magazine.\\nMr. Woodbury s Text-Books have received general sanction they are fast dis-\\nplacing others in our academic institutions. We will guarantee for the preference of\\nany teacher who will test them.\\nFrom A. B. Hyde, A.M., Prof, of Languages in Oneida Con. Sem.\\nI have carefully examined Woodbury s New Method with German, and am de-\\nlighted. It is far the best scheme of language-learning with which I have ever become\\nacquainted.\\nFrom A. S. Hutchens, A.M., Principal of Norwalk (Ohio) Institute.\\nIt is with feelings of real pleasure that we greet Mr. Woodbury s New\\nMethod with the German, as a valuable addition to our means of acquiring this\\nnoble language. He has struck out a new and independent course, and has hit\\nupon a happy method of treating the", "height": "2809", "width": "1634", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0503.jp2"}, "504": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IYISON AND PHINNEY, NEW YORK.\\nWOODBURY S COMPLETE GERMAN SERIES.\\nNOTICE8 OF WOODBURY S NEW METHOD.\\nFrom Wm. Xatt, D.D~, Editor of Dtr Christliche .Ipohrrete.\\nM t have frequently l een asked which was the best method of earning German,\\nand was therefore fTnatlT itniigtllwl wlion Mr. Woodbury s New Method fell into my\\nhand*. 1 m ii the point of describing its merits, when the following review in the\\nNew York Tribune met my eye, which expresses fully what I wished to have said\\nmyself.\\nFrom the A eie York Tribune.\\nThis work is distinguished for the extent and comprehensiveness of its plan. The\\nform* Of the la n g M J gW which are of the Amplest and BOM familiar character, are first\\ni the sluileiil, without any frightful array of grninmatical\\ncombination fT which he ll not yet prepared, A faithful study of the exercises, of\\nwhirl, there is a great variety In the flr\u00c2\u00abl portion of the work, planet the student in\\npossession of a practical knowledge of Die language; while the synthetic summary\\naplaa tbt latter part Of the volume, presents the subject In new relations,\\n(Jiving a view of the elements of the language as a comprehensive whole,\\nII. WOODBURY S SHORTER COURSE WITH\\nGerman embracing a brief and comprehensive course of\\nstudy, recognizing throughout, the laws that govern the\\nlanguage, ami by clear statement*, and appropriate exercises,\\nrendering them thoroughly practical. By W. II. Woodbury.\\n76 cents.\\nFrom Jotrph fV. Jrnke, Profettor of Language in the I rbana L nivrriity, Ohio.\\nI know of no I,.. iter Intn-l I mun language than Woodbury s\\nIIM, Tb\u00c2\u00ab more I examine and use It, the bolter am I satisfied with it.\\nTo the inimrroiis lastimonlali the book ha* i, permit mo to add mine\\nIn respect lo the clearness of lla arrangement, and the ren Interesting manner In which\\nIt presents and treats its ml iblnlng simplicity with oomp r ehe na lyeneei\\nana depth. These merits are enbanri-d and it Is no trilling praise for a school-book\u00e2\u0080\u0094\\nby great excellence in paper, Ijrpography. and bludlng.\\nFrom the Wkliotkfta. Saer* and Bibtitai Repository.\\nMr. Woodhurj s fundamental Idea Is to unite the practical and IheorcUcal, to\\nblend the principle sad the application, the doctrine ami the illustration. In (-.inclu-\\nsion, we can confidently commend this grammar as one of the best wo havo seen on\\nanv in. rn language. It bean the marks of intelligent and conscientious labor on\\nevery page,\\nHI. KEY TO WOODBURY S SHORTER COURSE.\\nfiO cent*.\\nIV. WOODBURY S ELEMENTARY GERMAN\\nii.l Poetry, ehietlj\\nfrom Staii l-ird G thkih Writer* with a full Vocabulary, eoptont\\nto the Author*! Qerman Grammars, nnd a mi\\nExplanatory Notes; J.- vol.* und private .Student*.\\nBy W. II. woodlmry. 75 cent*.\\ny", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0504.jp2"}, "505": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IYISON AND PHINNEY, NEW YORK.\\nWOODBUEY S COMPLETE GlttMAN SERIES.\\nNOTICES OF WOODBGRY S ELEMENTARY 4ERMAN READER.\\nIrom the New York Tribune.\\nIn connection with Jr. Woodbury s previous publications, his Elementary\\nGerman Reader forms a complete and effective apparatus for the study of German,\\nand may be unhesitatingly recommended for its brevity, simplicity, and practical\\nadaptation to the wants of the learner.\\nFrom the Western Christian Advocate.\\nIf you have an intelligent German in. your employ, and want him to leam the\\nEnglish, get Woodbury s Neue Methode zur Erlernung der Englischen Sprache for him.\\nAnd if you have children who want to learn German, order, with the above, Wood-\\nbury s Shorter Course with the German, and his English German Reader, and you will\\nsee that the German in your employ will soon master the English and your children\\nthe German language.\\nProm the New York Observer.\\nThe Grammatical works of this author upon the German language have a wide\\nand well-deserved reputation, which will recommend the present volume. The plan is\\nexcellent, comprising selections from every department of the wide field of German\\nliterature, wUh copious Grammatical References and Vocabulary.\\nV. WOODBUEY S ECLECTIC GERMAN\\nReader; containing a large and choice collection of pieces\\nfrom the best German writers, for advanced Students; with\\ncopious References to the Author s Grammars, and a complete\\nVocabulary. By W. H. Woodbury. $1.\\nFrom Harper s New Monthly Magazine.\\nThis is an admirable manual for German students, combining the excellencies of\\na simple text-book ft r beginners, and a copious and authentic work of reference for\\nmore advanced pupils. It has already been extensively adopted by judicious teachers\\nFrom the New York Commercial Advertiser.\\nThis volume will be very useful to those who have begun to acquire a knowledge\\nof the German. The selections have been taken from Goethe, Fichte, Klopstock, Heine,\\nRichter, Lessing, and others, among the most celebrated German authors, and mostly\\nrelate to subjects which will interest the student, and repay him for the drudgery of\\ntranslation.\\nFrom the Literary Advertiser.\\nWoodbury s Grammars are highly esteemed for the manner in which the old-\\ni fashioned analytic method of studying a language, and the synthetic way have been\\nI happily combined. The peculiar advantage of this Reader, which contains copious\\nselections from standard German writers, is its frequent references to the Author s\\nGrammars. A full Vocabulary is added to the volume. The book is worthy of general\\nadoption.\\nFrom the New York Daily Times.\\nIt is a most useful compend, and will do excellent service.\\nFrom H. S. Noyes, A.M., Principal of Newberry Collegiate Institute, Vt.\\nMr. Woodbury s text-books in German are so decidedly superior to those which\\nwe are at present using, that I shall adopt them forthwith, to be used in my German\\nclasses. Nothing could better suit my ideas of a proper system for teaching that lan-\\nguage.\\n64", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0505.jp2"}, "506": {"fulltext": "PUBLISHED BY IVISON AND PHINNEY, NEW YORK. Y\\nWOODBURY S COMPLETE GERMAN SERIES.\\nVI. WOODBURY S GERMAN-ENGLISH AND\\nEnglish-German Rentier, for the use of German and English\\nSunday-Schools, Families and Private Learners. Containing\\ncomplete B i the Shorter Course and Neue Me-\\ntho le, supplying the learner of either language with every\\naid necessary for acquiring a critical acquaintance with the\\ntext By W. H. Woodbury. 25 cents,\\nNOTICES.\\nFrom the A ete York Evan/relist.\\nIbury s German-English and English-German Reader is an ingenious method\\nih, by means of parallel translations, noting nil dlf-\\nire. I;. rriu .-s are mado continually to the grammar for\\nirriiiw It is small and compact, l ut appears to us\\niiii-nt fur its j.urp Tin- Author it :i practical teacher, whos.\\n.he study of this best and most useful of\\nI .MCUi--.\\nVH. WOODBURY S NEW METHOD FOR GER-\\ntiuhis to Learn English; or, Naiia Mothnde sur Erlernung der\\nEngliachen Sprache, is ou the same plan as the corresponding\\nka for those who desire to learn German. By W. EL\\n;l.ury. $1.\\nFr*m .1. Shurat, Principal of Rapptknnoek .IcnJemy, Carolina Ofc, I\\ni admirable work; clear in statements of prln- ;l\\nand m\u00c2\u00absl happy In I -laljrtle\\nof (German with such a guide mast\\nbecome rather n rawnllon Una lott.\\nFrom Pre/. P. II. Hermann, Troy Female Seminary.\\nMr. Woodbury la entitled to the warm r and pupils for\\nUda work, and to U GraauaattcV whloh I\\nhare used with good success In teaching English to my countrymen.\\nFrom Anton J. Vpwon. .1 M.. Vr ofentor of Rhetoric and Oratory, and formerly\\nGerman in Hamilton College.\\nhe Gcrmnn language In this country, which\\nMr. WiMHlburv, a- I think, li\\nmethod.. and which, I think, la WtB\\nI\\nVIII. ELWELL S GERMAN DICTIONARY. A\\nand complete Am nary f the English and\\nGen i the Pronunciation and .Ventilation\\nmethod of Webster and Hcinsius. By Wm.\\nn.lell r.hvell Motion. |1 50.\\n%V", "height": "2845", "width": "1698", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0506.jp2"}, "507": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0507.jp2"}, "508": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0508.jp2"}, "509": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0509.jp2"}, "510": {"fulltext": "riM l w rt MM Bapl V)06\\nPreservationTech", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0510.jp2"}, "511": {"fulltext": "", "height": "2813", "width": "1553", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0511.jp2"}, "512": {"fulltext": "UBRARYOFCONCRESS\\n-111111\\nINGRESS\\n003 116 7516\\n-V,", "height": "2849", "width": "1660", "jp2-path": "newmethodofle00fasq_0512.jp2"}}